A GERMAN
CONVERSATION- GRAMMAR
BEING A NEW AND PRACTICAL METHOD OF LEARNING
THE GERMAN LANGUAGE
BY
DR. EMIL OTTO
IN PART REWRITTEN
BY
WILLIAM COOK:
Late Assistant Professor of German in Harvard College
WITH FULL VOCABULARIES
BY
L. PYLODET.
SECOND EDITION, REVISED.
Entered according to Act of Congress, in ti year IfWt, by
8. R. URBINO,
In the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the District of Massachusetts,
Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1874, \)f
HENRY HOLT,
In the Office of the Librarian of Congress at Washington.
Copyright, 1881, 1887,
By HENRY HOLT A CO.
BOBEBT DRUMMOND, ELECTROTYPES AND PBINTKB, NEW YORK.
This book is the result of a minute revision of the
18th German edition of Otto's Grammar, with the
addition of the vocabularies (revised) of the preceding
American edition. Errors have been corrected, and
several articles, as well as the index, to the fullness of
which especial attention is invited, entirely rewritten.
The selections in the Appendix are those of the American
edition.
WILLIAM COOK.
CAMBRIDGE, MASS.,
December, 1880,
PUBLISHERS' NOTE TO THE SECOND EDITION,
The present edition has been carefully revised. Both the Classified
lists and the Alphabetical list of Irregular Verbs, on pages 172 to 221,
have been entirely recast.
NEW YOEK, July 1 1887.
2230744
CONTENTS.
FIRST PART. ETYMOLOGY.
PAS*
Pronunciation. Letters of the Alphabet 3
Pronunciation of the Vowels 4
Pronunciation of the Consonants 6
Accent 10
Exercises in Pronunciation 11
Parts of Speech 13
First Lesson. Definite Article 15
Second Lesson. Indefinite Article 18
Third Lesson. Declension of Substantives 21
First Declension 23
Fourth Lesson. Second Declension 27
Fifth Lesson. Third Declension 30
Sixth Lesson. Feminine Substantives. Fourth Declension 35
Seventh Lesson. Neuter Substantives. Fifth Declension 40
Eighth Lesson. Nouns with Prepositions 44
Ninth Lesson. Irregularities in the Formation of the Plural 48
Tenth Lesson. Gender of Substantives 55
Eleventh Lesson. Declension of Names of Persons -. 62
Twelfth Lesson. Names of Countries, Cities, etc 66
Thirteenth Lesson. Determinative Adjectives or Adjective Pronouns 71
Fourteenth Lesson. Auxiliary Verbs. aien. The Order of "Words 77
Fifteenth Lesson. @ctn 85
Sixteenth Lesson. 2Berbcn 89
Seventeenth Lesson. Modal Auxiliaries (fonncn etc.) 93
Eighteenth Lesson. Adjectives 102
Nineteenth Lesson. Comparison 112
Twentieth Lesson. Numerals 119
Twenty-first Lesson. Regular Verbs 127
Reading Lesson: Slefop 135
Twenty-second Lesson. Passive Voice 135
Twenty-third Lesson. Personal Pronouns 143
V
VI CONTENTS.
^AflS
Twenty-fourth Lesson. Interrogative Prononns 150
Demonstrative Pronouns 151
Possessive Pronouns 153
Belative Pronouns 155
Correlative Pronouns 158
Reading Lesson: gin tfyeurer $opf unfc ein ttoljlfeiter 162
Twenty-fifth Lesson. Indefinite Prononns 162
Twenty-sixth Lesson. Irregular Verbs 168
Those having a in the Imperfect 172
Twenty-seventh Lesson. Those having t or ie in the Imperfect 185
"Beading Lesson: ^osjtusfo'S SPrctb 194
Twenty-eighth Lesson. Those having o in the Imperfect 195
Reading Lesson: )ie grftnbung beg lafeS 201
Twenty-ninth Lesson. Those having it in me Imperfect 202
Irregular Verbs. Alphabetically Arranged 208
Thirtieth Lesson. Inseparable Verbs 221
Thirty-first Lesson. Separable Verbs 227
Prefixes which form some Separable and some Inseparable Verbs 234
Reading Lesson: $5er Sirocco 237
Thirty-second Lesson. Verbs which form the Perfect with felc 238
Thirty-third Lesson. Impersonal Verbs 244
Reading Lesson: <Die 3Menc unb bie aw>e 250
Thirty-fourth Lesson. Reflexive Verbs 251
Thirty-fifth Lesson. Adverbs 257
Reading Lesson: er bcmffcarc 8ott>e 268
Thirty-sixth Lesson. Conjunctions 269
Thirty-seventh Lesson: Prepositions 282
Reading Lesson: 3)o3 jcrbrocfycne ufctfen 292
Interjections 293
Promiscuous Exercises in Translation and Conversation . . . .293
SECOND PART. SYNTAX.
Thirty-eighth Lessen. The Definite Article 305
Reading Lesson: )ag boppelte SBcrfcredjen 315
Thirty-ninth Lesson: The Genitive of Substantives 317
Reading Lesson: Htyfyong V 322
Fortieth Lesson. The Modal Auxiliaries : . 323
Reading Lesson: 1)ie fed)g 2B6rtIem 334
Forty-first Lesson. Pronouns 335
Beading Lesson: gptftet , 344
CONTENTS. vii
PAGE
Forty-second Lesson. Tenses of the Indicative 346
Reading Lesson: inige QURC au ^ bcm 2e6en ^einrtcf/S IV 350
Forty-third Lesson. The Subjunctive 352
The Imperative 359
Beading Lesson: $)te gepruftc reitc 361
Forty-fourth Lesson. The Infinitive 363
Eeading Lesson: SDie gepritftc Srcue (djtufjj 368
Forty-fifth Lesson. The Present Participle 370
Heading Lesson: $inblidje 8icbe 376
Forty-sixth Lesson. The Past Participle 378
The Future Passive Participle 380
Reading Lesson: )er SWann mtt bet eifcrncn 2Ka3fe 381
Forty-seventh Lesson. Adjectives 383
I. Adjectives followed by the Accusative 383
n. Adjectives followed by the Dative 383
HI. Adjectives followed by the Genitive 385
IV. Adjectives followed by Prepositions 385
V. Adjectives modified by an Adverb or Abverbial Phrase. . . .386
Reading Lesson: $)er 2#ann mtt bet etfernen SDtasfc (cfytuf?) 388
Forty-eighth Lesson. The Cases which Different Verbs take after them 389
I. Verbs which take the Nominative -. 389
n. Verbs which take the Dative 390
III. Verbs which take the Genitive 394
Reading Lesson: dbetmutfjige grcunbfcfyaft be beittfdjen
ftatfcrS flarl'8 V 396
IV. Verbs which take Prepositions 398
Forty-ninth Lesson. I. German Prepositions 400
n. English Prepositions 407
Reading Lesson: 8uca6 $ranadj 413
Fiftieth Lesson. Arrangement of Words 414
Principal Clauses of Declaratory Sentences 414
Questions 416
Optative Sentences 417
Dependent Clauses 417
Exceptions and Special Cases 418
Arrangement of the Words of the Rest of the Clause among
themselves 425
Observations of Importance when Translating from German
into English 427
Reading Lesson: SD cr ebte Off'Sto 430
Promiscuous Exercises in Translation and Conversation, n 436
VTQ CONTENTS.
PAO*
Anecdotes for Translation into German 440
Dialogues for Translation into German: Dionysius, Pythias and Damon 449
The Dinner-party 452
Materials for German Conversation ' 4.CG
Idiomatic Expressions 4CO
German Proverbs 4G1
Easy Conversation 466
APPENDIX.
SPECIMENS OP GERMAN POETRY.
unb Srjaljlungen .......................................... 471
<Z>a8 $u6n$en nb ber SDiamant. <Da8 iBac&lein. <er Ocb. je unb ber Gfel. 5>er
flnabe unb bie CDarteln. 0>t gtfdjer. $*r roeifee $irf$. Jlefop. CDer ^afci
graber. >er SBUnbe unb ber Came. Der SRetfenbe. ZBinterniirdjen.
fiieber, glcgien :c .................................................. 477
<funben. $frbftUeb. e^lof etn, mein $erj. SB&Atemif. SSuS
2(tper. gru^ltngSUeb. 58 ifl ba8 Wrf tin flMtig Ding. Ta3
SKSgblfin. *afer8 onntagSlieb. grtf$ gefungcn. Qtr Wcnjle augenbltrf.
Dei CSt^malb. SEelte iRofe. grapng8 fflnfong. onette. iDidn Ceben.
Sluf bet SBanberung. 35a8 ffinb Wiaft. ie <5intef>r. Spru^. 3Konbna^t.
fiieber. fioretei. CDie fialten. griebe. tt8 SBIatt im 23u^e. gtummet
c^merj, Iaute8 (SlQrf. 3m ommer. 3^r nennt midj jlolj I
fieflettben, 9?oman3en itnb 93atlaben .................................. 492
SSartorcffa. er anger. GrlenfSnig. 35r rei*pe gurfl. Die $offnung.
<De8 QDeutf^en SSaterfanb. ^iflermel^t. (Sebet wabrenb ber e^la^t. fKeue.
Co(um6u8. Ter fpielenbe Stnabc. 2)8 Jlinb in ber 2Bicge. Xa8 Jgcdijle. -
$flic&t fur 3eben. JJreunb unb geinb.
Slnt^ologic ...................................................... 502
SSriefe, in @*retfcfc^Ttft ............................................ 507
Ciller an Sffi. eon $um6olbt. SEB. eon ^umbctbt an grau on 2BobI<cgen. oetl)e
an Differ, oet6e an fitter. Charlotte eon d?iHer an bie iprinjeffin ffaroltna
Souife ten a(^?en-2Betmar.
German and English Vocabulary ..................................
English and German Vocabulary ..................................
General Index .......................................... ........ 575
Part 1.
ETYMOLOGY
Cc DdEe
b 6 c S> b <g
F f Og Hh I1JJ Kk
L 1 Mm Nn OoPp
1 3H m
Br BBS Tt Un
SC t II it
COMPOUND CONSONANTS.
Ch Ck BS BZ sell 8p Bt th tZ
4 tf ff f W fr ff t^
PRONUNCIATION.
LETTERS OF THE ALPHABET.
The German Alphabet consists of twenty-six letters,
as follows:
Characters. Names. Characters. Names.
21,
a
zz a
ah.
yi,
n zz
n
enn.
33,
b
zz b
bay.
),
zz
O
o.
6,
c
zz c
tsay.
?f
V =
P
pay.
),
b
zz d
day.
},
q zz
q
koo.
<g,
e
zz e
ay.
$1,
r zz
r
air.
ft
f
{
eff.
@, j
, zz
s
ess.
,
9
- g
gay-
z,
t zz
t
tay.
Sr
!j
zz h
hah.
u,
It zz
u
oo.
0,
t
zz i
ee.
8,
t) zz
V
fow.
3,
i
= j
yot.
28,
to zz
w
vay.
ft
!
zz k
kah.
,
$
X
ix.
,
I
zz 1
ell.
9),
9
y
ipsilon,
2tt,
tn
zz m
em.
3,
J zz
z
tset.
JC. zz
etc.
Note that all in the column of names represents the
sound of a in hard; that oo in the same column is pro-
nounced as in fool, and ow as in fowl. Yot has the short
German o, which is explained further on.
4 PRONUNCIATION.
The pronunciation of the following combinations needs
especial notice, as it could not in every case be inferred
from the pronunciation of the single letters.
Vowels doubled : 2la, (e, Do.
Vowels modified : 2le, a, De, o, lie, ti.
Diphthongs: 2tt, @i, (u,
2lu,
Combinations : <&\),
f, @t, @P,
2$, Git.
The following characters are somewhat alike, and might
"be mistaken for one another by beginners :
,; <, <gj & 3; a,tt,9tj >,>} it, u; r, r; f f f.
1. PRONTJNCIATION OF THE VOWELS.
A vowel or a modified vowel followed by ty, e.g., ofy, efy,
f), is always long. The vowels are also always long when
doubled, e.g., aa, 00. In words of more than one syllable,
a vowel in an accented syllable is generally long if followed
by a single consonant, e.g., fya'ben.
On the other hand, a vowel or a modified vowel followed
by the same consonant doubled is always short, thus
^Pappe, fiillen, and generally short when the two consonants
are different ones, e.g., fangen, rounb.
3(, a, when long is pronounced like a in father, thus
after, l>abe, laben; when short like a in what, thus 2lffe, SWann,
(5, c, when long is pronounced like a in fate, thus jeber,
SRel), mefyr. ( when short is pronounced like e in led,
thus ffielt, fd^nefl, benn.
But e in words of more than one syllable, if unaccented,
is pronounced much like u in but, thus 33itte, SSerein. In
PBONUNCIATION. 5
this case, however, it is silent in el, cm, en final ; thus oben
is pronounced ob'n.
$, i, when long is pronounced like ee in reed, thus ifyttt;
when short like i in pin, thus immcr, tppe, $tttt>.
tC is pronounced like ee in reed. In words of foreign
origin, however, if it has not the accent, it is pronounced
like yuh (u as in but), thus Silte, |)tftorte.
O,0, when long is pronounced like o in sole, thus Of en,
fyolcn, 9tol)r, the sound is the same in quality, but is
uttered in less time. It resembles the vowel sound
often heard in the clipped provincial pronunciation of
coat, stone, whole; thus olb, fommen, foil.
D short must not be confounded with 21 short, e.g., the
first syllable of )tto must not be pronounced like the first
of otter. (This latter sound is that of a).
It, It, when long is pronounced like oo in fool, thus
33litt, nun, rufen; when short like oo in good, thus
, t), is pronounced like i,
2. PROITUNCIATIOK- OF THE MODIFIED VOWELS.
9(c, ft, when long is pronounced like a in fate, e.g.,
$afe, gramen ; when short like e in bed, e.g., ffiUt, Mite.
Of, Q, is pronounced like eu in French, i.e., the lips are
held as in pronouncing u in rule, the other organs of speech
as in pronouncing a in fate, e.g., (long) ^tofjler, bbe, (short)
>olle, Bfter.
lie, ii, is pronounced like w in French, i.e., the lips are
held as in pronouncing u in rule, the other organs of
speech as in pronouncing ee in reed, e.g., (long) tlebel,
fiil;ren, (short) fallen, -wtte,
6 PRONUNCIATION.
3. PHOWTTNCIATION" OF THE DIPHTHONGS.
9(cu, Oil, is pronounced between the oi of boil and the
t of pine, but nearer the former, e.g., .>aufer, SBaitme.
9U, at, is pronounced like t in pine, but in this and in
all other German diphthongs the fusion of the two parts
is not so perfect as in English, i.e., we hear with some
distinctness first a as in father, and then t as in pin.
Examples: aifer, 2ftau
3(u, ait, is pronounced like ou in house, c.g., $au$, 33aum.
5(t), at), is pronounced like at.
(i, Ct, is pronounced like at, but some Germans make
the first element of the diphthong a in hat, instead of a,
infatlier. Examples, fetn, (t.
(Ill, Ctt, is pronounced like ait.
(It), ft), is pronounced like ct.
4. PROTniNCIATIOM- OF THE CONBONAITTS.
33, b, is pronounced as in English, except at the end of a
syllable, or before any consonant save I or r, and then it
is pronounced like p, e.g., 33all, rab, Sabfat, gcfjabt.
As regards the division of syllables, a single consonant
(except ()) between vowels goes with the latter syllable,
thus fya^beit, ei^ntg ; unless the consonant is the last letter
of a prefix or of a word, thus cr*einen (in which cr is a
prefix in the same way as pro or prae is in English), ^)uf*
Ctfen which means Jiorse-shoe (i.e., "hoof-iron.").
(, t, is pronounced before a, C, i and ty like ts, elsewhere
like k, e.g., (Eitrone, Garl.
But d^ has a pronunciation of its own, namely after
a, und U (also ait, but not eu nor au) like ch in the Scotch
word loch, e.g., 35ad): after other letters much like hy, with
the y pronounced as a consonant, e.g., id) ; these sounds
PRONUNCIATION. 7
are not found in English. Whitney advises the student
to begin by pronouncing cfy like h. But cf) at the begin-
ning of a syllable is pronounced (a) in the termination
efyen like liy, (b) in Gfyarroocfye and (Efyarfrettag like k, (c) in
words derived from the Greek like h
dj is pronounced like x, e.g., SBadjS, unless the d)
belongs to the stem and the f to a termination or another
word, e.g., wacfyft, wakest ; wacfyfam, wakeful.
(f is pronounced as in English.
$, J, is pronounced as in English, except at the end of a
syllable, and then it is pronounced like t, e.g., anbern, milt).
$, f, is pronounced as in English, e.g., fern, 3lffe.
, Q, is pronounced as in English, except at the end of a
syllable, and then it is pronounced like d) in a similar
position, e.g., eft), log, fltftfg.
), |, is silent, except at the beginning of a syllable
where it is pronounced as in English, e.g., $<, so also in
3nl)alt. In the middle or at the end of a syllable, it
merely lengthens the preceding vowel, e.g. SBefy, ifyttU
3i, t, is pronounced like y.
ft, f, 8, I, 2R, m, 91, It, and <p, Jj, are pronounced as in
English, except that I tends somewhat towards the pro-
nunciation of ly (with y a consonant). lt$ is pronounced
as in singer, and not as in finger, e.g., Singer. In pf, pf,
pt, pfytl), all the letters are pronounced, thus pfennig,
^pjpcfytatrie, Xopf. $1 is pronounced as in English.
CM, J|1t, is pronounced between Jew and fry, but more
nearly like the latter, e.g., quer.
91, r, is always distinctly heard; in English it is in
many combinations almost silent It is pronounced not
precisely as in English, it must be trilled or rolled.
, f, is pronounced at the beginning of a syllable before
a vowel like z, elsewhere like ss. But fp and jl at the be-
8 PRONUNCIATION.
ginning of a word, or of a part of a compound word,
are best pronounced slip and sht; in some parts of Ger-
many, however, the pronunciation sp and st prevails, ff,
jj and f3 are pronounced like ss.
It will be observed that there are two characters in
German corresponding to small s, namely 3 and f. Of
these $ is used at the end of a syllable, and f elsewhere,
e.g., la$, lafcn, fage, Dre$t>en. Similarly, ff, jj and f$ are
different ways of writing the same thing. When the Ger-
mans use our type, as they do for instance frequently in
scientific works, all three are printed ss. ff, or at the end
of a syllable f, is used after a short vowel, e.g., 5 fl f^/
nnffen, 1 fyafgte, and p after a long vowel, e.g., ruf?, griifjen,
(jritfjte. Most Germans, however, make two exceptions to
this simple rule ; that is to say, they write (a) when the
letters are followed by t or (b) stand at the end of a
syllable, always fj, whatever the quantity of the preceding
vowel may be, thus 5 fl P/ f fl H 3 fl Pto ; and never use fS
at alL
2, t, is pronounced as in English, e.g., treten, except that
the syllable tton is pronounced tsion. |> is pronounced
like t, e.g., Xfyat just as if written Xat.
85, to, is pronounced like /, e.g., SSatcr, except in the
middle of a word and in words from foreign languages. In
these cases it is pronounced like v.
2B, to, is pronounced between v and w,but more like v,
e.g., totilf Cttrig. In the combination ottJ, W is silent.
#, J, is pronounced as in English.
3, 3, is pronounced like te in its, e.g., jefyn, U$, a&cn, $tt)eu
i ff and | go with the following syllable, if this following syllable begins with s
vowel, e.g., 5a=fiung, ipt=f j, atu$er, except of course in compound words of which the
first component part ends in |.
PRONUNCIATION. 9
5. THE DIVISION OP WORDS INTO SYLLABLES.
The rule for a single consonant between vowels has
already been given under the pronunciation of the letter 53*
The following examples illustrata sufficiently German
usage in somo of the other cases which might puzzle a
foreigner: la^cfyen, n>a*ffycn, fo^ften, la^ffcn, cutler, 3ofe^p^tne,
>fl'fpc, Slp^fel (but pf after a consonant goes with the
latter syllable, as in fum^ftg) ; ti^bten, Stfcfe, ftam^meln.
In compound words the division comes of course
between the component parts, e.g., (Srt^apfel, earth-apple
or potato, not (Sr^bdpfeL
Words formed from other words by adding a termina-
tion or from stems by adding a termination, are divided
before the termination if this latter begins with a con-
sonant, e.g., ^inbcr^nt^ hindrance, not ^)inbern4. The
contrary is the case when the termination begins with a
vowel, e.g., fin-btfcfy, childish.
6. CAPITAL LETTERS.
Nouns and words used as nouns begin with a capital,
e.g., Sftann, man; $etttrtd), Henry ; ba cfybtte, ike, beautiful,
i.e., what is beautiful; bit Slltett, the old, i.e., old people; baS
terben, tJie to die, i.e., dying.
Of the personal pronouns, te, you; (f, you; and 3I)r,
your, begin with capitals to distinguish them from the
same words with a different signification.
7. GERMAN HAlSroWRlTJJro.
The Germans use their own peculiar written characters,
which will be found at the beginning of this book, to a
much greater extent than they do those which they possess
10 PRONUNCIATION.
in common with ourselves. The latter, however, may be
used everywhere, and as a matter of fact, are used almost
exclusively in signatures and the addresses of letters.
8. ACCENT.
The student will find but little trouble in placing the
accent on the right syllable in German, for the principles
are generally the same as in English, as the following 1
examples and general rules to which, however, there are
some exceptions will show.
1. $&tNtci), ha'tefid; fyafj'te, ha'ted. The stem, not the
termination, takes the accent. However, the termination
Ct as in daserei', slavery, and the ie of verbs having the
infinitive in ieren, e.g., ftitbie'ren, to study, are accented. 1
2. 3lu'gfatten, to faU out', befa'llen, to befa'U. The separ-
able prefixes of verbs receive the accent, the inseparable
ones do not. 2 The following are the inseparable prefixes,
be, ent, emp, er, $e, er, jer. Similarly, these latter do not
receive the accent when occurring in other parts of
speech, eg., 23deg', example.
3. gin'gerrtng, finger-ring; lle'berrorf, overcoat; 5rtnf'#
roaffer, drinking-water. Compound words have the accent
on the accented syllable of the first part of the compound.
From this rule are excepted compound particles, (i.e.,
prepositions, conjunctions and adverbs), e.g., bafyin', thitlier ;
obgleid)', although; and some other compound words.
4. Words which have been adopted into German from
some foreign language (instead of descending through the
languages which preceded modern German), generally
i This termination may also be spelled tren.
The difference as to prefix between these verbs comes out when we conjugate
them. For instance, ouSfaHen has e flUt au8, it falls out ; but befallen has eg bcf Stlt,
BEADING EXERCISES. 11
have the accent on the last syllable, e.g., Sultur', civilisa-
tion; tUDcnt', student. Here the German accent differs
from the English.
5. The negative prefix tin often has the accent, e.g.,
lln'fraut. Here also German differs from English.
READING EXERCISES.
$ic 8iene unb bte
The Bee and the Dove.
(Sine burftige 23tcne, oietdje gn enter htet(e JjtnciBgefttegen
A thirsty bee, which to a spring descended
ftar, um $n trtnfen, uwrbe Don bent ftromenben SBaffcr
was, in order to drink, was by the streaming water
fortgertffen, unb ftcire ktnalje ertntnfen. (Sine aube,
carried away and was nearly drowned. A dove
toefdje bte[c kmertte, pirfte ctu ^oumBtatt at) unb toarf
which this perceived, picked a (tree)leaf oflf and threw
e in ba SBaffer. )te 53tene crgrtff e unb rettete ftcf).
it into the water. The bee seized it and saved herself.
Sfttdjt (ange nadjljer fa bte ^tauBe auf ctnem Sannte
Not long afterwards sat the dove on a tree
unb kmerfte tttdjt, ba ein Oiiger init feiner ^Unte auf
and perceived not, that a hunter with his gun at
fte jtcfte. S)te ban!6are 33tene, incite bte (^efatjr erlonnte f
her aimed. The thankful bee which the danger recognised,
in tt>etd)er tljre 2Bo()(tI)titerin ftc^ Bcfanb, flog Ijinjn unb*
in which her benefactress herself found, flew up and
ftad) ben -Sager in bte |)anb. S)er (S(^u gtng baneben
stung the hunter in the hand. The shot went aside,
unb bte cmk ttar gerettet
and the dove was saved.
12 READING EXERCISES.
$tc brct
The three Friends.
(5m Sftann fyattc brct gfrcunbc; jtoet Don tfjnett (tefcte
A man had three friends ; two of them loved
cr [cl)r; bcr brittc ioor Ujm gfetdjgtfttg, ofcgfetdj btcfer [cm
he much ; the third was to him indifferent, though this one his
kftcr ftrcmtb tuor. (Shift tourbe cr Dor ben ^tdjtct
best friend was. Once was he before the judge
gcforbcrt, ino cr ofcfdjon nnfdjutbtg bod) fyart tier*
summoned, where he though innocent yet heavily ac-
!(cigt )uor. SSer untcr cud, fagtc cr 311 fetnen ^rcunbcn,
cused was. Who among you, said he to his friends,
ttritt nut nitr gel)cn nnb fiir nttd^ jengen? benn ic^ bin
will with me go and for me witness? for I am
nngcredjt t>crf(agt, nnb bcr $omg jiirnt
unjustly accusd, and the king is angry.
2)er crftc fetncr ^reunbe entfc^ntbtgte ftc^ fogtctd^ itnb
The first of his friends excused himself immediately and
fagtc, cr fb'nne nidjt nut tf)in gcljcn h)cgcn anbcrcr cf^cifte.
said, he could not with him go on account of other business.
2)er 3 tl)e to fcegtettcte i^n fctS gn ber ^Ijitre bc 9ftdjt-
The second accompanied him as far as the door of the tri-
^aufej bann h)anbte er ftdj urn nnb gtng gurntf, au8
bunal ; then turned he (himself) about and went back, out of
Owdfyt tior bent gorntgcn ^td^ter, 3)er 2)rttte, auf tDctc^en
fear of the angry judge. The third, on whom
cr ant toentgften gefmnt tyattc, gtng Ijiuetn, rebete fiir ifyn
he the least relied had, went in, spoke for him
itnb geugte Don fetner Unfdnttb [o freubtg, boj^ 'bcr
and gave evidence of his innocence so cheerfully that the
Sfttdjter ttjtt loStiefc nnb be[c^enlte.
judge him liberated and rewarded.
PAETS OF SPEECH. 13
)ret ftreunbe Ijat ber Sftenfd) in biefer SBelt, nrie betrogen
Three friends has the man in this world, how behave
fte fid; in ber (Stunbe be obe3, tuenn ott iljn
they (themselves) in the hour of (the) death, when God him
toor fein ^eri^t forbert? )o$ efb, fein crfter ^eunb,
before his tribunal summons ? (The) money, his first friend,
tierliiftt ifjn jnerft, unb geljt uifyt ntit iljm* (Seine 55 er*
leaves him first and goes not with him. His re-
itmnbten unb ^rennbe begteiten tf)n bi-3 jn ber Satire
lotions and friends accompany him unto the door
beg rabeS, unb fefjren bann juri'tc! in ifjre Confer.
of the grave, and return then back into their houses.
)er 2)ritte, ben er im ^eben om bfteften berga, ftnb
The third, whom he in (the) life the oftenest forgot, are
feine guten SBerte. @ie ottein begteiten ifjn bi3 gu
his good works. They alone accompany him as far as
bent Sfjrone be$ $ftirf)tergj fie ge^en Doran, fpredjcn fitr
the throne of the judge ; they precede, speak for
tfyn, unb finben SBarmfjer^tglfeit unb nabe.
him, and find mercy and grace.
ETYMOLOGY.
PRELIMINARY NOTIONS. PARTS OP SPEECH.
There are in the German language ten parts of speech :
1) The article, ber Strttfel or ba$ efcfylecfytSroort.
2) The noun or substantive, boS $auptnjort.
3) The determinative adjective or adjective pronoun,
bag $Scftimmun$3tt>ort
4) The (qualifying) adjective, bag
14 PAKTS OF SPEECH.
5) The pronoun, tag prwort.
6) The verb, tag 3ettroort
7) The adverb, tag llmfiantgroort
8) The preposition, tag SSorwort.
9) The conjunction, tag 33intett>ort.
10) The interjection, tag Slugrufgroort.
The first six are variable, the four last invariable.
The change which the first five undergo by means of
terminations, is called declension; it shows gender, number
and case.
There are in German three genders : the masculine, tag
ma nnlicfye ; the feminine, tag ttJetbltcfye; and the neuter,
tag fa cfylicfye ef(i)led)t. The rules of gender will be found in
the tenth lesson.
There are two numbers: the singular, (Einjafyl, and the
plural, -Jftefyr jafyl ; and four cases : the nominative, genitive
dative and accusative.
The nominative, 3Qerfatt, answers the question who?
or what? Ex. Who is learning? The boy (Latin, puer).
The genitive or possessive, SBeffenfatt, answers the ques-
tion wJiose? or of which? Ex. Whose book? The boy's
book (pueri).
The dative, 5Qemfatl, answers the question to whom ? -
Ex. To whom shall I give it ? To the boy (puero).
The accusative or objective, SBenfall, marks the object
of an action and answers the question ivhom ? or what ?
Ex. Whom or what do you see? I see the boy (puerum),
the house (domum).
NOTE. For the vocative case there is no particular form in German ;
if required, the nominative serves for it
DEFINITE AHTICLE. 16
FIRST LESSON.
THE DEFINITE ARTICLE.
($tr bcftiiltmU Jlrtifcl.)
There are in German as in English two articles: the
definite and the indefinite.
The definite article, answering to the English tlie, has for
each gender in the singular a different form, viz. :
Masc., bet, as, bet 2)?ann, the man,
Fern., bie, tlte rau, the woman,
Neut. y btt, btt ftint>, the child,
Plural for all three genders bie,
as, bie Scanner, the men,
&te grauen, the women,
tlte $infcer, the children.
It will be observed on consulting the paradigm below,
that the nominative singular feminine is like the accusa-
tive singular feminine, the nominative singular neuter, in
the same way, like the accusative singular neuter, and the
nominative plural like the accusative plural.
This is the case also with all nouns and adjectives.
DECLENSION OF THE DEFINITE ARTICLE.
SINGULAR. PLURAL.
Masc. Fern. Neuter. All genders.
Nom. ber bte ba, the bie, the
Gen. be bcr be, of the ber, of the
Dot. bent ber bent, to the ben, to the
Ace. ben bic ba, the bie, the
The following words are declined like ber, except that
the neuter nominative and accusative ends in e
SINGULAR. PLURAL.
Masc. Fern. Neuter. AU genders.
biefer btcfe bicfeg, this btefe, these
jener jene }enc3, that jene, those
njeldjer ttjetcfje U)eId)C0, which? what? ttjetdje, which? what?
jeber iebe fcbeS, every
SINGULAR.
Masc. Fern. Jt'euier.
DEFINITE ARTICLE.
DECLENSION.
N. btefer biefe biefcS, this
G. btefeg biefer btefeg, of this
D. biefem btefer btefem, to this
A. biefen btefe btefeS, this
PLURAL.
Allgendert.
btcfe, these
btefer, of these
btefeit, to these
btefe, these.
EXAMPLES.
2)tefer 9J?ann, this man.
3ene grau, that woman.
2Beld)en <Stod focc.j, which stick?
SebeS $tnb, every child.
WORDS (Shorter.) 1
$6nig, the king
bie $omgtn, the queen
btt <3d)lo, the castle, palace
ber 23ater, the father
bie Sftutter, the mother
bag $tnb, the child
ber -Iftann, the man
bie &au, the woman
ber (gofyn, the son
bie od)ter, the daughter
ja, yes nettt,
S. 3d) ^abe, I have
bu Ijaft, thou hast
er fyat, he has
fte fyat, she has
ber arten, the garden
baS au^, the house
bag Sud), the book
ber 2Beht, the wine
ba Staffer, the water
bie ^eber, the pen
ber tod, the stick
ber unb, the dog
bte ^tafce, the cat
itnb, and
no ntdjt, not.
abe id)? have I?
faft bu? hast thou?
!^at er ? has he ?
fycit fte ? has she ?
READING EXERCISE (tteillttg) 1.
S5ater itnb ber (Soljn. ie Gutter unb
ten unb ba ^>aug. liefer artcn, jeneS
tod.' )u {ojl ba 2Baffer.
ben
Xct
1 In this and the following lists of words the article precedes each substantive, that
it may be learned at the same time and fix the gender of the substantive in the student's
mind. It may also be observed here, once for all, that the words occurring either in
the roles, or preceding the exercises, are to be well committed to memory, as their
signification is seldom repeated in subsequent lessons.
2 A noua governed by the verb Ija&en, to have, or by any other transitive verb, must
be in the accusative. Most German monosyllabic substantives are alike in the nom-
native and accusative singular.
DEFINITE ARTICLE. 1?
Stotcr |at ben SBetn. SBcWjcn 2Bcht ? Sclrfjeg SBaffer? liefer unb.
2)iefe $afee. SDaa it tub jcncr ftrau (Gen.). 2Belde* #tnb ? 3ebeg
$mb. 2BeW)c gran? 2Beld)er SWann fjat ben unb? SBeldjen
tocf fyat ber Sftann ? (r fyat btefen tod.
Slufgafie (EXERCISES FOR TRANSLATION) 2.
1. The king and the queen. The son and the daughter.
The father and the mother. The child has the book. The
daughter has the book. The man has the (ace.) stick. I have
the wine. The man has the water. This father. This woman.
This house. The king has the castle. The queen has the
book. Which book? What house? Which pen? That book ;
that pen. Every man. I have the (ace.) dog.
2. 1 I have not the stick. The child has the stick. That
wine and this water. This man has not the book. What castle
has the (Nom.) king? He has that castle. That mother has
the child. The house of the woman. 2 The castle of the queen.
Hast thou the book? What plates (Seller)? These plates.
Those plates. The son of the queen. The pen of the daugh-
ter. 2 Every mother. Every book.
(CONVERSATION).
cibe id) Me fteber? 3a, bit fyaft Me fteber.
|>aft bit bag 23ttd) ? 9?etn, id) fjabe bag 33itd) ntd)t.
|>at ber $atev ben SBetn? (Sr Ijat ben 2Betn.
$at bte ftrcrn bte $ae? 3a, fie I)at Me ^afce.
2Betd)e ^ae I)ut fie? <Ste Ijat bte jimge (young)
)at bag $inb ben Stod 1 ? 9Zetn, ber 33ater ^at ben torf.
2Betd)eg d)to fjat bte ^onigtn? @ie ^at btefeg Sd)Io.
at btefe gran bag ^tnb ? -JMn, |ene gran ^at eg (it).
{>at ber SDJamt ben mnb ? S)er SWaim I)at ben mnb nid)t;
er i)at bte $at$e.
2Betd)eg 33itd) ()at ber <2of)n? (gr ^at bag 23ud) ber SWutter.
at bte Gutter bag Slid) ? ^etn, bte od)ter I)at bag Sitd).
2Bctd)e geber ^at bag ^tnb ? (S ^at bte geber ber grau.
^at ber SJater 28affer? ^etn, er f)at 2Betn.
SSefdjeg aug t)at ber 9^ann? <gr ^at bag aug ber Gutter.
i Most of the exercises are divided into two parts. The secoiid part need not be
translated until the pupil reviews, which should be done after 10 or 12 lessons have
been gone through.
s Feminine nouns have all the other cases in the singular like the nominative,
BO that lin the einuular) only the article preceding them is declined.
INDEFINITE ARTICLE.
SECOND LESSON.
THE INDEFINITE ARTICLE.
I ttr unbt ilimnuf Vrtifel.)
The indefinite article, which is equivalent to the English
a or an, has also three genders, but in the nominative, the
masculine and neuter are alike, viz.,
Masc., etn, as, ein Sttann,
Fem., eine, eine Orrau,
Neuter, ein, ein $inb.
It has no plural.
DECLENSION OF THE INDEFINITE ARTICLE.
Mate.
Fem.
Neuter.
N.
cin
eine
ein,
a
0.
eineg
einer
C11IC0,
of a
D.
cittern
enter
einem,
to a
A.
eincn
eine
ein,
a
The following words are declined in the same way, but
have a plural :
Masc. Fem. Neuter.
unfer nnfere unfer, our,
3fjr ptjre Oljr, your,
tljr tt)re iljr, her, their.
Mate.
Fem.
Neuter.
fein
feine
fein,
no, 1
mein
bein
fein
meine
beine
feine
mein,
bein,
fein,
my,
thy,
his, its.
DELENSION.
BZHOHI4S.
Masc. Fem. Neuter.
N. mein meinc mein, my,
O. meineS meiner meine?, of my,
D. meinew meiner meinem, to my,
A. meinen meine mein, my,
PLURAL.
All genders.
meine, my
meiner, of my
meinen, to my
meine, my.
EXAMPLE.
$ein 33rob, no bread
Unfer Skter, our father
31)r 33ud), your book
SJJeinc <2djn)cfler, my sister
Unferc SJZuttcr, our mother
<2cui ^ferb, his horse.
i This of course is the adjective no, as in no water, no book*. No, in answer toavjues-
tion, e. y., " Have you Been him ?" " No," is, lltia.
INDEFINITE AETICLE.
19
WORDS.
(Sine 9?ofe, a rose
etn Sfteffer, n., a knife
cm ^ebenneffer, n., a penknife
eine abel, a fork
em offel, m., a spoon
em $leib, n., a dress
em 33ruber, TO., a brother
etn ^ferb, w., a horse
etn i)ter, n., an animal
em 5tpfel, TO., an apple
eine 23irne, a pear
erne (Stabt, a city
cine 3riid)t, a fruit
PL 3Bir fyaben, we have
^ tt' \ Jon have
<te b,aben, ) J
fie Ijaben, they have
fein 33aum, m., no tree
ntem 9?oc!, TO., my coat
etne 33titme, a flower
etn mt, m., a hat
fein $reunb, TO., his friend
fcfyon, fine, beautiful
alt, old ; fefyr, very
jung, young
gefefyen, seen
geben <Ste, (imp. pi.) give
tft, is ; aurf), also
ntir, me (i.e., to me)
ober, or ; toer, who ? rt)0, where ?
>aben hitr, have we ?
ft bti W' [have you?
^aben @te, )
Ijaben fie, have they ?
READING EXERCISE 3.
fja&e eine Slume. aft bit nteine 33(ume ? 2Btr ^aben einen
aben <Ste aurf) etnen ^reunb? SDtefer 9}iann ift ntein
greunb. @ie ^at letn Srob. @ie ^aben feinen 5(pfet. SJMn
^at eine Sirne ; e8 (it) b,at aitd) etne 9[tofe. 3f)r @ot)n unb
Sodjter ^aben Jenen 33aum gefetjen. 1 3)ie ^a^e ift etn I)ier.
9iofe ift eine 58htme. eben @ie biefe^ 33tt^ nteinem @o
eben @ie ntir eine anbere (another) 23tume. iefe^ ^pau8 ift nic^t
fdjon. 2 Unfere <5tabt ift fe^r alt.
Slufjiafic 4.
1. I have a rose. She has a book. You have a 3 stick. My
brother has a pear. My sister has an apple. His child has a
knife. We have no bread. Give me a rose. The father has
no horse. A dog is an animal. Which pen has this child?
The son has a hat. Who has a flower? My daughter has a
flower. Where is your mother? That tree has no apple. I
1 In compound tenses the past participle conies next to last and the infinitive, if there
is one, last.
2 Adjectives, when placed after their nouns, remain unchanged,
s Accusative masc. See foot-note 2, p. 16.
20
INDEFINITE ARTICLE.
?/?.) spoon. That house is old. 1 Her house is
Lorse is young. Have you seen " the castle of
have no (Ace.
beautiful My
our queen ?
2. Give this stick to 3 my brother. Give this penknife to 1
your sister. The apple is a fruit. The rose is no fruit, it (fie)
is a flower. You have no hat. Where is your hat? Who
has seen my hat ? Give me a knife. Give me also a fork and
a spoon. He has not his coat. They have no horse. Where
is my brother ? Where is my sister's rose ? Not every horse
is old ; this horse is young.
3prcd)iiluutfl.
(what) fjaben <Ste?
aben @ie eine 9tofe ?
Jaftbuein^ferb?
Ratbag inb23rob?
2Berb,atmein23urf)?
2Bo ift betne geber?
SBelrfjeS au$ fyaben @te?
3ft 3b,r canning?
2Bo ift tnein gtbermeffer?
at unfere Gutter eine
2BeJ"rf)e8 2tteffer fyat ntein fiinb?
3ft bte^ofe eine ftrucfjt?
Scffen (whose) ^(etb ift btefeS?
SBeffen tocf ^aben <Ste?
2Berb,atmem23ud)?
ioir 2Baffer?
OflbiefiofeeemZ^iet?
3ftfie(it)frf)bn?
^>at O^re Gutter etnen 33ruber ?
3a, tc
eine 33hmte.
cine 9?ofe.
b,abe fetn ^ferb, tc^ b.abe
etnen
3>a ^inb I)at fein Srob.
jDeine d)U)efter b,at betn i
@te ift nirfjt ba (there).
-3d) b,abe meineg SJater^
(5r ift feb,r jung.
5b,r Sruber b,at e.
9?etn, fie fyat feine 9?ofe.
e ^ot fetn SWeffer.
9Zetn, bte 9tofe ift eine Stunte.
3)iefe ift ba3 ^letb metner 2Rutter.
-3d) fyabe ntetnen Storf.
S5a ^tnb metner (Sdjmejier ^ot eS.
Sir fyaben fein Staffer ; aber (but)
ttnr b,aben SSetn.
3o, bie ^afce ift etn jtb,ter.
-ftein, fte ift nid)t frf)on.
2}?eine gutter fjat fetnen 33ruber,
aber eine Sdjioefler.
1 See foot-note 2, p. 19.
2 See foot-note 1, p. 19.
* Xae word to must not be translated here. Use the dative.
DECLENSION OF SUBSTANTIVES. 21
THIRD LESSON.
THE DECLENSION OF SUBSTANTIVES.
(XflHnntion her au)>ttoortrr.)
German grammarians generally divide nouns into two
declensions according as the genitive singular ends in $
(for euphony c) or en. The declension with $ in the
genitive is called the strong declension, and that with en the
weak declension. Dictionaries give the nominative and
genitive singular and the nominative plural of each noun,
together with its gender, and the student when using a
dictionary should endeavor to commit to memory these
data concerning every new noun he looks out, provided it
does not come under rules he has already learned, for
they will enable him to decline the noun in full, the
remaining cases being formed according to a few simple
rules.
For the purposes of this grammar we shall divide
German nouns into five declensions, as follows.
1) The First Declension comprehends all masculine and
neuter nouns ending in e(, er, en, cfyen and lein. None of
them are monosyllabic.
2) The Second comprehends all masculines ending in e
(none of them monosyllabic), and most foreign masculines.
3) The Third contains nearly* all monosyllabic mascu-
lines, those masculines of two syllables ending in tg, id)
and ling, and some words of foreign origin.
4) To the Fourth belong ullfeminines.
5) To the Fifth, all neuters not ending in el, er, en, cfyen
and lein (see 1).
KEMA.BK. A few belong to the Second Declension. For list see
page 28.
22
DECLENSION OF SUBSTANTIVES.
TABLE OF THE ENDINGS OF THE FIVE DECLENSIONS.
SINGULAR.
Mtueuline. Feminine. Neuter.
i. n. m. iv. v.
N. -
- e
_
_
_
y-y o
- en
- e* ()
ee (s)
D. -
en
-(e)
-(e)
A.
en
rLCKAL.
N. -^- 1 -
G. -?- -
D. - n
A. -
en
en
en
en
en
- en
- en (n)
en
c
e
en
e
er
er
era
GENERAL RULES.
1) The genitive singular of all masculines (except those
of the Second Declension) and of all neuters without
exception ends in 3 a (or e3).
2) The accusative singular of feminines and neuters is
like the nominative (as has been already stated on page 15).
3) The accusative singular of masculines (except those
referred to in the remark above) not ending in the nomi-
native in e, is like the nominative.
4) The vocative case in both numbers is like the nomi-
native, or in other words, the nominative is used in Ger-
man as a vocative.
5) In the plural the nominative, genitive and accusative
are always alike.
6) The dative plural of all words ends in n. For unim-
portant exceptions, see pp. 63, 5 ; 144, 1, 2, and 579*.
7) Most nouns ending in c form their plural in en with-
out modifying the vowel of the singular.
i These marks indicate the vowel of the singular, but modified.
- More usually in a simple 8 when the nominative (angular contains more than on*
syllable, in e when this latter IB monosyllabic.
FIRST DECLENSION. 23
8) All feminine substantives have all the caseo alike in
the singular.
9) Most monosyllables having a, 0, it or ait in their stem,
modify in the plural this vowel into a, b, U or a'u.
10) In all compound nouns only the last component part
is declined
FIRST DECLENSION".
To the First Declension belong all masculine and neuter
nouns ending in c(, en and er, besides all diminutives in
d)cn and Icin. Diminutives, c.g., 23ritoerd)en (little brother),
<d)tt>eftcr(etn (little sister), are all neuter.
The only change of termination which substantives
belonging to this declension undergo, consists in taking $
for the genitive singular, and n for the dative plural.
Words terminating in n do not require an additional n.
About twenty words belonging to the First Declension
modify in the plural the vowel of the accented syllable,
a, or U becoming a, or iL
1) EXAMPLES OF MASCULINE NOUNS.
SINGHLAB. PLURAL.
-A 7 , ber 23ruber, the brother bte SBriiber, the brothers
G. beS $Bruber, of the brother ber Sritber, of the brothers
D. bent Sruber, to the brother ben Shiibcru, to the brothers
A. ben 23ruber, the brother bte Sriiber, the brothers.
SINGULAR. PLURAL.
N. ber (Sarten, the garden bte (Morten, the gardens
G. be3 arteng, of the garden ber cirten, of the gardens
D. bem arten, to the garden ben (Garten, to the gardens
A. ben arten, the garden bie cirten, the gardens.
In the same manner are declined:
ber 5>atcr, the father ber Metier, the plate
ber 9lpfel, the apple ber jammer, the hammer
ber @cf)Uiffe(, the key ber $oge(, the bird
ber glugcl, the wing ber dfjneiber, the tailor
ber offel, the spoon ber crjtoager, the brother-in-law
ber (gngel, the angel ber (gngtcinber, the Englishman
24 FIRST DECLENSION.
ber ^intntct, (the) heaven bcr Corner, the Eoman
ber I'cfyrer, the teacher *ber ^Ibler, 1 the eagle
bcr 3d)iUcr, the pupil *ber Xropfen, the drop
bcr 3ptcgcl, the looking-glass *bcr $ud)en, the cake
bcr 9iepcn, the rain *ber Skater, the painter
bcr <3ticfel, the boot *bcr Slmertfancr, the American.
2) EXAMPLES OF NETTTEB NOUNS.
SINGULAR. PLURAL.
N. bag ftenftcr, the window btc ^cnflcr, the windows
O. beg ^enfterg, of the window bcr $enfter, of the windows
D. bem ^enfter, to the window ben ^enfterit, to the windows
A. bag ^enfter, the window. bic ^cnfier, the windows.
N. bag 33aumd)en, the little tree bte 33aumd)cn, the little trees
G. beg 33aumd)en8, of the little tree ber 33auntd)en, of the little trees
D. bem 33aumd)en, to the little tree ben Stiumdjen, to the little trees
A. baS Saumdjen, the little tree, btc 33cunnd)en, the little i^ees.
Such are :
ba8 geuer, the fire ba ^itpfer, (the) copper
ba Stteffer, the knife ba ^(pfter, the convent
ba8 SSetter, the weather bag SDttttel, the means
baS 2B offer, the water ba 33etld)en, the violet
bag (SUber, (the) silver bag 2J?abd)en, the girl, maiden.
3) EXAMPLES WITH THE INDEFINITE ABTICLE.
Masculine. Neuter.
N. etn 2)tener, a servant rnetn 3^^^^, my room
G. eineg jDtenerg, of a servant metneg 3* mmcr ^' ^ m y rooni
D. etnem 2)iener f to a servant metnent 3intmer, to my room
A. etnen S)tener, a servant. mcin ^u^ 01 ^ m y room.
Compound nouns of the first declension. See p. 23, 10.
)er rofeuater, the grandfather. Gen. beg rofcttater8 jc,
bag gebenneffer, the penknife. Gen. beg g'ebermefferg jc.
ber <Sprad)Ie^rer, the language-master
ber >augfd)litffel, the street-door-key
ber ^itgtogel, the bird of passage. PL bie 3 u 9 09 e t
bag <3d^laf Dimmer, the bedroom.
i Those marked witli * do not modify their vowel in the plural, as : the eagles, bic
abler.
FIRST DECLENSION. 25
OBSERVATIONS.
1) The following ten words originally terminating in ett,
now very often used without n, belong also to the first
declension. They do not modify their vowel in the pluraL
$>er (Sonten or (Same, the seed ber rteben or ^rtebe, the peace
ber lauben or laube, the faith ber SBttten or 2Bttte, the will
ber gunfen or gunfe, the spark ber gelf en or gelg, the rock
ber >aufen or >aufe, the heap ber Sftamen or SRame, the name
ber ($ebanfen or ebanfe, ber 23urf)ftaben or SSttcfjftabe,
the thought the letter of the alphabet.
EXAMPLE.
SINGULAR. PLURAL.
N. ber Sftamen or <ftame, the name bte Seamen, the names
O. beg -iftameng, of the name ber SRamen, of the names
D. bent Xiamen, to the name ben 9iamen, to the names
A. ben ^amen, the name bte -ftanten, the names.
2) The following words are declined in the singular accor-
ding to this declension, but form the plural in n (^rofeffor
and>octorinen), (Seep. 48.) better, ^antoffel and mtter
may also have the plurals better, ^Jantoffet and
ber S3auer, the peasant ber ^cmtoffel, the slipper
ber SBoter, the Bavarian ber etiatter, the god-father
ber better, the cousin ber 2J?it$feI, the muscle
ber 9?a<f)bar, the neighbour ber ^rofeffor, the professor
ber tad^et, the sting ber )oftor, the doctor.
Gen. be SaiterS, beg Sktterg, beg ^oc^barg :c.
Plur, bte SBauero, bte 53ettem, bte -ftadjbartt zc.
WORDS.
ott, God bte SBopljat, ^ benefit
ber (Suropaer, the European !ronf, ill ; gut, good
ber >panter, the Spaniard fletn, httle, small
ber anger, the singer grofc, large, great
ber <Srf)opfer, the creator ftnb, are ; gtuet, two
bag otb, (the) gold fat, in ; Ijter, here.
26 FIRST DECLENSION.
READING EXERCISE 5.
5)et S3ruber beS $aterS. 3>r arten beS 33ruber. $>a$ Saunt*
efjen bc artenS. On (itith the dative, in) bent (Garten. 3n bent
Dimmer. 3n ben 3tinmern. 3)ie genfter be3 3i mmer ^ 3)cr35tenct
bcS ^Imertfaner^. >te (pi.) Xropfen beg 9?egen8. eben (Ste btefe
3tepfct ben 3d)iilent. 2)em et)rer. Sfteine <2>d)ttager. Xetne SBriiber.
Xttne rfjtitffcl (pl.\ 3d) Ijabe ben djtitffel beg 3i mmerg - ^ r ^
ba SWeffcr fetneg S3ruber. 3)te ^Ibter (tnb 33ogel. 2>te ^lepfet finb
aitf (on) bem XeUer. 2)ag 2J?dbc^en ift in einem Softer. 2Bo tft ber
<2c^netber ? Sr tft ntd)t ^ter.
^lufjinbf 6.
1. The garden of the father. , The gardens of my brother.
I have two spoons. The Englishman has two servants. We
are in a room (Dot.). My father is in the garden. Our
teacher is old. The man has two hammers. Your brother-
in-law is a doctor. These cakes are not good. Where are the
birds ? They are in the garden. Give me your (Ace.} plate.
A bird has two wings. The wings of the birds. The angels
of (the) 1 heaven. Have you seen 2 the rooms of the convent ?
2. The castle has [a] hundred (fyunbert) windows. The book
of the pupiL The plate of the girL We are Americana You
are Europeans. The violets are in the gardens. The pupils
are at school (in ber Sd)itle). The rooms of my father. I have
no silver and no gold. Give me the keys of my cousin. The
name of the painter. The benefit of (the) peace. The house
of my teacher. We have no fire. God is the creator of (the)
heaven and (of the) earth (ber Srbe).
2BeIrf)e8 (what) tfl ber
btefeS (SnglanberS ? (Sein Sftame ift
>aben (Ste bte 33dgel gefeljen ? 3a, id) fyabe fie (them) gefefyen.
3ft ba (that) 3f)r @arten? @6 ift ber (Morten metneS
2Bo finb bte <3d)litffel nteineS
^tntmerS ? >ier finb fte.
2Ber ift biefeS 2fttibrf)en ? @ie ift bie Xodjter etneS SngldnberS.
2Ber ift biefer junge 2ftann ? @r ift ber @ol)n metneg
i Observe that a parenthesis ( ---- ) encloses either an explanation or a word to be
translated into German, whereas brackets [....] enclose a word to be left out la
translating.
a See foot-note 1, p. 19.
SECOND DECLENSION. 27
@inb @ie etn 2Mer ?' Sfcin, idj bin (I am) fein flftaler,
id) bin etn anger.
Oft er ein Guropaer? 3a, er ift etn panier.
2Ser ift in bem (Garten ? 2)ie pd)ter meineg SeljrerS.
abe id) bag iBud) beineg $aterg ? 3a, Sie Ijaben eg (it),
aben <2ie ben (Stocf meineS
33ruber ? S'Jein, id^ ^abe ib,n (it) ni^t.
^aben @ie bag ait8 be8 Spa* 9?ein, id) Ijabe fein au8 nirfjt gefe*
nterS gefeb,en? b,en.
SBer (who) ift franf ? 2)er Wiener be 2Ka(erg ift franf.
3[ft bet piegel flein ? ^etn, et (it) ift grojj unb frfjon.
FOURTH LESSON.
SECOND DECLENSION.
This declension contains another series of masculine
nouns, viz. :
1) All those ending in c. Its inflexion is very simple.
The oblique' cases, both of the singular and plural, are
formed by adding n, without modifying the vowel in the
plural :
EXAMPLE.
SDJGULAK. PLTJKAL.
N. ber $nabe, the boy bie $nabett, the boys
G. beg ^naben, of the boy ber $naben, of the boys
D. bem J?naben, to the boy ben ^naben, to the boys
A. ben jhtafat, the boy. bie $naben, the boys.
Thus are declined :
ber 5Iffe, the monkey ber Sotoe, the lion
ber Sote, the messenger ber ^aife, the falcon
ber (grbe, the heir ber afe, the hare
ber )rf)fe (Orf)g), the ox ber $Jabe, the raven
ber S'Jiefe, the giant ber @atte, the husband
ber (Sflaoe, the slave ber SBebiente, the man-servant
ber 3ube, the Jew ber ^ranjofe, the Frenchman
ber ^otfyc, the godfather ber <5ad)fe, the Saxon
ber irte ($irt), the herdsman ber 9?uffe, the Russian
i In such sentences, it is better German to leave ein out and say, for instance : tab
ieORalet?
* The oblique cases are all except the nominatiya.
28 SECOND DECLENSION.
bcr >etbe, the heathen ber "ipreufje, the Prussian
bcr &uOe, the boy ber iirfe, the Turk.
ber Jieffc, the nephew (See tlie Twelfth Lesson, 8.)
NOTE, Further all adjectives if preceded by the definite article and
used substantive! y (but compare page 579*), as :
ber 2Utc, the old man ber $tanfe, the patient (sick man)
bet 9tei|enbe/ the traveller bet (Mcljrte, the learned man.
Om. be32Uten, be3 Jhanfen, beg SReifenben :c.
2) All masculine nouns from other languages having
the accent on the last syllable and not ending in r, 1 ol,
on or aft.
EXAMPLE.
SINGULAR. PLURAL.
N. bcr (Stubenf, the student, bie (Stubcn'ten, the students
G. be3 tuben'ten, of the student ber tubenten, of the students
D. bem tubenten, to the student ben (Stubenten, to the students
A. ben tubenten, the student. bie tubenten, the students.
Such are :
3)er 2lbt>o!at', the advocate ber ^Sraftbent', the president
ber $amerab', the comrade ber Styronn', the tyrant
ber (Sanbibaf, the candidate ber 3efiut', the Jesuit
ber ^fn'lofopl)', the philosopher ber Stegent', the regent
ber jDufat', the ducat ber (Elepfycmt', the elephant
ber olbat', the soldier bcr 3)tamant', the diamond
ber $ofa(f, the Cossack ber ^5oet', the poet
ber 9J?onard)', the monarch ber (tariff, the Christian
ber $omet', the comet ber ^Brtnj, ) ,-,
2 "
ber planet, the planet ber ftiirft, 2
3) The following words, though monosyllabic, see the
Remark, page 21.
EXAMPLE.
SINGULAR. PLURAL.
ber etb, the hero G. beg >elben *c. bie elben *c.
ber |>err, the master G. beg errn K. bie ^erren K.
ber
^ arr ' 1 the fool G I ^ Barren K. bie DJarren K.
fyor, ) ' ( beg S^oren zc. bie l)oren jc.
i As Officer', f netat', >e. These belong to the Third Declension,
s giirfl ia connected with the English word/rrt
SECOND DECLENSION. 29
SINGULAR. PLURAL.
bcr iQtir, the bear G. beg 33tiren jc. bie 33dren K.
), man, mankind G. beg 2Jienfd)en :c. bie 2ftenfd)eu JC.
EXAMPLE.
N. ber raf, the count, earl bie rafen, the counts
G. beg rafen, of the count ber rafen of the counts
D. bent rafen, to the count ben rafen, to the counts
A. ben rafen, the count bie rafen, the counts.
The singular of i^ert omits e in the oblique cases.
WORDS.
ber $aifer, the emperor ber riedje, the Greek.
bie >erbe, the herd, flock ber 33rief, the letter
bie ante, the aunt ber (Sfel, the ass
ber $orper, the body fennen @ie, do you know?
S. 3d) bin, I am SBin id), am I ?
bu btft, thou art btft bit, art thou ?
er ift, he is ift er, is he ?
fie ift, she is ift fie, is she ?
PI. 2Bir ftnb, we are
@ie finb, }
f- r c fVUU. til t)
tpr fetb, ) J
fie finb, they are
tnb rt)ir, are we ?
finb te, )
feibif)r, j
tnb fie, are they?
BEADING EXERCISE 7.
Sfteffer be ^na&en 1 . Orf) Qebe bem ^naben Srob. Bennett
<Sie ben ^naben ? 3)ie ^)eerbe beg irten. ag S3ud) eineg tubenten.
3)er ^orper eineg Slep^anten. ie ^liigel ber ^Ibler unb ber fallen.
3)ie olbaten beg SRonardjen. 3)ie 9faben ftnb 53ogel. 3)ie $nabeu
h^aben gtuei 9?aben unb brei afen. ie Siirfen h^aben ftaben. Xie
^ofactcn beg ^aiferg finb 9htffen. S)ag olb beg rafen. )er Srief
beg gitrften. $)ie 2J?enfd)en finb fterblid) (mortal). >er Smber beg
Slttert.
8.
1. The boy's brothers. These boys are brothers. The name
of the student. The sister of the count. The prince's aunt
The herdsman's flock. The soldier's knife. The letter of the
i 2>e3 ffnaben 9Reffer is also correct and means the same thing. So, eineS Jjjtrten Jgeerbe
But bag 2)?e[jer te6 ftnaben and bie eerke eincs yineu are more usual.
30 THIRD DECLENSION.
president. The emperors Caligula and Nero were (toaven)
tyrants. Do you know the princes ? The child has a raven.
The Americans have monkeys. I have seen the queen's dia-
monds. The old (alten) Greeks had (gotten) slaves. Give the
gold to the Jew.
2. We have seen a comet. Are you Saxons or Prussians ?
The body of a giant is very large (fefyr groft). These two boys
are my nephews. Those soldiers are Russians. They are
Cossacks. The Turks are no heathens. We are Christians.
These boys are Jews. My comrades are ilL We have no oxen,
we have two asses. Give this (Ace.) letter to the messenger
(Dot.) of the count.
mben <5te ben (Slepljcmten ge* 2Btr fjoben tfjn Ijeute (to-day) ge*
fefjen ? fef)en. %
>aben bte $naben ben on>en, ben Unfere $naben Ijaben ben 5tt)en
iger unb ben SBaren gefefyen ? unb ben 33aren gefefyen ; aber
nid)t ben tger.
2Ber tft biefer 2Kann? (gr ift be^ ^raftbenten Sruber.
3ft biefer tubent etn ^reu^e ? 9?ein, er ift ein <2arf)fe.
5Ber ift fein ^Sater? <Sein S5ater ift ein 2lbDofat.
J?ie6en <Ste (do you like) bte $tf*
fen? 9?eht, i^ Uebe bte 3Iffen ntd)t
^ennen (Ste btefe olbaten ? -3d) fenne (know) fte nidjt
faben Ste ^afen? -3a, id) fyabe bret afen.
ft ber SBebiente beg rafen cut
^rangofe ? 9?etn, er tfl etn (Snglanber.
taben te einen 9?effen ? 3^ ^abe ^et 9Jeffen.
tnb btefe ^naben Ouben? 9Jetn, fte ftnb S^rtften.
2Bo ftnb Sljre ^omeraben ? te ftnb ntrfjt ^ter (here), fte ftnb
gu oufe (at home).
$aben bte fatten gluget? 3a, aUe (aUthe) 35oge( ^aben
geL
2Bar ber ^>elb era 9?itffe ? S^etn, er tear etn rtedje.
FIFTH LESSON.
THIKD DECLENSION.
This declension contains the majority of masculine sub-
stantives. In the singular, the genitive is formed by adding
THIRD DECLENSION. 31
eg or to the nominative ; in the dative, the word remains
either unchanged or takes an t ; the accusative is like the
nominative, as has been already stated in the third General
Rule. All the plural cases take e, and the dative, of
course besides the t, an n. Most of the nouns of this
declension which have a, 0, U or au in the stem, modify it
into a, 0, it or au in the plural. To the Third Declension
belong
1) All masculine monosyllabic nouns, except those mentioned
under 3) on page 28. A few monosyllabic masculines form
their plurals in en and still others in er. For lists see pages
48 and 49.
EXAMPLES.
SINGULAR. PLURAL.
N. ber fttfd), the fish bte gifdje, the fishes
G. beg 5tfd)eg, f *h e fi^ b er 5ifrf) e > f t* 16 ns hes
D. bent ifcf)(e), to the fish ben ^jf^^/ to the fishes
A. ben gid' ^ e && ^ e 5ifcf)e, the fishes.
N. ber <Solnt, the son bte oljne, the sons
G. be @ol)n(e)g, of the son ber <3of)ne, of the sons
D. bent @ol)n(e), to the son ben (Sofynen, to the sons
A. ben oljn, the son. bte (Sofyne, the sons.
N. ber 23ount, the tree bte 33ounte, the trees
G. beg 23aum(e)8, of the tree ber 23dimte, of the trees
D. bent 33aum(e), to the tree ben SBaumen, to the trees
A. ben SBainn, the tree. bte Scinnte, the trees.
NOTE. Whether eg or g shall be added to form the genitive and whether
the dative shall have e or no termination at all, depends in the first place
on considerations of euphony. There are some phrases, for instance, in
which one would sound better than Jon3 and Stone than SEon, and there
are others in which the shorter forms would unconsciously suggest them-
selves to a writer or speaker. No one would think of saying ^ifdj^ or
Splafeg, while on the other hand gifcf) and $la& in the dative are just as
good as gifdje and ^lajje. In the second place, the shorter forms are
more apt to be used in conversation and in written or printed matter of a
familiar character, and the longer ones in dignified composition or
speaking. Finally, e3 is preferred with monosyllables.
32 THIRD DECLENSION.
Examples of Monosyllables of the Third Declension :
bcr Sifd), the table ber $ttt, the hat
bcr <2>titf)I, the chair bcr 3aljn, ^ e tth
bcr al)n, the cock bcr 2Bolf, the wolf
ber f)itrm, the tower ber Srattm, the dream
bcr <turm, the storm ber 2Bafl, the rampart
ber 9?ing, the ring ber $opf, the head
ber greimb, the friend ber Son, the sound
ber ftetnb, the enemy ber Solnt, the reward
ber $fi, the branch ber tocf, the coat
ber aft, the guest ber <3todf, the stick
ber ftitjs, the foot ber Sanj, the dance
bcr Slufc, the river ber 33rief, the letter
ber $ud)$r the fox etc. etc.
Plur., bie Stfdje, bie tiifjte, bte
NOTE. The following nouns and a number more do not modify theii
Towel in the Plural :
ber Slrm, the arm ber SadfjS, the salmon
ber Sag, the day ber 3lal, the eel
ber mnb, the dog ber >uf, the hoof
ber <t>d)uf), the shoe ber $fab, the path
ber ($rab, the degree ber toff, the stuff
bcr )ad)3, the badger ber ^unft, the point
Plur., bte Slrme, bte Sage, bie mnbe, bte <3d)ulje jc.
2. Many nouns formed from a prefix and a stem,
e.g. 33efel)l, from be and the stem fetyl. It may also be
noted in this connection that monosyllabic nouns like
those in the two lists just given occur very frequently at
the end of compounds. Such compounds belong of
course to the Third Declension. See General Rule 10,
pa^e 23. In the Dative Singular they more commonly
omit the ending *t.
EXAMPLES.
STNGHTLAB. PLUBAL.
N. bcr 58efef)(', the order N. bte Sefe^Ie, the orders
O. be 33efei)t3, of the order G. ber Sefe^Ic, of the orders
D. bent 33efel)l, to the order D. ben 23efef)len, to the orders
A. ben 53efe^, the order A, bie 23efef}(e, the orderg,
THIRD DECLENSION. 83
SINGULAB.
ber $lpfelbaum, the apple tree
beg 3lpfelbaumeg, of the apple-tree
bem "jjlpfelbaum, to the apple-tree
ben 2lpfelbaum, the apple-tree.
PLURAL.
bte 3tyfe(bfiitme, the apple-trees
ber 2tyfetbamne, of the apple-trees
ben 2fyfelbaunten, to the apple-trees
bie Sfyfeibaitnte, the apple-trees.
ber ebrancf)', custom, use ber )b,r'rtng, the earring
ber efang', the song ber >anb'fd)nt>, the glove
ber SBor'fyang, the curtain ber @trof)'l)nt, the straw-hat
ber Un'fatl, the accident ber Ue'berrocf, the great-coat
ber Slug'gang, the issue ber gei'ertag, the holiday.
Gen., beg efcmgg, beg 33orl)cmgg, beg 9luggangg :c.
Plur., bte SBorljange, bie ebrauc^e, bie >anbfd)itlje K.
3. The Third Declension comprehends further all mas-
cidine nouns even of more than one syllable ending in ig,
id), at and ling, and the nouns of foreign origin ending in
al, an, ar, aft, ter, or or on.
EXAMPLES.
SINGULAR PLURAL.
N. ber $6nig, the king bte $omge, the kings
G. be $6ntg, of the king ber ^onige, of the kings
D. bem ^onig, to the king ben $omgen, to the kings
A. ben ontg, the king bte $ontge, the kings.
N. ber ^alaft', the palace bte ^alttfte, the palaces
G. beg ^aiafteS, of the palace ber ^alcifte, of the palaces
D. bem ^alaft, to the palace ben ^ataften, to the palaces
A. ben ^ofojl, the palace bie ^alafte, the palacea
Such are :
ber tiiftg, the cage ber $arbinat', the cardinal
ber eWicf), the carpet ber eneral', the general
ber Sfftg, the vinegar ber 5lbmtrat', the admiral
ber omg, the honey ber $o!al', the vowel
ber $ ftrfid), the peach ber Kaplan', the chaplain
34 THIRD DECLENSION.
ber 2fto'nat, the month ber 2ftoraft', the swamp
ber Bungling, the youth ber 5Utar', the altar
ber faring, the herring ber )fftgier', the officer.
Plur., bie $dfige, bie Wnate, bie OiingUnge, bie Slltfire, bie
enerale, bie )ffi$iere :c.
WORDS.
3)er 223 alb, the wood, forest njeijj, white
ber <B>rf)laf, sleep tong, long
ber Sob, death brei, three
ber ^rofrf), the frog Oter, four
bie 9?ah,rung, food mit (dot.), with
ber (Stord), the stork aber, but
ber $ranicf), the crane ber 2B inter, winter.
READOTQ EXERCISE 9.
e3 $ater8 (Solute. 3>ie frifrf)e be fttuffcS. 9fof (on) bent
Sfjurnte. 9luf ben Saumen. S)te SBdume be8 2BaIbe8. 2)ie SSb'get
fmb in bem SBalbe. 2)ie 3d^ n e bed 6h>en. SKit bem torfe. 2Rit
ben ftufyn. 2)iefe tii^le fmb alt. 3d) fyatte einen Xroum. 3)ie
olbaten finb auf ben 2Ba'flen. 2)ie 5"c ber ^>a^ne tjaben (Sporen
(spurs). !Die ^alafle ber $onige fmb grop. 2Bir ijaben bie Xeppicfje
be @anger gefefyen. ^>oben @te bie 2B6lfe unb 5"d)fe ntdjt gefe^en?
3)ie greunbe meineg 53ater. eineg Setters nmbe. 3)er <Sd)Iaf
tft ein 33itb (image) be Sobeg. ier fmb 3h,re djub^e. So (inb
metne ^anbfrfju^e?
KufgoBe 10.
1. The tables and the chairs of the room. The trees of the
wood. The enemies' ramparts. The girl's rings. My friends'
guests. With my brother's son (Dot.). With the count's
sons. Do you know my guests ? The fish are in the rivers.
We have a table but no chairs. I give the dogs to the Eng-
lishman's sons. The days are long. The trees have branches.
I have no stick. We have no sticks. The curtains of my
room are white. The frogs are the food of (the) storks.
2. Winter's storms are over (uoritber). On the (auf bent) pres-
ident's chair. The gloves are on the table. Fish 'have no feet
Frogs 1 have no teeth. The birds are on the trees. My sons
i In English we omit the article before plural substantives about which some
general assertion is made, e.g.. in the sentence " Frogs have no teeth." In German It
ia sometimes inserted and sometimes omitted, but more usually inserted.
FOURTH DECLENSION. 35
have seen two cranes and four storks. Three months and two
days. The banks (bte Ufer) of the rivers. The name of the
officer. Herring are fishes. Do you know those two generals ?
Yes, I know them (fie). The windows of the palace. In the
palace of the king.
2Bo ftnb bte ^tfdje ? (Sic ftnb in ben ^(ttffett.
2Bo ftnb ntetne bret Sofytte ? <te ftnb in bem arten ober (or)
in bem >ofe (court-yard).
$BeIrf)e 9?orfe b,at ber <3rf)netbet? (r Ijat bte We beS Officers.
@tnb btefe tufyle alt ? SDtefe (Single ftnb neu (new).
33on iuem fprecf)en (Sic ? SKtc fpred)en t)on unferen ^reun*
(Of whom are you speaking ?) ben.
2Bte mete (how many) Donate? 2)ret donate.
Dtele Soge? ret ober bier age.
ec^en @ie nid)t toon bem o^ne 9?etn, tmr fpred^en toon fetneit
2Bte btele SDjitrme l^at bte tabt? 3)tefe (Stabt ^at bret
SBetrfjen tocf ^aben @ic ? 3^ l)abe ben tod beg rofen.
|>aben (Sic feine f^reunbe? -3(^ Jjatte (had) jinet ^reunbe;
aber fie finb tobt (dead).
2Bte btele ^u^e !^at etn ^unb ? (Sin mnb !^at bier ^itfte.
aben (Sic bie ^U^fe gefefyen? -3^ b/abe bie ^it^fe unb bte SSb'tfe
gefe^en.
aben bte (Sdjitter etnen ^et^tag? @ie fjaben jttjet ^etertage.
S5o ift ber enerat? Sr tft in bem -patafte ber ^b'nigin.
surra LESSON.
FEMININE SUBSTANTIVES.
POUBTH DECLENSION'.
The Fourth Declension comprises all feminines.
In the singular, feminines have the oblique cases like
the nominative.
1. In the plural, monosyllables take e, at the same time
modifying the vowel of the stem.
36 FOURTH DECLENSION.
EXAMPLE.
RTXaTTT.ATl PLURAL.
N. bte >cmb, the hand bie >anbe, the hands
O. bet f)mtb, of the hand bcr f)tinbc, of tlie hands
D. ber |)anb, to the hand ben |janben, to the hands
A. bie cmb, the hand bte >cinbe, the hands.
Such are :
bte 9lrt, the axe bte $unfl, the art
bte $lngft, fear, anxiety bte uft, the air
bte 33anf, the bench bte Sufi, the pleasure, desire
bie SBraut, the bride bie 2Ragb, the servant
bie SBruft, the breast bte 2ftacf)t, the power
bte ftauft, the fist bie 2ttaug, the mouse
bte 5rud)t/ the fruit bie 9f ad)t, the night
bie cmS, the goose bte 9?otlj, the distress
bie ruft, the vault bie -JZufj, the nut
bie out, the skin bte <Stabt, the town, city
bie $Iuft, the cleft bie 2Banb, the waU
bte $raft, the strength bie 2Burft, the sausage.
bie $uf), the cow
Plur., bie Sleyte, bie 33anfe, bie ^ruc^te, bie finfe, bie flttnfte, bie
Kiiffe, bie (gtfibte jc.
NOTE. Jrait, woman, and some other monosyllables (enumerated in
Lesson 9), have en in the plural.
2. Feminine nouns of more than one syllable take t It in
the plural, and do not modify the vowel. Words ending
in c, I or r have n instead of en. See Note 1, p. 59.
EXAMPLES.
SINGULAR. PLURAL.
N. bie 33lume, the flower bie 3Mumen, the flowers
G. ber S3 fame, of the flower ber 33famen, of the flowers
D. ber 33fame, to the flower ben SBIunten, to the flowers
A. bie 23fame, the flower bte S3Iunten, the flowers.
SINGULAR. PLURAL.
N. bie rfjroefter, the sister bie <Srf)tt)eflerit, the sisters
O. ber cfyroefter, of the sister ber djtoeflern, of the sisters
D. ber djtoefler, to the sister ben djroeftern, to the sisters
A, bie djroefier, the sister bie <Sd)roeftent, the sisters.
FOURTH DECLENSION. 37
Such are :
>te ftreube, the joy bte $eber, the pen, feather
bte 9fp[c, the rose bte $trfd)e, the cherry
tie 53tene, the bee bte ^ffon^e, the plant
bie SBimbe, the wound bte @d)ule, the school
bte timbe, the hour bte SBirne, the pear
bte 23ritrfe, the bridge bte time, the forehead
bte trd)e, the church bte Sfyttre, 1 the door
bte Xante, the aunt bte $ranfl)ett, the disease
bte Onfel, the island bte lufmerffantfett, attention
bte -ftabel, the needle bte ftretljett, liberty, freedom
bte afd)e, the pocket bte Stffenfdjaft, science
bte tppe, the lip bte greunbfdjaft, friendship
bte 9?a(e, the nose bte (grfaljrimg, the experience
bte Waiter, the wall bte >offnung, the hope
bte 5lbftd)t, the intention bte itrfttn, the princess
bte <3d)metd)etct, the flattery bte ra'fin, the countess
bie <Sd)5nl)eit, the beauty bte ^adjbartn, the neighbor.
NOTE. Observe that all derivative substantives ending in et, Ijett, felt,
fdjaft, ung and in, are feminine ; likewise words from foreign languages,
ending in ie, if, ion or tat, e.g., bie SKelobie', bte SfKufif, bte SKation', bU
llniBerfitat'.
EXCEPTION.
SDhttter and j;od)ter are declined as follows :
SIKGULAB. t PLUEAL.
N. bte Gutter, the mother bte Sfttttter, the mothers
G. ber SDhttter, of the mother ber Gutter, of the mothers
D. ber 9)?utter, to the mother ben SOtftittern, to the mothers
A. bte 2)?ittter, the mother bte Sftutter, the mothers.
N. bie od)ter, the daughter bte od)ter, the daughters
G. ber od)ter, of the daughter berod)ter, of^he daughters
D. ber od)ter, to the daughter ben dd)tern, to the daughters
A. bte Stodjter, the daughter bte od)tcr, the daughters.
For a few femininine words ending in nift, see p. 49, and
the foot-note 40.
WORDS.
bte trafse, the street bie Xaube, the pigeon
bte 3)ame, the lady bte $ae, the cat
bte gwbe, the color bte ompe, the lamp
i This word is sometimes used without the e:
38 FOURTH DECLENSION.
ba 53ct(cf)cn, the violet id) fndje, I seek (for)
bie ?iebe, the love id) oerfaufe, I sell
bie ?tlte, the lily id) fenne, I know
ber Singer, the finger bie $artoffet, the potato
bie Matte, the rat fur$, short
ber 9J?ann, the man reif, ripe
bie 2ftild), the milk rotty, red.
S. 3d) tiebe, 1 1 like or love PL toir liebcn, we like or love
bu tiebft, thou likest or lovest ifjr liebt, ) you Uke or
cr liebt, he likes or loves @ie (icben, j you love
fie liebt, she Hkes or loves fie Ueben, they Uke or love.
READING EXERCISE 11.
biefer <tabt. 2)
ber anfe. 2>ie f)itren ber $irdje. 2)ie tabte finb gro. Die
ftarbe ber 9tofe. S)ie ffluqci ber Sienc finb ftein. >er ^nabe ifit in
ber (at) <2>d)ute. Xie ^irdjen fmb gro. 3?ie 9tofen unb bie Sitten
finb fdjone 33Iumen. 3d) tiebe bie Sirnen.* Siebfl bu bie $ftttffe?
!Die 3J?obd)en Ueben bie SSIumen. Die ^naben ^aben ftebern. 3)ie
finger ber anbe finb ftein. 3m (in, literally in the) 2Binter ftnb
bie 9Zad)te tang. 8 3d) liebe bie fatten unb bie 2JJaufe nid)t; aber
(but) id> tiebe bie 33ienen unb bie Xauben.
Slufflofic 12.
1. The ladies' hands. I like the walnuts. The churches of
the town. The boys have no pens. The man's forehead is
high (fyorf)). I like roses and violets. The smell (ber erud))
of roses and violets is sweet (angenef)tn). Our hopes are vain
(eitet). We know (fennen) the mother's love. The boys are at
(in ber) school. The ladies are at (in ber) church. In three
hours. The soldiers have wounds. Do you know these plants ?
The cherries are red. I know the daughters of the countess.
i This is the present tense of the verb Iteben, to love. All regular verbs are conjugated
In this way.
a It is better German to say : 3* effe (eat) 33trnen gern (gladly).
a This is not a question. The sense is the same, or very nearly the same, as if the
words had stood as follows : Tie 92&$te ftnb long im SSinter. But in Oennan, in any
simple assertion, we have a right to begin the sentence with some other word than the
subject, provided we then bring in the verb, and in the third place the subject. Here
we might have written : Sang ftnb bie 92&$te im ZBinter.
FOUETH DECLENSION. 39
2. You know my intentions. He has two flowers in his
hand. 1 These pens are not good (gut). I love my sisters.
The cats catch (fangen) (the) mice. These pears are not ripe.
My neighbour sells lamps. The lips are red. We sell our
cows and our oxen. These two girls are sisters. My [female]
neighbour sells potatoes (artoffcln). The mothers love their
daughters. The girls had no needles. Pears are the fruit
(pi. in German) of the pear-tree (23irnbaum$).
$enncn <3ie ben -ftamen biefer
trafee ? C?3 ift bic ftrtebrt^flrafee.
2Bo finb Ofyre naben ? <te finb in ber cfyute.
2Bo finb nteine gebern ? <Sie iiegen (lie) auf bent ifrf)e.
2Ber fangt (catches) 2ftaufe? 2)te ^afcen fangen 2ftaufe.
2Bie m'ele @d)tt>eftern fyat 3^re @ie ^at jwet @c^tt)eftern unb brei
SWuttcr? SSriiber.
SBcrfaufen @te ^trf^en ? S'Jetn, aber h)ir berfaufen S3trnen.
2Bie btete anbe ^at etn Sftenfd) ? Sin SD'Jenf^ ^at jtoei ^>anbe unb
finb rot^.
(had) ber otbot SBunben ? 3a, er ^atte btete 2Bunben.
(what) finb bie Slbficfiten
gutter? 3d) fenne fte (them) ntdjt.
5Bo finb bie )amen ? Gie ftnb in ber $ird)e.
SBetd)e Slumen Ueben (Sic am -3d) Itebe bie 3Jofen, bie lOUien unb
meiften (best) ? bie SBeilc^en am meiften.
2Bie mete tnnben tebte baa ^inb
(did the child live) ? (Sa lebte nur (only) brei tunben.
2Bie finb bie traften ber tabt? @ie ftnb fe^r f^mut^ig (dirty).
2Bo leben bie ^if^e ? <Ste leben im 2 SSaffer.
2Bo finb bie anfe ? S)ie anfe unb bie (Snten (ducks)
finb in bem ofe (yard).
2Ber Derfauft ^artoffeln? 2)?eine 9?ad)bartn oerfauft ^ar*
toffeln.
1 The definite article is usual with parts of the person wherever no ambiguity
would result from its use.
2 3m is a contraction for in bem.
40 FIFTH DECLENSION.
SEVENTH LESSON.
NEUTER SUBSTANTIVES.
FIFTH DECLENSION.
This declension includes all neuters except those ending
in el, er, en, cfyen and lein. These latter belong to the First
Declension. The singular is declined like the singular of
the Third Declension. In the plural, a distinction is to
be made 1) between words of two and more syllables, and
2) monosyllabic words. The plural of the former usually
ends in t, that of the latter in ft. The latter modify the
vowel of the stem. For exceptions see pages 50 and 51.
IT EXAMPLE OF A DISSYLLABLE.
SINGULAR. PLURAL.
N. bag efd)enf', the present bte efdjenfe, the presents
O. beg efdjenfeg, of the present ber efrfjenfe, of the presents
D. bem @efd)enf(e), to the present "
A. ba8 e[d)en!, the present bte
Such are :
bag efefc, the law bag tetdjmfe, the parable
bog (Sefprad), the conversation bag Earned', the camel
bag efdjaft, the business bag Snftrument', the instrument
bag fhjeljr, the gun bag (Element', the element
bag ettwr^, the spice bag Compliment', the compli-
bag ebtrge, 1 the mountain- ment
range bag papier', the paper
bag ema'tbe, 1 the picture bag SRetatC, the metal
bag ebaube, the building bag SBtflet', the ticket
bag ,3 eu 9 n if^ s the testimony bag (Concert', the concert
bag el)eimmj$, the secret bag portrait', the portrait
bag 33efenntm|, the confession bag ineal', the ruler.
Plur., bte efefce, bte efc^dfte, bte eh)e^re :c.
i Neuter words which end in the singular In t, never add a second t, as : pi., Me
(Sebitge, bte QDem&tbe >c.
i All nouns ending in nifj form their plural by adding t, even the feminine, as .- Tit
flenntmfi, knowledge, pi. bie ft enntnt fie ; bte Skforgnt^, apprehension, pi. bte SBejergmjje 5
f, the want, pi. bte 5Bebatfttifie :c .
djenfen, to the presents
"d)enfe, the presents.
FUTH DECLENSION.
2) EXAMPLES OF MONOSYLLABLES.
SINGULAR.
N. bag 35orf, the village
G. beg 2)orf(e)g, of the village
D. bem )orf(e), to the village
A. bag 2)orf, the village.
PLURAL.
bte >5rfer, the villages
ber jDorfer, of the villages
ben )6rfern, to the villages
bte 3)orfer, the villages.
N. ba tnb, the child
G. beg $htbeg, of the child
D. bem ftinb(c), to the child
A. bag $tnb, the child.
bte $tnber, the children
ber $tnber, of the children
ben $tnbern, to the children
bte $tnber, the children.
Such are :
bag 2lmt, the office
bag 33tatt, the leaf
bag SBtlb, the picture
bag 92eft, the nest
bag foufytt, the fowl, hen
bag ett>, the field
bag f)al, the valley
bag 2Bort, the word
bag alb, the calf
bag SHeb, the song
bag Jab, the wheel
PL, bte Slemter, bte flatter,
bag 93uc^, the book
bag dt, the egg
bag (2<i)to, the castle, lock
bag elb, the money
bag amnt, the lamb
bag aug, the house
bag 2Betb, the wife
bag )ad), the roof
bag $Ietb, the dress
bag anb, the country
bag 33anb, the ribbon.
bte 23itdjer, bte defter 2C.
NOTE 1. The same mode of inflexion is assumed by all words ending
in tfyum, two of which are masculine. Ex. :
bag at[ertf)um, the empire ber 9Mrf)tfjum, the riches
bag ^urftentljitm, the principality ber Orrtdutn, the error.
Plur., bte gikftentljitmer, bte ^etc^t^umer, bie -3rrt()iimer *c.
NOTE 2. Some monosyllabic neuters, especially those in r/ take not r
but c in the plural, and do not modify their vowel, as:
bag aar, the hair; pi. bte >aare,
bag Sfeev, the sea; pi. bte Stteere.
For a complete list of thm see the Ninth Lesson, p. 50, 9.
42
FIFTH DECLENSION.
NOTE 3. a8 erj, the heart, is irregular.
SINGULAR. PLURAL.
N. bag >er$ bte Bergen
G. beS >er$en8 ber Bergen
D. bent Bergen ben Bergen
A. bag ^er^. bte
WORDS.
bte $ufgab"e, the exercise toerloren, lost
ber 2Bagen, the coach letdjt, easy
bag orn, the horn flein, small
fmgen, to sing runb, round
liegen, to lie neu, new
fet)en, to see grim, green
ftnben, to find fdmtufctg, dirty
gefunben, found toiele, many
faufe, buy bte metften, most
gefauft, bought fjorf), high.
READING EXERCISE 13.
3)a 23t(b be mbe. 2)ie Sttber ber ^tnber. $)te ^arbe be
3)te ^Matter ber ^Pflan^en ftnb gru'n. >te SBaume be
tragen (bear) ^ritrfjte. 3)ie SJJauern jeneS (SdjloffeS ftnb ^od^.
2)er ^lontg fyat btele (Sc^toffer. 35 tc 2B6rter ber Sfofgabe ftnb letc^t.
jDte 9taber be SSageng ftnb runb. -3d) fudje bte hammer. 2ptr
I)aben bte ^letber gefauft. 3n ben Sfteftern ber ^BiJget Itegen (Ster.
3)te ngldnber leben (h've) in bent Sanbe ber gret^ett. 2Bo (where)
Itegen bte Stcr ber itlnter ? @ie ttegcn in ben fteftera. U)te Orfjfen
fyaben Corner. S)er ^Urft ^at em @d)to gefauft. 3)er ^pntg ^at
fetne Sanber, feme tcibte unb feine 1)orfer tiertoren. 2Btr Ijaben
unfere 33udjer toertoren.
9tufgok 14.
1. This village is small Those villages are also (aud)) small
The laws of the Romans. The fields are large. The flowers
of the field. The dresses of the girls are red. I see the
roofs of the houses. I know the land of (the) freedom. The
children have found a nest. The leaves of the trees are
green. I seek my booka I find the paper in the book. We
know the castles of the princes. He is in his house (Dot.).
Our houses are old. The girl sings a song. Have you seen
FDTH DECLENSION.
43
my aunt's presents? I buy two guns. The president has
bought two pictures.
2. The children's books are not new. These ribbons are
red. The doors of the rooms are shut (gefd)toffen). Those
buildings are very old. We speak of (uoit) the presents of the
king and of the queen. Our father has bought a house and
a garden. The girls have bought many eggs. I find the
words of my exercise very easy. The valleys of Switzerland
(fier Sdjiuctg) are beautiful (prad)ttg). The village lies in a valley.
We have bought two fowls. The boy has lost his money.
$ennen ne bie
ber
Sic finb fie ?
aben bie SBoget defter?
2Ba Itegt in biefem 9?efte?
ieben @ie bie (Ster?
On tcetdjem Sanbe lebt 3^r 53et*
ter (does your cousin live) ?
3n metcfjer tabt lebt er?
2Bie tiiel e(b ^aben @ie?
^>aben te Gutter unb @ier ^
ifauft? >
2Bie finb bie flatter ber 23awne?
2Bo finb meine Siidjer?
2BeId)e8 au( tjat 3
fauft ?
^>at er einen arten ?
2Ber b^at btefe S3itber gemalt
(painted) ?
<2>inb Ob/re 23tinber rotb^ ?
id) fenne fte (them).
3d) ftnbe 1 fie prad)tig (beautiful).
3a, bie tneiften 23ogel fyaben defter.
-3d) fefje bier (Sier.
Qa, bie (Eier ber u^ner.
(Sr lebt in !Deittfd)(anb (Germany).
(Sr lebt in granffurt.
-3d) fyabe brei @utben (florins).
3d) ^abe biete Ster gelauft; aber
(but) feine Gutter.
<Ste finb griin.
ie finb in -3I)rent 3ittimer.
@r l^at gh)ei dnfcr getauft.
9Mn, er ^at feinen (Garten ; aber
er ^at toiele
2Ber
at ba otte
Sanber finb reid) ?
(gin beutfd)er (German)
9^ein, meine 23anber finb griin, aber
bie S3anber meiner @d)U)efter finb
roth;.
gefauft? 3)er @ob;n beg rafen 9?. 2
(Sngtanb unb 5lmerifa.
1 ginben often means consider.
2 The genitive of @raf 9J., is either be rafen SK. or raf SR.'g. The second form is.
it -will be noticed, just like the English idiom,
44 \ PREPOSITIONS.
EIGHTH LESSON.
PREPOSITIONS.
German prepositions are treated of at greater length in
Lesson 37, p. 282.
, 1) Prepositions with the dative :
ouS, out of, from feit, since
bet, near, by (with) toon, of, from, by
nut, with 311, to, at
nacf), after. gegenuber, opposite to.
EXAMPLES.
bettt arten (dot. masc.), from (out of) the garden.
bet (Stabt (dot. fern.), from the town.
tt cittern <3tocf (dot. masc.), with a stick.
tt ctner ^eber (dot. fem.\ with a pen.
bem 9ftittageffen (dot. neut.), after (the) dinner.
bet <2>tunbe (dot. fern.), after the lesson.
2) Prepositions requiring the accusative :
burcf), through, by oljne, without
fur, for um, about, at
g eg en, against, towards
EXAMPLES.
nrcf) ben 2Batb (ace. masc.), through the forest.
!Ditrd) bte (StroRe (ace. fern.), through the street.
3)urrf) ba 3B offer (ace. neut.), through the water.
^iir metnen SBrnber (ace. masc.), for my brother.
^iir ntetne Si^njefter (ace. fern.), for my sister, etc.
3) The following nine take the dative in such sentences
as might have been answered to questions beginning with
"where," and the accusative in case the questions would
have begun with " whither:" *
i Whither baa gone out of nse in English conversation and where taken its place. The
student, however, in order to make up his mind whether to use the dative or accusative
in German, must never use where in the sense of whither. Thus he should consider
" I went on the ice " to l>e the answered to a supposed question "Whither did you go ? "
PREPOSITIONS. 46
an (dot.}, at in 1 (dot.), in, at iiber, over, across
an (ace.), to in (ace.), into unter, under, among,
auf, upon, on neben, near, beside between
fyinter, behind bor, 1 before, ago gttrifdjen, between.
Examples with the dative (rest) :
3d) ftefye an bcm ^enfter (dot. neut.), I stand at the window.
3luf bcm tfd)e (dot. masc.), on (upon) the table.
3n bent )ofe (dot. masc.), in the court-yard.
3n bcr tabt (dot. fern.), in (the) town.
23or bettt ^fenfter (dot. neut.), before the window.
r 1 etner tunbe (dot. /em.), an hour ago.
Examples with the accusative (motion) :
3d) gefye an bag $enfter, I go to the window.
3d) gelje itber bCtt $ht, I go over the river.
3d) gefye fytnter ba$ >au8, 1 go behind the house.
tetten <Ste eg t)or bag ^enfto/ P U * i* before the window.
4) SBaljteni), during, and Uicgett, on account of, govern
the genitive case. Ex. :
SBaljrenb bcS 9vegen, during the rain.
5) Several of the above prepositions may form a single
word with the definite article.
&tn for an bent, as : am ^enfter (rest), at the window;
Olt' for an ba3, as : an'3 ^enfter (motion), to the window;
Oltf' for auf >a3, as : aufS Sanb (motion), into the country;
int for in bein, as : tm 2Binter, in winter;
tn'8 for in ba3, as : in'S Staffer (motion), into the water;
Bd'm for bet bent, as : bet'nt b,or, near the gate;
fiir'8 for ftir bag, as : fitr'8 elb (ace.), for money;
DUrt^'0 for burd) baS, as : burdj'3 ^euer (ace.) through the fire;
Uoitt for ton bent, as : bom Sftarfte, from the market;
Jjor'0 for &or ba^, as : bor'3 ^enfter, before the window;
iilier'8 for iiber bag, as : itber'3 SWeer, across the sea;
jutn for gu bcm, as : gum S3ater, to the father;
jttt for gu bcr, as : gur Gutter, to the mother.
i Jjnaud bar, when denoting time, always take the dative.
46 PREPOSITIONS.
WORDS.
bet of, the yard gefatten, fallen
ber Jlrieg, (the) war bte 9?td)te, the niece
ber 9fabe, the raven bte $alte, the cold
bte aube, the pigeon fptelen, to play
ber )fen, the stove fpredjen, to speak
bag Sett, the bed id) effe, I eat
ba$ 2#tttageffen, (the) dinner fltegen, to fly
ber 233 inter, (the) winter faufen, to buy
ber 2ttantel, the cloak git >oufe, at home.
READING EXERCISE 15.
3n bem |>ofe (tm >ofe). 9lu8 bem arten. 3luf bent >ad)e.
3)ie Xaube fliegt aitf baS (auf'S) jDad). 3m $rteg unb tm grteben,
$)te $inber tytelen bor bem >aufe. S3or ber ^adjt. 3)er SBogel ft^t
(sits) oiif bem iBatime. !l)te fttffy leben tm SBaffer. 3Ketn ^>ut tfl
tn'8 Staffer gefatten. 2)0^ ^ebermeffer beS ^naben Itegt auf bem
i[rf)(e). er unb Itegt itnter bem S3ette. 2)tefe 33itd)er ftnb fur
metnen ?e^rer. 3^re Sodjter ift bet nteutcr SdjtDefter. 2)te @olbaten
fpredjen toon bem ^riege. !)aS (that) hjar wa^renb be $rtege3.
33} btetbe (stay) ju ^aufe tuegen be 9^egenc. 2)a Sett fteh,t
(stands) neben bem Ofen. er <2tu^t ftc^t neben ber Xfyito. Urn
oter Ub,r (at four o'clock) bin id) $u oufe.
9tufflolic 16.
. Out of the room. Near the castle. I eat with a spoon.
After the rain. The oxen butt (ftofeen) with their horns. "We
see with our eyes C&ugen). The boys go through the wood.
The pupils speak of (uon) the school We speak of (Don) the
weather. I was in (aitf) the street during the rain. The boy
is on the tree. Go (ge^en <2te) into the yard. The boy has
(ift) fallen into the water. The tree lies in the water. My
penknife is in my pocket. Against the door. Put (fterfen) your
penknife in your pocket. His cloak hangs (Ijcingt) behind the
door. I have seen many flowers in the field.
2. The eggs lie in the nests of the birds. The enemies
run (toufen) against the wall. There (e3) was a raven among
the pigeons. Before (the) dinner. "We play after (the) dinner.
He was in his room. The table stands near the window.
Before (the) winter many birds fly (put: fly many birds) 1
1 See the last foot-note on p. 38.
47
across the sea. We stay (bleiben) at home on account of the
rain. The dog runs (Itiuft) about the house. Those apples are
for my niece, and these pears are for my son. The count was
at home at three o'clock. 2 Two 3 days 'ago.
2Bo ftfct berSoget?
2Bo tft SBtlljelm (WiUiam) ?
So tft mein 2ftantel?
8Bet ijat mein ^bermeffer?
abcrt (Sic metnen ut gefei^ett ?
2Bol)er (whence) fommen @te?
Ija&en (Sic gefauft?
tn (where) gel)en <Stc?
toerben <Ste faufen?
fltegen m'ete iBoget?
3Bann (when) fltegen fie fort
(leave) ?
SBarum (why) fltegen fie fort?
<Stnb <3te nod) (still) int 33ette?
2Bo Ijaben (Sic biefe 53etld)en ge=
f unben ?
aben (Sic feme (none) in Sfyrent
(Garten ?
gur wen (whom, ace.) ftnb biefe
^trfdjen ?
S3on went (whom, dot.) fjaft bu
biefe efdjenfe er^atten (re-
ceived) ?
2Bot>on fpredjen bic <3o(baten?
3ft Ofjre Gutter ju aufe?
(gr fifct auf bem $)adje imfcrcg
>aufe3.
@ r ift tm arten obcr tm >ofe.
(gr fyangt gutter ber Jfyiire.
(g3 Uegt auf bem 2%f)e.
5a, er tft uitter ben Jtfd) gefatten.
3d) fomme com SD^ailte (market).
-3^ (jabe s #epfe( unb s JJiiffe gcfauft.
3d) ge^eiauf (to) ben 9Jfavft,
-3d) inerbe wartoffefa faufen.
(Sic fliegen uber'g SWeer.
$or bent 2Binter.
2Begen ber alte be 2Binter3.
$a, id) bin fran!.
3d) ^abe fie auf bent ^etbe gefun*
ben.
9^ein, id) !ann (can not any)
feine finben.
(Ste finb fitr bag Sodjterlein mei*
neS 9^ad)bar.
53on metnem SJater unb t)on nteiner
Butter.
(Ste f^redjen bom ^rtege (war).
gietn, fie ift nidjt gu '^aufe, fie ift
(gone out).
48 LRREGUIAlilTIES IN THE FORMATION OF THE PLURAL.
NINTH LESSON, i
IRREGULARITIES IN THE FORMATION OF
THE PLURAL.
The irregularities in German declension are mostly in
the pluraL
I. IRREGULARITIES OP THE FIRST DECLENSION.
1. The following substantives take n in the plural
without modifying the vowel, as has been already stated
on page 25.
ber Saier, the Bavarian ber ftadfjbar, the neighbor
ber Sauer, the peasant ber (Stadjel, the sting
ber ^Better, the cousin ber "^antoffel, the slipper
ber eDatter, the godfather ber llJhigfet, the muscle.
Plur., bie Saiern, bte SQauern, bie 33ettern, bie 9?ad)barn jc.
NOTE. The word ber G^ataf'ter, has in the plural bie Gljarafte'te.
2, Words from the Latin in or, with the accent on
the last syllable but one, form their plurals in ortlt :
ber J)of'tor, the doctor ; pi. bie iDofto'ren.
ber ''Profef for, the professor ; pi bie ^rofeffo'ren.
NOTE. <Dcr aKajlor', the major ; pi.
a) Another class of irregular nouns has already been
noticed on page 25.
II. IRREGULARITIES OP THE THIRD DECLENSION.
3. Eight words take in the plural rn instead of c and do
not modify the vowel :
ber 2ftafl, the mast ber taat, the state
ber ^Pfau, the peacock ber <3traf)l, the beam
i The Ninth and Tenth Lessons need not be Ukea up in course.
IRREGULARITIES IN THE FORMATION OF THE PLURAL. 49
ber @d)mer3, the pain ber jDortt, the thorn,
ber <pont, the spur ber See, 1 the lake.
^ btc -Ohften, bie ^fatten, bie (Staaten, btc trafjten, bte
rfimerjen jc. <2porn has in plu. both ponten and poren as
given in Exercise 9.
4. The following nouns take cr in the plural, at the
same time modifying the vowel :
ber SRann, the man ber @ott, (the) God
ber 2Ba(b, the forest ber )rt, the place
ber Seib, the body ber 2?ormunb, the guardian
ber eift, the mind, ghost ber 9tetd)tl)iun, the riches
ber 2Burm, the worm ber Srrtfyum, the mistake, error.
ber Sftonb, the edge
Plur., bie banner, bie SBalber, bie eiber, bie 2Biirmer :c.
III. IRREGULARITIES OF THE FOURTH DECLENSION.
5. Twenty-nine monosyllables form their plural in en
instead of e, without modifying the vowel :
bie 2lrt, the kind, species bie ^fUcfyt, the duty
bie 33at)it, the road bie ^oft, the post
bie 23anf, the bank bie Oual, the torment, pang
bie 33udjt, the bay bie <5d)aar, the troop
bie 23urg, the old castle bie d)Iacf)t, the battle
bie ^ftfyrtf ^ e passage bie (Sdjrift, the writing
bie tur, the field bie (Sdjutb, the debt
bie ffiuti), the flood bie (Spur, the trace, track
bie $orm, the form bie l)at, the deed
bie BTCIU, the woman bie Jradjt, the costume
bie @httf), the glow bie Uljr, the watch, clock
bie Sagb, the chase bie 2Ba^(, the choice
bie Soft, the load bie 2BeIt, the world
bie 3)torf, the boundary, bie ^ai)\, the number, figure
district. bie |jet^ the time.
. .
Plur., bie SBatjnen (Sifenba^nen, railroads), bie aften, bie
ten, bie <d)Iad)ten, bie S^aten, bie 3 a ^ en JC -
6. All feminines in ni and fal have t in the plural, e.g. :
i Notice : There is also & feminine word bie 3, the tea, with the same plural. But
the plural of gee, sea, rarely occurs.
50 IRREGULAKITIE3 IN THE FORMATION OF THE PLURAL.
bte $enntntfl, knowledge ; pi. bte &enntniffe.
bie Seforgntfl, fear ; pi. bte Seforgniffe.
bic riibjal, sorrow ; pi. bte Xriibfate K.
7. The two words: bie 2Jhttter, the mother, and bie
X center, the dauyhter, have already been declined page 37.
IV. IHREGULABITTES OF THE FIFTH DECLENSION.
8. Seven neuter words form the plural in en :
bag Sett, the bed ; pi. bte JBetten.
bag >emb, the shirt ; pi. bte f>emben.
bag >erj, the heart ; pi. bte ^er^ett.
bag )f)r, the ear ; pi. bte )fjren.
bag 2luge, the eye ; pi. bte 2lugen.
bag Snbe, the end ; pi. bte Qjnben.
bag 3n[eft, the insect ; pi. bte Snfeften.
9. A few monosyllabic neuter words do not follow the
general rule in forming their plural ; they take f instead
of er and do not modify the voweL
Eight ending in f :
baS >aar, the hair baS ^Jaar, the pair
ba3 |i>eer, the army bag 9to!)r, the reed
bag 5aljr, the year bag Sljier, the animal
bag 2fteer, the sea bag J^or, the gate.
PI, bte >aare, bte Safjre, bte X^tere jc.
Also the following:
bag 23ett, the hatchet bag Sod), the yoke
bag S9etn, the leg bag $nte, the knee
bag SBrob, the bread bag oog, the lot, fate
bag 33oot, the boat bog 9?e, the net
bag 2)ing, the thing bag ^ferb, the horse
bag (Erj, the brass, bronze bag ^funb, the pound '
bag getf, the skin bag ^e^t, the right
bag tft, the poison bag 9tetd), the empire
bag >eft, the copy-book bag 9?ofc, the horse
IRREGULARITIES IN THE FORMATION OF THE PLURAL. 51
bag Sa($, the salt bag Stud, the piece
bag Srf)af, the sheep bag Spiel, the game
bag Srfjmetn, the pig bag 2Cerf, the work
bag Sdjtff, the ship bag ,3eug, the stuff
bag Sett, the rope bag 3iel, the aim, end.
Plur., bte Sette, bte Seine, bte ^ferbc, bie 2Berfc :c.
10. The following neuter words of two syllables take et
in the plural and modify.
bag (Semiitf), the temper bag (Setuanb, the garment
bag eftdjt, the face bag Regiment', the regiment
bag efd)led)t, the gender bag Spital', the hospital
bag @emad), the apartment
Plur., bte emiitljer, bie eftdjter, bte c[d)lcd}ter, bte 9?egtmenter,
bte Spttciter K.
11. A few neuter words in al and turn derived from
the Latin, take ictt in the plural and do not modify.
bog $apttat', the capital, fund ; pi. bte $optta'tten.
bag Mineral', the mineral ; pi. bte 30? utera'tien.
bag Stit'btum, the study ; pi. bie Stu'bien.
V. ADDITIONAL REMARKS ON THE PLURAL.
12. Several neuter substantives have two plurals with
different meanings.
TO rt ttX i * ne ribbon ; pi. bte Sa'nber.
-OaitO, < A|^ V>r>nrJ -fiQ -n/ ^',a -U,-,,iX,>
(pi. bte 5)htge.
jDtng, the thing ; Ipl. bte 3)tnger (in a contemptuout
( sense).
rtt ni f ( the face ; pi bte eftcf)ter.
ejtdjt, -*
ba Sort, the word ; = words -
i. bte uBorte = expressions.
13. Some German nouns have no plurals of their own
and use the plurals of other nouns instead, e.g. :
62 IRREGULARITIES IN THE FORMATION OF THE PLURAL
bag Sob, praise ; pi bte SobeSerljebungen.
bcr Sftatl), advice ; pi. bic 9?atb,fd)lage.
ber 23unb, the alliance ; pi. bte 33iinbniffe.
ber (Strett, contention ; pi. bic trettigfeiten.
bo8 Ungliirf, the misfortune ; pi. bte Unglu<f3fafle.
bie Sfyre, the honor ; pi. bte (Sfyrenbeseugungen.
bte unft, the favor ; pi. bte unftbeseiigimgen.
ber Job, death ; pi. bte XobeSfatte.
bte 33orfid)t, precaution ; pi. bte 33orfid)tSmafjregetn.
14 Masculine and neuter 1 nouns indicating measure^
weight and number, are put in the singular when preceded
by a numeral :
ber n, the foot ; as : fiinf 3riufj (not ^iie) tang, five feet long.
ber ott, the inch ; as : tier $0U brett, four inches wide.
ber rab, the degree ; as : gtoanjtg tab $alte, twenty degrees
cold.
ba8 ^Jfunb, the pound ; as : bret ^funb 3 U( ^ er / t^ee pounds of
sugar.
ba3 'jpaar,' the pair ; as : gtoet ^nar <3d)ulje, two pair of shoes.
ba$ jDu^enb, the dozen; as: fed)S ^ufecnD $anbfcf)itb,e, six dozen
of glovea
ba3 Slid), the quire; as: geljn JBlldft ^3a)3ter, ten quires of paper.
ber Sftaun, the man; as: fiinf ^mnbert -DJiaun Onfanterie, five
hundred foot-soldiers.
baS tiirf, the piece; as: mint sStuif Su^, nine pieces of cloth.
15. The following words have no singular :
bie eute, people bte 2ftoften, the whey
bie Soften, the expenses bie Xruppen, the troops
bte llnfoften, the costs bte (Smhinfte, the revenue
bie 23cinHeiber, the trowsers bie ^erien, the holidays
bie (Sltern, the parents bie @efd)lmftcr, the brothers and
bie jTriimmer, the ruins sisters.
16. Compound substantives of which the latter part is
mann form their plurals mostly with the word
i Feminine -words are used in the plural, as : met (SUeit 2u$, four ells or yard* aj
cloth ; j^n glaicbcn SBetn, ten bottles o/wine.
t (Sin ^aar, a pair ; tin paar, MreraL
IRREGULARITIES IN THE FORMATION OF THE PLURAL. 53
ber ^Jauptmann, the captain; pi. bte ,>auptteute.
ber $aufmann, the merchant; pi. bte $aufleitte.
ber Slmtmann, the sheriff; pi. bte IJluttleute.
ber <2d)tffmann, the sailor; pi. bte @d)tffleute.
ber <5eemann, the seaman; pi. bie eeteitte.
ber (Sbetntctnn, the nobleman; pi. bte (Sbetteute.
WORDS.
oer 35td)ter, the poet tapfer, brave
bte onne, the sun fyett or f(ar, clear
bag (Srfjlafjtmmer, the bedroom tief, deep
ber g'rembe, the stranger jdjabltd), hurtful
bte (Srbe, the earth tmnter, always
ber $rcmfe, the patient beriiljntt, celebrated
leben (mofynen '), to live arm, poor.
franjoftfd) , French
READING EXERCISE 17.
35te (Stadjeln ber SBtenen. te ^antpffetn ber rdftn. 35ie
Q3auern ftnb nic^t retdj. )te ^5rofeffo'ren btefer d^ute ftnb beritfjmt.
3)te @trat)(en ber @oune ftnb ttmrm. 3)a ^tnb letbet (suffers)
groge rfjmcr^en. Ser finb btefe Scanner? 3)te SSitrmer teben in
ber (Srbe. 35 te Ufjrcn ftnb fefyr Ketn. ie ^nfeften finb ben ^ritdjten
ber 23anme f^iibltd). 3)te S^tere ^aben ^ette. 3)te >aare be8 3)lab*
d)cn ftnb lang. 3)te franjoftfc^en eere ^aben tapfer gefod)ten
(fought bravely). 35 te 3fteere ftnb ttef. 35 tc ^naben fjaben tt)re
fiefte Dcrtorcn. 35tc SB erf e ber 35td)ter ftnb berit^mt 3)te 9}JtneraUen
Uegen in ber Srbe. 35te ^ranfen ftnb in ben (Spttotern. 3)er
^at jrtet ^3aar ttefet unb brei ^5aar (S^u^e. 3)te engtifd^en
teute ftnb reic^.
18.
1. Where are my slippers ? Your slippers are in your bed-
room. The students praise ((oben) their professors, but the
professors do not always praise ({oben nid)t tmmer) their pupils.
Those forests are very large. Do you know these men ? I have
seen two tall (grofte) men. I know my duties. These women
are very poor. The peasants have cows and oxen. They have
also sheep, swine and horses. The beams of the sun are very
1 tpotyncn means to dwell,
64 IRREGULARITIES IN THE FORMATION OF THE PLURAL.
warm. The cocks have spurs. The water of the lakes is
clear. Do you know the names of the gods of the heathens ?
The roses have thorns. The United (Deretnigten) States of (uon)
America are very rich.
2. Those two men have lost all (afle) their children. Give
me [some] walnuts. My neighbor has no debts. The towns
of that country are very small. The rich (vetdjen) people live
in the towns or in (auf) the country. The axes and hatchets
are sharpened (gefdjttffen). Open (b'ffnen @te) your eyes. We
have two ears. In the hearts of the children. Bees are
insects. The boy was five years 1 old (alt). The sailors have
lost four boats. The merchants' ships are lost. In our town
[there] are two regiments [of] riflemen (Sdjufcen). I speak of
(Don) the battles (Dot.) of the Greeks and llomans.
<3te meine
toerfaufen btefe Sauent?
2Bo fmb bie ^antoffeln meiner
Gutter?
2Ber ift ba (there) ?
teben <Ste 3fyre 2kttern ?
2Ber ftnb biefe >erren?
S03o fmb bte alten Scanner?
bide 2lugen ()at ber 9JZenf^ ?
933tc biele O^ren Ijat er?
<5inb bie ^Bienen 3?6get?
einb 3^re ^ferbe aft?
2Ber fmb btefe cute?
^ennen <2ie bie 2Berfe
!Did)tcr?
SBte ftnb bieSDJeere?
Solebenbtetffen?
fenne
itnb
@te fterfaufen ^artoffetn.
@ie finb in invent (her)
Dimmer.
35te 2)oftoren fmb ba.
Qd) tiebe atte meine Settern.
(g (they) fmb $aufleute.
ie fmb tm arten.
@ie ^aben !l)ornen.
@ie ^aben <S|)onten or (
S)er SWenfd) ^at gioei 5lugen
fte fmb Onfeften.
fte ftnb jung.
(Sie or eg ftnb ^mcrtfaner.
-3a, feme 2Berfe fmb feljr beri't^mt
@ie ftnb fe^r gro unb ttef.
@ie leben in ben SBdlbern,
1 See p. 63, 14 nd 199. note.
GENDEKS OF SUBSTANTIVES. 55
TENTH LESSON.
ON THE GENDER OF SUBSTANTIVES. 1
(Won bent cjif|leif)t tier auiumirter.)
Tlie gender of a German substantive can in some cases
be told from its termination and in others from its signi-
fication, while in other cases yet, a foreigner has to
consult a dictionary.
A, Masculine (mannlid)) are :
f 1. All names of males, as :
ber SBoter, the father ber (Scfjnetber, the tailor
ber $ontg, the king ber $nabe, the boy
ber el)rer, the master, teacher ber >al)n, the cock.
Except the diminutives in djeit an< i letlt, which (as has already been
stated page 23), are all neuter : as, bag SBat-erdjen, bag o^ntcin, the little
son; bag J^dljndjen, the chicken.
2. The names of the seasons, months and days, as :
ber Sftot, May ber Suit, July
ber SBtnter, winter ber 9ftontag, Monday
ber (Sommer, summer ber ftmtag, Friday.
3. The names of stones, as :
ber >tantcmt', the diamond ber 3?ubm', the ruby
ber $iefel, the flint ber (Stein, the stone.
4 Most words ending in en (not cfyen), which are not
infinitives, 2 as :
ber (Sarten, the garden ber SftMen, the back
ber ^cgen, the rain ber ^arnen, the name
ber SBoben, the floor, ground ber ftaben, the thread.
Except bag Jlifjen, the cushion; bag SBerfett, the basin; bag SBappen, the
coat of arms.
i See the foot-note, page 48.
J Three are neuter, see g i, p. 68,
56 GENDERS OF SUBSTANTIVES.
5. Five words ending in double c I
bcr Sdjncc, the snow ber $lee, the clover
ber 3ee l , the lake bet fyee, the tea.
ber $affee, the coffee
6. Words of two syllables ending in tg, idj, tttg and ling,
as:
ber $omg, the king ber Siingtmg, the youth
ber Sepptcf), the carpet ber faring 2 , the herring.
B. Of the Feminine Gender (roeiblicf)) are :
1. All names of females, as :
bte &au, the woman bte &onigm, the queen
bie od)ter, the daughter bte $mme, the nurse.
Except bag 2Bei6 and bag Qnraucnjimmer, the woman, and of course
diminutives, e.g., bag SKabdjen, the girl, from 9Kag,b, moid.
2. All dissyllabic substantives ending in e (not ec), not
denoting males and ivithout the prefix ($k (see 6, p. 58), as :
bie 33htme, the flower bte $trfrf)e, the cherry
bte <3cf)ule, the school bie 33trne, the pear
bte (gtunbe, the hour bte Gndje, the oak
bte trafce, the street bte Sanne, the fir
bte Srbe, earth bie (Sfyre, the honor
bte Stebe, love bie Ufe 3 , the help.
Hence ffie sun is feminine in German, bie <3onne ; but the moon is
masculine, bcr SRonb.
Except the three words, bag SJfage, the eye; bag 6nbe, the end; bag Gtbe,
the inheritance.
NOTE. Words like bet SKatne, ber ante JC. (see p. 25, Obs. 1) are not
to be considered exceptions, as their original nominative ended iik en: ber
, ber @amen :c.
3. All derivative words formed with one of the follow-
i See the foot-note, p. 49.
5 For more words of this kind see p. 33, t 3.
8e lo th Fourth Peclension. p. 37,
GENDERS OF SUBSTANTIVES. 57
ing terminations : et ' (old ep) l)rit, fcit, jdjaft, ttllg and in,
with nouns of foreign origin ending in ie, ton, if or tat, as :
bie 3d)ntctd)ctct, flattery bte Xraurigfett, sadness
bte flafcerei, slavery bte Ueberjetntng, the translation
bie greifyett, liberty bte )offmmg, hope
bte djonfyeit, beauty bte (Sdjafertn, the shepherdess
bte ^mtnbfdwft, friendship bte ^oejte, poetry
bte 2)anfbarlett, gratitude bte 2ftajeftcit, majesty
Except bag ^etfdjaft, the seed, and bet $ornung, an old word for gffcruar,
I&ruary.
4 The few nouns ending in ud)t, udjt, ulb and unft :
bte @d)tarf)t, the battle bie ebutb, patience
bte ^ad)t, the night bte <5rf)itlb, guilt, debt
bte 23itd)t, the bay bte SBernunft, reason
bte ^>ulb, the favor bte 5lnhmft, the arrival
C. Of the Neuter Gender (fdcfylid)) are :
/ <
1. The letters of the alphabet, e.g., bag 51, bag 2ft, bag 3.
2. The names of metals, as :
baS otb, gold ba (Stfett, iron
ba3 Silbev, silver ba^ 23let, lead.
Except bcr Sta^l, steel.
3. The names of countries, cities, villages, provinces,
islands, etc., as : granfretcfy, France ; SRom, Some. The
article is used with these only when an adjective precedes,
as: bag fatfyolifcfye (Spanien, Catholic Spain; bag retcfye
?onbon :c/
The most important exceptions are: bte djftetj, Switzerland; bie
iirfd, Turkey (with all other names of countries in et); bte $fatj, the
Palatinate, and several other names of provinces.
1 $tt8 Gt, ike egg; bet d)rel or ba efcfyret, the cry, tcream; b S3ret, pap. are not
derivatives.
2 But when the name of a country ia masculine or feminine, it takes the article
even if no adjective precedes.
58 GENDERS OF SUBSTANTIVES.
4 The infinitive mood, when used substantively, as :
bag (f)en, eating bag 9taud)en, smoking
bag Srtufen, drinking bag Sefen, reading
bag eben, hfe bag $ergnug,en, the pleasure.
5. All diminutives in djett and fritt, without exception,
as:
bag 9JMbd)cn, the girl bag mb(etn, the baby
bag >augd)ett, the little house bag SBlumtetn, the httle flower.
6. Most substantives beginning with the prefix e, as :
bag ebiva,c, the mountain bag ebaube, the building
bag entalbe, the picture bag efdjaft, the business
bag etootf, the clouds bag @efd)enf, the present.
Exceptions. Masc. : ber ebanfe, the thought; ber eBraurf), iheuse; bet
efdjmarf, taste; ber eritd// smell. Fern.: bte efdjtdjte, history; bie e=
fa^r, the danger; bte efcurt, birth; bte eicalt, power; bte ejtatt, shape;
bie ebulb, patience, and some others, both masc. and fern.
7. Substantives ending in nijj are some of them neuter,
and others feminine :
Neuter. Feminine.
bag ^eugntft, the evidence bte ^tnflerntf?, *h e darkness
bag 23egra'bm, the funeral bte Ibnntntf?, knowledge
bag $8ebiirfm^;the want bte 33etrtibnt, affliction
bag ebad)tnt, memory, etc. bte (Srlaubnt|, permission, etc.
D. Gender of Compound Substantives.
The gender of compound substantives is generally that
of the last component part, as : fcie ^au^fljiire, the street-
door (from iitt aitS and ite Xfyiire); bag Xtntcnfa^, the
inkstand; ter ^alb^braten, roast veal; bie SBinterjett, the
winter season; bte 2BinbmitI)Ie, the ivind-mitt, etc.
Except bie Wnttoort, the answer (from bag 2Bort, the word) ; bie rojjmutfj,
generosity; bte anftmutt), meekness, and bte ^emutf), humbleness (from
ber 2Rutl), disposition of mind, courage).
GENDEHS OF SUBSTANTIVES. 59
E. Nouns whose Gander varies with their Meaning :
Masculine. Feminine or Neuter.
ber 23aub, the volume ba$ 33anb, the ribbon, tie, bond
ber 33auer, the peasant ba3 33auer, the bird-cage
ber (Srbe, the heir ba$ (Srbe, the inheritance
ber >etbe, the heathen bte >eibe, the heath
ber wt, the hat bte ut, (the) heed, guard
ber liefer, the jaw bte $tefer, the pine (a tree)
ber $unbe, the customer bte $unbe, knowledge
ber Setter, the conductor bte Setter, the ladder
ber <3ee, the lake bte (See, the sea
ber l)or, the fool ba3 f)or, the gate
ber $erbtenft, the gain. ba3 33erbtenft, merit.
F. Feminine Nouns formed from Masculine Nouns:
Many masculine nouns add in to form feminines, in the
case of monosyllables modifying the vowel.
Masculine. Feminine,
ber $onig, the king bte ^imtojit 1 , the queen
berprft, ) ,, . bte ftiirftra, ) ,, -
ber $rtn$, ) l bte ^rtn|efft, j tJ
Oer raf, the count bte @rofut, the countess
ber Sftatei-, the painter bte Sftaterin, the female painter
ber 9? ad) bar, the neighbor bte S^adjbartn, the female neighbor
ber ^iinftter, the artist bte $iinftterm, the female artist
ber (Snglanber, the Englishman bic (Sngttiubertn, the Enghshwoman
ber ^od), the cook bie ^od)tn, the female cook
ber imb, the dog bte >ihtbtn, the bitch
ber 2Bolf, the wolf. bie Sotftn, the she-wolf, etc.
If the masculine ends in e, this letter is rejected :
ber 9tuffe, the Russian bte 9vufftit, the Russian lady
ber ^rango'fe, the Frenchman bte ^rart^ofin, the French lady
ber 2ott)e, the lion. bte Soimn, the lioness.
Exception: ber 1)cutidf)C, thz German', fern., bte eittfdje, the German lady.
Of course there are, as in English, many feminines not
i Plurals, ftoniginnen, Jutflinnen :c.
CO
GENDERS OF SUBSTANTIVES.
formed from the words which denote males of the same
kind, as :
ber 9)?ann, the man, husband
ber >err, the gentleman
>err, Mr.
ber ^ater, the father
ber 3ot)it, the son
ber 23ritber, the brother
ber )f)ctm, the uncle
ber s Jfcffe, the nephew
ber better, the cousin
ber $nabe, the boy
ber ^tingling, the youth
ber 3unggefefl, the bachelor
ber 23rduttgam, the bridegroom
ber SBtttroer, the widower.
bte Orait, the woman, wife
bte 3)ante, the lady
grau, Mrs.
bte 2J?ittter, the mother
bte od)ter, the daughter
bte @d)toefter, the sister
bte Xante, the aunt
bte -fttdjte, the niece
bte 23a[e ((Soufme), the cousin
bag 2ftabcf)en, the girl
ba3 Jrauletn, the young lady
bte 3ungfev, the maid
bte Srcutt, the bride
bte SSttttoe, the widow.
WORDS.
ber Xtcjer, the tiger
ber SBtnter, (the) winter
bte ,3ett, (the) tirae
bte 3)td)tertn, the poetess
etn d^cifer, a shepherd
ber firtner, the gardener
ber c^aufpteler, the actor
bte $itrje, the shortness
ber <3tetn, the stone
Ijatte, fatten, had
fait, cold
tDarnt, warm
^od), high
au^, also.
READING EXERCISE 19.
2J?eme Sljre. Oene trae. Unfere ^offnung. 3ene Xanne ifl
^orf). !j)te djmctg ifl fd)6n. 2Btl^etm ttjar cm SuHggefett. S)er
ontmcr ijl foarm. 2iBtr Ijatten etnen ^iamanten. >abcn 2ie bte
^urfitn gefe^cn? <Stc tft fe^r (very) fd^on. 25tefe^ ^tmtetutmpec
t[l fe^r }itng. Unfer O^eint unb itnfere Xante fatten etn d)top in
panten (Spain). 3)er artner ^atte etne 9tofe; bte artnertn ^atte
etn rotljeS (red) Sanb. @eben <2te mtr btefen 33anb (m.). <te Ijatte
etn a'urf)en unb etn artrfjen.
5tufgoBc 20.
1. My teacher. His friendship. The count and the countess.
This man is a painter. That lady is a princess. My father is
GENDERS OF SUBSTANTIVES.
61
your neighbor. Your aunt is my neighbor. Here is a lion
and a lioness, a tiger and a tigress. This woman is a widow.
Where is the cook (f.) ? My master is old. The baby is young.
(The) winter is cold. This diamond is beautiful. Here is also
a ruby. My sister is a shepherdess. This oak is very (fefyr)
old. Give me a cherry. Which youth is your son ?
2. The friendship of my [female] cousin. The earth is round
(rimb). The love of the mother. (The) iron is a metal. (The)
gold is also a nietal The little house (dim,). The little horse.
A little plate. The shortness of (the) time. Have you seen
(gefefyen) the actor and the actress ? My daughter is a poetess.
I have seen the bridegroom and the bride. My uncle is a
bachelor. His niece is very young. Is it a he-wolf or a she-
wolf?
2Bo tft mem SReffe ?
2Ber f)at mein tocfdjen ?
2Ber ift biefer Stfann ?
Ber tft btefe )ante?
tnb @te etn anger?
$at tfyr Ofyetm etn
aben <5te bie 23raut gefeljen ?
2Boiftbte23raut?
3ft ba3 olb etn Stem?
taft bit ben $itnftler gefefyen ?
ft biefcr Sinter fait?
>aben <te etnen
)ter tft er.
fjr $inb Ijat e$.
@r tft etn $imftler.
ie tft etne J)td)tertn.
ftetn, id) bin fein anger; aber
ntetne rau (wife) tft etne a'n=
gertn.
-3a, er t)at etn ^cingd^en.
9?etn, tc^ t)abe bie 33raut ntc^t ge=
fefyen. 3)er 33rauttgam ift bier.
te tft front (iU).
g^ein, bag @otb tft etn 2etan.
i, unb aud) bie ^itnftlertn.
" t, er tft nidjt feljr fait.
etnen unb unb etne
Set fjat cut
Oft 3tjr JOfjeim etn Onnggefett ?
Sertftfjter?
5ft btcfcS J^ter erne ?ort)tn?
at ber arlner ntetn S3ud) ?
gitrfttn Jjat etn
er tft etn SBttttter.
3)tc d^aufptetertn tft fyter.
e tft etne Jtgertn.
bie artnertn Ijat e3.
DECLENSION OP NAMES OP PERSONS.
ELEVENTH LESSOff.
DECLENSION OF THOSE PROPER NOUNS
WHICH ARE NAMES OF PERSONS.
1. Without an article.
A. Sari, $lnna, ^nebrtd) cfytfler, raf etnrid),
Charles, Anna, Frederick Schiller, Count Henry,
G. (arl', Minna's, ftriebrtrf) (Seder's, @raf $emrid)'S,
D. Like the nominative,
A. Like the nominative.
Notice that this declension is just like that in English; there is only ona
termination, namely '3 in the genitive, and this '3 is added to the last
word only. We have, that is, raf $einrtdj'3, Count Henry's, and not
(Srafen .emridj'3, Count's Henry's. l
The word err, Mr., however, preceding a man's name, is declined, as
will be seen in 3.
2. With an article (but see also 3).
3)er, beS, bem, ben (or em, eineS :c.) (ar(, g'rtebrtd) @d)ttter.
3)te, ber, ber, bte (or etne, einer :c.) $lnna.
We sometimes talk in English of a Shakspeare or
a Mary, but we never say, as the Germans do, the Mo.ry,
the Shakspeare, meaning simply Mary or Shakspeare.
The student will notice that when the article is used, all the cases of
the noun are alike. There is one exception, however : When the genitive
precedes instead of following its noun, and this genitive is qualified by
an adjective, it takes a termination. Thus we say, be3 fleinen griebrtcf)'^
23uc6er, little Frederick's books, ber Jungen 2tnna'3 cljufje, young Anna's
shoes or with the other order, bte SBiidjer be3 fletnen grtebrtdj, bie @cf)uf)e
ber iungen 3tnna.
3. With an article and a title (such as King, Count,
Privy Councillor, etc.) or with a noun in apposition, as in
the second paradigm below.
1 For those names which form the genitive otherwise than l)y adding 'g, see 4.
Some persons omit the apostrophe before the 8 of the genitive and of the plural of
proper names.
DECLENSION OP NAMES OF PERSONS. 63
N. 'ber raf etimcf) bee $iinft(ei- (artist) 2d)nttbt
G. beg rafen ehtridj beg $iinftlerg odjmtbt
D. bent rafen Jpetnrtdj bent $unftler 3cf)mtbt
A. ben rafcn ipeutrtd). ben iinftler djntibt.
For the mode of declension when there is no article expressed, see 1.
4Jerr, Mr., needs special mention.
N. (ber) err 2ftet)er (ber) err raf Seuft
G. (beg) errn ^et^S (beg) j>emt rafen 33euft'
D. (bent) errn Qftetyer (bent) errn rafen
A. (ben) errn Sftetyer. (ben) errn rafen
That is to say, err and the noun or nouns following are all of them
declined, e.g., errn SRctyer'a $au3. When the genitive follows its noun, it
generally takes the article and a different form from that just given, thus :
t>a3 au3 be3 errn 2Ketyer, i.e., in this case the termination is attached
to the title as in beg $6ntg3 grtebrtc^.
4. Genitives formed otherwise than by adding '0.
a) Names ending in c may form the genitive in ctt, e.g.,
2ftarien3 SBucfy, Mary's look; PdljcnS Scfynftcn, Goethe's
writings; but the student is advised to add $ merely, e.gr.,
&) In the same way, names ending in a hissing sound,
e.g., ri0/ -Fred, $iud)S and S5c (family names) may have
the genitives gri$en, gucfyfenS, 3?oen^, but the student is
advised to add ' merely or only an apostrophe, e.g.,
or ri' etc.
5. The pluraL
o) All proper names may (see b for another rule) form
a plural in ', e.g., cipto'g, @opl)ie', ^ri^'^ |)einric^%
S3 of ^, and in those cases where the genitive might have
an apostrophe without an '0, the plural can do the same,
.g., $rifc', 3Sop'. The dative of all plurals in , whether
proper names or not, is like the nominative-, e.g. t 0*5ib e
ben jroei ^einric^^ 7 Give it to the two Henrys.
64 DECLENSION OP NAMES OP PERSONS.
b) The general rule, more particularly in literary
German of the present epoch, is that masculine proper
names may have the plural like the singular, e.g., tie i'utber
ter egenroart, the Luthers of the present; but all masculine
proper names in o may have a plural in nt or nf?, e. g.,
btc <2ciptone or <2cipioneit; and, finally, many masculine
proper names may have a plural in e, e> g* ^uDroige,
Lewises, SWdancfytfjone, Melanchthons.
All feminine names of persons may take en or n in the
plural, except that those ending in a or 9 take 'n, e.g.,
Sltetyeifcen, Adelaide's (singular 2lfcetyeit>) ; @opf)ten, Sophia's
(singular opf)ie); 3ba'n.
c) Family names, e.g., (SJoetfye, are counted as masculine
names.
d) Germans omit the article in the plural when speak-
ing familiarly of people by their last names, e.g., 33ecferg
un$ gefiern, The Beckers called on its yesterday.
6. Grifht$ is declined as follows:
N. <ljrifhi
G. gfjrtjhtS or ^ri|K
D. 6bnfht or g^rtfto
A. d^rtfhtd or d^riftuu
V. fd$a3 or (5I)riftc.
is declined as follows :
N.
G.
D. Oeju
A. 3efum.
When Mary is the name of the Virgin Mary, the German for it is not
2Rarie but 2Rarta. So also 2Karia (Stuart, Mary Queen of Scots.
WORDS.
a8 cbtdjt (pi. c), the poem lefen, to read
bie $arte/ the card gelefen, read, past participle
DECLENSION OF NAMES OF PERSONS. 65
ber teg, the victory beufen an, to think of
bie 9?egierung, the reign angefommen, arrived
bog @efefc (pi. e), the law ber fitnfte, the fifth
bag eben, the life ber fedjfte, the sixth
bie Sttabe, the Ih'ad ritfe, or rufen 2ne, call
bie ante, the aunt geftern, yesterday.
READING EXERCISE 21.
2)er mt >einridj'g. 2Btlf)etm'g Sucker. 2orb 33rougb,am'g 9hme.
3d) liebe orb 33t)ron'g ebid)te. >aben te (5d)itter getefen? 3d)
b,abe djitter'g ebidjte getefen. 3d) benfe an uife. (Ste benfen an
aRarie. >ier finb 3llejanber mmbolbt'g 33riefe. ara'g Sautter ift
frant. ^rtebrirf) 2Bi(^etm' ob/ne. <ftad) bent 2obe ^arl'^ be
ro^en. 5)a^ !?eben ^etnrtd^'g be^ 23ierten. 3d) ^abe bie Garten beg
|)errn ^amitton unb ber ^rautein c^mtbt * erb,alten. aben (Sie (ben)
9?ubolf gefe^en ? 9?ufe (ben) Robert. er <5ieg beg 2KbmtraIg ^elfon
bet Trafalgar ift berufjmt (celebrated).
^ufgulic 22.
1. Frederick's hat. Lewis's books. Mary's sister. The
reign of the emperor Augustus. I admire (id) benwnbere) Plato.
This is Mr. Stewart's horse. The laws of Solon. Poor Charles's
father is arrived. Have you read the poems of Goethe ? I have
read many of them (bation). I have bought two hats for George
and Edward. Henry's books are arrived. The name of Fred-
erick Schiller. The life of Charles the Twelfth, King (gen.)
of Sweden (con <2d)tt)eben), was an incessant war (etn beftanbtger
ftrtcg).
2. I have bought Lord S.'s house. We read Cicero. We read
also Virgil's Aeneid (5lenei'be) and the Ih'ad of Homer. Cimon
was the son of Miltiades. Victoria is queen of England (oon
(Snglanb). The brother of Eliza, and Mary's brother are my
friends. Henry the Fifth, king of England, the son of Henry
the Fourth, married (fyet'ratfjete) Catherine, the daughter of
Charles the Sixth, king (gen.] of France (uon gwnfreirf)). Give
it to my uncle, the doctor (dot,.}. The coronation of the
emperor Charles the Fifth. Where is Miss Louisa ? She is
with (bet) her aunt, Mrs. Walter.
i Singular or plural, gtautetn properly neuter, (p. 58, 6), may take a feminine
article, and the pronouns referring to it are generally fte, she and Ujr, her, not rt, it
and fein, its.
66 PROPER NAMfiS OF COUNTRIES, CITIES, ETC.
Sprerfjiibung.
2Bo mar $arfS $ater gcftern? (r mar in ftranffurt.
2Bo tft Suifen'S Xante? @ie ift in amburg.
giir men fjaben <Sie biefe <Sd)ub,e
gefauft ? ftUr $arl unb ftriebrtrf).
SBte b/ei^t (how is called, i.e.,
what is the name of) ber
^aifer ton ^ranfreid) ? Sr ^eit Napoleon.
2Bie ^et^t bie ^onigin ton @ng
lanb ? (Sic fjeifct 33iftoria.
2Bie b,ie ib,r emaljl (consort) ? 'jpring Albert.
3Ber n?ar @ofrate ? (Sin beritfjmter ^^itofop^'.
2Ber mar bcr (Sieger (conqueror)
ton Trafalgar r* cr engtifdje ^[bmtrat
2Ber tuar ber geb,rer 5llejanber'8 ?lriftotelea, etu grtcc^tf^cr SSett*
be^ @roen ? toeifer (a Grecian philosopher).
$ennen @ie bie efe^e (Soton'3 ? 3d) fenne fte nid)t.
3Ber tuor (Solon ? 6in atfyenifdjer SBeifer (sage),
^ur men finb biefe S3ud)cr? @ie ftnb fitr (ben) ^crrn 3Waier.
^iir men ftnb jene SBanber? <Ste finb fitr 2ftabame SSalter.
Sent (to whom) geben (Sic biefe 3d) gebe fte ber ttife unb ber
Sftofen ? 9J?arie (or itife unb SRorie).
SBen rttfen @te? 3d) rufe ^nebrid) unb >cinrid).
|>aben @ie SD^tlton'g f ,35erlorene
(lost) ^J3arabieg" gelefen ? iftein, id) b,abe e nid)t getefen.
TWELFTH LESSON.
PBOPEE NAMES OF COUNTEIES, CITIES, VTL-
LAGES, PEOVINCES, ISLANDS, ETC.
1. These names take in German, as in English, no
article, as :
jDeutfd)lanb, Germany ^Berlin', Berlin
(gnglonb, England (glba, Elba.
bonbon, London
This rule and an exception to it have already been given p. 57.
PROPER NAMES Of COUNTRIES, CITIES, ETC. 67
2. They form their genitive by the addition of g, unless
they end in g, J or r, as :
bte tuffe )eutfd)fanb3, the rivers of Germany,
bte traften 23erltn$', SonbonS, zc., the streets of Berlin,
London, etc.
3. When ending in 3, J or r, no termination can be
added, and the place of the genitive is taken by the
dative with toon, as :
bte trafjen tion ^artS, the streets of Paris.
4. The Germans say not " The Kingdom of Prussia," etc.,
but " The Kingdom Prussia," etc., as :
bag $omgmd) ^ratften, the kingdom of Prussia,
bte tabt Bonbon, the city of London,
ba3 3)orf SRofyrbad), the village of Bohrbach,
ber SKonat s Diat, the month of May.
5. The other cases remain unchanged, as :
totr lekn in Suropa (dat.), we live in Europe,
id) Uebe granfretd) (ace.), I like France,
fennen ie ^3ari8 (ace.), do you know Paris?
6. To, before names of countries and towns, must be
translated nod) ; at or in, in ffrom, tJOtt or attg, as :
foir ge^en twt(j 5lmertfa, we go to America,
id) jd)icfc if)n ntt^l 2Btcn, I send him to Vienna,
mein ^Bater lebt in ^artS', my father lives at Paris,
id) fomme Uon 33ruffe(, I come from- Brussels.
Stu denotes origin, e.g., er ift att 5pari, te is from Paris, (i.e., a
Parisian).
7. We subjoin a list of the principal countries :
i At, before names of towns, is sometimes translated jn. Kx. : at Frankfort, ju
grantfurt, but in is better.
68 PROPER NAMES OF COUNTRIES, CITIES, ETC.
a, Europe opa'uien, Spain
$lften, Asia rtedjentcutb, Greece
SlfrUa, Africa ipreujjen, Prussia
Slme'nfa, America @ad)fen, Saxony
5luftra'lien, Australia 33at)ern, Bavaria
Onbten, India SRufclcmb, Russia
(I)tna, China cfyroeben, Sweden
(Sgtyp'teu, Egypt 9?ortuegen, Norway
(Sngfanb, England >tinemarf, Denmark
^ranhretd), France oflcmb, Holland
2)eutfrf)lanb, Germany ^elgien, Belgium
Oeftretd), Austria bie djroetj, Switzerland
Sta'lten, Italy bie Siirfei', Turkey.
8. Names of persons formed from these names of
countries end in either ct or c.
Names ending in er :
bcr Suropci'er, the European ber <2pa'mer, the Spaniard
ber Slmerifa'ner, the American ber Stalie'ner, the Italian
ber Sng'lcinber, the Englishman ber Deft'retdjer, the Austrian
ber @rf)ott'Ianber, the Scotchman ber <Sd)n)et$ei-, the Swiss
ber 3r'(anber, the Irishman ber ^ari'fer, the Parisian
ber ^jol'ldnber, the Dutchman ber Corner, the Boman, et<v
Names ending in e I
ber >eutfcf)e, the German ber SRuffe, the Eussian
ber granjofe, the Frenchman ber $ole, the Pole
ber riedje, the Greek ber Xitrfe, the Turk
ber -preufje, the Prussian ber 3)ane, the Dane.
NOTE 1. The formation of feminines from these nouns has been ex-
plained on page 59. .
NOTE 2. Adjectives corresponding to these nouns are formed by adding
ifdj to the stem, as : tyamfcf), Spanish; englifd), English; franjofif.f), French,
etc. See the 18th lesson, p. 110, Remark 5.
9. Names of rivers, lakes, mountains, etc., always take
the article, as in English, and are declined like common
nouns of their respective declensions :
PEOPER NAMES OF COUNTRIES, CITIES, ETC. 69
ber 9tt)etn, the Rhine; G. be3 3t()etneS; D. bem 9t()etn(e) zc.;
bte gibe, the Elbe; G. and Z>. bee (gibe; ^ce. bte (Slbe;
bte "^rend'en, (^/.); the Pyrenees; G. ber s $t)rentien zc.
10. In English, the names of the months and of the
days of the week are used without an article ; in German
they require the definite article, viz. :
ber Sanimr', January ber 3ult, July
ber gebruar', February ber 3luguft', August
ber SJidr^, March ber (September, September
ber $lprtl', April ber )fto'ber, October
ber 9#ai, May ber s J?ot>em'ber, November
ber -3uni, June ber ecem'ber, December.
In January, is translated im 3 a ^uar.
ber (Sonntag, Sunday ber ^rettag, Friday
ber Sftontag, Monday ber (Sonnabenb or (Samftag, Sa-
ber jDtenftag, Tuesday turday
ber 9ftttttt>od), Wednesday out (Sonntag, on Sunday.
ber 3)onnerftag, Thursday
WORDS.
2Bten, Vienna fommen, come
bte )ber, the Oder ge^en, go
bte 3)onait, the Danube !att, cold
bte aitptftabt, the capital gro, large
baS ebtrge, the mountain- toarimt, why?
range, mountains.
READING EXERCISE 23.
t grojje gliiffc. 35ic gtuffe ^uIanb ftnb gro. ic
Sadler ber (Sdfyroei^ (tub fc^on. 2BeIrf)e (what) finb bte ^robulte
@ngtanb ? S)te Ira^en SerUnS (or Don 5B.) finb fd)6n. ^a^oleon
njar in (Sgtjpten. @r ftarb (died) auf ber 3nfel anft ^e'lena. -3d)
rtar ntdjt in Oeftreic^ ; aber id) >uar in ^reufcen. 2Betc^eS i^anb tft
btefe^? 3)tefe8 tft rtedjenlanb. ^ennen @te ^Uabelpln'a ? 9?etn,
id) fenne e^ ntd)t, id) )Dar nid)t (have not been) in 5lmerifa. -3fl
btefer 9)Jann ein ^oUdnber ? s JJein, er tft etn Srtdnber ; er gefjt nac^
Slmerifa. 3d) fd)icfe metnen @o^n nad) ^artS. u'ftat) ^Ibotp^ mar
t)on <Sc^tt)eben. ^ennen <5te bte <3tabt ^ranffurt ? S^etn, abet
70
PROPER NAMES OF COUNTRIES, CITIES, ETC.
id) fenne bic 2tabt iloln. er 9Jiouat s Diat ift ber fdjimfte in $>eutfd)*
lanb. Xer ^iljeiu ift cin grower lujj. 2)iein greunb ift im 3uni
angefommen. S 2lm 9Jontag ober 2)ienftag. ^aris ift bie >anptftabt
djS (or toon ^ranfretd)).
Kufgafce 24.
The four largest (gropten) rivers of Germany are : the Rhine,
the Elbe, the Oder and the Danube. The mountains of Spain
are high (fyorf)). Napoleon was in Russia. The banks (bic
lifer) of the Rhine are beautiful London is the capital of
England. What (roeld)e3) are the productions of Spain ? The
streets of Frankfort are norrow (enge). Where do you come
from ( x ^Bot)er fomnten 5te) ? I come from England, and I am
going to France. My brothers go to Paris. Mr. Banks lives
(lebt) in Germany. In what town ? In the city of Mainz.
(The) December is cold; July and August are warm. The
streets of Berlin are wide (breit). The houses of the city of
London are high. Vienna is the capital of Austria. My
nephew arrived (ift angefommen) in September. The Danube
is a very large (em fefyr grower) river. Come (fomnten <5te) on.
Friday or Saturday.
2Bo toaren <Ste geftern ?
Unb ttjo war 3fyr SBruber ?
2Beld)e8 tfl bie auptftabt Don
panien ?
2Bo liegt (lies) ^amburg ?
2Bo fmb bie ^tyrenaen?
@te bie rfjhjctj ?
2Bte ^eipen (what is the name
of) biefe gtoet ffiiifit ?
^at ^ufelanb grofee gliiffe?
<Sinb biefe ^erren (gentlemen)
granjofen?
2So flarb Napoleon?
2BeId)e (what) ?anb ifi biefeS?
3d) roar in iftannljeim.
(r h)or in gfrantfurt
9ttabrib ift bie cmptftabt ton
ponien.
^antburg tiegt an ber (Slbe.
2)ie ^^rend'en Itegen gnnfrfjen (be^
tween) ^ranfreid) unb (Spanien.
Od) fenne bie (Sdjroeij unb Otatien.
)iefer ^ier ift ber Sftfjein, jener if\
bie 2)onau.
(g ^at grofee ^luffe unb Seen.
9?etn, mein ^>err, etner t>on f^nen
(of them) ift etn (Spanter, bw
anbere (other) em 9iuffe.
uf ber Onfet Sanft e'Iena.
2)iefe ift granfretd).
DETERMINATIVE ADJECTIVES. 71
SBaren <Sie in 2lfien? "ftem, id) roar nidjt in 2lfien; abet
id) roar in (Sgtypten.
2Bob,er' fommen @ie? 3d) fommc auS Qtalien.
2Bol)in' gefjen <Sie ? 3d) gefje nad) ^RuRlanb.
eljen Sie nad) $ari8 ? 3a, nad) ^artS unb nad) bonbon.
$ennen (Sic bie jiirfei ? 3a, id) fenne riedjenlanb unb bie
iitrfei.
SBte finb bie <2traen 33erlin8? (Sie finb breit unb fd)on.
On tt)eld)em 2)?onat tft 3f>r 9^effe
angcfommcn ? (Sr ift im (September angefommen.
3ln joetdjem Sage ? ^[m 3)onner|lag.
Sie biele Xage tjat ber 5lpril? S)er (9Konat) ?lprU ^at breifeig
Jage.
2Bie toieteXage b,at ber^ebruar? 3)er ^ebruar b,at nur (only) adjt
unb ^nxingig Sage.
THIRTEENTH LESSON.
DETERMINATIVE ADJECTIVES OE ADJECTIVE
PKONOUNS.
(33 t ft i m m u n 8 W 6 r t e r.)
They are divided into demonstrative, interrogative, pos-
sessive and indefinite numeral adjectives, and may be like
adjectives followed by a noun, or like pronouns, stand
instead of a noun. In " That is excellent," that is used
as a pronoun. In "That book is excellent," that is used
as an adjective.
L The Demonstrative Adjectives are :
SINGTJLAB. PLUKAL.
Masc. Fern. Neuter. po r a n Gendert.
bte|er btefe biefeg, this, that btefe, these
jener jene JeneS, that jcne, those
fotdjer [old)e fotd)e, such fotd)e, such
berfelbe btefetbe bafelbe, the same btefelben
ber, bie, ba3 nfimtidje, the same bie namtidjen
ber, bie, ba anbcrc, the other bie anberen.
(For their declension see the first lesson, p. 15. $)crfelbc, however, with
b namlicfye and ber anbere are declined like adjectives. See 3.J
72 DETERMINATIVE ADJECTIVES.
1. T/tat is generally translated tiefer, biefe, HefeS, unless
it stands in opposition to this, in which case it is trans-
lated jener, jene, jenee. 1 Ex. :
Who is that man ? 2S3er ift btefer 2ttarat ?
NOTE 1. This or that and these or those, when the subject of the verb to
be, fein, are translated Dicfcg or Jag, (see also the Twenty-fourth Lesson,
Obs. 2> Ex. :
This is my stick, bicfeS (not btefer) ijl mein Sftoct.
Are tfiese your books, finb Wefeg (or fcoSJ 3^re SBudjer.
Yes, these are my books, ja fciefe8 (or fca3) jtnb meine 93u<f>et.
2. (Solcfyer, in the singular, is oftener used with the
indefinite article preceding it than alone, and is some-
times followed by the indefinite article as in English.
Ex.:
Sin folrfjer Sftann (or fold)' cut 9Kann), such a man.
<2>olrfje 2Jidnner (pi-), such men.
3. 2)crfelbc is declined as follows :
8INGTJLAB. PLURAL.
JIatc. Fern. Neuter. Far all Gcndert.
N. berfetbe btefelbe baffetbe 2 biefelben
G. bcffelbcn berfelben bcj|clben berfelben
D. bemfelben berfelben bemfetben benfetben
A. benjelben btefelbe baffetbe biefetben
IL The Interrogative Adjectives are :
1) SBeldjer, welc^e, welt^c^ ? which, what ?
i The following is a more accurate statement of the meaning and use of this and that
in English and of ber, biefer and jener in German. This and biefcr properly denote
something near the speaker, and that and jener something more remote from him.
When we do not desire to emphasize either the nearness or the remoteness of anything,
We use that in English and ber in German. 3">er ( connec ted with yonder in English)
always implies remoteness, and implies it more decidedly than biefer does nearness.
liefer sometimes occurs where ber might have been used.
i Or, dividing these words into syllables according to their composition, taSfelbe,
MfAM.
DETERMINATIVE ADJECTIVES. 73
SINGULAR. PLURAL.
Jfatc. t'fn. Neuter. For ad Gendert,
N. toehfyer ttetdje ttetdjeg, which? toeldje, which?
G. toeldjeS foeldjer toeldjeS, of which? toeldjer, of which?
D. weldjem luetdjer roclrfjcm, to which? toelcfyen, to which?
A. hjeldjen lueldje toelcheS, which? iueldje, which?
EXAMPLES.
SBeldjer 3Bein tft ber befte ? Which wine is the best?
28e(d)en 2Beg geljen <ie ? Which way do you go ?
SOfit wcldier geber ^aben ie gefd)rieben? With wHch pen
have you written?
NOTE 2. What? and which? immediately followed by the verb fetn,
to be, are translated: tUCldjeS J* even though the verb is in the plnral (see
NOTE 1). Ex. :
Which is your stick ? gBdrfjeS tft 3{jr tod ?
are your terms ? SBcI^el finb $ljte Sebtnguttflcn ?
2. 2Ba fiir etn, wag fur etne ; toag fur ein, wAa^ (kind of} ?
In this combination only the article etn, eine, ein is
declined. It agrees with the following substantive. Ex.:
fur ein 33ud) Ijabett <Stc? What book have you?
fiir eine <Stabt ift biefe8 ? What or what kind of a town is
this?
The plural is wag fiir ? as :
fiir 23anber braudjcn <Sie? What ribbons do you want?
fiir 33ciunte finb biefcg ? What kind of trees are these ?
fiir, without the article, is employed also before
the names of foods, materials, etc., as :
fiir ftleifd) fcutfen <2te ? What sort of meat do you buy ?
fiir 2Bciu trinfen Sie? What kind of wine do you drink?
HE. The Possessive Adjectives are :
Mate.
mem
SINGULAR.
/'ei. Neuter.
meine niein, my
PLURAL.
For ail Getuien.
meine, my
bet'n
beine
bein,
thy
beine,
thy
fetn
fc
feine
iljre
fein,
i^r,
his (its)
her (its)
feine,
tip,
his (its)
her (its)
74 DETERMINATIVE ADJECTIVES.
SINGULAR. PLURAL.
Mate. Fern. JVufer. For all Gendert.
itnfer unfere imfer, our imfere, our
3*r 3hre Qfr ) ^re )
euer cuere euer, ) J euere (euer), ) J
tfjr tfyre tfjr, their ifyre, their.
They are all declined like mein. See Lesson 2.
Observe that all these possessive adjectives have o termination added
in the nominative singular, masculine and neuter. In this they differ
from ber, btcfer, tocldjer, etc. Ex.:
Our friend, unfcr greunb (not unfercr grcunbu
Your horse, 3fc $fcrb (not 3f>re3 gSferb).
IV. The Indefinite Numeral Adjectives Bf**
Masc. Fern. Neuter. Plural.
jeber, every, each jebc jcbeS (wanting)
atter (all), all ' attc aXk* (aU) atje, all
fetn, no feme fein feine, no
monger, many a mandje man^eg manege, some
Diet, much mele totel toiele, many
hjentg, little njentge ttjentg tuentge, few
betbe, pi., both etntge, pi., some, a few
mefyrere, pi, several bie metften, pi., most.
REMARKS.
L The sense is the same whether the definite article
is inserted or omitted after allc, e.g., alle 2SeU or all tie
dt, all the world, alleS 5Solf or aU fcad SSolf, all the people.
These examples are from Grimm's dictionary.
2. AU before any case or number of ber, biefer, etc., or
mein, etc., is usually translated all. Ex. :
All our money, att iinfer elb (not alteS iinfer @etb).
With all your sorrow, nut all ^rem Summer (Dot.).
Of all his joys, toon aU feinen greuben.
3. With both, either omit the article or let it come first.
(The order betDe bie is rare). Thus :
Both the sisters, Oeibe t^djiueftevn or bie beiben (>d)tt)eftern.
DETERMINATIVE ADJECTIVES. 75
4. Possessive adjectives, when joined with beibe, should
precede and beibe takes n. (23etbe metne, etc. are rare).
Both my sisters (my two sisters), memo bctbcit
Both our sous (our two sons), uitfcve betbcit <3ob,ne.
5. The word some or any before a noun in the singular
is better not translated, as :
I have some bread, 3d) fynbe 33rob.
Have you any cheese V >aben Ste
No, but here is some butter, 9?etn, aber fyter tft Gutter.
6. Some, before a noun in the plural, is einige, as :
Lend me some pens, letljen <Sie nttr ctntge ^ebcrn.
WORDS.
bag $cbaube, the building ber 33Ict[ttft (pi. e), the pencil
bic (5 (tern, the parents bte 5lrbeit, the work
ba @elb, (the) money nii^tirf), useful
ber $aufmann, the merchant tobt, dead
bag IBenitogen, (the) fortune, retcf), rich
i.e., property, means traurtg, sad, sorrowful
bte 9tegc(, the rule ^etljam, salutary
ber 3Bagen, the carriage Qtffyr poisonous
ber B'efyter, the fault, mistake geljoren, belong
bic tleberfe'^ung, the translation oft, often
beiDitn'bern, to admire toerfaufen, to sell
ber etbbeiitet, the purse
READLN-Q EXERCISE 25.
)tefer 5D?ann ift rctdj. S)iefc ^rait ift franf. 3)icfc ^tnber ^aben
feine 5BUd)er. 3ene3 0au tft feljr alt. )te ^rud)te jencr Sciume
ftnb bitterer (more bitter), al3 (than) bte gattrfjte btefer ^aunte.
SCRetne (Sltern ftttb tobt. Unfer DI)eim tft md)t reid) ; abcr feme 23afe
tft fe^r vctd). 2)iefe (Stubenten b,abcn tf)r @etb tiertoren. SBir fennen
aKe 9icge(n. -3d) fenne feinen fotdjcn ^anten. 3ltte 9J?enfd)en ftnb
Sritbcr. 9J?and)er ^anfntann !^at fein S5ermogen bertorcn. Sftetne
Sante b,at tljren 9?tno gefunben. Od) Ijabe bte ^ferbe 3fyveg p()etm3
itnb ben 2Cagen unfereS ^tadjbarg gefattft. -Sober 3D?cnfd) ttebt fetn
76 DETERMINATIVE ADJECTIVES.
cbcn. 92td)t jebeg cmb tft reid). <Ste Ijaben fetnen ^efyter tit Sfjrer
Ucberfet3ung. 2JMne betben 23ritber ftnb angefommen. $lfle Confer
biefer tobt ftnb Don tetn gebaut (built of stone). 5lUe btefe
'JjSfianjen ftnb fyetlfam. )tefe8 ftnb ntd)t metne ^ebern. 9Btr fjaben
etnige $ogel gefangen (caught). 2Ba8 ftir etnen (Storf Ijoben te bo ?
Sfteljrere c^tffe ftnb angefommen.
Nuiiinbc 26.
1. I love my (ace.) father and my mother. We love our
parents. You love your sisters. They have bought som
books. Those flowers are withered (bertoelft). The pupils
speak often of (t>on) their masters. All men (3)?enfrf)en) are
alike (gleirf)) before God. These (p. 72, Note 1) are the pencils
of my brother. This man l has sold all his houses and gardens,
and all his horses and carriages. We admire such men. All
[the] metals are useful. What wine do you sell? Which
gloves have you lost? This lady has lost all her children.
Our friends have (jtnb) arrived yesterday.
2. We live by (toon) the work of your hands. I have found
thy purse without thy money. We had several friends in
Paris. Not all men (3Kenfd)en) are rich. Each country has
its pleasures. I had no letters from my son William. Our
king has several palaces. No rose without thorns (!Dornen).
I will buy some chairs. What chairs? Those new [ones].
These dresses are for my two sisters. Every bird has two
wings. The boys have eaten (gegeffen) all their apples and
pears. Some plants are poisonous. I shall give these fruits to
my little daughters.
2Bet Ijat meinen etbbeutet ge*
funben ? 3)etn S3ruber b,at tfyn (it) gefunben.
Sinb afle 9J?enfd)en gtiirfttd)? 2Benige 2J?enfd)m ftnb glitdfttd).
2Ba8 fitr em $ege( tjl btefeS? (58 iff etn Slbler (eagle).
2Bcr fyat tyn gefdjoffen (shot) ? 2)er 3a'ger (hunter) Ijat t^n ge*
fdjoffen.
fitr etne S3tnme ^aben <te? 68 tft etn 5Sei(d]en.
ftnb unfere ^itte? 3b,re >iite ftnb in metnem
J SKann; SWenf^ means human Ixing, man or woman.
AUXIMAEY VERBS.
7V
id) $el)fer tit ntchtcr Ueber=
felting ?
fur ft&tm Ijaben (Sic?
2Ber tft fetter junge 9)?ann?
SBarum ftnb biefe <Stubenten fo
tuaurig ?
>aben Sic afle e(b berforen ?
fitr -}3ferbe Ijaben (Sic ge*
fauft?
I)abcn bie -3ager gefdjoffen?
<Sie einige gute ^cbera?
fitr 33itd)cr Icfen (Sic?
fucfjt ^rtebrid) ?
tucm ftnb <Stc gelommen
(come) ?
<Ste S3riefe Don ^
ctnpfangcn ?
Oa, Sic fyaben mc^rerc ^e^ter.
3d) fjabe @tal)l (steel) .febern.
S^ tft ber 9Jeffe meine^ 9^ad)bar.
(Ste ^aben tb^r @etb bertorett.
9?id)t atte^, aber bid.
-3d) fyabe jtDct 2Bagenpferbe unb ctu
9faitpferb gefauft.
(Stnige ^afcn unb 9W)e (deer).
5ltte meine ^ebern ftnb fdjtedjt.
3;d) tefc englifd)e 33itd)er.
(Sr fudjt feinen 9Jcgenfd)ivm.
3d) bin mit ctnigen ^reuuben gc=
fomnten.
id) b,abe feinen 23rtef em*
pfangen.
FOURTEENTH LESSON.
AUXILIARY VERBS.
I. fallen, To Have.
INDICATIVE MOOD. SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.
id) Ijabe, I have
bu fyaft l f thou hast
er (fie, e) b,at, he, (she, it) has
toir fyaben, we have
ibr babt, ) i
r-' 1 i r Yu have
(Ste I)aben, j J
fie Ijaben, they have
id) b,abe, I (may) have
bu Ijabeft, thou have
er (fie, e3) fyabc, he (she, it) hare
h)ir I)aben, we have
ibr babct, ) i
2. > ( \ you have
<Ste Ijaben, ) J
fie b/aben, they have.
i Thou and ye, as every one knows, have gone out of use in conversation, and ymi, haa
taken their place. The Germans, however, still use bu and tfyr to children and in'ima c
friends. In most other cases they say ie, which is always printed with a capital to
distinguish it from fie, they or she.
78 A.UXILIABY VERBS.
INDICATIVE MOOD. SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
IMPERFECT.
id) fjatte, I had id) (jiittc, 1 1 had (or should have)
bu fjatteft, thou hadst bit fjcitteft, thou hadst
ev (fie, eS) fjatte, he (she, it) had er (fie, eg) tjatte, he (she, it) had
nnr fatten, we had nnr fatten, we had
if)r fjottct or (Sic fatten, you had ifjr Ijiittct or ie fatten, you had
fie fatten, they had fte fatten, they had.
FIRST FUTURE.
td) toerbe fyaben, I shall have id) tterbe fjaben, I shall have
bit nrirft fyabeu, thou wilt have bit luerbeft Ijaben, thou wilt have
er unrb fjaben, he will have er lucvbe fjaben, he will have
nnr toerben Ijaben, we shall have hnr toerben b,aben, we shall have
tyr luerbet b,aben, | you wiU tb,r loerbet ^abcn, ) ^^
(Sic toerben b/aben, J have @te merben b,oben, j J
fte ttierben ^aben, they will have fte toerben Ijaben, tiiiey will have.
PERFECT.
id) b,abe gefjabt, I have had tc^ fjabe gefjabt, I (may) have had
bit fyctft geb,abt, thou hast had bit b,abeft geb,abt, thou hast had
er fyat getjabt, he has had er Ijabe geb,abt, he have had
hnr b,Qben geb,abt, we have had nnr b,aben ge^abt, we have had
t> b,abt 9 e|abt, ) havehad jjr babet ge^obt, ) hftve hftd
(Ste b,aben gefyabt, ) J (Ste ^oben gefyabt, j J
fie ^aben getjabt, they have had fte baben geb,abt, they have had.
PLUPERFECT.
id) Ijatte ge^abt, I had had id) b,atte ge^abt,* I had had (or
should have had)
bu fjcttteft gefjabt, thou hadst had bit Ijatteft gefyabt, thou hadst had
er Ijatte geljabt, he had had er fyfitte geijabt, he had had
nnr fatten ge^abt, we had had nnr fjatten gcb,abt, we had had
U)r Ijattet geb,abt, ) vouhadhad ib,r b,attet gefjabt, ) , , , ,
8ie fatten getjabt, j yo a fte fatten geb,abt, J yo
fte fatten geb,abt, they had had fie fatten gefjabt, they had had.
i This form is used for instance, after tarnn, if, as : SBenn id? . . . Ijitte, If I had (tba
rerb is last). SBfnn may also be followed by the indicative,
t M 1 had had, iccnn id> . . .g
AUXILIARY VEilBS.
INDICATIVE MOOD.
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
SECOND FUTURE.
id) tucrbe "i I shall
bu nnrft j ^ thou wilt
er nrirb "f he will
id) iuerbc
bu ujcrbcft
5 er toerbe
totr toerben
if)r loerbet >
<Ste uierbenj
- ^, we shall
" you will
unr rterben
P' tfjr werbet
P 1 @te hjerben
fie toerben
they will ^
fie roerben
I shall
thou wilt
he will
we shall -
they will
tr
s
PIBST CONDITIONAL.
id) U)iirbe l^aben or ic^ fja'tte, I should have
bu foiirbeft ^aben or bu ^atteft, thou wouldst have
er ttwrbe fjaben or er ^a'tte, he would have
loir )Biirben ^aben or hjir fatten, we should have
tfyr u)urbet ^aben or ifyr Ijattet, you would have
fie tuiirben ^aben or fie fatten, they would have.
SECOND CONDITIONAL.
or id) fjfitte ge^abt, I should
or bu Ijatteft gefyabt, thou wouldst
or er Ija'tte ge^abt, he would
or hrir fatten ge^abt, we should
or t^r Ijattet ge^abt, you would
or fie fatten geljabt, they would
IS) tuiirbe gefyabt Ijaben
tu hmrbeft ge^abt Ijaben
er tviirbe ge|abt ^aben
twtr tt)iirben gc^abt Ijaben
f^r niurbet ge^abt ^aben
*fie murben ge^abt fjaben
IMPERATIVE MOOD.
r
CD
IaptunMabenJ letushave
or Ijaben <Sie, have.
I/abe, have
er fott ^aben, let him have
fie foflen ^aben, let them have
INFINITIVE MOOD.
Pres. Ijaben or gu Ijaben, to have.
Past, geljabt Ijaben or getjabt 311 Ijaben, to have had.
PARTICIPLES.
Pres. Ijabenb/ having Past, getjobt, had.
80 AUXILIARY VERBS.
2. The negative, interrogative and negative-interroga*
tive forms of fyaben correspond exactly to the same forms
of to have in English.
NEGATIVE.
tdj Ijabe ntdjt, I have not ; cr Ijat ntdjt, he has not, eto
idj toerbe nid)t fyaben, I shall not have
id) fyabe ntdjt geljabt, I hare not had, etc.
INTERROGATIVE.
Ijabe tdj, have I? Ijaben <3ie, have you?
Ijabe id) gefyabt, have I had ? etc.
NEGATIVE-INTERROGATIVE.
fiatte id) nidjt, had I not?
gatte id) nidjt geljabt, had I not had?
toerben rt)ir nid)t Ijaben, shall we not have ? etc.
REMARKS ON THE ORDER OF WORDS IN A GERMAN
SENTENCE.
1. In simple declaratory clauses in German, the SUBJECT
is placed first, then comes the VERB, and then all the REST
of the sentence. 1 This may be called the Normal Order.
a) " Simple declaratory clauses " are such as the fol-
lowing: Henry lives. We aU see ships. I should like to.
The younger children would have been kitted. Also the first
part of the following : I wish to serve you, if you will con-
sent yourself. Or the latter part of the sentence : If it
stopped raining, I should certainly go. On the other hand
the following are not simple declaratory clauses : Does
Henry live? that I could see a ship ! Consent to serve
me. Neither is the first part of the following sentences
simply declaratory : What you have just remarked, cannot
be true. That he was absent is not proved.
t Another way of arranging the parts of such clauses is given in 3.
AUXILIARY VERBS. 81
5) By SUBJECT, in the rule just stated, we mean the single
word which is grammatically the subject, taken together
with all words which modify it. Thus in the following
sentences, for instance, all the words not in italics, are to
be considered as SUBJECT : His remarkable talents, well
employed, would gain him a competency. The sudden and
painless death which he had so longed for, was granted
him.
c) By VERB, in the rule just stated, is meant on the con-
trary only a single word, for instance in would have gone,
would; in shall have been loved, shall; in is thought to
7tave been forged, is ; in makes him come, makes. This word
is always that one which changes to denote person and
number. Thus would becomes wouldst, and shall, shalt in
the second person, and is has as many as three other
forms, namely am, art and are.
2. The arrangement of the REST of the sentence, that is,
of all which is left after disposing of the SUBJECT and the
TERB, is not regulated by such strict rules. Thus we
an say for The mother ivM have a letter from her daughter,
either: 3)tc Gutter | 'nrirb | einen 33rief on tfjrer od)ter
fyabeit, or 2)ie Gutter | iwrb | on tym Xocfyter einen 33rtef
fyaben.
But a) participles and infinitives come at the very end
of the sentence, thus, He must have liked to play exceedingly,
becomes He \ must \ exceedingly to play liked have.
b) 97id)t goes with the infinitive or participle to the end
of the sentence, e, g., 3$ | fjak | fcaS 33ud) ntcfyt gelefen,
/ have not read the book.
c) The object of the verb more usually comes after
1 The vertical lines separate the subject from the verb, and the verb from the rest
of the sentence.
82 Atmr.tARV VEKBSL
everything except md)t and similar negatives, such as ttle,
never, etc., e.g., 3$ | fyabe ] fcit eintgcn Xagen fra$ SBud) mctyl
Qdefen, / have not read the book for some days.
3. Germans sometimes, however, take out some part of
the REST of the sentence and place it at the beginning.
If this has been done, the VERB must be made to precede
the SUBJECT. Thus )ie Sautter | roirb | son ttyrer Xocfytei
cinen 33rief fyoben may become either 1) 33on ifyrer Xoc^tei
| twrb j tie Gutter | eincn 23rief (wben, or 2) Sincn 33rief
| ttrirb | bie -Gutter j on tynr Xocfyter fjaben. This may be
called the Question Order.
The only difference in meaning between the three sen-
tences is, that in 1) there may be an emphasis on on
ifyrer od)ter, i.e. t It is from her daughter (and not from
anybody else) that the mother ivitt receive a letter; and in
2) an emphasis on cinen 53ricf, i.e., It is a letter (and not
a newspaper or anything else) which the mother tvitt receive
from her daughter. 1
4. Dependent clauses in German, take the VERB at the
very end. Thus, It is true that she is dead, becomes It is
true that she dead is ; He said that she was there, becomes
He said that she there was ; He cried because he was hurt t
becomes He cried because he hurt was; He gave me the book
that he had written, becomes He gave me the book that he
written had. This may be called the Dependent Order.
Dependent clauses should be easily recognized by the
student. Some other clause in the sentence makes an
assertion which the dependent (and subordinate) clause
i The VERB must precede the SUBJECT in the principal clause of a sentence, when the
principal clause comes after a dependent clause. Thus : If I speak, you must lUten.
becomes in German. It I speak, | must | yon | listen.
AUXILIARY VHRBS. 83
completss. See the examples above. They may be intro-
duced by conjunctions, e.g., when, if, since, although, as,
etc., etc., (but not by and, or, for, but,) or by relatives, e.g. t
who, which, where, etc.
WORDS.
bte tlljr, the watch ba3 Ungtucf, misfortune
bie Sutler, the butter em (Spiel^eug, a toy
ber afe, the cheese bet 33att, the ball
ba3 Bfoifd)' the meat ber SBagen, the carriage
bd$ SBergnugen, the pleasure ber ob, death
bie Dinte, the ink baf?, that (cory.)
glauben, to believe, think toenn, if
bie 3eit, (the) time genug, enough
bie Sampe, the lamp angeneljm, agreeable
bie efettfdjaft, company, party bie 9?abel, the needle.
READING EXERCISE 27.
3d) Ijabe einen ftreunb. >aft bu aud) einen ^reunb ? >aben <5ie
feine ^reunbe? 2Bir f)aben feine ^reunbe. 2Bir fatten ^^iinbe;
aber Je^t (now) fyaben roir feine me^r. abe 5lc^t auf (take care of)
beiu ^teib. aben <Sie 2ld)t auf 5f)re ^teiber. 5^ roerbe cine neue
(new) U^r Ijaben. 3c^ ^abe eine U^r getyabt, aber ic^ (jabe fie uertoren.
aben fie tiiet 35ergniigen gefjabt? SBir fatten toiele ^ifdje gefyabt.
@ie raerben efettfd^aft ge^abt fyaben. 1 3)te S^iikr fatten feiit guteS
papier. 2Benn tuir Srob fatten. 2 SSenn ioir ^teifc^ gefjabt fatten.*
3^r loiirbet fein elb Ijaben. ^r rt)iirbe Diet ^ergniigen auf bem Sank
gefyabt^aben. taubft bu (think), ba er @etb Ijabe? lauben @ie,
ba rt)ir 2Bein ge^abt ^aben ? @ie toerben SSaffer ge^abt ^aben.
9luf9obe 28.
1. I have butter and cheese. He has bread and meat. We
had some birds. The boys had two young dogs. I had a
watch. I shall have a picture. I have had two lamps. My
sisters have had many needles. If I had a garden (ace.). If
i This means: They, or you, must have had company.
* The conjunction rcenn requires the VEBB at the tnd. So Jo all other conjunctions,
except those meaning and, !mt, or and for, and &o do all relative pronouns. In other
words, in dependent clauses the VEBB must be put at the end, as stated already
page 82.
84 AUXILIARY VERBS.
we had a house and a garden. If you had had some paper.
They will have no ink. Children, take care of (aitf, ace.) your
books. I have had little wine. She has had much pleasure
at (auf, dot.) the ball. I had not time. They would have a
carriage and a horse.
2. We have had the good fortune (ba3 turf) to 1 have a
faithful friend. 2 They will have a house in the town. I should
have money enough, if I had not lost my purse. To have *
good (gute) children is agreeable. After (the) death, of what
use is it (ioa3 nitt e) to 1 have had much money? If I had
not had so much misfortune. These young men (jungen eute)
have had too much (gu mel) pleasure.
aben (Sic ntehten 93ruber nidjt 3a, id) Ijabe ifjn in einem aben
gefeljen? (shop) gefefyen.
>at er ettpaS getauft? 3a, cr fyat ^anbfdjufye gefauft.
>aben (Sie 33rob genug? Sftetn, loir braud)en (need) meljr.
fatten (Sie genug Sutler unb 2Bir fatten $afe genug ; abet ntc^t
$afe? gutter genug.
^aben <Ste mel Skrgniigen ouf 2Btr njaren fefjr bergniigt ; h)tr ^at
bem Sanbe (country) ge^abt ? ten grope efettf dfyaft*
$at btefeS arme ^tnb feinc (Sttern (5 Ijat feinen 33ater bertoren ; abet
mefyr? feine 3JZutter lebt (lives) nod).
SBerben tutr f^one Setter fya*
ben ? Stf) gtaube ntc^t.
SSerben (Sic 3 e ^ tyaben, btefe^ ^ h)erbe ^eute (to-day) feine ^dt
5Bud^ gu tefen ? ^aben ; aber morgen.
lauben <Sie, ba er Diet elb 3c^ gtaube, ba er fefyr njentg ge-
ge^abt fjat? ^abt ^at.
2Ba fitr etne fteber ^attejl bu? 3(^ ^atte eine <Staf)t (steel) .feber.
SBer fyat einen fo guten ^reunb
hne (as) i^ ? 2Bir fjaben and) gute ^reunbe.
2Birb ber Scorer mit ben S^iltern (Sr witrbe mit i^nen (them) gefyen,
ge^en (walk) ? loenn er 3^it ^atte.
SOBerbe i^ ba 33ergniigen ^aben, (Sic ift ntd)t ^ter, fte ift in (Stutt*
3^re (Sd)ttefler ju fe^en? gart.
i When the infinitive is accompanied by to, translate it ju, till farther notice.
a Translate, A faithful friend to have, einen treuen greunb ju $aben. See p. 81, 2, a.
3 ajiel ^crgnijen baben (to have mnch pleasure) = to have a good time. Xeignugt fein
(to be jolly), amounts to about the same thing.
AUXILIABY VERBS. 85
2Barum ftnb (Sie fo traurig ? 3d) fyabe metnen (Stod" toertoren.
2Ber fyat mein gebermeffer gefyabt ? 3d) wetjj ntdjt (I do not know).
toer eg gefyabt fyat.
FIFTEENTH LESSON.
H @eitt, To Be.
INDICATIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE.
PRESENT TENSE.
id) bin, I am id) fet, I (may) be
bu bift, thou art bu feieft, thou be
er (fie, eg) ift, he (she, it) is er (fie, eg) fei, he (she, it) be
hrir ftnb, we are hrir feien, we be
jfef?' s I you are jfe ^ I you be
<te ftnb, j ^ @tc feten, ) J
fie finb, they are. fie feten, they be.
IMPERFECT.
id) njar, I was id) tocire, I were (or should be)
bu toarft, thou wast bu tocireft, thou wert
er (fie, eg) war, he (she, it) was er (fie, eg) ft ore, he (she, it) were
hnr loaren, we were hrir nwren, we were
ifyr ftwret, you were ib,r tociret, you were
fte roaren, they were. fte foaren, they were.
FIRST FUTURE.
id) fterbe fetn, I shall be id) fterbe fein, I shall be
bu tmrft fein, thou wilt be bu toerbeft fetn, thou wilt be
er ttnrb fetn, he will be er toerbe fein, he will be
h)ir iverben fein, we shall be hrir toerben fein, we shall be
i()r n^erbet fetn, you will be ifyr werbet fein, you will be
fte roerben fein, they will be. fie toerben fetn, they will be.
PERFECT.
id) bin 1 getoefen, I have been id) fei getoefen, I (may) have been
bu btft geraefen, thou hast been bu feieft getoefcn, thou have been
er ift gewefen, he has been er fei gert)efen, he have been
n)ir ftub geftefen, we have been nrir feien geftefen, we have been
ib,r feib getnefen, } you have Hjr feiet getwefen, I youhayebeen
(te ftnb geftefen, ) been (Sic feten getoefen, j J
fte ftnb getoefen, they have been, fie feien gertjefen, they have been.
i Notice that the Germans say, as it were, / am been, I was been, instead of / have
teen, et.
86
AUXILIARY VERBS.
INDICATIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE.
PLUPERFECT.
id) roar geroefen, I had been id) roare geroefen, I had been (or
should have been)
buroarft geroefen, thou hadst been burod'reft geroefen, thou hadst been
cr roar geiuefen, he had been er roare geroefen, he had been
roir roaren geroefen, we had been roir roaren geroefen, we had been
ifyr roaret geroefen, you had been ifyr roaret geroefen, you had been
fie roaren geroefen, they had been, fie rociren geroefen, they had been.
SECOND FUTURE.
ii) roerbe '
CO
IshaU
id) roerbe '
I shall ]
bu roir ft
i
thou wilt
tr 1
bu roerbefl
r
thou wilt
tr
&
er roirb
rs
he will
CD
er roerbe
-2,
he will
CD
roir roerben
- 3
*".
we shall
o 1
CD
roir roerben
s
we shall
CB
U)r roerbet
you will
P
ifjr roerbet
3"
you will
P
fie roerbeu .
they will .
fie roerben .
they will .
FIRST CONDITIONAL.
id) roiirbe fein
bu roiirbefl fein
er ronrbe fein
roir rourben fein
i^r roiirbet fein
fie roiirben fein
or id) roare, I should be
or bu rotireft, thou wouldst be
or er roare, he would be
or roir roa'ren, we should be
or ifyr roaret, you would be
or fie rod'ren, they would be.
SECOND CONDITIONAL.
idj roiirbe geroefen fein or idj roare geroefen, I should
bu roiirbeft geroefen fein or bu roareft geroefen, thou wouldst
er roiirbe geroefen fein or er roare geroefen, he would
roir rourben geroefen fein or roir roa'ren geroefen, we should
ifjr roiirbet geroefen fein or iljr roaret geroefen, you would
fie wiirben geroefen fein or fie roaren geroefen, they would
IMPERATIVE.
fei, be (thou) feien roir,
er fofl fein, let him be taffet un3 fein,
fie foflen fein, let them be feib or feien <Sie, be (you).
INFINITIVE.
Pres. fein or gu fein, to be.
Past, geroefen fein or geroefen $u fein, to have been.
o-
CD
CD
P
let us be
AUXILIARY VERBS. 87
PARTICIPLES.
Pres. fetenb, being. Past, getttefen, been.
NOTE 1. There is and there are answer to the German e3 flteBt 1 , e3 ijl,
e finb ; there mis and there were, e gab, e3 toar or e3 toaren, as :
There are animals, etc., e giebt Sfjiere JC. (See Lesson 33.)
NOTE 2. The English lam to is translated id) foil.
He is to learn German, er fott !Deutfdj Icrncn.
NOTE 3. The English to be right is translated in German 9?edjt
and to be wrong, Itnredjt fyafcen. Ex. :
You are right, @ic fyafcen 9?ed)t.
I am wrong, idj fyaie Itnredjt.
WORDS.
her eb,rer, the master, teacher gufrteben, contented
ber rofcDater, the grand-father imgitfrteben, discontented
ba lag, the glass rul)tg, quiet
gtucflid), happy beffer, better
ungtudiid), unhappy trdge, idle
fdjim, handsome Jetd)t, easy
reid), rich Dergnugt, pleased, merry
arm, poor ffeif?^' industrious, dih'gent
franf, ill aufmerlfant, attentive
itntuo^I, unwell toimfdjen, to wish
ju, too ItmnfdienStoertl), desirable.
tjoflid), polite
BEADING EXERCISE 29.
3)it Mft glMUd). 3d) bin ung(itcf|td). @te tft fd)bn unb reirf).
2Btr finb arm unb franl. (Sr toar ein gutcr 53ater. SSaren <5>te
geftern in ber ^ird)e (at church) ? 9Jein, n)ir toaren ju aufe; tt)tr
tuaren unroof. @ie rterben nid)t !ranf geuiefen fcin. 2 Sung unb
fd)6n fein 3 tft njunfdjen^mertb,. 3d) bin bet (at the tailor's) bem
@d)neiber getuefen; abermein^odrtjarnod) nid)t ferttg (ready). Oft ber
in ber @d)u(e (at school) genicfen ? Sir finb geftern tm (at the)
geraefen. 3d) rt)iirbe gtiidlid) fein, ttienn id) reid) mare. arl
1 OS gtebt, # //ijvw, takes an accusative, e.g., 6$ gab einmat etnen rafeit, There wot
once a count ; the others do not, e.g., S3 aar einmal ein rof.
2 See the foot-note 1, p. 85.
3 i$e the foot-note 2, p. 84,
88 AUXILIARY VERBS.
tutrb fefyr tiergniigt fcin, toenn (when) cr <te fteljt (sees). (Set
fletfeig, mem Sofjn. <2>eib oufmerffam, meine <Sd)iiler. Ofyr @ro^-
Dater ift fefyr alt getoefen (was very old). 1 2fteine rofemutter fyat
9terf)t. 3d) Ijabe Unrest.
Shtfaabc 30.
1. I am young, you are old. She is very handsome. Our
ousin Frederick has been in London, but he has not been in
Paris. Be quiet. Let us be merry. Be contented with your
situation (<2>tefle,/em.). I should be contented, if I were not
ill I should be rich, if I had been in America. My daugh-
ters have been at (ouf, dot.) the ball ; they had a good time.
It will be better to go out (au^iigefyen). It would have been
easy. The parents of these children have been too severe (ju
ftreng). You are right.
2. I should be contented if you were not idle. Be polite to
(but in German, towards, i.e., gegen, with the ace.) your mas-
ters. I wish she were attentive. There are no wolves in
England. There were no glasses on the table. Be so kind
[as] to (311) give me a glass. My pupils will not be idle. Miss
Caroline was very [much] pleased. The knives were too
sharp (fdjarf). We should not have bought the butter if it had
not been fresh (frifd)). I am to go to Berlin. Are we to learn
German? I was wrong ; my father was right.
<5inb (Ste gtudtid) ? ) ja, id) bin feljr gliicfltcf).
5ft 3b,re rfjttjefter and) gliidltd)? D nein, fte ift feljr ungtiidlid).
SBannn ifl fte ungtttcfUd) '? <te fyat afl tftre $inber toertoren
(lost).
2Bo toaren <5te geflern $lbenb
(last night) ? 3d) toar im Sweater.
@inb <Sie fdjon (already) in 9tein, id) bin nod) nid)t ba (there)
tuttgart getoefen? getoefen.
Oft bag $inb lan.qe franf ge*
toefen? (S8 ifl ein 3afyr franf geuiefen.
SSarum h)ar ber Seljrer unjufrte*
ben? 2)ie (Sdjiiler ioaren trage.
i The German imperfect must sometimes be translated by the English perfect and
the German perfect by the English imperfect,
AUXILIARY YERBS. 89
9ft cr oft (often) untooljt? 3a, er tft tmmer franf.
3ft ba3 9ftabd)en toergmtgt? 3ta, fte tft fefjr oergnugt.
SBiirben te traurig (sad) fein,
tuemt Sie franf tvaren? 3d) toiirbe feljr traurtg fetn.
tub te ferttg (ready) ? 2Btr werben gtetc^ (directly) fcr*
tig fetn.
3ft ber a^enfd) fterbltc^ (mortal)? 2)er ^orper tft fterbltcf); aber btc
(Seele (soul) tft itnfterbltd).
2Sa3 fagte (said) ber geljrer? @r fagte: fetb rit^tg.
tf>t eg 2Bo(fe in 2)eittfrf)Ianb ? (3 gtbt njentge (few) in jDeitffdj*
lanb; in 9tu^tanb gibt eg mete.
<3oflen toir im3 anftetben (to
dress) ? 3a, @te fotten ftc^ ateic^ anfleiben.
2Ber b,at ^ec^t ? 9JMn 33ater ^at ^erf)t.
fatten <2te ^ec^t ? 9ietn, ic^ Ijatte Unrest.
SIXTEENTH LESSON.
KL 2Beri)ett, To Become, To Get, To Grow.
INDICATIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE.
PBESENT TENSE.
tdj loerbe, I become, I get id) ttjerbe, I (may) become
bit lutrft, thou becomest bu rterbeft, thou become
er nnrb, lie becomes er toerbe, he become
Jotr tt)erben, we become toir toerben, we become
ijrnwrbet, l youbec ome jfe ^ erb . et ' 1 you becoma
(te loerben, ) J @te merben, ) J
fie toerben, they become. fie toerben, they become.
IMPERFECT.
id) tDitrbe (id) niarb), I became id) toitrbe, (if) I became
bu hmrbeft (tuarbft), thou be- bu tourbeft, thou became
earnest
er Umrbe (loarb), he became er toitrbe, he became
hnr njurben, we became h)ir toitrben, we became
flc hiurben/ they became. fie ttmrben, they became.
90 AUXILIARY VERBS.
INDICATIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE.
FUTURE.
id) lucrbe
bu roirft
cr roirb
roir roerben
U)r roerbet
fie roerben
I shall become id) roerbe
or get bu roerbeft
er roerbe
roir roerben
if)r roerbet
fie roerben
- roerben.
I shall become
roerben.
PERFECT.
id) bin l geroorben (or roorben), idj fei geroorben (or tuorbcn),
I have become I (may) have become
bit btft geworben (or loorben) bu feift geworben (or iDorben)
cr ift geroorben (or njorben) er fei geworben, (or )oorben)
2C. 2C. 2C. 2C.
PLUPERFECT.
id) toar gen)orben (or h>orben), idj luare gett)orben (or trorben), 1
I had become had become (or should have
become)
bu toarft getoorben (or toorben) bu tooreft getuorben (or luorben)
2C. 2C. K. JC.
SECOND FUTURE.
id) toerbe gertjorben (ttjorben) fein, id^ werbe gettjorben (worben) fein,
I shall have become I shall have become
bu tmrft geroorben (roorben) fein bu roerbeft geroorben (roorben) fetn
2C. K. K. JC.
FIRST CONDITIONAL.
id) roiirbe roerben, I should or would become
bu roiirbeft roerben, thou wouldst become
2C. 2C.
SECOND CONDITIONAL.
id) roiirbe geroorben (or roorben) fein or id) rocire geroorben,
I should have become
K. :c.
IMPERATIVE.
roerbe, become (thou) roerben toir, ) , . ,
er foil roerben, he shall become lafet un8 roerben, j *
fie fotten roerben, let them roerbet, \ .
become. roerben <Sie, j D
l See Note 1, p. 85.
AUXILIARY VERBS. 91
INFINITIVE.
Pres. toerben or ju toerben, to become.
Past, getoorben (or toorben) feiu or 311 fetn, to have become.
PARTICIPLES.
Pres. toerbenb, becoming
Past, getoorben (or toorben), become
NOTE. What has become oj. . . .? is translated SBaS tjl au3 . . . getoorben/
WORDS.
fdjttifrig, sleepy fdjmufetg, dirty
ttie or mentals, never bimfel, dark
toetfe, wise ber ffleift, industry
arm, poor bte <Sparfatntett, economy
plotjltd), suddenly bag filter, old age
miibe, tired bte Settle, people
nag, wet grog, tall
itngebulbtg, impatient grim, green
bte 9fad)rtd)t, the news rein, clean
befannt, known balb, soon
ber >ergog, the duke geftern, yesterday
ber ^egenfc^irnt, the umbrella je^t, now.
READING EXERCISE 31.
3dj toerbe f^tafrig. <2te totrb nte alt. 3^r hierbet ntematS rtetfe
toerben. 9}?etne ^toei ^tnber ftiurben ^Iol?ltc^ franf. 9ftan (one) totrb
ntitbe, hjenn (when) man arbettet (works). (g totrb fyat eftern
iwtirbe trf) ungebittbtg. Serbet nt^t ungebitlbtg. iefe !>ftad)rid)< 4 '
tuurbe in ber tabt befannt. -3d) bin jung; aber id) toerbe alt luerben.
@ie toerben na loerben, benn e regnet (for it rains). )iefe8
ift (c^ntuljtg getworben. @g totrb 9Jad)t; e^ totrb bunfet. te
toerben franf toerben, benn fte effen (they eat) ^u btet. 3) 08
tourbe ntitbe. )itrd) gtetg ttnb (Sparfantfett totrb man retd). Unfer
ift batb retc^ getoorben. (S8 regnet; toir toerben nag toerben.
ift ait8 bent @o^n beS (S^neiberS getoorben. (Sr ift <2olbat
gctoorben.
SCufgoic 32.
She is getting sleepy. I shall become wise. He has become
my friend. The duke fell (became) suddenly ill The boys
- _
92 AUXILIARY VERBS.
got tired and sleepy. The trees become green in spring (hit
grueling). I am now rich, but I may (fann) become poor. We
shall become contented. Do not become impatient. Your
children have grown very tall. Old (atte) people get wise. It
had grown dark. I was once (einft) young; but now I have
grown old. It rains, our friends will get wet. Mi*. Brown
hopes (fyofft) soon 2 to 3 get 'rich. This man has become [a]
soldier. What has become of his children? These children
have become men. I hope you will not get idle.
SSarum fmb <3te geftern nidjt ge- 3d) ttmrbe ptBfettdj untooljl (un-
fommen (come)? well).
2Barum gefjen (Sic fdjon nad) &% ttnrb fpat. 3d) muf? (must)
|)aufe (nome so soon) ? urn 8 Ufyr 311 ^aufc fetn.
SBann roerben bte 33aume grim? 3nt grii^Ung.
tnb <Ste $aufmann gctuorben * ?ictn, tc^ bin olbat gehjorben.
2Ba8 ift au8 O^rem S3ruber gc=
worben? (gr ift in ?lmerifa geftorben (died). 1
2Barum tft bie[e SJJabc^en franf
geworben? <Stc ^at gu totet gcg^effen (eaten).
<Ste retd) gchiorben? 9?ein, abcr (but) id) tottnj'dje reid^
gu tuerben.
<Smb (Ste na gcworben? 3$ bin ntdjt na gehiorbcn; i^
Ijatte etnen 9?egenf^trm.
Sa tjl au8 metnem 33it(^ gc 3^ toeife (know) nid^t; ic^ b,abc eS
ttiorben? ntdjt gefe^en.
2Bcr ttmrbe tragc? !Der @d)u(er luurbe tragc.
2Ber ift fc^tafrtg gctoprbcn? SBttfyelm ift fdjlafrtg geworben.
@mb bte trafjen rein? ^?etn, fte finb burd) ben 9?egen
(rain) fdjmufctg gertorben.
3ft bag SBetter (weather) nod)
(still) fait? (5$ ift mtlb unb njarm gemorben.
i This verb, like fein and rocrben (and a great many other German verbs, especially
intransitive verbs denoting motion), forms its perfect, etc., with fetn instead of $abcn.
MODAL AUXILIARIES. 93
SEVENTEENTH LESSON.
THE SO-CALLED MODAL AUXILIARIES.
There are six :
id) fann, I can, id) mu, I must,
id) toitt, I will, id) fofl, I shall or am to,
id) mag, I may, id) barf, I may (i.e., am pen
mitted to).
1. ^OttttCtt, To Be Able.
PRESENT TENSE.
Ind. id) fann, I can, I may, Sub}, id) forme, I may be able,
bu fannft, bu fb'nneft,
er (fie, eg) fann, er (fie, eg) fonne,
ttrir fonnen, nnr fonnen, we may be able,
iljr fb'nnt or fonnet, ) if)r fonnet, ]
<2>ie fonnen, ) ie fonnen, j
fie fonnen. fie fc'nnen.
IMPERFECT.
id) fonnte, I could, id) fonnte, I could, I might,
bn fonnteft, bu fb'nnteft,
er fonnte, :c. er fb'nnte, jc.
FIRST FUTURE.
Ind. idj tnerbe fonnen, I shall be able.
bu toirft fonnen, :c.
Subj. id) toerbe fonnen.
PERFECT.
Ind. id) ^abe gefonnt (or idj fyabe fonnen), 1 I have been able.
Subj. id) ^abe gefonnt (or id) ^abe fonnen).
PLUPERFECT.
Ind. id) ^atte gefonnt (or id) ^atte fonnen), I had been able.
Subj. id) Ija'tte gefonnt (or id) fytitte fonnen).
* SECOND FUTURE.
Ind. id) lucrbe gefonnt (or fonnen) Ijaben, I shall have been able.
1 See Obs. 3. p. 98.
94 MODAL AUXILIARIES.
First Cond. id) fonnte or id) tottrbe fonnen, 1 1 could.
Second Cond. id) fycitte gefonnt or id) toiirbe gefonnt Ijaben. 1
Inf. Pres. fonnen ; Perf. gefonnt Ijaben or fonnen fyaben
Past Part. gefonnt.
2. SMeit, To Be Willing, To Wish.
PRESENT.
Jnd. id) fold, I will, am going to, Subj. id) tootle, I will,
bu hudf}, bn tooHejt,
er toifl, er roode,
toir tootten, toir rotten,
ifyr tooflt or njottet, j. ifjr tooflet, )
@ie luotten, j (Sic rootten, )
fte tuoHen. fte tooflen.
IMPERFECT.
id) toottte, I was going to, id) toottte, 1 1 should want
bu tooflteft, [wanted to, bu tooflteft, [to, etc.
er hjottte. er raoHte.
FIRST FUTURE.
id) tuerbe tooflett, I shall wish. id) toerbe
PERFECT.
Ind. id) Ijabe gemottt or id) ^abe .... tootten, I have wanted to,
Subj. id) Ijabe genjollt or njotten.
PLUPERFECT.
Jnd. id) Ijatte gelDottt or njotten, I had wanted to.
Subj. id) |otte gettjottt or rotten.
SECOND FUTURE.
id) toerbe getoottt or tootten fjaben.
First Cond. id) tooflte* or id) niurbe tuotten, I should wish.
Second Cond. id) Ijfitte getuottt (or hjotten) or id) ttmrbe gewottt (or
tootten) f)aben.
Inf. Pres. tuotten ; Perf. getoottt ^aben or trotten ^aben.
Past Part. getuoUt.
I This componnd form is not much used. See p. 98, Obs. 2.
Observe that i$ reollte and id) (elite do not modify the vowel in the Subjunctive
and Conditional.
MODAL AUXILIARIES. 95
3.
PRESENT.
tnd. id) [off, I shall, 1 1 am to, Subj. idj fotte,
"b foHft, bit fotteft,
fott/ er fotte,
fc fotten, hrir f fl e n,
iljrfottet, ) iljrfottet, )
@ie fotten, ) @ie fotten, )
f foflen. fte fotten.
IMPERPBOT.
i^ f ottte, I should or I ought to. id) f oflte,* I should.
FIRST FUTURE.
tcQ luerbe fotten. icf) inerbe foflen.
PERFECT.
ic^ ^abe gefottt or fotten. ic^ ^abe gefottt or fatten.
PLUPERFECT.
ie^ ^atte gefottt or [otten. ' ic^ fitte gefoflt or foEeru
SECOND FUTURE.
id^ toerbe gcfoUt aben or [often Ijaben.
Fi'mt Cond. id) fottte, I should.
Second Cond. idj Ijatte gefottt or foflen, I ought to have f &
I should nave ought).
Inf. Pre*. fatten ; perf. gefottt Ijaben or fotten ^aben.
Past Part. gefottt.
4. Mffen, To Be Obliged, To Have To.
PRESENT.
Ind. id) mu, I must, Subj. tdj miiffe,
bu ntu^t, bu miiffejl,
er mu^ er miiffe,
tt)ir miiffen, rt)tr miiffen,
ib^r miiffet or ntut, ) ib,r tniiffet, )
@ic miiffen, j" <Ste ntuffen, j
fte muffen. fie miiffen.
1 / shall (first pers.) is frequently translated tdj rcerbe, and the interrogatiTe
lihatt I? rcerbe ic^? But when meaning am I tot the German is fott ic^? In the same
manner in the plural : We shall is = nrir toetten ; but sliall we = are wt to, folten wit ?
2 Sea foot-not* 2. p. 94.
96 MODAL AUXILIARIES.
IMPERFECT.
Ind. id) mufjte, I was obliged. Sub), id) mitfjte, I should be
[obliged.
FIRST FUTURE.
Ind. id) toerbe miiffen, I shall be obliged.
Subj. id) luerbe miiffen.
PERFECT.
Ind. id) fjabe gemufjt or mitffen, I have been obliged.
Subj. id) fyabe gemujjt or miiffen.
PLUPERFECT.
Ind. id) fyatte gemufct or miiffen.
Subj. id) fycitte gemut or miiffen.
SECOND FUTURE.
Ind. id) roerbe gemufet Ijaben or miiffen Ijaben.
First Cond. id) miite or toiirbe miiffen, I should be obliged.
Second Cond. id) fyatte gemufjt or miiffen, I should have been
obliged.
Inf. Pres. miiffen; perf. gemut or miiffen.
Past Part. gemufct.
NOTE. I must not (since it really means I am net aSowoT) is rndred
idj barf nirf;t.
5. SKogcn.
PRESENT.
Ind. \ mag, I may (I want to), Subj. td^ m8ge,
bu magft, bu mogefl,
er mag, er moge,
mir mogen, \yct mogen,
ib,r mogt, ) i^r moget, )
<Sie mogen, J (5ie mogen, j
fie mogen. fte mogen.
IMPERFECT.
i(^ mot^te, I wanted to. id) modjte, I should like.
FffiST FUTURE.
id) toerbe mogen. t^ luerbc mogen.
PERFECT.
id) Ijabc cjcmodjt or 11169011, id) ^abe cjemodjt or mogeu.
MODAL AUXILIABIES. 97
PLUPERFECT.
fnd. id) Ijatte gemodjt or mogen. Svbj. id) Ija'tte gemod)t or mogen.
SECOND FUTURE.
Id) toerbe gemodjt or mogen Ijaben.
First Gond. idj modjte, I should like.
Second Cond. id) fyatte gemodjt or mogen, I should have liked.
Inf. pres. mogen; perf. gemodjt Ijaben or mogen Ijaben.
Past part. gemodjt.
NOTE. I may, etc., is often translated fonnen, as : He may go, er fann
gefyen. The interrogative form may I? etc., is rendered barf id) ? may
we, biirfen tint, JC. See the note on muff en.
Conjugate in the same manner bermogen/ to be able, as : 3$ toermag e8
ntd)t jU t^un. But notice that sermogen takes 3U before the infinitive, which
fimnen, mogen/ etc., do not, any more than can, may, etc., in English.
6. $iirfen, To Be Allowed.
PRESENT.
Ind. id) barf, I may, I am allowed, Subj. id) biirfe,
bu barfft, bu biirfeft,
er barf, er biirfe,
tir biirfen, rt)tr bttrfen,
iljr biirft or @ie bUrfen, ijjr biirfet,
fie biirfen. fie biirfen.
IMPERFECT.
id) burfte, I was allowed, id) biirfte, I might,
bu burfteft, bu burfteft,
er burfte, er biirfte,
n>ir burften, |t)tr bitrften,
t^r burftet or @ie burften, i^r burftet,
fie burften. fie burften.
FIRST FUTURE.
id) tterbe biirfen, I shallbe allowed, ic^ njerbe bUrfctt.
PERFECT.
Ind. id) ^abe geburft or biirfen, I have been allowed.
Subj. id) ^abe geburft or biirfen.
PLUPERFECT.
Ind. id) Ijatte geburft or biirfen. Subj. td) ^citte geburft or burfen.
98 MODAL AUXILIARIES.
SECOND FUTURE.
Ind. id) toerbe gcburft or bttrfcn fyabcn.
First Cond. id) biirfte or roiirbe biirfen, I should be allowed.
Second Cond. id) Ijdtte geburft or biirfen, I should have been
allowed.
Inf. pres. bftrfen; perf. geburft or biirfen Ijabeiu
Past. part. geburft.
In the same manner Beburfen, to be in need of: id) fceborf :c.
OBSEHVATIOWa
1. In English not sticks close to can, will, slwtfl, must, etc.,
e.g., He can not have been willing, you must not speak.
In German nid)t goes towards the end, with the infinitive
or participle, as has been already stated Lesson 14, 2, 6.
I can not read the letter, id) fann ben 23rief nid)t lefen.
2. The shorter forms of the conditional, id) fftnnte,
follte, mufjte, etc., are commoner than the longer, id) ttwrbe
fonnen, i$ nwrbe mujjcn, etc.
3. Two forms of the perfect, pluperfect and second
future have been given, one, namely id) fyabe gefonnt, etc.,
formed, as would have been expected, with the past par-
ticiple of fbnnen, etc., and the other, id) fyabe fbnnen, etc.,
with the infinitive of Fonnen, etc. The latter must be used
when the infinitive of another verb follows fiJnncn, etc.
Thus:
<5te ben 33rief tefen fonnen (instead of lefen gefonnt)?
Have you been able to read the letter?
f)at auSgeljen ntiiffen, Charles was obliged to go out
In other cases use id) fyabe gefonnt, etc. Thus:
3d) ^abe gefonnt, aber nidjt geraottt, I was able to, but did not
want to.
MODAL AUXILIARIES. 99
4. Could have, should "have, ought to 7iave, etc., must be
translated not fijnnte fyaben, etc., but fyatte fbnnen, etc.,
like the French faurais pu, etc. Thus :
You could have read the letter, <Sie fatten ben 33rief lefen
fonnen.
; He might have gone, (gr Ijatte a,eb,en fonnen.
I should have done it or I ought to have done it, -3d) fjatte e$
tfyun foflen.
"Sou ought to have written your exercise, (Sic fatten 3b,r
Slufgabe fcfjretben foften.
NOTE. When the modal auxiliary is in the present tense, the two
languages correspond perfectly, as :
You must have taken it, @te mitjfen eS flenommen IjcrBen.
He cannot have seen me, @r Jann mi(^ ntrf;t ge{el)en Ijafcen.
REMARKS OUT THE ENGLISH AUXILIARY
TO DO.
Germans do not say do I love ? and I do not love, but
love I? and / love not; i.e., in German there is no need
of an extra auxiliary do, to be used in asking a question, or
when the verb is modified by not. The same way in the
imperative.
3cf) fefye nicfyt, I do not see.
SBann fyetfen @ie gu Sftittag ? When do you dine ?
Sir braurfjten fie md)t, We did not need them.
at ber 23ater bag ^ferb nid)t gelauft? Has not the father
bought the horse ?
(Sagen (Sic iljm nicfjt, Do not tell him.
WORDS.
bte 9?ad)rid)t, the news ladjen, to laugh
bie ^Joft, the post-office abreifen, to depart, set out
ba Sljea'ter, the theatre beaten, to pay
ber ulben, the florin ftrafen, to punish
bag ^tetfd), the meat gtauben (dot.), to believe
ber 2fteger, the butcher lefen, to read
berfteb/en, to understand fdjreiben, to write
bleiben, to remain njab,r, true.
auSgeljen, to go out
100 MODAL AUXILIARIES.
READING EXERCISE 33.
1. 3d) fann lefen. <Sie fonnen fommen. 3d) mujj tljn (liim)
fefyen. 3f)r fottt nid)t ungebitlbig roerben. (5r mag larfjen. SBit
miiffen abreifen. >er $nabe barf nid)t fpredjen. SBotlen 3te mid)
begotten ober nicfjt? 3d) raiirbe @ie begab,len, roenn id) fonnte.
SBarum fonnen <Sie nid)t ? 3d) fyabe fein @elb. SDton (one) fonnte
ib,n ntd)t oerftefyen. 2Jian fonnte (might) biefeS 2Bort in etnem anbe*
ren inne (sense) Derfteljen. 3)iirfen <2ie au$geb,en ? 3c^ barf b,eute
nid)t au^geb,en ; aber morgen. $arl mute ^eute in ber 2d)ule bleiben.
SBi^etm roirb morgen gn aufe bteiben miiffen. 3(^ fyabe gcftern mein
^Pferb Derfaufen luotten ; aber i(^ ^abe ntd)t gefonnt. 2)u magft geb,en
ober nidjt. 3^ moc^te nic^t au8geb,en.
2. 2Ber (who) moc^te eg gtauben? 3^ gtaube e^ nidjt. 2Str
miiffen abreifen. 2Bir toerben bteiben muffen. 233ir fb'nnen nid)t
immer tb,un (do), roaS roir wollen. @r barf nid^t in ben arten gcb,en.
2)iefe 9?ad)rid)r moc^te (is very Hkely) mafyr fein. SB arum burfte ber
$nabe nid)t in bte d^ule gefjen ? (Sr loar franl. 3)iefe (Sd)Uterinnen
foflten fleiig fein. 3b,r 2)tener fott ben Srief auf bie 'jpoft tragen
(take). 2ftein ^Bater b,atte geftern fein ^Jferb tierfaufen fonnen; aber
er fjat nid)t genjoflt 2Barum b/at er eS nid)t tterfaufen tpollen ? (Sr
brau^t (needs) e nod) (still). 2)ie ^inber b/aben fpielen tootten.
@ie fatten ternen fotten; fie merben balb ju SBette ge^en miiffen.
9tufgnbc 84.
1. I can write. He can not read. We must go out. You
may believe it (eg). 1 They must pay me (mid)). The master
should punish the boy. 1 He would believe nothing. I will
buy it. The servant would not "(did not wish to) go. Thou
shalt not steal (fteljlen). (The) children should not lie (liigen).
I could not believe that news. Some peasants can neither
(roeber) read nor (nod)) write. I will write a letter. Will you
take it (ib,n . . tragen) to (auf) the post-office? They will not
come. She ought [to] write to him (an tfm). Children must
go to school (in bie <5d)ule). I could not 3 understand this
letter. My aunt could not read the book.
2. Do you go to (in, ace.) the theatre? Do you believe that
news? I do not believe it (fie). He may say, what he pleases
(toaS tfjm gefaflt, i.e., what pleases him). May I see, what you
are doing (tb,un) ? I will not go out, it may rain (regnen).
1 For the position of the Infinitive see p. 81, 2. a.
2 See Lesson U, 2, 6.
MODAL AUXILIARIES. 101
Could you give me (mir) two florins ? I should like to, but I can
not. The boy must not write. He was not allowed to remain.
I was obliged to go to the post-office. The butcher has been
obliged to sell the meat. You should not have believed him
(ifym). I know (u)ei$), I ought to have done it.
2Boflen @te 2Bem rrtnfen? SRetn, id} nnfl feinen 2Bein trinfen.
2Bann mttffen (Sic aulgeljen ? 3d) mufj urn ad)t Uljr (at eight
o'clock) aulgefyen.
$annft bu fdjretben unb Ic|"en ? 3d) fann lefen, aber ntdjt fdjretben.
SKotten <3ie Gutter unb $afe ? 9?etn, id) tuitt Jletl'rf) fyabeit.
<Sott Albert ben Srtef auf bte ^oft ^etn, trf) mujj fetbft (myself) aitf
tragen? bte ^poft geb,en.
S3erfaufen @te -3i)re ^ferbe? 9?etn, id) oerfaufe fte ntrfjt
Sffiarum fonnten Ste nidjt font* 3d) war unmob,! unb mufcte ju
men ? t^f 6 ^ei&en.
SSarum ^at btcfer 2ftann ben
33rtef ntd)t gelefen ? (Sr fann ntdjt lefen.
jDurfen <Ste in ba^ Xf)eater ge^en ? ^etn, id) barf ntdjt.
SSoflen <Ste etne Stgarre raudjcn 3d) witvbe randjen, n)enn id) einc
(smoke) ? gam Ijdtte.
2)arf id) 3^nen etne anbteten 3d) bante Ofjnen (No, I thank
(offer) ? you). 1
SSarum geljen ie ntdjt au ? 293ei( (because) el regnet.
3)arf id) (joren, roa 3te fpredjen D ia, iotv b,aben fetn e^etmntfe
(are talking about) ? (secret).
SB iff en 3ie, toaritm er ntdjt ge* 3d) tuetp el ntd)t ; aber id) modjte
fomnten tft ? el loiffen (to know).
2Birb cr balb (soon) abretfen (Sr ttitrb melletdjt (perhaps) ^ier
miiffen? bletben fonnen.
$aben (Ste bie 9Jed)nitng (bill) 3d) fyabe ^raei ittben bejaljlen
beja^ten miiffen? miiffen.
^>aben 3te bal ^tctfdj ntdjt ju= 9?etn, bet SWe^ger b,at el ntd)t me^r
ritdgeben (give back) fonnen? netjmen (take) tootten.
i Dante or i* tante is the polite way of refusing in German. It is not usual to say
Sfein, ii) bante, JVo, / //lariA- you, as we do in English.
102 ADJECTIVES.
EIGHTEENTH LESSON.
ADJECTIVES.
1. Adjectives 1 take in German a termination when
they precede and modify a substantive, e.g., gute (not
gut) Xifcfye, good tables; ben beften (not beft) Sftannern, to the
best men; etneS olten (not alt) ftleibeg, of an old garment;
meinem gelicbten ofyne, to my beloved son.
They likewise take a termination when modifying a
substantive understood, e.g., tic guten Xifcfye, aber bie
fcfylecfyten nicfyt, the good tables but not the bad; and when
used substantively, e.g., bit Sfteicfyen, the rich (i.e*, rich
people); bag ute unb cpne, the good and beautiful
(i.e., what is good and beautiful), uteS, something good;
Itebcr Stlter, dear old man. See page 108, c.
2. In every other case adjectives take no termination ;
they are used, that is, in their shortest possible form, e.g.,
(r fyatte ^leiber alt itnb neu, He had clothes old and new;
2)ag ifi gut, That is good; (r Itegt tobt, He lies dead; 3$
^abe bid) serloren geglaubt, 7 thought you lost.
3. An adjective preceded by the definite article ber, bie,
ba or by btefer, jcncr, jtebcr, welder (interrogative) and
some other pronouns similarly declined has the termina-
tion t in the nominative singular of the three genders and
in the accusative feminine singular and accusative neuter
singular.' Everywhere else it has the termination en.
1 All the rules about to be given for adjectives, apply equally to participles used as
adjectives.
2 By a rule already given page 15, nil femininea and neuters have the accusative like
the nominative, so that the student need fix in his memory here only the fact that
the nominative singular of all three fenders ends in t.
ADJECTIVES. 103
I. Terminations of the Adjective when preceded by ber
or a similarly declined pronoun.
SINGULAR.
PLURAL.
Mate.
Fern.
Neut.
AU Genders.
N.
i*
f
C
en
G.
en
en
en
en
D.
en
en
en
en
A.
en
c
e
en
EXAMPLES.
MASCULINE.
SINGULAR. PLURAL.
N. bcrgute^Sater, the good father bie guten $ater
G. beg guten SBaterg ber guten $ater
D. bem guten $ater ben- guten Patera
A. ben guten Sater bie guten better.
FEMININE
N. bie fdjb'ne 23Iume, the fine flower bie fdjonen 33tumen
G. ber fdjb'nen SBlume ber fdjonen Slumen
D. ber fdjonen 23lume ben fd)6nen SBtumen
A. bie fdjone SBlume bie fdjonen SBlumen.
NEUTER.
N. bag fleine aug, the little house bie fleinen Confer
G. beg fteinen >aufeg ber fleinen |>aufer
D. bem fleinen >aufe ben fleinen ^aufern
A. bag fteine an bie fleinen ^aufer.
NOTE 1. Although there are, as will be seen above, five forms of th
adjective ending in. t, and no less than nineteen ending in ctl, little am-
biguity arises ; for the definite article, etc., are provided with numerous
terminations differing from each other sufficiently to make the gender,
number and case clear.
NOTE 2. The plural adjective pronouns atte, cttt; etnige, some; ntancfie,
many; meljrere, several; tnete, many; toenige/ few; may take the same
forms of the adjective after them as ber does, but they more usually hava
f in the nominative and accusative of the adjective.
LESS USUAL DECLENSION. MORE USUAL DECLENSION.
N. einige pra'cfyttgen ^ferbe, eintge pradjttge ^ferbe
some splendid horses,
G. etniger pra'djtigen ^ferbc etntger pracfjttgen ^Sferbe
Z>. einigen prad)ttgen ^Jferben einigen prddjtigen ^ferben
A, etnige ^rad)tigen ^ferbe einige prcidjtige ^ferbe.
104 ADJECTIVES.
4. It will be remembered that tin and fetlt with the
possessives nteitt, bein, feitt, etc., are declined just like ber,
except in the nominative masculine singular and the
nominative and accusative neuter singular. See the First
and Second Lessons. In these parts ber has a termina-
tion added to the stem, ba3 for instance being made up of
the stem b and the termination d$, while tin, etc., present
the naked stem without any termination.
JVbm. mate. ting. Nam. (and of coarse also ace.) neul. sing.
b*er cut b*a8 em
In these parts, we might expect, and we find too, that
the German adjective takes after etn, etc., a different
termination from that which it takes after bcr.
Nom. masc. sing. ffom. and ace. neut. ting.
b*er gute 33ater b*a8 Heine au
etn gutter $ater. em flein-e3 f)au3.
In these forms then, we see that the adjective after etrt
takes terminations similar to those of the definite article.
In all the other forms, the adjective after etn has the same
termination as after bcr.
H. Terminations of the Adjective when preceded by
etn or a similarly declined pronoun.
SINGULAB. PLITOAL.
All genders.
en
en
en
en
EXAMPLES.
Jfoac. N. em armer 2ftann, a poor man
G. etneS armen 2)fanne8, of a poor man
D. einem armen 2J?ann(e), to a poor man
A. einen armen 2ttann, a poor man.
Muse.
Fern.
Neut.
N.
er
t
f0
G.
en
en
en
>.
en
en
en
A.
en
e
eg
ADJECTIVES. 105
Fern. N. cine arme J $rau, a poor woman
G. ciner armcn ftwu, of a poor woman
D. einer armen rau, to a poor woman
A. etne arme &CM, a poor woman.
Neitt. N. ein armeS $inb, a poor child
G. eine armen $mbe8, of a poor child
D. etnem armen $tnbe, to a poor child
A. ein armeS $tnb, a poor child.
DECLENSION WITH A POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE.
SINGULAR.
N. mem guter gteunb, my good friend
G. meineS guten ^reunbeS, of my good friend
D. meinem guten ^reunb, to my good friend
A. meinen guten ^reunb, my good friend.
PLUEAL.
N. metne guten 5reunbe, my good friends
Q. metner guten ^reunbe, of my good friends
D. meinen guten ^reunben, to my good friends
A, metne guten ftreunbe, m J good friends.
When a personal pronoun in the nominative is in appo-
sition to a noun modified by an adjective, the adjective
has in the nominative the terminations just given, e.g.,
3cf) armer 2)?ann, I, poor man.
it ItebeS Stnb, You, dear child.
@te geeljrter )nfet, You, honored uncle.
2Bir alien eute, We old people.
WORDS.
ber (Sdjiiter, the pupil imretf, unripe
ber ^aler, the painter fur^, short
ber efdjmad, the taste gro, large
ber ($efang, the song amertfantf^, American.
ber afen, the harbor tang, long
ber ommer, summer treu, faithful
bag eben, hie fatt cold
i Observe that the nominative and accusative feminine singular is the same whether
the adjoetir* is preceded by ber, etc., or ein, etc., or by neither ("as given page 107).
106 ADJECTIVES.
tcljen, to stand bitter, bitter
lcn, to sit topfer, brave
: pred)en, to speak recljtfdjaffen, honest
nufcltd), useful fletBtg/ industrious, diligent
ntenfd)lid), human gefdjirft, clever
fd)6u, beautiful fidjer, safe
ftarf, strong fojtbar, precious
retf, ripe grim, green.
BEADING EXERCISE 35.
$)er liebe 23ruber. Site Uebc djtoefler. $)a8 Heine 2ft&brf)en.
(Sin fdjbner arten. Sine fdjone 33lume. (Sin fdjoneS au8. 2>er
23ruber ift gut. ic <Bd)h)eftern ftnb gut. )ie fd)imen arten. jDie
neuen aufer. 3d) liebe bie rotfyen 33Iumen. $5ic ^ob^en 33oume bc8
griinen 2Batbe. ie beriilnnten Scanner ried)enlanb8. -3d) b^abe
einen treucn ^>unb. (Sr b^at eine Heine od)ter. 2Bir faufen feine
unreifen 5lepfel. 3)iefe 33irnen ftnb nod) nidjt (not yet) reif. 3d)
fteb,e auf einem fyofyen Serge. 2)ie SBiJget [i^en in ben griinen S3au*
men. 3d) liebe bie hirgen 5tage beS fatten 2BinterS nid)t. 3)er
tapfere (Solbat b,at eine fd)tt>ere (severe) Sunbe.
Wufflobc 36.
1. The river is large. The large river. A large river. The
honest man. The diligent pupil The diligent pupils. A
faithful sister. A clever painter. I know a (ace.) clever
painter. The little child has a new dress. Mr. A. is a very
strong man. 1 (The) iron is a very useful metal. We hear the
beautiful song of the happy birds. The American ships are in
a safe harbor. The rich count has a beautiful palace.
2. Miss Elizabeth is a diligent little girl (neut.). My good
old father is ill The little house stands on (auf, dot.) a high
mountain. We love the good children. We admire (belt) un-
bent) the count's beautiful palace. I like the long days of a
warm summer. We speak of (Don) (the) short human life.
These unripe walnuts are not good. I have seen the beautiful
large * English ships. Good advice (9?atb,, m.) is precious. -
i AM, is, wot, etc., are followed of course by the nominative,
i See b, p. 103.
ADJECTIVES. 107
HI. Terminations of the Adjective when preceding
and qualifying a noun without either t>er, etc., or tin, etc.
SINGULAR. PLURAL.
Masc. Fern. Neut. AH genders.
N. er e e8 e
G. en ct en er
D. em cr em en
A. en e e8 e
EXAMPLES.
MASCULINE.
SINGULAR. PLUBAL.
N. guter 2Betn, good wine gute 2Beme, good wines
G. guten 28eine guter petite
Z>. gittem SBehte guten SBetnen
A. guten 2Betn. gute 2Beine.
FEMININE.
N. uwrme (Suppe, warm soup marine <3uppen, warm soups
G. loarmer (Sujtye hwrmer
D. foamier (Suppe toarmen
A. hjarme up^e. foarnte
NEUTEB.
N. frifc^eS SSaffer, fresh water neue Sudjer, new books
G. fnfcfjen 2Bafferg neuer Siicfjer
D. fvtfrfjem SBaffer neuen 33uc^ern
A. frtfrfjeS SBaffer. neue Silver.
NOTE. The learner will see that the endings of the third form are the
terminations of the article bcr, bic, ba. The only cases which differ, are the
genitive singular masculine and neuter. Here an fl has been substituted
for g to avoid an in both noun and adjective.
a) The following are further examples of the use of
the third form of the adjective :
,3ef)n topfere Scanner, Ten brave men.
)etnrtd)'3 gro^teg Skrgniigen, Henry's greatest pleasure.
3)ie Gutter, beren f (cine ^inber, The mother whose little children.
$err Sett, mit beffen jungftem (Solute id) reifte, Mr. Bell with
whose youngest son I traveled.
108 ADJECTIVES.
@uter ! My dear, good friend.
$on etioaS 9fli$ttdjem, Of something useful
(SnuaS, nidjtS, Diet, tuentg, meljr (StoteS, 1 Something, nothing,
much, little, more good.
b) The number of adjectives before a noun makes no
difference, they are all declined as if there were only
a single one. Thus : bie guten alien Scanner, cin guter alter
2ftann, gute alte Scanner, just like bte guten Scanner, etc.
c) An adjective used substantively is declined as if a
noun were expressed for it to agree with. Thus efanbt,
the past participle of fenben, to send, is used to mean
ambassador (i.e., a person sent to a certain court) and
declined as if it were ber gefanbtc 2ftann, etc.
SINGULAB.
N. ber efanbte
G. beS efanbten
D. bem efanbten
A. ben efanbten
mein efanbter
meineS efanbten
meinem efanbten
meinen efonbten
e
e
@e
cj
'anbter
anbten
anbtem
anbten
PLTJKAL.
N. bie efanbten memo efanbten efanbtc
G. ber efanbten meiner efanbten efanbter
D. ben efanbten meinen efanbten efonbten
A. bie efanbten meine efanbten efanbte
In the predicate nominative the form is efanbter, e.g..
ftnb efanbter unfereg ^onigS, You are our king's am-
bassador.
The following are declined like efanbter :
ber 9Mfenbe, the traveller etn 9?eifenber, a traveller
ber eleljrte, the learned man ein (Sklefyrtcr, a learned man
ber SBebiente, the man-servant ein 23ebienter, a man-servant
ber >eiitfrf)e, the German ein 3)eutfd)er, a German"
ber efongene, the prisoner ein efangener, a prisoner.
i Notice tbftt after these worijs tbe adjective is printed with a capital letter.
ADJECTIVES. 109
ADDITIONAL REMARKS.
1. Adjectives ending in el, as : etel, eitel, etc., lose, when
declined, the e before the J. 1
N. ber eble raf (not ebete), the noble count
N. bte eitte ^rau, the vain lady
G. beS eblen rafen ; ber ettlen $rau
D. bem eblen rafen ; ber eitlen gran :c.
2. Those ending in er (e.g., bitter, bitter) may elide as
follows :
bittre for btttere
bitterm for bttterem
bittern for bitteren
btttrer for bitterer
bittreS for bittereS.
The longer forms are however more usual
3. The adjective fyorf) (the is long) changes (f) into |,
before t. We say:
jDer Saum ift ^od) ; but ber Ijolje SBaum ; G. be3 fjo^en 33aume^ ;
pi I)o^e Sciitme, high trees, etc.
4. The following terminations form adjectives from
nouns :
sbar means bearing, e.g., ^rud)t, fruit, forms frurfjtbar, bearing
fruit, fruitful.
sm forms adjectives of material, e.g., from oft, gold, golben,
golden.
$Vt forms adjectives from names of towns, e.g., ^Berliner,
Berlin, from Berlin, Berlin. These are written with a capital
letter. See page 579, foot-note.
stvn is much like en. From ^otj, wood, comes Jjotgern, wooden.
sjjoft. From ugenb, virtue, comes tugcnbljaft, virtuous.
stg corresponds to the English termination y, eg., mficfjttg,
mighty, from 3JZad)t, might.
stfdj con-esponds to the English ish, e.g., finbtfd), childish, from
, child.
i But ctetn, ettcln, etc., are sometimes used instead of eblen, eitlen, etc., !.., when rn ia
the termination, it ia sometimes shortened into n, and the e after the I, instead of
the e before the 1, elided.
no
ADJECTIVES.
corresponds to the English ly, e.g., mann(td), manly, from
2)?ami, man.
o% corresponds to the English /ess, e.g., enblog, endless, from
(Sube, end.
(rich), means abounding in, e.g., tmberretd), abounding in
children, from $inber, children.
*fom (-some in lonesome). From ^urdjt, f ear > comes furdjtfam,
fearful, timid.
jtoott corresponds to the English ful, e.g., gebanfentiott, thought-
ful, from ebanfe, thought.
Tttertlj (worth). 2Bitnfd)engtt)6rtl), worth wishing for, desirable,
comes from tt)iinfd)en, to wish, used as a noun.
ftoiirbig (worthy). Sfjrnwrbtg, worthy of honor, venerable, comes
from (Sfjre, honor.
5. Adjectives derived from names of nations are mostly
formed by the termination if$. They are written with
a small initial letter, as :
amertfamfd), American
bSntfrf), Danish
beutjd), German
engttfd), English
frongoftfcf), French
grie^ifd^, Greek
jjoUdnbtfcf), Dutch
italtentfd), Italian
Bftretefjifcf), Austrian
polnifd^, Polish
preufeifd^, Prussian
rufftfrf), Eussian
farfjfifdi, Saxon
fdjwebtfd), Swedish
fpanif(^, Spanish
tilrfifrf), Turkish.
bcr ^riiljUng, the spring
bag 2ftaut, [ the mouth (of
ber 9tad)en, j brutes)
bag 2Better, the weather
bag @tucf, the morsel, piece
bag 33ter, the beer
lot^ttg, important
btc 2)?tld), milk
btc 3ltpen, the Alps
bte ^ranf^eit, the disease
bcr 33ed)er, the cup
btc 9?etfe, the journey
bie <$tttc, the kindness
etit x'lrbetter, a workman
WORDS.
btc Arbeit, the work
bte efunbljett, (the) health
frigid), Dcrgnilgt, merry
frtfc^, fresh
fd)ttmcf), feeble
angenebm, agreeable
nittjUd), useful
bltnb, bhnd
blau, blue
gratt, grey
f^ttjar^, black
toetfc, white
gefa^vltc^, dangerous
toUbrtitflen, to perform.
ADJECTIVES. Ill
READING EXERCISE 37.
$)te fitfcen irfd)en fmb bon angeneijmem efd)macf (taste). >et
Uebltdje ritl){mg ift gefommen. )er offene 9tarf)en be3 graufamen
JigerS. 3d) fyabe bie pradjtigen foniglidjen djloffer gefefyen. 3d)
faufe guten, alten, rotten SBein. eben ie mir frifdjeS, toeipeS 33rob.
ier ift fdjimeS, rotfjeg papier. 3)iefe $rau toerfauft gute, frifdje, ftifje
2#ild). 9JMue liebe, alte, gute gutter ift fefyr Iranf. ^(eine ^amilten
ftofjnen in fletnen dufern. S3ei (in) frfjonem 2Better ge^en tutr f^a^ie*
ren (take a walk), bei f^Ied)tem bletbcn tt)it ju aufe (stay at home).
eben Sie mir ein @Ia^ fii^e, frifdje SOftlcf), unb ein (5tiicf
toetfteS Srob. 1 9?eue greunbe ftnb nidjt immer gute greunbc.
fyabe O^nen ettt)a 2Bic^tigeS gu fagen. 2Biffen @ie ettua
(I know) eittmS 9^eueg ; aber eS ift md)t3 2lngeneb,mc.
KufgaBe 38.
1. Here is sweet milk. Have you [any] good red wine ? Do
you like strong beer? The Alps are very high mountains.
I want (brcwdje or ttmnfdje) cold fresh water. This girl sells
beautiful flowers. The brave soldiers have severe (ld)tt)ere)
wounds. The rich Jews had little old houses. There (Da) is a
poor little bund girl The good mother gives (gibt) ripe cher-
ries [to] her obedient and diligent children. Mr. Asher wears
(tra'gt) a green coat, a blue cloak, and a grey hat A good book
is a good and faithful friend. It was on a (in einer) very dark
night. The king had a gold cup in his hand.
2. The diseases of little children are often dangerous. Do
you know (tmffen <3te) that 2 my good and amiable cousin is
dead ? I have seen many dear friends during my long jour-
ney. They received me (fie empftngen mid)) with great kind-
ness. Clever workmen are always sought [for] (gefudjt). Feeble
women cannot perform this work. I am in good health and
always merry. Old people, young men and women, and little
children, walked (gingen . . . fpa^teren) in the beautiful garden
of our kind friend. Bead (tefen <ie) something good and use-
ful The courage (2ftutb,, TO.) of the soldiers was great.
1 In English we say aglow of milk, apiece of bread, two yards of cloth, etc. In German
the latter noun has the form of the nominative and is indeclinable, they say a glast
milk, etc.
2 The conjunction baft, that, requires the verb at the end of the sentence. See p. 82.
112 COMPARISON.
Spredjuitmg.
3ft btefec ftlufe ttcf (deep) ? $ein, er ifl ntdjt feljr ttef.
3ft $arl fleijjtg ? 3a, er tft em fletfeiger Snabe.
2Ber b,at btefeS Ijerrttdje 33ttb ge
matt (painted) ? gin berttljmter betttfdjer Sttaler.
2Beld)e tft fetn Sftame ? (gr ^ett Sinterljalter.
So finb 3f)re Ueben $mber? (Sie finb in metncm neuen |>aufc.
|>aben (te einen grofjen (Garten? S^ein, er ift nicht fetjr gro.
|>aben <2ie gebrateneS $ki\fy SEir tjaben gebrateneg imb geto^
(roast meat) ? te8 (boiled).
Serfoufen @ie fue9J?Ue^? 3$ tyobe feme file ffltiQ; obei
fri|dje Gutter.
2Bo tft metn tteber 5lrtb,ur? (gr tft tn ber (Srfjitle.
gieben (Sie bte beittfcfye SKuftf ? JO ja; ober id) tte&e ble ttaUentf^t
.
predjen @ie 2)eutfc^, metn ^err? 3d) fprec^e cut toenig (a little).
$aben @ie Unterric^t (instruc-
tion, lessons) in ber beutfcib/en 3a, tc^ ^abe j[eben S;og erne (Stunbe
prad^e? (lesson).
2Ber b,at btefen gotbenen SRtng SDJetne <Sd)tt?efter Slnna b,ot ib,n
tjertoren? toerloren.
ot ber S8fi(fer (baker) guteS
33rob ? (Sr toerfauft fanmer guteS S3rob.
SQBetc^er ^arbe ftnb bte ^ebern ber
9?aben? >te ^ebern ber9Jaben finb f^norj.
$aben @ie einen f^tuarjen ober 3d) Ijabe gtioet ^iite, einen fd)iuar
ctnentt)eien^ut? aen unb einen toeijjeu.
NINETEENTH LESSON.
DEGREES OF COMPARISON.
1. The comparative is formed by the addition of et , or
trhen the adjective ends in e, only f ; the superlative by
adding eft or |t. The vowels a, 0, U are modified in most
monosyllables. But au is not modified.
COMPABATIVE. SUPERLATIVE.
grcm, grey grauer ber, bte, ba grattejlc
reid), rich reiser ber, bie, ba8 reicb/fte
COMPARISON. 113
OOMPABATIVE. SUPERLATIVE.
ftorf, strong ftdrfer ber, bte, bag ftarffle
arm, poor firmer ber, bte, bag armfte
alt, old after ber, bte, bag attfte
fromm, pious frommer ber, bie, bag frommfte
fd)on, handsome fdjoner ber, bte, bag fcfjbnfte
2. Adjectives in el, en, er usually reject the e of these
terminations before the er of the comparative.
3. The superlative of adjectives ending in three con-
sonants or in a hissing sound (j, $, p, fd)) takes eft, as :
COMPARATIVE. SUPERLATIVE.
frfjfedjt, bad
fur^, short
gererf)t, just
fu, sweet
fd)Ied)ier
fiirjer
gered)ter
fuer
ber fcf)Ieci^tefte
ber fiirgefte
ber gerec^tefte
ber fufjefte.
NOTE 1. Adjectives ending in t, with another consonant before it, may
also insert t in the superlative degree, as: alt, sup. bet altefte, as well as ber
altfie; fait, sup. ber fdltefte or bet falrjie.
NOTE 2. Sometimes the word atler is prefixed to the superlative, as:
ber aHerftarffte, the strongest of all.
4 In English adverbs are formed by adding the syl-
lable -ly to adjectives, thus from cheer/id, cheerfully, from
just, justly. In German the adjective without any added
syllable may be used as an adverb ; thus frofy, cheerful, may
be used to mean cJieerfully, and gcrecfyt, just, to mean justly.
The context determines whether frofy is to be translated
as an adjective or as an adverb, thus 3Btr tt)aren frof), is
We were cheerful, but SBtr fyaben frofy geglaubt, We cheerfully
believed.
In the same way, in the comparative, gerecfyter, etc., may
be either more just, etc., or more justly.
The superlative of the adverb does not follow the
analogy of the positive and comparative. For instance,
114
COMPARISON.
most justly is am gerecfyteflen (literally at fhejustest\ and not
See Note 2 at the end.
NOTE 1. The superlative adverbs am geredjteften, etc., are often used
inaccurately in the predicate after fetn, to be, instead of the corresponding
adjectives. Thus Germans say either ba todre am gerecbtcjlen, or ba3
todre fca3 getedjtejlc, to mean that would be the justest.
NOTE 2. Forms like auf 3 geredj tejte, (literally upon the justest) mean
not THE most justly, etc. but most (or very) justly, e.g., 2)er $6nig Jjat aitf'3
geredjtefte gebanbelt, T/ie king has acted most justly. That is to say, am
gmdjteflen is the genuine superlative, while auf g gcrecfytejte denotes a high
degree, but not necessarily the very highest degree of all.
In the case of a few adjectives the simple superlative may be used in
the sense of the form last noted, e.g.,
from b. odj , high 6. ocfjjl, most highly
ergeben, devoted ergebenjt, most devotedly
fmtnblidj, kind freunbUd)jl, most kindly.
NOTE 3. The following monosyllabic adjectives do not modify the
vowel in the comparative and superlative:
blafj, pale
bunt, motley
falfdj, false
froij, merry
bobt, hollow
bolb, kind
fab,l, bald
farg, scanty
flat, clear
, scanty
la bin, lame
matt, languid
morfdj, rotten
t, naked
t, flat
, clumsy
rob, rude
ritnb, round
''anft, soft
djlaff, slack
cfytanf, slender
uarr, stiff
ftolj, proud
fiumpf, blunt
toll, mad
toofl, fuU
ja^m, tame.
6. Some adjectives and some adverbs are irregular in
their comparison, viz. :
COMPARATIVE. SUPERLATIVE.
Ijoljer, higher ber fyocfjfte
nafjer, nearer ber nadjfte
grower, greater ber gro^te
beffer, better ber befte
me^r, more ber metfte
meljrere, several bte metften, most
Ijod), high
na^e, near
gro, great
gut, good
totel, much
totete,p/., many
toentg, little
rtenige,^/., few
gent, willingly
bait), soon
less
j toemger, )
I mtnber j
toeniger,
Iteber
eb/er, fritter, sooner
am loentgften, } f , .
am mtnbeften, [
bte njenigften, the fewest
am Itebften
am e^eften, the soonest
COMPARISON.
NOTE. A few comparatives and superlatives have no positives, e.g^
aufjer, exterior (outer) ; ber aufjerfte, the extremest, utmost
inner, interior, inner ; ber innerfte, the innermost
ofcer, upper ; ber oBerfte, the uppermost
itnter, lower ; ber unterjle, the lowest, undermost
Ijtnter, hinder ; ber Ijinterfte, the hmdermost
Dorber, front-, fore- ; ber toorberfte, the foremost.
7. Comparative and superlatives are declined like
positives.
COMPARATIVE MASCULINE SINGULAR.
in- j ber btcfere 33aum, the thicker tree
' { ein btcferer 23aum, a thicker tree
G. be8 (etneS) btcferen 23cwme8, of the (a) thicker tree
D. bent (ehtem) btderen SBcmnt, to the (a) thicker tree
A. ben (einen) btcferen 23aum, the (a) thicker tree.
PLURAL.
N. and A. bte btrferen Sciume, the thicker trees, etc.
NEUTER SINGULAR.
N. and A. ein fd)6nere8 mu8, a handsomer house, etc.
SUPERLATIVE.
N. and A. ba fcfjonfte >au, the handsomest house
G. beg fcfjonften aufeg, etc.
D. bent fdjonften aufe, etc.
PLURAL.
N. and A. bte fdtjonften >aufer,
G. ber fdjonften f>au(er,
D. ben fdjonften |)ttufern.
THIRD FORM.
Masc. N. befferer ^affee, A. befferen ^affee, better coflfee.
Fern. N. fc^wargere !5)tnte, blacker ink.
Neut. N. and A. fdjonereS ^Better, finer weather.
Plur. N. frfjonere Slunten. G. ft^b'nerer 53tumen :c.
NOTE. ^When two adjectives are compared with one another, it must b
done by means of the word meljr. Ex. :
(r toar mefyr fllucflid) at ta^fer, He was more successful than brave.
8. As, followed by an adjective or adverb, and as, is
rendered in German by ebenfo dl3 or ttrie ; and not so
as, by nidjt fo al3 or ttrie. Ex. :
116 COMPABISON.
(Sr tft ebcnfp jung alS id), He is as young as L
$arl loar nidjt fo gliidttd), a(3 fetn greunb SBilijelm, Charles waa
not so happy as his friend William.
9. As again answers to the German nod) etnmal 1 fo
or boppelt fo . Ex. :
(Sr tft nod) etnmal fo alt (or boppelt fo alt) alS id), He is as old
again as L
10. Our English the the is translated je beflo.
3e Ijofjer ber 33erg, bcfto ttefer bag b,al, The higher the hill, the
deeper the valley.
Oe rirfjtger etn Seben tft, beflo gtMItdjer ijl e, The quieter a life
is, the happier it is.
WORDS.
cm S3ettdjen, a violet btc tcirfe, the strength
ber ^Ibter, the eagle aitfgeftart, enlightened
ber gtiigel, the wing fret, free
bie ^rotte, the ckw ttef, deep
ber ^latJ, the square, place letdjt, light
brett, broad, wide fcfarf, sharp
bie Arbeit, labor fretgebtg, liberal
bie ?itft, the air
pantfd), Spanish
bte ugenb, virtue fireng, strict
ber <2>tord), the stork flefitnben, found
ber |>al3, the neck un^efdjtcft, unskilful
bte an3, the goose toett, far
ber @trau, the ostrich bequem, comfortable
ber ^etb^err, the general etnfam, lonely
33tet, (the) lead al8, than
copper
EXERCISE 39.
2)er brettc tu^. 35er brettere (3ee. a brettfle 3Weer. >er
u tfl ttef ; ber (See ift ttefer al3 ber ghifc ; bag Wlm tft am ttefften.
tft ftarter al St^etm ; er tft ber ftarffte ^nabe. SKarte tft fteU
al <Sara. )a3 SSaffer tft letdjter a(^ bte (Srbe ; bie ^luft ift am
1 /.., Ytt a time. (Fr. wncora an* fois U
COMPAEISON. 117
fetdjteflen. )u fjafi em fdjoneS SBetlcfjcn gcfunben ; abcr id) Ijabe em
fcfjonereS. 2#eine 9?ofe ift frf)6n, bie 9tpfe nteiner rfjroefter ift am
aflerfdjonften. 3n ben Stabten fmb bte pradjtigften ^a'ufer. -3n
Bonbon leben bte retdjften $aufteitte. ie reirfjen eute ftnb nidjt
tmmer bte freigebigften. 2)er Slbler tft ber ftarffte $oget. C?r l)at bte
langften ftlugel unb bte fdjarfften ^ratten. 3m ftnifyling ftnb bte
Sage fiirjer ate tm <2ommer ; aber tm 2Btnter finb fie am fitrgeften.
Xa itber ift foftbarer ate ba itpfer. 3)a @olb ift baS foftbarjk
Wtetatt. $Bein ift beffer ate 23ier. S)te fpantfc^en 2Beine fmb bie
beften (SBeine). !Diefer 2Mer tft ni(^t fo berittjmt ate fetn 35ater ;
aber feine iBilber finb ebenfo fd^dn. llnfer O^eint ift ebenfo reirfj ate
unfer better ; aber er tft nicfjt fo gtiicfUc^. 5)er befte Coffee lommt
aitiS 5lrabien. 3fe aufgeftarter bie 9)?enfc^en fmb, befto freier fmb fie.
3e fritter, befto (or nm fo) beffer.
$tufgok 40.
1. The street is broad ; the square is broader, the field is the
broadest. The apples are sweet ; the pears are sweeter, the
cherries are the sweetest. This mountain is high, it is the
highest in this country. The rich are not always the happiest.
(The) money is good ; (the) labor is better ; virtue is (the)
best. The stork has a longer neck than the goose. (The)
ostriches have the longest necks. Mrs. Hunter is a more in-
dustrious woman than her neighbor. She is the most amiable
lady. In spring 2 the 3 days l are longer than in winter ; in
summer they are the longest. The morning was warm, but
the evening was warmer. The old man is feeble ; the sick
woman is feebler ; the little child is the feeblest.
2. Miss Lucy is the loveliest girl in the town. Napoleon I
was the greatest general. (The) lead is useful ; (the) copper
is more useful ; (the) iron is the most useful metal. I have a
strict master ; my cousin has a stricter ; the son of the count
has the strictest of all. The strength of the strongest man is
far less (nwt geringer) than that (bte) of the elephant. That
general was more unfortunate than unskilful. The better
(the) men are, the happier 2 they * are. This is arranged
(eingerid)tet) certainly in a most comfortable manner (4, Note 2).
Augustus was more successful than brave. The more, the
i Tbes* figures indicate tbo order of the words io Genaa.
118 COMPARISON.
better. It is best. We are richest, when we are most con-
tented. The more lonely a way is, the longer it appears
(fdjeint er) to be. Alexander was as ambitious (efyrgeijig) as
Caesar. I am as tall as you, but my brother is not so tall as
you.
2BeId)er gtu tft bretter, bcr
ftedar ober ber 9?f)ein ? >er fttfjetn tft Diet bretter.
3ft 2BUl)eIm ftarfer ober $arl? 3d) benfe (think) $arl tfl ftarfer.
<2inb bie retdjften Scute tmmer am 3)a$ ijl nid)t immer ber gafl (the
glitcf (idjften ? case).
SBeldeS ift bo fotborte 2KetaH? o o(b it bag lotbarle.
ift bo foftborfte 2KetaH? o o(b ift bag loftbarfle.
Slber Juetd^eg ift ant niifclidjjhit? jDa @ifen ift am niifcUdjften.
SBetd^eS ftnb bie beflen SBeine? 2)ie fpanif^en SBetnc.
2Bof)cr' fomntt ber befte ^affee ? $er befte Coffee fommt au
bten.
2BeI^e ifi bie fd)6nfte 33tume? )^ne 3 lBC if e t (without doubt) bie
&OJC.
3ft 5ltfreb alter al @ie? 9?em, er tfl jiinger al tc^ ; er tfl
ber jungfte (Sofyn.
(Sinb biefe 5le^fet reif ? <te ftnb ni^t gan^ (quite) fo retf
al bie 33trnen.
SBeldjeS ift ba ftarffte ^ier? )er glep^ant' ift ba flartfte.
2Belrf)eS ift ber grote ^ifrf) ? >er 2Baaftfcf) (whale) ifl ba
^rote don atten J^ieren.
taben @ie beffereg 33ier? S^etn, aber id) I)abe befferen 2Betn.
fl ^raulctn 9?ofa ein ft^one <Sie ift fe^r fd)b'n; fte ift bie fdjc'nftt
9Kabd^en ? toon ben brei <2d)tt)eftern.
etne fc^onere 33tume
bie 9?of e ? ^ein, td) lenne feme fdjonere.
ift ber fattefk SKonat? S)er Sttonat 1 Oanuar ift ber faltefte.
i German does not have the " genitive of apposition." In German we say the mo*O
January, the city Berlin, and not the month OF January, the city or Berlin,
NUMERALS.
119
TWENTIETH LESSON.
NUMERALS.
X Cardinal Numerals.
cut, one
jrtrn, two
brei, three
bier, four
fiinf, five
ferf)$, six
fieben, seven
ad)t, eight
neun, nine
jeljn, ten
elf, eleven
3U)6If, twelve
breigefyu, thirteen
bierge^n, fourteen
fiinfeefyu, fifteen
Jedjjeljn, sixteen
fteb^efjn, seventeen
arf)t3ef)n, eighteen
neun^efyn, nineteen
gtoanjtg, twenty
etn unb jttwn^tg, twenty one
3rt)et unb groau^ig, twenty two
bret unb ^toanjig, twenty three
trier unb ^foan^ig, twenty four
fiinf unb gtoanjig, twenty five
1800, etntaufenb arfjtfjunbert or ac
1805, etntaufenb arfjt^unbert (unb) fiinf or arfjtgeljnljunbert fiinf
1852, eintaufenb arfjt^unbert glwei unb funfetg or arfjt^e^nb/unbert
itnbfunfaig.
OBSERVATIONS.
1. Sin, eine, etn, (before a noun) or enter, cine, etnS
(without a noun), is declined like the indefinite article. 2
1 In English we say A hundred and A thousand. In German tyunbert and taufenb are
more frequent than ein unbert and ein Staufenb.
2 "Bet (biefer, etc.) eine, is declined lii ber gute, and meln (bein, etc.) etner, liie etr
ferfjg nnb grt)angi^, twenty six
fteben unb ^njangtg, twenty seven
o^t unb jtoan^ig, twenty eight
neun unb gnmngig, twenty nine
brei^ig, thirty
ein unb bret^tg, thirty one, etc.
trieratg, forty
fiinfatg, fifty
jcdjjtg, sixty
jtebgig, seventy
ac^tjig^, eighty
neunjtg, ninety
l^unbert, 1 a hundred
ljunbert unb ein^, a hundred and
^oei^unbert, two hundred [one
breitjunbert, three hundred
trier ^unbert, four hundred
fiinf Ijunbert, five hundred
tanfenb, 1 a thousand
gtoei taufenb, two thousand
gefyn taufenb, ten thousand
^nfgtg taufenb, fifty thousand
ljunbert taufenb, a hundred thou-
sand
eine Stilton, a million
120 NUMERALS.
2. One or ones after an adjective must not be translated
into German. Thus, a good one = etn guter (masc.), or if
feminine, cine gute ; neuter, ein guteS.
3. Smti has jtueter and bret has breter in the genitive,
when used before a substantive, unless the substantive is
accompanied by some word which by its form shows that
the genitive case is meant; i.e., jroeter and breier are in
general only used to prevent ambiguity as to case. Thus,
jroeier rafen, ber jroei rafen, bret softer glafdjen. After
all numerals of may be translated on.
)te letdjljeit gtoeter 35retecfe, The equality of two triangles.
3)a8 23iinbm breier 6nige, The alliance of three kings.
(Sine gamilie toon gefjn ^erfonen, A family of ten persons.
But 3)tefcr brei $naben, Of these three boys.
Dfoiner gtret Strnen, Of my two pears.
4. All the numerals from jtt>et to ^unbert may take
Ctt in the dative plural, when used substantively. It is,
however, better to use them without a termination.
33on breien, of or from three; mit fttnfen, with five; untet
, among twenty.
5. wnbert and Xaufenb, when nouns, are declinable, as :
N. and A. ^junberte, hundreds; bte ^unberte, the hundreds:
Gen. ber Xaufenbe, of the thousands.
6. A person's age is expressed as in English. Ex. :
How old are you ? 2Bte alt ftnb <3te ?
I am twenty years old, 3d) bin jroanjtg Saljre alt
7. The hours of the day or night are expressed thus :
Two o'clock, $mt\ Ufyr.
A quarter past two, ein JBiertel (auf) bret (towards three) or cio
SBiertel narf) gttjei. In this form of expression the auf is
often omitted,
NUMERALS. 121
Half-past two, m(6 bret.
A quarter to three, 3)ret 33terte( (auf) bret or em 33tertet toor bret.
What o'clock is it ? SBie Diet Ufa ift eS ?
At three o'clock, Urn bret Itljr. 1
8. By adding erlet to the cardinals, numerals such as
einerlet, of one. kind; jroeterlet, of two kinds; breierlet,
mererlet, jefwerlei; manner let, of several kinds; ielerlei, of
many kinds; allerlet, of att kinds, are formed. These
admit of no inflexion. They precede the noun. Ex. :
<5te mtr ^toeierlet ud), b(aite itnb fc^Joarge^, Show me
two kinds of cloth, blue and black.
9. The muLtiplicatives are formed by adding the syllable
f ad) to the cardinal numbers ; as :
einfad), simple, single breifad), triple, threefold
^ttetfarf), twofold toierfarf), quadruple
boppett, double geljnfarf), tenfold, etc.
10. Single, meaning separate, individual, is translated
tinjeltt ; but in the sense of one and no more, it is etttjig.
Ex.:
Single words, eu^efne Sorter. A single word, em ehtjtgeS Sort.
11. Only, also is, when an adjective, rendered by dltjig,
O q *
My only son, mem em^tger
12. The numeral adverbs are etnmal, once; jwcttttol,
twice, etc.
WORDS.
bte etnen (literally the ones) bag <3rf)af, the sheep
some (in contradistinction geboren, born
from others). ber ^urfer, sugar
bte ^reunbfdjaft, the friendship etne 3^ e 9 e / a
iTime by minutes is expressed as in English, thus: jfn URinuten Bcr brtt, fflnf
SDimuten nadj elf.
122 NUMERALS.
boo 2rd)joein, pi. e, the pig etne 3nfet, an island
ber Gimooljner, the inhabitant 3glanb, Iceland
bie 3d)lctd)t, the battle bie SBaumtDolle, the cotton
bcr fallen, the bale ber 9?eifenbe, the traveller
ba3 Oafyr, the year leben, to live
btc 2Bodjc, the week beinafye, nearly
bie SOZeUe, the mile mefyr al3, more than
btc 9tettolution, the revolution
HEADING EXERCISE 41.
3d) Ijabe nur (only) e t n e n 1 33ruber. @te Ijaben nur cine (Sdjtoefter.
)ie ^reunbfrfjaft biefer brei banner. SNein )f)cim fyat neun $inbet
gefyabt. @r fyat brei 3ofme unb toier Sodjter Dertoren. $M\
fjaben gtuanjig ^iigc; bcnn jebe ^Jferb Ijat Dter ^iipc. llnter
5lepfetn war nid)t e t n gitter. (Sine 2Bod)e Ijat fieben Xage. (Sin
Ijat Dtcruub^wanjig otunben. jDie[eg 2)orf Ijat adjtjctjn^unbcrt jiu
unb jwan^ig Ginnjoljner, unb brctb^unbert ad)t unb brcipig ^aitfcr.
3e^n unb fiinf unb bterjtg mad)cn filnf unb fimfeig. 82 unb 67 ntadjen
349. 4 mat (times) 8 ftnb 32. 7 mat 9 fmb 63. 21 mat 32
jtnb 672. 3d] bin geboren 2 (born) im 3ab,r(e) 1814, unb mein
jungfter 33ruber im 3a?rc 1818. 9#af)omeb lebte im Oaljre 622. 3m
3al)re 1492 t)at Sotumbu^ 9lmerifa cntbcrft (discovered). J)ie 9?efor^
motion in >eutfd)lanb begann im 3ah,re 1517. 2)ie <Stabt Bonbon
gafjtt 1300 (Straen, 1100 ^hr^en unb betnafjemcr gKiaionen (Smttjob;*
ner. 2Sir fyaben 99 SBaflen ^aumiuone gefauft. SDer ^b'nig b^at nteb^r
ol8 3toan$tg djtoffer. 2)tc geinbc b^aben mefjr al^ bret^tg ^anonen
toerloren.
Hufgafcc 42.
1. My neighbor has three houses ; I have only (nur) one.
Our cousin has a new one (see 2). The peasant has 54 sheep,
18 pigs, and 11 goats. He has also 5 horses, 8 cows, and an
ox. A month has 30 days. February has only 28. A year
has 12 months, 52 weeks or 365 days. I am 17 years old ; I
was (tin) born in the year 1835. My father is 48 years old ;
he was (tft) born 1810. I have bought 46 pounds [of] sugar
and 100 pounds [of] coffee. In the year 1848. 3 times 9
make (madjen) 27. 35 and 42 make 77. I have lost a hundred
florins. Is it three o'clock? No, Sir, it is half past three."
i Germans frequently print etn, one, with spaced letters (thus e t n) to distinguish it
from tin, a.
1 1 wap born ; it is really the passive with iccrben omitted.
NUMEBALS 123
2. The city [of] 1 Strasburg has 5400 houses and nearly
60.000 inhabitants. How much are 8 times 15 ? 8 times 15 are
120. The battle of (bet, near) Leipsic took place (fcmb ftatt 2 ) in
the year 1813. The French revolution began (beganu) (in)
1789. Iceland lies in the North (tut Shorten) of Europe, is 400
miles long and 150 broad. We arrived (jutb anget'ommen) in
(int) October 1832, and sailed (abgefcgelt) in January 1833.
This traveller has seen more than 32 towns and 95 villages.
Show me three kinds [of] paper, blue, green and brown (brattn).
II. Ordinal Numbers.
These are formed from the cardinals by adding the
termination tf to the numbers from two to nineteen, and
fte to the remainder, beginning with twenty. T lie first
and tJie third, however, are irregular, being ber erfte, ber
britte.
the 1st, ber (bte, ba8) erftc the 23rd, ber bret unb
the 2d, ber ^toette the 30th, ber bretfttgfte, zc.
the 3rd, ber brttte the 40th, ber toieqtgfte
the 4th, ber Inerte the 50th, ber funfetgfte
the 5th, ber fiinfte the 60th, ber fedjgtgfte
the 6th, ber ferfjfte the 70th, ber fiebjtgfte
the 7th, ber ftebente the 80th, ber adjtgigfte
the 8th, ber ad)te the 90th, ber neun^tgfte
the 9th, ber neimte the 100th, ber ljunbertfte
the 10th, ber jefynte the 101st, ber fyunbert itnb erftc
the llth, ber etfte the 102d, ber Intnbert unb gtoeite
the 12th, ber gtootfte the 120th, ber ^unbert unb
the 13th, ber bretgefynte ^9f* e ' K -
the 14th, ber bterje^nte the 200th, ber ^uetf)itnbertfte
the 15th, ber fitnfjetjnte the 300th, ber breifyunbertfte, K.
the 16th, ber fecfoefytte :c. the 1000th, ber taufenbfte
the 20th, ber ^angigftc the 2000th, ber ^ettaufenbfte
the 21st, ber cm unb grtjan^tgfte the 10,000th, ber ^eljntaufenbfte
the 22d, ber ^ttet unb gnjan^tgftc the last, ber (bte, ba) Ic^te
the 1255th, ber jtoolfljuitbert funf unb funfgtgfte or ber taufenb
3niet^unbert fitnf unb funfjtgfte.
i bee foot-note, page 118. s tatt comes last of all.
124 NUMERAIA
OBSERVATIONS.
1. In compound numbers the last only can be an
ordinal ; the others remain cardinals, as :
tyunbert mer unb gtuan^igfte, the 124th.
2. Dates are expressed as follows:
On the 10th of May, 2lm (or ben) getynten
"What day of the month is it ? !Dcr ttne&ielte tft tyeute ?
It is the eighth, (gg tft bcr adjte or nut tyaben ben adjten.
3. er crfte and fcer (ete assume sometimes a compara-
tive form, when referring to one of two persons or objects :
ber, tic, ta3 crftere, tJie first, tJie former; tcr, tie, tag Ietcre,
the latter.
4. From the ordinals are formed adverbs in en$, e.g. t
erfteng (or erftlic^), first ttterteng, fourthly, etc.
gftieitenS, secondly ge^nten^, tenthly
britteng, thirdly elften^, eleventhly, etc.
5. The fractional numbers (with the exception of
half] are derived from the ordinals, by adding Xfyetl, part,
which, however, is commonly shortened to tfl, as : cin
3)riMt)eU or Xrittel, a third; cin Sicrtyctl or SStertel, a
quarter; cin giinftcl :c v cin 3 e (> ntel ; c ^ n B^blftel; tret
Slcfytel, three-eighths; ier $vwhwtftt\ t four-hundredths; jtebcn
Xaufentftcl, seven-tho-usandths, etc.
6. ^)alb, half, is an adjective and is placed after the
article, as:
Sin Ijalber ag, half a day, (a half day).
Sine fyalbe (Stimbe, half an hour.
(Sin IjalbeS Satyr, half a year.
So also, aang, whole, e.g , ba gange Satyr, the whole year.
all the year.
NUMEEALS. 125
NOTE. With djaflj dimidiative numerals are formed, as: brttteljal6 1 =2J;
t)iertel)aI6 31 ; fitnfteljalJ3=4 jc. Instead of jttjeite^atb, anbert^alB is
used. All these are indeclinable.
Stafjre, one year and a half.
lien, three yards and a half.
We may, however, say with equal propriety, trier unb cine fyal&e @tte or iriei
(Sflen unb eine Ijalfce. The half, bie -galfte.
I
WORDS.
ber 33anb, the volume biefleicfjt', perhaps
bie g(afd)e, the bottle bag 3ab,rl)un'bert, the century
bie piaffe, the class bag fitter, the age
ber ^apft, the pope ber ljee, tea
ber gtinb, the enemy bie Sftegie'rung, the reign
ber >er'3og, the duke berfyei'ratfyet, married
ber |>afe, the hare fleifetg, industrious, diligent.
READING EXERCISE 43.
3)er erfte SJJonat beg britten 3aljreg. >er gtoette Sag ber bierten
SBodje. !>aS fec^fte ^enfter beg bterten Stotfg (story). err 9?obtn*
fon roar jtuet unb brei^tg 2Bod)en franf ; in ber brei nnb brctfttgften ftarb
er (he died). Qatob ber3tweite (James II) ftarb in ^ranfreid) beti
(on the) merjefynten September 1701. eorg IDE tmtrbe ben 22.
(September 17i61 in ber ^eftminfter^btet (abbey) gefront (crowned).
(Sr roar bet fetner S^ronbefteigung (accession) ^roei nnb groan^ig 5ab,re
alt Siibroig XIV (ber ^ier^e^nte) ftarb im 3af)r 1715; gubroig XV im
3a!)re 1774; Sitbwig XVI im Qafyt 1793. ;Drei Ic^tet ftnb bie
^icilfte non brei 33iertet. 2)ieg ift metn fitnfteg @(ag. ie faan roar
nnbert^atb Safyre franl. ier ift jroeiertei 3Bein, rotter nnb roei^er.
aBtcotet Ufir (what o'clock) ift eg? (g ift fiinf U| ober toiefleid)t
ein S3iertet auf fedjg. >einrid) ber 2ld)te, ^onig con (Sngtanb, roar
fed)gmal berrjeirat^et
Kufga6c 44.
1. The first day. The third year. I have the fifth volume.
The second week of the seventh month. This is our sixth
bottle. The eighth year of the nineteenth century. The child
was a week and a half old. Charles is the twentieth in his
class. March is the third, June is the sixth, and December
J Or britt^otb, etc.
126 NUMERAIA
the last month of the year. The duke of (toon) Marlborough
won (genmnu) the battle of (bei) Hochstsett on the 12th [of]
August, 1704. He died the 16th of June, 1722.
2. (The) pope Gregory (regor) VIC was an enemy of
Henry IV. Edward HI took (eroberte) Calais on the 3rd of
August, 1347. I have been five times in Paris and four times'
in Brussels. "We sailed the 26th [of] November, 1850, and
arrived the 14th [of] April, 1851. Peter (^eter) the Great died
at St. Petersburg!! on the 8th [of] February, 1725, in the 53rd
year of his age and in the 43rd of his reign. Tell me (fagen
<3ie mir) what o'clock it is. It is four o'clock or half past four.
I shall go out at (urn) a quarter to five.
SSie mele $mber b,ot err (r Ijat 6 tinber: 2 (Sofjne unb
Srottm? 4 brf)ter.
2Bte oft ip fetn aftefter <Sofm? @r tp 18 3af>re aft.
Sie aft tft feme iiingfte od)ter? <3ie ift fimfteljalb 3ab,re aft.
3n toeldjem 3aljrljunbert leben
totr? 2Bir leben im 19.
SteDtel fmb 30 unb 50 ? 30 unb 50 ftnb 80.
SQBtetriet ift gtoSlf mat gwblf ? 12 mal 12 ift 144.
2Baren Sic geftern auf ber 3agb
(hunting) ? ^a, geftern unb Ijeute.
2Ba b,aben (Sic gef^offeu (shot)? 2Bir ^aben 13 ^afen gefrfjoffen.
SBeldjen ^pla^ (place) ^at eorg gr ift feb,r flei^tg, er t)at immer
in ber Sdjute? (always) ben erften ^la^.
Unb fein Sruber Softer? Softer ift ber 26. in f enter tlaffe.
2Bann wurbe 1 ^ort V geboren? (5r tt)itrbe geboren im Oafjre 1500.
2Bann ftarb ^eter ber rofee? 5lnt (or ben) 8. gebruor 1725.
2Bte att war cr? (gr war 53 3ab,re aft.
^aben te f^on totet 2Betn gc=
trunfen? 35a8 ift unfere britte ^lafrfjc.
2Bte met ljee wiinfdjen <Ste? 3^ wiinfdje bret S3tertet ^funb.*
SSetdjeS tp bte ^alfte toon f? SDte ^atfte t>on | ifl f ober ft.
2Baren (Sie lange in ^mertfa? 4 3;a^re, 7 donate unb 23 Sage.
2Bte otel Ub,r ift e ? (g ift 11 Uljr ober ^alb 12. -
1 See the second foot-note on page 122.
2 Masculine or neuter (not feminine) nouns of weight, measure, etc., are put in th
singular after numerals, e.g., btci guji long, three feet long.
VERBS. 127
$6mten @ie mtr fogen, ttrie Diet 3d) fyabe feme llfjr, aber e3 mag
Ufjr e ift? f)alb gaiei Uljr fein.
3ft eg fdjon em SSiertel auf bier? (3 ift fdjon brei $ierte( auf toter.
lint ttne met Ub,r fpetfen ie? 3d) fpeife (dine) urn 12 Uf)r.
Urn ft>te met U^r ge^en @ie 311 llm 10 ll^r ober l)atb 11.
Sett?
TWENTY-FIRST LESSON.
THE VERB. $ft8
GENERAL REMARKS.
1. In English, regular verbs form the imperfect and
past participle by adding d or ed to the present, e.g., love,
loved, loved. In German, regular verbs, called also verbs
of the new or weak conjugation, form the imperfect by
adding fc or tit to the stem, and the past participle by
adding t or ct to the stem and prefixing at the same time
ge, e.g., lieben, to love, liebte, geliebt.
All verbs which form either imperfect or past parti-
ciple in any other way, with two exceptions to be imme-
diately stated, are called irregular.
EXCEPTION 1. Syllables prefixed to verbs to form other verbs, are in
German divided into two classes, the separable and the inseparable. See
page 10, 2. Compound verbs containing an inseparable prefix and a
regular verb, are counted themselves as regular, although, in fact, they all
omit the ge of the past participle. Thus Befefeen (compare English besei),
made up of Be and fe&en, (fefcte, gefefet), has the imperfect like its primi-
tive, fcefefcte, but the past participle iefefct and not Begcfefct.
EXCEPTION 2. Verbs having the infinitive in tren (also spelled iercn)/
likewise omit the ge of the past participle, but are nevertheless all counted
as regular. E.g., fhtbtren, ftubirtc, ftubirt (not geftubirt).
2. A complete list of irregular verbs will be given
further on. The following rules, however, will aid the
student in distinguishing at sight regular verbs from
irregular verbs.
128 VERBS.
a) All verbs which have more than two syllables in the
infinitive are regular. 1 We should not, for instance, need
to look into any list to determine to which class rcilttgcn
and mb'bltren belong.
b) All verbs (with the seven or eight exceptions which
follow) having o, u or eu, or any modified vowel (i.e., a, b,
ii or du) in the stem are regular.
; EXCEPTIONS. The modal auxilaries (already conjugated in Lesson
Seventeen), and f ommen, to come ; fiojjen, to push; ritfen, tocatt; gotten, to
ferment; gebdren, to bear, bring forth; fdjtoaren, to suppurate; mwaflcn, to
weigh, consider; erlofdjen, to go out (as a fire) ; fdjttjoten, to swear ; fcetrugen,
to cheat; luflen, to lie ; furen, to choose.
CONJUGATION OP A REGULAR VERB.
To Praise.
INDICATIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE.
PRESENT TENSE.
id) lobe, I praise, I am praising id) lobe, I may praise
bu lobft or lobeft, bu lobeft,
er (fte, e^) lobt or lobet, er lobe,
ttitr toben, tutr toben,
i()r lobt or lobet, ) tb,r lobet, )
@tc loben, ) <Stc loben, )
fte loben. fie loben.
IMPERFECT.
id) lobte, 1 1 praised id) Iob(e)te, f (if) I praised
bulobteft, bulob(e)tefl,
er lobte, er (ob(e)te,
n)tr lobten, fair Iob(e)ten /
ib,rlobtet, t^r Iob(e)tct,
fte lobten. fte Iob(e)ten.
1 In reckoning the number of syllabl?s, in order to apply this rule, prefixes must
be disregarded ; befallen, for instance, must be counted as of only two syllables. A
list of the inseparable prefixes has already been given, page 10, 2; the separable ones
will be considered further on.
J In the Indicative tc$ lobete, etc.. would be very rare; in the subjunctive less so.
But with verbs like teben, atfcmen, fegnen, the irnperf., both ind. and subj., is refcett,
at^mete, fegnete. See Observations on page 130.
VEEBS. 129
INDICATIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE.
FIRST FUTURE.
tdj roerbe loben, I shall praise id) roerbe loben, I shall praise
bit roirft loben, bu roerbeft loben,
er roirb loben, er roerbe loben,
roir hjerbcn loben, roir roerben loben,
iljr roerbet loben, | tt)r roerbet loben, j
<Sie roerben loben, j @ie toerbcn toben, )
fie tnerben loben. fie toerben loben.
PERFECT.
id) fyabe getobt, I have praised id) fyabe gelobt, I may have
bit fjaft gelobt, bit Ijabeft getobt, praised
er b,at getobt, jc. er ^abe gelobt, :c,
PLUPERFECT.
id) fjatte gelobt, I had praised id) b.dtte gelobt, (if) I had praised
bu fyatteft gelobt, bu Ijatteft gelobt,
er fyatte getobt, zc. er Ijatte getobt, ac.
SECOND FUTURE.
id) toerbe gelobt b,oben, I shall id) roerbe gelobt Ijaben, I shall
have praised have praised
bu roirft gelobt Ijaben, K. bu roerbeft gelobt Ijaben, tc.
FIRST CONDITIONAL.
id) roiirbe loben, I should praise roir roitrben loben, we should
bu tourbeft loben, ib,r roitrbet loben, praise
er roitrbe loben, fie roiirben loben.
SECOND CONDITIONAL.
id) roitrbe gelobt b,aben or id) fya'tte gelobt, I should have praised
bu roiirbeft gelobt Ijaben or fjatteft gelobt, thou wouldsthave praised.
IMPERATIVE.
lobe, praise (thou) toben toir or Iatun loben, jlet us
er lobe, lobe er or er fott loben, roir rooden (oben, j praise
let him praise .
fie foUen loben, let them praise lob(e)t or loben <2>ie, praise (you).
INFINITIVE.
Pres. loben or ^u loben, to praise
urn . . . 3U loben, (in order) to praise.
Past, gelobt fyaben or gelobt ju Ijaben, to have praised.
PARTICIPLES.
Pres. lobenb, praising. Past, gelobt (gelobet), praised.
130 VERBS.
NOTE 1. Germans s:iy for am learning, etc., lerne and not bin Imtcnb.
NOTE 2. Interrogative foiin : Do I praise, lobe id) ? Did I praise, lobte
id) ? or fyabe id) . . . gelobt ? Negative : I do not praise, id) lobe . . . nid)t
I did not praise, id) lobte . . . nidjt or id) Ijabe . . . md)t
The following are examples of regular verbs :
Heben, to love, like ftrafen, to punish
leben, to live fteflen, to place upright
fjolen, to fetch, to go for geigen (dot. of the person), to show
fcfjtrfen, to send reifen, to travel
banfen (dot.), to thank leeren, to empty
faufen, to buy fitflen, to fill
leg en, to lay, to put rufyen, to rest
furfjen, to seek roafjlen, to choose
nmdjeii, to make bienen, to serve
ladjen, to laugh flagen (dot. of the person), to
roeinen, to weep complain
fragen, to ask ttofynen, to live, to dwell
fagen (dat. ofthepersori), to say braurfjen, to want
fptelen, to play Dexlb/etbigen, to defend
lefyren, to teach get)ord)en (dot. of the person}, to
lernen, to learn obey.
OBSKilVATIONS.
1. "Wherever in the above paradigm alternative forms
are given like tu lobft or lobeft, gelobt or gelobet, the shorter
is the one to be used by the student. The forms with
the connecting- vowel c are apt to occur :
a) In the subjunctive mode more than in the indicative.
V) In old German, in poetry, and in the language of
prayer or other solemn discourse.
c) Where euphony requires them, and, in general, in
verbs the stem of which ends in t> or t. Thus, e3 regnet, not
regnt, it rains ; bit atbmefl, not atljmfl ; er terete, not rebte, etc.
Hereafter, as hitherto in this book, in cases where this
alternative might be permissible, it is the usiwl form
which is given.
9tckn, To Talk
PRESENT.
S. id) rebe, I talk PL roir rebett, we talk
bit rebeft, ib,r rebet,
cr rebet, <Sie reben,
man rebet, fie reben.
VEEBS. 131
IMPERFECT.
/ id) rebete, I talked PL tmr rebeten, we talked
bit rebeteft, tfyr rebetet,
er rebete, (Sic rebeten,
fie rebete, fie rebeten.
PERFECT.
id) Ijabe gerebet, I have talked.
PLUPERFECT
icf) Ijatte gerebet jc.
In the same manner are conjugated :
ontroorten, to answer bilben, to form
arbeiten, to work atfjmcn, to breathe
beten, to pray bittben, to suffer, endure
tobten, to kill leugnen, to deny
adjten, to esteem fd)tad)ten, to kill
baben, to bathe lanben, to land
roarten, to wait furdjten, to fear, to be afraid
mietfjen, to hire, to take retten, to save, etc.
2. Verbs ending in fen, fen, fcfyen or jen sometimes
retain the e only in the second 1 person of the singular,
while dropping it in the third.
id) tcmje, I dance id) gcnjefee, I enjoy
bit tcmgeft, thou dancest bu gemefleft, thou enjoyest
er tanjt, he dances, etc. er genie^t, he enjoys, etc.
Such are :
n>imfd)en, to wish Ijaffen, to hate
to put, to place fdjci^en, to value, to esteem.
3. Verbs whose root ends in el or er, drop the e from
the termination of the infinitive, as : tabeln (not tabelen), to
blame ; fyanbeln, to act ; tt)ant>ern, to wander.
In the first person singular of the present tense, verbs
ending in eln leave out the e before I ; verbs in ern some-
times omit the e before r,
i But most verbajn fen, en commonly omit the e, even when the second person
is thus made to co-incide with the third, i.e., bu gcnte^t, er gemejjt, bu ijjt, er ijjt.
132 VEBBS.
PRESENT.
id) fyanbie (not I^anbele), I act id) beiuunbere, I admire
bu fyanbelft, bu benwnberft,
er fyanbelt, er bettunbert,
toir Ijanbeln, we act loir bettwnbern, we admire
ib,r fyanbelt, tfjr bettwnbert,
<5ie fyanbeln, <3ie betmmbern,
fie b/anbetn. fie bettwnbem.
IMPERFECT.
id) fyanbelte, I acted, etc. id) betounberte, I admired, etc.
Such are:
fegeln, to sail rubern, to row
fdjiitteln, to shake Ilettern, to climb.
4. The following verbs and those derived from them,
are quite regular in their terminations, but change in the
imperfect and past part, the vowel of the stem into a :
INFINITIVE. IMPERFECT. PART. PAST.
brennen, to burn id) branntc gebrannt
fennen, to know (be acquainted
with, Fr. connaitre) id) fannte gefannt
nennen, to name id) nonnte gencmnt
rennen, to run id) rannte gerannt
fenben, to send id) fanbte 1 gefanbt
mcnben, 2 to turn id) toanbte getuaubt
benfen, to think id) badjte gebad)t
bringen, to bring id) bradjte gebrad)t
h)iffen, to know (Fr. savoir) id) nwfcte gettJU^t.
The present indicative of the last is: id) weifj, bu toeifjt, er toeif, totr toif-
fen, i^t toit, fie ttriffen.
WORDS.
bie (gigenfd)aft, the quality ba8 !Ding, pi e, the thing
ber $>ei)rer, the teacher ber ^anbfdjub,, the glove
bie $lufgabe, the lesson, task ber Hod), ) , v .
ber ^a^n, the cock bie tod)in, f tj
i In poetry imp. fenbetf , past part, gefenbet.
aSencen, to turn, admits of both forms : Imp. tdj voenbete and \i) nanbtc . part. g(
tt'nbet and jjcir autt. For bcjinnen, see p. 209.
VERBS. 133
bie ^itdje, 1 the kitchen topfer, brave
Sftiemcmb, nobody tra'ge, lazy
ber (Sfyrtft, the Christian fc!)Iafen, to sleep
ber arm, the noise frafyen, to crow
baS $alb, the calf toerbtenen, to deserve.
fjerrlid), beautiful
READING EXERCISE 45.
1. 3d) liebe ntetnen Sritber. )u Uebft beine (Sd)tt>efter. j)ie
leben im 2Baffer. 2Ba3 faufen <2ie V 3)er $6nig f)at etn <Sd)Iop
gebaut. )er $nabe ternt. 2)er Scorer fjat btefen (SdjiUer gelobt, toeit
(because) er fletftig ift. 3)cr ^nabe t)at feine 5lufgabe nid)t getemt.
3)er 33ater ftraft ben faulen ^naben. !Die Gutter fiirdjtete ben 9fegen.
2)te tapferen (Solbaten loerben bte tabt toertfyetbtgen. 3d) fe^e (see)
ba8 fd)Iafenbe ^inb. Sic Gutter tniirbe aurf) fdjlafen, toenn bog ^tnb
ntdjt franf ware. 2Bir iobcn ben fleifttgen (2d)UIer. 3)u ^atteft tljn
and) gelobt.
2. 97iemanb nnrb bte tragen @d)ii(er toben. eftem ^brte id) einp
fdjone 5[Ruftf. gotten (Sic fie (it) and) ? 3d) fyabe fie nidjt ge^ort
aben bie ^inber geftern gefptelt? (Sietuerben morgen fptelen. 6rfl
bit bie 9?ad)ttgatt (nightingale) fingen ? ^orteft bit ben ^>a^n frozen?
er ^at)n ^at breimat gefratjt. 3d) ^abe i^n nur etnmat (once) ge^brt.
Siebet cure (Sttern. e^ord)en @ie 3b^ren ?cf)rern (dot.}. 3d) fanrtte
ben SD?ann nid)t. 2Bir fennen bie guten (Sigenfd)aften ber ^onigin.
3d) beh)unbere bte fjerrticrjen 33Iitmen 3^re6 artenS. 2Ber bradjte
biefen 33rief ? 3d) ttwfjte nidjt, ba @ie f)ter hjaren.
Stufgafie 46.
1. I am looking for (seek) my hat. He fetches water. I
thank you (3fynen). The child wept. Do you admire this
beautiful tree ? I admire a fine picture. People (man) always
admire (admire always) new things. "We heard a great noise.
We heard the cock crow. At what o'clock did it (er) crow ?
It crowed at three o'clock this (ace.) morning. You should
esteem the good qualities of that lady. I feared the cat. The
pious Christian does not fear (the) death. I have not worked
much. Children, hear my words. Do you not hear what
(wag) your master says? Do you seek [for] your cloak? I seek
i Other words from the same stem are : fodjen, to cook or boil ; ber Rod;, the (man]
cook ; bie ftcdjin, the (female) cook ; ber Sudjen, the cake.
134 VERBS.
my gloves. Seek and you will find. I have studied my lesson.
Did you think (have you thought) of me (an mid)) ?
2. The servant was looking for his knife. Has he looked
(sought) in the kitchen? It lies (liegt) in the kitchen. Fear
nothing, I will defend you. He talks too much. Did you
think of (an, ace.) your poor mother? I shall always think of
her (an fie). The president has not esteemed his friends. He
does not love them (fie). The butcher kills an ox to-day,
yesterday he killed l two calves. I liked the little girl, but she
did not like me. Men (bie 2ftenfdjen) should love one another
(einanber). What did l the cook buy ? She bought butter and
eggs. My nephew has bought two horses. The children have
killed a mouse. He saved his life (ebcn, neuter).
2Ber ternt ? er $nabe lernt.
So leben bte ^ifdje ? @fc k&en int SBaffer.
SBarum adjten @ie btefe faau? 3d) ad)te tfyre guten (Sigenfdjaften.
2BaS furdjtet bag 9ttabd)en? (0 fiirdjtet ben 9tegen.
SBarum ftraft ber $ater feinen 2Betl er feme 2lufgabe nid)t gelernt
@ob,n ? b,at.
993er f)at bte <Stabt tiert^etbtgt ? te tapferen (brave) otbaten.
293er ttegt ba? (Sin frf)tafenbe ^inb.
SBen lobt ber Scorer? @r lobt bte fletfetgen @d)ttler.
^ann er and) bie faulen loben ? gaute <Sd)iiIer toerbienen fein ?ob.
2Ba berbienen fie? @ie berbienen (Strafe.
SSen foil man tieben? 2ltte guten 2Renfd)en.
SSent fotten bte $inber ge^ordjen ? 3b,ren (Sttern ttnb Seb/rern.
SSarum fitrdjtet ber fromme S^rtft
ben Xob nid)t ? 2Beit ber Sob ifm ^u ott fit^rt.
at ber ^pab,n gefrab,t? -3a, er Ijat gweimat gefra^t.
eb/cn <Sie tn'8 (Concert? ^etn, id) geb,e in'S Sweater.
b,at bag 9JMbd)en gefauft? @ie t)at Srob unb ^afe gefauft.
Derfauft biefe ftratt? @te tterfauft Sirnen, 2lepfel, ^ftan*
men (plums) unb -ftiiffe.
te^rt biefer ?eb,rer? @r Ieb,rt ^rangoftfd) unb (gngltfd).
at ber 2JJe^ger einen Od)fen ge= 5?ein, er b,at gnjet $alber gefdjlad)*
fd)Iad)tet? tet.
<Sie bie 9?ad)tigatt geb/brt? 3a, fte ftngt b/errtid) (gloriously).
i The English Imperfect is translated more frequently by the German Perfect, aa :
I bought it, id) (ait t8 Qtfauft. This rale does not apply to the imperfect of continued
action, e.g., I wot buying.
VERBS. 135
BEADING LESSON.
(cfoj), Aesop.
$efop gmg'dnmat in 2 cine ftetne (Stabt; untertoegS * begegnete
(met) er etnem 9?eifenben, toeldjer (who) ib,n gritftte, 4 unb tljn fragte:
,,2Bie lang mu id) gefjen, bis (till) id) jene3 3)orf erretdje (reach), ba3
twr tioit tocttem 5 feljen?" ,,eb/," anttuortete S 2lefop. ,,3d) toetfe
h)o()l," ernnberte (replied) ber 9feifenbe, ,,baft id) geljcn nut, urn bort
an^ufommen 6 ; ober ic^ bttte ' bid^, mtr gu fagen, in nrie btel gtit id) bort
anfommcn it)erbe." , f @e^, w hneberfyolte 8 5(efo)). 3d) felje, bad^te
ber ^rembe, ber $erl 9 ift tott, 10 ic^ hjerbe ifyn nic^t meljr 11 fragen, itnb
giug fort (went on). 9?ad) einigen SDHtmtot rief (cried) Slefo)?: ,,e,
em 2Bort! in jwci (Stunben tmrft bu anfommen."
3)er S^etfenbe inanbte 12 fic^ um unb fragte ib,n: ,,3Sie n)eit bu e jet
(now), unb hjarum ^aft bu e3 mtr nic^t tior^tn 13 gefagtV" ?(efop
crtutberte: ,,2Bte fonnte id) e bir fagen, bettor id) beinen ang u gefeb.cn
b^atte?"
TWENTY-SECOND LESSON.
THE PASSIVE VOICE.
The auxiliary used in English to form the passive ia
the verb to be, e.g., I am loved, lie Jias been admired. In
German not fetn, but toerbert is used, e. g., 3$ n)erbc geltebt, @r
ift bcmunbert roorben. We have already had two other
uses of werben, it means become e.g., 3$ werbe franf,
/ am becoming sick, and followed by the infinitive, shall
or witt, forming the future tense, e.g., id) werbe Iteben,
IsJiall love; bu 0)trft Itebeu, tJiou wilt love.
i ginj, went; imp. of ge^en, irr. v. - in, with the ace., means into, with the dot., in.
on the road. 4 grujien, to greet. r> afar. 6 to arrive there. " I beg or pray thee.
repeated, said again, o the fellow. 10 a fool, mad. n no more. 12 [i<fy umteenben, to
turn round. 13 before. M gait, pace.
136
VERBS.
CONJUGATION OF A VERB IN THE PASSIVE VOICE,
Wclobt uicrDcit, To be Praised
INDICATIVE MOOD.
PRESENT.
id) toerbe getobt, I am
bit unrft getobt, thou art
er nnrb getobt, he is
unr uierben getobt, we are
ib,r toerbet getobt, )
<Sie tterben gelobt, ) J
fte ujerbeu gejobt, they are
FIRST .FUTURE.
id) toerbe getobt toerben, I shall
be praised
bu unrft
er nnrb
hrir toerben
ib,r roerbet
@ie raerben
fte u>erben
IMPERFECT.
id) ttjurbe getobt, I was
bu ttjurbeft getobt, thou wast
^ er ttntrbe getobt, he was
P
"' tnir luurben getobt, we were
PJ ihr hjurbet qetoM, {
@ten,urbengetobt,P ouwere
fte ttjurben getobt, they were
PERFECT.
id) bin 1 getobt tt)orben, I have been
praised
a'
a>
co thou wilt
bubift
co thou hast
5^ he will
0)
erift
5 s he has
g we shall
-1
uiir ftnb
er
. "Z we have
& |you will
S '
C.
i
tljr feib
@ie ftnb
O ) -
S- [ you nave
" they will .
fie ftnb
they have .
PLUPERFECT.
t^ tt)ar getobt h)orben, I had been praised
bit tt)orft getobt ftjorben, thou hadst been praised, etc.
SECOND FUTURE.
id) toerbe getobt toorben fern, I shall have been praised
bu hnrft getobt toorben fetn, thou wilt have been praised, etc.
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.
td) toerbe getobt, I may be praised
bu toerbeft getobt, thou mayst be praised
er toerbe gelobt, he may be praised, etc.
IMPERFECT.
id) hmrbe gelobt, I were praised
bu totirbeft getobt, thou were praised
er h)itrbe getobt, he were praised, etc.
i SBerbtn, as we have seen before, forms its perfect, etc., with ((in Instead of feafcra
(compare / am come for / have come in English.)
YERBS. 137
PERFECT.
id) fct gelobt toorben, I may have been praised
bu feteft gelobt ttorben, thou mayst have been praised
er fei gelobt toorben, he may have been praised, etc.
PLUPERFECT.
id) toare gelobt toorben, I should have been praised
bu ludreft getobt toorben, thou wouldst have been praised
er tofire gelobt tuorben, he would have been praised, etc.
FIRST CONDITIONAL.
tcfj luitrbe gelobt toerben, I should-be praised
bu toiirbeft getobt toerben, thou wouldst be praised
er ttwrbe gelobt toerben, he would be praised, etc.
SECOND CONDITIONAL.
id) tourbe gelobt toorben fetn, I should have been praised
bu wiirbeft getobt tnorben feiu, thou wouldst have been praised
er tourbe getobt roorbcn feiu, he would have been praised, etc.
IMPERATIVE.
Sing, toerbe getobt. 1 Plur. luerbet getobt, be praised.
INFINITIVE. :
Pres. getobt toerben or getobt ^u tDerben, to be praised,
um getobt 311 toerben, in order to be praised.
Past, getobt toorben feiu or ^u fetn, to have been praised.
PARTICIPLES.
Pres. 311 tobenb, to be praised. 2
The following are examples of passives :
geftraft luerben, to be punished get)at loerben, to be hated
eriBortet luerben, to be expected geadjtet toerben, to be respected
betot)nt toerben, to be rewarded tierborbeu toerben, to be spoiled.
WORDS.
ber 9lrbettcr, the workman nod) etrnnaf, once more, again
ber $emb, the enemy betrogen, (p.p.) cheated, deceived
ber |)of, the court berbeffert, corrected, improved
bte pradje, the language gefprodjen (p. p.), spoken
1 This Imperative is hardly ever used. When a passive Imperative is required, it in
commonly formed with fci. Ex. : ei gcpriefen/ o ott ! Be praised, o God I
2 The Latin laudandus, a, um. This participle stands before its noun and is declin-
able, as : An action to be praised, Gme 511 lobenbc ^anbtuncj. Without a noun, in the pre-
dicate after to be, the form is ju loben, indeclinable. TVius, icfe anblung tft jit It>n,
This action is to be praised.
138 VERBS.
bte >tt3e, the heat gerufen (p-p-\ called
arttg, good itopfylfetl, cheap
unarttg, naughty hneber, again
itadjliifftg, careless, negligent geftofylen (p-p-), stolen
eb,rlid), honest toon, by ; fdjon, already
tjofltrf), polite Sebermann, everybody.
READING EXERCISE 47.
3d) ttoerbe toon ntetnem eb,rer gelobt. 3)u toirft md)t gctobt, benn
(for) bit bift nidjt ffetfjtg. 2Beritotrb geftraft ? 2)er unaufmerffame
ititabe nnrb geftraft. 3)te unartigen wtaben toerben and) geftraft.
SOZarie nnrb tmmer Don tfyrem SJiuftfte^rer getabett, n)e : t fie nadjtaffig
i^t. 5DJetnc (Souftne unrb toon ^cbennann getiebt, meit fte imnier arttg
imb ^oflid) tft. jDiejentgen, wctrf)e (they who) fletfetg fmb, rterben
tctoljnt, unb btejemgen, raeldje trcige ftnb, werben getabett. 3)ie @tabt
ttourbe toon ben getnben jerftbrt. S)te 3lufgaben hmrben toon bent JOe^rer
toerbeffert. 2)er arme S!Kann murbe toon bent ^mton betrogen. ^arl
tft befiraft ivorben, )oet( er unarttg geroefen tft. !Die listen fonnten ntd)t
toerfauft roerben, ttjett fte 311 fcfjledjt njaren. !l)te 2JJdbd)en, roetdje ib,re
^lufgaben gcntad|t (done) fatten, ftnb fritter nad) aufe gefdjtdt njor*
ben. 2)te S 2lrbciter ftnb gut begafjtt worben, ttjetl fte totet gearbcttet
b.aben. S3on went tft btefe ^lufgabe toerbeffert tuorben ? (Ste tft nod) ntd)t
toerbeffert njorben, ttjett ber eb,rer !etne $t'\t b,atte. etobt tojerben tft
beffer al getabelt toerben. 3)tefer arme ^nabe mu^ belob/nt roerben,
ttiett er fo efyrltd) tft. 2)tefe 33rtefe ntitffen nod) etnmal abgefdjrieben
(copied) njerben, toeU fte fo fd)led)t gefd)rieben (badly written) fmb.
9tuf0o6c 48.
I am loved by my brother. This father loves his children,
and he is loved by them (toon tfynen). Mr. Bell is respected by
all who (toetdje) * know 1 him. The French language is spoken
in (an) all [the] courts of Europe. This ring was given me by
my good grandfather. By whom was this letter written?
I was called out of my room. Frederick has been punished by
his teacher. Have the young plants been spoiled by the great
heat ? The roads have been spoiled by the heavy (ftarfen) rain.
If this boy will not do his exercise, ~ he 1 will be punished
again. He was punished yesterday. This house would not
have been sold, had it (tua're eg) not been so cheap. I am ex-
pected at five o'clock; my sisters are not expected till (not
till = erft um) seven o'clock. A false (fatfd)) man is feared by
VERBS. 139
everybody. This letter must be sent to the post-office (ouf bie
^oft). My watch has been stolen. To be loved is better than
to be hated.
OBSERVATIONS ON THE PASSIVE VOICE.
1. As we have seen, tuerfcen, and not fein, is used to form
the passive voice. When some part of fein accompanies the
past participle, the sense is different, as the following
examples show.
With toerben, With fein,
(the genuine passive voice ; it (not really the passive voice,
is affirmed that something the past participle is used like
is being done to the subject. ) an adjective.)
)ieg >aug ttnrb 511 fcfyncfl gebaut. S)ic "pans ift fdjon gebaut. This
This house is built (or getting house is built (i.e., finished)
built or being built) too fast. already.
$8urbe ber nmb toon ifjncn 3)er mnb ift berttwnbet, cr fann
gefdjtagen? Was the dog nid)t geljen. The dog is
beaten by them ? wounded, he cannot walk
33urf) ttnrb Ijeutgutage bid )ie3 33nd) ift gelefen, gib ntir ein
gctcfen. This book is a good cmbere$. This book is read,
deal read nowadays. give me another one.
$ifcf)e nmrben bort mit ^ifdf)e genug marcn gcfangen unb
S'Je^en gefangcn. Large fish jebermann ging at|o nad) aufe.
were caught in nets there. Fish enough were caught,
and every one accordingly
went home.
$inb ttnrb bon ber gutter a $inb ift aeffiafdjcn unb barf
gett)ofcf)en. The child is (or jet gum ^rii^ftucf ge^en. The
is being) washed by its child is washed, and may now
mother. go to breakfast.
2. The student will notice that in the English sentences
in the left hand column, if we turn the passive into the
active voice, every present passive becomes a present
active, and every imperfect passive, an imperfect active.
Thus we have ;
140 VERBS.
They are building this house too fast.
They beat (impe>fe<-f) the dog.
People read this book a good deal nowadays.
They caught large fish there with nets.
The mother washes her child.
On the other hand, in the right hand column, every
present passive becomes a perfect active, and every im-
perfect passive a pluperfect active. Thus we have :
They have built this house already.
Some one has wounded the dog, etc.
I have read this book, etc.
They had caught fish enough, etc.
They have washed the child, and now, etc.
3. In general : When after the process just described,
i.e., after turning the passive into the active, the tense
remains the same as before, roerben must be used in trans-
lating into German ; otherwise, fein.
4. Examples of participles used as adjectives.
I am inclined or disposed, 3d) bin genetgt.
I am convinced it is true, 3d) bin Ubergeugt, baft e3 toaljr ift
We were astonished, 3Str nwrcn erftount.
The bottles were emptied, $>ie ^ a fd)en toaren getecrt (=Ieer,
empty).
The castle is destroyed, 3)a8 @d)to tfl ^erjlort.
The copy-book is soiled, 2)a >eft ift befdjmujjt (= fdjmufctg, dirty).
5. In the perfect and pluperfect passive, Wflrben is not
unfrequently omitted, e.g.,
bin emgelaben unb @tc ntdjt, I have been invited and you not
33ud) tft gefunben, The book has been found.
6. The student has probably noticed already that
getoorben, employed as an auxiliary, becomes roorben.
I have become old, 3d) bin alt gemorben, but
I have been rewarded, 3$ bin belofynt ttJorben,
VERBS. 141
7. A number of verbs winch take an accusative after
them in English, e.g,, to allow, are translated in German
by verbs which take a dative. / allow you is, 3$ erlaubc
3f)nen, not 3d) erlaubc <Sic. And so of course we cannot
say, in the passive, (Sic tt)crt>cn ertaubt. This difficulty is
gotten over as follows :
I am allowed, (gg roirb mir ertaubt (i.e., it is allowed to me) or
man ertaubt mtr (one allows to me, not tdt) roerbe erlaubt).
He is allowed, (8 roirb ifym erlaubt or man erlaubt ifym.
We are allowed, (g roirb un ertaubt or man erlaubt un3.
I was allowed, (gg nwrbe mtr erlaubt or man erlaubte mtr.
WORDS.
ber <Scfjmetrf)ler, the flatterer etngelaben, (p-p-), invited
bieSSerfdjroorung, the conspiracy toeracfjten, to despise
ber <3turm, the storm entbedfen, to discover, detect
bte I)at, the deed, action belofynen, to reward
bte Xreue, the fidelity gerftoren, to destroy
bie Skrfammhtno,, the conven- ermorben, to murder
tion, assembly gefd)tcft, clever
bte (Srnte, the harvest ^efttg, violent ; juerft, at first
oerrounben, to wound fritter, formerly
gegeben, given m'eUetc^t, perhaps ; aud), also
fpa^teren ge^en, or etnen Spajtergang ma^en, to take a walk.
EEADINa EXERCISE 49.
2JMn (Sotjn ^rtebrtc^ njtrb t>on femem Scorer gettebt. tefe IJftabdjen
toerben gelobt unb geltebt, roetl fie ftet^tg unb brao ftnb. !3)er (Sptbat
tft in ber <Srf)(acf)t tterttjunbet roorben. <Sie roerben morgen Don meinem
O^etm jum 9)iittage(fen etngelaben roerben. 3^r better ^aut tft aud^
eingelaben roorben; aber er roirb ^u >aufe bletben. uftau 5tbo(p^,
^b'ntg pon rfjroeben, ift in ber (Scfjladjt bei ^ii^en getobtet roorben.
SBann tft biefe^ au gebaut roorben? (3 ift Dor (ago) geljn 3a()ren
gebaut roorben. !Die U^r roirb nirfjt berfauft roerben. 2)er Derlorene
9?ing ift roieber gefunben (found) roorben. 2)er 9J?ann roirb toon
Sebermann (everybody) gearf)tet. (r rourbe fritter nic^t gearf)tet.
3)te <Sd)meid)ler toerbienen, toon Sebermann toeradjtet ^u roerben. iefe
Arbeit ift fefyr (much) berounbert roorben. 2)te ^Irbeiten ber ^vauletn
142 VERBS.
9Cofa tocvbcn nurfj bcttwnbcrt iucrbcn. 2)te 3?erfd)iuorHng beg (Sattttna
ware welletdjt uidjt cntbcrft loovben, toeuu Sicero nid)t (onfu( getucfen
ttd're. 28 tv fpredjeu uon ber 311 fyoffenben (Srrtte.
Nufflalie 50.
1. I am praised by my teacher. We are loved by our father.
You are esteemed by your neighbor. This house has been
sold. The garden will also be sold. The enemy is beaten
(gefdjtagen). A new plant was much (jefyr) admired. The
picture of Mr. T. will be admired. The brave soldiers were
praised by the general. Have many soldiers been killed?
Charles and I were invited by the count to (ju) a ball Your
sister and your cousin would also be invited, if they were l
here. Such a deed must be rewarded. That man was
formerly not esteemed. But since (fett) ' he 5 is * industrious
s and 4 honest, * he * is 8 esteemed * by * everybody. (The)
flatterers ought to be despised. Carthage ($artb,ogo) was
destroyed by Scipio Africanus.
2. The child would have been saved, if it had 1 cried for
help (urn ilfe gerufcn). The castle was built in the year 1622.
(The) knives are made of steel (tab,!). The stranger has
been killed in the forest. Many soldiers were wounded in the
last battle. Clever men are always sought [for]. Rome was
at first governed by kings. Henry IV was loved by his people.
His name is still esteemed. The industrious wul be rewarded.
"Why am I not invited? This is an action to be praised. 1
I wish James might be rewarded for his fidelity. The most
diligent pupils will be the most (am metften) praised. At (in)
the battle of (bet) Narva 2 the 3 horse of Charles XH ' was
killed under him. Csesar was murdered by Brutus. If he
had 1 not been murdered, s the "Romans * would s scarcely
()d)tt)ertid)) 8 have ' placed (Derfefct) 4 him * among the number of
their gods.
Sprrdjiibung.
$on ttjem totrb tf)r @oljn geltebt? (Sr toirb Don fetnen eljrern getiebt,
ttjett er flctig tfl.
Ojl er aud) betofjnt tuorben? (gr fyat einen $ret befommen (got).
i See foot-note p. 83. a See the foot-note 2, p. 137.
PRONOUNS.
otbaten luerben gelobt? 35 tc tapferetu
UHtrbe bte (Sdfjladjt bet
iBatcrioo geltcfert (fought)? 2lm 18. Sum 1815.
933er ift befiegt (defeated) wor*
ben? 3)ie ^ran^ofen ftnb befiegt worben.
933 aim loirb biefeS >au$ fcerfauft
werben? (S8 ift fdfyon geftern tjerfauft rtjorben,,
2Btettet luurbe bafitr bega^It? 3 e ^ ntai ff cn ^ fiier^unbert (^ulben.
935 irb bcr arten ba^u (to it) 9etn, btefer toirb befoitbei^ (sepa-
gegebeit tuerbcn? rately) tjerfauft hjerben.
935otlcn <3te biefen ^ac^mittag et* 3d) tuttrbe mtt 3f^nen ge^en, tuenn
H2it pajiergang mtt wtS ma* ic^ ntd)t jum SDfrttageffeit (din-
d^ett? ner) bet errn ^. etttgetaben
njare.
93on njem ift ^art^ago jerftort SSon bent romtfc^en Sonful cipio
tworben? 2lfricanu3.
933arum ift btefer 9)iann geftraft (Sr ^at etne gotbeue U^r gefto^Ien
luorbeit ? (stolen).
S3on tuem ift Safar ennorbet toor* 93on 93rittu8 unb SaffiuS, unb eint*
ben ? gen anbern.
S5on went ift bte $er[d)UJornng Sa*
titina'g entbecft toorben? ' 23oit bent romifc^en Sonfut (Sicero.
(Sinb bie 5lrbetten ber ^raittein @e^r fc^on, fie werbcn toon -3eber
Soutfc fd^on? mann benwnbert.
3ft btefeS $<w8 fdqon alt? S3 tuurbe int Satjre 1741 erbattt.
3ft ir 3o^n ^ranflin wieber t* (Sc ift itberatt (everywhere) gefud^t,
ftmben iuorben ? aber nid^t gefimben worben.
955ar cturid) IV. ton ^ranfreid^ $a, er war ber befte $onig unb
etn guter ^onig ? ttmrte toon feinen Itntert^anen
(subjects) toie ein 33ater geltebt.
935ie ftarb er? Sr tourbe toon Sftatiaittac erntorbet.
TWENTY-THIRD LESSON.
PERSONAL PRONOUNS.
1. These are: ic^, // bu, thou; er, lie; |tc f sAey e3,
tt)tr, eye; i^r (3te), ^OM; jte,
144 PRONOUNS.
They are declined as follows :
1. First Person : id), I.
Sing. N. id), I Plur. nnr, we
G. metner, 1 of me unfer, of us
D. mir, to me, me un$, to us, us
A. mid), me. ung, us.
2. Second Person : foil, thou.
Sing. N. bit, thou Plur. ifyr (3ie), you
G. beiner, 1 of thee euer (Sfyrer), of you
D. bir, to thee, thee eud) (Sfynen), to you, you
A. bid), thee. eud) (@te), you.
3. Third Person: ft, fU, e8.
N. er, he fte, she e3, s it
G. feiner, 1 of him tljrer, of her (feiner), of it
D. tfym, to him, him if)r, to her, her (tf)tn), to it
A. tf)n, him. fte, her. e$, it
Plural far all three Gender*.
N. jte, they
G. tljrer, of them
D. tynen, to them, them
A. fte, them.
4. Third Person, Reflexive.
D. 1 rx ( himself, herself, itself. ) For all genders,
Ace. j ' tc ^ ' { yourself, yourselves, themselvea } sing, and plttr.
EXAMPLES.
1. The Dative.
(r gtbt mir, bir, Hjm, - - fljr.
He gives me, thee, him, her.
(Sr toergeiljt itn8, - - Sljnen, t^nen.
He pardons us, you, them.
i In poetry these three genitives : metner, betner, feiner, are often abridged into metn,
be ; n, fetn.
* t8 is sometimes contracted with the preceding word, as : oft bu'6, ic^ ^ai'S, gib
mir'S, )c. (For the gen. and dot. see 5, 6, and 7, p. 146).
a In the dative of course very frequently. In himself, etc. ie must begin with a
capital If it means you and not they, ft*, y undf, does BO only in letters.
PRONOUNS.
2. The Accusative.
<2>te fennen midj, bid), iljn, fie.
They know me, thee, him, her.
(Sr Uebt wig, <Ste, fie.
He loves us, you, them.
3. The Beflexive Form.
(Sr fdjttigt fid), He strikes himself.
<2>te befletftigen fid), They apply themselves.
2. In English thou has gone out of use in conversation,
and we employ the plural you even in addressing a single
person. In German bit, thou, is still used, for instance to
a child, to an intimate friend or relation, or in anger, also
in prayers and in poetry. Its plural is ifyr. @ie (really
they, but printed with a capital initial) is, however, the
most usual equivalent of the English you.
2Benn bit famtjl, lieber $ater, If you can, dear father.
SBenn @te tootten, meine j5amen, If you like, ladies.
>obt ifyr gefefyen, $inber ? Did you see, children ?
Notice that in the imperative, @ie must be expressed, while you is
omitted in English.
Come, fommen @ie.
Give me, geben @te mtr.
Tell him, fngen @te Ujnu
When you is translated bu, your must be beitt.
When you is translated i^r, your must be euer.
When you is translated @ie, your must be 3^r.
3. In the following phrases, German reverses the
English construction.
It is I, 3d) bin eS. It is we, Sir ftnb eg.
It is he (she), gr (fte) tft eg. It is you, @te ftnb eg.
It was I, 3d) tear eg, tc. It was you, (Ste hjaren eg, jc.
But with a rcomi in the predicate, either (3 tft .>einricf);
@3 ftnb S^aufe, or einrtcfy ift e^ 2)idufe ftnb e&
INTEEBOGATIVE.
Is it I ? Sin id) eg ? Is it we ? @inb toir eg ?
Js it he ? Oft er eg ? Is it you ? @tnb @ie eg ?
146 PRONOUNS.
(Jg is used too in cases where we say they are: ($ ftnb
ftranjofen, They are Frenchmen; Qjg ftnb metnc jungeren
33ritber, They are my younger brothers. Compare Lesson
Thirteen, Notes 1 and 2.
4. Some English neuter nouns are, as we know, trans-
lated in German by nouns which are masculine, others
by nouns which are feminine and others, finally, by nouns
which are neuter. The following examples show how it
referring to a noun which in German is a) masculine,
b) feminine, or c) neuter, must be translated.
1. Nominative.
a) Where is my hat? It is in your room.
So tft metn mt ? (r ift in Sfjrent ^intmer.
b) Where is my pen? It lies on the table.
2Bo ift nteme tfcber? <5te Itegt auf bent tfd).
c) Where is my book? It is there.
2Bo ift metn Surf) ? <g* ift ba.
2. Accusativa
a) Have you my hat ? Yes, I have it
>aben (Ste metnen $itt? 3a, id) fjabe tljn.
5) Do you see that flower ? I do not see it.
eljen @ie biefe 33Iume ? 3$ fe^e fte ntc^t.
c) Will you buy the house ? Yes, I will buy it
SSotten (Ste ba8 ait faitfen ? -3a, td^ hittt e8 foitfen.
In the plural they is fte, whatever the gender. Ex. :
I will see them, 3d) toitt fie feen.
5. The genitives feiner and t^rer are used of persons,
but hardly ever of things. The same is true of the datives
tfym and i^r after a preposition and the accusatives tfyn, fte
and e3 after a preposition. In these cases, the genitive,
dative and accusative of ber or berfelbe, or else words like
fcamit, therewith, tascn, thereof, etc., are used instead of
PRONOUNS. 147
the personal pronouns, e.g. <3tef) biefen tocf an, bit fofljt
bid) lange nod) beffelben (not fein) erinnern ; bamit (not mit
ttym) will tc^ bid) tucfytig pritgeln.
6. Germans generally translate (a) to it, (b) of them
(neut), (c) above it, etc., not (a) ju if)m or ifjr, (b) on
tfynen, (c) iiber tfyn, e$ or jte, etc., but (a) baju, thereto, (b)
baon, thereof, (c) baruber, thereover, etc.
bamit, with it or with them baraug, from it or them.
bartn, in it or them ba$u, to it or to them
baburd), through it or them babet, I a t it or them
banon, of or from it or them oaran, )
harauf, upon it or them baritber, over or about it or them
2C. K.
EXAMPLES.
2Bir ftnb bamtt (dot.) jufrteben, We are contented with it.
2Bie oiete ftnb barin (dot.), How many are in it (therein)?
2Bir toerben bariiber fpredjen, We will talk about it
NOTE 1. The context shows whether it or them is meant.
NOTE 2. $ter also is contracted with prepositions, thus: Ijtermit, herewith
oTvriththis; fyierin, in this; fyteicDon, of this; Ijterauf, tyierauS, ^ierbei, fyn~
ufcer 2C.
7. The pronoun of the third person, er, jte, e3, in all its
cases, is sometimes replaced by berfelbe, btefelbe, ba^felbc,
(lit. the same). This is chiefly the case where otherwise
ambiguity might arise or two words of similar sound
would come together, as : ifym if)n or if)n ifynen. Ex. :
Jfteine gteunbm bringt mtr Blumen, aber tcfj barf btefetben ntc^t feljen.
My friend brings me flowers, but I am not allowed to see
them. (Where fte might mean her).
<Sofl id) ifym ben tod geben? Am I to give him the stick?
3a, geben 3ie tfym benfelben (instead of i^n ifym), Yes, give it to
him.
8. The English accusatives myself, himself, yourself, etc.,
are termed reflexive pronouns, when they mean the same
person as the subject of the verb. German has also the
148 PRONOUNS.
dative of the reflexive pronouns. The accusatives are midi).
bicfy, jtd) jc.; and the datives mir, t>ir, fid) jc. Ex.:
I wash myself, 3d) toafdje mid).
He distinguishes himself, @r geidjnet fid) au8.
You have allowed yourself, j)u fyaft bir erlaubt.
(For further details, see the 34th Lesson).
9. If the accusative or dative denotes any other person
than the subject, it is no longer a reflexive, and is trans-
lated itw felbft, mir felbfi :c,
I have seen him himself (ace.), 3d) Ijabe iljn felbft gefeljen.
But the German may also mean : I myself saw him.
10. The intensive pronouns myself, himself, yourself,
etc., preceded by a substantive or another personal pro-
noun in the Nominative case, are translated felbft 1 (see the
25th Lesson). Ex. :
The man himself, $5er Sftann fetbfl
I come myself, 3d) fomme felbfl.
You say so yourself, @te fagcn e$ fctbfl.
"We have seen it ourselves, 2Btr fyaben e8 felbfl gefeften.
NOTE. Sometimes both fetbft and the reflexive pronoun are nsed, as:
3<$ lobe mtcfy fclbjt, I praise myself (ace.), i.e., I do my own praising.
(Here felbfl modifies t<f>).
Ciebe betnen 9?dcfyften ttrie bidj felbjl, Love thy neighbor as thyself (thy
very self). (Here felbft modifies bicbj.
WORDS.
ber ^let^, industry ber 9fogenfd)trm, the umbrella
bte 9?ad)rid)t, the news ftagen, to ask
bn$ ebot, iie command adjten, to esteem
let^en, (dat.\ to lend benfen, to think
fdjtden, (dot.), to send berjeifjen, (dot.), to pardon
entpfe^ten, to recommend felten, seldom, rarely.
i 6ettfl placed before a noun answers to the English even, as :
gelbfl bit Jbifre, Even animals.
Cflbft btr rtcnig fann (S nid>t thun, Even the king cannot do it
But it is also good English to say : Animals themselves, the king himself.
PRONOUNS. 149
READING EXERCISE 61.
3d) Itebe bid) unb bit liebft mid). <Sie (ieben un unb totr lieben
fie. 3d) fenne fie nid)t. 3$ toer^etye bir. 3d) toergeilje iljm ntdjt.
(Sr lobte ung. (Sic lobten cud) toegen (on account of) eureg ^(eijjeS.
3d) luerbe ntougen einen Srief an iiju fdjreiben. 3d) benfe an (of) bid),
an (Sic, an fte. (Sic benfen intmer an ung. SSir fpred)en
fefyr felten bon ifynen. 3d) roerbe fie bir nid)t geben. (Sr toirb eg ung
fagen. @r ennnert fid) nteiner (he remembers me), eben (Sic
ib,m biefeS 33 u^. SBofren (Sic e tefen? 3d) rtntt e 3^nen teib.en.
3c^ Ijabe eg mir gefauft. (Sr ift felbft gefommen. 3d) bin c8. 3^
fie c ? <Sie ift e8 fetbfl. @r fyat fid) getuaf^en. 3d) bad^te nidjt
bavan. 233 ir finb bamit jufrieben. 2)er raf ^at eg felbft gefagt.
3d) toeip md)t3 bation.
tuffliiDc 52.
1. I esteem you. I see him. We know her. She knows
me. He esteems us. They want it. You know them. They
esteem her. Will you give me (dot.) the letter ? Answer me
(daL). She will not pardon 1 him (dot.). Does he love them?
I write a letter to (an, ace.) her. Pray (bitte), lend me your
penknife. He will lend it [to] you. She does not send it to
him. TeE her that news. You must buy me (dat.) another
stick. He remembers (erinnert fid)) me (gen.). Our friends
do not think of (an) us. Have you lost your stick yourself ?
My son has lost it. I will go myself (10).
2. Have you seen my pencil ? I have not seen it. Who is
there ? It (eg) is my father. Is it you ? Yes, it is I. It is he.
It was she. That man has killed himself. Tell him and hei
that (ba) I love Hhem. I will go with you. He goes with
us, but not with them. This wine is very good, I can recom-
mend it to you. Will she bring it to you? Yes, she will
bring it to me to-morrow. Jesus has given us the command :
"Love thy neighbor as thyself" (10, Note), but many people
pay no attention to it (ad)ten nid)t barauf). Do you know any-
thing (miffen (Sie (StroaS) of it ? We speak of it. They know
nothing o&ow it. Depend (jaljfen (Sic) upon it.
emten <Ste mid) ? 3a, id) fenne (Sic.
Slennen (Sic and) meinen 33ater? 9iein, id) fenne U)n nidjt.
i For verbs which govern the dative, see 43th treason, n,
150
PRONOUNS.
SKcr ijl ba?
3ft fie e3 luirHtdj (really)?
SBcllen 3 tc ben 33rief fdjreiben?
annid) eg f ettfl tyun (do)?
enffl bu oft an (of) mid)?
(Srinncnt @ie fid) mctucr?
>aben 3te metncn 9iegenfd)irm
gefefjen?
2RU tt)cm geljen Sic in'3 Beater?
ef)t fonft 3emanb (anybody
else) mit 31wen?
2Boflen <2ie fo gut (kind) fein
(as to) mir biefeS 33u^ ju
Ici^en?
SBarum fonnen (Sic mir e nic^t
tctfycn ?
SSer tt)irb un8 begteiten (accom-
pany) ?
^ennen <5ie jenen 5^ e ^ben mit
bent graiien
(S ifl metne
-3a, fte tft e nnrflid).
mem (So^n )irb ilm fd^reibcit
@ic fdnncn e8 nid^t fetbfl
t^un, id) mu O^nen ^elfen.
c^ benfc tinnier an bid).
d) fann mid) 31)rer ntdjt erinnern-
, tdj ^abe i^n nid^t gcfe^en.
3d) ttierbe mit 3^nen ge^en.
SDfeine S'Jic^ten (Smma itnb ?uifi
gefyen and^ mit mir.
68 tfjut mir leib, (I am sorry)
id) fann e3 3f|nen nid)t lei^en.
2Bci( tc^ c ber ftrautein riin
berfproc^en (promised) Ijabe.
Unfer ^reunb 5(. tnirb itnS begteiten.
3c^ fenne i^n ntdjt; tc^ Ijabe t^n
nie (never) gefefjeiu
TWENTY-FOURTH LESSON.
INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS.
i ,'rraof ndf gurtoortcrO
These are: ioer, who?
N. n>er, who?
G. lueffen, whose?
D. to em, to whom?
A. njen, whom?
f what?
, what?
njeffen, of what?
(wanting)
roa^/what?
1. 2Ser ? applies to persons, without distinction of sex ;
tt>aS ? to things. Ex. :
28er tft feine ^rau ? Who is his wife ?
2Ber roar iljr 9J?ann ? Who was her husband?
SBeffen mt ift ba8? Whose hat is this?
!$Jcm geben <5te biefen 9?ing? To whom do you give this ring?
PRONOUNS. 151
Sen Ijat er gefragt? Whom has he asked?
braudjen tc? What do you want?
ift fo fiijj? What is so sweet?
fyabett te entberft? What have you discovered?
NOTE. When such direct questions are placed in dependence on a pre-
ceding verb, they become "indirect questions." Then the TEBB comea
last (compare 4, p. 82), as:
2Btftcn te/ tt>er biefeg {jefagt bat ? Do you know who said this?
agcn @te mtr, ia3 te flefeljen Ijaben, Tell me what you saw.
@ie mir, toeldjeg SSudj @te gelefen Ijaben, Show me what book you
have read.
2. Also rcelcf)er, weltfye, welcfyeS? and toa^ fur ein? (see
page 72, II).
2Betd)er t>on 3^ren o^ncn? Which of your sons?
2iiMd)e3 Don biefen 33iicf)ern ^aben @te gelefen?
Which of these books have you read ?
>ter fmb bret 9?aftrmeffer, tuel^e^ twoflcn @ic ne^men ?
Here are three razors ; what one will you take ?
3. 2a fiir ein like cin (see page 73, 2) is declined wag fur
eincr, rcaS fiir eine, tt>ag fiir einS, when used as a pronoun
and not as an adjective, i.e., when not agreeing with an
immediately following noun. Thus : 2Ba3 fiir ein 33ud) tfJ
bteS ? but 2Ba3 fur ein ifl e^? What kind of a one is it?
What before a noun is not a pronoun, but an interro
gative adjective, and already explained p. 72 and 73.
Concerning toomtt ? for mit toaS ? :c./ see p. 157, 8.
DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOOTS.
Cintottjrnbt Jurtaorttr.J
The demonstrative pronouns are :
Masc. Fern. Neuter.
btefer btefe btefeS, this
jener jene jeneg, that (that one)
bcrjentgc btejenige baSjentge, ] that, the one
fcer tie ba^/ j (French : celui, cette}
152
PRONOUNS.
berfelbe
bcr neinitidje
biefelbe bagfetbe,
bie namtictje bag namlicfye,
i the same
ebenberfelbc
ebenbiefelbe ebenbagfelbe,
the very same.
Declension of iJcrjcnifle
',
Mate.
Fern. Neuter.
Plural, all Gendert.
N. berjenige
biejenige bagjenige, that
biejenigen, those
G. begjenigen
D. bemienigen
berjenigen begjenigen, :c.
berjenigen bemjenigen, jc.
berjenigen, K.
benjenigen, K.
A. benjenigen
biejenige bogjenige, :c.
biejenigen, jc.
Declension of Jlct.
N. ber 1
bie bag, that
bie, those
G. beffen
beren beffen, of that
beren, of those
D. bent
ber bem, to that
benen, to those
A. ben
bie bag, that
bie, those.
EXAMPLES.
@totf unb berjenige (or ber) meineg Sruberg.
My stick and that of my brother (or and my brother's).
(r fyat fein @etb unb baSjenige (or bag) feineg 5 rcun ^ e ^ fcerloren.
He has lost his (own) money and that of his friend (or his
own and his friend's money).
OBSERVATIONS.
1. The genitive plural of the demonstrative ber is berer,
when this genitive plural is the antecedent of a relative
clause, e.g., Derer, bie nocfy (eben, Of those who still live, or a
similar limiting phrase, e.g., !Derer au3 Slmertfo, Of t/iose
from America. But to mean things, beren is more usual.
The rule for cases like the following has already been
given, Lesson 13, Note 1.
This or that is my dog, $)iefe8 (not btefer) ifl metn $unb.
This is my daughter, j)iefe$ or baS ift meine orf)ter.
Are these your brothers? (Sinb bieg (bag) 3ljre Sriiber?
These are his gloves, $)ag (bieg) ftnb feine
i In speaking, ce: meaning that is naturally pronounced with more emphasis than
bcr meaning the. When translating into English from a German book, the context will
show whether the or that is meant. 3)tt thai, twed as an adjective (see 71), is declined
like ter Me.
PRONOUNS. 153
2. The corresponding rule for which or wliat, tt)dd)e$?
before fetn, to be, has already been given Lesson 13, Note 2.
Which is your pen? 2Betrf)eg tfl 3fyre fteber?
Which are your pens? SBelcfjeg finb 3tyre ^cbern?
What is her opinion? 2Bcld)eg or *&$ $ tyi* SDtemung?
POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS.
1. These are formed of the possessive adjectives mettt,
betn, fetn, unfer, euer, 3tyr, i^r, by adding the termination
tgC. With this form the definite article always precedes.
They are :
Masc. Fern. Newt.
ber meimge bie metnigc bag metntge, mine
ber beintge bie betntgc ba betntge, thine
ber feinige bie [etntge bag feinige, his
ber %ige bie ttjrige bag i^rige, hers.
ber, bie, bag unfrige; pi- bie unfrigen, ours
ber, bie, bag Sfyrige or eurige; pi. bie -S^rigen, yours
ber, bie, bag i(jrige;'p/. bie i^rigen, theirs.
They are declined like adjectives with the definite
article (N. ber metntge, G. beS metntgen, D. bem meimgen jc,).
Shorter forms with the same sense are: ber metne, ber
betne, ber fetne, ber tyn, ber unfere, ber euere or ber 3^re, ber
ttyre.
2. The sense is the same when the article is left out,
but the termination different in the nominative singular
masculine and neuter. Thus :
SINGTJLAB. PLUEAL.
Masc. Fern. Neut. All genders.
meiner meine meineg metne, mine
beiner beine beineg beine, thine
feiner feine feineg feine, his
154 PBONOUNS.
8INGULAK. PLUKAL.
Masc. Fern. NrUt. All genders
tfyrer tfyre tfyreS tfyre, hers
unferer unfere unfereS unfere, ours
3$rer (fore 3treS 3f,re, )
euerer euere euereS (eureS) euere, ) *
ifyrer ifyre iljreS ifyre, theirs.
These latter forms are declined like biefer, biefe,
They are more usual in conversation than either of the
others. Ex. :
3ft ba8 Ofyr (Storf? 9?etn, eg tft ntrfjt bcr meintge (or tnetner)
e tft ber 3f)rige (or e ift S^rcr).
Is that your stick? No, it is not mine, it is yours.
2Beffen ^ferb ift baS ? (S^ tft ba8 meintge or metneS.
Whose horse is that ? It is mine.
SBeffen 33iicf)er finb baS ? (Sg fmb bte itnfrtgen or eg ftnb unfere.
Whose books are these? They are oura
WORDS.
bte efimbl)ett, the health ba8 ^acfc^en, the parcel
ber eift, the mind ber 33itcf)l)tinbler, the bookseller
bte 33rteftafrf)c, the pocket-book ba urf), ^he cloth
(to hold papers and letters) bte j>tnte, the ink
tabeln, to blame arbetten, to work
llopfen, to knock redjt, right.
BEADDSra EXERCISE 53.
9Ser ge^t ba? <&& tft em engttfc^er Offijter'. 2Beffen Uljr ffl
btefeg ? (S tft bte metneS greunbe 5lrt^nr. 9Ktt went hJiinfdf)en <Ste
gu fprerfjen? 3d) ttJiinf^e mtt O^rem SSater ^u fpred^en. SBeld^eS ift
Ofyr ^ut, biefer ober jener? S3on toclc^em ^aitfe fpredjen (Sie? 2Btr
fpredjen con bent (bemjentgen) be8 ^>errn all. !Dtefer @arten ttnb
ber metneS ^ad^barg ftnb 311 berfaufen. SD^etn ^>au8 tft nett, bag
-3^rtge tft alt. <5etn ^letb ift blau, 3^re (ba O^rtge) tft grun.
2Ber fyat btefeg S3it(^ gebracfjt? Orf) frfjretbe an meinen 53ater, bu
fdjretbft an betnen (ben betntgen), Robert frfjretbt an fetnen. 3)te
efunbfiett beg ^or)3er ^at gro|en (Stnflujj (influence) aitf bte be
PRONOUNS. 155
etfteg. 2Ba fofl id) fagen? 2Be%3 toon btefen SDfcffent tooflen
<2>te faufen? $on ttwg 1 (luoDon) fpredjen <Sie?
2lufgaBc 54.
1. Who comes there ? It is my friend Charles. Whose son
is he ? He is the son of Lord K. To whom do you send this
parcel? I send it [to] the bookseller. Who knocks at the door ?
To (an, ace.) whom have you written a letter? Of (toon) whom
have you bought this black cloth ? Whom do you blame ? 1
blame my servant. To (mit) whom do you speak? Who is
that young man ? He is my nephew. What have you found in
the garden ? Which of (Don) these three sticks is the longest ?
This is longer than that. Here is your pocket-book and that
of your brother. That is right.
2. I have lost my [own] book and that of my sister. This
is not my pen ; this is my brother's (that of my brother). Are
these your shoes (@d)ul)e) ? No, they (e) are my cousin's (those
of my cousin). Your coat is old, mine is new. His house is
small, yours is very large. My son does not work so much as
yours. His ink is not good, ours is much better. What is the
highest mountain of America? Is that your garden? Yes, it is
mine ; it is not so large as yours. Whose umbrella is this ?
Is it yours? No, Sir, it is not mine, it is Henry's (that of
Henry). If you do not find your stick, take mine (ace.).
RELATIVE PRONOUNS.
(S)r$it(lltrt|e Jyiirtunrtrr.)
These are: 1) toeldjer, tt)dd)e, welcfyeS (who, which, that),
and 2) ber, bie, ba3 (who, which, tJiat). Of course they
require the VEEB at the end of the sentence. See page
82,4.
i The accusative neuter of rcer, i.e., rea8, Is used familiarly after prepositions (like
son) which regu'.arly require the dative. Sffiocon, luoju, roofer, etc., are, however, more
elegant than Don >ra8, etc.
156 PRONOUNS.
Declension of roelcfyer, n>e!d)e,
Xasc. Fern. Neuter. Plural all Gendm
N. tt)eld)er tteldje lueldjeg, who, which foeldje
O. beffen beren beffen, whose, of which beren
D. toeldjcm lodger lueldjcm, to whom or which tueldjen
A. tteldjen luetdje tueldjeg, whom, which toeldje
Declension of ber, bie, ba$.
N. bcr bie bag, who, which, that bte
G. beffen beren beffen, whose, of which beren
D. bem ber bent, to whom, to which benen
A. ben bte bag, whom, which bic
OBSERVATIONS.
1. In English relative pronouns are sometimes omitted ;
in German they cannot be.
The boy I saw with you yesterday (instead of whom I saw).
S)er $nabe, ben or toeldjen id) geflern bet 3b,nen fab,.
Here are the books you have chosen.
>ter ftnb bte SBiidjer, roeldje or bte <2>te attSgeiDa'ljtt f/aben.
2. The genitive bcfjen, beren, beffen, always precedes the
word by which it is governed, like whose in English :
A tree the branches of which (whose branches) are cut of
(Sin 33aitm, beffen 5lefte abgeljauen ftnb.
3. As toelcfyer sounds like which, students are apt to
suppose that, like which, it must not be used to signify a
person. Such is not the case however. )er is shorter
and more used both in conversation and composition,
especially in the former.
>ter ift ber 2Betn, ben (or hjetd)en) @te beflettt fyaben.
Here is the wine you have ordered.
3)er 3JZann, toeldjer (or ber) mtr bag SBudj bradjte, bag (or
toetdjeg) er gefunben f)atte.
The man who brought me the book (that) he had found.
4. When the antecedent is of the first or second person,
i.e., id), bu, ttrir, tf>r or ie, ber, and not welder, is the
PRONOUNS. 157
relative usually employed. If ber is in the nominative,
id), bit, etc., are repeated after ber. Thus : 3$, ber id) [o
ttiel fitr ifyn tfyue, / who do so much for him. If the second
id), etc., are left out, the verb of the relative clause is often
put in the third person, e.g., >td), ber mir ftet ber Xfyeuerfh
tt>ar, Thee, who wast (German, was) always the dearest to me.
5. The German relative pronoun welcfyer or ber with tttd)t
answers to the English but after a negative sentence, as :
There is no man but has his faults.
(S gibt leinen 2ftenfd)en, ber nidjt feine el)(er fyat.
6. Attention has already been called (page 147, 6) to the
fact that the dative and accusative of er, jte, e, and the
plural jte, referring to things, do not occur after preposi-
tions; bamit' or f)ier'mit, etc., being used instead of mtt
ifym, etc. Under the same circumstances tt>omit, etc., are
used for mit went, etc. See the foot-note, page 155.
toop, to which or what tt)orait, from which or what
tooburd), by which or what toorin, in which or what
toontit, with which or what ttjoriiber, at (over) which or what
toobet, at which or what irorauf, upon which or what
toofiir, for which or what tuoran, at which or what
, of which or what ftorunter, among which.
All these words are also interrogatives, e.g.,
fprerfjen @ie ?
EXAMPLES.
ner ift ber ^(uffet, rtomtt id) bie Satire offnete.
Here is the key with which I opened the door.
3)te tcifer, tooraitS n)tr tranfen, ftnb ^erbrodjen.
The glasses, out of which we drank, are broken.
3)o 3^ mmer ' ttJortn id) fdjtafe, ift fefjr fatt.
The room in which I sleep is very cold.
NOTE. 280311, etc., must not be used of persons, i.e., to signify to whom
etc. We must say 311 toem, etc.
158 FBONOUNS.
CORRELATIVE PRONOUNS.
1. The demonstratives fcerjemge jc., when the antecedents
of relative pronouns, are termed correlative pronouns.
Thus:
Masculine.
2)erienige, (loeldjer); or ber, (roeldjer); or berienige, (ber): he (who).
Feminine.
jDiejenige, (toeldje); or bie, (roeldje); or btejenige, (bte) : she (who).
Neuter.
jDaSjemge, (raetdfyeS); or bag, (roeldjeS); or baSjenige, (bag) :
that (which).
Plural, att Qendert.
)ieiemgen, (roeld)e); or bie, (roeldje); or biejenigen, (bte): they
or those (who).
In the same manner are used :
Masculine.
2)erfelbe or ebenberfelbe, (ineldjer or ber), the same (who or which).
Feminine.
JDtefelbe or ebenbtefelbe, (tt>etd)e or bte), the same or just the same
(who or which).
Neuter.
2)a8fetbe or ebenbaSfelbe, (roeldjeS or bag), the same or just the
same (which).
Plural, att Qendcrt.
HDtefelben or ebenbtefelben, (tt)elrf)e or bte), the same or just the
same (who or which). Further: olcfje, (icelcfje or bte),
such (as).
EXAMPLES.
jDerjentge, foetcfjer (not iner) titgcnb^aft tfl, njtrb glUrflt^ fein.
He who is virtuous, will be happy.
3)iejentgen, toelcfye tugenb^aft leben, finb toetfe.
They who live virtuously, are wise.
25tejemgen, or otcfye (viz.: 5;^tere), rtetdje tm 2Bmter f^tafeiu
Such (animals) as sleep in the winter-time.
3d) gebe e8 bemientgen, wetc^en id) am meiften liebe.
I give it to him whom I love most.
3d) fenne benieniaen ntd)t, ben (metd^en) te meinen.
I do not know mm whom you mean.
PRONOUNS. 159
3d) fenne benjenigen ntdjt, ber ben 33rief brad)te.
I do not know the man who brought the letter.
2. >a3jenige roelcfyeg refers to a substantive which has
come in before, whilst t>a$, tt>a, is absolute, as :
jDaSfenige (viz. : Slid)), n>eld)e$ id) eben lefe.
The one I am reading now.
3)a$ toag fd)im ift, ift nid)t immer gut.
What is beautiful is not always good.
3. Instead of berjenige, welcfyer, we often have 2Ber, and
instead of fca$ tt)a3, 2Ba3. Both require the YERB at the
end of the clause, (see page 82, 4), as :
SSer tugenbfyaft tebt, ift gtiitilid).
He who lives virtuously, is happy.
fd)on ift, ift nic^t immer gut.
^ne, is not always good.
4. In English we often say whoever or whatever when
we are not thinking of any particular person or thing.
2Ber toiel bebenft, ttirb toenig leiften.
Whoever considers much, will perform little.
2Ba$ geredjt ift, Derbient Sob.
Whatever is just, deserves praise.
5. 2Ber and tt>a are sometimes rendered more emphatic
by adding the words immer, aitrf), or and) nur, auc^ tmmer,
as:
2Ber (aud)) immer or ter (and)) nur; 3?eber, ber, whoever.
2Ba3 au^ (immer or nur); SltteS h)a, whatever.
2Ber aud) immer biefeS gefagt Ijat.
Whoever (it is that) has said this.
2BaS @ie aud) gefefyen b,aben mogen.
Whatever (it is that) you may have seen.
WORDS.
bie (Sramma'tif, the grammar jeigen, to show
bo ebid)t, the poem gefd^rieben, written
genommen, taken tierbeffern, to correct
160 PRONOUNS.
bie $flid)t, the duty erfMen, to fulfil
bcr Srfjufwtadjer, the shoe- redjtfrfjaffen, honest
maker tierbienen, to deserve
bie SBafyrfjeit, the truth berfolgen, to persecute
bag >eer, the army fegnen, to bless
bag 33ertrauen, the confidence fyaffen, to hate
' ber SBeijen, the wheat gebacfen, baked
bag $orn ', the rye tfyeuer, dear ; fitfylen, to feeL
HEADING EXERCISE 55.
ier ift ber $nabe, roetdjer fein 23ud) toerloren b,at. >a ift bag Surf),
toeldjeg (or bag) er tterloren fyat. $ennen @ie bie |)erren, tteld)e
(or bte) geftern bet mir loaren ? 3a, id) lenne fte. 3ft biefeg bie $)ame,
roelrfje O^nen einen ^Jegenfc^irm gelietjen fiat? -ftetn, jie ift eg ntdjt.
2)er filter, hjeic^em @ie -Sfyre @rammatif gelte^en b,aben, ift feb,r
flet^tg. Ocf) wetR nic^t, tDeldjen @tc meinen (mean). SBetdjeg ton
biefen ebic^ten b,aben <Sie gelernt ? -3^ I)abe biefeg geternt. 3d) fann
nic^t tnit ber ^eber fc^reiben, bie @ie mir gefrfjnitten (for me) b^aben.
(Sagen <5ie mir, roer meinen @to<f genommen b,at. 3c^ weip nidjt,
hjag @ie meinen; id) fyabe 9?iemanb gefefien, ber einen <Stocf genommen
b,at. jDerjenige, roeldjer reid) ift, ifl nidjt immer gufrieben. iejenigen,
ttieldje ungufrieben ftnb, fmb nidjt gliirfUd). 2Ber feine ^Sflidjt erfuttt, i|t
ein red)tfd)affener 2ftann. ?iebet bie, bie 2 eitd) b.affen. Gr fagte mir,
roag er roottte. ^)ier finb einige ^bern, roeldje rootten (Sie ? 3d) null
bie, roeldje am ^a'rteften ift !I)er ^onig, beffen eer gefdjlagen njurbe
(defeated), ift gefloljen (fled). X'te (Sttern, beren ^inber geftraft
tourben, fuib nadjla'f jig. SBorilbcr beftagen (Sie ftd) (complain) ?
9luftiobr 56.
1. Here is the shoemaker who 4 has "made ^our ''shoes. I
have seen the garden you have sold. Is this the exercise you
have written? The rooms (which) my father has taken
(gemietljet) are not large enough. The pen which you have
made (gefrfjmtten) is not good. The pupil whose exercise you
are correcting, is very lazy. My neighbor whose horse you
(have) bought last year, has gone (ift gegangen) to (nad))
i Also, but less frequently, oat* or barley. It really means 1) grain, and then 2) that
grain which is mostly cultivated in any region, just as corn does in the British Isles.
* We know that the second bit must be a relative and not a demonstrative, because
bafif n, the verb, cornea at the end. See page 82, 4. Those person* hate you is,
PRONOTJK8.
America. Can you tell me who lias done this? I wish to see
the book you showed me (dot.) yesterday. The pictures you
send me, are very beautiful He who will not hear must
feel "What is true to-day, must also be true to-morrow.
2. They who do not speak the truth, deserve no confidence.
I shall give this book to him who will be the most industrious.
The little girl with whom Mary played yesterday, died this
morning. The boy who found (fcmb) the gold watch, is honest.
The man whose name was written in my portfolio, has (ift)
arrived. Here is the glass out of which the king has drunk
(getrunfen). Who is the happiest man ? He who is the most
contented. The traveller to whom (dot.) I have lent (gelieljen)
a florin, is your friend. The bread on which (tootoon) we live
is baked of (ang) wheat and rye. The book I want, is not to
be had ($it fyaben) here.
2Ber b,at mutter genug?
28cn fyaben (Sic getabelt?
SBag rcitnfd)t ber 9ftenfd) am
nteiften?
2Ber flopft (knocks) an bte
f)ure?
2Bag toerben @te tfyim?
SBeffcn Sdjretbbud) ift btefeg?
9ln men fdjreiben @te btefen
Srief?
3ft 3b,r @eijn alter al8 meuter?
Ste alt ift er?
Jpier ift ein mt, ift er ber S^rtgc
(orSljrer)?
inb ba 3b,re ^anbfrfju^e ?
SBotton leben bte @cf)afe ?
Selves finb bte ^flangen, too*
Don loir leben ?
feonttt Ijaft bu ben ^naben ge*
f d)Iagen (beaten) ?
9ft biefer arten gu berfattfen
(to be sold)?
fagte -3^nen ber S3ebiente ?
jufrtebene
9}?eine tra'ge
er Ijofft.
ift ber c^netber, toeldjer O^re
neuen 9?ocf brtngt.
) ft)etf$ nt^t, ma i^ tljim fott.
ift b
fc^retbe t^n an ntetnen ?e^rer.
in, ber tneintge ift jitnger.
ift elf 3ab,re aft.
bag ift ntdjt ber metntge;
meiner ift gan$ neu.
3a, bag ftnb metne.
S3on rag unb eu (hay).
^ortoffeln, ^orn, 9?etg, etnufe
(vegetables) unb btele anberc.
3d) fyabe tb,n mit ntetnem
gefdjtagen.
S)tefer ntd)t, aber ber meuteg
barg.
Sr fagte mir, toag et ge^firt tyattc.
162 PRONOUNS.
2BeId)e 9D?enfd)cn futb bie an* 2)ieienigen, toeldje mit Slttcm urt*
gliicflidjftcn '? jufrteben ftnb.
2Bo ift ba (&ia$, aug roeldjem 3ffl fyabe eg in ben djranf (cup-
(tooraug) id) getrunfen fyabe? board) geftettt (put).
2Bar eg nid)t meineg ? Sf ein, e war ba beg >erm run.
READINQ LESSON.
(viu tfjcurcr Aloyf unb tin luofjlfcilcr.
(A Dear Head and a Cheap One.)
Unter ber Sftegierung 1 beg le^ten ^onigg toon ^olen brad) 1 eine
Gmtoorung 3 gegen ifjn aug s . Siner toon ben Stnporern 4 , ein toolnifdjet
giirft, fetjte einen ^reig toon 20,000 utben auf ben ^opf beg ^dntgg,
unb fyatte fogar bie gredjb.eit 5 , eg bent $b'ntg felbft gu fdjreiben, urn*
t^n gu erfdjrecfen. 5lber ber ^onig fd)rieb 7 ib,m gang faltbtiitig 8 bie
fotgenbe ^Intttoort: f^^ren 33rief b,abe idjrtdjtig 9 er^alten 10 unb getefen.
(Sg Ijat mir toiel S3ergnugen gemadjt (given), bafe mein ^otof Ob,nen
nod) fo toiel toertb/ 1 ift; id) toerjid)ere u ie, fiir ben Oljrigen gebe id)
f einen Better 13 ."
TWENTY-FIFTH LESSOff.
INDEFINITE PRONOUNS.
(ttnbcftimmtf Siirludrirr.)
They are :
man, one (French on), they, people,
einanber, each other, one another,
{eberntann, everybody, every one.
jemanb, somebody, anybody,
niemanb, nobody, not anybody,
felbft (felber) . . . self (myself, etc.).
etttag, something, anything,
nidjtg, nothing, not anything.
i the reign. 2 from auSbrecfcen, irr. v. to break out. 3 an insurrection, revolt. 4 rebel.
B Midacity. in order to frighten him. " from frfjmben, irr. v. to write. quite
coolly. 9 duly. 10 received, n worth. 12 assure, is farthing.
163
OBSERVATIONS.
1. Sftcm occurs only in the nominative, and is often
translated by the English passive. Ex. :
2ftcm fagt, people say, they say.
2Benn man franf ift, when one (or a man) is ilL
9ftcm b,at ifm gelobt, he has been praised.
9Jtan ift gliidtid), roenn man gitfrieben ift.
One is happy, when one is contented.
NOTE 1. When another case is required, it is borrowed from (Stner/ -e/ -8.
Ex.:
2Benn man einen greunb berltert, fo tljut e3 (Stnem leib.
When one loses a friend, one is sorry for it (it makes sorrow to one).
NOTE 2. One's, however, is generally fetn (lit. his). Ex. :
It is better to lose one's (his) life than one's honor.
(53 t[t teffer, fetn 8e6en al8 feine @{jre git tterlteren.
NOTE 3. One's self is translated firf), sometimes fidj felfcfl ; not fefljjl
without ftdj, Ex. :
One must not praise one's self, 2Kan mtt fic^ ntdjt Cfe^jt) loben.
2. inanber, is hardly found except in the dative and
accusative.
$arl unb SBttyetm trauen etnanber (dot.).
Charles and William trust one another.
3)tefe ^ranen tieben etnanber (ace.).
These women love each other.
3. elbft or felbcr, is indeclinable, and stands immedi-
ately after either a substantive or a personal pronoun, as:
ber SSater felbft, tcf) felbft, nrir felbft or felber, or nearer the
end of the sentence (see the 23rd Lesson, 10). Ex. :
3)er 33ater bradjte fetnen @o^n felbfl.
The father brought his son himself.
3d) Ijabe eg felbft (or fetber) gefeb/en (not metn felbjl). 1
I have seen it myself.
2Btr glauben e^ je|t felbft (not unferfelbft).
We beheve it now ourselves.
1 The English possessive pronoun preceding telf or selves is not translated.
164 PRONOUNS.
NOTE. The adverb [elfcfi means even, as :
Even his brothers, felbft feine 23ritber.
4. Sctermann, everybody, takes 8 in the genitive ; in the
other cases it remains unchanged, as :
ute tfjun ift SebermcmnS ^flirfjt.
To do good is every one's duty.
ebt 3ebermann (dot.), n>a8 ifyr fdjitlbtg fetb.
Give everybody what you owe.
5. 3emant> is declined as follows :
G. 3emanb8 or jemanbeS,
D. 3emanb, jemanbem or iemanben,
A. Oemanb or jemanben.
The shorter forms, however, are to be preferred except
where the use of the longer ones would remove an ambi-
guity, by making the case of jemanb unmistakable.
is declined like jemanb.
ift 5fttemanbe3 OfttemanbS) @e|rf)mad.
That is nobody's taste.
2ftetn 9jtad)bar fetljt ^iemanb(en) (or 9iiemanbem) etb.
My neighbor lends money to nobody.
3d) fyabe Oemanb ongctroffen.
I have met somebody.
6. Not anybody and not anything are translated
97temant> and 9?id)tg. Ex. :
I have not seen anything, 3d) Ijabe ntrf)t$ gefe^en.
II. The indefinite numeral adjectives are also used as
indefinite pronouns. A shorter list of them has already
been given Lesson 13.
Seber, -, -e$ or cut Seber-, 1 each, every one.
diner, some one.
Der Slnbere, the other.
A . we uttiqoated.
PRONOUNS. 165
>er (Sine , ber inhere , the one , the other ;
plur. bie (Sttten bie 2lnberen, some others.
(Sittige, some or a few.
(Stnige , 5lnbere , some , others.
JRcmdjer, many a man ; plur. 2Jiattd)e, some men.
SSetbe or bie SBeiben, both.
Sftefyrere, several.
23iel, much ; plur. 33iele, many.
>ie aftetften, most.
SBettig, little ; plur. 2Benige, f ew -
MeS, everything ; plur. 2lfle, alL
3)er -ftamftdjc, the same.
Reiner, -e, -8, none, no one.
3rgenb (Sitter, -e, -8, any one.
(5;ttt)a$, some (but not much), something or other, anything.
OBSERVATIONS.
1. Seber, Sftcmcfyer and Reiner, -e, -eS, are declined like
tttfcr, biefe, biefe^: viz:
G. 3ebeS, 2)?ancf)eg, ^etneg. i
^4. ^eben, SD^onc^en, $emett zc.
2. The English pronoun one, plur. o?ies, after an adjec-
tive, is not expressed in German. Ex. :
I have a grey hat and a black one.
3d) fyabe eitten grauen >ut unb ettten
Two old lions and two young ones.
3toci atte Sorten unb jwei jttnge.
3. SnieS Wa^ (or 5ltte0 bag wag) is the English all that.
Ex.:
>a tft 2ltte$, h)a tc^ abe, That is all (that) I have.
NOTE. It is declined as follows :
0. 2Kie3 beffen, a . . . , of all that . . .
D. 2ttlem bem, twg . . . , to all that . . .
A. m<<3 bag, tt>a or afleS toag . . . , all (that) . . .
Of course instead of tt)a3 we may have tootton/ tooju, toomtt, etc.
4. The indefinite pronoun some, when referring to a
preceding substantive, may be translated in different ways.
166 PRONOUNS.
When it replaces a singular, we may say in German accord-
ing to the gender: nxlcfyen, welcfye or rodcfyeS; in the plural:
Welcfye, cintge or bason. Frequently, however, it is not
expressed at all. Ex. :
Will you have some beer ? Yes, give me some.
SBoflen 3te 23ier fyaben? 3a, geben <2ne mtr toeldjeS or only:
geben 3te mtr.
Have you bought some tobacco ? Yes, I have bought some.
>aben 3te Xabaf gefauft? 3a, id) fyabe (roetdjen) gefauft
Have you some more of these cigars ?
mbeit 3te nod) oon btefen Sigarren ?
Yes, I have some still (or a few more).
3d, id) fyabe nod) ttetdje (ctntge babon) or even: id) ^abe nod).
5. Any, meaning every, is translated jeber. When it
means any quantity or number ataUof,it is omitted in
translating into German.
You will find it in any shop.
tc roerben eg in jebern Saben finben.
Have you any bread ? oben <2ne 33rob ?
Has he any soldiers ? ^>at er (Sotbaten ?
6. (tn)a$ is neuter singular, nominative and accusative,
or it may be used after a preposition governing any case
whatever.
Yes, I have some, but not enough for you.
3a, id) fyabe etrcaS, aber ntdjt genug fiir @te.
Something (or other) pleases me in him,
(ShoaS gefattt mtr an i^m.
egen etnw8, Against something.
WORDS.
ber ^efyter, the fault, mistake tobten, to kill
bag ettnffen, the conscience tljun, to do
bte <2>thnme, the voice bcnetben, to envy
bic (Srfafjrung, the experience toerteumben, to calumniate
ber 33ote, the messenger flopfen, to knock
id) bin fd)ulbtg, I owe anroenben, to employ
borfidjttg, cautious gefdjtagen, beaten
er^alten, received geieb,rt, learned.
PRONOUNS. 167
HEADING EXERCISE 57.
9J?an tft gtitrfttd), toenn man gufrteben tft. 2ftan gtaitbt e8 tttdjt,
toenn man e8 ntdjt ftefyt. Soldje 3)tnge ftefyt man ntdjt jeben Jag.
2)tefe $ft>et $nabcn fyaben cinanber gefdjlagen. SBe^afylt 3ebermann.
tua8 3f)r fdjulbtg fetb. Sfttemanb tft fo geleljrt, bafc er 5lfle3 toeifc
(knows). SDer luafyre SBeifc beneibet baS liid ^icmanbeg; e
berleumbet 9liemanb. ^topft 3emanb ? 3d) b,ore 3emanbe timine.
STb/ue nte @ttt)a gegen bein enjiffen. Senctbe ntdjt ba liid
Stnberer. 3eber (or etn 3eber) b,at feme ^e^ter. 9}?and^er fauft
itnb be^a^It nicf)t. S^e^rere b,aben ben na'mtidjen {^e^Ier gemarfjt.
Stele toon mctnen ^reimben ftnb geftorben. Unfer greunb
toon Mem. Center tft ob,ne ^eb,Ier. Reiner toon un |at ben
geroonnen (won).
ufao6c 58.
1. One is unhappy, when one is discontented. These young
people love each other. (The) animals eat (freffen) one another.
Be polite to (gegen) everybody. Has the man killed anybody?
No, nobody. One should not speak much of one's sell I have
seen nobody. Is there (gtbt e3) anything prettier? I have
spoken of nobody. Have you received anything? No, Sir,
I have not received anything. Do (tfyitn @te) nothing against
your conscience. Every one who knows the world, is cautious.
Have you many friends? I have only a few.
2. Put these books each in (an) its place. The one goes,
the other comes. Some are too (jit) young, the others are too
old. Both are dead. Many a man drinks more than he wants
(bebarf). I know several of (Don) them. No one has helped
me (mtr gef)o(fen). Do not speak evil (336feS) of others. Tell
me all (p. 165, 3) you know (<Sie rotffen). I have sold alL
One must not kill one's self. The messenger said the same
(neuter). With money (see p. 82, 3) 2 one J can do "much
good (p. 108, a) 3 to 4 one's 6 fellow-creatures (9?ebenmenfd)en).
2Bann tfl man retd)? 2Benn man gttfrteben tft
3ft 3emanb ba ? 9Mn, eS tft 9?temanb ba.
2BoS fagte 3b,r ftmtnb ? (Sr f agte 9?td)t.
tbt e etiuaS djonereS atS ber
geftirnte (starry) tmmet? 3d) fenne ntdjtS <Sd)bnere*.
<te Diele @d)iiter? Od) ^abe mefyrere.
168 IRREGULAR VERBS.
egen foen [ofl man Ijb'fUd) fein? egen 3ebermann.
2Ba8 tfjun btefe Scute ? (Sinige tefen, 5lnbere frfjreibeit.
Steben bie 23riiber cmanbcr ? 3a, fte Ueben einanbcr.
2Ber if* olme gefjler? Reiner (9itemanb).
2Ber nnfl glitdlid) fetn ? Oebermann nutt eg (so) fetn.
$ennen @ie emt 33raun ober 3d) fenne Setbe. <Sie rao^nen 23etbe
errn run ? in meinem aufe.
' foil id) bte 33fid)er fietten? tellen <2ie jebeS an feinen
f)at ba elb be^ab/lt? (Sinige Don unferen greunben.
2)arf man toon 5lnberen 33b'fe SKan fott Don ^iemanb (or Don
(evil) reben? Sftemanben or on s ^icmanbem)
SBflfeS reben.
SSpbon fprerfjen @te? 2Bir fpredjen bpn 5ltlem.
2Bie mele itte b,aben <Ste? -3d) fyabe gtwei; etnen alien itnb
einen neiten.
@inb 3b,re ^Ute fd)nmr$ ober Od) b,abe einen fd)n>ar$en unb etnen
gran (grey) ? grauen.
S3on njent ^abeu <Ste biefen 33rief
erb.atten ? 53on Oemanb, ben <Sle ntdjt fennen.
TWENTY-SIXTH LESSON.
IRREGULAR VERBS.
We have seen already, Lesson 21, that regular verbs in
German form the imperfect by adding te or tit and the
past participle by prefixing QC, and adding t or ct.
Irregular verbs except fydben, fein and roerben, the modal
auxiliaries, tfyim and the verbs enumerated in p. 132, 4,
add no termination to form the imperfect, and add en, at
the same time prefixing flf , to form the past participle.
The vowel of the stem of the imperfect is different, and
that of the past participle very often different, from that
of the present. Examples: jtnfen, fanf, gefunfen, sink,
sank, sunk; geben, gab, gegeben, give, gave, given; ^tfTtgen,
tying, gefyattgen, hang, hung, hung.
We give below for the sake of comparison, the simple
tenses (i.e., the tenses formed without an auxiliary) of
IREEQULAII VERBS.
169
these verbs, by the side of those of the regular verb lobttt.
Verbs which form the imperfect without adding a termina-
tion to the stem, and form the past participle in CH, are
said to belong to the Old or Strong Conjugation.
INDICATIVE.
PRESENT.
id) lo&e,
ftnfe,
gebe,
Ijange,
bu lobft,
tnfft,
gib ft,
fangft,
er lobt,
tuft,
gtbt,
Ijangt,
ttir loben,
tnfen,
geben,
bang en,
ifyr lobt,
tnfet,
gebet,
Ijanget,
jte loben,
tnfen,
geben,
Ijangen.
IMPERFECT.
id) lobte,
'anf,
gab,
fyKQr
bu lobteft,
anfft,
gabfl,
^tngft,
er lobte,
anf,
gab,
t)tng,
ttrir lobten,
anfen,
gaben,
l)ingen,
tljr lobtet,
anfet,
gabet,
fjinget,
fie lobten,
anfen,
gaben,
^ingen.
SUBJUNCTIVE.
PRESENT.
id) lobe, ftnfe,
gebe,
Ijange,
bu lobeft,
mfeft,
gebeft,
^angeft,
er lobe,
tnfe,
gebe,
^ange,
tour loben,
tnfen,
geben,
Ijangen,
iljr lobet,
tnfet,
gebet,
^anget,
fie lobett,
tnfen,
geben,
^angen.
IMPERFECT.
id) lobte,
a'nfe,
gabe,
^inge,
bu lobtefi,
cinfeft,
gabeft,
^ingefl,
er lobte,
cinfe,
gabe,
f)htge,
unr lobten,
anfen,
gaben,
lltngen,
if)r lobtet,
anfet,
gabet,
^inget,
fie lobten,
anfen,
gaben,
^ingen.
IMPERATIVE.
Second Person Singular.
foBe, ftnfe,
gib,
angc.
Second Person Plural.
lobet, ftnfet.
gebet,
Ijanget
170 IRREGULAB VERBS.
INFINITIVE.
Present.
loben, ftnfen, geben, Ijangett.
PARTICIPLES.
Present.
lobenb, jtnfenb, gebenb, Ijangenb.
Past.
gelobt, gefunfen, gegeben, gefjangen.
OBSERVATIONS.
1. PRESENT INDICATIVE. Verbs in t, e.g., geben, are apt
to change it in the second and third persons of the
singular into i or ie. The rule is that i should take the
place of short c and ic of long c.
Verbs in a, e.g., (jangen, are apt to modify this vowel in
the 2d and 3rd persons of the singular.
2. IMPERFECT INDICATIVE. In some verbs, the double
consonant of the present becomes a single one in the
imperfect, e.g., fcfyaffen, to create, has the imperfect fcfyuf.
In others, the single consonant of the present is doubled
in the imperfect, e.g., reiten, to ride, imperfect ritt. Com-
pare p. 4, 1.
3. IMPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE. This tense is formed from
the imperfect indicative by modifying the vowel and
adding e, as can be seen in the paradigms above.
4 IMPERATIVE. This ends in the second person singular
in c and in the plural ft, just as in the case of regular verbs ;
but verbs which change e into i or if (see 1) in the second
and third persons of the present indicative, e.g., gcben,
make the same change in the second person singular, but
not plural, of the imperative. These verbs also drop the t
which should end the second person singular of tho
imperative, having, for instance, gib instead of gibe.
IRREGULAR VERBS. 171
A great many other verbs may drop this t and some
occur even more frequently without it than with it, e.g.,
Fomm, come, is very much more usual than fomme.
5. The compound tenses (i.e., those which bring in an
auxiliary) employ the infinitive and past participle in the
same way as regular verbs do. Thus from bitten, bat,
gebeten, to ask, we have :
First Future, 3d) toerbe bitten
First Conditional 3di toiivbe bitten
Perfect, 3d) Ijabe gebeten.
Pluperfect, 3d) Ijatte gebeten..
Second Future, 3d) tuerbe gebeten Ijaben.
Second Conditional, 3d) ttntrbe gebeten fjaben.
6. All the irregular verbs of the German language are
arranged alphabetically and conjugated on p. 215 .and the
following pages. We shall proceed to take them up now,
however, not in alphabetical order, but arranged in groups
according to the way in which they form their imperfects
and past participles.
7. Preliminary Observation. (This observation applies
to both regular and irregular verbs.) We have already
seen that feitt has in the perfect id) bin geroefen and not id)
fyabe geroefen, and that werben has idj bin geioorben and not
id) fyabe geroorben. A number of other verbs take fetn
instead of fyaben to form the perfect. These are marked
t in the following tables.
8. The general rule (with a number of exceptions) is,
that verbs which may govern a genitive, those which may
govern a dative, and those which may govern an accusa-
tive, take fwben. Thus: @r fyat ber abroefenben gre-unbe
gebfld)t (genitive), He mentioned absent friends; GET fyatte ben
$tnbern gefolgt (dative), He had followed the children;
2Bir werben tfw gefefyen fyaben, We shall have seen him
(accusative).
172
IRREGULAK VERBS.
9. As for all the rest of the verbs of the language, the
general rule is, that those which denote an action take
t)aben, while those which denote a motion take feitt. Of
course there are a great many verbs which express
neither an action nor a motion and for which we lay
down no rule. Thus : (verbs of action) 3d) fyflbe gearbeitet,
geforfcfyt, I have worked, investigated; (verbs denoting a
resultant state], (Sir ift gcftorben, genefen, He has died, got
weU; (verbs of motion), (r ijl abgereift, angelangt, He has
left town, arrived.
10. Some verbs of motion take fettt when the idea of
getting from one place to another becomes prominent,
and fyaben at other times, for instance when the motion
is looked at as an amusement. Thus : @r ifi on 33erltn
twd) panbcw gefcfyroommen, He sivam from Berlin to
Spandau; (r fyat im eid) gefcfyroommen, He swam in the
pond. Compare also the remark on the auxiliary taken
by friecfyen, page 201.
NOTE. Throughout the following numbered list, words inclosed in ( )
are less common, usually older, forms and are, in general, not to be
imitated. As regards the use or non-use of the connecting vowel e, the
list gives, as a rule, only the usual form. See page 130, obs. 1. Words
inclosed in [ ] are entirely antiquated or incorrect and are not to be
imitated at all.
The following verbs have a in the imperfect and c in the
past participle.
INDICATIVE PRESENT. | IMPERAT. IMPERFECT. | PAST PART.'
1. geben, to give.
id) qebe, bit gtcbft or
gtbft, cr gtebt or gtbt,
nnr gcben, tfyr gebt,
^ic geben, fie geben.
gicb or gib
[flebe],
gebt.
id) gab, bu
gabft, er gab,
nnr gaben ac.
S. id) gabe
gegeben.
IRREGULAR VERBS.
173
INDICATIVE PRESENT.
1MPEKAT.
IMPERFECT.
PAST PART.
Conjugate in the same manner: cnt^'geben, 'sep. v. to spend (money);
pergeben, insep. v. to forgive (past part, fcergeben, not bergefleben); jurucf';
jeben/ to give back, return.
2. effen, to eat.
idj effe, bit it (iffeft), i [effej, id) a. gegeffea.
er ijH, roir effen, ifyr efct. . id) cifje
et, fte effen.
3. fr effen, to eat (applied to animals).
id) freffe, bu frifet (frif;
feft), er fript, ttrir
freffen :c.
frefet.
reffe], id) Jrojj.
S. id) frae.
4. meffen, to measure.
tdj mcffe, bit miftt (miffeft)
er mifet, tuir meffen zc.
mept.
id) ma.
& id) ma^e.
gefreffen.
gemeffen.
Thus is conjugated : aVmeffetijto measure, to survey. SReffen should
not be confounded with miffen, to be without, which is regular.
id) lefe, bit Iief(ef)t, er
Iteft, nitr lefen jc.
5. lefen, to read.
lies [lefe],
left.
id) lag.
8. id) lafe.
6. fefyen, to see, to look.
fief), fefyt.
id) faf).
-S. id) fa^e.
getefen.
gefe^eir.
id) fefje, bit fteljft, er
ftetjt, tmr feljen ?c.
Thus : dn'fefjen, to see ; aug'fefjen, to look (like). The correct im-
perative is fieb,. Nevertheless felje and ftef)e are sometimes found,
the latter especially as an interjection, or in referring to some
passage in a book.
7. t treten, 2 to tread.
idj trete, bu trittfl, er
tritt, ratr treten ac.
tritt [trete],
tretet.
id) trat
S. id) trate.
getreten.
Thus : ab'treten, to resign ; f ^erein'treten, to step in, etc.
1 Compound verbs are some of them separable and others inseparable. Separable
verbs take ge between the preposition and the verb in the past part., as: auSgcgeben,
spent (see the 31st Lesson); inseparable verbs have no ge in the past part.
2 Verbs marked with f form their perfects with the auxiliary fetn, to be, as icb bin
getreten, I have trodden ; e$ tear gefd^en, it had happened, etc. All othsrs are con-
strued with b,aben.
174
IRREGULAR VERBS.
INDICATIVE PRESENT. | IMPERAT. IMPERFECT. | PAST PART.
8. t genefen, to recover from illness.
id) genefe, bu genefeft,
cr geneft, nrir gene-
fen 2C.
genefe,
geneft.
id) gena?, (ge*
nefete).
S. id) genafe,
[genefete].
genefen.
9. t gefcfyeljen, to happen (impersonal).
8 gefd)ief)t [gefd)id)t],
(fte) gefdjefjen.
S. e$ gefdjalje.
10. ergeffen, to forget
id) Dergeffe, bu Bergifet
(uergiffeft), er toergtfjt,
loir toergeffen :c.
[bergeffe],
oerge^t.
id) bergafj.
S. id) ergae.
11. bitten, to beg, ask or request.
id) bitte, bu bitteft, er
bittet, tt)ir bitten :c.
id) liege, bu liegjl, er
bitte, bittet.
id) bat.
8. id) bate.
12. Hegen, to lie.
liege, Itegt.
id) laq.
S. id)' lage.
Itegt, h)ir liegen, il)r
liegt :c.
Thus : t unterlfe'gen, to succumb. Past p. untcrle'gen.
13. ftfcen, to sit. 1
ftfce, fat.
gefdje^en.
Dergeffen,
gebeten.
gelegen.
id) fa^
S. id) fa'fte.
gefeffcn.
id) ft^e, bu fi^ejl, er
ftt, toir ft^en, %
ft^t jc.
Thus : Beftfeen, to possess. Imperf. \i> Befa. Perf. irf> ^aBe Befeffen.
i When fifecn means to be fitting it takes ^aben, when it means to tit down, i.e., denotes
motion, it takes fcin. (Compare 10, page 172.) Qttfytn takes tyafccn more frequently
than it does feln.
1EBEGULAK VERBS.
175
INDICATIVE PRESENT. | IMPERAT. | IMPERFECT. | PAST PAHT.
Id) ftcfje, t bu ftefjfl, er
ftcfjt, unr ftefyen, tl)r
fteljt jc.
14. ftefyen, to stand*
ftef)(e),
fteljt.
id) flanb [ftunb].
S. id) ftanbe
[ftiinbe].
geffonben.
Thus : Befteficn (fcin or $aten), to consist ; f entfidjen, to arise, to orig-
inate ; fcerftefycn, to understand.
To this class may be added a verb with an abnormal
imperfect, viz*:
15. tfyun, to do, to make.
td)tf)ite,butl)uft,ertlntt, | tt)ue, tljut.
hrir tfyun, if)r tljut jc.
id] tf)at,bu t^atft
S. id) tfyate.
gcttjon.
Pres. subj., icb t^ue, bu tBuejl, er tfiue, hrir t^uen, itr tfeuet, fie tfjuett.
In the imperf. ind. tfjat is more usual than ttjat when followed
immediately by an infinitive.
WORDS.
etn S^otcy, m., a dollar
etn @d)iOing, m., a shilling-
ber S^ertfd), mankind
(Srbbeeren, f^ strawberries
^>eii, n., hay
afer, m., oats
bag Slid), the cloth
etne Unterftii^ung, support, aid
bie 9?aape, the caterpillar
ber Settler, the beggar
ber ^udjen, the cake
He 33ernunft, reason, sense
ber Ionian', the novel
ber Cornet', (2d decl), the comet
bte efafyr, the danger
ber ittben, the florin
bag lifer, the shore, bank
bie SBeletbigimg, the insult
letfe, low (not loud)
balb, soon
nod) ntd)t, not yet
bte 2Bof)ltf)at, the benefit
READIED EXERCISE 59.
1. (5r gibt mtr etne gute ^eber. 9#etn ^rennb gab mtr etnige
Staler, ^aben ie i^m biefelben jurucfgegeben ? ^od) nidjt. 3Ba^
t^t biefer ^nabe? (gr tt grbbeeren. 3d) ^abe nod) feme gegeffen.
>er 3CRann a^ ^u (too) Diet. )er Dd)fe frtfet ra8 unb ^eu. 3)ie
^ferbe ^aben alien >afer gefreffen. 3Barum mi^t bu btefeg Judj?
-3d) totH eg tierlaufen. SBarum lieft ber <Sd)itler fo leife ? @r Ijat etne
fd)Uxtd)e (Sttntine (voice), ^ruljer Ijat er tauter gelefen. 3)er Sltnbe
fte^t ntdjtg. @ie^, fyter finb betne Siid)er. @a|en @tc ben @tord) ?
Sir fa^en t^n ntd)t. 3d) ^abe nod) me (never yet) etnen Slepljanten
176 IRREGUIAR YEBB8.
2. 3emanb ifl mtr auf ben ^u getreten. $>er Bronte tfl nneber
genefen. (8 gefdjtefjt Diet in ber 2BeIt (world), nia8 man nidjt toer*
ftcfyen fann. laubten <2te, baft bieS gefdjafje? 3d) toerga 3b,nen
311 fagen, baft id) 3h,ren reunb gefefyen fyabe. 3d) Ijatte baS SBort
toergefjen. )er SBebtente fyat an ber b,iire geftanben; gtiiei anberc
2J?anner ftanben bet t()m. !Der 5lnne bat mid) um (for) cine Unter*
ftii^ung ; er Ijat fdjort biete !?eute gebeten. 3)er 9?abe fa auf einent
23aiun ; id) n)ei ntdjt, nne tange er bort (there) gefejjen ^at
lag ber Sfyfel? (gr lag im rafc.
60.
1. Give me two florins. "When (roann) will you * give l them
* back [to] " me ? In a few days (to.). The countess gave * a
'shilling [to] x the 2 poor 'beggar. God (ott) has 4 given
( J the) 3 reason to l mankind. I eat bread and cheese. Thou
eatest bread and butter. The children ate cherries. I saw
you* eat (infin.) l grapes (Srauben); were they ripe? Eat of
(tion) this cake, it is for you. The oxen eat (3) grass and hay.
The caterpillars ate all [the] leaves of (toon) that tree. The
cat has eaten the mouse. I gave her (dot.) a flower. What
does Miss Eliza read? She reads a novel by (toon) Sir Walter
Scott Have you read Lord Byron's poems (ebid)te) ? I have
not yet read them, but I shall read them soon. The merchant
has not measured the cloth.
2. Have you ever (je) seen a comet? Tea, I saw a beautiful
comet He does not see the danger in which he is [placed].
Young lady, read only good books. Beneath (unter) the sun
1 nothing l happens without the will (SSitten) of God. What
has (ift) happened ? An old man stood on the (am) shore and
cried (roetnte). Close to him (neben ib,m) sat two little children,
and a dog was lying beside (neben, dot.) them. The poor man
begged me to give him a few florins. Fabricius possessed (13)
such (fo) great virtues, that even (felbfl) the enemies of the
Romans * respected 'him. The honest man forgets (the)
insults and remembers (erumert fid) ber) benefits.
The following verbs have a in the imperfect and o in
the past participle.
IEBEGULAR VERBS.
177
INDICATIVE PRESENT. | IMPERAT. | IMPERFECT. | PAST PART.
1C. bcfefylen, (dot.), to order, to command.
id) bcfe[)Ic,bu beficljlfl, cr
befief)ft,unrbefe()(eiuc.
beftefjf,
befefylt.
id) befall
[befoffl,
8. id) [befab,(e],
before.
Thus: cmpfef/Icn, to recommend. P. p. empfofyten.
befoljten.
17. serbercjen, to hide, to conceal.
id) t>erberge,bu berbirgft,
et berbirgt 20.
toerbirg,
fcerbergt.
idj bcrbarg,
.6'. id)[tierbarge]
berburge.
berborgett.
The simple verb fcergett, to hide, is poetical. ^erBergen comes from
4?er6erge, and aufbetgen, emporlJergen from 33erg, not from iergen, to
hide. All three are regular.
18. t Berften, to burst, to crack.
id) berfte, bit berfteft or
birft, erbcrftetorbtrft,
rtnr berften K.
berfte or
Mrft,
berftet.
id)barftorbor|t
S. id) (bftrfte)
borfte.
geborften.
19. Bremen, to break (t when intrans.).
id) bvedje, bit brid)ft, er
bridjt, luir bredjeu :c.
brtd),
bredjt.
id) bradj.
S. id) bradje.
gebrodjen.
Thus: aC'6rcd)cn, to break off ; auS'brec^en, to breakout; unter&redj'en,
to interrupt (P. p. untcrbro'iixn"; gerfcrec^en, to break to pieces.
The verb brecften miy be conjugated regularly in the phrase glad)^
fcrccften, to break flax. SJabebraten, to break on the wheel, is re-
gular. Gfyebrccfyen (separable^, to commit adultery, is conjugated
like brecfycn, but in those parts in which (Sfje would come after
ircdjen it has id) bredje bte GsSe, etc.
20. trefd^en, to thrash.
Id) brefdje, bu brtfdjfl, er
brifdjt, n)tr brefdjen :c.
brifd),
brcfdjt.
id) brofd), less
freq. bra[d).
S. id) brfifdje.
gebrofdjen.
178
IREEaULAB VERBS.
INDICATIVE PRKSEST. J IMPERAT. ) IMPERFECT. j PAST PAKT.
21. t erfcfyrecfen (neut.), to be frightened.
id) evfdnTrfe, I am erfdjrirf, id) erfdjraf. erfdjrodeiu
frightened; bu er= erfdjredt. S. id) erjdjrfifc.
fdjrtrfft, er crfdjrirft,
loir evfdjrecfen :c.
When this verb is intransitive it should be conjugated irregularly.
However, a), the intransitive imperative erfcfyrecf e is not uncommon,
and 6) as a sportsman's expression for the sound various animals
of the deer kind make when alarmed, it is more usually regular.
The transitive verb should be conjugated regularly, (fcforerfcn, to
frighten. ) The reflexive verb is better conjugated irregularly.
22. cjclten, to be worth, pass for.
Id) gelte, bit gtttfl, er gilt,
Unr gettcn :c.
gilt [gelte],
geltet.
id) gait.
S. id) (gfilte)
golte [gulte].
Thus : fccrgelten, to requite. P. p.
23. gebaren, to bring forth.
id) gebarc, bugebierflor
gebfirft, er gebtert or
gebavt, tutr gebaren.
gcbter or
gebare,
gebort.
tdj gebar.
S. id) gebfire.
24. ^elfen (dat.), to help.
id) ^ctfc, bu fcitffl, er
hilft, n)tr Ijelfen jc.
w,
^elft.
id) Ijatj.
S. id) (fialfe)
^tttfe.
gegottem
geborcru
ge^olfen.
id) ne^nte, bu ntmmfl,
er nimmt, lutr netyntcu
25. ne^men, to take.
jttmm id) no^m. gcnomnten.
[neljme], S. id) italjmc.
ncf;mt.
Thus : aB'neljmcn, to take cff ; on'ncfjmen, to accept ; auS'ncfymcn, to
except ; fjerauss'nebmen/ to take out ; unternel^mcn, to undertake
(p.p. unternom'tnen); iocg'nc^mcn, to take away; 3urM / nc^men, to
take back.
26. fcfyelten, to scold, chide.
id) fdjette, bu fdjiltft, er
jdjilt, nrir fdjelteu :c.
fditit
fdjeltet.
id) fdjatt.
S. id) [fdjatte]
fdjolte.
ge(d)oltetu
IRREGULAR VERBS.
179
INDICATIVE PRESENT.
IMPERAT.
IMPERFECT.
PAST PART.
27. fprecfyen, to speak.
id) fpied)e,bu ftmdjft, er
ftmdjt, toir fpredjen :c.
frrtdj,
[foredje],
tyredjt.
id) fpradj.
S. id) fprcidje.
flefprodjen.
Tims : aitS'fprecljen, to pronounce ; entfyre'cfjen, to correspond ;
fpre'$en, to promise ; iinbcrfare'djen, to contradict.
28, jhcfyen, to prick, or sting.
td) t fled)e, bit ftidjft, cr
fitd)t f tuir ftedjen zc.
ftid)[fted,c],
fted)t.
id) ftad).
S. id) ftadjc.
29. ftecfen, to stick (intrans.).
id) flede, bit jicdEfl, er
ftede.
id) ftaf.
geftodjen.
geftcdt.
t
ftecft, loir ftecfen ?c.
/".JB. The transitive verb jtecfen, to put, is regular, and the intransi-
tive one more usually so. flaf and ftctfe (intr.) still occur, but are
rare in the imperf., and the same is true of fttcfjl, fticJt, in the
pres.
30. ftefylen, to steal.
id) fte()te, bit ftiebtft, er
ftiefytt, nrir fteljten :c.
ftiel)([ftebte] | id) fta()t [ftoljt].
ftel)(t.
S. id) ftab,Ie or
31. t jler&en, to die.
geftofjfeiu
geflorben
oerborfcen.
The transitive toerberCen, to ruin, is either regular or irregular.
Jforally ruined is usually berbcrBt and not fcerborfcen.
id) flerbe, bu ftirbfl, er
ftirbt, imr flerben K.
fttrb [fterbe]
fterbt.
td) ftarb.
8. id) (ftarbe),
ftilrbe.
32.
id) t>erberbe,but>erbirbft,
er toerbirbt zc.
:rberben, to ^
toerbtrb
[oerberbe],
Uerberbt.
jet spoiled.
id) toerbarb.
-S 1 . [id) Derbarbe]
oerbitrbe.
33. werBen, to sue (=to seek).
lc^ hierbe, bu hitrtjft, er
Wtrbt, toir loerben K.
[iDerbe],
luerbt.
id) ttiarb.
S. id) [tt&rbe]
lourbe.
geworben,
180
IRREGULAR VERBS.
INDICATIVE PRESENT.
IMPERAT.
IMPERFECT. PAST PABT.
34. roerfen, to throw, fling, cast.
id) roerfe, bu nrirfft, er
n)irf[tt)erfe],
id) njarf.
gettjorfen.
toirft, wir toerfen :c.
roerft.
S. id) [rtjorfe]
wurfe.
Thus: itm'werfen, to upset; toertoer'fen, to reject; toor'toerfen, to
reproach ; toeg'toerfen, to throw away.
35. treffen, to hit
id) treffe, bit trifffl, er
trtff[treffe],
id) traf.
getroffen.
trifft, roir treffcn jc.
ttefft.
S. id) trafe.
Thus : ein'treffon, to arrive ; ubertref'fen, to excel (p. p. iifcertrof'fen) ;
an'treffeu (ace.) and jufam'mentteffen (mit), to meet.
36. beginnen, to begin.
id) begume, bu beginnft,
beginne,
id) begann [or
begonnen.
er beginnt jc.
beginnt.
begonn, or be^
gonnte].
S. id) (beganne)
begonne.
37. genrinnen, 1 to win, to gain.
id) getoinne ?c.
genrinne.
id) getuann.
gettjonnen.
/S'.id)(gettjfinne)
gewonne.
38. rinnen/ to leak, to flow.
id) rinne, bu rinnfl 20.
rinne.
id) rann
geronnen.
[ronn, rinntej.
S. id) (ranne)
ronne.
39. ftnnen, 1 to meditate.
id) ftnne, bu finnft zc.
ftnne.
id) fann [fonn].
gefonnen.
S. id) (fanne)
fonne.
Thus : ftdj Befinnen, to reflect, to remember, cfonnen fctn is, to in-
tend (to do a thing) ; geftnnt fetn is, to hold certain opinions: e=
flnnt fein is sometimes used for flefonnen fein, but this usage is not
to be recommended. The Swiss writers, and sometimes writers
not Swiss, make this verb regular.
i The parts not given are formed like those of bfgtnnen.
IRREGULAR VERBS.
181
INDICATIVE PRESENT. | IMPERAT. | IMPERFECT. | PAST PART.
40. fptnnen, 1 to spin.
idj fptnne, bit fpinnfhc.
fpinne.
id) fpann[fpomi]
S. id) (f panue)
jpijnne.
gefponnen.
41. t fcfyroimmen, 1 to swim.
fdjrtrimme
fdjtoimme.
id) fdjitwmm
[fd)tt)omm].
gefd)n)om
men.
me)fd)U)6mme
c&ftimmcn takes Ijafccn when tlie movement from place to place is
not prominent (compare 10, p. 172).
42. t fommen, to come.
id) fontme, bn fomntft, | lomme.
or lommfl, er lommt,
or fdmmt.
id) !am.
S. id) fame.
gelommen.
WORDS.
ber )tef>, the thief
ba8 9to()r, the reed, cane
ber S!ftatrofe, the sailor
ber >auptmann, the captain
ba8 e>t)e{)r f the musket
ber <Sd)alj, the treasure
ber 9J?orber, the murderer
ber jDotd), the dagger
ber picget, the looking-glass
ber tadjet, the sting
ba Onfeft, the insect
bie 33tene, the bee
bag 3^ e ^' *^ e wart, target
bie Nation, baS ^olf, the nation
bie Sapferfeit, (the) valor
ber ^lad)^, the flax
bie SOtfaftigung, (the) moderation
laben, irr., to load
reintgen, pu^en, to clean
ge^ord)en, (dot.), to obey
jjeigen, (dot.), to show
Meid), pale
tobt, dead.
1 Bee foot-note, page 180,
182 IRREGULAR VERBS.
READING EXERCISE 61.
1. SRer beftefytt ben otbatcn? >ie Offaiere befaljfen ben otbaten,
ben ^einb cmjugretfen (to attack). 3)er $b'nig fjat befoljlen, bo cin
neuer ^ataft gebaut wcrbc. 3)er $)teb fyatte ftd) fjinter einer 2ftauer
fcerborgen. Sftein ofyn, toarum fcerbtrgft bu betn eftdjt (face)?
Q GtS tft geborften. $a $ofjr btegt ftcfy (bends); abet e$ brtdjt
nirfjt. 2)er Sebtente fyat bie l)eetajje jerbroc&en. Om Sinter ttrirb
ba$ etretbe (grain) gebrofdjen. 2)ie gran erfdjraf, al * (when) f\c
i^ren 2)?ann Jo blei^ fa^. Oebermonn tear bariiber erfc^rorfen. 23a3
^aben <Ste in ber Sotterie getoonnen? Oc^ Ijabe ^unbert ulben
geraonnen.
2. SSenn bu betnem ^ad^bar ^ttfft, fo Ijtlft er bir oud^ hneber. !l)er
@raf ^ot tJteten Airmen ge^olfen. 35a^ ^inb ^at bag 3J?e[fer genommen.
2Bariim na^mft bu e8 nic^t h)eg? 3?d) begann gerabe (just) meine
Arbeit, al3 l ber ^rembe etntrat (came in). 2)ie 5D?atrofen fc^njammen
itber ben 5^up. 2)ie alte ftiau ^at ^ta^S gefponnen. 2Bot)on Ijaben
bie lOeute gefprori^en? @ie fagten, ba ber ^er^og toon 2Befltngton
geftorben i^t. 2Wein ^reunb ift ttom ^ferbe gefatten (fallen) unb ^at
ben (his) ?lrm gebrocfjen. 2Ber ^at biefen tein geroorfen ? (Sin ^nabc
hjarf tljn in ba8 Softer, unb bie @d)etbe (pane) ift jerbro^en.
Stufonbc 62.
1. The general commands, the soldiers must obey. "Who
has ordered you (dot.) 2 to "do Hhis? The captain ordered
me 3 to load J the 2 muskets. Socrates recommended to his
pupils (dot.) moderation in all things. Many treasures are
hidden in the earth. The murderer hid his dagger under his
cloak. Who has broken my looking-glass? The servant broke
it (see p. 146, 2) this morning, when 1 he s cleaned l the s room.
You may think that he 3 was l much (f efyr) 2 frightened. I was
also frightened when I saw it. We must always return (No. 22)
good for good (ute3 mit ($utem). The duke was born in
the year 1775. Mary has been * stung by a bee. The sting of
i To translate when, the student must first consider to what it is equivalent in
English. If to whenever, as often as, fo oft is a safe translation ; if to as toon as, then
fobatb ; if to if, then rotnn ; if to now that (e.g., in Are you going to write to him, when he i*
already dead ?) then fca ; if followed by the English imperfect or pluperfect referring to
a single occasion, then als ; if meaning on which, in which or at which (e.g., on~the day
when, at the lime when) ta. The student need hardly be reminded, that when in doubt
how to translate any English words, the first thing is to consider to what more specific
English words they are equivalent.
i In these exercises italics frequently indicate that the passive must bo used.
IEEEGULAE "VERBS.
183
the insect stuck in the wound, and she came to show it to me
dat-). Frederick H, king of Prussia, died on the 17th [of]
August, 1786.
2. "The child is not dead," said Jesus to its father, "it
sleeps (fd)lcift)." The boy spoils his books; he has also spoiled
his clothes (^tctber). Of whom have you spoken? We spoke
of (toon) Columbus. The soldier threw 3 away J his 2 gun. Who
threw the stone at (nad), with dat.) the window ? I do not know
who (rocr) threw it. Have you hit the mark ? Yes, I have hit
it. Can you swim ? I swam over the river yesterday. Who
spun this flax ? My wife (^rau) spun it during (the) last winter.
She began the (ace.) day after Christmas (2Bei()nad)t). The
unhappy men threw themselves at (311, dat.) the feet of the
king. The Romans excelled (35) all nations in (an) valor.
The following verbs have fl in the imperfect and it in
the past participle. These are the only parts which need
be committed to memory, the rest are formed just like
those of regular verbs.
INDICATIVE PRESENT.
IMPERFECT.
PAST PART.
43. Mnben, to bind, to tie.-
id) btnbe, bu btnbeft, cr
binbet, tt)tr btnben :c.
td) banb.
S. id)banbe[biinbe]
gebunben, bound.
Thus : an'Hnben, to attach ; berMnben, to oblige, to join, to dress
(a wound).
id) ftnbe.
. ftnbcn, to find,
id) fanb [fnnbj. gefunben.
S. id) fiinbe [fiinbe].
Thus : erftn'ben, to invent ; cmpfir.'b'en/ to feel.
45. f fcfyttnnben, to disappear, to vanish.
id) fdjroattb
Id) fdjttnnbe.
S. id) jdjiufinbe
[fdjroiinbe],
Thus: f berfd)itn'fcen, to disappear.
gefdittmnben.
184
IRREGULAR VERBS.
INDICATIVE PRESENT.
IMPERFECT.
PAST PART.
46. nnnben, to wind.
idj rtnnbe. id) toanb. I gettwnben.
S. id) toanbe.
Thru : fi&ertottl'ben, to overcome. P. p. itbcrtoun'ben. But tombcn, to
blow (of the wind), and lutnben/ to snuff or scent (of a hound 1 , is
regular.
47. f brtngen, to press, to urge.
id) brtnge.
id) brang.
S. id) brange
[briingc].
gebritngen.
Thus : f butdfjbrin'gen, to penetrate ; etn'brtngen, to enter by force.
Not to be confounded with brangen, tr., to force, which is regular.
48. t gcltngen (impers.), to succeed.
e3 getong [getung] e8 ifl mir getnngen,
mir, I succeed- I have succeed-
ed, ed.
gela'nge[getttnge]
Thus : f miUn'gen, to fail.
e geltngt mir, I succeed.
e gcttngt i^m, he suc-
ceeds, etc.
- 49. flingen, to sound.
{rfj fltnge. id) flcmg. geftungcn.
/S'.id) flange [flitnge]
Thus : f erfltn'flen, to resound ; t fccrftm'gen, to die away.
\d) ringe.
50. rtngcn, to struggle, to wring.
gcvitngen.
id) rang.
| S. id) range.
Thus : errin'gen, to obtain, conquer. Another verb rinflon, e. <j. in
bcrtngen, to provide with a. ring, and umrin'flen, to surround, ia
regular. The imperfect umrang, is, however, sometimes used,
and still more frequently the past. part, umrungen.
51. fcfyltngen, to wind, to twine.
id) fdjttnge.
gefdjhmgen/
id) fdjfong.
S. id) fdjtangc
[frfjUtnge],
Thus : berfi^Un'gen, to devour ; umfrfttin'gen, to embrace.
IRREGULAR VERBS.
185
INDICATIVE PRESENT.
IMPERFECT.
PAST PART.
52. fcfynnngen, to swing, brandish, wave.
id) fd)tmnge. id) fdjmang
[fdjnntng].
S. id) fd)tt>ange
[fd)ttmnge],
fcfyfonngen, to provide with wings, is regular.
53. {tngen, to sing.
gefd)h)ungetu
idj ftnge.
id) fringe.
id) fang [fung].
gefungen.
S. id) fange [fiinge]
54. t fprtngen, 1 to spring, to jump.
aetyritngen.
id) tyrang [fpritng]
S. id) fpriingc
[fyriinge].
Thus : JjerauS'ftmngett, to jump out ; f jeiftmn'flm, to burst.
55. t jtnfen, to sink.
ftnfe.
id) fanf [fun!].
gcfitnfen.
S. id) fanfc [fiinle].
Thus : Ijeral)'* or Jjmafc'ftnfen, to sink down ; f toerfin'fen, to sink.
56. trinfen, to drink.
id) trtnfe.
id) tranf or trunf.
getrwtfen.
>'. id) tran!e[triinfe] '
Thus : f ertrtn'fen, to be drowned.
57. jttnngen, to force, compel.
id) ;?toang.
& id) ; '
id) jiutngc.
Thus : Bejttrin'flen/ to conquer ; erjftrin'gen, to obtain by force.
68. tingen, to hire (a servant).
id) binge. id) bingte [bang, gebungen.
bung].
8. id) btngctc
[bange, biinge].
Bebingen in the sense of, to make dependent on something, limit,;
allow only under certain conditions, is almost always regular.
I Paragraph 10, page 172, on the auxiliary used with fdjunmmcn, applies also tt
reiten, fliegen, flic^en, and ftte&eiu
186
IRREGULAR VERBS.
INDICATIVE PRESENT. | IMPERFECT.
PAST PART.
id) fdjtube.
id) ftutf c.
69. fd)tncen, to flay.
id)fd)tmb(orfd)anb,
fdjhtbete).
8. id) fdjiinbe
(fdjdnbe, fd)tnbete)
. ftinfen, to stink.
id) ftanf.
S. id) ftdnfe[ftiinfe].
WORDS.
gefdjunben.
gefhtnfen.
bcr ^Sfa^l, the stake, palisade
bte $ugel, the ball, bullet
bte 33ntft, the chest, breast
bie $crt)ne, the standard, flag
bag <d)teftpult>er, gunpowder
ber SBUtmenfrang, the garland
cine tednabet, a pin
ber SBudjbmber, the bookbinder
ber trtd, the cord
bag teb, the song
bie affe, the cup
ber 3dger, the hunter
bag Sftel), the deer, roe
ber >ag, 3 aim ' *^ e hedge
ber ^affee, the coffee
bag (gtenb, (the) misery
bie Sudjbritd'erfimft, the art of
bag 33oot, the boat [printing
erflmgen, to resound
imter^ol'ten, to amuse
fdjmiidfen, to decorate, to adorn
freitmflig, voluntarily
^itbfd), nice, pretty
toorftd)tig, cautious.
READING EXERCISE d3.
er artner tjat bag 33duntd)en an etnen ^fa^t gebunben.
berbanb bte SBunbe beg olbaten. 3d) fanb bag ^inb fdjlafenb unter
etnem 33anme. 33ertf)otb (Sdjiuarj, ein jbeut[d)er, tjat tm 3al)re 1380
bag @d)teppu(t>er erfunben. Unter ber Sftegtenmg (reign) ^art'g VII
brangen bte (Sngtdnber in ^ranfrctd) ein, unb fanben nitr etnen fd)ttmd)en
5Btberftanb (resistance). 3)ie ugel ift bem Offtjter bnrd) bte Sritfl
gebrungen. 3)ag 'jpferb fprang itber etnen bretten rabcn (ditch).
jDie Xrom^eten erflangen, bte ^^nen murben ge(d)tt)ungcn, alg ber
^aifcr na^ete (approached). (Sofrateg tranf ben ($iftbed)er (cup of
poison), unb ftarb ben Sob beg <Sered)ten. at er t()n freuuitttg
getrunfen? 2Ber t)at tf)n ge^njungen, btefeg ^u t^un? 3)ag @d)iff ift
gefunten. 29Bie ^aben @te fid) geftern Stbenb unter^atten ? 2Btr b,aben
ge^telt, gefungen unb getrunfen. 2)te 2)?dbd)en ^aben Slumenfrdnge
genjunben, um bte ^dufer ju fdjmiiden.
IBBEGULAE YErtBS. 187
SlufgoBe 64.
1 . I do not find my stick. I found these violets in your
garden and tied them [together] in (i. e., into) a (ace.) bunch
(@trau$, ni.). Where did she find that pin? She (has) found
it in the street. They found a purse of (nut) gold. What
bookbinder bound your nice book? It was Mr. Long, who
*lives *in '(the) "King-Street. I succeeded in catching (^u
fangen) the thief. He was* immediately (fog(eid)) bound with
cords. Miss Emma sang a fine song. The songstress has
sung admirably (untnberfdjon). "Would you like to 2 drink a
glass [of] wine ? I thank you, I have drunk already two cups
[of] coffee. The ladies drank tea and ate cake.
2. The cat sprang over the table. A German called (9?amenS)
Gutenberg, invented the art of printing. When (afS) the
hunter came, 'the 3 deer 'had (roar 3 ) sprung over the hedge.
The boat sank before our eyes. If the captain Lad been more
cautious, 2 she (c) *would 3 not have (fein) sunk. Lord Byron
swam across the (itber beu) Hellespont. The poor woman wrung
her hands in despair (t>or ^kr^ttieiffitng). (The) misery forced
me to steal, said the prisoner. Misery should 4 not have forced
him to do wrong (Unredjt). My friends have forced me to
become [a] soldier.
READING LESSON.
$er IjWtgrtge Strofict. The hungry Arab.
(Sin 9lraber Ijatte fid) in ber SBiifte (desert) bertrrt 6 ; er fjatte fett
(for) meljrercn agen9M)t3 gegeffen, unb fitrdjtete bor (of) mnger 311
fterben. Snbtid) 6 taut er an cinen (one of) bon jcnen Srunnen, 7 too
bie $aratt)anen i^re .^ ! ameele trdnfcn, 8 unb fat) einen lebernen <Sad 9 auf
bent (Sanbe Itegen. (Sr fjob 10 i^n auf unb befitfjlte 11 i^n. ,,ott fei
2)anf !" rtef 2 er au8, ,,bafi 13 ftnb 3)attetn w ober
1 Here and in some of the following exercises the passive voice is indicated by italics.
2 See p. 97, 1st Cond.
When a dependent clause comes first, the principal clause takes the question order.
< See p. 99.
6 lost his way. at last. well, fountain. to water. a leathern bag. 10 auf ^f Bet
(141), to pick up, take up. u to touch, to feel. 12 auSrufen (110), to exclaim. i3Sep.l62
It HAMS.
188 IBREGULAR VERBS.
On btefer fiiften >offnung l Ivetlte er ftd) (he hastened), ben
gu b'ffnen 2 ; ober er fanb fid) in fctner (grnwrtung geta'ufd)t (disap-
pointed). j)er Qad mar mtt 1j3erlen gefiittt.
3)ann tunrbc er traurtg 3 unb fiet 4 auf feine $mee unb bat @ott,
ba{5 er U)ii lion fctner 9?ot^ 5 erretten (save) unb if)m ^>ilfe fdjirfen
morfjte. <2ein ebet 6 n)urbe erl)ort ; benn (for) itad) enter tunbc
font ber SD'ionn, ber ben @ocf toerloren (125) fyatte, ouf einem ^ameete
rettenb (riding) ^urucf, nm i^n gu fudjen. (Sr tuar fet)r gtiicfltd), ttjn
niteber 311 ftnben, I)atte 2Ritteib 7 mit bent armen ^Irober, erquicfte 8 t^n
mtt Spetfe unb ranf, fe^te i^n ju ftd) 9 ouf fein Wanted unb fe^rtc
gu ber ^arahjane
1 swt hope. J to open. 3 Borrowf uL < Jkl, Imperf. of f atttn, to fall (99). n distres*.
prayer, t compassion, t refreshed. with himself (literally and really, to himself)
IRREGULAR VERBS.
189
TWENTY-SEVEXTH LESSOR.
The following verbs have 2 in the iinpeifect and past
participle.
INDICATIVE PRESENT.
IMPERFECT.
PAST PART.
61. betfjen, to bite.
id) beifce, bu beifceft, er
beifjt, roir beifteu :c.
idj bifc.
gebiffen.
62. beflci'jjen (ftcfy), to apply one's sell
id) befli mid).
befliffen.
d) befletfje mid), bu be*
fleifjeft bid), er beflet^t
fid), roir beflei^en un3 :c.
The other form of this verb : ftcb beflet'jjigen, is regular, efliffen,
zealous, from the obsolete fid) fleifccn, still occurs.
63. t erblei'cfyen, to turn pale.
id) erblid).
erblidjen.
d) erbteidje, bu erbtei^ft,
cr erbleid)t,tt)ir erbtet^en.
Thus : f uer&teicfcen, to fade. P. p. toer6(id)en.
The simple verb IMfon, to bleach, is regular when transitive, and the
intransitive btetcfeen may be so ; but etblcidjen andtterbletcfren, in the
sense of to depart this life, have hardly any other forms in the past
part, than erblidjen,
64. gretfen, to grasp, gripe.
griff.
gegrtffen.
id) greife, bu greifft, er
gretft, roir gretfen :c.
Thus : Begrei'fen, to understand, to conceive ; ergret'fen, to seize
(P.p. ergriffen); an'greifen, to attack (P. p. att'gegriffen).
65. gteic^en (dot.), to resemble.
id) gtic^ or gteidjte.
gegUdjen or
id) gfetifo bu gfeidift, . _ . _ .
er gleicfyt, roir gleidjeu jc. gegleidjt.
Thus : berglei'dien, to compare. P. p. fcergttdjen. (eidicn is generally
irregular when intransitive, although the regular imperfect some-
times occurs. Generally regular when transitive, though here
the irregular imperfect and past part, are not unusual. The com-
pounds scarcely occur with any other imperf. and past part, thaa
the irregular ones.
190
KKEGULAB VERBS.
INDICATIVE PRKSKNT.
IMPEKFECT.
PAST PAKT.
66. t glctten, l to glide, slide.
id) gleite, bu gteiteft, er
id) glitt (gleitete).
geglitteu(gegleitet).
gfcitet, luir gleiten :c.
N. B. tegietten, to accompany, is regular and takes Ija&en.
67 fneifen, to pinch.
id) fnetfe, bit fneiftf, er
id) fatff.
gefniffen.
fnetft, urir fneifen zc.
N. B. Another form : hidden/ to pinch, is usually regular, fneifen
may be regxilar. $neipen, to sit drinking at a tavern, is regular.
68. leifcen, to suffer.
id) leibe, bit tetbefi/ ev
leibet, loir feiben ?c.
id) tttt.
gelitten.
?eibcn, to harm, also to be repugnant, is regular. So also Beletben,
entleiben, toerlciben, and 6emit(eiben, to pity.
69. pfeifen, to whistle.
id) pfetfe, bit ^feifft, er I id) pftff.
pfeift, nnr pfeifen ?c.
70. reifcn, to rend, to tear.
gepfiffen.
id) reie, bu rei^eft, er
id) rife.
geriffen.
rei^t, rt)ir reifcen :c.
Thus : jerrei'pen, to tear ; entrei'fjen, to tear from, snatch away.
71. t rotten, 2 to ride.
tdj reite, bu rettefl, er reitet,
id) ritt.
geritten.
hnr retten ac.
Thus : f ijorfcci'reitm, to ride by ; t foajietm retten, to take a ride.
N. B. 33ereitcn, to prepare (from berett, ready), and toor'bereiten, to
prepare (beforehand), are regular.
72. fcfyletfen, to sharpen, to grind.
id) fditeife, bu frf)(eifft, er
id, fdjtiff.
gefd)Itffen.
fdjleift, tt)ir fdjleifen :c.
Always irregular when it means to sharpen or grind ; regular or
irregular when it means to glide; in other senses properly only
egular.
i Takes fiabcn when it means to slide on the ice (for amusement). Compare 10, p. 17X
a See 10, pace 172.
iREEGttLAB VERBS.
191
INDICATIVE PRESENT.
IMPERFECT.
PAST PART.
73. t fcfyletcfyen, to sneak or steal along.
idj fdjtetdje, bu frf)leid)ft, id) fdjlidj.
er [d)(etdjt, ttJtr fdjfetdjen.
74. fhretcfyen, to stroke.
id) flretdje, bu fh-eidjft, er
id) ftridj.
gefdjttdjen.
gejtridjett.
jireidjt, toir ftreidjen :c.
Thus: cut'ftmchen, to scratch out ; an'ftretc&en, to paint ; unterjtret'djen,
(p. p. unterftrt'djcn\ to underline. $nie?heicf)en, to comb wool with
the finest comb, and jtaats>ftreid)en, to carry out a coup d'etat, are
regular.
75. fcfymeiJKtt, to fling, to turn out.
id) fdjmeifee, bit fdjmeifteft,
er fd)mei^t K.
gefdjmiffen.
76. fcfynetben, to cut.
id) fdjneibe, bu fdjnetbeft, id) fdjnitt.
er fd)iteibet, n)ir fdjneiben.
Thus : oB'i^ineiben, to cut off. P. p. ab'gejcfjmtten.
gefdjnitten.
77. t fcfyretten, to stride, to step.
id) fdjreite, bu fd)reiteft, er id) fdjritt.
gefdjritten.
fdjreitet, loir fdjretten K.
78. ftretten, to quarrel, contend, fight.
tdj ftrette, bu ftreiteft K. \ tdj ftrttt. | geftrttten.
Thus : Bejftet'ten, to contest, to dispute.
79. t tt>etd)en, to yield.
td) tueidje, bu ftjeidjft ac. | idj raid). | getoidjen.
Thus : f au^'= or cifc'toeicften, to deviate ; f entoet'cfyen, to escape.
W. -B. SBeii^en, to soften, is a regular verb.
192 IRREGULAR VERBS.
WORDS.
ba3 3?etn, the leg ber <2tern, the star
ba3 ager, the camp bie Ueberfe'fcung, the translation
ber $mitptmann, the captain ba$ (Stitcf, the piece
ber Mft, the branch bo 3?ajternteffer, the razor
ber Xrncffefjter, the misprint bemerfen, to perceive
ber $ampf, the combat ergreifen, to seize
bie famine, the flame toorberetten, reg., to prepare
ba0 Beidien ) ft rf j ^ au f^k [ to turn out
ba3 (Signal', ) tjmauSfdjmetfcen, j
READING EXERCISE 65.
er junge 9)?ann fyqt ftrf) feb,r befttffen, 2)eutfd) 311 ternen.
feunb ^at mid) in (lit into, inasmuch as the ace. and not the dat.
follows in) ba8 33em gebtj|en. S)o8 2JZdbd)cn gtttt <w8 unb brad^ em
S3ein. 3d) Ware auc^ gegtttten, luenn man mid) ntd)t ge^atten (held)
fycitte. !j)ie ^etnbe fatten bag ager angegrtffen. 3)er ^pauptmann
ergriff fetnen 2)egen. 3)te Jotter gtetd)t tfyrer 2Wutter. 5)te armen
efangeuen fyaben ptel gelitten. 2)er @turm Ijat Dtele 5lefte pon ben
23a'umen abgertffen. 3Jietne c^u^e ftnb gerriffcn. 2Barum btfl bu fo
fdjnett geritten? Unfcrc (Solbaten f)aben tote >clben geftrttten; fte ftnb
aber enblt^ bem ^einbe getuic^en. 2)er 23mb pfiff bitrc^ bie 33tiume.
Gtntge jDrnrffefjIer b,aben fic^ in ba3 Sud) cingefc^U^en (crept in).
3)a3 ^inb b,at ji^ in ben finger gefdjnttten. ^Don Ouirote fdjliff jetn
d^toert unb befafjl feinem treuen 2)tener (Sanc^o ^Janfa, ftc^ ju etnem
neuen ^ampfe porgnberetten.
uf galie 66.
1. The dog bit me. He bites everybody. Were you also
bitten? William Tell perceived a large flame ; but he coulJ
not conceive whence (tooljer') this signal came. Day dawns (erf
ttnrb Jag); the stars have faded. The young gentleman applied
himself to learn French. I compared my translation wita
yours, and found only two mistakes in it (see p. 147). Our
dog has been torn [to pieces] by a wolf. The traveller cut a
piece of meat and laid it on his (ace.) bread. Have you made
(cut) my pen? Be so kind [as] to make it. The hunter strode
across (itber) the field.
2. Tour penknife is not sharpened. The thief opened the
door and stole into the house ; but he was soon seized by a
HmEGtTLAR VERBS. 193
servant and turned out (fnnaug-). During my illness * I * have
suffered much. Did you suffer mucli pain (2rf)mer?en, p j .) ?
"Who whistled ? Charles whistled with a key. The beggar's
coat was quite torn. The king rode on a grey horse. Who
has sharpened this razor ? I do not know who 3 has 'sharp-
ened J it. The enemy yielded on all sides (auf aflen (Setten.).
The following verbs have \t in the imperfect and past
participle.
80. t bletben, to remain, to stay, Imp. id) blteb. Past part.
gebltcben.
Thus : f aitg'fcleikn, to stay away ; f gurucMJIeifcen, to stay behind.
81. rcibcn, to rub. Imp. id) neb. Part, gerteben.
Thus : ouf'reifcen, to destroy ; gmei'fcen, to rub to powder.
82. fcfyretben, to write. Imp. id) fdjrteb. Part, gefdjrieben.
Thus : ab'fdiretBen, to copy ; Befcfcm'Ben, to describe ; imterfcfym'Btn,
to sign (p. p. unterfdme'ben).
83. treiben, to drive. Imp. id) trteb. Part. getrtefcen.
Thus : toertret'ben, to expel ; ufcertret'Ben, to exaggerate.
84. meiben, to shun. Imp. ic^ mteb. Part, gemteben.
Thus : bermei'ben, to avoid.
85. fo^eibcn, to separate. Imp. id) f(|ieb. Part, gefctyteben.
Thus : entfcfeei'bcn, to decide ; imterfcfyet'ben, to distinguish, djeiben,
to sheath, is regular.
86. t gebetfy'en, to thrive. Imp. ify gcbtcb (gebcit)(e)te). Part.
gebiefyen.
87. Icil)en, to lend. Imp. i^ liel;. Part, geltefyen.
88. fd)rcien, to crj, scream. Imp. id) ferric. S. id) fd^ncc.
Part, gejc^rieen.
89. fpeten, to spit. Imp. ify fpie [fpette]. S. fptcc [fpetete],
Part, gefpieen, gefpet(c)t
90. ijerjeilj'en, to pardon. Imp. id) ijerjie^ [er*eibte].
S. serjic^e [oerjei^ete]. Part, serjie^en [erjei^t].
91. preifen, to praise, extol. Imp. id) prte^. Part, gepriefcn,
SoB^reifen, to extol, has lofyrteS or lob^retpe, toBge^riefen, gelofyrtefan,
194 ERREGtlLAR VERBS.
92. rcetfen, to show. Imp. id) roie$. Part, gerotefeiu
Thus : betoei'fen, to prove ; crroct'fen, to show.
93. fdjetnen, to shine, to seem. Imp. id) fdjien. P. gefdnenen.
Thus : erfcftei ncn, to appear. The verbs befcfiemfigjen, to certify, and
beaitflenjdjein jg)en, to look at, are regular.
04. fdjroeigen, to be silent. Imp. id) fdjnrieg. P. gefdjrotegen.
Thus : tocrfdttijet'flen, to conceal, to keep secret, rfntetgen, to cause
to keep silent, with compounds of the same sense, is regular.
95. t ftetgen, to mount. Imp. id) jtteg. Part. gefKegen.
Thus : f oB'fletgen, to alight ; f Ijinab'jlei^cn or ficvaB 'fifteen, to descend,
to get down ; f fytnauf'fietflen, to mount, to ascend '^erfiei'gen, to
mount, to climb up. teigern, to bid at an auction, is regular.
96. fyeifjen, to be called. Imp. id) fyiefj, I was called. Part.
geljetpen (not gefyiefjen).
Thus : terljei'fjen, to promise. P. p. toerfjeijjen.
WORDS.
bcr 55erfaffcr, the author ber o^ ac f)8/ the flax
bte ttinme, the voice ber tpfel, the top
bte <onne, the sun laut, loud
bie $itfte, the coast ^efl f gltin^enb, bright
eine <Sette, a page beletbtgen, to oflfend
bte efd)td)te, history ongeben, to mention
etn Sillet' or Srief^en, a note retten, to rescue, to save
em (Sc^dfer, a shepherd ^fttg, violent
beril^mt, famous jornig, angry.
READING EXERCISE 67.
2Bo bliebft bu fo lange ? 3d) btieb gwet tunben auf (in, h't. upon)
bem ^affee^aufe. SBie lange tft 3^r ^reunb geblieben ? Sr ift nur
eine <5hmbe gebtieben. 2Ber ^at jeneS 23ii^ gefdjneben ? 3d) feune
ben S3erfaffer ntdjt; fein 9Jame tft auf bem 33ud)e ntdjt angegeben.
SBarum ^aben @te ben Untgang (intercourse) btefeS 9J?anneg ntdjt
gemteben ? ^reten @te ntd)t fo lout. 3d) ^abe ntdjt fo laut gefdjrteen.
SSte fyetfjen @te? 3c^ ^etpe grtebrtc^. 2Bte ^ie^ O^re 3)?ittter? @te
In'ejj Sltfabett). SBenn (5te gefdjtotegen flatten, fo roitrben te 9?temanb
beleibtgt fjaben. jDer erettete prie ott nut laitter <5timme. 3)er
Sftetfenbe roar auf ben 53erg geftiegen ; at (when) t^ ifyn fa^, ftteg id)
aud) fjtnauf. te onne f^ten fetjr luarm, ats roir ben SBerg fjtnab*
UtREGULAK VEKBd. 195
ftiegen. 2Ber b,at Sfynen biefeS <$elb geltefjen ? 2Jtein -ftarfjbar lie!) es
mir unter bcr SBebingung (condition), ba id) eg ifjm in ad)t agen
timber guriicfgebe. (Sin fyeftiger Sturm trieb unfcr <2rf)iff an bie $ufte.
2Bie lange finb @ie auf bem 23atte geblieben ? 2Bir blieben big fitter*
nadjt (midnight).
68.
1. Remain here till (6t3) to-morrow. How long did your
cousin stay ? He stayed an hour. I am writing a long letter ;
yesterday 2 1 1 wrote three pages ; to-day 2 1 ^hall write two
more (nod) gtoet). That English history was written by a
famous author. I wrote a note to him. The shepherd drove
the sheep into the fold (in ben 'Bferrf)). This year 2 the 3 flax
1 has (ift) not thriven. Why did the boy cry so loud ? The son
said: "Dear father, pardon me (dot.) this fault;" and the
father pardoned him. The three men in the furnace (gtues*
ofen) praised God with a loud voice.
2. I lent my book to some one, but I cannot remember (tdj
fann mid) nid)t erinnern) who it was. 1 Perhaps s you ( 2 have)
lent 4 it to (dot.) 6 Mr. S. That may be. The sun shone
brightly. All animals and plants seem to have been created
(gefcfjaffen 311 fein, see 5, p. 140) for (the) man (mankind). The
king seemed to be angry. If you had been (subjunctive)
silent, 2 you Vould not have offended him. Speaking (inf.)
is silver ; silence (Sdjmeigen) is gold. How high did the trav-
eller mount? He ascended to (big auf, ace.) the top of the
mountain.
The following verbs have \t in the imperfect, but in
the past participle the same vowel as in the present.
The second and third persons singular of the present
modify the vowel of the stem.
INDICATIVE PRESENT. IMPEEFECT. PAST PART.
97. fclafen, to blow.
$ fcfafe, bn Haft (blafeft,
btfifeft), er btaft (6Iafct\
toir btafen, ib,r blaft, fte
blafett.
id) btieS.
geblafen. 1
1 Observe that all irregular verbs which have a in the infinitive, retain this vowel
In the past participle.
196
IRREGULAR VERBS.
INDICATIVE PRESENT.
IMPERFECT.
PAST PART.
98. frraten, to roast.
id) fcrate, bu bratft or bra-
teft, er brat or bratet, nnr
braten, iljr bratet :c.
id) brict (bratete.)
99. t fallen, to falL
gebraten.
gef alien.
id) fafle, bit faGft, er fattt, I id) ftet.
nnr faflen, ifyr fallt :c.
Thus : f I)cra6'faflen, to fall down ; gefot'Ien, to please ; f ein'faflen, to
occur to the mind ; mifefal'len, to displease ; f jcrfal'len, to decay;
not to be confounded with fallen, to fell, which is regular.
100. fcmgen, to ca,tch.
fdj fonge, bu fangft, er
id) fing,fi(e)ng.
fangt, tt)tr fangen jc.
Thus : an'fangen/ to begin ; ? mpfan'gen, to receive.
101. fyalten, 1 to hold.
gefangen.
id) f>alte, bu fialtft, er fjatt,
id) b,te(t.
geljatten.
mtr fatten :c.
Thus : oB'^altcn, to prevent ; auf'ljalten, to detain ; ein'^altcn, to stop;
befcal'tcn, to keep ; cr^al'ten, to receive (p. evt*atten x .
102. fyangen, to hang, to be suspended.
id) fjange, bu b,angfi
(b,angft),er^angt(b,angt),
ir fangen x.
Thus : a&'ljangen (Don), to depend (upon),
fangen, to hang up (transitive), is regular.
id) b,tng.
geljangen.
103. loffen, to let, 2 to leave.
trfjlaffe, bula^t (laffeft),
er la'fet, wir laffen :c.
id) lie
getaffen.
Sa is very much more usual than laffe in the imperative.
Thus : toerlaf'fen, to leave (a place), to quit ; ju'Iaffen, to admit ;
jurucf' laffen, and Ijinterlaf' fen, to leave behind.
N. -B.S3eran 'loffen, to cause, is regular.
fatten with the preposition fflr answers to the English to consid r o% to t'inJc. to taJct
to be. Ex.: 3$ ^atet^nfflreinen e^tti^en aflann, I consider ttaink)him(tobe>n Uoneet
man.
19 let (e. g.. a house), c ermttt^eiu
IRREGULAR VERBS.
197
INDICATIVE PRESENT.
IMPERFECT.
PAST PART.
104. ratten, to advise.
id) ratfye, bit ratfyft, er ratty,
id) rieti).
geratljen.
nrir ratljcn x.
Thus : crra'then, to guess; ai'ratljen, to dissuade. SRatfien, reg., some-
times occurs contrasted antithetically with tfyaten. Even outside
of such sentences bu ratlj(e)jt and cr. ratfjet are sometimes found, but
are better not used.
105. fcfylafeu, to sleep.
ttf) fdjtafe, bu fd)tcifft, cr
id) fd)Iief.
feljldft, tmr fdjlafen jc.
Thus f f etn'fdjlafen, to fall asleep.
106. t Iflitfen, to run.
td) taufe, bu lauffl [taufft],
id) lief.
er Iciitft [lanftji U)ir Ian-
fen JC.
Thus : f entfau'fcn, to run away.
107. fycmen, to he-w.
gefdjtafert.
getaufen [getoffcn].
id) tyaite, bu ^aufl, er fyaut,
toir tyauen jc.
trfj
(tyaute).
S. Ijiebe (Ijauete).
Thus : ct&'Ijauen, to cut off ; jerljau'en. to cut to pieces.
108. t gefyen, to go.
id) gefje, bu geljft, er gefyt, id) gi(e)ng. gegangen.
loir geljen *c.
Thus : f au'gdjm, to go out ; f fymetn'gdjen, to go in, to enter ;
t fort'gefyen, to go away, to leave ; f berge'tien, to vanish, to pass ;
t fcorbei'geljen, to pass by ; f jurM'gefien, to go back.
109. flof en, to push.
i$ftoie,bttfHfit[floeft],
id) ftte.
er [top [ftojjt],
flo^en K.
Thus : an'flcen (followed by an with ace.), to run against ; toerflo'fjen,
to reject, to cast out.
110. rufen, to call.
id] rufe, bu rufft, er ruft, id) ricf [rufte]. I gerufen [geruft]
twr rufen :c.
Thus : aug'tttfen, to exclaim 5 3urucE / rufen, tc call back.
198 IRREGULAR VERBS.
WORDS.
ber SBinb, the wind btc 5lnget, the fish-hook
bcr <2d)mager, the brother-in- bag Wfy, the net
law fcmft, soft, softly
ber 9atf), advice fodjen, to boil
$opfn)ef), head-ache madjtig, mighty
ber ftttljrer, the leader toitb, wild
ber rirfd), stag fd)h)ad), feeble
ber 33ad), the brook gasmen, to tame
bte @ered)ttgtett, justice bcfreien, to deliver, to release
bie 2fttif$tgfett, temperance toerbannt, banished!
HEADING EXERCISE 69.
3)er Stnb Haft ntdjt ftarf; geftent fcfieS er ftarfer. )er $od) h>t
ba3 gleifd) nidjt gut gebraten. 2)er 25ogel fiet tobt bom j>ad)e. 2ftit
perf (bacon) fa'ngt man 2fta'ufe. Sin ^b'njc tourbe in etnem 9?e^c
gcfangcn, ba fam erne 5D?au unb bcfrette tf)n. giir rtien ^altft (take)
bu ntirf) ? 3d) er^tett eincn S3rief ton nteinem @d)tt)ager. Sin <Sd)U)crt
t)ing iiber bem >aupte (head) be8 $)amo!Ie. 2Ba ratljen @ie mir:
fott id] bteiben ober gefjen? Ifflan rietb^ ifym, ^ter 311 bleiben. jDiefe
toar etn fd)Ied)ter Sfath,; e8 toa're befjer fiir ih^n geicefen, fort^ugeljen.
S)er err rief fcinen 2)iener. 3)iefer fragte feinen ^)errn: >aben (Sie
mid) geritfen ? S)aS ^inb fdjlaft fanft. 2)er Stobte lag ba, ate toenn
(as if) er fd]tiefe. ^>aben <5>ie le^te yiafyt gut gefdjlafen ? -3d) h^abc
nur rtenig gefdjlafen, roeit id) ^opfnjeb^ b^atte. 9Kan Ite ib^n nid)t
fortgeb^en, ttrnl er gu fd)h)ad) tear. SSenn ber ^nabe nod) einmal
(again) an ben ifd) ftot, [fo] toirb er beftraft ttierbcn. SSarum lauft
53olf fo gufammen (together) ? 9}2an b^at etnen 3)ieb gefangea
<Sic audj getaufen ? 3d) lief nut ber Sftencje (crowd).
9tuf fi tt(.c 70.
The wind blows hard (ftarf); yesterday J it J blew not so
hard. Is this meat boiled or roasted? It is roasted. The
gardener fell from the tree. If he had (to are) not fallen down,
* he l would have caught the bird. Fifty soldiers with their
leader were caught. The stag came out of the forest and
went to the (an ben) brook. The hunter catches wild beasts,
but he cannot tame them. The Romans considered (101)
i See Part n, 38th lesson, 6. 2 to leave a place = tuifaffcn not (affen. See foot-
note 2, p. 111.
IRREGULAR VERBS. 199
wisdom, 1 justice, 1 and temperance ' as (fiir) the greatest virtues.
(The) fish are caught with the net and (with) the hook. I
advised him (dat.) to go to America. How long did you sleep
(pcrf.}l I slept [for] seven hours. The girl ran to (^t) her
mother and told her (dot.) what 2 had happened (9). The old
man has been pushed out of the house. Cicero left 2 Rome
when (al) he saw that his enemies were 3 mightier than his
friends. Alcibiades was banished from Athens (cw$ 5ltb,en'),
but he was soon called back.
READING LESSON".
$ociufo'g IjJferb. Kosciusko's Horse.
$ocutfo, bcr cblc ;]SoIe, luoflte (wished) etnfi 1 cittern etfHtdjen 3
$u (Solotljunt (Soleure) etntge gtafdjen guten SBetneS fdjiden.. (Sr
h)df)(te 3 ba^u etnen jungcn Sttann, 9?amen3 3eltner, un & ^ ^ m f^ r
bte 9Jctfe fetit etgene (own) Sftettpferb. 511^ 3 e ^ er juriicffattt, fagtc
ev : ,,9)?etn gtlbfyerr, 4 tc^ irerbc -3f)r ^Pferb ntcf)t lutcber 5 retten, tuenn
@ie tntr ntc^t 6 gugteid)' ' Sfyve Sorfe (purse) tet^en." ,,2Bte tneinen
(Ste ba (what do you mean by that) ?" fragtc ^o8cttt8fo. 3 e ^ tner
ontroortcte : ,,<2obalb' (as soon as) etn 3trnter auf ber Ifrmbftrafte 8
fetnen ^>ut abnal)m 9 , unb tttn em 3l(mofen 10 bat, jlanb bag ^Jferb
augenbltcfltdj u ftttte, unb ging 12 ntd)t e^er Don ber telle 13 , bis (till)
ber Settler ettua empfangen (100) ^atte ; unb aU id) atte6 Oelb au8*
gegeben (spent) Ijatte, fonnte id) ba3 ^ferb nur gufrtebenftetten 1 * unb
orroartS brtngen 15 , tnbem id) nttd) ftettte (by pretending), bent
Stttenben etroaS gu geben.
i one day. - a clergyman. 3 he choserfor this purpose. 4 general, s again.
ntdjt, conj. unless, i at the same time, s road, a atneljmen, to take off. 10 for
charity, alms. 11 immediately. 12 ten ber Stctte getyen/ to stir from the spot. i=no
sooner. H to satisfy, content, is to get him on.
200
IRREGULAR VERBS.
TWENTY-EIGHTH LESSON.
The following verbs have o in the imperfect and past
participle.
INDICATIVE PRESENT.
IMPERFECT.
PAST PART.
We give first such as have \t in the present :
111. betriigen, to cheat, deceive.
id) betritge, bu betriigfl
[betreitgft], er betrttgt
[=treugt], imr betritgen K.
id) betrog.
S. id) betroge.
betrogen.
112. t biegen, to bend (fein or fyaben).
id) biegc, bu btegft [beugfl], id) bog. gebogcn.
er btegt [beugt], nrir
biegen jc.
113. btetcn, to oflEer.
id) btete, bit btetefl [beittfl, id) bot. gebotcn.
beuft], cr bietet [beut],
hrir bieten K.
Thus : an'fcteten, to oflEer ; berbte'ten, to forbid.
114. f piegcn, to fly (sometimes Ijaben, see 10, p. 172).
id) flog.
geflogen.
id) fttege, bu
[flcugfl], er fliegt
[fleugt], h)tr fliegen jc.
Thus : t fort'flteflen, to fly off ; f wegfltegen, to fly away.
115. t fltefyen, to flee.
id) flo^.
er fliegt [fleiidjt], ton
flie^en K.
Thus : f entfftelj'ttt/ to run away, to escape.
geflo^en.
116. t fttefjen, to flow (sometimes
fltefee, bu flie^efl
fleufet], er fltefet
fleuft], rotr ftte^en :c.
id) fto.
see 10, p. 172).
geffoffen.
IRREGUIAll VERBS.
201
INDICATIVK PRESENT.
IMPERFECT.
PAST PAET.
117. frteren, a) to be cold, I) to freeze stiff, hard. I) takes feitt,
id) frtere, bit frier ft, cr id) fror.
friert, imr fricren :c.
Thus : f geftie'ren, to freeze (hard); f erfrte'ren, to freeze to death.
118. gemefjien, to enjoy, to eat.
id) geno.
genoffen.
gegoffen.
id) gentejje, bit gentepeft [ge*
neufir], er geniefct [ge*
neutj, loir genieften :c.
119. gtefien, to pout.
giee,fctt0ieefi[geut], id) gofj.
giefet [geufjtj, lutr
giefcen :c.
Thus : ait^'aiepcn, to pour out ; fccgie'fjen, to water ; ftrf) ergte'en, to
empty (of rivers); tocrQte'^eu, to shed (e. g. t blood).
|20. f fried) en, to creep, to crawl, (sometimes fyaben, when
not so much a change of place in the subject is
prominent in the sense of the word, as the fact
that the change of place was by deeping).
id) frod).
gefrodjen.
id) friedje, bit fricd)ft
[freudjft], er !rted)t
[freudjt], nnr friedjen :c.
121. riecfyen, to smell.
id)riedje,bitried)ft[reud)ft], id) rod).
er riedjt [reudjt], wir
riedjeit K,
122. fcfyiepen, to shoot,
id) frf)iee, bit fdjie^efi, er j id) fdjofe.
t, lutr fd)teen ?c. |
Thus : bcid)te y cn, to bombard ; erfdjie'fjen, to shoot (to kill).
123. fcfyltefjen, to lock, to shut.
gerodjen.
gefdjoffen.
id) fd)Iiee, bu fd)Hcefl
ffdjleufet], er fd)ttct
[fditeit^t], loir fdjliefeen K.
id)
gcfd)toffen.
Thus : fcefdjlte'fjeti, to conclude, resolve ; ein'fdjltelen, to shut up, to
enclose ; au^'fd)Itccn, to exclude ; toerfdjlte'jjen, to lo< "
to unlock ; 3u'J!f)Ue|en / to close.
to lock ; auf '
202
IRREGULAR VERBS.
INDICATIVE PRK8ENT. ( IMPERFECT.
PAST PART.
124. serbrtef en, to vex.
td) toerbrtepe, bit berbrteftcft,
er Derbrteftt [oerbreuftt],
nrir Derbrtefjen :c.
id) fcerbrofe.
125. serlieren, to lose.
id) toerltere, bit berlierfl, er I id) fcertor.
fcerltert, roir berlteren :c. I
Derbroften.
oertoren [toertefeit].
126. nnegen (intrans.), to weigh, to be of weight.
td) totecie, bit tmegft, er id) tocg. geioogen.
ttJtegt, unr rotegen K.
SBifften, to rock (transitive) is regular. SBdgen (transitive), to weigh,
is more frequently regular, but may have toog/ getcoflen. Gtttdgen,
to weigh, consider, always has erwoa, erwoflen. elriegt means, at
home in, well acquainted with, while getcogen, used adjectively,
means, well disposed.
127. Jte(>en, to draw, to pull.
id) giefje, bit jjte^fl [acudjft] , id) ^og. g egogra.
er jieljt [geudjt], wtr
gie&en ^c.
Thus : on'jte^en, to put on (clothes); auS'jleljen, to take off (clothes).
128. fcfyieben, to shove, push. Imp. id) fc^ob. Part, gefctyoben.
129. ftcten, to boil, to seethe. Imp. id) ftcbctc (fott). Part.
gefotten or gejtebet. ott can not be used figure
tively.
130. t fprteen, to sprout. Imp. fpro [fprtefjte]. Part.
gefproffen [gcfprtet], Pres. id) fprtefe, tu fpricf efl
[fpreut], er fpriept [fpreujjt]. (It sometimes
takes babcn).
181. t jHeben, to fly. Imp. (lob. Part. $eftoben. Pres. id)
fitebe, tu iHcbft [flcubflj, cr jttebt [fieiibt]. It
gometimes takes jjaben (see 10, p. 172) and may
be conjugated regularly.
IEREGUIAE VERBS. 203
INDICATIVE PRESENT. | IMPERAT. | IMPERFECT. | PAST PART.
132. triefen, to drip. Imp. id) troff. Part. getroffetu Pres.
id) triefc, bu triefft [treufff], er tricft [treuft], nrir
trtefen 2C. This verb may also be conjugated
regularly in conversation it is usually so, ge^
irteft being much more common than getroffen,
which belongs also to treffen.
WORDS.
ber 3ube, the Jew bie aft, the weight
ber ffrteben, peace ber (Sdjnee, the snow
ber Sift,. the branch ber )fen, the stove
bie $artoffel, the potato tapfer, bravely.
READING EXERCISE 71a.
2Bte met bot ber 3ube Sfmen fur Sf)r ^ferb? (gr Ijat mtr nitr fmtfetg
Staler geboten. |)aben @te metnen ^anarientiogetmc^t gcfe^en? Oa,
cr iff ttber ba^ ^>au geflogen. >te iebe ftnb entflo^en; man fonnte
fie nidjt fangen. SKir fjaben lange bte 2Bo^tt^aten (the benefits) beg
grtebeitg genoffen. 35or etntgen 3al)ten (some years ago) tear ber
ttf)em gefroren. SWan fagt oon etnem olbaten, ber trie im ^rtege
tear: ,,Sr fyat nod^ fein puttier (powder) gerodjen." @tnb bte ^ar=
toffetn frf)on gefotten? ^etn, fie fieben nod); in ^efyn 9JJmuten ttierbeit
fte gefotten fetn. ie jitngen eute gogen (marched) freubtg in bte
<3rf)(ad)t; fie fd^icoren, gu fiegen (to conquer) ober ^u fterben. 2Biet)tet
elb berlor 3f^r %ttn im piet? Sr ^at nur etntge Skater bertoren.
,3ie^en @ie -3^re ttefet on! 2Btr fyaben fdjon unfere c^it^e angego*
gen. 3d) toiinfdje, ba <Ste 31jre ttefel angie^en.
aufgofie 71b.
Some one has cheated me. The branches are bent under
the weight of the snow. The merchant asked (forberte) ten
shillings. 1 I offered him (dot.) nine. The Jew has offered me
eighty pounds for my two horses. The storks have flown over
the sea. It is so cold that the water in the bottle 2 is l frozen.
i Such words as shilling, dollar, etc., foot, inch, etc., bushel, corJ, pound, etc., are
generally indeclinable after a numeral, and have the form of the nominative singular.
Hnwover, nouns of time (year, month, etc.,) are more frequently declined than not,
and femininos in e are always loclined.
204
IRREGULA.Il VERBS.
The hunter shot, and the Toird flew away ; for (bcnn) he had not
hit it. The dog crept behind the stove. Your flowers smell
very agreeably. The young plant is frozen. The potatoes are
boiled ; shall I bring them in (b,erein) ? Has the servant locked
the door ? He locked it at six o'clock. The soldier lost his
right arm. Do you know, who (has) lost this purse ? The
tailor has lost it.
2. The following (with o in the imperfect and past
participle) have other vowels than ie in the present
INDICATIVE PRESENT.
IMPERAT.
IMPERFECT.
PAST PABT.
13
id) betoege, bu betoegft, er
beivegt, ttnr beioegen jc.
>. beroegen, tc
bewege.
) induce.
id) bettog.
S. id) berooge.
betoogen.
N.B. This verb is regular when it means to put in motion or to causa
an emotion in (a person).
134. beflemmcn, to oppress (c. g., the breathing),
id) beflemme K. \ bettemme. | id) beflomm. | beflommen.
135. t erlofcfyen, to become extinct, go out (of a light).
id) ertofdje, bu erlifdjft,
er erlifdjt, fair cr*
lofdjen.
crtifdjorcr*
lojdjc.
id) crtofd) or
erlofdjte.
ertofd)en or
evlbfdjt.
As transitive, better conjugated regularly. In the imperf. Subj. both
trans, and intrans. erlofAete is better than crlofc^e, which is like the
pres.
136. t erfctyaUen, to resound.
id) erfdjafle, bu cr*
fdjaUft, er erfdjaUt K.
erfrfjatte.
j id) erfdjotl or
erfdjaUte.
erfd)oflen or
erfdjaUt.
It is in the inseparable compounds that the irregular past, part, is
especially frequent, although here too the regular part, is met with.
From BerfdjaHcn/ to die out of men's memories, the only participle
in use is wfdboQen.
id) ferfite, bu ftrf)(t)ft
(fedjteft), er fld)t (fed)*
tet) K.
137. fecfyten, to fight, to fence,
id) fodit
(fed)te).
(fedjtete).
gefodjten.
IRREGULAR VERBS.
205
INDICATIVE PRESENT. | IMPERAT. | IMPERFECT. | PAST PART.
138. flecfyten, to twist, to braid.
id) ftedjte, bu flid)(t)ft
(flerfjteft), er fUrfjt
(ftedjtet), nnr flerf)ten
flid)t
(fledjte).
id) flodjt
(fledjtete).
geflodjteu.
139. t gflfyren, to ferment.
id) gciljre, bu gcitjrft
[giefjrft], er gafjrt
(gie^rt), tt)ir ga^ren :c.
ga^re.
id) got)r or
gd'iirte.
gego^ren
(gega()rt),
140. glimmen, to burn faintly, to glimmer.
Irf) gthnme, bu gltmmfy
er gltmutt :c.
gltmme.
id) gtomm or
gltmmte.
141. fyeben, to lift, to raise.
id) tye&e, bu ^ebft, er
fyebt, tt)tr i^eben :c.
^ebe.
S. id) fjobe or
pbe.
Thus : ftttf'Ije&en, to lift up, to pick tip ; erlje'fcen, to raise, to elevate.
id) fjob or ljub.
geglomtnen
or
gegUmmt.
ge^oben.
142. liigen, to tell a lie.
to) luge, bu liigfl
[leugft], er Iftgt
[(eugtj, n)ir tugen ?c.
luge
id) log.
143. melfen, to milk.
melfe, bu milfft, cr
mitft, fair melfen :c.
More frequently, regular.
melfe.
id) molt
gelogett.
geutolten.
144. faitgen, to suck.
id) fauge, bit faugft, er fauge.
faugt, njtrfaitgen:c.
Caugen/ to suckle, is regular.
id) fog [faugte]. gefogen
[flefaugt]
206
IRKEGULAB VERBS.
INDICATIVE PRESENT.
IMPERAT.
IMPERFECT.
PAST PART.
14
id) fdjere, bit fdjierfi or
fdjerft, er fd)iert or
fdjert, luir fdjeren :c.
5. fdjeren, t
fdjier or
fdjere.
o shear,
id) fd)or
(fd)er(e)te).
gefdjoren.
146
idj fdjmel^e, bit fdjmi^t
(fd)mel.$eft), er fdjmilgt
(fdjmeljt) :c.
. t f^mcljcn
fdimil^ or
fdjntetje.
, to melt,
id) fdjmofj.
gefdjmo^en.
The transitive f<i)met3en is best conjugated regularly, always so in the
sense of, to make colors melt away into one another.
147. t fcfyroellen, to swell
id) fdpueHe, bit fd)ttnflft,
er fdjnnflt :c.
This verb is regular when transitive.
fdjroefle.
id)
[fdjtoaH].
148. fd^tooren, to swear.
id) fdjluore, bit fdjioorft,
fdjnjore.
er fdjwbrt K. fd)mur.
S. id) (fditoore)
fdjroure.
Thus : fcef^too'ren/ to confirm by an oath.
149. roeben, to weave.
id) fd)tt)or or id)
gefd)tt)oflen.
gefdjtuoren.
Id) toebe, bit hjebfl, er
toebe.
id) toob.
toebt, tt)ir meben zc.
SBeben, to move, is regular. UBefcen, to weave, may be.
150. erfuren, to elect, choose.
id) erfiire, bit erfiirft,
erfitre.
id) erfor
gelooben.
erforen
(erfilrt).
er erfurt, niir er=
furen jc.
SBtOfuren/ to choose arbitrarily, is regular.
151. pflegen, to cherish, to carry on.'
id) pflege, bu pflegft, er pflege. id)
" egt, loir pflegen jc.
5{?fleaen is regular, when it means to nurse or to 6e accustomed, and not
seldom when it means to carry on.
IRREGULAR VERBS.
207
INDICATIVE PRESENT. | IMPERAT. ( IMPERFECT. | PAST PART.
152. quellen, to gush.
quiff.
id) qitoff.
gequoflen.
id) queffe, bit quiflft, er
quiflt, unr queffen :c.
A regular present and imperfect occur in the intransitive sense, but
are not to recommended. In the transitive sense, to cause to
spring forth, the irregular forms seem more usual ; but in the
sense, to soak (of seeds), the verb is regular. There is a regulai
verb quiflen of allied sense.
153. faufen, to drink (of animals).
faufe.
id, foff.
id, faufe, bit faufft
[faufft], erfauft[fauft],
ttiir faufen *c.
Not to be confounded with the causative fdufen.
154. fcfynauben, to snort
flefoffen.
id) fdjnaube, bu
fdjnaubft, er fdjnaubt
2C.
The form fdjniefcen
f$nevtfct] is obsolete
fdjnaube.
[tdj fcfjnie&e, t>
p
id) fd)nob or
fdjnaubte.
u fdjmefcjt, fdjneub
gefdjnoben
or
gefdjnaubt.
t, er fdjme&t,
WORDS.
ba ?id)t, the light, candle
bic 5lfd)e (sing.), the ashes
ber ^lorb, the basket
ba8 ^eer, the army
bag ud), the cloth
ba8 33ein, the leg
oerbtenen, to deseire
redjt, right
Itnf, left
READING EXERCISE 72a.
betoog ben 9}?ater, biefe (Stabt git berlaffen? 3d) h)ei nidjt,
toaS i^n bagu beloogen ^at. 2)a8 fanw ift erlofdjen. jDte 5ltl)euet
(the Athenians) haben in ber @d)(ad)t bei 9)?arat^on tapfer gefodjten.
S)ief er ^orb ift f djtedjt geflodjten. ^bnnen (Sie bicf en (Stein auffjeben ?
3d) ^abe i()n fdjon aufge^oben. 3d) finbe H)n nid)t fo fdjnier. 3)er
^nabe Ijat gelogerc. ann twerben 3f)te (5d)afe gefdjoren njerben ?
3m na'd)ften (next) 2)ionat. er d)nee ift auf ben 33ergen gefd)mol=<
jen. 53orige (last) 3a^r fd)motj er im 2Jionat 3uli
208 ntREGULAB VERBS.
Hufgok 72b.
The death of my father induced me to leave my country.
The light of the sun will never become extinct. My candle
waa extinguished. Is the fire out (extinguished)? Our sheep
have been shorn this year. Has the maid milked the cow ?
The French army fought very bravely ; not one soldier fled.
The fire glimmered long under the ashes. The little bee
sucked the honey from (au) the flowers. He who has once
lied, does not deserve to be trusted (bafc man tfjm glaube). My
leg is swollen. That cloth is well woven.
READING LESSON.
$te drfmiwng beg IcfeS. The Discovery of Glass.
$l)8nt$tfcf)e duffer 1 tonbeten etnft an ber 9?orbfufle 2 Slfrifa'g, wo
bag ^fufcdjen 33elug ftd) in bag 2tteer ergtefet". (Sine toette
fladje 4 (ag (12) t>or iljren ?lugen. <3ie fudjten tetne, urn ilj
imb ^Pfannen Uber benfetben aufjuftetten; aber fte fanben feme. <5te
loaren ba^er genot^tgt 6 , aii i^ren (Stiffen etnige (Sal^eterfieine ', bte
fte al3 Cabling (cargo) mit ftc^ bracfjten,' gu Ijoten. @te madjten ein
fteuer an, fod)ten i^re petfen 8 unb genoffen (118) bann tljr einfadjeS
3Ka^t*. 5lber o SBunber! 5l( fte t^re atpeterfteme nrieber 3u t^rem
(St^iffe jitriicftragen ttottten, fanben fte, ba^ fte toon ber (^etoalt 10 beg
^euerS gefdjmot^en maren unb ftd) mtt ber Slfcfje unb bem gtu^enben
(glowing) <Sanb benntfdjt" fatten. 31I bte flufftge 12 2Kaffe fait
fjettjorben ttar, lag auf bem 33oben (ground) etne ^ette, burd^ftrfjtige 11
UKaffe: ba war bag lag. <3o murben bte ^p^onijter bte (Srftn*
ber w btefeg wert^tiotten 1S egenftanbeg 16 t ber ung bte grojjten 2)tenfte
(etftet (renders).
i sailor. 2 the north coast. 3 empties. << a vast plain of sand, s kettles and pans.
obliged, i block of saltpeter. B dishes, provisions. 9 meal, dinner. 10 power.
11 mixed. 12 liquid. 13 transparent, n ^scoverer. >: valuable, is bject, thing,
trticlc.
IRREGULAR VERBS.
209
TWENTY-NINTH LESSON.
The following verbs have a in the present, u in the
imperfect, and a again in the past participle.
INDICATIVE PRESENT.
IMPERAT.
IMPERFECT.
PAST PART.
id) bade, bu ba'cfft, er
155. bacfen, to bake.
bacfe. *
' ba'cft, urir badenjc., or
reg.
gebadfen.
id) but
or reg.
id) bcufte.
Except in the past, part., and even there, in the sense of to stick
together, to get stiff the regular forms are now mrre usual. Com-
pound adjectives formed with gebarfen, often omit ge=, e. g. neit v fle)s
bacfen, fresh-baked.
156. t fafyren, to drive, or to go in a carriage.
id) fafyre, bit fafjrft, er
fafyre.
id) fuljr.
gefafyren.
fafyvt, tuir fafyreu :c.
SBaflfafjren, to go on a pilgrimage ; toiKfa^ren, to do a person's will,
and befaijren in the sense of to fear (but not in other senses) are
regular.
With the person driving as subject (e. g. He drives well, carelessly,
fast) and as a transitive verb, meaning to carry in a wagon, fasten
takes fyaben.
Thus : f auS'faljren, fpajteren fasten, to take a drive ; f ob'faljren, to
start, to set out.
157. graben, to dig.
id) grabe, bu grabft, er
grabe.
id) grub.
grabt, ttnr gvaben jc.
Thus : bevjra'ben, to bury. Imp. ic& fcegtuB. -P. p- Begraben.
158. latcn, to load.
gegraben.
id) tabe, bit labeft or
(abft, ev tabet or Idbt,
loir tabett K.
labe.
id) tub,
sometimes
labete.
gelaben.
Thus : beta 'ben, to load ; etn'laben, to invite (p. p. etn'fletaben).
159. fd)affen and crfc^affen, to create.
id) fdjaffe, bu fd)affft, er
fdiaffe.
id) fd)uf.
gefdjaffen.
fdjafft, niir fdjaffeu jc.
N. B. -fd)affen, to work, and its compounds are regular, as: cm'fcbaffen,
erfdjaf'fen, to procure ; abfcfyapfen, to abrogate.
210
IRREGULAR VERBS.
INDICATIVE PRESENT.
IMPERAT.
IMPERFECT.
PAST PART.
1 60. fcfylagen, to beat, to strike.
fdjlage.
id) fdjlug.
gefd)tagen.
id) fd)(age, bit frfjlagft, er
fd)lagt, luir fdjtagen 20.
Thus: at'fd)lagcn, a) to knock off, I) to refuse; erfdila'gen, to slay;
aue'|d)lagen, to decline, jerfdjla'gcn, to knock to pieces. Sgeraiu
fcblaflcn, to make an estimate, peraufjdHagen, to pay or receive taxes,
and beratfyfdilaflen, to consult together, are regular. 9?atf)fdbtagcn is
generally regular (past. part, geratl)[d)lagt), but sometimes irregular
and separable.
161 tragen, to carry, to wear, to take.
trage.
id) trug
getragen.
id) trage, bit tvagft, er
tra'gt, roir trageu ?c.
Thns : ertra'gen, to endure, to bear ; ftc() Betra'flen, to behave ; Ws
tragen, to contribute ; aB'tragen/ to clear the table. Certain com.
pound verbs ending in tragen, e. g. fceantragen, Seauftragen, are regu-
lar, being derived not from tragen with prefixes, but from nouna
3Jntrag, Stuftrag jc.
162. t roacfyfen, to grow.
tdj loodjfe, bu roadjft
[roadjfeft], er n)ad)ft
[nwrfjfet] , ttjirn)od)fen
wadjfe.
id)
gemadjfen.
The past. part, of this verb in some compounds omits the ge=, e. y.
163. n>afd)en, to wash.
Joofdjc.
id) ttwfd).
id) niofd)C, bu tucifdjft
[roafrfjeft], er tt)afd)t
[hjafdjt], n>tr toa*
fdjcn zc.
Thtia : ab'teafdjen, to wash (clean); au'n>afdjen, to wash out.
geroafdjen.
WORDS.
bcr Sader, the baker
ba3 j)ampfboot, the steamboat
bie Sifenba^n, the railroad
eine >6l)te, a den, hole
ber Jobtengraber, the grave-
digger
ba3 rab, the grave
ber $ut|d)er, the coachmaii
ber )muibui?, the omnibus
ber SBagen, the carriage, coach
ber barren, the cart
ba3 Sod), the hola
IRREGULAR VERfcS.
bte SBunbe, the wound ttef, deep
bag pridjroort, the proverb pradjtig, | elegant
baafcf)entitd),thehandkerchief glan$enb, j splendid
ber?[RitftfIeI)rer,themusic-master unartig, naughty
ber $rieg8minifkr, the minister fdjmufetg, dirty
bag eftd)t, the face [of war unfdjulbig, guiltless, innocent
bte (td)e, the oak pflan^en, to plant
bte $auone, the cannon langfam, slowly.
READING EXERCISE 73.
>eute fjaben nnr $urfjen gebarfen. SBarum bacft 31jr 9?ad)bar fein
SBrob ntefyr ? SBeit er fetn 2ttefyl l)at. 2)ie nadjfte 2Bod)e ttnrb er Jutebet
bacfen. S)er $imtg fd^rt mtt fec^ ^3ferben. 2Bo fa^rfl bit ^m ? 3d)
faljre nad^ ^o(n. eftern fttljr metn ^reitnb bal)tn. -3ft er mtt (by)
bent 2)am^fboot gefafjren (gone)? ^etn, mtt ber (Stfenbaljn. 3)er
^tt^S grfibt ftc^ etne o^Ie. 2)er Xobtengraber i)at em rab gegraben.
(Sin (Sfel nmrbe mtt bielen (Sacfen belaben, aber ba (as) er bte aft
(load) nt^t tragen fonnte, tonrbe fte auf etnen SSogen gefaben. S)te(e
^letber ftnb abgetragen (out). SBaritm f^Iagt bte Gutter baS ^inb?
2Bett e fo fdjmit^tg tft; eg ^at fid) nid)t geraaf^en. ^tlatttg mufc^
ft(^ bte dnbe unb fprad): -3d) bin unfdjutbig an bent Slttte btefeS
eredjten (just man). !Dte Jfjeepflanje n)d'(^ft in d^ina. ^rit^er
(formerly) umd)8 ber Xabaf nid)t in 2)eittfd)(anb; aber je^t ttiirb biel
ge^flan^t. !Diefer -Siingling tjl feljr gerta^fen feit (since) td^ ilm nid^t
me^r 1 gefe^en ^abe. -3m ^tnfang fdjuf @ott ^imntet nnb (Srbe. 2)tc
Selt ift bon ott au 9Jid)t3 gefd^affen tuorben.
74.
The baker has baked no bread to-day ; he does not bake
every day. The coachman drives too fast (ju fdjnell). We
went (156) in an omnibus. The prince drove in an elegant
carriage with four horses. The fox digs a hole in the ground
(33oben). The savages (SSitben) dug a deep hole. A poor child
was buried in the snow. Are you loading the cannon ? It is
already loaded. The cart is too heavily laden. The minister
of war has invited all the officers to dinner. In the beginning
*God l created heaven and earth. Why do you beat the child ?
I beat it because it was naughty. The dogs are often beaten.
i The words ni*t mefir might have been left out in this sentence, and the meaning ia
the same as if they had been left out
212
IRREGULAR VERBS.
Cain slew his brother AbeL Our music-master 2 always * wears
a grey hat. Two soldiers carried the officer out of the battle
and washed his wound. One hand washes the other, says a
German proverb. Henry, wash your face, you are dirty. Are
my handkerchiefs washed? No, Sir, not yet, they will be
washed to-morrow. The oak grows very slowly. These violets
grew in my garden.
effen <Ste ba?
Ber f)at e Sfjnen gegeben?
aben <te metnem 23ebtentett
bte $(eiberbiirfte (brush) ?
>aben <te Ijeute fdjon bte d>
tungen gelefen ?
SBer tft gum 33afle ehtgefaben ?
$ennen <2te eintge toon tfnten?
3ft 3ljr S3ater bon fciner langen
^ranf^ett gcnefen (8) ?
2Bp tft ber 2Birtf) (landlord)?
ic^ mu i^m eta8 fagen.
tft gefc^e^en, ftarum lauft
man f o jufammen (together) ?
aterftcfy tocrlefet (hurt) ?
Ijat 3^nen befo^ten, ntetnc
(Stiefet gum @d^u|ma^er gu
tragen ?
aben @te 3^ren 9tmg toteber
gefunben? 235 o lag er?
SSei fanb tljn?
U^r mcfjt me^r?
fpridjt biefer 2Jiatm?
^>at bcr ^neg fc^on begonnert ?
S3tft bit bcrttjunbet? >at btr
Ocmanb etioaS (any harm)
gertjan?
tedft ber tad^et (the sting)
nodj barin?
3d) e f! ftfetfdfj imb S3rob; e ifl
metn ^ruljftucf.
3d) fyabe e mtr gefauft.
3a, id) gab fte u)m bor ( ago)
cuter (Stirabe.
3a, tdj Ijabe fte getefen.
3c^ ^abe md)t3 9JeueS barin ge
fitnben.
53tete jttttge ^erren nb 2)amen.
3a, id) fenne bie metften bon tt)nen.
ott fei 2)attf ! er tft gan$ genefen.
@r tft au6gegangen; aber er hnrb
balb toteber guriicf fetn.
(Stn SDtaurer (bricklayer) tft bom
5)ad)e gefatten.
-3a, er ^at em 33etn gebroc^en.
^temanb befa^t e8 mtr; id) trug fte
baljtn, ibett fte gerrtffen ftnb.
(Sr lag auf bent 33oben, Ijtnter bent
t^ranfe (cupboard) berborgen.
2)ie ^Diagb fanb t^n, al fte bag
Dimmer bu^te (cleaned).
Stout, fte tft mtr gefto^ten toorben.
@r fbric^t bom ^rtege.
9tom, aber er tbtrb balb beginnen.
Sine 33tene ^at mtc^ in bie SSange
(cheek) geftod^en, unb Jefct tjl
fie gefc^wotten.
man fyat t^n gletd^ (immed-
iately)
IRREGULAR VERBS.
213
G?r fa'ngt $ogel
3dj glaube, er Ijat erfl (only) toenige
gefangen.
3a, man ergrtff ifjn, at8 er au8 bent
>aufe Ijtnau8fd)lid).
-34 felbfi Ijabe fte gefdjnitten.
-3cq futyr in einem SBagen.
)ie 33tbet fagt: 3m Slnfang fdjuf
ott >immel unb (grbe.
SSetl ber <2c^nee auf ben 23ergen
gefc^molgen ift.
3)er Sebiente trug i^n or etner
Ijatben (Stunbe ba^tn' (there).
Sr hwfd) feine ^cinbe unb tranf
Staffer.
<Sie ijl inmeinem arten getoadjfen.
Ss tear nici^t me^r frtfd). -3c^ be*
go 3^re 33Iumen bamit.
3)ie onne fdjten Ijerrlid), at8 tetr
anftngen, ben 33erg gu erfteigen;
aber balb lam ein emitter (a
thunder-storm), unb nrir tearen
ge^teungen, toieber Ijerab (down)
^U ge^en.
ADDITIONAL REMARKS ON THE IRREGULAR VERBS.
As the learner has already observed, some of *the
irregular verbs also change their radical consonants either
in the present, imperfect, or past participle. We subjoin
here, these irregularities :
1. In the present :
id) nefjme, bu nimmft, er nimmt (double m).
id) fdjelte, er fdjilt 1
ic^ ^otte, er fjfitt I instead of fdjattet, ^altet, rat^et, etc. (lose
id) ratlje, er rcitf) the ending t in the third person).
idj gelte, er gilt J
2. A number of the verbs on pages 200 to 205 have
antiquated forms of the present indicative second and
third persons singular, and of the imperative second
5Ba$ tljut biefer 9ftann Ijier?
>at er fdjon einige gefangen?
3fl ber )ieb ergriffen (caught)
toorben ?
2Ber l)at biefe ^eber gefdjnitten?
3n roa8 finb (ie gefafyren?
Sann Ijat ott bie Selt erfd)af*
fen?'
2Barum ftnb bte ffinfit unb 23ad)e
(brooks) fo angefdjrooflen ?
Ser ^at ben 33rtef auf bte ^oft
getragen ?
2Ba3 tfiat ber ^nabe am $8nm*
nen (well) ?
2Bo ^aben @tc btefe fc^one ttte
gefitnben?
SKarum ^aben <Sie btefeS 2Boffer
auggegoffen (119)?
fatten @te f^5ne 2Better 311
pa^tergang ait^ ben
214 IRREGULAR VERBS.
person singular, in eu, e. g., from fltegcn, frit fleugft, cr flcuqt,
fleugt. Stems ending in I), change it into d) after CU, e.g.,
feud) from fliefyen.
3. In the imperfect :
id) fyteb, from fyauert (takes a final b).
id) traf, from treffen
id) fam, ge!ommen from fommen (loses an m).
4. In the imperfect and past participle :
id) bat, gebeten from bitten (loses a t).
id) foft, gefeffen from ftfcen (changes into ff).
tc^ tb,at, getb,on from tljun (takes a final t in the imp.).
id) ftanb, gefianbcn from ftcb,en (changes b, into nb).
|S Sntttfg"f^Z from fd,netben } (ohan ^ e b ^^ tt >'
|j^ pftff, gepfiffen from pfetfen }
tdb, fd^Iiff, gefd^Iiffen from fdjletfen [ (double their f).
t^ griff, gegriffen from greifen )
tdb ^og, gcjogen from gteijen (changes b, into g).
id) fott, gefottcn from fieben (changes b into tt).
5. There exist some older forms of the subjunctive
mood of the imperfect, which still occur now and then, e.g^
id) before instead of id) befciljle; bcrbiirgc for berbcirge.
*ic^ ftiinbe for id) ftanbe; tc^ ftUrbc for t^ ftcirbe.
td^ toerbtirbe for oerbdrbe.
6. The regular verb fragcn, to ask, has for the imperfect
tense besides the regular form id) fragte, another form
id) frug, subj. ic^ fruge, and in the present we may have,
bit fragfl, cr fragt.
7. Some regular verbs have an irregular past participle
which is used as an adjective. E.g.,
fterttjorrcn, confused, from bernrirren, to confuse.
geftmlten, split, " fpatten, to split
gefol^en, salt, salted " fallen, to salt.
IRREGULAR VERBS.
215
ALPHABETICAL LIST OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS.
Simple verbs which are not found in this list are to be considered
regular. Compound verbs must be sought for under their primitives.
A double hyphen before a verb (as = betljcn) indicates that the word is
used only in composition ; in such cases the meaning is not given in the
list, but must be found by referring back to the number where the
verb is given with its prefix or prefixes.
Verbs marked with a f are now commonly regular, but have, or once had,
the forms given in the list. For meaning of ( ) and [ ] see (NOTE) p. 172.
Verbs marked with a * are partly irregular (see p. 132, 4/.
The figures in the right hand column indicate the number under
which the verb is treated on pages 168 214.
The letter f . after a verb means that it is conjugated with fein.
INFINITIVE.
f ISBarfen, to bake
t babea, to bathe
* ba'ren
beifcen, to bite
t beflen, to bark
berg en, to hide, to conceal
berftcn, f., to burst, to crack
biegen, to bend
bteten, to offer
btnben, to bind, to tie
bitten, to beg, to request
btafen, to blow
bleiben, f., to stay, to remain
bteidjen, to bleach
braten, to roast
brcdjen, to break
* brennen, to burn
* brtngen, to bring
baudjten, to seem
* betljen
* beiifen, to think
= berben
f bingen, to hire
IMPEKFECT.
buf
PAST PAKT.
gebacfen
No.
155
[gebaben]
* bar
* boren
23
btfe
gebtffeit
61
[batt]
[geboUen]
barg
geborgen
17
barft
geborfteu
18
bog
gebogen
112
bot
geboten
113
banb
gebunbeit
43
bat
gebeten
11
blteS
gebtafen
97
btieb
geblieben
80
bltrf}
gebltc^en
63
briet
gebraten
98
brad)
gebrod)en
19
bratmte
gebrannt
bradjte
gebradjt
[baitdjte]
gebauc^t
* bleb,
- bteten
86
badjte
gebadjt
* barb
* borben
32
gebitngen
58
216
IBBEGULAB TERBS.
INFINITIVE.
brefcfyen, to thrash
* bvieften
bvtngen, f., to press, to urge
* biirfen, to be permitted
effen, to eat
fafyven, f., to drive
fallen, f., to fall
f fallen, to fold
fang en, to catch
fedjten, to fight
5 feljten
ftnben, to find
flecfyten, to twist
^ fletften
fltepen, f., to fly
fltefjen, f., to flee
fliefjen, f., to flow
f fragen, to ask
freffen, to eat (of animals)
frteren, to freeze
gafyren, to ferment
geben, to give
geljen, f., to go
getten, to be worth
> geffen
gtefeen, to pour
* ginnen
gleicf)en, to resemble
t gleten, to glitter
gteiten, f., to glide, to slide
gtimmen, f., to burn faintly
graben, to dig
gretfen, to gripe
Ijaben, to have
IMPEBFECT
PAST PABT.
No.
brofd)
gebrojdjen
20
-' brofe
* broffen
124
brang
gebrungen
47
burfte
geburft
afe
gegeffen
2
fi^r
gefa^ren
156
fid
gefaflen
99
(gefatten)
fi(e)ng
gefangen
100
fo^t
gefodjten
137
.fatf
* fo^ten
16
fanb
gefunben
44
flodjt
geftodjten
138
m
.fliffen
62
N
geflogen
114
w
geflol^en
115
ftofi
gefloffen
116
frug
fra
gefreffen
3
fror
gefroren
117
go^r
gegob,ren
139
gab
gegeben
1
9(09
gegangen
108
gait
gegolten
22
>a*b
* geffen
10
go
gegoffen
119
-- gann
* gonnen
36
gltc^
gegtidjen
65
96
gegltffen
glttt
geglttten
66
glomm
gegtontmen
140
grub
gegraben
157
Qvtff
gegrtffen
64
^atte
ge^abt
IEEEGULAR VEEBS.
217
INFINITIVE.
gotten, to hold
Ijangen, to hang
Ijoucn, to hew
fyebcn, to lift
Ijetften, to be called
Ijelfen, to help
t feifen, to chide
* fennen, to know
f Kcmmcn
f ftieben, to cleave
f flimmen, f., to climb
fUngen, to sound
fnetfen, to pinch
fommctt, f., to come
* fonnen, to be able
fretfdjcn, to scream
frtedjen, f., to creep
f frimpen, to shrink
fiircn, to choose
lobcn, to load
tafjen, to let
laiifen, f., to run
leiben, to suffer
leifyen, to lend
lefen, to read
ttegen, f., to lie
f lieren
* Ungen
Kfdjen, f., to extinguish
liigen, to tell a lie
f modjen, to make
f marten, to grind
meiben, to shun
mellen, to milk
IMPERFECT.
fAST PART.
ge^alten
No.
101
f)tng
geb,angen
102
In'eb
geb,auen
107
l)0b
geb,oben
141
IjteB
geb,ei^en
96
|olf
geb,olfen
24
(fiff)
(geftffen)
fannte
gefannt
t flotnm
* Hommen
134
Hob
geftoben
Homm
geftontmen
Hang
gefhmgen
49
fniff
gefniffen
67
lam
gefommen
42
fonnte
gefonnt
frtfd)
gefrtfd^en
88
frodj
gefrodjen
120
gefrumpen
for
ge!oren
150
fob
getaben
158
Iie
getaffen
103
lief
gelaufen
106
Utt
getttten
68
Uelj
gelie^en
87
fM
gelefen
5
lag
gelegen
12
*Ior
* lorcn
125
*Iang
* lung en
48
m
gelofdjen
135
log
getogen
142
(ge)mad)en
(mufyl)
gema^Ien
mteb
gemteben
84
jnotf (melfte)
gemotfen
143
218
IRREGULAR VERBS.
INFINITIVE.
ntefjen, to measure
* ntb'gcu, may
* ntuffcn, must
ItcljincH, to take
* ncnnen, to name
= ncfen
* nieflen
Jlfctfen, to whistle
Vflegeu, to cherish
pretl'en, to praise
quctten, to gush
t riidjen, to avenge
ratfyen, to advise
retbeu, to rub
reifcen, to tear
retten, f., to ride
* rennen, to run
riedjen, to smell
ringen, to wring
rtnnen, to leak, to flow
ritfen, to call
f fatten, to salt
faufen, to drink (of animals)
fcmgen, to suck
fdjaffen, to create
fdjaflen, to sound
* jdjefyen
fdjciben, to separate
frf)etnen, to seem, to shine
fdjelten, to scold, to chide
fdjeercn, to shear
frfjieben, to shove, to push
frfjteften, to shoot
[djinben, to flay
IMPERFECT.
PAST PABT.
No.
ma^
gemeffen
4
modjte
gemodjt
mu^tc
gentufet
na^m
genontmeit
25
nonnte
gcnannt
* na$
* nefen
8
-nog
f noffen
118
m
gepfiffeu
G9
^Pog
gepflogen
151
prte
geprtejcn
91
quell
gequotten
152
rod)
gerod)en
rtetlj
geratfjen
104
rieb
gerteben
81
^
geriffen
70
ritt
gerttten
71
ronnte
gerannt
rod)
gerodjen
121
rang
gerungen
50
rann
getonnen
38
rief
gerufen
110
gefalgen
foff
gefojfen
153
fog
gefogcn
144
fd)uf
ge[d)affen
159
fdjoa
gefdjotlen
136
*fd)a^
* fdjetjen
9
fdjteb
gefdjtebcn
85
fd)ten
ge(d)ienen
93
fdjalt
gefdjolten
26
fd)or
gefdjoren
145
fdjob
gefdjoben
128
fd)o
gefdjoffen
122
gefdjunbcn
59
IRREGULAR VERBS.
219
INFINITIVE.
fd)(afen, to sleep
fdjtagen, to beat, to strike
fdf)letd)en, f.,to sneak, to steal along
fdjfeifen, to sharpen, to grind
fdjletfccn, to slit
fd)ttefen, to slip
fd)Ueen, to lock, to close
fdjttngen, to wind
fdjmetjjen, to fling
fdjntet^en, to melt
fdfjncwbcn, to breathe, to snort
fdjnctbcn, to cut
t fdjneien, to snow
fdjraitben, to screw
fdjrccfcn, to be afraid
fdjretben, to write
fdjreten, to cry, to scream
fdjreiten, f., to stride, to step
fdjrinbcn, to crack
f fdjrotcn, to cut across
f fdjrumpfcn, to shrink
fdjiodren, to suppurate
fdfjnmgen, to be silent
fdjfteflen, to swell
fdjitnmtucn, f., to swim
fd)h)inben, f., to vanish
[djunngen, to swing, to brandish
fdjtob'ren, to swear
feb/en, to see
f fcigen, to filter
fein, f., to be
* fenben, to send
fiebcn, to boil
flngen, to sing
IMPERFECT
PAST PART.
No.
M&f
gefdjtafen
105
fd)tug
gefdjfagen
160
fdjftd)
gcfdjltdjen
73
WKff
gefd)Uffeit
72
fd)Kfe
gefd)ltj|en
fdjtoff
gcfd)Ioffen
frf)to
gcfdjloffen
123
(d)tang
gefd)(ungen
51
fd)mi$
gefdjniijfen
75
fdjtnolj
gefdimot^en
146
fdjnob
gc(d)nobe
154
fdjnitt
gefd)ititten
76
(fdjnte)
(gefdjnteen)
fcrjrob
gefdjroben
frfjraf
gef^rocfen
21
fdjrieb
gefd^rteb'*n
82
fdjrie
gefc^rieen
88
frfjrttt
gefd^ritten
77
fdfjrunb
gefdjrunben
gefd^roten
gefdjrumpfen
fcfyoor
gefc^woren
fdjiuteg
gefdjiniegen
94
fdjmofl
ge[d)U30llen
147
fdjioamm
gefd^mommen
41
fdjtoanb
gefd)U)unben
45
fdjtoang
gefdjtuungen
52
fdjtoor
gefc^tBoren
148
falj
gefefyen
6
[- ftegen]
toar
getuefen
fanbte
gefanbt
fott
gefotten
129
fang
gefitngen
53
220
IRREGULAR VERBS.
INFINITIVE.
ftnfen, f., to sink
finnen, to meditate
fijjen, f., to sit
f [patten, to split
f pc ten, to spit
fpimtcn, to spin
fpletftcn, to split
fpredjen, to speak
fprieften, f., to sprout
fpringcn, f., to spring
ftedjen, to prick
f fterfen, to stick
ftefyen, f., to stand
ftefyten, to steal
ftctgen, f., to ascend
fterben, f., to die
ftieben, f., to fly off
fttnfen, to stink
ftoften, to push
ftreidjen, to stroke
ftreiten, to quarrel
tfjun, to do
tragen, to carry
treffen, to hit
tretben, to drive
tretcn, f., to tread
trtefen, to drip
trtnfen, to drink
tritgen, to deceive
toacijfcn, f., to grow
toagen, to weigh
toafdjen, to wash
tveben, to weave
, f., to yield
IMPEKFECT.
PAST PART.
No.
fan!
gefiinfcn
55
fann
gcfonncn
39
fafe
ge[effen
13
gefpatteu
fpte
gefpteeu
89
fpann
gefponnen
40
P8
gefpliffen
fprarf)
gefprodjen
27
fpro
gcfproffen
130
fprang
gefpnmgen
54
M
geftodjeu
28
ftaf
geftoden
29
ftanb
geftanbeu
14
W
gefto^Ieit
30
ftteg
gefttegen
95
ftarb
geftorben
31
ftob
gefioben
131
ftonf
geftunfen
60
m
geftoen
109
flrtd?
geftndjen
74
|Wtt
geflrttten
78
t^at
gctljan
15
trug
getragen
161
traf
getroffen
35
trteb
getrtebcn
83
trat
getreten
7
troff
getroffen
132
tranf
getrnnfen
56
trog
getrogen
111
n>ud)
geivadjfen
162
hjog
geroogen
126
iuufd)
geraafdjen
163
toob
gettjoben
149
f raog
* njogen
133
lutd)
gewid)en
79
INSEPARABLE VERBS. 221
INFINITIVE. IMPERFECT PAST PAKT. No.
toetfen, to show twiei? getwefen 92
* toenben, to turn toanbte geroanbt
toerben, to sue tuarb geroorben 33
f tuerben, to become toarb (nwrbe) gercorben
tterfen, to throw toarf geroorfen 34
toiegen, to weigh toog geftogen 126
iwnben, to wind nwnb gennntben 46
* nnnneit * ttann * roonnen 37
f luirren gettiorren
* ivtffen, to know nmftte gettiu^t
tortngen, to wring torang getcrungen
jeifjen, to accuse gtelj geSte^en 90
gie^en, to draw, to pull gog g^ogen 127
jttringen, to force, to compel jroang gejioungen 57
THIRTIETH LESSON.
INSEPARABLE VERBS.
CUntrennfiort gtittodrter.)
1. Compound verbs in German are divided into two
classes, the separable and the inseparable. The latter
class, which we shall consider before the separable verbs,
are conjugated just like their primitives, except that they
omit the ge of the past participles. Thus from malen
(malte, gema(t) to paint (a picture), comes bema'Ien (bemal'te,
bema(t') to paint (a wall), and from gefyen (gtng, gegangen) to
go, entge'fyen, entging', ent^an'gen, to escape.
2. It has already been stated, page 10, that the prefix
of an inseparable verb does not receive the accent.
3. Inseparable verb means verb with an inseparable prefix.
Every part of the verb bemalen begins with be followed
by mat, (i.e., be is inseparable) just as in English every
part of to inform begins with in followed by/on/i.
22 INSEPARABLE VERBS.
4. The following prefixes always form inseparable
verbs : l be, emp, er, ent, er, jer, gc and nnter. But rotter,
properly against, is sometimes printed instead of nneter,
properly again (see foot-note 1, page 234).
5. Partial conjugation of an inseparable verb of
which the primitive is regular.
Infinitive: 33ebccfen, to cover.
PRESENT. IMPERFECT.
id) bebede, I cover id) bebedte, I covered
bit bebecfft, bu bebecfteft,
er bebedt, er bebecfte,
unr bebedfen, tour bebedten,
if)r bebedt, iljr bebedtet,
fte bebeden. fie bebedten.
FUTURE.
id] tuerbe bebecten, I shall cover ; bu ttnrjt beberfen :c.
PERFECT.
id] Ijobe beberft, I have covered ; bu fyafl beberft K.
Imp. beberfen <Sie, cover. Past Part, beberft, covered.
6. Partial conjugation of an inseparable verb of which
fche primitive is irregular.
Infinitive: SSerlaffen, to leave.
PRESENT. IMPERFECT.
id) oerlaffe, I leave id), berltefc, I left
bu Derldffefi, bu oerltef efl,
er Derta^t, er oerltep,
n>tr Derlaffen, totr oerttefeen,
t^r toerlaffet, i^r berlteBet,
fte t>erlaf|en. fie toertte^eu.
FUTURE.
id) foerbe berlaffen, I shall leave ; bu rtnrft fcertaffen K.
i It makes no difference if separable prefixes appear to follow these prefixes ; thus
rerabicK'uon has id) i'crab{*cuc, Qu) cetabfcfccuen, past part. Berabf*eu(. This verb is not in
reality formed from vet (inseparable), 06 (separable^, and jdjeutn (jsimfte verb"), but from
cr and the noun vlbfc^eu.
INSEPARABLE VERBS.
22S
PEBFECT.
id) Ijabc toertaffen, I have left ; bu fycift bcvlaffcu :c.
Imp. fcerlaffen <2ie, leave, etc. Past Part. Derlaffen, left.
Further examples of inseparable verbs are :
INFINITIVE.
PRESENT.
PAST PART.
Be I be(ob/nen, reg. to reward
id) belo^'ne
belo^nt'.
befjalten, irr. to keep
tc^ be^alte
befallen.
etnji : empftnben, irr. to feel
id) em^finbc
empfunben.
empfangen, irr. to receive
id) entpfcmge
em^fangen.
et : erfyatten, irr. to receive
id) erratic
er^atten.
ferfd)etnen, irr. to appear
ic^ erfdjeine
erfdjienen.
ent : tentgefyen, irr. to escape
id) entge^e
entgangen.
entfernen, reg. to remove
ic^ entferne
entfernt.
tier : ttergeffen, irr. to forget
id) toergeffe
bergeffen.
toerlteren/wr. to lose
id) Derliere
toerloren.
ger : gerftoren, reg. to destroy
id) jerftore
gerftort.
gerreifeen, irr. to tear
id) gerrei^e
gerriffen.
gt : gefyordjen (dot) reg, to obey
ic^ ge^or^e
gefyor'rfjt.
gefallen (dot.) irr. to please
id) gefafle
gefatten.
tmber : tmberfle'Jjen, irr. to resist
id) luibcrfte^e
rtiberftanben.
toiberfpredjen, irr. to contradict
id) imberfpredje
tutberf proven.
NOTE. For the prefixes burd), I)tnter, ubet, urn, unter, tutber and toiebet
which are sometimes inseparable, see p. 234 etc.
7. The inseparable prefixes mentioned in 4, in some
cases form verbs not from other verbs, but from nouns or
adjectives, e.g., entfroften, to deprive of strength, enervate..
from $raft, strength.
8. a) be forms verbs meaning to furnish with from
nouns, e.g., begaben, to furnish with a gift, from abe, gift
The past participles (used as adjectives) of these verbs
e.g., begabt, gifted, are the parts most frequently met with.
6) be in a number of cases answers to con in English,
e.g., beftefyen, to consist.
c) be sometimes changes an intransitive into a transi-
tive verb, e.g., befpeicn, to spit upon, from fpeten, to spit.
224 INSEPARABLE VEBBS.
d) be sometimes changes the sense of the verb to
which it is prefixed in such a way that the new verb takes
a different kind of object. Thus malen, to paint, takes
after it some such word as picture, portrait, landscape, or
the thing imitated as a tree, a horse, etc., etc., while bemalen
takes that which is covered by the paint, as a watt, apiece
of canvas, etc., etc.
9. a) ent means o/, e.g., entlafictt, to let off; entfommen, to
come off, escape.
b) ent forms from adjectives and substantives verbs of
deprivation, e.g., entfyeiligen, to desecrate (deprive of holiness),
from J)ei(tg, holy. Another example has already been
given in 7.
10. ) er forms from verbs such compound verbs as
erfcfyeinen, to shine out, from fcfyeinen, to shine, and erjagen,
to get by hunting, from jagen, to hunt.
b) er forms from adjectives such verbs as errotfyen, to
become red, from rotf), red, or ernietrigen, to make low, from
niebrig, low.
11. a} er forms from verbs compound verbs, such as oer*
fufyren, to lead astray, from futyren, to lead, and oeracfyten, to de-
spise, from adjten, to respect (in these cr has a bad sense) ;
or tterbluten, to bleed to death, from bluten, to bleed, and
fcerfclliejjen, to lock up, from fcfyltepen, to shut, (in these er
denotes thoroughness or completion).
b) er forms from adjectives verbs meaning to make,
thus : serguten, to make good, from gut, good.
12. The following verbs are formed not like the- in-
Beparables already treated of and the separable verbs in
the Thirty-first Lesson, from a frequently occurring prefix
and a verb but from compound nouns, an adjective and
INSEPARABLE VEfcBS.
225
a verb, a noun and a verb, etc.
entirely regular.
INFINITIVE.
fritt/ftiiden, to breakfast
ant'iuprten, to answer
itr'tfyeUea, to judge
Ueb'fofen, to caress
ratf)'fd)(agen, to deliberate
arg'iuofyuen, to suspect ,
red)t'ferttgen, to justify
itutfy'mafen, to presume, guess
toett'etfern, to emulate
Ijanb'ljaben, to handle, maintain
tt)et'terleitd)ten, to lighten
feeif'fogen, to prophesy
Their conjugation is
PBESENT.
id) fritfpcfe
id) antoorte
id) urtljeite
id) liebfpfe
id) rat()fd)lage
id) argtoofyne
id) rcdjtferttge
id) mutfymaf e
id) toetteifere
id) fyanbfjabe
PAST PART.
gefriifjftitd't.
geantroortet.
gettrtljeilt.
geliebfoft.
geratfyfdjtagt.
geargfoofynt.
geredjtfertigt.
gemut^maft.
gehjettetfert.
ge^anb^abt.
wetterteitd)tet gewetterteudjtet.
id) roeiffage geroeiffagt.
NOTE. The two verbs ttrittfaljretV to comply with, and froljlocfen, to exutt,
also follow this rule, but sometimes omit the prefix ge in the participle,
which may be toiUfaljrt' or gettnflfafyct ; fvoljlorft or gefroljlodt.
WORDS.
ba$ SBertrauen, confidence
erobern, reg. to conquer
beljalten, to keep
toerfpredjen, to promise
entfagen, reg. to abdicate, resign
begiinfttgen, reg. to favor
berauben, reg. to rob, to deprive
bettofynen, to inhabit
befotgen, reg. to follow
beffern, reg. to amend (trans.)
befdjmitken, reg. to soil
gerftreiten, reg. to disperse (trans.)
gunftig, favorable, adv. -ly
ganj, ganoid), entirely
nadj^er, adv. afterwards.
ba ^liid, fortune
ba3 Safter, vice
bte Seootferung, the population
ber ^uffefyer, the overseer
ba ?anb, the land
ber 33auer, the peasant
bebaueu, to cultivate
ber 9uiuber, the robber
bdS epdrf, the luggage
ber ebanfc, the thought
ba^ 23etragcn, the behavior
rratb,en, irr. to guess
kit (Srnte, the crop
bte $ette, the chain
bte @d)etbe, the pane of glass
READING EXERCISE 75.
)er djnee bebedt im SBinter bte Srbe. >te ftet^tgen (Sdjiiter
toerben belo^nt. 2)tcfe 53iid)er gefatten mtr ntd)t. 3)tc ^einbe er*
obcrten bte @tobt 3d) erfanntc fie nid)t fog(etd), toeit e8 bitnfet war.
ic mid) tjerftanben ? Oa ;
226 INSEPARABLE VERBS.
id] uerfpredje 3l)itcu, 3()vcu 9Jatlj ju befolgen. 28iberfpred)cn Ste
mtr, fo tange ate Sic roollen, am (gnbe foerben <Ste bod) fagen, bap icf)
$Hed)t gefyabt Ijabe. ic|e3 Sdjlop ttrirb Don ber 0>3rafin <y- betoofynt.
3)er (Partner fyat uergeffen, metne jungen ^flan^en gu begiefjen. 3)et
$onig t)at 31^ unften (iu favor of) fetne0 <3ol)neS bent Stjronc cut*
fagt. 5)cr oob,n beiS Sorb ^. fjat feme tubien giin^Ud) uernac^ta'igt.
err SBatfer Ijat mein 33ud) feb,r gunftig beurtfjettt. ute 9)Jenfd)en
Derabfdjeuen ba Rafter. Xie 9?ac|rid)t on bent (Siege ber ^cinbe t)at
unter ber 33etiotferung einen grofcen Sdjrecfen (panic) berurfadjt. !Ter
Sluffe^er b,atte fetn efdjdft (business) gang bernadjla'pigt. 2)er junge
SKann redjtfertigte ba ^ertrauen, ba tt)tr in Hjn fe^ten.
ufgabc 76.
"Water covered the land. You lose your friends. I had not
received your letter. Good children obey their (flat.} parents.
This young man was much (fefyr) favored by (the) fortune.
The peasants cultivate their land. The road is planted (be*
pflangt) with walnut-(9?u=)trees. A robber has deprived me
(ace.) of my luggage (gen.). You have guessed (104) my
thoughts. The boy promised me (dat.) to mend his be-
havior. We have lost all our money. The child has soiled
its dress. I will keep this book. Have (finb) the orders (23e*
fefyte) of the king been executed? I was deceived (111) by my
neighbor ; he deceives everybody. Carthage ($artf)ago) was
destroyed by the Romans. I have received several letters
from America. Do not contradict your master (dat.). The
potato-crop has failed (tft mtjjratfyen). Have you breakfasted?
I breakfast every morning at nine o'clock. The dog broke
(tore) his chain and ran off (fort). Your boots are torn, shall
I take (trogen) them to (311) the shoemaker? A bird flew
against the window and broke a pane of glass. Afterwards
* nobody l knew who 3 had 2 broken l it. I have not been in-
formed of (oon) the death of Mr. Graham. The robber waa
condemned to be hanged.
tljaten bie ^etnbe ? <Ste eroberten bte <Stabt.
2Ba berurfadjte bte 9jf ad)rid)t toon
bent (Siege ber ^ewbe? Sic berurfad)te groften Sdjrecfett.
2Ber betoolntt jeneS <Sd)tojj ? er ofterretdjifdje raf 5-
Ofl er retd)? 5D?an fagt, bajj er fefjr retd) tfl
SEPARABLE VERBS.
2Barum $at ber (Partner
men ntd)t tegoffen ?
2Ba3 Derfpradj'ber
28er on Sfynen fyqt mit hnber*
fprodjen ?
$at biefer 9ttann fein
beforgt (attended to) ?
Robert <5te etnen 23rief bon
rent 5^unbe erljatten?
tljun bte Sauern?
te btele
(Sir ttnrb fte btefen 3lbenb begte^en.
(gr berf))rac^, fic^ gu beffern.
^itemanb Don un b,at ^b/nett totber*
fpro^en.
S'Jetn, er fyat e6 gan^It^
$onnen <Ste metne @ebanfen er*
ratten ?
^aben bte ftetnbe bte (Stabt 3er==
[tort?
$at ber ^ontg bent S^rone ent*
fagt?
Stffen (Ste, toer btefeS (a
broken
3d) erb,otte oft S3rtefe toon tljm.
@te bebauen bte ^elber.
>er Sob b,at mtcf) aller ntemer
^reunbe beraubt.
3c^ ^abe fte oft erratfyen, aber nt^t
immer.
JMn, fte ^aben fte md)t gerflort.
unften femes
tn, ntetn ^err, id) ttetfc e ntc^t ;
id) b,abe eS nic^t gerbroc^en.
THIRTT-FIRST LESSOR
SEPARABLE VERBS.
(Irfnubnre ^cittuorter.)
1. In a separable verb, the prefix is detached and
becomes a separate word in the present and imperfect
indicative and subjunctive and in the imperative. Thus :
obfc^retben, to write off, copy (from fdjretben, write, and ab,
off), has t^ fcfyretbe ab, ic^ fc^rteb ab (imperfect), fcfymbe ab
(imperative), etc.
2. In all the remaining parts of the verb, the prefix
precedes the verbal stem and is written in one word with
it, e.g., obfcfyreibenb, copying ; abfdjretben, to copy.
3. Note, however, that the fle of the past participle is in-
serted between the prefix and the verb, e.g., abcjefcfyrieben,
228 SEPARABLE VERBS.
and that the same is true of ju used with the infinitive,
e.g., abjufcfyretben.
4. In a dependent clause (see 'page 82), the VERB comes
last, so that we should expect for The letter which you
copied, er 33rief ben <Ste abfcfyrieben and not .... fcfyrieben
ob. But when the rules of arrangement require the VERB
last in the clause, the prefix always comes immediately
before it, and is written as one word with it, e.g. t above,
abfcfyrteben. "We thus have for every separable verb two
forms for the present and imperfect indicative and sub-
junctive, as follows :
In clauses not dependent : In dependent clauses :
Pres. Indie, id) fdjreibe ab, Pres. Indie, id) abfrfjretbe,
Impf. Indie, id) f d)ricb ab, Impf. Indie, id) abf d)rieb,
Pres. Subf. id) (djretbe ab, Pres. Subf. id) abfdjretbe,
Impf. SubJ. id) fdjriebe ab. Impf. Subj. id) abfdjriebe.
5. Separable verbs are accented on the prefix, as has
been already stated 2, page 10.
6. Partial conjugation of a separable verb. (See also 4.)
5lbf$retben, to copy.
PRESENT. IMPERFECT.
id) fdjretbe ab *, I copy id) fdjrteb ab, I copied
bu f djreibft ab, bit frfjrtebfl ab,
er fdjretbt ab, er fdjrteb ab,
hnr f d)retben aB, tmr fdjrteben ab,
i^r f djretbt ab, tljr fdjrtebet ab,
fte fdjretben ab. fie frfjrieben ab.
First Future, id) werbc abfdjrctben, I shall copy.
Perfect, id) fyabe abgefdjrteben, I have copied.
Pluperfect, id) ^atte abgefd^rteben, I had copied.
Sec. Future, id) toerbe abgefdjncben ^aben, I shall have copied.
i When the prefix follows the primitive (of. 4), it is usually separated from it by
ord or two. indeed normally by the whole of the BEST of the clause.
SEPARABLE VERBS. 229
First Cond. td) tuiirbe obfdjreiben, I should copy.
Sec. Cond. id) toiirbe abgefdjrteben Ijaben, I should have copied
IMPERATIVE.
fdjretbc ab, | cotrv fdjretben hnr ab, let us copy,
jdjretben (2te ab, j *^"
INFINITIVE.
abfdjreiben and ab^ufdjreiben, to copy.
PABTICIPLES.
Pres. ob[d)reibenb, copying. Past. aBjjefd)rteben, copied.
7. The following prefixes always form separable verbs ^
ab, off, down entgegen, to meet toS, loose, off
an, on, at entgtoei, in two, apart mit, with
oitf, up, upon fort, forth, away nad), after
au3, out, from gegen, against ob, over, on
bet, by, beside, with gegeniiber, opposite Dor, before
bettor, before in, in hjeg, 'away
ba, bar, there b,eim, home 311, to
cut, in, into fyer, toward one ^uriicE, back
empor, up, aloft ^in, from one ^ufammen, together.
8. Also : compound prefixes made up of prefixes found
in the preceding list or that on page 234, e.rj. t orcm,
ahead; iibereitt from liber and ein. Especially frequent are
compound prefixes one part of which is fyin or fyer, e.g.,
fyeraulcwfen, to run out (to us); litnauSlaufen, to run out
(away from us who are indoors).
9. We have just seen that compound prefixes made up
of simple separable prefixes are themselves separable.
In the same way, when a separable prefix comes first,
and is followed by an inseparable one, as in abbeftellen,
the verb is conjugated like a separable, infinitive with
jit, ftbjubeficUen; present indicative, id) beftelle ab, -except
that, of course, the past participle (abbeftellt) has no ge.
i This list is taken, with some trifling changes, from Whitney's Grammar.
230 SEPARABLE VERBS.
10. We have not included in the list of separable pre-
fixes on page 229, a number of nouns and adjectives
each used as a separable prefix in perhaps only a singl*
compound. Examples of such compounds follow :
PRESENT. PAST PAUT.
fefjljdjtagen ', to fail id) fdjlage feb,l feb,lgefd)lagen.
freifprcdjen, to acquit id) fpredje frei freigefprodjen.
t gietrfjfommen, to equal id) fomnte gteid) gtetdjgefommen.
itebfyaben, to love id) fyabe lieb liebgefyabt.
fttflfd)tt)eigen, to be silent id) frfjroeige ftttt ftiflgefd)h)iegen.
ftattfinben, to take place id) ftnbe flatt jtottgefunben.
OBSERVATIONS.
1. Dependent clauses, as has been already stated page
82, 4, take the VERB at the end. If this VERB is a sep-
arable one, it takes in the simple tenses, i.e., those which
need no auxiliary to form them, the same form as if it
were inseparable. This rule has already been stated at
greater length, page 228, 4. Ex. :
2)er 23rief, foeldjen id) fefct abfrfjreibe.
The letter which I am copying now.
3d) ttwnfdje, bofc <3ic Ijeute nidjt
I wish you not to go out to-day.
5HS id) in tyan$ anfam *c.
When I arrived in Paris, etc.
2Benn <Sie ^u Diet clb au^gegeben
If you have spent too much money, etc.
2. $erab, fyerein, ^crunter, etc., imply motion totvards
the person who is speaking ; while fnnab, ^tnctn, ^inuntcr, etc.,
imply motion away from the speaker. Ex. :
$ommen (Sic ^erein, Come in.
(Come towards me who am in the room.)
i When spelled separately, tbe three first verbs have a different meaning, viz. : fe$l
fcfctagen means to miss one's blow; fret fpre$en, to speak frankly; gleii lommen, to oem
directly.
SEPAEABLE VERBS. 231
$el)en @ic Ijtnetn, Walk in.
( The speaker is outside.)
CWjen 3te Ijtnauf, Go up stairs.
( The speaker is below ; motion away from him.)
jtomusen ie ijerauf, Come up.
(The speaker is upstairs ; motion towards him.)
WORDS.
ba 2lnerbtetcn, the offer anftretdjen, to paint
bte Sftotf), the distress frtfd), freshly, newly
bte ^etdjnun.q, the drawing abtragen, to carry off
bte ^itgcl, the ball nneber fyerfteflen, reg. to restore
ber $itge(, the hill IjtnabroIIen, reg. to roll down
ber ()itrm, the tower erfemten, to recognize
ber Strjt, the physician, doctor toortreff'Kdj, excellent
bte Skrdnberung, the change ungufrte'ben, discontented
ber ^3 (an, the plan bermutl)Itd), probably
ber 33udjl)anbler, the bookseller f abretfen, to set out
bte ramnta'ttf, the grammar betfte^en, irr. to assist
ber 33ifd)of, the bishop tiorftetten, to introduce, present
ber Slbenb, the evening an^teljen, irr. to put on (clothes)
abbremten, to burn down abfd)lagen, irr. to refuse.
aufgefyen (of the sun), to rise
READING EXERCISE 77.
3rf) fdjretbe btefen 33rtef ab. 2Ber fdjrteb btefen 33rtef ab ? $art
^at t()n abgefcf)neben. 2Bann fmgen @te an, i^n abjufdjretben ? 3d)
(jabe fcf)on geftern 5lbenb angefangen unb fa^re btefen 9)forgen fort.
2Btr ftnb um ^alb fcrf)3 U^r angefommen. a8 9JJabrf)en fdjlofj bte
J^iire ^u. -3d) nefyme mtt 33ergnugen 3I)r giittgeS (kind) Slnerbteten
an. tet)et anf, $tnber, e tft 3>eit. 3)te ^tnber ftnb (have) bent
Sfet nad)ge(aufen. S)a ganje 3)orf iff abgebrannt. -3d) gtng ntd)t
aug, tocti id) fran! ftar. aben @te S^ren f^reunb ^uriidbegleitet ?
gurdjten <5te ntdjtg, id) ftee S^nen bet !
78.
I copy all my letters. Are you going out ? Yes, I am going
out. My brother set out for (nad)) London this morning.
The concert begins at 7 o'clock. Assist your neighbor in his
distress. Pray, present me to your friend. In summer 2 the
SEPARABLE VlalBS.
8 sun ' rises at three o'clock in the morning (beg 3ft.). The sun
has (ift) risen beautifully. Leave out this page (cite) when
you copy the letter. It is already copied. Take your draw-
ing away- Our friends went away from here at six o'clock.
Do you not take me with (you) ? I accept your offer with
great pleasure. The young man has spent his time very
badly. The doctor communicated this news to me. Do not
detain him [any] longer. Put on your shoes. How did you
spend your evening yesterday ? I went out I was not yet
dressed.
BEADUTO EXERCISE 79a.
efen <5te mtr btefeS fdjime ebirfjt t>or. eben <Sic $d)t (care),
bte Jf)iire ift frtfd) angeftrtdjen. @tnb bte (Spctfen (dishes) fefjon ab=
getragen ? er Sebtente tragt fte cbcn (just) ab. <2tnb bte Thibet
angefteibet? 2)a$ $tnberntdbd)en (nurse) fletbet fie eben an. SBctcfje
nte Don ber SBafjrfyett ab. jDer <Sturm ^at nacfjgelajfen (aufge^ort).
3)a3 (d)tff n>ar gefunfen ; gtuanjig ^erfoHen futb (have) itmgefom*
men. jDer 2)teb ift batoon getaufen. 35er ^aufmann retfte tm ganjen
(whole) ^anbe um^er (fyerum). !Da8 ^abe i^ S^nen DorauSgefagt
2)er Slr^t ift eben borbetgegangen.
9tufga6e 79b.
The ball rolled down the hill (ace.). The luggage was car-
ried out. We have (ftnb) ascended (on, auf) the tower. Much
rain produces weeds (Unfraut). The hunter rambles about in
the forest. Captain B. has (ift) just ridden by. I had no
time to carry the child about The messenger brought the
letter back. Great changes have taken place (10) in the
administration (taat3toertt)altung). Mr. Murray is an excel-
lent physician ; he has entirely restored my health. I agreed
with the bookseller for (toegen, lit. on account of, in regard to)
a new grammar. We met with some friends in Paria The
plan which we had made has completely failed. I have just
(eben) sent back the books you had lent me. If you refuse
(Observation 1) him such a trifle ($letmgfett), * he ' will be very
discontented. If I introduce you to the count (dot.), J you
1 will probably be invited to (jum) dinner. When 1 Mr. Grove
was introduced to the Bishop, "he Recognized an old friend
in
i See foot-note 1, p. ISO.
SEPARABLE VERBS.
233
>aben <Sie 3fyre Ueberfeijimg
fdjon abgefd)rieben ?
Um uwmcl llfyr gefyen <Sie biefen
Sibenb auS ? '
(Sinb <Sie geftern audj nidjt (not
either) auSgegangen?
SBann reifen (Sic ab ?
2Ber Ijat ba $inb auSgefleibet?
<2o( id) mid) anffcibcn ?
2Ber l)dt meine (Sticferei (em-
broidery) tteggenommen?
2Bann geljt bie Sonne auf ?
2Birb ber Offisier b,eute l)ier t)or=
bei'reitcn ?
-3ft ber 33cbiente fdjon gururfgc*
f ommen ?
2Ber tjat 3^nen btefe SRadjrtdjt
mitgctfjeUt ?
SBann fangt ba Sweater an?
^>at ber (Sdjnetber meinen
mitgenontmen ?
2Bie fontmt biefer^)itnb ^ie
2Ber gefyt bem )t)eim entgegen?
^at bad Concert' geftern ftatt=
gefunben (taken place) ?
3ft ber cfangene toerurtljeUt
iuorben ?
^onnte man biefeS Dor^ej'fe^en?
SEoflen <Sie ein n)enig (for a
little while) Ijcrauffonmtcn ?
^onnen (Sic tnorgen Ijeriiber*
fontmcn '? .
3ft e3 ertaubt fjinein gn getjen ?
S3ringt man meinen goffer
(trunk) fjerauf?
d) fdjretbe fie eben ab. 3d) rterbe
aud) bie toon geftern abfd)reiben.
qeb,e id) nid)t ait8.
id) ^atte feine
getjen.
3d) gebenfe (intend) morgen friilj
ab^ureifen.
2)ie gutter fjat e auge!teibct
3a, fleiben <Sie ftd) an.
9^iemanb nimmt t)ier (Sttua^ njcg.
3nt @ommer get)t fte um 3 H^r be8
9J?orgen8 auf.
S3ermut^id), benn (for) er reitet
jeben Xag b,ier borbet'.
yidrif er bleibt immer fo lange
au.
5D?ein 9?ejfe ?ubn)ig t^eitte fie mir
ntit.
S3 fangt im SBinter itm fed)3 Ur,
im (Sommer um fieben Ub,r an.
Sr f)at ib,n mitgenommen; aber
nodj nid)t juriidgebradjt.
(Sr ift mir nadjgefaufen.
unb id) geb/en iljm entgegen.
, e ftnbet erfl ^eitte ftatt.
3m egentb,eit (contrary), er ift
freigefprod)en iworbcn (Note 3).
(Serai^, e8 jnar Ieid)t
3d) b,abe fe^t feine
3a, id) toerbe einen ^tugenblid I)in=
iibergcfyen.
3a, mein ^err, treten (Sic nur
l^erein.
6r ift fdjon oben (up stairs). 3dj
fyabe ib,n felbft (jtnaufgetragen.
234 SEPARABLE YERBS.
VEEBS WITH THE PEEFIXES burd), fiber, 5C. v
1. be, emp, etc., (page 222), always form inseparable
verbs, and ab, an, etc., always form separable verbs; but
each of the prefixes in the following list forms some
verbs which are separable and others which are insep-
arable.
burd), through Ubcr, over imter, under
fyinter, behind urn, about unber l , against
liucber, again
2. It happens frequently indeed that burcfy, fytnter, fifcer,
etc., form one compound verb which is separable and
another compound verb which is inseparable, from the
same simple verb. The separable compound and the
inseparable compound will be spelled in the infinitive
in just the same way, e.g., it'berfeijen, separable, to set (some-
thing) over, like iiberfe'^en, inseparable, to translate.
3. They differ, however,
a) In accent, as has just been indicated, llc'berfe^en
separable is (like abfe^en, etc.) accented on the prefix, and
iiberfe'fjen inseparable (like befe^en, etc.) is accented on the
verbal stem.
1) Of course, in conjugation, u'berfe^en having (like
abfefcen, etc.) id) fe&e iiber, itberjufefcen, ubero,efet, and uber*
fe'&en, (like befefcen, etc.) having id) itberfe'fce, ju iiberfe'fcen,
past participle iiberfefct'.
c) In signification. Ue'berfe^en means to set over, across
(e.g., to ferry across a river). Ueberfe'&en means to translate.
\ Were it not that wiber, which properly means against, is sometimes written, and
printed where nrieber, again, ought to stand, it (mibet) would have been omitted from
this list, for in its proper sense of against it is inseparable. SBtebtt, on the contrary, is
almost always separable. SBofl forms some separable and some inseparable verba
So does mt&, but it is generally inseparable. The rule given 3, c, does not apply com-
pounds of cott and mi|>.
SEPAEABLE VERBS. 235
The following examples (from Whitney's Grammar) will
illustrate still further this difference in signification.
Separables. Inseparables.
burrfj'brtngen, to crowd through burdjbrtn'gen, to penetrate, per-
fyhi'tergefyen, to go behind fyinterge'ljen, to deceive [meate
um'geljen, to go around, re- umge'ljen, to evade
volve
un'tertoerfen, to throw under itntertoer'f en, to subject, subjugate
toie'berljolen, to fetch back tweberfyo'ten, to repeat.
4. The separables, it will be noticed, are translated in
English by two words, one of which gives the sense of
the simple verb, e.g., bringen, to crowd, and the other the
sense of the prefix, e.g., bitrcf), through.
5. The inseparables, on the other hand, are translated
by a single word. 1 (Compare in English I took over with
/ overtook, and / set up with / upset.)
6. There are, however, not a few cases in which an
English verb having been rendered by a certain German
compound verb, that compound verb may be conjugated
either separably or inseparably as the writer chooses.
Thus The rat gnawed through it may be translated,
to gnaw through being burcfynagen, either 3)ie SRatte nagte
eg burdj or )ie 9tatte burcfynagte eg.
7. When an intransitive verb is compounded with one
of the prefixes in the above list, the inseparable com-
pound is more apt to take an accusative after it than the
separable, compound. Thus from itber and gefyen, itbcrge'tyen
means to pass over to omit (e.g., 3$ itbergcfye bag Uebrige,
i The student acquainted with Latin will notice that in one or two of the examples
lust given, the inseparables are translated by English verbs derived from the Latin,
and that the Latin originals of these verbs correspond exactly in composition to the
German verbs, thus unter=rcer'fen to sub-jicere and rcieber^olen to re-petere,
236 SEPARABLE VERBS.
I pass over the rest] ; while ii'bergefyen means to pass over,
intransitive, as in the sentence, This misprint passed over
into the second edition, )tefer 2)rucffel)ler ging in tic jroette
SUtggabe iiber.
WORDS.
bte efme, the sinew bte djarfe, keenness
bcr ^otijetbtcner, the constable bte ebutb, patience
ber ^evftcmb, understanding ber. Safe, the sentence
bte 3d)rift, the writing ber $tttfd)er, the coachman
ba$ @efiU)f, sentiment, feehng ber (Sturm, the storm,
Some of the words in the following exercises must be looked for in the
Vocabulary at the end of the book.
READING EXERCISE 80.
Sftan fyat bent ^Jferbe bte Seljncn bitrd)ge[d)mtten. (8 regnet ftarf,
Iajfen <3te un8 unterfteljen. eftern ftnb rotr and) ttntergeftanbeit, at3
e8 onftng ^efttg gu regnen. 9Jitt ebttlb fe^t man Me burd). 97ac^
etner Stunbe ftnb hnr umgefel^rt. eftent fott (is said) Sentonb tm
293a(be umgebrarf)! 1 worben fein. 3ft bte^ ber@rf)tffer h)eld)er un^ itber*
gefe^t^at? $ennen Ste ben Sdjrtftftetter (author) lueldjer ?amorttne'
sBerfe tn'^ eutfcf)e itberfe^t Ijat? 5)er ^atfer t>on Defterret^ ^atbte
gan^e ^roDtnj burc^retft. !Die Corner fyaben t)tele 5So(!er unterjoc^t.
jDer ^otijetbtener ^at ba gange ^>aug bnrcfjfitdjt. 9)tetn @p^n ^at bte
Settling be3 efdjafte^ iibentommen. 3^re SSorte ^aben mtd^ don ber
SBaljrfiett ber <2ad)e iibergeugt. On biefer (Sdjute njerben bte ^noben
big (till) $um 14. Oa^re unterridjtet. 223 te fonnten te (e) unter*
ne^nten, bte^ gu t^un? emitter ubertrifft atte beutfc^en J)trf)ter
(poets) an Stefe be efit^ ; aber er n)irb toon otlje an ^arfe
be 55erftanbeg itbertroffen. ^(o^ltc^ fa^en h)tr ung toon getnben nm=
ringt -3d) bttte @te, balb UJteberjuIommen.
9lufiiobr 81.
When (al$) we came to the river, we crossed in a little boat.
Can you tell me who has translated Milton's Paradise Lost
(ertorene$ ^arabteS) ? I have no mind to translate this book.
You should throw on (over) your cloak. A whole regiment of
i We should have expected the Inseparable umbrt'ngen In the sense of kill, and it is
actually sometimes found, but um'brtngcn is much more frequent.
SEPARABLE VERBS. 237
infantry (3nfanterieregiment) went over to (ju) the enemy. Why
did you pass over (iiberge'ljeu) this sentence ? I omitted (liber*
ge'ljen) it, because it seemed to me too difficult. Three vessels
went down (perished) in the last storm. The coachman has
upset the carriage. Have (finb) you had much intercourse with
Mr. A.? I wish I were so happy [as] to have much inter-
course with him. What business have you undertaken:
Have you repeated your lesson ? You must change your dress
(fid) umf(eiben), or (fonft) you cannot go with us. This box
must be examined. Our house is surrounded with a garden.
Mr. F. has killed himself. Have you a mind to sign this
paper ? I have already signed it.
BEADING LESSON.
2>er Sirocco. Sirocco.
(Sine ber grofcten ^(agcn 1 fur gang Statien, befonberS 2 fur
unb icitien, ift ber @irocco=2Binb. (Sr Ijetfjt aud) (Suboftttrinb, in
9lfrifa (Satnum, iu ber djttteig $of)tt. 3n 9?eapel unb in anbern
Sljeiten 3talienS toeljt 3 er nidjt fo fyefttg toie tit icttien, njetdjeS nafyer
bet 2lfri!a liegt, bauert 4 aber mefyrere 2Bod)en unb Iaf?t SDiutljtoftg*
fett 5 unb ^tebergefdjlagenfjett 6 juriid 1 . 3n 9Zeape( toeljt er tin OuU fo
^ct, bajj bie aWenfdjen gan^ erfdjtafft 7 unb entnerfct 8 rterben.
Xljatigfeit 9 in bem 2ftenfd)cn erftirbt 10 , nnb bie gefa&,rttd)ften n
h)iirben barau entfte^en (arise), toenn er in (Stcilien langer atg 30 bt
40 (Stunbeu ftie^tc, unb nid)t bon etnem ^orbminbe begleitet 13 luare,
nieldjer bie Sftenfdjen loieber ftarft.
(Sobatb ber Sirocco gu h)e!^en anfdngt, ^iefyt 14 ftd) Seberntann in bie
aufer guriiii, mad)t S:f)iiren unb $enfter gu, ober be^dngt 15 in (Smtan*
gelung 16 toon genfterfd^eiben (panes), bie ^enfter unb anbere Ocffnun*
gen mtt naffen Jud^ern unb fatten ". Qn ben trafeen fieb,t man
feincn 9J?cnfd)en. 5lud) auf ben ^elbem tb,ut 18 ber (Suocco oft
gropen djaben 18 ; er berfengt 19 bie rcifer unb ^flangen fo, baf^
i plague. 2 especially, s to blow. 4 bauem, to last. & despondency. 6 dejection.
" relaxed, s enervated. 9 energy. 10 etflerfien, to die away. 11 dangerous, inconse-
quence. K accompanied, (i.e., here, followed). H fid) jururfjie^en, to retire, is to hau b '
with. 16 in. the absence, n mats, is to do much damage. 19 to scorch.
238
VERBS WITH fetlt.
man fte gu ^ufoer jerretben 1 fann, aid loenn fte au$ einem l)eien
)fen famen. (JMurf'Udjernmfe 2 toeljt er ntdjt gan^ nafye am 23oben s .
!Dte eute, toelrfje in ben Strafcen unb auf bem %-ei'tx ftnb, toerfen 4 fid)
befctoegen auf ben 23oben nteber 4 , imb fo tfyut er iljnen feinen
(haxm).
THIRTY-SECOXD LESSON.
CONJUGATION OF VEKBS WHICH FOEM THEIR
PERFECT WITH fctn INSTEAD OF fcaben.
1, SReifen, to travel
INDICATIVE.
SUBJUNCTIVE.
Present.
id) reife, I travel
id) reife
Imperf.
id) reifte, I travelled
id) reifte
Future.
id) toerbe retfen
id) ttjerbe reifen
Cond.
id) h)iirbe reifen
Perfect.
id) bin geretf^Ihave trav-
id) fet gereift
bu bifl gereift [elled
bu fetft gereift
er iji gereift
er fei gereift
hrir finb geretfi
hnr feten gereift
i^r feib gereift
iljr feiet gereift
@ie flnb geretfi
@ie feten geretft
fte ftnb gereift
|te feien geretft
Pluperf.
id) war gereift
td) todre geretft
bu toarft gereifi
bu tDareft gereift
er ttar gereift
er toa're gereift
h)ir niaren gereijl
h)tr njaren gereifl
iljr niaret gereift
iljr UJdret geretft
@ie njaren gereifl
@ie toa'ren gereift
fte toaren geretft
fte toaren geretft
Sec. Put.
id) toerbe gereift fern
id) luerbe geretft fein .
bu njirft gereift fein ?c.
bu h)erbeft gereift fein K.
Sec. Cond.
id) ttsurbe geretft fein or
id) toa're gereifl.
1 to rub to powder. 2 fortunately. 3 ground. < to prostrate one's sell
VERBS WITH fein.
239
2. e^en, to go.
INDICATIVE.
Present. id) gelje, I go
Imperf. id) ging, I went
bu gingft, er ging
First Fut. idj toerbe geljen
First Cond. idj tottrbe gef)en
Perfect.
SUBJUNCTIVE,
idj gelje
id) gingc
idj toerbe geljett
I have
[gone
Pluperf.
Sec. Fut.
Sec. Cond.
idj fet gegangen
bu feifl gegangen
er fet gegangen
tmr feien gegangen
ifjr fetet gegangen
<3te feten gegangen
fte feten gegangen
id) n)are gegangen
idj roerbe gegangen fein
id) bin gegangen,
bit btft gegangen
er ift gegangen
hrir ftnb gegangen
iljr fetb gegangen
@ie ftnb gegangen
fte ftnb gegangen
id) tt)ar gegangen
id) werbe gegangen fein
id) toiirbe gegangen fein or idj toare gegangen 2C.
NOTE. The third person singular of an intransitive verb may be used
impersonally with e3 for its subject in the passive, e.g., (gg urirb iriel gereijl,
(It is traveled a good deal), There is a good deal of traveling. @g toutbe
barufcer ^erjlic^ geladjt, (It was, etc.) They laughed heartily over it. 1
3. Intransitive verbs which take fein to form
perfect.
K eUen, 4 to hasten
einbrtngen, to penetrate
etnfdjtafen, to fall asleep
the
abfaden, to decay
abiaitfen (of time), to expire
B abretfen,* to leave, set out
abtt)etd)en, to deviate
anfommen, to arrive
ouffteljen, to rise, get up
B aufroadjen, to awake
B auSarten, to degenerate
au^gleiten, to slip
entflieljen, ) to run away
entfontmen, } to escape
entfaufen, to escape
crbletdjen, to turn pale
crfdjeinen, to appear
ertrtnfen, to be drowned
B begegnen, 3 to meet, to happen fafjren, to drive, see p. 200.
berften, to burst fatten, to fall
Meiben, to remain, to stay fltegen, to fly, see p. 209.
ba&onluufen, to run away flieljen, to flee
1 Compare the Latin ilur (it is gone) meaning they go,
2 Those preceded by B are regular.
3 This verb sometimes takes Ijaben,]
Xbese verbs take fein or $&,
240 VERBS WITH few.
fliepen 1 , to flow nfrfjettern 1 , to be wrecked
B folgen l , to follow
gebeifyeu, to prosper, to thrive
gefyen, to go
9 eli f'' [ to succeed
geratgen, )
genefen, to recover
geratfyen ( hi or unter GtroaS), to
d)letd)ett, to sneak
djmeljen, to melt
djuninmen, to swim, see p. 181.
mfen, to sink
'pojteren geljen, to go walking
pringen \ to leap
'tefjen, to stand, see p. 375.
get into (e.g., a predicament) ftetgen, to mount
gefd)el)en, to happen fterben, to die
fjinaufgefycu or =ftetgcn, to go up BJtiirjcn, to fall, to rush
Ijmimtei-gefycn, ) to descend uberemfommen, to agree
Ijhmbftetgen, j to get down itm'fommen, to perish
Bflettcru, to climb Btierborren, ) . wither
fommen, to come B bertoetfen, j
B tonben \ to land, go on shore toerfdjtwnben, to disappear
laufen, to run toorbeu or Doriiberge^en, to pass
B ntarf rf)tren *, to march rta^fcn, to grow
reitcn, to ride Bhjanbern, to wander
B retfen l , to travel toetcfyen, to yield
B rennen, to run toerben, to become, to get
Broften l t to rust BgitrUcffeljren, to return.
Also most of the simple verbs in the list above when
compounded with other prefixes than be, 4
4 The following intransitive verbs are among those
conjugated with
atfymen, to breathe tocfjen, to laugh
beKen, to bark fdjtoetgen, to be silent
bliifyen, to bloom raud)en, to smoke
bluten, to bleed f Alajen, to sleep
bauern, to last fdjreten, to cry out
fedjten, to fight tattjen, to dance
glanjen, to shine toetnen, to weep
^ordjen, to listen gogern, to hesitate
fdntpfen, to fight toofynen, to reside, to dwell.
3d) b/abe geat^met, id) ^abc geblutet, id) b,abc gclad)t :c.
1 See foot-note 4, p. 239.
2 The prefix be gives a iransitive sense to the verb, as has been already stated, pago
33. Ex.; ftctjeu, intr., to mount; beflcigen, trant., to ascend.
VERBS WITH fetn.
241
5. A great many verbs modify the vowel of the infini-
tive to form causatives. Thus from fallen, to fatt, eomes
fallen, to cause, to fall, to fell, (e.g., a tree). Sometimes the
vowel of the imperfect is chosen, as in the case of fafyren,
below. Instead of a, e is often printed, see fpringen
below. Examples :
emfd)(afen, to fall asleep
ertrinfen (imp. ertrcmf), to be
drowned
: of)ren (fuljr), to go, etc.
-alien, to fall
lichen (ftofj), to flow
fyangen, to hang
lauten, to sound
Itegen (lag), to lie
fdjttrimmen (fdjnwmm), to swim
Men (fan!), to sink
tfccn (fa, to sit
pringen (fprang), to leap, to
jump, to burst, to crack
fteigen, to mount
trinfen (tranf), to drink
berfcfytomben (erfd)tt>anb), to
vanish
hnegen (og), to weigh (e.g.,
ten pounds)
B emfdjtafern, to put asleep
B ertrcinf en, to drown, tr.
Bfiiljren, to lead
B fatten, to fell
Bflojjen, to float, tr. (e.g., a raft)
Blja'ngen, to hang up, tr.
B tauten, to ring (the bell)
B legen, to lay, to put
B fcfyttemmen, float, tr. (by means
of a current of water),
wash (e.g., horses in a pond)
"enfen, to (make) sink
een, to place, to set
prengen, to break open, to
blow up
B ftetgern, to raise (a price)
Btranfen, to water (e.g., a
horse)
B Derfdjtoenben, to squander
Btoagen, to weigh (e.g., a bag
of flour).
It will be noticed that the vowel of the imperfect is chosen when that of
the infinitive is incapable of modification, and that several causatives are
formed somewhat irregularly.
WORDS.
bie <d)tlbtoad)e, the sentinel,
sentry
ber $naft, the report, crack
bie ^djtung, esteem
}
""*
ber 33oben, the ground, bottom
bie efafyr, the danger
VERBS WITH fettt.
ba Unterneljmen, the under- ber %tl\tn, the rock
taking gu SBett gefyen, to go to bed
ber 2ftttbitrger, fellow-citizen ergtefyen, to educate, bring up
bet )o(3f)auer, the wood-cutter jjerbet'eilen, to hasten hither
bte $itfte, the coast, shore fiirdjterltd), dreadful
bte tabling, the cargo fcorftdjttg, cautious
ber @raben, the ditch Ijoflanbifd), Dutch
bte ganttUe, the family friilj, early; miibe, tired.
READrNTO- EXERCISE 82.
)aS 33ud) tiegt auf bent Xtfdje. -3d) fdjltef unter etnem 23aume.
>ie @d)Ubn>ad)e Ijat am b,ore geftanben. 2)te 2ftabdjen ftnb in ben
artcn gcgangen, urn (in order to) nac^ i^ren ^ofen gu fe^en. 2Btr
ftnb geftern bom Sanbe gurucfgefe^rt, too njtr bret 2Boc^en gebtteben
toaren. 2JJetn 3*eunb I)! (was) in (Engtanb geboren 1 ; aber er t|l in
^ranfreid) ergogen worben. 3luf (upon) bte 9Jacf)rtd)t toon ber ^ranf-
Ijett fetneg (Sob,ne tft ber 33ater ^erbetgeetlt 3)er ^rteg gn)tfd)en bte*
fen 3et 53olfern ^at nod) ntd)t begonnen. 2Btr ftnb 2lSe iiber btefen
fnrdjterlidjen ^natt erfdjroden. SSa^ ifl t^m gefd)eb,en? 2)a8 groe
Unterne^men be errn turner tft ntdjt getungen. !Dtefer 2ftann tfl
in ber ?ld)tung fetner 9)Jttbiirger feb,r gefunfen. 3)er (Sotbat tft an (of)
fetnen 2Bunben geftorben. !Der @d)nee tft gefdjmoljen. 3)tefeS ^letfd)
tft ntdjt genug gebraten (roasted). 2)er ^ot^auer Ijat bte Gtdje ge*
foUt. Sin 9Jabennefl t^ ^eruntergefat(en. ^tele 5lrten (kinds) toon
Sl^ieren, toetdje in friiljeren 3 euen au f ^ er roe Qtkbt b,aben, ftnb
bation t>erfd)ttmnben. (Sin ^ottanbtfd)e @d)tff tft an ber $itfie 5lfrifa'^
gefdjettert ; bte gange ?abung tfl imtergegangen. 3)er grote X^ett ber
Sftannfrfjaft (crew) tjl (have) itntgefommen ; nur etnige QJiatrofen,
toetdje an'3 anb gefdjraommen ftnb, b,aben ftd) gerettet
9(uf8atJC 83.
1. I travelled in Spain. Our uncle (is) arrived yesterday.
The child has fallen into a deep ditch. We sat round (urn) the
table. The candlestick stands on (auf, dot.) the table. The
little boy sits on the chair; his mother placed (fete) him on
it (baraitf). Many English families reside in Germany and
Italy. The books lie on the table ; I laid them on it. , How
did you (Ijaben @te) sleep last night? I slept pretty (}temltd))
well ; I was tired when I went to bed ; I had worked very
i See page 140, 5 and 132, .
VERBS WITH fettt.
243
hard (ftarf). At what hour did you (ftnb (Ste) fall asleep? I
fell asleep at half past eleven. The slave has hardly (faum)
escaped.
2. The purse has fallen to (auf) the ground. The regiment
has marched nine hours a (ben) day. The peasants have gone
to (in bie) town. The servant has jumped out of the window
of the third story (3tocf). Nothing of importance (2Bid)tige$)
has happened. These plants have not thriven in our garden.
The glass is cracked. They (man) have broken open the door.
The dog has crossed (swum over) the river. Did you water
the horses? How many pounds does the trunk weigh?
"Weigh it, if you please (gefafligft). We have not yet weighed
it ; I think it weighs sixty pounds. A man has been (ifl)
drowned.
tft gefcf)efc,en?
Urn nneutel llfyr ftnb <ie Don
granffurt abgereift ?
SBann finb <ie fyter ongefom^
men?
SBcmn fteljen <Sie be3 9#orgen$
auf (get up) ?
SBarum ftnb ie fo erfdjroden?
<inb (Sic attetn na^ 33riiffel ge*
rctft?
SSollen <Stc cm rtentg (a bit, a
while) nut un3 fpojteren
grennb
(S$ ift etttaS 2Bid)ttge8 gefdjeljen.
2Bir ftnb tint b,atb fed)3 abgereift.
egen
SBann tft
fet)rt?
SBte fomntt e, ba btefer 33aum
itntgefatten tft ?
2Barum tft biefe ^amtlte fo arm
genjorben ?
2Bo ^aben te btefe ^arte ge*
funben ?
2Ber Ijat fte baf)tn genjorfen ?
urn 6 Uljr ; abet Ijettte
bin id) tint 7 llfyr aitfgeftanben.
ben einen fitrd)terlid)en
ge^ort.
in, ntein SBruber ift mitgegan*
gen.
banlen Oljnen, rt)ir ftnb biefen
SRorgen fd)on gegangen.
SScr btet SBpdjen ( ago); abet er
tfl nidjt b,ier gebtieben, er ift toie*
ber abgereift.
^ol^auer ^at ib,n gefattt.
ber SJater nid)t arbeiten
at man bie
(watered) ?
getvanft
<Sie b,at auf bent 33oben gelegen.
5d] fann e3 nidjt fag en ; toieKetdyt
ift fte b,inuntergefaUen.
Oa, ber @tUhted)t (hostler) ^at
fte ebcu get vault.
244
IMPERSONAL YEBBfl.
THIRTY-THIRD LESSON.
IMPERSONAL VERBS.
I UiiperjonUrtje Stirtoortrr.)
EXAMPLES.
1NFLNIT1VK.
regnen, to rain
fdjneien, to snow
ijageln, to hail
bonnern, to thunder
bitten, to lighten
friereu, to freeze
reifen, (to have hoar-frost)
tbcmen, to thaw
togen, to dawn
fleben, (to have)
PRESENT.
eg regnet, it rains
eg fcfjneit, it snows
eg Ijagelt, it hails
eg bonnert, it thunders
eg blifct, it lightens
eg frtert, eg gefriert, it freezes
eg reift, there is hoar-frost
e8 tfyaut, it thaws
e5 tagt, day is breaking
eg giebt, there is, there are.
These are all regular, except c3 friert ( see p. 201, No. 117) and e3
and they are all conjugated with Ijafcen, as :
CS Ijat fleregnet, e^ ^at gcbonnert, e8 Ijat flebtifet, jc.
1. c^ncien, to snow.
INDICATIVE.
Present. eg frfjnett, it snowa
Imperfect. eg fdjnette, it snowed.
First Put. eg ttnrb fc^neien, it will snow.
First Cond. eg tourbe fdjneten, it would snow.
Perfect. eg l)at gef^neit, it has snowed.
Pluperf. eg ^atte gefc^neit, it had snowed.
Sec. Fut. eg ttirb gefcijneit ^aben, it will have snowed.
Sec. Cond. eg toiirbe qefcfmeit baben 1 -4. , i ^
or eg batte gefdjneit, \ li would
SUBJUNCTIVE.
Present. eg frfjnete.
Imperfect, eg fc^netete.
First Fut. eg roerbe f^neien.
Perfect. eg Ijabe gefd^nett.
Pluperf. eg b,otte gefrfjnett.
Sec. Fut. eg toerbe gef^neit b/aben.
Imperative, eg fcb,neie.
IMPERSONAL 7ERBS. 245
Tnfin. Pres. fdjneten, Perf. gefdjneit Ijabett.
Partic. Pres. fcfjnetenb, Past, gefcfjneit.
2. (3 gtebt (or gibt), there is, there are.
Present. e8 gtebt or gtbt, there is, there are.
Imperf. e8 gab, there was, there were.
First Fut. e8 tmrb geben, there will be.
First Gond. e nwrbe geben (e3 gcibe), there would be.
Perfect. e fjat gegeben, there has (have) been.
Pluperfect. e$ fyatte gegeben, there had been.
Sec. Fut. e$ tirirb gegeben fyaben, there will have been.
Sec. Gond. e loiirbe gegeben fyabcn, there would have been,
etc., etc., through the subjunctive, imperative,
infinitive, and participles.
OBSERVATIONS.
1. There are two ways of translating there is, there are,
into German, eS gtbt, which takes an accusative after it,
and c ifl (or e$ ftnt>), which takes a nominative. (0 gtbt is
perhaps oftener used than e3 ift, and seems to be chosen
for sweeping, comprehensive assertions, especially neg-
ative ones, and for questions. 1
1. @3 gtbt tooljl gitte unb fd)Ied)te 23iicfjer. Of course there arc
good books and bad ones.
2. G3 gtbt Seute, ftetdje bte <Sd)5nljeit ber Xugenb borjteljen. There
are people who prefer beauty to virtue.
3. (23 gtbt 33ogetnefter, tteldje efjbar ftnb. There are birds' nests
which are edible.
4. 2Ba gtbt e3 9?eue3? What is (there new) the news?
5. (53 gtbt ntrfjtS @d)6nere3 al3 ba3. There is nothing handsomer
than that.
i 63 tfl, eS ftnb, have also, as we have seen page 87, the sense of it is and they are. e.g.,
08 ijl ein grofjet unb, It is a big dog; 6S ftnb otbaten, It is or they are soldiers. Often
the same German sentence may be translated into English in either way. See ex-
amples 6, 7, and 8.
If we translated the examples above in such a way as to bring out distinctly tho
difference between e3 gtbt and e3 Ijl, we should render e3 gibt in 1, 2 and 3, There i*
such a thing as; 4 would become What is there in the way of news, it there any-
thing ? (while 2Ba-3 ift e iJ2eue3 ? would have meant What is the news, for 1 know there
is some ?) On the other hand, we should render 6, What is on the table is a novel of
Dickens', 7, What is in the cage is a canary bird. 8, What is on tfcat tree is two
birds,
246 IMPERSONAL VERBS.
6. (2s iff cm 9ioman ton )trfen8 aitf bem tfcf). There is a novel
of Dickens' on the table.
1. (53 ift em (anartentiogel in bem $a'ftg. There is a canary-bird
in the cage.
8. gS ftnb gum $ogel aitf jenem Itetnen 33aume. There are two
birds on that little tree.
NOTE. When c iji would be used in a question or in the question order
as in the second example, the e3 is dropped. Ex. :
3JI 2Bcm in biejer
Is there any wine in this bottle?
?n biefet glafcfye ift 2Betn,
here is wine in this bottle.
2. To indicate weather or time, impersonal sentences
are formed with c tft, as in English :
eS tfl fait, it is cold e8 tft fpat, it is late
e8 ift hwrm, it is warm e8 tfl 3lbenb, it is evening
e ift bunfet, it is dark e tfl ^aib fe^ U^r, it is half
past five, etc.
3. Some personal verbs are occasionally used imper-
sonally, thus :
e8 fdjetnt, it seems e bcwert, it is (e.g., long or not
e8 betrtfft, it concerns long)
eg folgt, it follows e8 er^ettt, it appears
e$ fe^It (an, with the dot.), it is e8 nttfct nt^t, it is of no use
wanting e$ bebarf, it requires
e gefd)tei)t, it happens e8 fangt an, it begins
e8 geniigt, it suffices e8 fommt barauf an, it depends
eS lautet, the bell rings e8 tfi fetn ^nwfd' there is no
e8 fcfjtagt ge^n ll^r, it strikes doubt.
ten o'clock
4. The following are, many of them, translated by
English verbs which are not impersonal.
With the accusative. With the dative.
e8 freitt mid) *, (it rejoices me) eg tfl mtr letb, ) T
I am glad eg tlmt mtr tetb, j A
i Some of these are used also personally, viz.: 3<6 freue micfe, t* Sin Bun^ng or ic^ abe
te^ bin burfiig or ic^ ^abe Durfl ; i$ ftiere, id) raunbere nit*, i$ fcbaubere.
IMPERSONAL VERBS. 247
eg rcitt mid), (it rues me) I re- eg gefaftt mir, (it pleases me) I
pent am pleased
eg fdjmerst midj, (it pains me) eg nii^t mir nid)tg, it is of no use
I grieve to me
eg friert midj 1 , 1 am cold eg fdjroinbelt mir, I am giddy
eg fd)aubert mid), I shudder eg begcgnet mir, it happens to me
eg jammert mid), I pity eg gelingt mir, I succeed
eg biinlt mid), it appears to me eg liegt mir bid baran, it is im-
eg Humbert mid), I wonder portant for me
eg toerbriefet mid), it vexes me eg fommt mir Dor, it seems to me
eg Ijungert mid), I am hungry eg fciHt mir ein, it occurs to me
eg burftet mid), I am thirsty eg ift mir tooljt, I feel well
eg fd)icft fid), it is proper eg ift mir ttmrm 3 , 1 am warm
eg Derftefyt fid), of course, it is roag fefytt -3f)tten ? what is the
a matter of course matter with you ?
eg frcigt fid), it is doubtful (whether)
5. We can often in English begin a sentence with there
and put the subject of the verb after it, e.g., There lived
once a powerful king. There in such a sentence is trans-
lated e$.
@g fam ein 2Banberer bie (Strafce enttang.
There came a wanderer along the road.
C?g gingett bret 3ager auf bie 3agb.
Three sportsmen went hunting.
(g ftclen >agelforner fo gro roic Xaubeneter.
There fell hail-stones as large as pigeon's eggs.
6. We have already seen, page 239, that intransitive
verbs can be used in the passive with e for a subject.
Transitive verbs are used in the passive with co in a
similar way. In English we use they and the active
voice.
(g ftirb in )cutfd)Ianb biel gefungen unb getanjt,
or: 2ftan fingt unb tanjt toiel in 2)eutfd)Ianb.
They sing and dance a great deal in Germany.
i See foot-note 1, p. 246.
s We cannot say : id) bin ann. Neither do we say: t<$ bin lott, but : 8 l{l mtt foU
W W) feint.
248 IMPERSONAL VERBS.
Sg rtwrbe m'el gegeffen, abet mefyr getrunfen.
Much was eaten, but more drunk.
(g rotrb wet tom $rieg gerebet.
There is a good deal of talk about war.
WORDS.
ber 33etruger, the cheat bie 2Bolfen, the clouds
bte 23eb,arrlid)fett, perseverance bag jDtntenfafc, the inkstand
bte <Sd)imertgfeit, the difficulty ber ^Ijifofopb/, the philosopher
cine 33 rifle, a pair of spectacles bte $teiber, pi. clothes
ber >afen, the port, harbor bte efeflfd)aft, the company
bag <S>d)aufptel, the spectacle tyeftig, violent
ber 2Bortwed)fel, the dispute bod), yet
iibertmn'ben, to overcome ettrig, eternal, everlasting
fyefl, clear gtauben, to believe
offen, open ijanbeln, to act
baitent, to last folgtid), consequently.
READIiro EXERCISE 84.
1. (Sdmeit e? ^etn, eg frfjnett ntd^t, e regnet. (S3 nrirb batb
tjageln. @ ware gut, toenn e8 fc^netete. (Sg rourbe fc^neien, rtenn
eS nt^t fo fatt ware. (Sten (just now) fyat e gebonnert. (g hnrb
no^ me^r bonnern. 3)te fttitte tft Dorbet (over), e tljaut. -3(^
gtaube, ba e morgen t^auen tuirb. @ reitt mid), baft id) geftern
ntc^t nod) SDtannfyetm gegangen bin. S3 imrb @te reuen, luenn (Sic
ba ^ferb nid)t taufen. Ste gefattt e O^nen in ^art^? (S3 gefaflt
niir feb,r. Sg nmnbert mic^, ba @ie noc^ ^ier ftnb. @g berbrte^t
mtc^, baft id) ni^t ba gemefen bin. $ommt eg 3b,nen nid)t bor,
at ob (as if) (ginigeg uon btefem otg gefto^len toorben tuSre ? Sg
fangt an, Ijett gu werben.
2. (5g nU^t ^b,nen nid^tg, fo mete Stidjer ju faufen, hjenn (Sic ftc
nt(^t tefen. @g erfyeflt aug 3^rer r^ab/tnng (from your report),
baft ber $aufmann etn 33etriiger ifl. Sg feb,ten b,eute brei (Sdjuter.
6g rent mid), meine Ur Derfauft 311 Ijaben. @g gtebt ein eroigeg
eben. 2Benn eg fein ert)igeg Seben gabe, fo warcn bie 2ftenfd)etf itn*
gtiidEK^cr alg bte Sljiere. SD'Jtt (by) 33eb,arrttd)fett gelingt eg ting, afle
^rotertgfeiten ju tibernnnben. Sg ^efiel mir feb,r loofyl in ber(55efett*
fd)aft ber jungen Seittc. g giebt 33rtt(en fitr atte 2titgen, fotgttc^ n>trb
eg aitd) cine fur bte 3b,rtgen geben. Sg ftanb ein 2Bagen bor bem
(Jg war (ein) fdjrecfttdjeg Better, atg ttur ben ^afen t>er*
JMPEKSONAL VERBS. 249
lichen ; bod) bauerte eg md)t lange, big bte onne burd) bte SBolfen
brang (pierced).
Sfitfanbc 85.
1. It rains; yesterday 2 it 'snowed. Last (Sefcten) winter
' it l snowed much. It will soon haiL It has rained all night
(bte gauge s JJad)t), and this morning 2 it feezes. It thunders ;
do you hear it? How many times (mal) has it thundered?
It has just (ebeit) lightened. I did not think that it would
lighten. Is there [any] ink (3)tnte) in your inkstand? There
wOl be a great many (fefyr feiele) walnuts this year. There are
streets in London which are two miles long. There are
people who believe nothing. There have been philosophers
at (311) all times. Is there [a] fire in my room? No Sir,* there
is no fire in your room ; but I will make [one] directly (gteid)).
2. The boy is hungry and thirsty. It is very important to
me to know what they do. I shudder when I think how many
[of the] poor 3 have l no 2 clothes, although (obfdjon) it 3 freezes
a so 2 hard (ftarf). We wonder that he is silent (fdjluetgt). It
does not seem to me that you will succeed. Mr. Dean had
company last night (geftern 2lbenb); they played and danced a
good deal (tne(). It occurs to me that I have left my door
open. It appears that he has not attended (fid) abgegeben b/at)
to (mtt) that business. It is proper to act so. There were al-
ready a great many people in the ball-room (tm 33attfaal) when
I arrived; There was no play yesterday. "Was there a violent
dispute ? I do not think there can be a more beautiful old
castle in the world than that of Heidelberg. Is there any
news (anything new) ? There is no news to-day.
>omterte8? 3d) Ijabe mdjtS geljort.
Saben (5te ben 53ftlj gefeljen? -3a, eg fyat feljr ftarf gebttfct.
tauben (5ie, baft e8 ijeute 9?ad)t 3d) glaube md)t, ba eg frieten
frieren hnrb ? tmrb; aber eg totrb fdjneien.
2Bie gefattt e 3b,nen in Bonbon? (3 gefattt mtr fe^r.
at eg -Oiljrem Sruber in tymt* (58 fdjetnt, ba eg i^m fefyr gut gfr
rifa gefaflen? fatten !jat.
5ft eg fait? jem, eg ift ni(f)t met)t fatt.
Germaiis omit 3Kein err, Sir, except in indignant or ceremonious address.
250 IMPERSONAL TEEBS.
gel)ft GtiMS an bicfcm e(be? 3a, eS fefjten brei Sfjafer.
GHanben 3te, bag baS Setter (Ss fdjeintmir fo; toenigftenS fangt
fid) dnbcrn (change) roirb ? eg an, roarm gu roerben.
25 a$ Uegt Oljnen baran? (Ss liegt mir fefyr met baran.
2i"trb e$ biefeg 3af)r guten 2Bein !>ie9Jebleute (vine-growers) fagen,
gebcn? ba^ e^ fe^r melSBein gebeu roirb.
C^cniigt c^, mcmcn Seamen git ^ein, <tc miiffeu auc^ bag 3)atum
unterfdjreiben ? beifiigen (add the date).
28a fc()tt i^in ? S feb,ten ib,m ^teibcr unb etb.
2Ba8 lierbrte^t <2ie? (S oerbrte^t mid), bafj id) gu ^>au[c
bteiben mu^.
SSaS ift 3^ncn gcidjefjen ? 5 fd)toinbett mtr.
25 arum finb Sic traurig ? (3 fdjmer^t mid), ba id) metnen
trpiten 3)iener Dcrtorcn ^abc.
3ft nod) ^ta^ fitr mid) auf biefcr 2Bir toerben 3b,nen (for you) ^(afc
iBanf (bench) ? madjcn.
ibt e etnjag 9eiie8 ? 3d) hjeip nid)t, al8 (except) bag
^err S. geftern geftorben ift.
READINra LESSON.
$te Stenc unb bic 2au6e. The Bee and the Dove.
Sin 23icnd)en ftet in eincn Sad). 1
3)ie3 fab, oon oben 2 eine aube;
ie brad) cin 23la'ttd)en Don ber Saube *
Unb umrf'8 ib,r ju. 2)a 33iend)cn fdjnjamm bantad)/
Unb Ijatf fid) gliidlid) au bem 33ad).
fuller ,3"t biefetbe Staubc
tt)tebcr friebtid) s auf ber aube.
3)a e fdjtid) cin 3ager lei ' Ijeran
Unb Icgtc fd)on bie gttnte an.*
(Sdjon b,attc er ben ab,n gcfpannt:'
9JZein 5Bicnd)en fam unb ftad) ib,n in bie anb;
^Juff ! 10 ging ber <3d)u baneben (one side).
2)ie Xaube flog babon. 25em banfte " fte tb,r ?eben?
i brook. - from above. arbor. 4 after it. ' peaceably, e then, i softly. bU
Rtinte antegen, to aim at, (<it., was placing the gun to [his shoulder]). ben $a$n fpannen,
to cook the gun. 10 bang I u Uutcn instead of oerbontetw to owe.
REFLEXIVE VERBS.
THIRTY-FOURTH LESSON.
REFLEXIVE VERBS.
(Shtrf jicitnhc ,-{ritUiurtrr.)
1. When the action of a verb returns upon the subject,
the verb is called reflexive. Such verbs are conjugated
with two pronouns of the same person, one the subject
and the other the object. They take fyaben to form the per-
fect, see page 171, 8.
Many German reflexive verbs are translated in English
by intransitives, e.g., ftd) freucn (lit., to rejoice oneself) by
to rejoice.
CONJUGATION OF A REFLEXIVE VERB.
id) freuen, to rejoice.
INDICATIVE MOOD.
IMPERFECT.
icf) freute mid), I rejoiced
bit freuteft bid),
er freute fid),
fie freute fid),
tmr freuten un$,
tfjr freutet eitrf),
@te freuten fid),
fie freuten fid).
CONDITIONAL.
id) toiirbe mid) freuen, I should, etc.
bu toitrbeft bid) freuen,
er roitrbe fid) freuen, :c.
PLUPERFECT.
id) fyatte mid) gefreut
bu Ijatteft bid) gefreut
er fyatte fid) gefreut JC,
PRESENT.
id) freue mid), I rejoice
bu freuft bid),
er freut fid),
fie freut fid),
toir freuen un$,
t()r freut cud),
<2>te freuen fid),
fte freuen fid).
FHIST FUTURE.
id) lucrbe mid) freuen, I shall, etc.
bu nn'rft bid) freuen,
er urirb ftd) freuen. K.
PERFECT.
td) ^abe mid) gefreut
bu Ijaft bid) gefreut
er Ijat fid) gefreut jc.
SECOND FUTURE.
id) nierbe mid) gefreut fyaben
feu lutrft bid) gefreut Ijaben :c.
252 REFLEXIVE VERBS.
SUBJUNCTIVE.
PRESENT. IMPERFECT.
id) frcitc mid) id) freucte midj
bu freueft bid) jc. bu freueteft bid) :c.
PERFECT. PLUPERFECT.
id) fyabe mid) gefreut id) fycitte mid) gefreut
bu fyabcft bid) gcfreut K. bu fjdttefl bi^ gefreut jc.
IMPERATIVE.
SINGULAR. PLURAL.
freue bid), } freuen fair unS, let us rejoice
freuen <3ie ftd), j ^ freut eud), freuen (Sic fid), rejoice.
And so on in the other tenses of the subjunctive, in the infinitive (ftdj
freuen, fid) gefreut Ija&enJ, and in the participles (ficfy freuenb).
INTERROGATIVE FORM.
PRESENT. IMPERFECT.
freue id) mid) ? do I rejoice freute id) mid) ? did I rejoice ?
freufl bu bid) ? :c. freuteft b bid) ? jc.
NEGATIVE FORM.
Present, id) freue mid) nid)t, I do not rejoice, etc.
Imperf. freute id) mid) nid)t? did I not rejoice? etc.
Perfect, fyabe id) mid) nidjt gefreut? have I not rejoiced? etc.
2. Of course almost any transitive verb may be used
flexivelv :
reflexively :
-3d) fleibe baS ^inb on. 3d) fteibe mid) an.
I dress the child. I dress myself.
(5r oerrtmnbete ben naben. @r berwunbete ftd).
He wounded the boy. He wounded himself.
3. There are, however, a great many reflexive verbs,
properly so called, verbs, that is, always employed with the
reflexive pronoun, and having no meaning without it, whilst
others have a different sense when the reflexive pronoun
is omitted. We subjoin in alphabetic order those most
in use. In the following list fid) is in the accusative.
BEFLEXIVE VERBS.
253
fid) cmfrf)icfen (gu), to prepare
fid) cwffyalten, to stay
fid) bebonten (fitr), to thank
fid) beeilen, to hasten
fid) befinben, to be (in a cer-
tain place) or to be (in
good or bad health)
ftd) befleiftigen, to apply one's
self
fid) begeben, to go (to a place)
fid) beijelfen, to make shift
fid) beHagen (iiber), to complain
of
lid) befiimmern Cunt), to care
rid) belaufen (cmf), to amount
|td) bemad)tigen, to seize, to
take possession of
fid) ergeben (dot.), to surrender
fid) erfjolen (turn), to recover
from illness
fid) erinnern (gen.), 1 to recol-
lect
fid) erfcitten, to catch cold
fid) erhmbigen, to inquire
fid) fu'rdjten (Dor), to be afraid
fid) gebutben, to have patience
fid) gercofynen (an, with the ace.),
to accustom one's self to
fid) graiuen, to grieve
fid) irren, to be mistaken
fid) fiimmern (urn), to see to
fid) niifycrn (dot.), to approach
fid) nafjren (on), to live on
fief) fdjamen (gen., or iiber, with
ace.), to be ashamed of
fidj bemiiljen, to endeavor, to
take the trouble
fid, tollmen, > t b h
fid) betrogen, >
fid) befinncn (iiba), to reflect
fid) beroerben (nm;, to apply (for)
fid) biirfen, to stoop
fid) einlaffen (in), to enter into
fid) entfyalten (gen.), to abstain
fid) entfdjUeJsen, to resolve, to
make up one's mind
fid) erbarmen (gen.), to have
mercy on
fid) ereignen, to happen
fid) erfreuen (gen.), to enjoy (e.g.,
good health)
fid) fefynen (nad)), to long for
fid) feljen, to sit down
fid) ftellcn (al ob), to feign
fid) unterftefy'en, to dare, venture
fid) untertjol'ten (iiber), to con-
verse
fid) berirren, to go astray
fid) berlaffen (auf, with the ace.),
to rely (depend) on
fid) berfiinbigcn, to sin
fid) berfeljen, to make a mistake
fid) toerfpciten, to be (too) late
fid) berftetten, to dissemble
fid) toorbereiten, to prepare
fid) lueigcrn, to refuse
fid) U)iberfe^en (dot.), to oppose
fid) iDiinbeni (iiber), to be sur-
prised at
fi^ gutragen, to happen.
NOTE. A verb is sometimes used reflexively instead of being put in,
the passive, e.g. :
SDer (Sdjluffcl ^at ftt^ gefunbcn, The key has been found (lit., found itself).
i @i<$ (rinnern takes also the proposition an with the accusative, as : 3$ mnntrf
BlU aJergHUjjcn an joucu Xag, (or j
254 REFLEXIVE VEBRS.
4. Iii the following list jtcty is in the dative.
fid) anmaftcn, to presume, be ftd) fdjmeidjeln, to flatter one's 8elf
presumptuous (or ace.) ftd) fcerfdjaffen, to procure
fid) ausbitten, to request fid) ttorneb/men, to take the resolu-
fid) einbilben, to imagine, fancy tion, make up one's mind
fid) Me ^retfyett nefymen, to take fid) toorfteflen, to imagine
the liberty fid) toclje tljun, to hurt one's sel
fid) getrauen, to dare (or ace.)
EXAMPLES.
Sing, id) fd)meid)te mtr PL hrir fdjmeirfjetn nn8
bit fd)meid)elft bit <Sie fdjmeidjefa fid)
et fdjmetdjelt ftd). fte fdjmetdjetn ftd).
5. Some phrases with reflexive verbs :
SSemiiljen <3te ftd) ntdjt, Do not take the trouble.
@eben te ftd) 9)?iif)e, Take pains.
(Sr erfjolt ftd) icmgfam, He recovers slowly.
3d) erinnere mid) feine$ 9?amen, I recollect his name.
<ie trren fid), rneut $err, You are mistaken, Sir.
(Sr ^at fid) fefyr oerdnbert, He is quite altered.
2)a3 2Setter anbert ftd), The weather is changing.
3)cc SBtnb le.qt ftd), The wind is going down.
3d) begcbe mid) nad) ^ranffurt, I am going to Frankfort
(Sr beritft ftd) auf mid), He refers to me.
3d) entljalte mid) be8 SSeineS, I abstain from wine.
(S ereignete ftd), It happened.
2Btr fii^ten un8 gliidlid), We feel happy.
3)te Sljiire offnctc fid), The door opened.
fteljmen Sic fid) in 2ld)t, Take care.
Oe^ctt <Sic fid), Sit down (take a seat).
$)ie 3ad)e Der^att fid) fo, The matter is as follows.
@ic jerftreuten fid), They dispersed.
SKenben 2te fid) an ben $onig.
Address yourself (apply) to the king.
3d) argere mid) liber biefen 3Sorfafl.
I am vexed with this occurrence.
<2ie radjten ftd) an i^ren ftdnben.
They avenged themselves on their enemies.
BEFLEXIVE VERBS. 255
WORDS.
ber 2ftutij, courage tyauftg, frequently
. 1t , . f j the sentence unfdjulbtg, innocent
ICU/ { the judgment fcertljeibigen, to defend
bag ^ortjaben, the project, the bcroeifen, to prove
purpose itbei^eu'gen, to convince
bte ^ufrtebenfyett, the satisfac- aufgebeu, to give up
tion ur'tfyeilen, to judge
bte Sftedjnung, the account, bill betreffen, angefyen, to concern
ber ^Sorgefeljte, the superior Dermetben, to avoid
foaS 23etragen, the behavior tciie^en, to hurt.
READING EXERCISE 86.
<3te trren fid), mein >err ; id) bin nid)t ber (the one), ben <3te
fudjen. SBergeifjen ne, id) fycibe mid) nnrf(id) (really) geirrt. 9Jik
tiabeg ^at fid) in ber (5d)(ad)t bei aSarat^on, X()emiftof(eS in ber
Sd)(ad)t bei atami^ augge^eidjnet. (^eroo()nen @ie fid), friib, auf*
jitfteb,en. er 2Sotf nab.erte fid) nttr auf (as near as) je^n <Sd)rittc
(pace). SD'iitb/ribateS toertfyeibigte fid) mit groem s JJ^ut^e gegen bic
Corner. SBenn bu bid) iiber bag Iu(f S 2lnberer freitft, fp benieift bieg,
ba bu ein guteS ^erj ^aft. 2Bir b,aben un bemiit)t, i()n toon feinem
Unredjt (of "his being wrong) gu iibergeugen ; aber er Ipnnte fid)
ntd)t entfd)Iie^en, fein ^Borb/aben aufjugeben. S)er ^onig meigerte fid),
ba Urtf)eit 311 unterfdjreiben. (Ste ttwrben fid) beffer befinben, twenn
@ie fid) geit)i3b,nten, I)aufiger in ber fvifdjen 8uft fpajteren 311 gefyen.
Od) fe^ne mid) nad) 9Jub,e. Od) njerbe mid) bemiib,en, ^KtteS ju 3;^rer
^ufrieben^eit 311 tooUbringen. 3d) wiirbc mid) fdjamen, fo etiua3
(such a thing) 311 tfyim. 3)er funge 3Kann b,at fid) inuner gut be*
tragen.
SlufgoBc 87.
1. We rejoice greatly (fefyr) to see you. I am mistaken.
You have also been mistaken. Charles has wounded himself
with his penknife. All nations long for liberty. The enemy
have (has) surrendered (themselves). If they had not sur-
rendered (themselves), Hhey Vould have all been killed. Dear
Sir, have mercy on me (meiner)- Nobody must imagine him-
self (to be) 1 without faults. That man was a bad father ; he
did not care for his children. I recollect to have seen that
lady, but I cannot remember her name. As (une) I see, 2 you
1 enjoy (a) good health. .
iBemem'ber that words enclosed in a parenthesis (....) are to be translated, and
irords in brackets [....] are to be left out.
256
REFLEXIVE VERBS
2. My tailor's bill amounted to a hundred and fifty florina
I hastened to pay it, as soon as (fobalb aU) I 5 got (befam)
1 money. Young people must not take the liberty to judge
of (iiber, ace.) things which do not concern them. A good
Christian does not avenge himself on his enemy. "We were
mistaken in the name of the street. Do not feign [to be ) 1 so
innocent ; be ashamed of (gen. ) your behavior, and resolve to
avoid -such 'a 3 fault 4 for the future (fitnftig). He who is
conscious of having (to have) done his duty, may quietly
await (entgegenfefyen) the judgment (dot.) of his superiors.
Spreiplwng.
3d) freue mid), <5te 311 fefjen,
mein >err. SJBie befinben @te
ftd,?
$Me beftnbet ftdj 3ljr 33ruber,
ber (>err) om'tan?
>aben Ste (id) entf d)loff en, bie
9ieif e 311 unterneljmen ?
Sluf roen Derlaffen (rely) <2tc
tier*
ftd) ?
SBerben <3ie 3f)r >au8 berfau*
fen?
lonben <2ie, ba
foaten njerbe ?
S3or mem fiird)ten
S3ilben (Sic ftd) cut, aUetn njetfe
$n fein?
S;djamt fii^ btefet Oungltng ntci^t
itber fein Sctragen?
>aben <Sie ?uft (a mind) mtt
mtr in' Sweater ^u gefyen ?
^>aben @te ftc^ toerlefct (toel^e ge*
tb,an) ?
SBte ^odj belief ft*; bte 9?ed)nung
3^re8 2Birt^e8 (landlord)?
SBomtt fcefdjafttgen <2ie ftc^ ge*
gentuartig (at present) ?
SStrb O^re 2ttuttcr balb
lommen?
banfe Sfnten, ic^ beflnbe mid),
ott (dot.) fei anf! feb,t
befinbet fti^ ntd^t rooljt, er b,at
fid) erfaltet
3d) ^abe mtc^ nod) ntdb,t entfd)Iof*
fen; aber i^ h)erbe mid) balb
entfdjliefjen.
3^ bertaffe mid) auf bte iite be
prften.
(2te irren ft^, t^ toerbc c ntc^t
Derfaufen.
SBenn <2te fc^nett geb,en, toerben
<Ste ftd) ntd)t berf paten.
3^ fitrdjte mid) tor biefem ^unbe.
OJetn, aber id) gtaube, bte <Sad)t
beffer gu berfte^en at^ ^tnbere.
od) ! e^ fdjetnt, ba er fid) fdjtimt;
er fommt ntd)t me^r 311 itn.
O ia, luenn Sic marten roolten, bid
id) mid) angefleibet b/abe.
3a, meine anb blntet; id^ I)abe
mid) an ctncnt 9?aget toerlefct.
belief fid) auf breumbad^ig
3d) lefe <d)itter'3 ,,ieb toon ber
lode" (Song of the BeU).
3d) tueife nid)t, wann fie fommt;
aber id) feb,ne mic^ feb,r na^ iljr.
Uee foot-note 1. p. 255.
ADVERBS. 257
28<mmt ftnb Sic nidjt fritter
gefommen? 2Btr Ijaben unS tm SBalbe bertrrt.
SBerben (Sic fid) urn cine tette 3d) fyabe mid) fdjon urn mefyrere
betoerben? betoorben; aber big jetJt (as yet)
fyabe id) feine erfyatten.
(Soft ber Shrift fid) an feinem S^ein, S^riftug Ijat gete^rt, bag
^einbe radjen? man feine f^einbe lieben fott.
etrauen (Sic fid) Uber ben 3d) toitt tierfudjen (try), eg jn
9J^ein ^u fd)rt)immen? t^un.
Ueber wag (tooriiber) beftagt ftd) @ie beHagt ftrf) 6er bag 33etrage
-3^re Gutter?
THIRTY-FIFTH LESSON.
ADVERBS.
(Son ben Umftaiiajtudrtcrn.)
1. The shortest form of an adjective in the positive or
comparative degree may be used in German as an adverb,
e.g.:
>er tener nmrbe retdj beto^nt.
The servant was richly rewarded.
3)iefer Srief ift fdjon gefd)rieben.
This letter is beautifully written.
SDfein S3rief ift fdjoner gefdjrieben atg 3^rcr.
My letter is better written than yours.
2. There are only a very few adjectives, however, whose
superlatives can be used adverbially ; thus we could not
use retdfyft to mean tJie most richly nor fcfyonft to mean tlie
most beautifully. The superlative of these adverbs is
am vetcfyften, am fcfyonften. Other adjectives used as
adverbs form their superlatives in the same way, e.g. :
gut, beffcr, am beften, well, better, best.
faut, fauler, am faulften, lazily, more lazily, most lazily.
258
ADVESfifl.
3. This information concerning adverbs has already
been given on page 113. To what was said there about
such forms as ouf '3 fdjbnjh (not the most beautifully, but most,
Le., very beautifully) we may add that a few adjectives in
the superlative form adverbs in en$, e.g. t fpatefienS, at the
latest; tyb'cfyftenS, at the highest estimate.
1. Adverbs of Place.
toe, where ?
toofyin, whither?
ttioljer, whence?
flier, here
t baljtn, ) thither
t bortfyin, ) that way
barm, therein, within
au^en, I outside
braufjen, ) out of doors
toon auften, from outside
auS'toenbig, on the outside
< en ' [within
brmnen, )
toon innen, from within
in'ttoenbta, on the inside
oben, \ up stairs
broben, ) above
t fytnauf l , up, up stairs
unten, ) down stairs
brunttn, j below
one
Ijterljer, hither, this way
|ierau8, hence
h^?'l there
bafelbft, )
ft feit'wdrt^, sideways, on
side
ttredjtS, on the right, to the
right
ft ItnfS, on the left, to the left
ft bieffettS, on or to this side
tt jenfettS, on or to that side
baneben, close by the side of it
gegenii'ber, opposite
ntrgenbS, nowhere
born, before, in front
ttng^um, all around
tt runb Ijerum, round about
behind
i The adverbs fyinetn, ^eretn, $tnau8, ^ctauS :c. are frequently preceded by a substan-
tive with the preposition ju, as : Sr (am jur (ju ber) I^ure tyerein, He came in at the door;
>er 93ogel (log jutn genjler ^tnauS, The bird flew out through the window, etc. Concerning
the difference between l)er: and lnn=, see page 230.
t Adverbs thus marked are used to denote direction with verbs of motion. (Com*
pare Ijier, here, with ftytertyer, hither.)
ft Adverbs thus marked may be used to denote direction with verbs cf motion, e.g.,
Cr fprang feitroirtS, He uprang one side. But also to denote situations, t.g.. CDa8 $au8 fieJH
fcitioirtS con bem SBege, The house stands off one side of the road.
ADVEEBS.
259
t aufwdrtS, upwards
t abunirtg, downwards
backwards
j
t tjor'toarts, forwards
311 >aufe, at home
tnarf) |Jaufe, home
together
betfantmen, )
ft au$etnanber, asunder
ttjeit, fern, far, far off
, abroad, outwards
', on the way.
2. Adverbs of Time.
toantt, when?
eben, just
eben jetjt, just now
je^t, nun, now
jemalS or je, ever
mentals or nte, never
ttietftenS, mostly
gegennjartig, at present
fonft, efjebem, ) formerlv
etjemate, toormafe, jf 1 ^ rly
frii^er, efjer, sooner, earHer
manrfjmat,
guiueien, >- sometimes
fpater, later
etnft, emftntafS, once
etntnal, once, one day
tteultd), the other day
not long ago
anrfjmat,
uiueijen, >-
tgnjetlen, )
bann unb h)ann, now and then
oft, oftmate, often
^ciufig, frequently
felten, seldom
bon nun an, from this time forth
ton iet an, henceforth
fettbem, since then
gteid), | directly
fogleirf), j immediately
balb, soon
SlnfangS, at first
guletjt, at last
bt$b,er, hitherto, tOl now
bi fe^t, as yet, till now
hneber, again
erft, only, not till
r, afterwards
iinlangft, ) a little while ago
toor ^urgent, ) not long ago
fcinfttg, in j^ufunft, in future
fdjon, bereitS, already
nod), still, yet
trod) einmal, once again, once
more
nod) nid)t, not yet
nod) nte, never before, never yet
Ijeute, to-day
geftern, yesterday
toorgeftern, the day before yester-
ntorgen, to-morrow ' [day
morgen friib,, to-morrow morn-
ing
iibennorgen, the day after to-
morrow
tonge, lange tyit, long (time)
fiiinbiid), hourly
ttigUd), daily
ja^rlid), yearly
attmtiltg, ) by degrees
nad) unb nad), ) gradually
enbltd), at last, at length
^ then, at that time
260
ADVERBS.
tinnier, attqeit, always
ouf or fitr tntmer, for ever
etnftroeiten, meanwhile
getoofjnlid), usually
), suddenly
gtetd) nadjfyer, immediately after-
augenbttrf(td), instantly [wards
fpornftretd)3, at full speed.
3. Adverbial Phrases of Time.
tin 3af)r, in the year
tin ommer, in summer
am 3)tenftag, on Tuesday
am Sftorgen, be3 SJf orgenS l or
2ftorgen3, in the morning
2fttttag3 or urn Sfttttag, at noon
SBormittagS, in the forenoon
ftarfjmtttagS, in the afternoon
am 3lbenb, be3 3lbenbS, or
$lbenb3, in the evening
gur red)ten e'it, } in time,
bet ,3etten, ) betimes
biefen 2 2ftorgen, this morning
etneg SageS, 1 one day
etneS SttbenbS, one evening
fjeutgutage, now-a-days
niidjfter Sage, one of these days
um Oftern, about Easter
gegen 1 1 Ufyr, about 11 o'clock
em loentg or 10 U6r, a little
before ten o'clock
bi 10 Ufjr, by ten o'clock
bei 8onnenaufgang, at sunrise
bet SageSanbritcf), at day-break
or 8 Jagen, a week ago
tor 14 agen, a fortnight ago
gum lefctenmal, for the last
time
big jefct nod) ntdjt, not as yet
crfl morgen, not till to-morrow
bret Sage tang, for three days
feit bret Sag en, these three days
am Sag or bet Sag, by day
bet 9?acf)t, be 9tadjt3, by night
(Sonntagg, on Sunday
gum erften Sftale, ) for the first
gum erflenmale, j time
ba narfjfte 2)tal, i^e next time
gur 3eit, in the time
um 1 (em) Ub,r, at one o'clock
tm 5lnfang, in the beginning
am (Snbe, at the end
am lOten 3ttat, ) on the 10th of
ben lOten 3)Jat, [ May
groetmal be Sage^, twice a day
etnen Sag um ben ) every
anbern, atte 2 Sage, j other day
' everyday
jeben Sag, )
ben gan^en Sag, all day
^eute itber 8 Sage, this day week
b,eute iiber 14 Sage, this day fort-
night
Sag fur Sag, day by day
auf etntge eit, for a while
cine ,3tlaitg, for a time
Don ,3ett gu 3 e '^ from time to
time
Dor ,3 e i ten > *** ld. times
an etnem fc^onen 9)Jorgcn, on a
fine morning
in enter fatten 9?ad)t, on a cold
night.
1 The genitive of nouns is used to express indefinite time, just as in English we say
of a fine summer's day, (though we could not say of the 29<A of July).
2 The accutative used to express definite time.
ADVERBS. 261
WORDS.
ber $anfnrnn, the merchant ber >ienft, the service
ber ^tingling, the youth libel gelaunt, ill-disposed, cross
bic 5lr,$net, the medicine grojjmutf)tg, magnanimous, gen-
ber 3euge, * ne witness erous
bie Jpanblung, the action totflfomnten, welcome
ba^ Sager, the camp gefattigft, if you please
ba$ (Sprtdpoort, the proverb eintwUigcn, to consent
bte (de, the corner belaftigen, to trouble
ber eiftltdje, the clergyman unauffjorlid), incessantly.
READING EXERCISE 88.
1. 2Bofjer fommen (Sic? 3d) fomme toon 2Bien. 3)er Sftann,
toetdjen <Sie fudjien, topfynt ntdjt fyier ; cr toofynt toeit bon fyier. !>er
$nabe ftel rucftingg in ben $(u$. -3d) fa ait^ttjenbig bet bent ^ut=
fdjer; bie 3)amen fafjen inttienbig tin OmnibuS. ^inggum marcn
geinbe. 3Kan fie^t bie gum Oitnglmge immer bei[ammen. 9Kein
^au fte^t rcd)tl, ba 3t)rige UnfS. 2)er ^err tft nid)t git ^aitfe ;
fudjen (Sic tfyn anber^iup. 3)a^ 5Dorf liegt feitroarts. -3ft 3t)rc
Sautter unten ? 9|Mn, (ie ift oben. <Sofl id) ^inaufge^en unb e ifyr
fagen ? 2Benn (Sic fo gut fein tuoHen. 3d) begegnete bent ^aufmann
unternjeg.
2. 3)er ^ranfe mn ftunbtid) etnen offet bofl 3lr^net ne^men.
?lnfang8 foottte er nid)t, aber jutetjt miUigte er ein. 33on jeljt on toerbe
id) flei^iger fctn ; biSfjer fjabe id) nid)t Diet gearbeitet ^icmatg rtjerbc
id) jene Stunbe toergcffen. 9Kein 2)iener erfyatt monatlid) ^eljn ufben,
atfo jafyrltd) jufammen ^unbert unb ^an^ig ntben. ^eulid) mar id)
3euge enter groJ3tnutl)tgen ^anbtung. ^ormittagS arbeite id), ^ad)*
mtttag^ ge^e id) fpa^teren. tlnfcr Str^t ift ntand)mal iibet gelaunt. (Sic
mtiffen gletd) nadjfyer bie (Stabt berlaffen. 2)er SDfftjier ritt fporn s
ftretd)^ in' JBager ber ^einbe.
Stufgaie 89.
1. Where is my stick ? You will find it there in the corner.
T beg your pardon (id) bitte urn gfetgefymg), it is not here ; it
must be elsewhere. You are welcome everywhere. Where
(whence) does the letter come from ? It comes from America.
Come down, if you please. I could find him nowhere. Where
is my dog ? He is out of doors. The clergyman's house ia
very far off. I was not at home. You may go home. I have
262 ADVERBS.
heard it somewhere. Have you searched everywhere ? The
one went hither, the other iMther. I could open the door
neither from within, nor from without Do just as if (al8
toenn) you were at home.
2. Did you know him formerly ? Yes, I have known him
long. I shall be 2 at ($u) your service 'presently. He was
not often happy, because he was idle. He is more frequently
at the coffee-house than at home. She has arrived sooner
than I. She is 2 better 'to-day 1 than she was yesterday. Go
2 away 'instantly. My uncle will always be satisfied. Could
you not come earlier? The next time 2 I 'shall be 2 here
'betimes. 2 I am seldom alone. Have you seen our friend
lately ? Yes, I saw him the other day ; and I hope I shall
see him again very soon. At present Ve 'are incessantly
troubled by beggars. I am in the habit (id) pflege) of seeing
him (to see him) now and then.
4. Adverbs of Quantity and Comparison.
tote, how? beinafye, fajl, almost
toternd, hrie fdjr, how much? nitr, blog, afletn, only
bid, much meifteng, mostly
ntefjr, more fjod)fteng, at the highest, at moat
nod), still toenigftenS, at least
nod) meljr, still more fyateftenS, at the latest
nod) groet, two more onberg, otherwise
i The order to-day better and not better to-day is in accordance with an Important rule
concerning the arrangement of the BEST of the clause. This rule requires that the
sense shall be suspended, that is, as it were, that we shall know all about a thing,
before we hear the thing itself. In the English sentence " He went to-day in the rain
without an umbrella to Boston," the sense is suspended, we hear all about his going to
Boston before we hear that he went to Boston. In clauses in which the sense is
suspended, there is no possibility of inserting a period before the end ; thus neither
lie went to-day, nor He went to-day in tlie rain, nor He went in-day in the rain without an
umbrella could have a period after it, the sense is not complete. This is an easy way
of distinguishing clauses in which the sense is suspended from others in which it is
not. On the other hand in the sentence, " He went to Boston to-day in the rain with-
out an umbrella," there are no less than three places before the end, where the inser-
tion of a period would leave perfect sense before it. The latter is not the German way,
the German sentence must be constructed on such a plan that a period can not be
inserted before the end is reached, e.g., we must have She w to-day better and not She is
better period possible) to-day.
t Observe that when an adverb or adifrbial expression (see p. 260) begins the sentence,
the \XBSprecedei the subject (see p. 83, 4).
ADVERBS.
am metflen, most
fcfyr, rcd)t, very or much
jit, 311 fefyr, too or too much
git met, too much
ntd)t3, nothing
gar nidjtS, nothing at all
!etn ntcljr, no more
ctu)a8, 1 somewhat
cm ttentg, j a little
fyhtla'ngUd), sufficiently
gcmtg, enough
fa urn, scarcely
etmgermafecn, | somewhat
gcttn|fenna|$en, j
gtcmUd), tolerably, pretty
itm tneteg, | by far
bet toettem, j by a great deal
itm bte cilfte, by half
nod) einmal fo , twice as, as
again
ungeftifyr, etroa, about
gerabe, precisely, exactly
fonft, else
fottft nid)t, nothing else
fo, ebenfo, so, as
eben fo fefyr, as much
ebenfo hjenig al3, just as little
as
, Hkewise
gtetdjfara, as it were
win fo meljr, the more
nm fo tuemger, the less
fogar', felbft, even
tttdjt etnmat, not even
ganj, quite
gan^Iidj, wholly, entirely
toottenbS, completely, quite
gan^ nnb gar, thoroughly
tb/ettoetfe, partly
befonberg, ) especially
tn^befonbere, j particularly
fyauptfa'djUd), chiefly
uber^aitpt, ) generally
im Slttgemetnen, ) in general
5. Adverbs of Affirmation, Doubt and Negation,
fa, ja bod), bod), 1 yes
fa nio()l, yes, certainly
aflerbingg, by ah 1 means
jebenfattS, at all events
gcttnfj, surely, certainly
fid)erltd), certainly
fietttd), to be sure
fitr)ab / r', toafyrltd), truly
JytrfUd), really
tit ber Xfyat, in fact
gern or gcrtte, willingly
ungcrn, unwillingly
netn, no
!etnegn)eg8, by no means
nwljrfdjetnttd),
toermuttjltd),
h)al)d)afttg, truly
gufattig, by chance
tnettetdjt, etnw, perhaps
fd)tuerltd), scarcely
flljne Ametfel, no doubt
toergebitd), ) j
bergeben^, umfonft, )
burd)ait, absolutely, quite
and) ntd)t, not either
ntd)t etnmat, not even
ntematS, never
ntd)t nteljr, no more
is used to contradict a denial, e.g., A says : ie gtng geflern nii^t au8 (She did not
go out yesterday) ; B replies : 25od; (Yes, she did).
264 ADVERBS.
nid)t, not mmmernteljr, never more, by no
gar nirfjt, ) not at all means
bitrdjaitS nid)t, j by no means tm egentf)et(, on the contrary
melmeijr, rather.
6. Interrogative Adverbs.
toamt, when ? hne met nod), how much more ?
toarum, why hue mete nod), how many more ?
e P al , b '' I wherefore? * Ia "9 e ' h ow lon ^ ?
tue^iDe gen, ) too, where ?
tone, how? too^tn, whither, where?
tote fo, how so ? tooljer, whence ?
tote t)tel(e), how much (many) toobur^, by what means? etc.
7. Adverbs of Order.
erftenS, fur'S erfle, first gtoetmal, twice
gtoettenS, secondly bretmat, three times
brttten^, thirdly totermal, four times [more
DtertenS, fourthly nodh etnmat, once again, once
ferner, further noq gtoehnal, twice more
^enta^, hereafter guerfl', at first
bann, fobattn, then gule^f, at last
ctnmal, once
8. Adverbs ending in roeife,
Some of these are formed from nouns and others from
adjectives (the latter in the genitive singular feminine).
The termination tuetfc (English wise in likewise, etc.), is
by origin the noun SBeife, manner.
e, partly 1 Ijeerbentoeife, in flocks
ftutfroetfe, piece-meal gtitcflidjerroetfe, fortunately
Ijaufentoetfe, by heaps, in crowds ung(urf(td)erraetfe, unfortunately
majfentoetfe, in masses etufdlttgerroetfe, in a silly manner
ftronttoetfe, in streams tropfenroeife, by drops, etc.
i The Latin partim,frustatim, gregalim, etc.
ADVERBS. 265
9. Other Adverbs of Frequent Occurrence.
nlfo, so, thus, therefore bage'gen, ) on the contrary,
and), also, too (aud) ntd)t, not Ijingcgen, ) on the other hand
either 2 ) bafjer', beftttegen, ) therefore, on
aujjerbem, besides, moreover ba'rum, beftfyalb, ) that account
balb balb, now now; some- nid)t nur } re C not only
times sometimes nid)t attetn > 1 S 4 but
bemnad), accordingly ntd)t bloS ) ^' ( also
bennod), and yet, still mdjtSbeftotoemger, nevertheless
beffenun'geadjtet, nevertheless nod), nor
befjgtetdjen, likewise jefct, nun, now
befto, ) the (with a following fo, so, thus
urn fo, ) comparative) fonfl, else, or else, otherwise
bod), iebod), ) yet, still t^etlS t^ct(, partly partly
gtetdjttjo^l, ) however iiberbteft, besides, moreover
fenter, further iibrtgeng, as for the rest, however
folgltd), | consequently btelme^r, rather, on the con-
ntit^in, j accordingly trary
inbejfen, unterbeffen, meanwhile toeber nod), neither nor
fcmm, scarcely fioWr indeed, it is true.
bcmn, ba, then
DEGREES OF COMPAEISON.
Besides adjectives used as adverbs, the following are
also compared :
COMPARATIVE. SUPERLATIVE.
tool)l, well beffer, better am beften, the best
Bassoon {gj*
gcrn \ willingly Itcber, rather am Itebften, best
oft, often ofter, oftener am b/auftgften, the oftenest
fefyr, very ^o'djft, a'u^erft, extremely
iibel, badly, ill argcr, worse am orgften, the worst
bid, much mdjr, more am metften, most
IB:-}
2 Thus, 3jo6 aollen ir aud) nirfjt, We don't want that either.
i em, KeBet, am Itebften are used to translate the English, I like, I like better, I like
best, as : 3$ faiele gern, 1 like to play ; id; tanje lieber, I like dancing better ; 3^ f' n 8*
am Ucfcftcn, I like to sing best,
266 ADVERBS.
WORDS.
bcr 9?ebd, the mist tb,orid)t, stupid, foolish
bag 3 u f ammentreffen, the meet- gefd)icft, skilful
ing toon 9euem, anew
bag $cfid)t, the face, coun- angreifen, to attack
tenance ftitten, to quiet
bag SBerfpredjen, 1 the promise fid) t>erflid)ten, to engage
bag SJhtrren, 1 the murmurs, treulid), faithfully
grumbling bertuerfen, to reject
bcr 23or'fd)(ag, the proposal ridjtig, correctly
berberben, to spoil ougfeljen, to look (e.g., well, ill).
READING EXERCISE 90.
1. 2Bie Ijaben <Sie gefdjtafen, mem $err? <Sdjr gut, id) banle
3f)nen. 2Bie met db fjaben @te? 3d) Ijabe nid)t m'el, id) ^abc
fc^r iuentg. (Sin beutfrfjcS (Spridjmort fagt: ,,3u ttjenig unb gu bid
Dcrbirbt aileg <2pid." 2Seife ber ^nabe genug? Sr wet^ gar^iidjtg.
3)erjentge icirb ben ^jjreig er^alten, h)eld)er am beften lefen unb am
fdjonften frfjreiben fann. 2)er 9^ebd ift nad) unb nad) tierfdjrtunben.
2J?an fyat mir nidjt einmat geantwortet. $"ein 9JJenfd| fann immer
gludltd) fein. SBcrben @ie morgen mit ung ^u SJiittag fpeifen?
SJiorgen fann id) nidjt, aber iibermorgen hjerbe id) fommen.
2. eb^en <5ie redjtg, id) merbe linfg geljen. 3)er ftuge 9Kann irrt
ftd) (is mistaken) fdten ; ber unDorftd)tige irrt fid) am fyaufigften.
Ser efdjidtefte ttirb am meiften getobt toerben. Sir f)aben lange
gemartet. (2ie fatten (ought to have) nod) langer warten foUen.
SSenn ber ^ud)g bie toilben Sienen angreift, fo werfen fie fid) f)aufen*
loeije auf ifjn. 2)?e^r alg einmal gdang eg (bem) $otumbug, bag
9J?urren fciner @d)iffgmannfd)aft (crew) gu fliflen ; abcr batb nad)b,er
Oegannen fie Don 9Zeuem gu murren ; enblid) berpflidjteten fie fid), nod)
brei Sage ju geb/ordjen. 5tm britten Sage fa^en fie nnrfUd) Sanb.
9tufflobc 91.
1. When shall you set out ? To-morrow or the day after
to-morrow. He has been * three * times 6 here J at 2 least. He
is improving (mad)t ^ort|d)ritte), especially in German. That is
beautiful indeed. We were attacked unawares (unoerfdjeng),
and have scarcely escaped. We went there by turns (ab--
i These arc Infinitives used aa nouus, (literally, the to promise).
ADVERBS.
267
toedjfefnb). He will (e$ nnrb tfjm) by no means succeed. Our
meeting was quite by chance. I am not at all surprised at
your saying so (baft <2te :c.). How much do you charge
(forbern) for it ? It will cost you twenty florins at most (at the
highest). It is about thirty miles off (roett).
2. It is not otherwise. At present 2 1 'want nothing else.
At first 2 1 1 thought I knew his face. If we have given a
promise, let us faithfully keep (fyalten) it; else Ve 'shall cer-
tainly lose our good name. "We dine precisely (piinftltd)) at
four o'clock. I think he will not willingly do it. Perhaps
*you 'would do better not to reject his proposal. He writes
less correctly than his cousin. Miss Mary is less happy than
you think. It is quite in vain to talk to (mit) this man; he will
never listen to you (auf @te fyoren).
SBoljer fommen <Ste, metn
greimb?
aben (te btefe Sfteife 311 (on)
uft ober gu SBagen gemadjt?
-3ft 3fjre (Sdjroefter gu >aufe ?
SSann fommt er nad) ^>aufe ?
3d) [pbe Ste tange ntdjt gefeljen;
n?o rooren (te ?
3Bie biele SBorter foU id) ternen?
S^arum tft btefcr SDfaun immcr
franf?
2Bte finben 1 (like) <Sie ba $ait
beg errn 33.?
2Boflen te auf mid) toarten
(wait for me) ?
2)tefer 33rtef tft ntd)t fdjim gc-
fd)riebcn. 28te fommt eg?
prtdjt bicfci 9J?ann (Sngtifd) ?
SBann muarten <Ste -3f)ren
fomnte tion $6tn (Cologne).
un, 311 (by) 2Baffer; id) retfc
Ueber 311 SBaffer al 311 Sanb.
etn, fie tft auSgegangen.
(gr tft fyeute tt)af)rfd)etn(id) in vm'
ferm arten.
(Sr tutrb gegen ad)t Uf)r fomjnen.
Od) tvar metften^ $it aufe; id) roat
ittdjt gan$ tuo^I.
jroet eiten (pages).
m'e(.
tft tnioenbtg fcb.r fd)5n ; abet
ouSroenbtg fte^t e8 att ait.
Sin hjentg, aber ntd)t langc.
3d) ^abe tljn gu fdjnett gefdjrteben.
@r fprtdjt fe()t gut.
3d) ertuartc iljn btcfcn ^adjmittag.
i J4terallj- : How do you find, etc., (i.e.. What do you think of, etc.)
268 ADVERBS.
28irb cr afletn fontmen? (5r roirb totefletdjt fetnen <3oljn mit*
brtngen.
cfyt ber $nabe gern (does he )e8 2)torgen8 gefyt er gern tit bte
like) in bie Sd)ute ? djule ; aber 9tad)mtttagS fptelt
er lieber.
(5f|en (Ste gerne du'nfen (ham)? 3a, abet tcb effe Iteber SBraten
(roast meat).
READING LESSON.
$er bttttftorc fiottie. The Grateful Lion.
(Sin ormer flabe, ber au bent ^jattfe fetne^ ^errn entfto^en ftar,
iourbe gum Jobe tierurt^etlt (condemned). 2)an fiib,rte i^n ouf
einen gropcn ^la^, 1 njet^er mtt 2ftcmern untgeben tear, itnb Ite^ ctnen
furdjtbaren lOonjen onf tb/n log (loose). attfenbe on 2JZett[d)en
toaren 3 eu 9 en btefeg @c^aufptel.
' er ^btoe fprang grtntmtg 2 auf ben artnen 3)Jenf^en; adetn $\o&
lid) btteb er ftefjen, luebette s mtt bem c^hjetfe, b^itpfte * toott greube urn
t^n fyerunt itnb letfte tb,nt freunbttc^ bte ^>anbe. -Sebermann tjerhjunbertc
fi(^ B itnb fragte ben <S!I(U)en, rote ba8 fomme.*
2)er <2f(aDe erjafjlte olgenbe : n ^llg tc^ metnem ^>emt entlattfen
tear, oerbarg id) mi^ in einer ^ol)te 7 mitten in ber 2Biifte. 8 )ann
lam auf einmal btefer Joroe ^eretn, minfette 9 unb ^etgte mtr feme ^a^e, 1 *
in ber etn grower !Dorn ftaf. 3d) gog th^m 11 ben 3)orn tjerauS, unb toon
ber 3^it an berjorgte 12 mtci^ ber lOoroe mtt 2Btlbpret 13 unb tutr lebten in
ber >ol)le frteblt^ gufammen. S3et ber lebten 3agb tourben nut
gefangcn unb toon etnanber getrennt. 14 Stun freut ft(^ bag gute ljter,
mid) iuieber gcfunben gu b^aben."
Sltleg 53olf roar itber (at) bie 3)anlbarfeit btefeg rottben Jb^iereg cnt-
gitdt, 15 unb bat lout urn @nabe 16 fiir ben flatten unb ben ?6roen.
)er Sftaue rourbe fret getaffen unb reid)lid) befdjenft. 2)er ?jjroe
folgte tb,m roie ein treuer unb, unb blieb intmer bet iljnt, ob^ne Oentanb
ein ?etb (harm) gu tb^un."
i square. - fiercely, furiously. 3 to wag (with) his tail. < to jump, s to be astonished.
6 to come to pass. ' cavern. 8 desert. $ to whine, lopaw. n for him. i - to supply.
13 game, i to separate, r enraptured, ic pardon. 1 7 see the 44th lesson.
CONJUNCTIONS. 269
THIRTY-SIXTH LESSON.
CONJUNCTIONS.
(Son ben SHudcUiortrrn.)
1. COPULATIVE AND DISJUNCTIVE CONJUNCTIONa
The following conjunctions have, as has been already
stated, no effect on the order of the parts of a German
clause :
unb, and aber or afletn, but [trary
ober, or fonbern, but (i.e., but on the con-
benn, for, since fotooljl a(3, both and.
EXAMPLES.
3d) muJ3 ju >aufe btetben, benn id) bin franf.
I must stay at home, for I am ill
>er (Straujj fyat $lu.}cl, aber er fcmu ntd)t fltegen.
The ostrich has wings, but he cannot fly.
The student will notice that the order of the words in the German
translation of for lam sick, etc., is the same as in the German translation
of / am sick.
NOTE 1. 9t6cr is sometimes placed elsewhere than at the beginning of
the clause, like however in English.
er SSatcr aBer fprad), But the father said or The father however said.
cr (Straujj fyat $tuget, et fann aber nidjt fttegcn.
IToTE 2. Examples of the use of afcer and fonbern.
I am sorry, we have no apples but we can give you pears.
(S3 tljut mix Ictb, ir fyo&en fcine Stc^fct, aficr tr fonnen 3^ncn 93irnen
flefccn.
You are mistaken, they are not apples but (on the contraryj pears.
Ste irren jtdj, e3 (inb nid)t Slcpfel fontoern SSitnen.
He loves her, but not so very much.
Sr lie&t (ie, aber nirfjt fo fc^r.
He does not love her, but (on the contrary) hates her.
Sr liebt (ie ntdjt, fonbern cr C)at fie.
Sib" er and afletn (but) may be used after an affirmative clause or after
a negative clause ; fonbern (but on the contrary) only after a negative
clause.
270 CONJUNCTIONS.
WORDS.
bie djtodgerin, the sister-in- bie 9Zaljrung, the food
law ber qjfel, the top, summit
fdjaben (dot-.), to injure na, wet
ba3 $oh,r, the reed toerfcb>enben, to waste
fief) btcgen, to bend ber 3ftitfd)uler, the school-feUow
rufyig, quietly bie SRegel, the rule
ermafynen (ace.), to speak to fortfatjrcn, to continue
(i.e., admonish) boS gemetne 23olf, the populace
ber SSorrourf, the reproach jufammentrejfen mit ^emanb, to
meet with.
READING EXERCISE 92.
3>dj !jabe ben SBrief gefd)rieben, unb metn Sruber fjat if)n abgefdjrie*
ben. <2ie miiffen mir ba 23ud) ^urucfgeben, ober ic^ rterbe e^ bent
eljrer fagen. 2)ie ^tnber fonnten bie $irfd)en n'tdjt effen, benn fie
nmren ntrfjt retf. (5ie fbnnen jefct auggel^en ; aber >te miiffen um tier
llfjr roieber guriic! fein. 3f)re (SdjtDogerin tjat mir erfprorf)en, mid) in
bonbon ju befucf)en ; aber fie fyat nic^t SSort geb,a(ten ; aurf) b^at fte mir
gar ntcfjt gefcfjrieben ; be^roegen (bemnad)) tDerbe id) auf fie ntd)t meb^r
twarten. ^ntioeber miiffen @ie Pei^ig arbeiten, ober bie (5d)it(e frei=
niiflig t)erlaffet, fonj't roerbcn @ie fortgefdjtcft toerben. 2Beber fein
Ofyetm nod) fein^ 2onte toerben biefeS ertauben. (Sowob^t ber 23ater
al^ bie DJiutter b,aben ben @ofm gefuc^t. Der gere^te 2)tann f^abet
Weber bem 9Jeidjen noci) bent Airmen. 2)er Oc^fe bient itnS nid)t nur
jur -Kafyrung, fonbern aucq gur Arbeit (labor).
Slufeobc 93.
1. You and I. He or she. "We have written a long exer-
cise, but we have not learnt it (The) gold and (the) silver
are metals. You must go home directly, or you will get wet ;
for it will soon rain. The reed bends, but (it) does not break.
We shall defend our country with courage, and we shall
quietly await the enemy. You ought to speak to your chil-
dren, for they are very naughty. I do not know liirn by sight
(oon ($eftd)t), but I know him by reputation (bem 9Jamcn nad)).
I expected reproaches from my mother, but she did not say
anything. Did you see Mr. Long to-day? Yes, but I could
not speak to him (mtt ifym fpredjen). I must stay at home, for
CONJUNCTIONS. 271
1 am not quite well Do not waste your time, for life is made
of it (bamu$). Some of my schoolfellows are ill ; consequently 1
they cannot come to (in bte) school
2. Some one has done it, either you or your brother. I do
not know the man, for I have never seen him. This horse
may be very strong, nevertheless 1 2 it l does not please me. I
have shown him the rule, yet 1 he has not understood it. He
was very tired, nevertheless he continued working (to work).
Scarcely had he pronounced these words, J when (ba, literally
then) the 4 populace 2 threw 3 themselves on him. He has not
only promised him something, but also given it. I know
neither him nor his wife. I did not expect to see you here ;
the (befto) greater is my pleasure to meet you. I can neither
read nor write. Not only the king was expected, but also the
queen and the princess.
SUBORDINATING CONJUNCTIONS.
All conjunctions, except and, lx>th, but, either, for, and or
are subordinating conjunctions. They are so called
because they introduce clauses in which no assertion is
expressly made, clauses that is of subordinate importance.
a) Simple Subordinative Conjunctions.
afe, when obgletrf)', obfdjon', ) fl, ouff j.
cbtooljt', hnetool)!', )
bebor', efye, before
bt^, until fett, fettbem', since (time)
bo, since (reason) \\o oft al3, whenever
baf?, that
obalb, as soon as
bamit', that, in order that fotange, as long as
falls, in case that un'gead)tet, notwithstanding
inbem', while toa'f'renb, 2 while
|e , the (with the comp.) hjenn, when, if
nodjbem', after mil, because
ob, whether tote, how, as
toofern', if, provided.
1 An adverb, not a conjunction. Use the question order.
2 Instead of roiljrenb, while, we sometimes use inbeflen, as a subordinating conjunction,
as : iiSir gingen im (fatten tyajieren, intejjen ct ju SRittag {petfie.
272 CONJUNCTIONS.
EXAMPLES.
(58 tsar bier ttfjr, ats bic <2onne aufgtng.
It was four o'clock when the sun rose.
2Barten <2ne, bis id) mctnen 23rief toflenbet Ijabe.
Wait till I have finished my letter.
predjcn oie taut, bamit' irf) ie tocrftefye.
Speak aloud that I may understand you.
9?arf)bem nnr miteiuanber (together) gcfriU)ftitcft fatten, gingctt
totr (not tmr gingen) fpagtercn.
2Bafyrenb wir Garten fptelten, lafen unfere 5"unbe (not itnferc
greunbe lafen) bie
Subordinating conjunctions require the VERB (see 4, page
82,) to be put at the very end of the clause. When a
subordinate clause, otherwise called a dependent clause,
comes first in the sentence, the principal clause takes the
inverted order, as in the last two examples.
OBSERVATIONS ON SOME OP THE CONJUNCTIONS.
, when, as, than.
1. When may be translated alS, provided a single occa-
sion in the past is referred to.
51(3 ber Heine ^rinj bie fjiir berfcfjtoffen fanb, hwrb' er bofe.
When the little prince found the door locked, he got
angry.
dafar fd)idft abienu3, a(3 er biefeS erftiljrt.
Caesar sends Labienus, when he learns this.
2. In other cases, when may be translated ttjenn.
2Benn ber fteine ^rinj bie Jfjiir tterfdjtpffen fanb, toitrb' er bofe.
When (whenever, if) the little prince found the door
locked, he got (used to get) angry.
3. 9113 is translated than after comparatives, e.g., fritter
S ttrir, grojjer al
CONJUNCTIONS. 273
4 3(13 is translated as after fo, e.g., fo friify al3 ttrir, fo
groj? a(3 .>etnrid), and in such phrases as the following:
(r fungirt at$ tettoertrcter, He acts as substitute.
5. 5113 is translated but after nicfytS, nirgent>3, etc., e.g. :
ate Safyrljett, Nothing but trutL
ate Ijter, Nowhere but here.
$U, as, since.
1. 2)a means since, and introduces a reason. <So occurs
more frequently than not at the beginning of the principal
clause of sentences in which ta introduces the subordinate
clause, provided the subordinate clause begins the sen-
tence. <5o may be either omitted in translating or trans-
lated why.
3)a ber $nabe fo fleifjig tft, (fo) mu man i^n beto^nen.
Since the boy is so industrious, he is to be rewarded.
5Da tcf) ifyn nt^t fenne, fo tann id) i^m nidjt trauett.
Since (or as) I do not know him, (why) I cannot trust
2. (Settbent means since, and introduces a clause stating
when something mentioned in the principal clause began.
(Sr fdjttmgt, 1 feitbem id) f)ter bin.
He has been silent since I have been here.
Sn&em', while.
3nbetn' means ivhile, but instead of a clause beginning
with ivliile we often use in English the present par-
ticiple.
Snbcm id) in ba 3^ mmer trat, rief id) ....
As I entered the room or entering the room, I cried ----
QIC fagte ju mir, tnbcm er mir bie ^>anb briitftc jc.
Shaking hands with me, he said, etc.
Snbem er fcinen 5lrm ouSftrerfte, Stretching out his arm.
i See foot-note to Exercise 96.
274 CONJUNCTIONS.
), obirfjon, obuiuljl, though.
1. :Db is sometimes separated by a word or two from
the second syllable in these conjunctions, just as if we
should say in English to home wards instead of towards
home. Thus we may say either Obgleicfy Sari nicfyt franf tjt,
get)t er (bocfy) nicfyt in ben arten, or )b Sari gleid) u. |. n>.'
Although Charles is not sick, (nevertheless) he does not go into
the garden.
2. )oct) stands in the same relation to obgleidj, etc., as fo
does to ba. See the last example. But bod) need not
come first in the principal clause, as fo always does.
@0 and bod) may both of them be used at the same
time. They are translated by a single nevertheless, e.g.,
Sari nicfyt franf ijt, fo ge^t cr boc| nicl)t in ben arten.
Sftann, teenn, nI3.
The English conjunction when is translated sometimes :
tt>ann, sometimes toenn, and sometimes al^. For al$ see
page 272.
a)
1. SSann is interrogative.
rterbcn (Sic fommen? "When will you come?
(Saaen <Ste mtr, iuann (Sic fommen rooflen.
Tell me when you will come.
2. SSann answers to the English whenever , as:
iann (Sic h)
a (whene^v
b) wenn.
@ie fonnen e$ fd^icfen, toann (Sic
You may send it when (whenever; you like.
1. See 2, on page 272.
i u. f. a. stands for unb fo wetter and means and to forth.
CONJtJtfCTlONS. 275
2. SBenn must often be translated if, e.g., SBenn eg fcfyneit,
(fo) ttnrb er ftcl) gerotp erfalten, jf/" it snows, (why) he certainly
witt catch cold.
(So is inserted or omitted with n?cnn just as with ba, see
page 273.
When the condition introduced by toenn is more likely
than not, not to be realised, the verb of the condition is
put in the subjunctive, e.g., <Sie wtrben jtc^ fefyr frcuen, roenu
er fame, You would be very glad if he should (were to)
come, (but it seems as if he were not coming), on the other
hand, (Sie luerben u. f. w., roenn er fommt, You will, etc., if
he comes (and it seems as likely as not he may).
WORDS.
ba$ efangnifj, the prison auSlofdjen, to put out
ba3 emitter, thunderstorm ftoren, to disturb
ber ^auf, the bargain toSbredjen, to break loose
bte ^fli^t, the duty ^lunbern, to plunder
piinftttrf), punctual ^ogern, to hesitate
bienen, to serve benac^rt^ttgen, to inform
fjeran'nafyen, to approach e^rgei^tg, ambitious
ougiDcidjcn, to avoid berbeffern, to mend
bunfel, dark erftaunt, astonished
itberfal'Ien, to overtake, attack gegemnarttg, present
READING EXERCISE 94.
1. 5lte id) na^ >aufe fant, ging id^ gu Sett. 3$ fdjtief nocfj, al8
mein Sebieuter in'^ Dimmer trat obatb (at^) tc^ ben Srief
empfangen ^atte, rei|te icf) ab. 3)ie otbaten pliinberten bte Stabt,
bis ber euerat i^nen ein ,3ie( (end) fe(3te (stopped them). SBarten
(Sie, bi^ id) angeftetbet bin. Xa ber s ^rbeiter fcljr fleiftig war, (fo)
Jcurbe er gut bejafjtt. 2)te 3)iebe merben in bie efangniffe gebrad)t,
bamit fte nic^t me|r fte^ten. (Sh,e (or beoor) man ein neue^ ^(eib an^
gie^t, mu man bie ^pa'nbe rein luafdjen. <3o lange bie 9J?en(d)en
gefunb (inb, benfen fie felten [baran], bag fie aud) !ranf toerben
fonnen.
276 CONJUNCTIONS.
2. 2ftan toeift nid)t, ob bte <3terne bettofjnt fmb ober nidjt.
fprad) nut tfynt, obgletd) (or obfdjon) id) iljn nid)t fannte.
fatten n>ir ben ipfct be3 23erge3 beftiegen, al$ ba3 etuttter toSbrad).
(58 ift etn Icidjter $auf, ttenn Jreunbe burd) iite geroonnen hjerbcn.
2)te gegemuavtige 3ett ift bte befte, toeil fte itnfere eigcnc (own) ift
3)ie nnlben (9anfe ftnb fdpucr 311 fdjtejjen, mii fte fdjneU unb fefyr ^oc^
fltegen. 2Benn man bte efafjr ^eranna^en fteb/t, fo fann man ib,r au^*
loetdjen; abev tuenn fte un fc^tafenb iiberftittt, fo wtrb fte unS ftd)erlid)
berberben.
95.
"When I arrived here, "it J was quite dark. As (since) he
does not work, I shall give him nothing. Put out the candle,
before you go to bed. I wish you (id) bttte <2ie) to wait till I
have done my exercise. Since (ba or feitbem, according to the
sense) I have lost my friend, I am quite alone. He told me
that the child was dead. I see that you have not yet finished
your business. She has been 1 very well, since she has been 1
in (anf) the country. I am astonished, that you have not yet
departed. Since (ba) you are my friend, you will not hesitate
to tell me the truth. Is it possible that he has arrived already
(fdjon) ? After I had breakfasted, I took a walk, although it
rained a little. The city [of] Paris has become much more
beautiful since (feit) you saw (have seen) it. As soon as thtf
general arrives, you will inform us of it Has he not asked
you, if 2 you had [a] mind (tifi) to take a walk with him?
96.
I was scarcely ten years old when I lost my father. The
more I study German, the more a I l like this language. "When
you are ready, we will take a walk (fpa^ieren gefyen). There will
always be wars among men (nnter ben Sftenfdjen) as long as they
are ambitious. I do not know whether he is rich or poor.
Pardon your enemies (dot.), since God pardons you also. Ask
him, if 2 he will sell his horse. Why did you sleep so long?
I slept so long because I was very tired. I will pardon you,
if you promise me (dot.) to be more punctual in future.
Though we did not make the world, we may help [to] mend
i German nses the present (not the perfect) to express what " has been and still is "
(Whitney). The sentence above means, She has been and still is, etc. So rjflo the im-
perfect and not the pluperfect for what had been and still was.
* When if means whether, it must bo translated 06.
CONJUNCTIONS.
277
it. If you are poor, do not wish to seem rich. The master
will not pardon him, until he improves ((id) bcffert). He will
never learn, since he is idle. While I was there, tranquility
prevailed (ijerrfdjte) in the country. I do not know how he
will get rid of it (eg log toerben nnrb).
b) Combinations of two Subordinative Conjunctions.
alg big, until
alg ob, | as if (takes
alg ftenn, } subj.)
alg baft, but that, but
cmftatt bag, instead of
aiif baft, in order that
big (baft), till, until
t banttt ntd)t, lest l
tm gall (baft), in case
je - - befto, the the
the comp.)
je nadjbem, according as
gletd) tutc, fo trie, just as
ofnie baft, without, but 2
felbft toenn, even if
the
.fo baft, so that
ttne aud), ) however (with
fo aud), > an adj. or adv.
fo fefyr aud), ) between)
t>orauggefet3t baft, supposing, pro-
vided that
ttoofern
(with
nid)t, )
ntdjt, j
, ,
u
.
t toenn nur, provided
t trenn aud) nod) fo, though (or
if) ever so
urn 311 (with the inf.), in order to.
OBSERVATIONS.
1. Those of the above combinations marked t require
the second component to be placed after the subject, and
if there are personal pronouns, also after these, as :
cl)cn Sic fd)nett, batnit @te ntdjt 1 iiberrafdjt tterben.
Go quick, lest you be surprised.
SSenn er mid) nid)t begafylt jc., Unless he pays me, etc.
SBenn er aud) nod) fo mete 33ud)er fya'tte :c.
Though he had ever so many books, etc.
i Lest in the sense: for fear of, after a negative clause, is sometimes translated au8
Surest (fca&)- After the verb to fear, furd^ten, it cannot be translated bamtt nidjt, but
must be rendered simply by baft. Ex.:
I did not go there, lest I should disturb him (au8 gurctyt in ju floren}.
I feared lest he should die, id) furd)tete baj) er jlerben mcc^te.
The French sans que.
3 Unless, is sometimes e fei benn, ba|, but this is rather antiquated; it occurs often la
Luther's translation of the Bible.
278 CONJUNCTIONS.
2. Not to know but has to be translated by a periphra-
sis. Ex. :
I don't know but (that) he is alive stilL
3d) tDCtfc nid)t, meUetdjt (perhaps) lebt et nod).
3. 2ll bap is further used to translate the English
infinitive after too . . .for . . . Ex. :
This news is too good for me to believe it.
)iefe 9?ad)rid)t tft gu gut, ate baft id) fte glauben fonntc.
4 )l)ne ta corresponds to the English but in such
phrases as the following :
Not an hour passes, but I see him.
(3 bergeljt feme tunbe, ofyne ba id) Ujn felje.
5. 3e and bejlo are used as follows. Notice the order.
3e meljr (3tc f)cute lernen, bejlo me^r rttffen <3ie morgett
The more you learn to-day, the more you know to-morrow.
6. The dash between fo fefyr aud) in the list above in-
dicates the place for the personal pronouns. If the subject
is a noun, fo fefyr aud) need not be separated :
(So feljr id) ifjn aud) gebeten Ija&e.
Much as I have begged him.
(So fet)r audj mein 35atet iljn gebeten l^at.
Much as my father has begged him.
7. 2Bic aud), fo aud), take the adjective or adverb
between them, as :
2Bie reid) aud) (or fo reid) aud)) 3% 33ater fein mag.
However rich your father may be.
(So fd)5n c8 aud) fcin mag, fo fann e mir bod) nid)t3 nii^en.
However handsome it may be, it cannot be of any use
to me.
CONJUNCTIONS. 279
8. Examples of the use of fonrie and gleidjttrie:
(So tote bte <Sonne tfyre trafyten aitf bte Srbe fenbet.
As the sun darts his beams upon the earth, etc.
3)er 9?etb, gletd) tote jcbe anberc i'ctbenfdjaft :c.
Envy as well as every other passion, etc.
c) Interrogative Adverbs.
Interrogative adverbs may be used as conjunctions to
introduce indirect questions.
toann, when tote lange, how long toortn, wherein
toaritnt, why too, where tooran, whereat
toeftfyalb, ( where- tooljer, whence toobet, whereby
toefctoeqen, j fore toofytn, whither tooDon, whereof
tote, how toobttrcf), whereby 1 tooraitf, whereupon
totemet, how much toomtt, wherewith 1 toorunter, among
which, etc.
EXAMPLES.
^ragen (Ste t^n, toann tdj tf)n ju ^attfe ftnben toerbe. s
3d) toet^ ntdjt, toarum er metnen Srtef ntrf)t er^alten ^at
agen @te mtr, tote lange <Ste ba geblteben finb.
<Ste fonnen btetben, too <Stc fmb.
SBtffen @te, too^er er fommt ?
tft ba^ ait8, toobon <Ste geftern gefprodjen ^aben.
NOTE. Observe that it is often better to finish the principal clause
before the subordinate clause is begun. It would be clumsy to say:
id), ttnemel @te Bejaljlt Ijafcen, ftagen ?
I have not been told where he has gone.
3Kan Ijat mit nidjt gefagt, ivo^tn cr gegangen ifl.
not : 3Kan ^at mtr ntdjt, io^m er gegangen ifl, gefagt.
WORDS.
bte S^at, the act, deed tafterfyaft, vicious
bte <2td)erl)ett, security fid) jurii^teb.en (refl.\ to retire
bte Unru^e, uneasiness fdjoben, to injure, to hurt
bte 33eletbtgung, the insult befreten, to hberate
bag Sofegelb, the ransom ertangen, to obtain
lOr, by what, with what, etc., etc.
? Tie direct <juestion would be : SBann roerbe l^ i^n ju J^aufe fmbeij?
280 CONJUNCTIONS.
itngefdjirft, awkward fyerrfdjenb, dominant
berouuberngtuurbtg, admirable broken, to threaten
bte Scibenfdjaft, the passion ftreben, to strive
bcr SBeiftonb, the assistance bertrauen, to trust
l)etrptf)en, to marry bifligen, to approve (of)
ft, doubtful, dubious gufdjreiben, to attribute.
HEADING EXERCISE 97.
1. (5$ fdjehtt mir, at$ ob (or alg luenn) id) biefen errn fdjon
gefefyen fya'tte. >iefe 23eleibigung ift gu gro, alS bafj id) tiflfrfjttmgen
beobadjten fonnte. 3d) tteife nid)t anberS, ate bafj feme efd)afte gut
gefyen. 9Jiein getnb I)at mid) 311 jefyr beleibtgt, al bafe id) ib^m ber=
get^en fonnte. Karl fptclt, anftatt ba er feine ^lufgabe lernt. Sartcn
(Ste, big ba id) fcrtig bin. -fteljmen @ie einen ^egenfdjtrm, bamit
(Sic nid)t na^ luerben. 3d) toerbe ib^m bie (Srlaiibntg nid)t geben,
tocnn er oud) nod) fo feljr btttet Oe laftertjafter bie SRenfdjen finb/
befto mefyr Unrub^e b^aben fie.
2. 3e falter bie ?uft ift, beflo meb^r toiegt fie; |e toarmer fte ifl, bcfto
leidjter ift fte. 3)u toirft betob^nt werbcn, |e nad)bem bit fleifeiq bift,
S)icfer junge JDZenfd) ift feljr ungefdjidt ; er nimmt nie (StroaS in ^ie
^anb, otjne ba er e ^erbridjt. 2Bir !onnen biefe 5lufgabe nid)t
madjen, loenn ie nn nid)t fyetfen. 3e me^r @ie mir broken, befto
ioeniger tuerbe id) Sfynen ge^ordjen. !J)er efangene n?irb feine $ret*
^eit nid)t ertangen, toenn er nid)t ein b^ob.eg bfegelb be^ab^tt. SSie
gro aud) ber 9tub,m btefeg gurften fein mag, ber feineS Waters war
nod) grower.
It seems to me as if I had seen you somewhere. Give me
your letter that (in order that) I [may] send it to the (aitf bie)
post-office. He says he will not marry until he has a pro-
fession (einen SBeruf). In case you want my assistance, call me.
Head it twice, lest you forget it. The lady must be careful,
lest she fall (pres. subj.). The merchant will sell much or
little according as the price is high or low. The longer you
(man) sleep, the lazier you become. The more frequently you
practise what you had in your music lesson, the better 2 you
1 will play it He cannot play but (transl. without that) he
hurts himself (fid)). Get in without his seeing you (transl.
without that he sees you). The plebeians (bie ^lebejer) in-
tended to leave Rome, in case the patricians (bie ipati^ier) did
CONJUNCTIONS. 281
not keep their word. "We will not go unless she invites us.
Ronr.ilus disappeared without any one's knowing in (auf, ace.)
what manner he had perished.
99.
1. We shall not go into the (auf bo) country unless he con-
sents to come with us. The night came, so that I was obliged
to retire. Though he is very learned, nevertheless he is not
vain. Nobody can trust you (dot.), unless you bring good
security. My friend said he would lend me a hundred
pounds, provided I would give them back to him within (in)
three months. However admirable the act of William TelJ
may have been by (bttrd)) which he liberated his country from
a cruel tyrant, its morality (ifyr fittltd)er SBertl)) is dubious. I
cannot do it unless you help me. Provided you know the
dominant passion of any one, you are sure to please him-
2. Unless the Lord build the house, they labor (fo arbeiten
btejentgen) in vain who build it. Though you [should] have
the best master in England, if you do not learn your grammar
well you will never speak good German. Tell me, if you
please (qefafligft), where I [may] find your umbrella. I do not
know why he has not yet written to me. Ask him when he
will come. Although Antiochus approved [of] Hannibal's ad-
vice, s yet a he Vould not act according to it (barnarf)), lest the
victory should (mod)te) be attributed to Hannibal, and not
to him.
$onnett (3tc btefe 5lrbett tljun? 9ftd)t oljtte ba @tc mtr Ijetfen.
SSirb ber Strbeitcr belofynt tter*
ben ? 3a, toenn er ftet^tg tft.
^ennen <3te mid) ? ^etn, abcr e3 fdjetnt mtr, atS ob tdj
<Sie fcfyon gefefyen Ijatte.
2Burbc ber efangene freigelaf* -3o, nadjbem ec ein fyofyeS S5fegelb
fen? be^It^atte.
2Ber ^at btefen ^naben getobt? (Soroofyt ber Skater al3 bte SJiutter.
tnb @ie geftern fpagteren ge*
gangen? Oa, obfd^on e geregnet l)at.
3ft Sorb 2JJ. ein geleljrter 3Wann ? @r ift fefjr gele^rt; beffenungeoditct
tft er nicqt ftol^.
2Barum pll id) biefe Slufgabc
nod) etnmat fdjretben ? 2)antit bit fte beffer Icrneji.
282 PREPOSITIONS.
28a3 fatten (think) (2>ie toon 3d) gtaube, baft er ein redjtfdjaffe*
>errn SBeife ? ner 2ftann ift.
3ft e3 gefimb (wholesome), 9Mn, je longer man fdjlaft, befio
lange 311 f djlafen ? trager unrb man.
SStrb ber Sefyrer tfjm tier3eib / en? -Kid)! eb,er, ate big er fid) beffert.
^>aben (2ie mid) fjier erroartet? ^etnegroegg ; befto mefyr freue i^
mic^, (Sie ^ier 3u finben.
S5?irb ber ftiirft ^ter bleiben? 3d) 3tt>eifle, ob er b,ier bleiben hnrb.
Soil id) 3t)nen 3b,r S3itc^ 3urucf* 3e e^er @ie eS t^un, befto ange*
fdjtrfen? ne^mer njirb e8 mir fcin.
3ft bcr $ranfe aufgeflanben ? 3a, obgteic^ ber 2lr3t eg i^m t)er
botcn f)at.
Stiffen @ie, niarum er nic^t
lommt? (Sr ^at eg mir md)t gefagt
THIRTY-SEVEfTTH LESSON.
PREPOSITIONS.
(Bon ben SJormorttrn.)
1. Prepositions with the Accusative.
big, till oljne, without, but for
burd), through, by fonber, without (rare)
fiir, for um, about, round, at
gegen, 1 towards, against, to toiber, against
The adverbs :
entlang, along ^inbnrd^, through
M' UP S-" ab ; [down.
^mauf, j * ^inuntcr, )
and other compounds of tyer and tym are used with the
accusative, but follow it
EXAMPLES.
35itrdj bog Xb,or, Through the gate.
3)urd) n)eld)e SKittet? By what means?
ftiir 3^re cfittjeficr, For your sister.
egen mid), Against me.
i There is an old expression : gen Qimmel, up to heaven, for gegen ben $immc(.
PREPOSITIONS. 283
egen ba ebtrge, Towards the mountains.
>f)ne etnen pfennig, Without a,penny.
Urn bie <2tabt, About the town.
Urn ben tfd), About the table.
SBiber feincn SBttten, Against his will.
!>te <3tiege In'nauf fytnimter, Up stairs, down stairs.
2)en gfof enticing, Along the river.
2. Prepositions with the Dative.
, out of, from na'djjt, junadjft, next
r, except, besides nebft, fammt, together with
bet, near, with by, at fett, since, for
btnnen, within ( of time) toon, from, of, by
nut, with bon on, from, since
nad), after, according to gu, to, at
ob, on account of (obsolete) big 311, till, as far as.
Further :
cntgegen, against jufofge/ according to
gegenuber, opposite to mhnber -i in PP sition
gemci^, according to ' | contrary to.
which are placed after their substantives. When ttddj
means according to, it also may follow its noun.
EXAMPLES.
bem mufe ((Garten), Out of the house, from the garden.
er etnetn Coffer, Besides a portmanteau.
33et ntetnem ^reunbe, At my friend's (with my friend).
33 ei unferer 21'nfitnft, On our arrival
SBtnnen tuentgen SKtnitten, Within a few minutea
311 bem nacfjften !Dorfc, As far as the next village.
ber <Srf)tad)t, After the battle.
btefer 9?eget, According to this rule.
inetner 9)?einung, In my opinion.
j>em fitter narf), According to age.
^a'djft (5unacf)(t) bem itge(, Next the hill.
9?ebft (fammt) meinen ^tnbern, Together with my children.
is generally employed with the genitive case, but when placed after th
substantive, it governs the dative. Ex.. ^ufolge 3tyre3 SJitfttaaeS (SBefel8), OP
e, according to your order.
284 PREPOSITIONS.
Sett jener 3 e ^, Since (from) that time.
mditeit (Sltent, By (from) my parents.
iliubl)eit an, From childhood.
Sr fam jit mtr, He came to me (to my house).
Diehtcn $cfef)(en entgegen, Against my orders.
)em s JJatf)b,aufe gegeniiber, Opposite the town-halL
Ofyrem ^Bimfcfje gemcifj, According to your wish.
S)cm Sefeljle beg $omgg gwmber, Contrary to the order of
the king.
WORDS.
ber ^ugbogel, ^ e bird of pas- ber Strom, the stream
sage fpc^teren gefyen, to walk
ber ^fau, the peacock ber ^piigel, the hill.
bie SBrilcfe, the bridge
READING EXERCISE 100.
(Sin anarien&oget flog burcf) ba3 ^enfter unb fe^tc fid) auf etnctt
S3aum. 3)er ^nabe f)at gegen ben Saum gefc^offen. et ^bflt^
gegen 3ebermann. 3)er unb lief eintge SJiate um ba^ au ((jerunt)
unb fud^te feinen errn. 3>r ^irfd) rul)tc tm fatten enter (Stdje.
3)te 3u9^oget berlaffen un$ tm erbft (autumn) unb fefyren tm
ling gu un3 juriirf. 3fofep^ tfl lod^renb etntger t'\t Sftatte bet
pb,ar geh>efen. jDie ^amtlte beg Sorb 33. woijnt auf bem anbe.
^fau tft ber fdjonfte unter ben ^Sogetn.
uf 9 a6c 101.
1. I went through the forest. This book is for your brother.
Go round the garden. I got this package (^cfdjen) by a mes-
senger, it is for you. Let us walk through the town. Nobody
can swim against the stream. The ball rolled down the hill.
2. Somebody has taken my purse out of my pocket. Lord
E. wishes to go to France. He will depart within the next
week. I shall go out after (the) dinner. Where does that
gentleman live? He lives near the bridge, opposite the
church.
3. Prepositions with the Genitive case.
anftatt or ftatt, instead of um totflen, for the sake of
aujjerljalb, without, outside unbefdjabet, without prejudice ta
PREPOSITIONS. 285
bieffettS, on this side of trofc, 1 in spite of
Ijalber or Ijalben, for the sake of ungead)tet,'' ! notwithstanding
jenfeitci, on the other side of umoett (unfern), not far from
innerljalb, within (place) toennpge, by means of
fraft, by virtue of toermittelft (mtttelft), by means of
IcingS, along ttmljrenb, during
tout, according to toegen, 2 on account of
oberfyalb, above jufolge, in accordance with.
unterfyalb, below
EXAMPLES.
Sfnftatt etne SrtefeS, Instead of a letter.
5luerl)alb ber tabt, Without (outside) the town.
2)ieffeitS be3 $luffe3, On this side of the river.
3enfeitS beg 2fteere3, Beyond the sea.
Snnerfyalb ber Sftauer, Within the wall
)berb,atb ber ^Briicfe, Above the bridge.
Unterfyalb beg 3)orfe8, Below the village, etc.
4. Prepositions with the Dative and Accusative.
There are nine prepositions which govern sometimes
the dative and sometimes the accusative. They are all
prepositions of place, though many of them are used also
to express relations of time, etc.
They take the dative when there is no question at all
of motion, e.g., His hands are in his pockets, There was
no traitor among you, and also when the motion is
spoken of as taking place (i.e., not ending merely) at,
upon, behind, etc., something, e.g., They run about at home,
He was walking behind the walL
They take the accusative when the object of the pre-
position is spoken of as the end or goal of the motion,
1 fiingS, trofc and juf ctge are sometimes used with the dative, as : tro(} meinem 83efe$I, in
spite of my order. See foot-note p. 283.
2 ttnflead)tet and roegen may be placed after their nouns, as : reegen meiner S^re or ntetnei
Ctrc iccgen, on account of my honor. alber or fatten (rather rare) always follows iU
noun.
286 PKEPOSITIONS.
e.g., He sprang among the combatants, They went behind
the screen.
Ueber, however, takes the accusative in such phrases as
across t/ie river (although the river is not the place where
the motion ends) and indeed in every other sense except
that of rest upon or above.
These nine prepositions are :
an, at, on iiber, over, above; (with the
ouf, upon, on ace.), across
fyinter, behind imter, under, among
in, in; (with the ace.), into Dor, before, ago 1
neben, beside, by the side of gtmfcfjen, between.
EXAMPLES.
2Btr ftefjen an bent ^u^e (dot.) beg 33erge.
We stand at the foot of the mountain.
SStr fteflten ung an bag (ace.) Xfyor.
We placed ourselves at the gate.
(Sr fyatte einen mt aitf bent $opfe (dot.).
He had a hat on his head.
(Sejje bid) auf biefen (gtufyl (ace.).
Sit down (place yourself) on this chair.
3)ie gifrfje leben in bent (im) SBaffer.
The fish live in the water.
S)o $inb ift in bag (in'S) 2Baffer gefaflen.
The child has fallen into the water.
$)er ^of ift neben bent ^aufe.
The yard is near (by) the house.
3d) legte bag 33urf) neben mid^.
I laid the book beside me.
2Btr fefcten iiber ben gtu.
We crossed the river.
2)er mnb Uegt unter bent Sif^c.
The dog lies under the table.
3)te $ofee froc^ unter bag SBett.
The cat crept under the bed.
i Sot* used of time, always takes the dative
PREPOSITIONS. 287
3dj ftanb uor bem Slufgana. 1 ber Sonne auf.
I got up before sunrise.
j)te Xriuipen riicften toor bte tabt.
The troops marched to the town.
Rrotfcfjen bem wgel imb bem SBadje.
Between the hill and the brook.
|)ange baS SBUb jtmfdjen bte gluei ^enfter.
Hang the picture between the two windows.
NOTE. To fix a limit, these prepositions may be preceded by 615,
answering to the English as far as or to, as: big nacf) 9tom, as far as
Home; big an bte or big jur renje, to the frontier; big auf ben 33erg, to the
top of the mountain.
OBSERVATIONS.
It is difficult for an Englishman or American to use the
prepositions in German correctly, or even having dis-
covered the right preposition to be sure what case to put
after it. Thus we say to bdieve in and to doubt of, the Ger-
man to believe on (an) and to doubt on ; we say, That
belongs in the corner, the German, That belongs into
(in with the ace.) the corner. The student should,
in the first place, cultivate, from the beginning, a
habit of grammatical observation while reading German
or listening to spoken German, and, in the second, con-
sider whether the English usage is the logical one. It is
evident for instance that He put his hand in his pocket
really means He put his hand into his pocket, and that
the German in must in this instance be followed by the
accusative.
At.
a) Before the name of a town, in, e.g., at Prenzlau, in
^renjlau. (We say in in English also, provided the town
is a large one, e.g., in Boston.)
6) At the castle, auf bem <5rf)lof$.
At market, auf bem 2Jiarfte.
i See the foot-note p. 286.
288 PREPOSITIONS.
At the post-office, auf ber ^oft.
At the ball, auf bem 33afl.
The accusative after auf, e.fj., auf t>en 2ftarft. of course
means to market, etc.
c) At -with the time of the day or night is itm, e.g^ at
three o'clock, urn brei U^r.
d) At is in in
3m 3lnfcmg, at the beginning (but am (Snbe, at the end).
3m Sllter Don fedjjtg 3af)ten, at the age of sixty years.
e) At is jit in at home, ju aufe.
By.
f) By followed by the name of the agent, with the
passive voice, is 0tt, e.g., I am loved by my father, 3$
roerbe on meinem SSoter gelicbt.
gr) 5y denoting neighborhood, is bet, e.g., By the house
stands a tree, 33ei bem ^)aufe fte^t ein S3aum.
h) By in the sense of by means of, is bitrcfy, e.gr., By
practice, turd) Ucbung.
t) ^y Zawc? is JU ?ant>, and 6y ivater, Jit SBajfer.
In and Into.
j) As has been said already, in is Tery frequently
translated in with the dative, and into in with the accusa-
tive.
&) In German is auf Deutjfy and in the country, auf t>eftl
On.
Z) On the table, auf bem S;if^.
On the floor, auf bem
PBETOSIT10NS. 289
On the tree, auf bem 23aum.
Frankfort on the Main, granffurt am 2ftam.
On Tuesday, am Stcnftag (or simply SDtenftag).
On the first of May, am erften 2Jiai (or simply ben erften
Slit).
On my arrival, bet meiner Slnfunft.
On this occasion, bet btefer elegenfjeit.
On horseback, gu ^Jferbe.
On that condition, unter biefer 33ebtngtutg.
To.
m) To followed by a proper noun which is the name of
a place, is nad), e.g., to Germany, nad) )eittfd)lanb; to
Berlin, nad) ^Berlin. So also home (meaning to one's home)
is nad) $aitfe.
n) To a person or a person's is JU, e.g., Come to me,
$ommen (Sne Jit mir ; I am going to my uncle's for vaca-
tion, 3$ gefye ju meinem OnFel fur bie gerien.
o) To followed by the name of a place not a proper
noun, is an with the accusative (but see b at the end and
m at the end, also p), e.g., To the railway, an bie @ifen*
bafyn ; to the bridge, an bie 33ru'cf e.
p) To followed by the name of a building which one
enters, is in with the accusative, e.g., To church, in
With.
q) With denoting companionship, is ttttt, e.g., John with
his wife and children, 3o^nn mit feiner grau unb ftinberru
r) With meaning at tfie hoitse of, is bet, e.g., He lives with
me, (r roofynt bei mir.
s) With meaning in the case of, among, is bet, e.g., With
the Prussians it is otherwise, 33ei ben ^>reuen iji e$ anbera:
S3ei un^ nrirb man nid^t franf,
290 PREPOSITIONS.
Further information concerning the prepositions ia
given in the 49th Lesson.
WORDS.
bte tt>ei$e 9fttbe, the turnip Dottfommen, perfect
ber33efef)l,the order, command bte geftung, the fortress
ber odjrtftfteUer, the writer bte $opelle, the chapel
bte $orftellung, the remonstrance ber SJerluft, the loss
ba$ anbgut, the estate ber ^ittjpfab, the foot-path
f ett racmn, how long ? betradjten, to look at, con-
bte ^etratt), the marriage sider
ftettern, to cHmb betracfytltcf), considerable
aitStaufen, to set sail erfafyren, to learn, to hear
ftd) tJerfatnmeln, to assemble (news).
READING EXERCISE lOlb.
2)te $orf)tn l)at gelbe SRiiben (carrots) gefocfjt anfktt toetfjet
9?iiben. 3)te 3)amen flnb Idng be Iuffe fpagteren gegangen.
S3or fec^ U^r toerbe t^ nt^t noc^ aufe fommen ; warten <Sie Iteber
(you had better wait) bt8 morgen. SBegen beiS rotbrtgen (contrary)
SBtnbeS fonnte ba^ <Sd)iff ntd^t auSlaufen. @ett tnann wo^nen <3ie
in biefem ^>aufe ? @ett gtoet SKonaten. 33et JageSanbm^ gingen
$olumbii8 unb feme efa^rten an' anb unb na^men Seft^ (pos-
session) oon ber Onfel tm "iftamen be ^ijntgg on (Spanien. SBafj*
renb biefer Seremonten toerfammetten ft<f) bte 3fnbianer ^aitfenroctfe itm
bte pantet unb betrac^teten batb bte fremben n)eten Scanner, batb
bte fcfjnrimmenben ^ditfer, auf welc^en jte tiber ba0 9Keer gefommen
toaren.
9dtfgaBe 102.
1. I shall take my umbrella instead of my stick. May I
send my daughter instead of my wife ? Why did you go to
Baden ? I went there on account of my health. There are a
great many (fefyr toiele) foreigners at Baden during the summer;
during winter there are fewer. The Royal Garden is without
the town. Mr. B. lives on the other side of the river. Ac-
cording to an order of the Emperor Napoleon, "several French
writers Vere 'obliged (mttfeten) to leave France, notwithstand-
ing their remonstrancea We obtained the permit ((Srtaubntfe)
by means of your aunt's influence. Mr. P. got a fine estate
by (means of) his marriage. Richmond lies 12 miles above,
291
ftnd Greenwich 5 miles below London bridge (ber onboner
S3rit(fe). Nothing is perfect on this side the grave. Not far
from the hill stands the chapel. He takes a walk notwith-
standing the bad weather. The garden is situated (liegt) out-
side the town. He is a rich man in spite of this considerable
loss.
2. "Who knocks at the door ? Put the flower-pot before my
window. To (an) whom (ace.) did you write a letter? 1
wrote to the duke of Wellington. I found this ring before
the sofa. Who laid this book on my table? The servant
stood at (an) the door of the house and looked after the birds.
This old man is above (itber) ninety years old. The enemy
lay six months before the fortress which was built on the
mountain. Men do much for the sake of (beg) money. The
prisoner looked up to heaven. According to the king's com-
mand the troops must march. The castle of the duke is on
the other side of the river. Along the river there is a foot-
path (
2Bo tooljnen (live) <Ste?
2Belrf)e3 tft ber fdjonfte itnter ben
SBogeln?
2Bo leben bte $(ffen?
2Bol)ttt flog ber $anartenr>ogel?
2Bo fa er narfjfyer?
SBann berlaffen bte 3 u
Suropa?
gefyen fte ?
nirfjt
at bte ^ocfjtn geforfjt?
(Sic metnen
gefe^en?
2Bo finb (te btefen 9)iorgen ge*
toefen?
SSaritm finb (Sic fo trattrtg ?
S&o finb <Ste bent errn 9^. be*
gegnet (met)?
&ft ber 2)iann ertrunfat (drown-
ed) ?
3d) toofjne bet bent (Sdjtoffe.
2)er ''Pfau gilt (passes) fiir ben
fd)onften itnter ben SBogeln.
3n fyctfjcn iinbcrn.
(Sr flog auf euten 33aum.
(5r faft anf bent 2)adje.
Ont |>erbft, t>or bent 5lnfang be
2Bmterg.
On fitbltrf)e (southern) a'nber,
metftcnS narf) 3lfrtfa.
elbe 9tuben ftatt ^artoffeln.
2)od), er tft eben urn ba3 au ge=
laufen.
3rf) ^abe etnen pajtergang langS
beg 5f"ff^ gentad)t.
2Begen etneg gro|en5?erlufte (loss)
ber nttrf) betroffen ^at.
2luerf)alb ber (Stabt, gegeniibet
bemSal)nl)ofe(railway-station).
Oa, et nebft wd ^
292 PREPOSITIONS.
SBoljin gefyt bet &orf) ? (r gel)t auf ben 2Karft.
SKoljin retft ber rof ? (Sr reift aitf bag ?onb.
2Bo lebt 3fjre ante ? <ie tebt im Sommcr auf bem
anbe, im SBintcr in bev <5tabt.
HEADING LESSON.
2>a8 5erbro(f)cnr gufeifen. The Broken Horse-shoe.
(Sin 33auer ging nut feinem oljne, bem fletnen ljotna8, in bic
tabt. f ,@ie^'," fagte er unterwegS ^u i^m, ,,ba Uegt etn tiitf toon
cinem ^ufeifen auf ber (grbe/ Ijebe 2 eg auf unb ftecfe e$ in betne
Slafrfje." ,,211) !" terfefete 3 S^omaS, r ,e ifl nid)t ber SJKu^c JDcrtV
ba^ man ftc^ bafiir biicft. 6 " >er 53ater erh)iberte s ni^t, natjm bag
(gifen unb ftedte e8 in feine afd)e. 5m nadjften )orfe berfaufte er
e bem (Scfomtebe 6 fiir brei feller' unb faufte $irfcfcen bafiir.
^>ierauf fe^ten fte ifjren 2Seg fort. !iDie >itje 8 mar fe^r gro. SKan
fafy toeit unb breif toeber >au, noc^ SKalb, no^ Ouette. 10 Ijoma
Derging 11 beina^e bor 2)urft unb fonnte feinem 53ater nur mit
folgen.
2)ann Iie biefer, mie bur^ 3 u f a K/ s eine $irfcfie fatten.
^ob 2 fie fo gierig 14 auf, at hienn eg olb toare, unb fterfte fie fcfjnett
in ben 93?unb. (Sinige d^ritte 15 roeiter Iie ber 33ater eine
^irfd^e fatten, nielcfje SfyomaS mit berfelben ierigfeit 16 ergriff.
bauerte fort," big er fie atte aufge^oben ^atte.
Sltg er bie lefcte gegeffen ^atte, roanbte ber 53ater ft^ ju iljm f)in unb
fagte : ,,@ie^, roenn bu bid^ ein einjigeg 9}?al ptteft biicfen njotten,
um bag ufeifen auf^u^eben, fo nmrbeft bu nic^t not^ig 18 ge^abt
fyaben, bic^ ^unbert 2J?a( fUr bie $irfd)en 3u biicfen."
i ground. 2 auffieben, to pick up. s replied. < worth the trouble, e to stoop. the
smith. 7 farthing. 8 the heat. tax and wide. 10 spring, ncerge^en, to die. 12 diffi-
culty. is by chance. H greedily, eagerly. 15 steps. ie greediness, i" lasted, con-
tinued. is (would BO t have bad necessary^ would not have needed.
INTERJECTIONS.
293
INTERJECTIONS.
olj! ad)! et! ah! oh!
ad) ! ah ! alas ! oh dear !
Ijc! tjc ba! ho! I say!
ait! oh!
ot) ! fyo ! oh ! ho !
o toefye ! oh dear ! alas !
tfff! paff! bang!
pfui! fie! pish!
bolt! halt! stop!
jJoUa! holla! hoUo!
fad)te! gently!
toeg ba ! out of the way !
fort ! be gone ! be off !
po taufenb ! what the deuce !
ft! ftttt! hush! hist!
teiber! alas! unhappily!
Ijetfa! huzza! hurrah!
judjlje! hurrah!
Ijm! humph! hum!
fo! indeed!
aiif! up!
9ldjtung! take care! attention!
fiettl hail!
SBelje! woe!
Better! fire!
otttob ! God be praised !
red)t fo ! 'tis well ! all right !
gut! good!
toorttmrtS! forwards!
311 ilf e ! help !
2Ber ba! who's there I
PKOMISCUOUS EXERCISES FOE TRANSLATION AND
CONVERSATON. 1
1.
Have you a pail* [of] gloves ? Yes Sir, I have two pair.
What has the merchant ? He has different (or many) kinds 1
[of] wares (SBaaren). Have you any friends? I have some
friends. How many friends have you? I have six faithful 2
friends. Have your friends [any] wine or beer ? They have
some wine. Has the shoemaker good shoes ? He has always
good shoes and good boots. What have the Englishmen ?
They have fine horses. Has the captain any good sailors ?
He has some good and some bad ones. 3 Have you much
bread and cheese ? I have a good deal (Diet). Have you
enough ? I have quite 4 enough. What day of the month is
it s ? It is the twelfth. Is it not the thirteenth ? No, Sir, it
i These Exercises may be translated and written with the other Exercises as soon
as the pupil has gone through the 25th Lesson, or even sooner.
1. i oielerlei. 2 treu. 3 see p. 120, Obs. 2. ' gatij. i see p. 124, Obs. 2.
294 EXERCISES.
is the eleventh or twelfth. What horses have you? We have
our own 6 horses.
2.
Have you much salt? I have only a little, but I have
enough. Has the woman much silk V She has not much,
she has not enough. Have you any more 1 wine ? I have
some more wine. Have you any more money ? I have no
more 2 money (fctn elb mefyr). Which volume 8 of my work
have you ? I have the second. Have you as much 4 gold as
silver? I have neither gold nor silver. Have you as many
stockings as shoes? I have more stockings than shoes. Has
this soldier as much courage as I have? He has quite as
much. Has the foreigner [a] mind 5 to buy this house ? He
has a mind to buy it. Has your cousin a mind to sell his
horse? No, he has not a (fetne) mind to sell it, he will
keep 8 it.
3.
Am I (Ijabe tdj) right to take 1 a walk ? You are quite right.
Is he wrong to spend 2 his money ? He is wrong to spend
too much money. To ( 311) whom do you wish to go ? I wish
to go to my uncle's. Is your brother at home ? He is not
yet at home, but he will soon come home. Do you wish to
speak to (mit) some one ? Yes, I wish to speak to some one.
To whom do you wish to speak ? I wish to speak to your
aunt. Do you wish to drink some red wine ? I prefer (jtelje
Dor) some white wine. What does the little girl wish to
drink ? She wishes to drink some TniVk. Are you going
home ? Not yet, but in an hour. Do your boys like* to go
to school? They prefer 4 to have private lessons (^rttiat*
ftunbcn). Who wishes to write a letter? My daughter
wishes to write several letters. To (an) whom (ace.) will she
write ? She will write to her [female] friends. Who shall
take 5 these letters to the (aitf bie, ace.) post-office ? The ser-
vant may take them there.*
3. 2 see p. 343 14. ibcrSanb. ifbfnToBtet. sfinfl, f. btfyilfen.
sauSjugeben. ge^cn . . . gem. * cotjte^en, ep. verb, sttagen. ba$
1. 6<igen.
2. i see p. 343, 13.
3. ijuma^en. sauSjugeben. ge^cn . . . gem. * cotjte^en, ep. verb, sttagen. ba$ta.
EXERCISES. 295
4.
"What have you to do (tljun) ? I have to write a French
exercise. 1 What has your brother to do ? He has to do 2 his
German exercise for to-morrow. What did the Englishman
answer you(dat.) ? He answered nothing. Did he not say
he would come to (ju) me ? No, Sir, he said nothing at all 8
Where is the child of my neighbor ? He is in your garden.
Have you many flowers in your garden ? We have flowers of
all kinds. 4 Are you in want of (brcwd)en) my knife ? I am
not in want of it, but I want a penknife. What o'clock is it ?
It is four or half past. Did your friend not say it was (e8
to tire 5 ) a quarter past four? No, Sir, he said it was a quarter
to five. At ( um) what o'clock do you go out ? I go out at
six o'clock this evening.
5.
Will you stay here ? I cannot stay here, I am engaged. 1
Is it late ? It is not late, it is but (erft) eight o'clock. Can
you lend me a pen or two ? There, Sir, there are four excel-
lent [ones]. What have you to say [to] me ? I have a word
to say to you. About (liber) what? It concerns (betrifft) your
manservant. Do you love your uncle ? Yes, I do love him.
Does your sister love you ? She does love me. Do the
Americans like (the) tobacco ? They like it very much. Do
you know my cousin (f.) ? I know her very well. Does she
know your grandfather ? She does not know him. Did your
uncle send you any money ? He sent me seventy florins. 8
What do you buy at (cmf, dot.) market? I buy potatoes.
Are you afraid 3 to go out in the night ? I am not afraid at all.
Does the father work as much as the son ? The son works
much more, because he is young and strong.
6.
Do you find what you are looking 1 [for]? I have found
what I was looking for. Who was looking for me ? Your
4. i ?lufga6e, f. s ju ma^en. 3 gat mcf>t8. < see p. 1. 1. 8. 6 When bafi (that) is left out
at the beginning of a dependent clause, the verb of the dependent clause is generally
put in the subjunctive, and is never put at the end.
6. i certymtert or befaiftigt. 2ulten. s giw^ten U ft$ ?
6. i to look for jucijen.
296 EXERCISES.
master looked for you. Can the cook find what he looks for?
He cannot find it. What is he doing? He is killing a
chicken. 2 Are you going for 3 anything ? Yes, I am going
for something. Tell me what you are going for? I am going
for some meat. "Whom does your mother send* *for? She
sends for the cook (/.). Do you learn German? I do learn
it. How long have you been learning 6 it? I began it two
months ago. Do you speak French ? No, Sir, not yet, but I
am learning it. How many lessons have you a (in ber) week?
I have a lesson every other day. Are these men English ?'
No, they are Scotch." Do they study German? I do not
know, but I believe [they do]. What does your pupil want?
He wants a new book. Does he want anything else ? T Yes,
he wants a new coat and a pair of boots.
7.
Does the foreigner intend 1 to stay here ? No, he intends to
depart. When do you intend to sell your house ? I intend
to sell it to-day. Whose cloak is this? 3 It is mine. Whose
hats are these ?* They belong* to the Englishmen. What
book are you reading ? I am reading a novel 4 by Sir Walter
Scott. Do you know that man? I do not know him.
Have you seen him already ? I have seen him somewhere.
Where have you been ? I have been (in) at (the) church. Where
has your wife 5 been ? She has been 2 at church ^o. Has
your sister ever (fdjon) been in France ? She has never been
there. Does she intend to go there? She intends to go
there next year. Were you at the ball last night? 6 I was
not there. Will there be a ball this evening ? It will not
take place. 7 When have you been at (in) the theatre ? I was
there yesterday.
8.
Can you swim as well (gut) as a sailor? 1 I cannot swim as
well as a sailor. Can this boy swim better than I ? He can
6. srin ufm. >to go for, fcolen. * to send for some one, na$ 3emanb f&irfen; to
end for something, ttmaS Ijotcn laften. < Bee p. 846, 3. stubst. not adj. " fonjl GhcaS.
7. i to intend, gebenlen, molten, eortyafcen, gefonnen fttn. J see p. 72, Note 1. sgefyoren
(dot.), t btr SRoraan. & gtau. geflern a&enb, : jlattfmben.
8.
EXERCISES. 297
rwim better than you. At what o'clock did Mr. Green break-
fast ? He breakfasted at nine o'clock. Did he dine before
(c()c) he left? 2 No, Sir, he left before (the) dinner. Have
you told 2 me J it? I told 2 you (dot.) l it the day before yester-
day. What words have you written? I have written these
three words. "Which books have you read? I have read the
book you lent me. Have you had your shoes mended 3 (flicfcn
laffen) ? I have not yet had them mended. Have you had
your handkerchiefs or your stockings washed? 3 I have
neither had the one (bte einen, pi.} nor the other washed.
Why do you not eat ? I do not eat because I am not hungry.
-Why are you not hungry? Because I have eaten some
bread and ham. 4 Are you thirsty ? I am not thirsty, I have
drunk some beer.
9.
Is your servant a good one ? He is a good one. Is he as
good as mine ? I think he is better than yours. Are you
satisfied with him. Quite satisfied. Do you like 1 fish ? I
like fowl 2 better. Does your aunt like mutton ? She likes
roast mutton and roast veal. Do the scholars like to learn
by heart? 3 They do not like learning by heart, they like
writing better.* To (an, ace.) whom do you address 5 your
letters ? I address them to a friend. Do you admire this
work ? I do admire it. How do you amuse the ladies ? I
play [on the] piano. Have you helped your sister (dot.) ? I
could not help her. Have you asked 6 for wine ? No, I have
ordered 7 tea. Have you bought this map? 8 I have bor-
rowed 9 it. Have you satisfied your relations ? 10 They ask 6
nothing. Has the boy fed 11 his birds ? He feeds them every
morning. Did you guess (fyaben @tc . . . erratljen) the riddle ? n
I could not guess it. Have you sold your field ? I do not
intend to sell it.
10.
Have you lost (the) hope ? I never lose hope. Has the
gardener planted some trees ? He has planted many trees.
8. 2 to leave, afcreifen. s see p. 327, a 4 @d)lnfen.
9. i (Sffen @ie gern ? 2 epgcL 3 augroenbtg. < fie f$rel6en IleBet. G abrefjtren. s to ask
for, Berlcmgen (ace.}, i fcejleHen. fianbfarte, f. entte^nen. 10 gjerwanbten. u to feed,
fttttent.
298 EXERCISES.
Has the soldier cleaned 1 his gun ?* He is just cleaning it.
Why has the tailor not cleaned the coat? Because it was not
sent [to] him. Has the cook roasted the hare V He will
roast it to-niorrow. Has the maid had 3 her gloves washed ?
She has had them washed. - Who has had these boots
mended? The servant took (trug) them to (ju) the shoe-
maker. Why does she open the window ? She likes fresh
air. Why does she shut the door ? She did not 4 wish to
(rooflte) have a draught. 5 Has (ift) the man risen early? He
has risen late because he is ill. Will he not put out 6 the
fire ? No, he wants it still (nodj). What does he boil ? He
boils potatoes and carrots. Did you empty 7 the bottles? All
the bottles are emptied. Are they clean? They are very
clean; you may put* in them what you like.
11.
Is the boy dressed ? He is dressed. Did he dress him-
self? Yes, he dressed himself. Were his shoes cleaned?
The servant cleaned them. Did he wash his hands? He
washed his face and his hands. When did the ship set 1 sail ?
The ship set sail the day before yesterday. Do they travel
by ($u) land or by sea? They travel by land. For (auf)
whom (ace.) do you wait? I wait for my coachman. Have
you spoken about the matter? 2 We had no time to speak
about it. Have you learnt (ba3 and inf.) reading of him? I
learnt it of his brother. Do you know your lesson ? I think
I know it; I have taken 8 pains. Does the pupil read well
(gut)? He reads pretty (jiemlid)) well. How many pages
does he write every day? He writes only one page, and that
is enough. Have the boys done their exercise ? They are
doing it still. What verb 4 have they learned ? They have
learned an irregular 8 verb. Have they written it? They
must not write it
10. i reinigcn. 2 ba3 eweljr. * laffen. < not a, teinen. & 3 U 9 m - * au8I6f$n.
' leeren. $itmnt$iin.
11. i to set sail, afciegeln. >bie@a$e. to take pains, jl$ (dot.) 2Rfl$e gefon. ba
3 itroort.
EXEKCISES. 299
12.
Which is the best place ? The first place is the best. At
what hour do we dine ? "We dine at one o'clock. What
kind of meat is that? This is mutton. How much do you
charge 1 for (the) dinner ? One shilling. Is dinner ready ?
Yes. Where is my dog ? He is before the door. To whom
does that house belong ? It belongs to Mr. Lyon. Is that
true ? That is quite true. Did you understand me ? Yes,
Sir, [I did]. Is the carriage come? The carriage is not yet
come, but the horses are come. - What (rote) do you call this
country ? It is Bavaria. 2 Will you come with me ? I have
no time. Have you been to the post-office? I shall
go there directly (g(etd)). Are there [any] letters for me?
Not to-day. What do you think of this letter ? I cannot
understand it. When shall we set off? In a few days.
Will you take a walk 3 in the garden? With great pleasure, if
you will go with me,
13.
Did 1 you tell him to come (baft cr foramen fott) ? Yes, Sir,
[I did]. Did she get up early? She got up very late. Why
has this boy no handkerchief? He has lost it. What is the
price of that cloth? 2 This cloth is very cheap (roofylfetl). Can
you not take less? I cannot let you have (geben) it cheaper.
Have you no better? 3 I have [some] better, but it is dearer.
How is the weather to-day ? It is very fine. Shall we
have fine weather to-morrow ? I am afraid it will rain. Is
(the) dinner served ?* The servant is serving it. Shall I give
you some soup ? Yes, Madam, if you please. Do you like
fruit?* I like it very much. Will you have some potatoes?
If you please. 6 Do you breakfast before you take a walk?
No, I take a walk before I breakfast. How long were you
ill? I was ill [for] a fortnight (14 age). Were you at (the)
market? I have not been there. Has your aunt been in
(auf) the country? She has not been there yet, but she will
go soon. Has she been anywhere ? She has been with (bet)
her cousin.
12. i forbtrn, certangen. 22?anern. sttnen pojietgong madjen.
13. i Translate : have you told. 2 Stu$, n. letn beflereS ? 4 aufgetrojro.
(i.e., t$ bine, I ask [.you for itj).
300 EXERCISES.
14.
"Who has burnt 1 my letters? The servant has burnt them.
Has Charles torn his coat ? His brother tore it. Has the
boy broken a chair ? He has broken a table and a chair. Is
your neighbor as poor as he says ? He is not so poor. Does
your tailor make good coats ? He makes good (ones) and bad
(ones). Have you consulted 2 your friends? They were not
at home when I called 3 on them. Have you paid [for] the
wine ? I have paid [for] the dinner but not for the wine.
Did the servant light 4 the professor downstairs ? She had no
candle. Had they warmed the bed ? They had warmed it
Where were (fmb) 5 you born ? I was born in Italy. In
which of these streets does he live ? He lives in Frederick(-)
Street. How shall you spend 6 this evening ? I "hardly
a know myself. Will you go to the play (inS Sweater) with me ?
(I) thank you; I will be ready at seven o'clock. Is (the) tea
ready ? It will be ready in a moment. When may I send
you this letter? Whenever 7 you please. Where shall I send
it to V I will give you my address. 8
15.
When shall you set out for (nacf)) Paris? The day after to-
morrow. Might I trouble 1 you with a letter ? I shall take it
with great pleasure. Will you take tea* with me ? (I) thank
you, I am engaged; it is impossible for me. When shall I
see you again ? I will call on you this evening after supper.
Will you play [at] cards ? I play very indifferently.* Do
you like to play [at] whist (2Bf)tft) ? Yes, I like to' (fpiele c|crn).
- - How high do you play ? As high as you please. How
many points* have you ? I have only ten points. Any news
(ettt)a 9?eue$) of your brother? I have not heard from him
[for] a long time. Were many spectators there ? There were
a great many. Will you soon go into (auf) the country ? ' I
intend setting out in a week.
14. ivtrtrenncn. afcefwrgen. 3 to call on, 6efu<$en. 4 b,lnuntertu$ten (dot.), sge*
p. 140, 5. r. jubringt n. 7 irann e 3fmen gef&Ot. e bie Hbreffe.
15, i bcllftiflen, bemttben. : ju Slbcnb et)B- qlei^gulttg. < b ti<$, ber $ntt.
EXEECISES. 301
16.
"Will you help me [to] work ? I am sorry, I have no time.
Will you have the goodness to pass 1 that plate to me ? With
much pleasure. When shall we go to bathe ? This evening,
if you like. How is your grandmother ? She is not quite
well, she has caught 2 a cold. How does Mr. Gray look ? 3 He
looks very well; he is in very good health. Why did he send
for the physician ? His daughter is ill. Of (an) what illness
did your neighbor die ? He died of apoplexy. 4 Why does
this little girl cry ? What has happened to her ? She cries
because her mother died yesterday. Why do you laugh at
(Uber) this man ? I do not laugh at him, I laugh at his dress. 5
Have you known 6 this professor long ? I have known him
about a year. Is that bread sufficient for you ? It is quite
sufficient for me; but not for the children.
17.
Will you ask your nephew whether he is satisfied with the
cloth I have sent him ? When I see him, I will ask him.
May I ask you for 1 a little water to wash 2 my hands ? I will
go for it directly. Have they served up 3 the soup ? It was
served up some minutes ago. Do the windows look 4 into the
street ? No, they look on the yard. Which is the shortest
way to the library ? 6 Go down this street, and when you come
to the foot (cm' (tnbe) turn to the right, and you will see it in
(cmf) the large square. Did you forget your books when you
went to school ? We never forgot anything. How many
times have you been in Paris? Only three times. How
many birds has the hunter shot ? He has killed about thirty.
Does this merchant sell on credit ? 6 He does not sell on
credit. Have you seen the fine rifle 7 1 have won ? I should
like to see it. Has the prince bought the beautiful carriage
of which I spoke to you? No, Sir, the man asked a great
deal (met) too much. Whom did you see at the ball ? A
great many fine ladies and gentlemen.
16. i rdcfcen. 2 to catch a cold, fic erfilten. s auSfc^en. * am djlagfluf .
c see p. 346, 3
17. i to ask for, um GhuaS bitten. 2 see p. 336, 1. 3 aufeetragen. * ge$(n auf.
JBtbltot&et. eauf firebtt'.
Part II.
SYNTAX
THIRTY-EIGHTH LESSON.
THE DEFINITE ARTICLE.
1. There are more phrases in which the definite article
is inserted in German, and omitted in the English trans-
lation, than there are phrases in which it is omitted in
German, and inserted in the English translation ; that is
to say, it is more used in Ger an than in English (and we
may add, less used in German than in French).
2. The cases in German in which it may be inserted
or not, as the writer or speaker chooses, are numerous.
So, too, poets insert it in cases where we should expect
it to be omitted, just because they need an extra syllable
to fill out a line; and they omit it in cases where we
should expect it would be inserted, in order to get rid of
an inconvenient extra syllable.
3. In as much as the definite article is declined, it might
be used, if prefixed to a noun which had several cases
alike, to inform the reader or listener what case was really
meant. Thus, ^etnrici) may be nominative, dative, or ac-
cusative, while ber $einric| can be nominative only, bent
^etnricf) dative only, and ben |)einrid) accusative only. As
a matter of fact, the definite article is inserted in German
where it might be omitted, for this very purpose of avoid-
ing ambiguity. 3)iefelbe liebte -)einricl) tnnig, may mean
either: a) This same woman loved Henry tenderly, or
b) Henry loved this same woman tenderly; but, >icfelbe
306 DEFINITE ABTICLE.
liebte ben $einrid) inntg, can only mean a), and, )iefelbe
liebte ber etnrtd) inntg, can only mean 6).
The genitive plural of all nouns is like the nominative
and accusative plural, and always, or almost always, takes
the definite article, to distinguish it at once from the lat-
ter, e.g., )ie greunfcftyaft ter SBeiber (not bie ^reunfcfcfyaft
SReiber) ifi nicfyt tote unfere, Women s friendship is not like
ours. Of course, the article is not needed when there is
an adjective agreeing with the genitive plural.
4. South Germans are, perhaps, more prone than North
Germans to insert the definite article in cases where usage
allows either its insertion or omission, e.g. t to say ber
bu)e instead of Stye.
Special cases follow.
5. a) It is more usual, but it is not obligatory, to in-
sert the definite article before abstract nouns, in those
cases in which it is in English omitted, e.g., to say :
ber ^letfj, industry (not the bte tite, goodness, kindness
industry) bte 23efd)afttgung, employment
bte Xragfyett, idleness bte ebttlb, patience
bte 33Ubung, learning bte Ungebulb, impatience
bte Stebe, love bte ^ufnebenljett, contentment
ber $afj, hatred bte djonfjett, beauty
bte ftreimbfdjaft, friendship bte Ougenb, youth
bte getnbfdjaft, enmity bag SUter, old age
bte llnbanfbarfett, ingratitude bte efrfjtcfjte, history
ber s #be(, nobility baS (Stinjtentfjuin, Christianity
bte ^egterung, government ba8 Subentfjiun, Judaism.
bte 2ftonard)te, monarchy
ancient history, bte atte efd)trf)te.
Gen. of industry, be3 ^ktfceS ; of youth, ber Ougenb zc.
but also: (Scfyonfyett erge^t, Beauty is perishable, etc.
So also with adjectives, e.g., (bte) umjoUfommene <3c^on^eil
gefdllt mir auc^, Imperfect beauty pleases me too.
DEFINITE ABTlCLE. 30?
Proverbs, since brevity is the soul of wit, tend to omit
the definite article, e.g., .>od)murt) (not ber $ocfymu$) fommt
i>or bent fllle/ Pride comes before a foil.
b) In those cases where we, in English, must have the
definite article before an abstract noun, German must
have it too, e.g., The goodness of his heart, bie lite (not
iite simply) fetne |)erjen3 ; The beauty of her style, bie
cfyonfyeit (not @ct)5iu}eit simply) ifyreg <5tpl$.
c) When an abstract noun is used instead of the plural
of a concrete noun, e.g., nobility for nobles, or Christianity
for Christians, it must have the article in German. Thus :
3)er Slbel emporte ftc!), The nobility revolted; )a$ G$rifient$um
ifylt, Christendom mourned him.
6. a) When a common noun in the singular is used in
the sense of the plural preceded by all, e.g., man to mean
all men, and the fox to mean all foxes, the noun must in
German be preceded by the definite article, e.g., ^)at ber
guc^g fetn eimffen? Has the fox no conscience? )er 2ftenf$
if} fterblicf), Man is mortal
5) The same assertions might be made using $ucf)S and
Jftenfd) in the plural. In that case, these nouns might or
might not be preceded by the definite article, e.g., abett
(bie) gucfyfe fein enriffen ? (Die) SWenfc^en ftnb fterbltd).
7. a) Titles (t.e. t the German equivalents of Mr., Count,
Queen, Captain, etc.), when followed by the name of a
person, take in the nominative more usually no article,
e.g., rof SStSmarcf is more usual than ber raf 33i3marcf,
The same is true of the genitive when it precedes the
noun; e.g., raf 33tgmarcf g Sfebe, Count Bismarck's speech^
is more usual than be$ rafen 53t3marcf
308 DEFINITE ABTICUB.
b) The other cases, including the genitive following its
noun, except the nominative used in address, i.e., the
vocative, take the article perhaps rather more frequent-
ly than they omit it, e.g., bie SRebe beS rafen SBtgmarrf
seems to be as common, or commoner, than bte Stebe raf
c) The nominative used in addressing a person cannot
take the article, e.g., -fxrr 53raun ! (not ber |>err 33raun) id)
bitte vte, Mr. Brown! I bey of you.
d) Any case preceded by an adjective must take the
article, e.g., bte gutc ^tonigin Suife (not gute simply) folgte,
Good Queen Louisa followed. Except in addressing a per-
son, e.g., ?ieber (not ber Itebe) eneral tgel, [age nur ja,
Dear General Slgel, do say yes.
8. Names of substances and materials, e.g., gold, wood,
yrass y lime, wool, meat, etc., etc., when used to mean a
quantity of gold, wood, etc., but without saying what par-
ticular gold, wood, etc., do not take the article, e.g., ib
mir olb, Give me gold, 3$ tyolte frifc$e3 Staffer, I got some
fresh water. 1
In other cases they must take the article, if the article
would be inserted in English, e.g., ($Hb mir ba$ olb, tooyon
tU fprucfyft, Give me the gold of which you spoke. Even
where the article would not be inserted in English, it is
more i^ual to insert it in German, e.g., )a$ olb tfl fcfytoer,
Gold is heavy; )a$ ftittffy ift jie^t t^eiter, Meat is dear note.
9. The plurals of concrete substantives are used in the
same way, e.g., (r fyatte gebern in bcr $anb, He had pens in
his hand; 3$ miJcfyte (Sier, I want some eggs*
So further, where the article would be used in English,
i We may also say: etrcaS Suit, etoaS Sal} ic., ft little (or some) gold, salt, etc.
i We may also say: eintge gebern, einige liter x., a few (or acme) pens, eggs, etc.
DEFINITE ARTICLE. 309
!Dre gebern, bie tKott maci)t, The pens Gillott makes. And.
finally, !Dte (tal)lfefcern ftnb jeljt bidig itnt> gilt, Sted pens are
now cheap and good, which is more usual than tat)lfet>ern
Bimply.
10. Names of the seasons and months take the article.
Days of the week must take it when they are modified
by an adjective or governed by the preposition an, e.g.,
2)er SBintcr ift fyter immer fait, Winter is always cold here}
im SBinter, in uinter; am 5 re ^ a S/ on Friday.
11. The student may note the following substantives as
used with the article where they would not be in English.
A number of them come under rules already given.
ber 9ftenfd), man, mankind bag IM, fortune, happiness
bte 9JZenfd)en, men bag Ungliicf, adversity, misfor-
bte Scute, people bag @rf)icffat, fate [tun
bag $riit)ftiic!, breakfast bte ^eit, time
bag SJJtttageffen, dinner bag efe, law
bag 5lbenbeffen, supper bie ^atur, nature
ber Xfyee, tea ber .t)immel, heaven
ber )itrft, thirst bag Seben, life
ber ^unger, hunger ber ob, death
bte itte, custom ber $rteg, war.
Hence : after dinner, nad) bent SOJittageffctu
12. Also the following phrases :
5)ie meiften SKenfrfjcn, Most men.
(r Juo^nt in ber <3tabt, He lives in town.
S)ag ^inb ift in ber @d)u(e, The child is at school.
3)er ^nabe ge^t in bte @d)ttle, The boy goes to school.
3n ber ^irrfjc, At church; in bie $ird)e, To church.
13. The definite article is used where we say a in stat-
ing prices, e.g., Three shillings a pound, HDrei @rf)iUtna,e t>a3
*iPfunt>, A pound costs three shillings, >a ^funb foftct
310 DEFINITE ARTICLE.
14. As we have seen before, the definite article is fre-
quently used where we use a possessive adjective before
parts of the body,e.(/., &arl fyat (ftcfy, dot.) bag 33ein gebrodjen,
Charles has broken his kg.
REPETITION OF THE ARTICLE.
15. When several substantives come in succession, and
the definite or indefinite article has been expressed be-
fore the first, it should be expressed before all the rest
also, unless the nouns are in the plural.
SNeffer itnb bie abet, ber ?bffct unb ber Setter.
The knife and fork, the spoon and plate.
(Sin <8d)ul)inacf)er, em <2rf)neiber unb ein ^mtmadjer fajjen in
einem SfiStrtljSljaufe.
A shoemaker, tailor, and hatter were sitting in a tavern.
>ic 23riibcr unb (2cf)tt>eftcrn, The brothers and sisters.
S)ie Siefen unb (bie) Briber, The meadows and fields.
With plural nouns, however, of very dissimilar sig-
nification, the article should be repeated, e.g., 9hir bie in*
ber unb bie (Scfyulben blieben i^m iibrig,*0/% the children and
debts were left him.
POSITION OF THE ARTICLE.
16. The article always precedes its noun and every-
thing that modifies its noun. Its exceptional position in
English after both, half, double, quite, too, so, as, and how,
is not admissible in German. But see 17 and 19, p. 312.
Both the pupils, 5)te betbcn (Sdjiiter.
Half an hour, (gtne fyotbe (Stunbe.
Double the sum, ie boppette (Summe.
So good a father, gin fo guter Skater. 1
Quite an old hat, (Sin gcm3 otter
i But also : <o ein gutet SSater, cf. the English, Such a good father.
DEFINITE ARTICLE. 311
The only exception is with att t e.g., Wit bit 3ftfyte fcineg
Seben$, Ml the years of his life.
READING EXERCISE 103.
3>te Sragljett tft erne bofe (Sigenfdjaft. 1 >te djorujett unb bte
Sanftmutf) finb nid)t immer bemnigt. 2 2ftarg ttmt bet ben 3tomern
bcr ott be^ $dege8. cc caf 3)erbi) ift berueift. 3 2)te prftert
finb 2Jlenfdjen unb fonnen nicfyt tmnteu ijelfen. Qn Station ift bet
gutter nid)t fait; bagegen tft bee ommer fe^u ^etp. 3)tt3 s ilbenbeffen
ift berett. S)ie (rbe unb bee ^>immet finb bag 2Betf otteg. ie
9Jtitur tft ettt^pffeneS 33nc{). ^ommeit 3ie nad) bem gculjftitcf gu mtr,
obeu menu >^te Ueber 4 rooden, narf) bent 3)iittageffen. 2BteteI foftei
bte ftfofdje? J)te ^lafc^e foftet etnen fjalben @n(ben. Stettiet !oftel
bie (de opn btefem Xud^e? 3% Derlaufe e8 311 (fitc) fitnf utben bte
(Sfle. 2)tefer $nabe ^at ben 3lrm gebrocfjen; feine (S^mefter ^at fid)
ait8 Unadjtfamfeit 5 in bte anb gcfdjnttten. 3d) fyabe einen tod,
etnen 9frgenfd)irm unb ein ^afttmeffer gefauft. 2)er (Skitter ^at etne
^atbe cite au^wenbig (by heart) geternt 3d) Ijabe t^m bie boppette
(Summe be^a^tt.
SlufgaBc 104.
Time is precious. Fortune is changeable. 1 Spring is a fine
season. Horses are useful animals. Iron and copper 2 are
more useful than gold and silver. Adversity borrows 3 its
sharpest sting (>2>tad)e(, m.) from our impatience. Ingratitude
dries up (uectcodnet) the fountain 4 of all goodness. Concealed 5
hatred is more dangerous than open enmity. Learning is an
ornament (3tevbc) to youth (gzn.) and a comfort (Xroft, m.) to
old age. 6 Employment is necessary to man. Industry is the
true philosopher's stone (3tein ber 2Bctjen), that turns 7 all
metals into gold. The sweetest salve (2atbc) for misery 8 is
patience, and the only (etn^ige) medicine for want (bte 9?ott)) is
content. Tea is ready. Nature is contented with little, but
the cravings of luxury (bte 33ebiirfniffe beg ?urug) are boundless/
Those who wish to study history, ought to begin with ancient
history.
103. i quality. 2 united, a has gone away, left town. * like better, B from careless
ness.
104. i BerSnberlidj. ^baSSupfer. 3 6orgen, entle^nen. -bie Ouette. -w&orgetu sthe
Old age, bad Sitter. ipeldjer . . . encanbelt, 8 ba (Slenb.
312 DEFINITE ABTIOLE.
17. The following examples illustrate the use of the
definite article with all, all : 21U t>ie 23iid)er jtnt> angefommen,
Att tltose books have arrived, or with not quite the same sig-
nification : 2ltle 33ucf)er ftnb angefommen and Die 33itcfyer ftnb
alle angefontmen, both of which mean : AU the books have
arrived. In the same way in the singular : 2111 t>o3 elt> ifi
in'g Staffer gefallen, 2llle$ elb ifl u. f. w. and DaS efo
ift alleS u.,f. w.
But when the article would be left out with aU, it must
be also with all, e.g., Slllc SScrfammlungen son ^rotefhnten,
AU assemblages of Protestants; SllleS ^apicrgclt) tjl gefd^r^
fid), AU paper-money is dangerous.
18. S3eite, both, may be preceded by the article, or the
article may be entirely omitted. But see 74, 3 and 75, 6.
3V S 'b 1 f 111 ^ t)er 1 c *) hmn fc en - Both have vanished.
19. Examples of the use of ntattd), many a:
9Jiand)ei: 3ftann, many a man.
2ftcmd)e3 2Wanne, many a man's, etc.
or: 3#and) ein 3JJann, maud) eine Cannes ?c.
3)a8 mondje ute, bag bu oon i^m er^a^Ift.
The many good things (many a good thing) you tell of
In the plural :
Scanner, many men.
2ftand)er Scanner, of many men, etc.
2)tc mandjen banner, btc it. f. to. The many men who, etc.
3)er mandjen banner, btc it. f. to. Of the many men who, etc.
20. $ein geringerer means no less a, e.g., $ein geringercr
bcr ^ifd^of, No less a man than the Bishop.
DEFINITE ARTICLE. 313
21. The article is generally omitted before tlie names
of the cardinal points of the compass : -ftorben or Jftitter*
nad)t, the North; iiten or SJHttag, tJie South; )fkn 01
Bergen, the East; Sfikften or Slbenb, tJte West, and of the
intermediate points, -ftorboft, North-east, etc., when these
Words are preceded by a preposition, as :
Oft nad) SBcfl fasten, To sail from East to West.
9it(anb Uegt gegen Often, Eussia lies towards the East
But in with the dative generally takes the article, as:
SDie (Sonne gefyt tm Seftcn itnter, The sun sets in the West.
In other constructions the article must be used, e.g. :
23t8 baft ber Oft mtt ttnlben Sftofen
3)en 33albad)in be tmme(6 f^miicft.
Until the East with its wild roses
The canopy of heaven decks.
22. Such phrases as : The river is a deep one, are much
the more frequently translated as if they read : The river
is deep ()er gfap ift tief).
23. A noun limited by the genitive of the relative pro-
noun must not have the article expressed, e.g., we must say
in German not the flower of which the beauty, but, the flower
whose beauty, bie SBlume, beren
24. The following verbal and adverbial phrases omit
the article. Such phrases generally omit it in English.
311 cmb, by land <w8 Skrbritft, from vexation
311 2Baffer, by water aitg )afj, from hatred
jju ^pferb, on horseback 9?ed)t Ijaben, to be right
311 Sag en, in a carriage llnred)t fyaben, to be wrong
jju <d)iff, on board ship ^linger fjaben, to be hungry
tor mnger, of (with) hunger 2)urft ^aben, to be thirsty
bor 35urfl, of thirst 311 SKittag effen (fyetfen), to dine
314 DEFINITE AETICLE.
Bet ao., by day gu iftadjt effen, to sup
bet 9Jad)t, by night SBort fatten, to keep one's word
mit 33ergniigen, with pleasure Sttft b,abcn, to have a mind
9teJ)enfd)aft abtegen, to render um ^ergeiljung bitten, to beg
account pardon
in 51jnmacf)t fallen, to swoon lauben bcimeffen, to give credit,
Sdjrecfen etnjagcn, to terrify believe in
f)eil ncfymen, to take part ^itlfc teifhn, render assistance
Slbfdjtcb nefymen, to take leave gu ^nlfe fommen, to come to one's
laufcn, to run a risk assistance or help
$(cf)t fyabcn, ) to take gu Sett geljen, to go to bed
, )
ftcf) in 5ld)t neljmen, ) care ro bieten, to bid defiance
(SJcbutb b,aben, to have patience gu runbe ge^en, to perish
Sftttteib or SJtttlctbcn b,aben, to gu tonbe lomnten, to succeed
have compassion gu tcmbe bringen, to accomplish
gu Stjett njerben, to fall to one's (Srroaljnimg t^un, to mention
lot um ^atb, fragen, iio ask for advice,
OBSERVATION.
"Words which occur in the subsequent exercises, and
have not been given in previous lessons, must be looked
for in the Vocabulary at the end of the book.
READING EXERCISE 105.
3d) fyabe Sfaifdj uub 23rob gegeffen. efjen @|c auf ben Sftarft unb
taitfen (Sic Gutter unb Sier. i?ei^en @te mtr eiuige gebern ; tc^ mu
einige 33riefe f^retben. 5lmerifo liegt gec)en 2Beften. (gnbe gut, 5lUe3
gut. eroatt geb,t toor 9terf)t. On metneS ro^toaterS arten ftel)t
ein alter 9?ubaum, beffen (Stamm (trunk) gan$ {job,! 1 tft ^ier tft
ba Sud^, beffen iSerfaffcr @ie fo feb,r Dere^ren. SSotten @tc fdjon
Slbf^teb ne^men ? Stctfcn @ie gu 'jpferb ober gu 2Bagen? <Sie ntiiffen
ebulb fyaben. ^aben btefe ^erren 2Betn ober 33tcr getrunfen ? <Stc
^aben ferfjS ^^fc^en SSein unb etntge (afer 33ter getrunfen. 9?etfen
<2>ie gu Staffer ober gu anb? 3d) reife gu Sanb. 3 U SSafjer lauft
man efab^r gu ertrinfen. 1 @te ^aben 9Je^t ^aben ie fc^on oon
J^ren ^reunben ?lbfc^ieb genommen ? 9Zoc^ md)t ; aber i^ toerbe e8
ntorgen t()un. ^rauletn (SHfabet^ tfl in JOb/nmac^t gefatten.
mann ^atte 2J2ttteiben mit ib.r.
106. i hoQow. 2 to be drowned.
DEFINITE ARTICLE. 815
StufguBe 106.
1. "We had some cheese, bread, and butter. Do you want
anything? Yes, I want some sugar and coffee. America lies
towards the West. Content is better than (gefyt iiber, cc.)
wealth. Henry's cousin is very ill The boy whose books
were found under the table, has been punished for his care-
lessness. 1 Charles has gone to bed. I have read all the let-
ters which your brother wrote (has written) to my sister. My
uncle (has) travelled a great deal (met) by water and by land.
Am I right to take a walk ? Yes, you are quite right.
2. Is he wrong to spend 2 his money ? He is wrong to spend
too much money. At what o'clock do you dine ? We dine at
five. Dinner is ready. Are you hungry ? I am hungry and
thirsty. I do not like to go out by night. This gentleman
has German lessons, 3 but, I believe, only twice a (bie or in bcr)
week I must take leave of (oon) you. What' a mistake! 5
What beautiful peaches ! 6 How much do they cost a piece ?
She is 2 so 3 kind 'a lady. Macbeth was not willing to commit 7
so great a crime. 8
EEADEKTG LESSON".
SSerferetfjcn. The Double Crime.
j>ret (gintoofyner bon 33att retften mil einanber ; fie fonben etnett
djafc 1 imb tfyetlten tf)n. @tc fe^ten iljren SBcg fort, inbem 2 fte fid)
liber ben ebraud) (use) nnterfyietten, 2 ben fte bon tfyren SfteidjtJjihnertt
madjen luoflten. te ebengmittet, 3 toeldje fte nut fid) genommwt
fatten, tnaren aufgejefjrt; 4 fie tamen iiberetn, 5 baft (Stner oon tb,nen in
bie (Stabt ge^en fottte, urn h)dd)e (some) jn faufen, nnb ba bet
Oihtgfte biefen 2luftrag 6 iiberne()men foUte ; er gtng fort
UntertoegS fagte er gu ftd) felbft : 9^iin bin id) retd) ; aber id) tourbe
btel retdjer fetn, n)enn i^ adetn gertefen tuare, at3 ber <Sd)afc gefunben
rturbc. . . . 3)tefe groet 9)Jenfd)en ^aben nttr nteine 9Jeid)rt)iimer ent*
riffen. ^onnte id) fte ntd)t luieber befommen (get)? 2)aS mitrbe
mtr leidjt fetn: id) biirfte (need) nur bie ?ebenmittcl bergtften/ bie id)
106. i SRa^llfjtgfeit, f. sauSgefcen. setunben. <aS far. *gbler, m. e
i treasure. 2 conversing (see p. 273, the oonj. inbera). a provisions. 4 to consume.
to agree, c commission. 7 to poison.
31G
DEFINITE ARTICLE.
fcmfen foK; bet mctner 9iiicffeljr nnirbe id) fagen, bajj id) in her tabt
gu -DJittag gcfbeijl Ijabe; meine efab,rten toiirben oljne 2JHfjtrauen bo*
bon effeu, uitb ftc nwrben fterben. 3d) fyabe jefct nitr ben britten b,eU
bc3 <2d)ae3, unb bann tuiirbe id) 9lfle3 befommen (get).
Onbeffen fagten bie beiben anbern SReifenben gu einanbcr: SSit
braudjen bie efeflfdjaft biefeS jungen 2}ienfc^en ntc^t ; rtnr ^aben ben
*2d)a^ mit ifym t^eilen miiffen; [em Xb/ett ttwrbe bie unfrtgen bernie^rt 1
\jabm, unb tuir tociren feb,r reic^. (Sr n>irb baib hjieberfommen, toir
Ijaben gute 2)old)e, hjir woflen ib,n tobten.
3)cr jiinge 3)cen[c^ font mit bergifteten ?ebenmitteln juriicf ; feine
@efob,rten ennorbeten ib,n ; fte afjen ; fte ftarben ; unb ber @d)afc ge>
^temanb.
o fanben atte brci t^ren terbienten (deserved) goljn.
Ser retfle 1 mit einanber?
2Ba fanben fte aitf bent SBege ?
2Sa tb/aten fte mit bemfelben?
2Bobon fpradjen fte untertoegS ?
SII3 ib,re 2eben8mittet oufgege^rt
hjaren, h)Q befc^toffen (de-
termine) fte, gu tb,un ?
2Ber mute geb,en?
SBeld^en s $lan fafete (made) bte*
fer untertoegS ?
SSarum hjottte er biefeS tb,un ?
toottte er bei fetner 9?itrffeb,r
gu feinen efdb,rten fagen ?
SBeldjen (Srfolg (result) Ijoffte er
bon biefen 2Borten ?
!I)rei (Sinhjo^ner ber (Stabt Salt.
(Stnen @^a^.
<Ste t^eilten ib/n unter ftd).
@ie unterb/tetten ft^ iiber ben e*
braud), ben fte bon bent etbc
mac^en hjottten.
<Sie famen uberein, ba etner bon
tb,ncn in bie <Stabt geb,en follte,
um ttjel^c gu foufen.
2)er jitngfte bon ib.nen.
6r befd)(og, bie ^ebengmittet gu
bergtften.
Um ben <2d)afc fitr ftt^ aflein gu
befommen.
2)a er fd)on in ber Stabt gefbetfi
fyabe.
(5r b,offte, feine efab/rten hmrben
bann ob,ne 2KtRtrauen bie ber
gtfteten beifen effen.
i to increase.
* 2Ber must have iU verb in the singular, unless the verb is fein, . g.. 23et Ifl bet
rjJann ? SDer finb bie Ceute ? And even fein, if ns3d aa an auiilliary. must hava a sin-
gular vsrb, e. g., iSet ijl angef otnmen ? 2)ie 3Sj.
GENITIVE OF SUBSTANTIVES. 317
2Ba8 fatten bie betben inherit (Ste tooflten tfjn ermorben, toenn er
tt>ci()renb feiner ^bioefenfyett gnrudla'me.
fcerabrebet (agreed) ?
3u toeldjem ftoedt (purpose) ? Urn feinen &,eH beg djatseS fur
fid) befyalten 311 fonnen.
friifyrten fie iljren gntfdjtufc anS 3a, fie tobteten ifyren ^ameraben.
(carry out) ?
t^aten fie bann? @ic aften Don ben peifen.
tear bie ^olge babon? @ie ftarben an bem ifte,
geljorte bann ber @rf)at5? (gr gefyorte
THIRTY-NINTH LESSOtf.
GENITIVE OF SUBSTANTIVES.
1. The genitive, as we know, is the case denoting pos-
session and other relations much like possession, e.g. f
ber $unb beg artner^ ble flatter beg 2lpfelbaumeg, bag Dad)
beg $aufeg, Not unfrequently especially in the case of
names of persons and places it precedes the other noun,
e.g., beg artnerg !>imb, |>einrid)'g Sater, 53erlin'g Um=
gebungen But the genitive plural without the article is
very naturally avoided, compare page 305, 3, at the end.
2. In many cases a substantive connected with another
substantive by the preposition of, is rendered in German
by a compound substantive, e.g. :
bie 2Baf)rft,eit3Uebe, the love of truth (lit., truth-love)
bie J)id)tfimft, the art of poetry
ein Stumenfranj, a wreath of flowers
bag @d)tad)tfe(b, the field of battle
ein 33htt3tropfen, a drop of blood
etn efdjaftgnwnn, a man of business.
3. The genitive case of a substantive is often used as
an adverb, either alone, or with an adjective. Ex.:
818 GENITIVE OP SUBSTANTIVES.
be 9D?orgen8 (or am 2ftorgen), in the morning
beg Slbenbg (or am 2lbenb), in the evening
breimal be$ 3af)m% three times a year
gerabeS (geraben) 2Beg3, straightway
meineg JhMffenS, so far as I know
langfamen @d)ritte3, with tardy step, at a slow pace.
NOTE 1. However, when a single occasion is referred to, the accusative
must be used, as:
35ie[en 2Kor$en, This morning.
CDicfen 2lbenl>, This evening.
$)en (or am ) jefynten Jjuli, On the tenth of July.
Sefctcn (nadjften K.) onntag, Last (next, etc.) Sunday.
3$ eroarte nteinen greunb ieten Slugenblti.
I expect my friend every moment.
The accusative is also required when the substantive expresses the
length of time something lasts, e.g. :
@ie Ijat 3ttei tunben (ace.) ge^tafen.
She has slept (for) two hours.
4. When the noun before of is a general term for what
the noun after of denotes, e.g. in such phrases as, TJie city
of London, The month of May, German does not put the
second noun in the genitive.
Norn. baS &i$mgreuf) (Sngfcmb
Gen. be8 ^ontgretdjS (Snglanb
Dot. bem $omgretrf) (Sngtanb
Ace. ba ^ontgretd) (Snglanb.
So also with the day of the month, e.g., The second of
May, ber jroeite -Jftai ; On the 4th of July, am 4ten Suit.
5. This is also the case after nouns of measure, weight,
number, and quantity. Ex. :
Gin ($Ha$ SSaffer, A glass of water.
(Sin ^Pfunb Slitter, A pound of butter.
3toei ^funb ^leifdj, Two pounds of meat.
Sine gfafcfje SSein, A bottle of wine.
3c^n (gflen Jud), Ten yards of cloth.
GENITIVE OF SUBSTANTIVES. 319
$unbert 93falter SSai^en, A hundred bushels of wheat.
Sin Regiment (Solbaten, A regiment of soldiers.
(Sine >eerbe (Sdjafe, A flock of sheep.
The former noun even if denoting more than one, is
singular, and indeclinable, e.g., mit jwet *Pfunt> gleifd), but
it is declinable and put in the plural if feminine, or a
foreign word (10.4) or a noun of time (198 1 ). The latter noun
is indeclinable unless the sense requires it to be in the
plural, e.g. t ber jiuei la SBaffer, son tret $eerben (B$afeiu
When the latter noun is preceded by an article, adjective or adjective
pronoun, it must be put in the genitive or else in the dative with toon,
e.g., ber brei Steflimentcr (toon frcmjoftfcfyen) olbaten.
READING EXERCISE 107.
2)eS atfer8 SBtfle mufj gefcfjefjen (be done). 3)e3 $naben ^letfc
ift be(of)nt toorben. 2Bir erttarten jeben Sag einen rief t>on emi ^3.
j)er 5lrjt riet^ mir, be 2Rorgen imb be ^benb einen Soffel ftott Don
biefer Slr^net gu neljmen. 2)Jeine 2Biffen ift bonbon bie gro^te
<tabt in (Suropa. Sangfamen (2cf)ritte fu^r ber Sagen be8 fonig*
U^ien ^ringen bitrd^ ben ^arf. !J)tefen 5lbenb Ijabe icf) nid)t tit,
tnetne tunbe (lesson) ju nefymen. te Unberfttat eibelberg ift
berii^mt. 2)en 3WoIften 2fyril 1852 befuc^te i^ ba @d)lad)tfelb oon
2BaterIoo.
ttufgofic 108a.
This is my father's house. The city of Rome is very old.
The city of St. Petersburgh was built by Peter the Great.
"When do you wish to have your lessons, in the evening, or in
the morning? I am engaged (befdjciftigt or tierfyinbert ) in the
morning; it would be most convenient 1 for me to take them
in the afternoon between two and four. The kingdom of
Saxony (Sacfjfen) has an extent 2 of only 280 German square
miles. 3 The streets of (fcon) Paris are more beautiful than
those of London. The month of July was very hot. Bring
me a glass of beer. 4
6. The sign of the genitive, of, may, in most cases, be
translated son, e.g.:
lOSa. i am angene^mflen or am paffenfcjien. - Suctefynunc} ucn. = C,uatrutmcilm.
320 GENITIVE OF SUBSTANTIVES.
a) After substantives expressing rank or title. Ex. :
)te $bmgin toon 'Stoamen, The queen of Spain.
35er ^crgog toon SBettington, The duke of Wellington.
V) Before cardinal numbers :
Sin 'fllaiin toon breiftig Oafyren.
A man of thirty years.
3n etner (Sntfernung toon fed)8 2fteifcn.
At a distance of six miles.
(Sr ftarb tin fitter toon jtebenjig Safyren.
He died at the age of seventy years.
c) Before the names of metals and other materials, if
the adjective be not preferred. Ex. :
(Sin (Sdjtff toon (Sifen, 1 A ship of iron.
(Sin 33ed)er toon olb, A cup (goblet) of gold.
Sine iBilbfaute toon 2Jarmor, A statue of marble.
d) After the demonstrative, relative, and indefinite pro-
nouns, after the ordinal numerals, and the superlative
degree, of is mostly rendered by 5) on, though the genitive
may also be used. Ex. :
jDcrjenige toon Sljren (ScfjiUern, toetdjer *c., (That one of etc.)
2Betd)er toon biefen Qftannern ? Which of these men ?
(Sinige toon meinen reunben, Some of my friends.
3)cr get)ntc toon 30 (Sdjulern, Of 30 scholars the tenth.
3Me fd)6nfte alter ftrauen or ) The handsomest of all
3)te fd^bnfte toon alien ^'&uen, I women.
7. Nouns which in English may be followed by of and
a present participle used substantively, are often followed
in German by JU and the infinitive, e.g. :
$)ie $unfl gu tanjen, The art of dancing.
3)a3 eljeimntjj reic^ gu toerben, The secret of becoming rich.
8. Verbal nouns" which take of after them in English,
i Or : etn cifcratS <$tff, (in golbenct SSedjer, cine marmcrne 23ittfSuIe.
3 I.e., aouns which have about the same sense as the present participle used sub-
Btantively, e.g., thought (almost the same as thinking).
6ENITIYE OF SUBSTANTIVES.
when translated into German often take other preposi-
tions than con, e.g. :
2)er ebanfe an ott, The thought of God.
3)ie untrdjt tior bem obe, The fear of death.
35te iHebe gum Seben, Love of life.
SDf angel an elb, From want of money.
These prepositions are generally the same as the cor-
responding verbs take. Thus we say : 3$ bcufe an Ott.
READING EXERCISE 108b.
3)ie $onigin toon (Sngtanb tft ftolg auf ifjre Marine (navy). 3JZan
bant je^t gange (Sdjiffe Don (Stfen. 3ft bicfer 3ing tton olb ober
toon (Silber? (r ift t>on olb. SBetcfjer Don btefen ^nabcn fyat ben
erften ]3ret^ er^atten? (5^ h)at Outiu^; er tuac ber erfte toon funfgtg
(Scf)itlern. 3)ie ^unft gu rtngen ift fefyr alt; fie btii^te am meiflen bei
(with) ben atten riecfjen. JDa 53er(angen (desire) nad) 9Mcf)tb,um
toerantat btefen 9)Jann, fo groftartige 1 Unterne^mungen gu mad)en.
3)ie SHebe gum ?eben ift atten 2ftenfd)en angeboren; 2 bagegen ift bie
gurdjt bor bem Sobe itjnen anergogen. 3
9tnf8Qk 109.
Two of my brother's children have died. The queen of
England has married 1 Prince 2 Albert. We saw a large fire at
(in) a distance of about (uitgeftifyr, ado.) seven miles. Grateful
nations erect 3 statues of bronze (@rg) or stone [to] their great
men. Emily was the handsomest of all the young ladies at
the ball. Not one (fetner) of my friends has written to me.
On the tenth of July, 2 I ^hall make a journey of ten miles to
see (urn . . . gu befurfjen) a gentleman of high rank (9?ang), who
is a Frenchman and the father of nine children. Most of the
pupils were not prepared for the lesson. Which of the ser-
vants is 4 to go ? Some of the finest houses of the town are
burnt down. 5 My friend has discovered a new way 6 of catch-
ing fish. The habit 7 of taking snuff (gu fd)nupfen) is very com-
108b. i grand, great. 2 Innate, s imbibed by education.
109. i aeheiratfyet. 2 See p. 307, 7. 3rrid;ten. < foil. 5 abcjebratmt. e 2Het{jobe, f, 7 bit
nljeit.
mon in Germany. The traveller was obliged to return for
want of money. When nothing but (al$) the fear of punish-
ment prevents" us from acting wrong (23ofe8 311 tfjun), 2 we 'are
guilty in the eye* of God.
READING LESSON.
ttfyljon* bcr tf iutftc.
9fltob,on8 V., b'mg toon 5lrragomen, genannt berOroftmiitljige^hjar
her >etb feineg 3ab,rb,unbert3; er badf)te nur barauf (of making), 5ln*
bere gliicf Ud() 311 madden. 2)iefer ^nrft ging gern ofyne ($efolgc (^suite)
unb gu ^ufc burd) bie @traen fetner ^auptftabt. 511^ man U)m eiuft
SBorftellungen 2 iiber 3 bie efa^r macf)te, welder er feinc ^erfon au8*
fe^jte, 4 fo anttuortete er : f ,(Stn S3ater, tuetdjer mitten unter feinen ^ut*
bem um^erge^t, ^at nic^tS ^u fitrdjten."
2)ian fennt folgenben 3"9 6 &on fetner ^retgebigfett: 6 31I etner t>on
feinen c^a^meiftern' t^m etne urnme toon taufenb ^Dufaten brac^te,
fagte ein Offijter, njelc^er eben ivtgegen 8 tear, gang leife 9 311 3emanb:
w SBenn td^ nur biefe umme ^dtte, hJiirbe tc^ gtudfltrf) fein." ,,3)u
fottji e (so) fern !" fpracq ber $i>nig, rteldqer e geb,6rt ^atte, unb Uefe
ib/n biefe taufenb' jDufaten mit ftd^ ne^men.
5lud ber folgenbe 3ug geugt 10 toon feinem ebetn Giljarafter: Sine mit
9ftatrefen unb olbaten betabene ateere" ging unter; er befiefylt,
i^nen >ilfe gu letften; man bebenft ftcf). 12 SDann ftoringt Sttpljon^ felbfl
in cin 23oot, inbem er 3u benen, toeld^e ftd^ toor ber efab,r fiird^teten,
fagte: $$ toifl Ueber ber efa^rte al ber .Siifdjauer 13 ib,re3 Sobe3
fein."
SBer war ^llsb/onS V. ? @r war ^b'ntg toon 9lrragonien.
5Bte ttjurbe er genannt? (Sr b / te ber ro^mutb/igc.
^luf toaS bac^te er nur? 5(nbere gtiicflicf) 3u madfjen.
Ste ging er gern burcf) bie tabt ? )b,ne efotge unb 3u gnfe.
109. s un terfiinbert. otn ben Hugen otteS.
i magnanimous. 2 remonstrance. 3 concerning, t to expose, strait, instance.
e munificence. ' treasurer. * present, slow. 10 bears witness (to), n galley. 12 to
hesitate, is the spectator.
MODAL AUXILIARIES.
323
833eW)e 25orftetdmgen marfjte man
tb,m befefyalb ?
s unttoortete er baraitf ?
brarfjte ifjm einmal fetn
cr fetne
SSer rtmc gerabc (just then) gu=
gegen ?
2Ba8 fagte biefer Officer leife in
fetner eg emu art?
2Ba fagte barauf ber $ontg ?
2Bte betodfyrte (showed) er em
onbereS 9Jiat fcine ^cidjften*
Itebe (humanity)?
Unb at^ DZtemattb b,elfen wotlte,
raa t()at er?
SBelcfye ebelu SBorte [prac^ er bet
biefer
etuer efal)r
Sin SSater b,at unter fetnen ^inbern
gu fiird)ten.
(Sine uijttne ton taufenb !Dufaten.
(gin Officer.
Oc^ tBiirbe gliicf(id) fein, rtenn id^
btefe @etb ^atte.
2Benn btefe (Smnme (Sic gtiicf(id)
ma^t, fo fotten (ie fie l^nben.
5lte etne mit otbaten belabene
ateerc unterfanf, befall er fo-
gtei(^, ib/nen 311 |nlfe 311 fommen.
(Sr fprang fetbft in ein 33oot unb
ruberte (rowed) itjnen ju >ttfe.
(Sr fogte: ,,3f^ tuttt lieber ber @e*
fab,rte at ber 3 u ^ auer $*&
fein."
FORTIETH LESSOtf.
THE MODAL AUXILIARIES.
(See the 17th Lesson, p. 93.)
verbs mbgen, f ftnnen, etc., are defective ; they have,
for instance, no passive, and are most of them rare in the
imperative. The corresponding verbs may, can, etc., are
still more defective, wanting not only these parts, but also
the infinitive, the participles, and, of course, all compound
tenses. May, ccw,etc , have also the imperfect indicative just
like the imperfect subjunctive, i.e., in both of these tenses
might, could, etc. (see I, 2, below). For these and other
reasons, especial care is needed in translating tnijgen,
nen, etc., into English, and may, can, etc., into German.
324 MODAL AUXILIARIES.
1. $5nnen, to be able (id) Fonne, I can), denotes pos-
sibility of any and every kind.
a) 3nm imb gum fomten nidjt fiinf madjen.
Two and two cannot make five.
6) (g fann nidjt fein, bafe er gelogcn Ijat
It cannot be that he has lied.
c) (Sin ?af)iner fann nidjt geb,en.
A lame man cannot walk.
d) <2ie fonnen nidjt fyerein, nrir fmb befdja'ftigt
You cannot come in, we are busy.
e) 3d) fann eg toirflidj ntdjt ertauben, c: iwire cine iinbc.
I really cannot allow it, it would be a sin.
2. If could is equivalent to was able, it is, of course, in
the indicative, and must be translated fonnte; if it is equi-
valent to could or should be able, it is, of course, in the
subjunctive, and must be translated fonnte. I trembled
so violently that I could not speak : This does not mean,
I trembled so violently that / should not be able to speak,
but, I trembled so violently that / was not able to speak.
Therefore we translate : 3$ jittcrte fo fyeftig, bap id) nid)t
fprecfyen Fonnte. If I went, I could not dance, means: If I
went, / should not be able to dance, and the German is :
SBenn id) ginge, fonnt 1 id) nid)t tanjen.
3. &bnnen, in speaking of languages, is translated to
know, to understand.
Do you understand French ?
4. When can is equivalent to am in a condition to, it may
be translated bin im <3tant>e.
I cannot lend you any money, for I have lost all my own.
3dj bin md)t im (Stanbe Ofynen clb 311 borgen, benn id) fyabe
afl baS meinigc berloren.
MODAL AtTXTLIABIES. 325
5. I cannot help or forbear, is, i$ fcwtt ntt^t uml)tn. Ex.:
I could not forbear laughing.
3d) fonnte ntd)t umfyin, gu torfjen.
or: 3d) fonnte mid) be 2ad)enS ntdjt entljalten (keep from).
n. Sftogen, wollen, im 23egrtff [ein.
1. Sftbgett expresses that the speaker has no objection
to another person's doing anything. Ex.:
SDu ntagft ben Storf begotten, You may keep the stick.
<2ie mogen ben 33nef lefen, You may read the letter.
NOTE. This is, as we have seen I, 1, d, one of the senses of fonnen, and
we can also say: u fonnft ben tocf beljalten, @ie fonnen ben iBrtef lefen jc.
2. It denotes a possibility granted by the speaker, i.e. t
something which may be true, but about which he is not
perfectly certain :
Sr mag ein eljrltdjer 2Rann fetn, He may be an honest man.
@5 mag toafyr fetn, It may be true.
3. It denotes a liking or desire. Ex. :
jDaS angen mag er nidjt, Dancing he does not like,
(gr mag ntdjt tanjen, He does not want to dance.
4. Observe the following forms.
May you get well very soon ! ($enefe redjt batb !
O that you might get well, etc. 2ttod)teft bn u. f. to.
5. To be going or about to do something, is translated
in various ways, commonly by eben ttMen, im 33egrtff fein,
ouf bent $>itnft ftefyen (to be on the point of). Ex. :
(gr rttfl eben obretfen or er ftefyt auf bem ^5un!te abguretfen.
He is just going to set out.
(Sr toofite eben antworten.
He was about to reply.
(gr war im Segrtff 311 f))red)en.
He was going to speak.
326 MODAL AUXILIARIES.
READING EXERCISE HOa.
$cmnfl bit mtr fagen, roarum bein 23ruber morgen nid)t $u mtr
fommen fann? Xer $nabe fann ba3 SSurf) befyalten; id) braudje e3
ntdjt mcfjr. iJBcnn unfcre Solbatcit bie <3tabt befyaitpten fimnten, fo
unite bcr ^teg 1 nidjt jroeifelfyaft.* $b'nnen (5ie Xeutfd) ? -ftein, idj
fanit e3 nod) nic^t; abet id) lerne e^. 3^ ^dtte bort fcin mogen. 5U
id) im Scgviff roar, ba ^en)ler jit offnen, roar 5ltteg ftitt. Od) topflte
eben in ba^ ^8ab gefyen. 3cf) bin im Segriff nad) (Snglanb gu reifen.
9Wan roodte ft^ eben ju Xifc^e fefcen, al ber eneral in'S 3^ mmet
trat.
lufflttfic HOb.
Can you come to-morrow instead of to-day? No, Sir, I
cannot. You may stay 1 where you are. Have you learnt your
lesson? I could not learn it, I had no book. I would learn it
if I had a book. The man could not lift (aufljeben) the stone.
Do you intend 3 to go to America ? I was just about correcting
your exercise, when your father came 3 to see me. I had [a]
mind (Suft) to call 3 upon him (tb,n gu befudjen), but my mother
did not wish it.
m. Saffen. 1
1. Saffen means to let, i.e. about the same as to permit,
e.g., 3$ roecfte ttyn ntcfyt, id) lief ityn fcfylafen, / did not wake
him, I let him sleep.
a) Instead of gefyen ttrir (in the first person plural of the
imperative) we can say lafjt iin3 gefyen, let its go; and so
with all other verbs besides
2. ?affen means in the second place to cause, and is fol-
lowed by the accusative of the person or thing caused to
do something, and by an infinitive showing what he is
caused to do. When used in this way, we generally
translate laffen, to have.
HOa. i the victory. 2 dubious.
HOb. i See page 279, Note. 2 to intend Is gebenfen, or^a6tn, beafifti^Haen and gtfonntn
lein. s to come or go to tee and call upon ion) aptrtort are both : 3'manfc fcefudjen.
i Cailen is not a modal auxiliary. It has, however, some of the same grammatical
peculiarities as the modal auxiliaries, and is conveniently treated in the same
chapter.
MODAL AUXILIARIES. 327
Qfy Ite fte 311 mtr fontmen.
I had them come to me.
5Du ttifst gen)o()iiltd) .^etnrtcf) Ujn Ijeretnrufen.
You generally have Henry call him in.
a) The following sentence is ambiguous : )it laft $ein*
rid) rufcn. It might mean : You have Henry caM, and it
might mean : You have (somebody) call Henry. It would
be much more apt, however, to mean the latter. Such
sentences, those that is, in which we, leave it indefinite
who in particular does the thing, and speak only of its
being done by some one or other, often take another
form in English, like this, You have Henry called, e.g. :
I am going to have my wood sawed.
3dj null mein ^>otj fdgen laffen.
Where do you have your books bound ?
2Bo laffen @ie 3l)re SBudjer btnben?
And we can even translate, I had myself called by a
servant, by : 3$ licp mid) on etnem S3ebienten rufen, instead
of saying : I had a servant call me, 3d) liep etiten 33et>tenten
mid) rufen.
6) The same construction, i.e., that with the subject of
the verb which is in the infinitive omitted, is allowable
with laffen, meaning (not to cause, but) to alloiv, e.g. :
3d) ttrifl bag mb Der^tetjen taffen, ba btc 2Jhttter eg fo feljr
berfanqt
I will allow the child to be spoiled, since the mother
desires it so much.
5)a8 laft id) nid)t ^toetmal gefdje^en.
That I do not let happen twice.
3. ?affen, to cause, is sometimes used where we say teU
or bid, e.g. :
?affen @te bte 3)ame ^eretntreten.
Tell (have) the lady to come in.
328 MODAL AUXILIARIES.
(Sr licfj ben 2?oten braufcen toarten.
He told (had) the messenger to wait outside.
4 Examples of laffen with ftd) :
<E8 lat ftd) ntd)t begreifen, bafe u. f. tt>. (lit., It does not allow
itself to be conceived that, etc.).
It cannot be conceived that, etc.
j>ariiber lafjt ftd) 33tele3 fagen.
A good deal can be said on that subject
Sr Uefe ftd) rufen.
He had himself called.
BEADING EXERCISE Ilia.
2Btr liefcen bie $mber big adjt Ub,r fdjlafen. 3d) werbc e bon bent
Sifdjler 1 ntadjen laffen. 2Ber b,at biefeg au bauen laffen ? SMetn
9^a^bar fyat eg fiir fetnen ob.n bauen laffen. 8a ben ^utf^et
anfpannen. 2 S)er 9?td)ter lie bte efangenen tior ftcf) fontmen. 9Ketn
err, te b,aben un lange toarten laffen. laffen Ste mtr (for me)
ben <Sd)netber rufen. 8 2Ber ftd) betriigen 4 lafet, cerbtent betrogen ^u
rterben. 2)er ?e^rer Ijat feme @d)uler eine englifdje Uebcrfefcung
raad)en laffen. 6 Saffen @te un einen S^agtergang niad)en. 3)er
SSater lte ba ^inb taufen 6 unb t^m ben ^amen 9Jhrie geben. affet
bie ^inber ^ereinfommen. >a tdt ftd) ( 4) ntdjt b,offen. SDa
(there, under those circumstances) la'jjt ftd) ntd)t tfjun.
Let me do it. I have him work six hours every day. Let me
go. Let us take a walk Let the old man sit down. Her
father allowed her to marry. The governor 1 caused the mur-
derer to be arrested (2, a). The admiral caused the crew 2 to
disembark (au8fd)tffen). You must have a new house built.
The mother had her child pray 3 every morning and evening.
Where do you have (get) your books bound? I get them
bound by Mr. Long. Bid the gentleman come in. Who shall
(foU) pick the cherries? I will have them picked by John.
Have you had (page 98, 3) the general invited ? Yes, I have
sent him an invitation. 4 This cannot be proved (4). That
cannot be helped.
Ilia, i the joiner. 2 to harness the horse. 3 to send for. < to deceive (here with the
pasgive meaning, to be decfived). 5 See page 98, 3. f to be christened.
lllb. i fcer 6to*tyotter. 2 bie 3RannT$aft. * betcn. * cine Qinlabung.
MODAL AUXILIARIES. 329
IV. <Solien, miiffeju
is often followed by an infinitive expressing
what it is the duty of its subject to do. In this sense,
we translate it a) sometimes shall, e.g. t in the Ten Com-
mandments :
u foflft mrf)t fte^tcn.
Thou shalt not steal 1
5) But, more frequently, must:
3ljr fottt bor jeljn Uljr 311 23ette geljett.
You must go to bed before ten.
2. The infinitive after folfen is sometimes to be taken as
expressing rather what is vehemently desired shall be
done, than as expressing what it is one's duty to do, e.g. :
(5ie foflen mid) je^t anfyoren obcr ntmmer meljr.
They shall (must) listen to me now, or never.
2BaS fofl idj iefet tfmn?
What shall (must) I do now?
3. 2ftitffen can be used in almost the same sense as
follen 1 and 2.
4 The imperfect subjunctive and pluperfect subjunc-
tive of follen are translated ought and ought to have,
@r fottte feme djulben be^afylen.
He ought to pay his debts.
(Sr fycitte feme <5d)ulben bejo^Ien fotten.
He ought to have paid his debts (see p. 98, 3).*
@te Ijcitte'tt Sfyre Seftton lernen follen.
You ought to have learnt your lesson.
3<f) Ijatte ge^en foflen.
I should (ought to) have gone.
1 The student must remember that (except in questions) it is only in the 2d and 3d
persons that shall, in English, corresponds to follen in German. / shall love (1st person
etc., is the future, tdj icerbe Iie6en.
2 Compare in English the vulgar : He had ought to pay his debts.
330 MODAL AUXILIARIES.
5. If I should [love, etc.] may be translated either bj
the imperfect subjunctive of Iteben, etc.; i.e., ttcnn id) liebtc,
or as follows : n>enu id) lieben follte.
323 enn er fommcn foflte, fo fagen <Sie iljm biefeS.
If he should come, tell him this.
SSenn e3 regnen foflte (or oflte e8 regnen), fo toerben hrir gu
mufe bleiben.
Should it rain, we shall stay at home.
SBenn id) ifyn feljen foflte, fo toerbe id) ifym bie 3Saljrljeit fagen.
If I should see him, I shall tell him the truth.
6. ollen, most usually in the present indicative, may
mean am (art, is, etc.) said, e.g. :
)a eftament fott falfd) fetn.
The will is said to be false.
(r fott in 9lmertfa geftorben fein.
He is said to have died in America.
7. (Sollen is frequently followed by an infinitive ex-
pressing what is expected of the subject, e.g. :
(r fptt fpateftenS ntorgen anfomtnen.
He is to arrive to-morrow at the latest.
Sir foflten e8 nur bem S3urgermcifter mitt^eilen.
We were to communicate it only to the Burgomaster.
8. (2ollen seems sometimes to have bebeutett, signify,
mean, understood after it, e.g., 2Ba$ foil bie3 2lUe^ ? What
is all this (intended) to signify? i.e., What does att this
mean?
READING EXERCISE 112.
SSir fotten ott fttrrf)ten unb lieben. JDit foHjl ntdfjt 35b'fe don
beinem 5)7(i(^ften reben. <Sie fottten ott banfen, bo @ie au biefer
efa^r gerettet 1 tuorben ftnb. 323ir foUen bitrd) 5lnberer 5^ler lernen,
unfere eigenen 311 tierbeffem. 3)u ^atteft btefem SWanne nid^t trauen 8
foflcn. Saltgula befall, ba bie Corner iljm gottlidfje (S^re ertoeifen*
foflten. 2)ie 2Wenfd)en foflten ftc^ nic^t tiber bie S3orfe^ung* befiagen,
uenn fte burrf) i^re eigenen gel)ler leiben. 2)er ^ranfe ^atte nod^ met
'12, i tp rescue, to trust, render.
MODAL AUXILIAKIES. 331
Strjnet nefjmen mitffen," toenn er nicfjt geftorben ttmre. )er raf fofl
aiif ber Oagb fcin. Sr foil ftd) in bie intft 6 beS alten ^ihtigg etn
gcfd)Urf)en 7 (jaben. SRorgen foil bcr &onig in bic <Stabt fontmen.
foil biefe ernftljafte 2#iene? 2Ba$ follen atle biefe
Hufoabe 118.
We are to be there at ten o'clock. Thou shalt not tell 1 lies.
You shall not do what you like (ttwnfdjen), but what you ought.
Which of your servants is to go ? John or James ? James is
to go. You should have invited also the old judge. She
ought to be silent. Should the weather be fine to-morrow,
you may expect me at eight o'clock. If the merchant should
ask 2 for money, tell him that I have none. You ought to rise
earlier. The boy ought to have 3 written his exercise. He is
said to be an honest man. Their cousin is said to have gone
to America. Mr. Taylor is said to have taken poison. 4 These
ladies are supposed to be very rich. You ought to have learnt
the whole page by heart (augfoenbig). If we were to (should)
call on you, should you be at home ? I see you are crying ;
what is the meaning of these tears ? 5 (8) What shall we do
with this robber ? 6
Y. On 2)urfen.
1. The most usual signification of biirfeit is to be per-
mitted. It is translated into English in various ways,
according as the agent which grants or does not grant the
permission, etc., varies, e.g. : .
a) Supposing the agent is a person or persons :
Jftan barf ein 33iicf) cms ber Sibliotljcf gttet 2Bod)en bdjalten.
You can (may) keep a book out of the library two weeks.
arf id) bte (Sfyre fjaben :c.
May I have the honor, etc.
90? an barf b,ier nitr im 3uli ^ifrfje fanaen.
You can (are allowed to) catch fish here only in July.
112. s See page 99, 4. 6 favor. 1 to insinuate, s ceremonies, i.e., bowings and
scrapings.
113. i to tell lies, tftgen. 2 to ask for something, etooS eeriongtn (ace.), a See page
99,4. <3tft. oZ^r&ncn.
332 MODAL AUXILIARIES.
<5ie biirfen ntcfjt taut fprerfjen, '3 tfl tterboten.
You mustn't speak loud, it's forbidden.
b) Supposing what permit or do not permit are con-
siderations of right and wrong, e.g. :
ener
The editor of a paper ought to accept no presents.
Or considerations of any other kind whatever, e.g. :
2ftan barf ntdjt blaue |>anbfd)ub,e tragen.
A person should not (cannot, must not) wear blue glovea
9?un, ie biirfen getmjj anneljmen, bafe u. f. to.
Well, you certainly may (can, have a right to) assume
that, etc.
2. A less frequent sense of burfen is to need. This is
found mostly with nur, only; faum, scarcely; or erft, first,
only, not titt, e.g. :
Sr barf nur em etngetne^ 2Bort f
He need only speak a single word.
SBtr burfen e8 faum an bte anberen fc^reiben, bte hJtffcn e fa fc^on.
We scarcely need write it to the rest, they certainly know
it already.
-3d) barf eg erfl morgen fagen.
I need not say it till to-morrow.
Of course, biirfen in all these sentences is in danger of
being taken to mean to be permitted. We can remove all
ambiguity by using braud)en in the place of burfen, e.g.,
(r braucfyt nur ein einjelneS 2Bort ju fpred)en.
3. A third sense of biirfen is found only in the imper-
fect subjunctive (burfte), with which tt)0^l is very often
joined.
@r burfte ftob,! je^t fecf)8 3ab,re alt fern.
He is probably now six years old.
3)a8 burfte Ijeute ber ^afl fetn.
That is very likely the case to-day.
MODAL ATJXILIABIES. 338
>er $aifer biirfte oor gefyn Saijren fraftiger getoefen fein.
The emperor was, I suppose, stronger ten years ago.
!Da3 biirfte woijl in ber 3uhtnft n ^t me ') r evtaubt fein.
I suppose that will not be allowed any more in future.
We add probably, or I suppose, or very likely, or some
such words to the verb after bitrfen, and put it (the verb
in English) in the indicative. 1
VI. General Bemark on all the Modal Auxiliaries.
or gefyen, and other infinitives of nearly the same
meaning as ttytttt and c;efyen, are frequently omitted after
the modal auxiliaries, e.g. :
(Sr fcmn morgen Ijin.
He can go there to-morrow.
SSir biirfen e8 nirf)t.
We are not permitted to do it.
3d) fytitte Ijinauf foflen.
I ought to have gone up there.
af$ mid) b,in.
Let me go there.
READING EXERCISE 114.
$ranfe eute biirfen biefe peife 1 nicf)t effen. prf) barf !etncn
SBein trinfen. (Sie burfen biefen S3rtef lefen, tuenn @ie tuoHen (Kke).
2)er efangene burfte fein 2Beib unb feme inber nic^t me^r fe^en,
betior er auf ba8 @rf)iff gebrarfjt wurbe. 3)arf id) @te morgen befudjen?
jDiefe 9}Jabd)en Werben Ijeute nid)t auf ben S3att gefjen biirfen, rtenn
tb,re Gutter nidjt beffer toirb. 5D?an barf ifym nur in' efid)t feb,en,
fo erfennt man ben 3)ieb. )arf man in ben fonigtidjen arten ^inein*
ge^en? Oebermann barf b^inein. 3)arf man fragen, an ttm @ie
benfen ? @r biirfte biefeS roo^t nid)t n>agen (dare). 2)er ^vanfc b,at
leine Kr^nei ne^men tooflen; aber er b,at gemu^t 2
i Illflrfen/ meaning to dare, is obsolete (see, for instance, Sanders' large German dic-
tionary under biirfen), and students should avoid this translation (to dare) which still
lingers in grammars and dictionaries and among teachers. Of course, bftrfen ap-
proaches the meaning dare in such sentences, as : 3d) Ijobe mu$ ertMtet, i<$ barf ntdjt au&
gcftcn, I have caught cold, I ought not (cannot) to go out.
111. i food, diah. 2 See page 98. 3.
334 MODAL AUXILIARIES.
Slufeabc 115.
Charles may play. We have no right not to invite
May I see what you are writing ? The pupils have not been
allowed to go out. May I ask, why not ? He cannot look me
in the face (mk in'S eftd)t fefjen). How could he undertake
this, without 1 mentioning it to his father ? We shall probably*
not be allowed to buy these books. You are not to pay the
waiter. 3 The children are not allowed to play in this room.
He may (3) very likely have been mistaken (firfj getrrt fjaben).
Have you been allowed to read the letter of your aunt? Yes,
I was allowed to.
READING LESSON.
Tie fedjS SSortlein.
<Sedj SBortfein nefjmen mid) in ^Inforud) 1 jeben ag:
3d) foil, id) mitft, id) fann, id) totfl, id) barf, id) mag.
3d) jofl ift baS efefc, t>on ott in'6 crj gefd)rieben,
S)a8 $ki? nad) 8 toeld^em id) bin Don ntir felbfl getrieben.
3^ mu, ba ifi bte (S^ranf, 4 m 5 rocker mt^ bic SBcft
53on einer, bic SRatur toon anb'rer cite ^a'lt.
3d) fann, ba ifl ba 2Kafe ber rair Derlie^'nen 6 ^raft,
3)er J^at, bcr gertigfeit, 7 bcr $unft unb 2Bi{fcnfdjaft
3^ n)itt, bte Ijod)fte ^ron' tfl biefeS, bie mid) fdjmiicft,*
3)a iji ber ^eifyeit <2teget, bem eifle aufgebriicft.'
3(^ barf, ba ifl gugteid) bie Onfc^rift 10 bei 11 bem <2iegel,
S3ei'm aufget^anen X^or bcr gretljett aud) ein 9?iegeL"
3(^ mag, ba8 enbttc^ ifl, roa gnrifdjen 5ltten f^njimmt,
gin Unbeftimmteg," bag ber Slugenbluf beftimmt.
3dj fofl, id^ mu, id) fann, id) raid, ic^ barf, id) mag,
S)te <5e^fe ne^men mt^ in ?lnfprud) jeben Sag.
S?ur roenn 2)u w fetbfl mi^ le^rfl, roeife i^, h)a8 jeben Xag
3d) fott, idj mu^, ic^ fann, id) h)ifl, ic^ barf, id) mag.
115. i cfene e3 ... 311 fagen. s raa^ri^etnti^. s fieflner.
i claim me. 2 the goal, stewards. -the bounds, limits. 6 within, cgnmted*
dexterity. 8 adorns. 9 impressed. 10 inscription. 11 in the case of, tor. 12 bolt,
la omething vague, indefinite. H Thou, O God.
335
FORTY-FIRST LESSON.
REMARKS ON THE USE OF THE PRONOUNS.
(See the 23rd, 24th, and 26th Lessons.)
L Personal Pronouns.
1. When a relative pronoun in the nominative relates to
a personal pronoun of the first or second person, the per-
sonal pronoun is repeated after the relative. S. p. 156, 4.
3d), ber id) iljn fenne, I who know him.
2)u, ber bit tfyn nid)t fennft, You who do not know hira.
2Bir, bie totr jung fmb, "We who are young.
2. The most frequent use of the genitive of personal
pronouns is after verbs governing the genitive, and as a
partitive genitive preceding numerals. Ex.:
(5r fpottete meiner, He mocked me.
3d) eritmere mid) f enter, I remember him.
Unfer gefyn, Ten of us.
3Ijrer gnxm^ig, Twenty of them.
NOTE. This genitive is likewise compounded with the prepositions
toegen, fyalfcen, and uriflen, in which case the final r is changed into t, as:
metnetroegen, on my account; IJfyretoegen, on your account; um fetnetttntten,
for his sake, etc.
3. The dative and accusative plural of the reflexive
pronoun ftd) may take a reciprocal signification, that is,
mean one another or to one another instead of themselves or
to themselves. Ex. :
!>ie $tt>et (Sdjroeftern gteidjen fid) (or eincmber).
The two sisters resemble one another.
S)te[e Seute befdjtntpfen fid) (or emcmber).
These people disgrace one another.
336 PRONOUNS.
IL Possessive Pronouns.
1. My, thy, his, her, our, etc., are not generally used
with parts of the body (hand, arm, etc.), when it is per-
fectly clear whose hand, arm, etc., are meant The de-
finite article takes their place, e.g. :
Have you washed your hands?
>a|t bu bie >tinbe getoafdjen ?
2. The dative, more rarely the accusative, of the person
whose hand, arm, etc., are meant, may be added, e.g. :
>at er bem f leincn >einrid) ba3 mar gef djmtten ?
Has he cut little Henry's hair ?
3d) fyatte mtr fdjon ^roetmat ba3 (or cut) 23etn gebrodjetu
I had broken my leg twice before.
3d) fyatte mid) in ben ginger gefdjnitten.
I should have cut my finger. 1
3. Adjectives in the predicate are, we know, used in
their shortest form (see "page 102, 2), e.g., Setter ut iff
fyapd) (not fyapdjer), That hat is ugly; @ie ijl fefyr QUtig
(not giittge), She is very kind.
2fteitt, betlt, etc., except in one case to be mentioned
below, conform, as would be expected, to this rule, e.g.,
Setter $ut tfi tf)r, That hat is hers; )ie anbfd)utye roaren
Ultfer, The gloves were ours.
When, however, e$ is the subject of the verb, mein, betn,
fein, etc., in the predicate, must agree in gender, number,
and case with the noun for which e stands, i.e., if e3
stands for a singular noun, we have metner, meitte, or mei*
ne, according to the gender of that noun, and if it stands
for a plural noun, meine, e.g., && (ber ut) ifl fetner, @6 (tie
geter) ifl eitre, @g (ba^ S3ud^) roar itnfereg/ @g (a plural noun
1 When the name of the person Is put in the accusative, it will be noticed that the
part of the body takes a preposition.
2 But when ea stands for a neuter noun in the singular, we can have also the short
form in the predicate, i e., here, Q8 (_ia3 iu$) mar unfer.
PRONOUNS. 337
of any gender) warcn beine gewfen, They would have been
yours. 1
4. Observe the following expressions :
A horse of ours, (in3 unferer ^pferbe.
A friend of mine, (giner meiner ^reunbe or ein 3*euKb *>on
mir.
A relation of yours, (giner 3I)rer SBertnanbten or ein 33er*
irmnbter con Sfynen.
The construction with son and the dative seems hardly-
allowable in the case of mere ownership, e.g., in the first
example.
READING EXERCISE 116.
3d), ber id) Sltteg nut (meinen) eigenen 5htgen gefeljen fyabe, fann
bag befte geugnife 1 geben. (Stiver griebe, ber bu bom )tmmel fomtnft,
erfitHe mein >er$. (grbarmen (ie fid) nteiner. 3d) bin urn feinet*
foiUen geftroft loorben. S)ie jungen !?eute toerjei^en fid) leid)t ifjrc
(follies). 3ft e tua^r, bafe ^arl ben $lrm gebrodjen t)at?
, er b,at nid)t nur ben 5lrm, fonbern aud) ba6 ^Bein gebrodjen. 2)a8
fiet ouf bie ^niee unb betete. (Siner meiner ^Bettern ift geftern
geftorben. >iefer (Stocf ift mein. -3d) ftanb an bem genfter unb
fyatte ein S3ud) in ber ^>anb. -3t)r ginger btutet; 2 tjaben <Sie ft^
gefc^nttten? 3d) ^abt mid) mit einer 9?abcl 3 in ben finger geftocb/en.
(Sie biefen jungen SD^ann ? -3a, er ift ein better t>on mir.
117.
We who are old cannot enjoy 1 these pleasures. He who
wished to injure me, has served me. They laughed (Iad)ten)
at us. 2 We left England for her sake. Do not these two
girls love one another tenderly ? 3 The boy had a cap 4 on his
Lead. He has lost his senses (SBerftanb, masc. sing.). The queen
had a crown 6 on her head and a scepter 6 in her hand. My
heart beats for (t)or) joy. The prisoner has cut his throat
("patS). I am wounded in (an) my shoulder. 7 In firing (beim
oSfd)ief3en) the gun (gen.), 2 I J have wounded my hand. This
hat is not mine, it belongs to my brother. That pencil is
i This rule, given by the grammarian Heyse, is frequently violated.
116. i evidence. ~ to bleed ? needle. 117. i gentefien. - at us may be translated
either with the genitive nnfet or with the preposition fiber with the accusative
s 3&rtli$. * cine ajiu^e. '> ft tone, f. 6 copter or jtjiter. " Sdjulter, f.
338
mine, the other is his. A relation of yours is gone to America
A cousin of yours came yesterday to see us. The naughty
boy threw a snow-ball 1 at (ait) the man's (dot.) head.
ITL Relative Pronouns.
In English a relative clause sometimes begins, not with
the relative, but with a substantive, e.g. : An estate the
right to which is in dispute, A picture the value of which is
unknown. In German the relative clause must begin
either with the relative or with a preposition governing
the relative. Thus we must change the examples above
into: A picture whose value, An estate to which the
right.
I have some jewels the price of which" I do not know.
33) fjabe etnige Suroeten, bercn ^ret^ id) ntcfjt fenne.
We went to a house, from the windows of which (from
whose windows) we saw it.
2Bir gingen in em >au8, aug beffen ^enftern hnr e8 faljen.
A machine by means of which one can fly.
(Sine Sftafcfjtne, Dermtttelft beren man fUegen fann.
2. The genitive of the English relative pronoun pre-
ceded by att is put in the same case as oJL Ex. :
He had five children, all of whom died in their infancy.
(r fyatte fiinf $tnber, bte afle in iljrer $inbljeit ftarben.
3. This is also the case when aR precedes a personal
pronoun. Ex. :
All of us, hrir Me.
All of you, <Sie afle.
4 Such as, when equivalent to those who, is translated
bteiemgen (or bte) roelcfye.
Such as are poor, bte, toetdje arm ftnb.
i SinccbaU, m.
ill of which be changed into whose, the two languages agree: whose price, tcren (pi.)
fruit.
339
NOTE. @o in the sense of toetdjer (nominative and accusative singulai
and plural) is obsolete, as: 3Son 2lllen fo (.Me) ba famen, Among all that
came.
a is not unfrequentiy redundant in relative clauses, e.g., in the last
example.
5. As to after such, is translated by baf? with the in-
dicative or subjunctive.
I placed myself in such a position as to oversee all.
3d) berfetste mid) in eine folrfje (Stettung, baft id] Side iiberfefjen
fonnte.
I ask for such pay that I can (may be able to) live in the city.
3d) fcerlange eine foldje Sefolbimg, baft id) in ber @tabt roofynen
fb'nne.
READING EXERCISE 118a.
2)er (Sngta'nber, beffen @olm bet 3lmett roolmt, I)at feine 23rieftafdje
berloren. !Der alte 3JJann, mit beffen (So^n id) nad) (Sngtanb geretft
bin, ift geftorben. 2)er $rembe, auf beffen ^edjtfdjaffen^eit 1 id) gafytte,
I)at mid) betrogen. iejenigen iceldje (such as) toir bi jet (as yet)
gefeb,en ^aben, gefatten un nid)t. SBerben ie atle 23iid)er beb.atten,
bte id) Sfynen geftern gefdjidt b^abe? 3d) fann nod) nid)t fagen, ob id)
fie al(e beb,atten raerbe; aber bie beiben, toetdje id) beftettt (ordered)
rterbe id) gertnft befallen.
Stufgofic 118b.
That is the goal 1 towards (nad)) which he strives. 8 A bird
whose wings have been clipped 3 cannot fly. It is an illness
against (gegen) the progress 4 of which one cannot apply 5 re-
medies 6 too quickly. Charity, 7 the practice 8 of which is our
duty, makes us good and happy We call that heavenly
body, 9 by the brightness 10 of which our eyes are dazzled, 11 the
sun. Such as are good and industrious, may go home with
me. I found myself in (such) a position 12 (as) to observe all
that went on (gorging) around me.
IV. Indefinite Pronouns.
1. 5lll r oil, before the definite article and before the de-
monstrative and possessive pronouns is best not declined,
118a. i honesty.
118b. iba3iel. ^ftrcten. 6efd)nitten or geftufct. -i gfortftyritt, m. soniBenbcn. e^dtratttel,
p. tbieStete. sUebung, f. 9 $tmmel3fctper, m. iotait3, m. H uetfclenbet. i2telluitfl, t
340 PRONOUNS.
e.g., 31(1 ber lanj, All the brilliancy ; 2(U feincr <3olbaten, Of
all his soldiers ; 33et all biefen (Sfyrcn, With all these honors.
2lUe may be used instead of all in all cases, numbers,
and genders, although Germans generally prefer all, e.g.,
33et alie biefen (Sfjren.
It is not incorrect to decline all before the parts of
speech mentioned above, e.g., filler ber lanj, Siller fciner
Soltatcn, 33ci alien biefen (Sfyren. It is more usual to find
it declined in the plural than in the singular.
2. All meaning the whole and agreeing with a singular
noun is most frequently translated gan J, as :
All the year, 3)a^ gange 3aljr.
All day, )en gotten ag.
All night, bie gan^e 9Za^t
Notice the article.
3. anj, aU, remains unchanged before neuter names
of countries and towns in all the cages. Ex. :
All England would rise, 0113 (Snglanb nwrbe auffteljen.
In all France, 3n gang
All Paris, c
4. 5lUe^ generally means everything; it is sometimes,
however, applied to persons. Ex. :
freitt ft<f), Everybody rejoices.
flie^et, Everybody flees.
5. 9llle3 toa^ is much more frequent than alle$ ba$, as:
, ttia id) gefefycn ^abe, All I have seen.
6. Every may be translated either by the singular
|eber or the plural alle. Ex. :
Every day, 3eben Jag or afle age.
PRONOUNS. 341
Every year, 3ebe8 Safjr or atte 3af)re.
Every twenty-four hours, 5lfle bier unb ^ttanjtg <3tunben.
7. Usage differs as to the declension of tttel (mvxti,
many) and tt>ent (little, few, sometimes a few) used with-
out the article. The pupil will be safe in using them in
the singular as indeclinable, and in declining them in the
plural.
(r Ijat inct elb, He has much money.
3dj fyabe loentg 3ett, I have little time.
,>aben @ie tiiele g^eunbe? Have you many friends?
3d) ()abe nur roenige ^reunbe, I have but few frienda
SBenige (or toentge Scute) ttnffen ba8, Few people know that.
8. (tn roenig, a little, is indeclinable :
@eben <2tc mtr em iucntg at,5, Give me a little salt.
ein toentg S3rob unb ^letfd^, With a little bread anfl meat.
9. 33eibe, both, is sometimes used without a substantive,
as : 53etbe ftnb tot>t, Both are dead. It never admits a
genitive after it, compare III, 2. Ex. :
2Btr 23etbe, Both of us.
@tc 33etbe (or bie 33eiben), Both of them.
TO un SSetben, With both of us.
3n btefen betben ^ciufern, In both (of) these houses.
NOTE. The English both and are conjunctions, and are rendered jo>
teoljl at (see p. 269). Ex. : Both silver and gold, Softool @U6er all
olb.
10. Either has several different senses in English, with
different translations for each in German.
a) It may mean, "I (you, he, we, etc.) do not care
which," e.g., Which horse will you take ? Answer, Either.
Wo can say for this either in German, (3 ifl mtr enter lei
(It is just the same to me) ; or, (g$ macfyt mtr 9?i(|t0 auS (It
makes no difference to me) ; or, Ste <>te Wollen (Just as
you choose).
342 PRONOUNS.
&) It may mean both, e.g., You must not think of these
houses, either is too dear for you. Here we can use in
German beibe.
c) It may mean either the one or the other. In this case
we translate it entroeber ber etnc ober ber anbere, e.g., You
must decide yourself whether to use the indicative or the
subjunctive mood, the passage allows either, ... tie (Stellc
erlaubt entroeber ben einen ober ben onberen.
d) It may be correlative to or, e.g., Either you or he,
(ntroeber <ie ober er; Either (the) one or (the) other, Gntte
roeber ber Sine ober ber Slnbere.
11. Neither (or n'>t either) may be translated either by
Weber ber (Sine nod) ber Slnbere (Neither [the] one nor the
other),*or by Reiner on 33eiben (Not one of the two), or
by Reiner simply, e.g. :
I can praise neither (woman).
3d) barf toeber bte (Sine nod) bie 5lnbere toben.
I think they will adopt neither (thing).
33) gtaube man totrb ^eing tton SBetben anne^men.
On neither side.
Sluf fetner (Scttc.
12. Not any is Fein ; not anybody, 97iemanb ; not anything,
9Hd)tg. Ex.:
We have not had any, 2Btr Ijaben fetnen (or feme or fetnS or
rd. feine) ge^abt.
Have you not heard of anybody? |>aben <3ie toon ^iemanb
ae^ort?
I did not buy anything, Oc^ f)abe ni^tg gefauft.
But not may be translated nicfyt, when there is a very
strong emphasis on the following word, e.g., Did you not
see one (L e., not a single individual)? $aben t* nic^t
Sinen gefe^en? Did he not say something? $at er
gefagt?
PRONOUNS. 43
13. Other is translated ember, when it means of cnotJier
kind, e.g. :
Another wine would be wholesomer.
(Sin anberer SBein toa're gefunber.
This horse does not suit me, I must have another.
5Dte8 ^Jferb gefattt mir nid)t, id) ntufc ein anbereS fyaben.
But when other means more of the same kind, it is
translated nod) (adverb), e.g.:
Another glass of wine would have certainly made it worse.
9?od) ein Ia3 28ein fjatt' e getoifc fdjltmmer gemorfjt.
Two horses are not enough, I must have another.
3toei ^ferbe [inb nirfjt genug, id) mufc nod) einS fjoben.
In English we often say more instead of other, e.g., Two
horses are not enough, I must have one more,
ftnb nt$t gemtg, t^ mu nocfo etn^
14. No more or no longer (or not any more, not any
longer) is ntcfyt mefyr, or if there is a noun with which fcin
can agree, Fein mefyr, e.g. :
He does not call on us any more.
(r befudjt un nid)t me^r.
We have no longer a father.
2Bir ^aben feinen 2$ater me^r.
Since then I do not joke with any more Scotchmen.
eitbem fdjer^ id) mit feinen djotten me^r.
READING EXERCISE 119 a.
^e^men <Ste bag gange titd? ^ein, id) brandje nur nienige Ken.
i^anj ^3ari^ mar erteudjtet. 1 !Diefe ^fton^en finbet man in ganj
3)eutfd)(anb. 2Sir mufcten ben gan^en Jag arbetten. 3d) fann Oljnen
nid)t S 2ltteg er^afyten, uia id) erlebt (experienced) b,abe. 2Sir ftnb
atte reid)Ud) befdjenft 2 njorben. 2Bir atte tuaren Ijungrig unb burfttg.
(Sine ^rau Ijatte etne enne, hjeldje atte age ein (Si lepte. >err
Skitter ift nttt un8 Setben nod) ^ariS gereift. @iner Don (Sitd)
fterben, |agte ber dauber ju un^. SBotten (5ie nod) einen 5(pfe(
, id) banfe, id) effe feinen mefyr. 2Botten @ie einen anbcren
U8b. i iliuminatea. 2 rewarded.
344 PRONOUNS.
b>ben? 2Bic biele (Sdjiiter fyaben (Sic nodj? 3dj Ijabe nodj geljn.
err 21. fyat fetnen 23ebtenten mefyr.
Slufga&c 1191).
The travellers have been robbed of all their luggage 1 (gen.).
We worked all day and night, but we could not finish our
work. In all Europe such a man is not to be found ($u finbcn).
I will tell you all I know. All of you have been warned
(geroarnt) by the policeman. 2 I did not see anything. They
were every day entertained 3 with songs, the subject (egen*
ftanb) of which (pi.) was the happy valley. Take another cup
of tea. Have you any more brothers 4 and sisters ? I have no
more brothers, but two sisters. My father has no more
horses ; he has sold them all.
BEADING- LESSON.
(fyiftct. Epictetns.
ar ein (Sfla&e be (Spaph>obi'ru8, unb h>tte
trie! bon feinem ^errn 1 ju erbulben; a&er cr Ijatte cine grojje unb ftarfe
ecle. 2118 ehtfl (SpapljrobituS i^m etnen ^eftigen (Sdjlag* auf ba3
S3ein gegeben ^attc, fo wanttc Sptftct iljn fatt (coolly), ba cr c ih^m
nidjt breci^en fottte. 3)cr ^crr berboppette fcute trcid^e,* fo ba ct
iljnt ben ^noi^en* gerf^iug'. j>er 2Bctfc antwortetc ib^m, ob^ne ftdj ju
cntriiflen: 4 ,,^atte ic^ eS bit nic^t gefagt, ba bu e8 mir ^erf^Iagen
toiirbcfl!"
(Sptftct mar immcr bergniigt, felbfl (even) in bcr (SflaDereL $$
Bin," fagtc er, ,,an ber <3tefle, wo bic Borfefjung 5 njttt, bafe i^ fei; mt(^
bartiber 311 beftagen, ^eit ftc beleibigcn." 2)ie jttjei runbteb^ren'
feiner 2Jiorat toaren: w 5Biffe ju bulben unb bid) 311 entljalten." 7 (Sr
fcnb in fid) felbfl bie nb'tfyigen ^>ilf8mittel, 8 urn ben erflen biefet runb*
c* in 2tuiibung 9 ju bringen.
,,2Bir b^aben fcb,r Unredjt/ fagte er biSweilen, ,,bie ^rmutb^ anjutta*
ba^ fte un^ ungtudlid) madje; e ifl ber Sfyrgeij, 11 eg ftnb unferc
119b. ifcaSSepirf. -'ber ^oUjei'ttener. -untcr^altcn. ^ brothers and sisters, btfC^f^rcifier.
i master. 2 blow. 3 the bone. 4 to grow angry. : Providence, c principles. ' to
abatain. s resource, 9 to practice, to carry out. into accuse, u ambition.
PRONOUNS. 345
itnerfa'ttlidjen 1 23egierben, lueldje un8 toafyrljaft etenb ntadjen. SBaren
hrir erren ber ganjen 2Belt, fo fonnte unS Ujr SBefiJ} nid)t t>on gurd)t
unb Summer (trouble) fret madjen; bie SBernunft attein 2 tjat biefe
eiualt."
(Spiftct ftarb in etnent fefyr Ijofjen fitter unter ber 9?egierung be8
)te irbene Sampe, njomit er feine pfjilo*
erleud)tete, n)itrbe einige 3 e ^ na ^) feinem Xobe
fiir 3000 SDradjmen (2700 granfen) oerfauft.
SBer tnar (Spiftet? Sin ^b,ilofop^' unb ein (Sffabe
9Bar fein >err giitig gegen i^n ? -ftetn, er luar tjart^ergig unb grau*
fain.
21 (^ biefer ib,m einft l^eftig auf ba6 (Sr raarnte ib,n, er fotte ib,m ba3
Sein fd)(ng, toatS fagte er? 33ein nid)t gerbred)en.
2Ba tfjat aber Spapljrobitug ? (Sr toerboppette feine treidje unb
jerfdjtug ifym hJtrfltd) ba 33ein.
SBurbe (Spiftet bariiber entriiftet? 0Jetn, er anttoortete gang ru^ig, baf,
er e8 ib,m orau8gefagt ^abe.
23 ef fagte er fid) bariiber, bafj er '^etn, er unterlwarf (submitted)
<flat>e war ? ftd) ruljig feinem <Sd)icffal.
fagte er? (Sr fagte: ,,3d) bin an ber tette,
h)ob,tn bie S3orfe^ung mid) gefefct
tcaren feine gtoei @runb> ^SSiffe ju bulben unb bid) ju ent*
le^ren? fatten."
3ft eg bie 5lrmut^, bie un un> D^idjt bie 2lrmut^, fonbern unfere
gtitrftid) mad)t? Segierben.
SSann ftarb Spiftet? llnter Marcus ^lureliu^, in einem
fe^r ^otjen filter.
2Bie tt)euer luurbe feine irbene
uerfauft? ^ur 3000 5)rad)men.
i insatiable desires. 2 reason. 3 night-watch.
346 TENSES OF INDICATIVE.
FORTY-SECOND LESSOtf.
THE TENSES OF THE INDICATIVE.
The use of the tenses in German differs very little from
the use of the tenses in English.
L The Present
1. There is, in most cases, only one form for each of the
tenses in German, e.g., icfy lefe, icf) lag, icfy fyabe gelefen, and
with this one form we must translate every one of the
three forms for the simple tenses which exist side by side
in English, e.g., I read, I am reading, I do read, and of
the two forms we have for the compound tenses, e.g., I
have read, I have been reading.
3d) friifyftiicfe eben, I am just breakfasting.
(r fdjlaft, He is sleeping.
3d) fyabe ben ganjen ag getefen, I read all day.
2. The Present is employed for the Future oftener
than is the case in English. Ex. :
3d) reife biefen Slbenb ab.
I leave town this evening.
3n bret agen fomme id) nneber.
In three days I shall be back.
3. The Present is used in German especially with fcfyon,
already, or feit, since (preposition), for the English Perfect,
when the latter expresses something that has been and
still is. See the foot-note to Exercise 96. Ex.:
2Bie lange ftnb @te fd)on fyter?
How long have you been here ?'
2Bte lange lernen (ie fdjon j>eutjdj ?
How long have you been learning German ?
i The B*nae of Etc tange fmfc Si* fyier gem'fcn ? is : How long were you here 7
TENSES OF INDICATIVE. 347
3d) feme eg feit arfjt Sttonaten.
I have been learning it these eight months.
>aben Ste bicfcn 33ebtenten fdjon lange (not gefyabt) ?
Have you had this servant long ?
-3d) fyabe tfyn fdjon jtoet Saljre (or feit toet 3al)ren).
I have had him these two years.
II. The Imperfect.
1. The imperfect is used to express what occurred fre-
quently, e.g., @r fagte, He used to say ; @ie fdjliefen geroityit*
lid) ad)t tunbcn, You used to sleep generally eight hours.
2. It is used to describe the circumstances, i.e., to say
what was going on at the time something else happened,
e,g.:
Most of them were smoking and playing chess when you
came in.
3)te 2JMften raudjten imb fptelten <Sdjarf) al3 (Sic ^eretngetreten
finb.
You came in as most of them were smoking and playing
chess.
<3te finb Ijeretngetreten ate bte SD'letften raudjten unb @rf)arf)
ftnelten.
3. It is the tense used in the more dignified kinds of
narration, e.g., in histories and speeches. In speaking of
every day matters, however, the perfect is more usual,
unless the speaker was an eye witness of what he states,
in this latter case he uses the imperfect, e.g., He died be-
fore I was born, (r tft fleftorben, efy' tcfy geboren bin; but,
911$ id) aitf ber 23riicfe war, ftel etn HetneS ilttnb tn'g SSoffer,
When I was on the bridge, a little child fell into the water.
4. It is used to express what had been, and still was,
especially with fd)0tt and feit. Compare I, 3.
2Bte tang tt>aren <Ste frfjott ba ?
How long had you been here ?
And so on through all the examples in I, 3.
348 TENSES OF INDICATIVE.
5. See HE, 1, at the end.
The Perfect
1. One use of the German perfect has been already
mentioned, II, 3. In this use, it translates our shortest
form of the imperfect, e.g., (Sr ifi ^rettag nacl) 9tom ge*
gangen, He went to Rome Friday. There are also cases
where the German imperfect is best translated by our
perfect, e.g., 3$ ging btefen SBinter nur etnmal auf $ (ig, 1
have been on the ice only once this winter.
2. As a general rule, an English perfect may be trans-
lated either by a German perfect (but see I, 4), or by a
German imperfect, e.g., I have seen him, 3$ fyab' ifyn ge*
fefyen or 3$ faf) ifyn ; You have already heard, gentlemen,
that, etc., (te erfufyren fcfyon (or <5ie fyaben fcfyon erfafyren),
meinc >erren, bap it. f. n>.
3. The auxiliary which forms the perfect and pluper-
fect indicative and subjunctive, is often omitted in a de-
pendent clause, e.g., ap cr fo frity gefommen [ift under-
stood], fann mid) nur fretien, That he has come so early, can
only give me pleasure ; $einrtd) nwpte fd)on, ba bic ^Bnigtn
eg n>afyrfd)einlid) in Sd^erj gefagt [(>atte understood], Henry
knew already that the queen had probably said it in joke.
The same way in the passive, e.g., @ic befyauptete, ba ter
&bntg nicfyt getobtet roorben [fei understood], She maintained
that the king had not been killed.
IV. The Pluperfect
1. This tense is employed as in English. Ex. t
2U3 (nadjbem) id) btc ,8 c i tun 9 geMen Ijatte, ging id) au.
\\Tien (after) I had read the newspaper, I went out
TENSES OP INDICATIVE. 349
2. See ITT, 3, for the omission of the auxiliary forming
the pluperfect.
3. See II, 4, for the German imperfect translating the
English pluperfect.
READING EXERCISE 120.
2)ie (Stabt 9?om Uegt aitf fieben >ugetn. 9?ad) bem SSinter fommt
ber grilling. 3)er $nabe fdjneibet (makes) feine gebern felbft. 2)ie
Slrmutb, toofmt oft neben bem Ueberfluffe. 1 101 orgen $lbenb reife id)
nad) traftburg; ttotlen <ie mid) begleiten? ^DiogeneS tooljnte in
einem gaffe- 3d) fenne (I, 4) iljn fett feiner $inbb,eit. )urd) wen
nwrbe 5lbel getobtet? 3)ie Suben tooimten guerft im ?anbe ofen;
Ijernad) ^ogen 2 fie in ba^ cmb Canaan. S3or brei SBodjen fyat ber
-Sager einen ^-irfd) gefdjoffen. 2Bir tcerben ba^ 9)feb,I bei einem anbern
Scider faufen. >aben @ie Ob,re 3lrbeit geenbigt? Sir fyaben fie nod)
nidjt geenbigt. 2ftan b,at otle Offi^iere beftvaft, ivetdje bie gab.nen
toertaffen b,aben. ie Stjrier fatten burd) iljren (Stotj 3 ben ^fintg
efoftriS gegen fid) aufgebradjt/ ber in (Sgtjpten I)errfd)te unb fo biete
9teid)e 6 erobert b,atte. 3d) Ijatte meine efd)afte fdjon beenbtgt, ai8 id)
3;b,ren 53rief erb,iett. Wtt er mir bie efd)id)te er^afjtt b,atte, fd)lief er
etn. (S3 b,at biefeS 3ab,r nid)t biete Srauben gegeben. (Sobalb id)
mein etb er^olten b/abe, ttjerbe id) biefe (Stabt bertaffen.
9litfabc 121.
1. "What are you doing? I am reading a very amusing
book; you must read it too; to-morrow I will send it [to] you.
Napoleon the First died in the year 1821. My friend has
published 1 a new English grammar. The servant has killed
his master. Were you ever in France ? No, Sir, I intend to
go there next year. After I have read the book, you shall
have it. We waited [a] long time for you (auf <2ie). I have
been writing letters all day. When shall I have the pleasure
of seeing you ? I have always received 2 him kindly. These
two moil will have done their work when you return.
2. We shall have our dinner at six. He has lived long in
Switzerland. He lived long in Switzerland. Is it long since
i abundance. 2 went, moved. 3 pride, 4 irritated. 5 kingdom.
350 TENSES OF INDICATIVE.
you breakfasted ? It is an hour and a half. I perceived (II, 3)
it the other day. I have perceived it for (since) several days.
I wore 1 that coat two years. I have worn this coat nearly two
years. How long did you wear these boots ? They are worn
out (abgetragen). How long have you lived in this house ? I
have lived in it these three years. Have you known these
people long ? I have known them [for] many years.
READING LESSON.
1 aug betn Selien etnrtd)8 beS $ierten.
>ie beriifjmte <Srf)(ad)t toon 3t>ri) afletn fb'nnte ben9?anten>etnrtdj'8
be8 SHerten unfterblid) madden. 2113 ^eerfiifjver 2 imb (Solbat getgte er
eben fo t)iel efdjidltdjfeit* at$ apfer!ett. 23or bem SBegtun be8
reffen$ 4 burdjritt er bte 9Mf)en s nut einer l^ettern SlZiene, njetdje ben
@teg border berfiinbete, unb fagte 311 fetnen !Jruppen : ,,$inber, n)enn
bte Stanbar'ten end) fefjlen, 6 fo toerfammelt end) itm nietnen n)eten
^eberbnfd),' t^r toerbet i^n tmmer auf bem SSege ber (to) S^re unb
be 9tu^meg ftnben; ott tft fur un3." 9Zad) etntger ,3ett glaubte
man, er njare tnt djtadjtgetilmmel 8 umgefommen. 5113 er tmeber gum
33orfdjetn 9 fam, mit bem 33Iute ber fit'infa bebedt, fo rtwrben feme
olbaten ^elben. ie 53erbiinbeten 10 hiurben in (Stiirfe gefjauen. 2)er
SWarfdjafl uon 33tron lommanbtrte ba 9tefert)efor^ unb b,atte, olme
eben in ber t^e be3 efedjteg ju fein, etnen grofcen 5lnt^eil :i am
(Siege. r tuttnfdjte u bem ^b'nig mit btefen SSorten liirf: 1 * @tre,
(Sic ^aben fyeute get^an, tua 33tro:f ti/un fottte, unb 33tron, ttjaS bet
tb,un fottte."
3)te 2)?Ube be (Sfegerg zdfiffle* ilcn 9Jub,m be3 Xriumpb,^.
bte grangofen," f ^cic nv tnbetr, cr bte gludjtlwge 14 berfotgte.
biefe ^iige maten 16 ben .qro^en SO^att^ toeldjer bte ^unft befa^,^ bte
gehJtnnen,
12L itragen.
i trait. 2 commander, genent. dSkUL <battj\ s ranks, stall. 1 plume. smSlee.
store-appear. iothe Leagnei'S llghare. is tc congratulate, isto enhance. ufngi
tives. i :. to paint, describe.
TENSES OF INDICATIVE.
351
mu befonberS bte enugtljuung 1 berounbern, roeldje cr bent
errn Don (3d)omberg gab. >iefer (general ber beutfdjen ^nlfStruppen
Derlangte etuige Jage Dor ber d)(ad)t bte Sofynung 2 feiner ruen.
2)a8 @elb mangelte; 3 eine 33eroegung be3 llnroiflenS 4 reifet ben $ontg
fu'n: ,,9?ie," antroortete er, ,,I)at em 2)?ann ton 2ftutf) am Xage Dot
etner rf)larf)t etb cerlangt." SBoU 9Jeue 5 iiber bte frdnfenbe ebb,af^
ttgfett 6 ergrtff er, urn fie tm'eber gut gu ma^en, 1 ben ^lugenbltcf, too
man fampfen mollte. 8 ^err oon djomberg," fagte er, ,,td) fyabe <2te
or etnigen Jagen beletbtgt. 5)tefer Sag tft m'ettetrf)t ber lefcte metne
?eben^: id) nntt ntd)t bte Sb/re etne^ (gbelmannS mit mir nef)men; id)
fenne Sb,r 33erbienft unb ^^ren attutb,; id) bitte @ie um Serget^ung;
umarmen @te mid)."
(Sdjomberg antraortete tb,m: &$ ift njab/r, ba 3fb,re SD'Jajeflat mid)
Ie^tb,in 9 Dernwnbete; b/eute tbbten te mid): benn bie Sb,re, bie @ie
mir antfyun, gwingt mid), bei biefer etegenfyeit fitr ie 311 jterben."
U)er bratte J)eutfd)e jetdjnete fid) aitd) U)irf(id) burd) feine Saoferfeit
au, nnb tourbe an ber cite be8 ^b'nigg getobtet
2Betd)e <Sd)Iad)t b,at ben -ftamen
etnrid)g IV. unfterblid) ge*
madjt?
geigte er babei?
2Betd)e 2Borte fprad) er Dor ber
<5d)Iad)t gu feinen Solbaten?
fftr ein ^u^rer (guide)
roitrbe biefer ib.nen fein?
fommanbirte ba
roeldjen 23orten roiinfdjte
biefer bem ^onig litd ju
feinem@iege?
2Bie roar er afe (Sieger ?
3)ie @d)Iad)t bei
(Sben fo toiel ef^idlidjfeit
9)?utl) unb Xapferfeit
2Benn fie i()re ^a^nert Derlieren,
fottten fie ftd) um feinen weiften
^eberbufd) fdjaaren (collect).
gu 9?ul)m unb (Sfjre.
)er
!Der 9arfd)aa 33iron.
,,<Sire," frad) er, ,,(2ie b,aben b,eute
get^an, roaS Siron b,citte tb,un
fotten."
(5r roar feb,r milbe.
i satisfaction. 2 pay. s was wanting. Danger. 5 repentance, s vivacity i explosion
f feeling). 7 to repair, make up for. * they were going to ng lit. 9 the other day.
352
SUBJUNCTIVE.
233 ie jetgte er biefeS ?
2Bte benafjm (behaved) er ftd)
gegen ben (general u. (t>on)
djomberg ?
>atte er tfyn beteibigt ?
Set roeldjem
(occasion) ?
2Bann fudjte er fein Unrerfjt ttne=
ber gut ju madjen ?
fagte er 311 tfym?
2Bar t>on <3d)ontberg babitrdj
befriebigt ?
(fate)
fiir ein rfjirffat
fyatte er bonn?
2Bar djomberg
(5r rtef ben olbaten ju, ba^ fte bte
grangofen retten follten.
Sr gab ifym eine glan^enbe enug=
tljuung.
3;a, ber ^ontg, ^at ifjm etnen un*
Dcrbienten Sortoutf gcmadjt.
311^ ber (general etntge Jage Dor
ber @d)Iad)t bte fcofjnimg fitr
feme Xru^pen Derlangte.
3m IJlugenbttd bor bent 33egtnn ber
@d)Iad)t.
ff 3d) tt)tU bte (Sfyre etne (SbelmannS
ntd)t nttt nttr in' rab neb,men.
SSer^et^en <5te nttr, enerat."
ert)t^ ; er fagte: btefe ?lu^3etd)-=
nttng (distinction) gttnnge tb,tt,
fur fehten $ontg 311 fterben.
(Sr iourbe an ber (Seite be8
jjetbbtet.
, er war ein 3)eutfd)er.
FORTY-THIRD LESSON.
THE SUBJUNCTIVE.
The cases in which a writer or speaker may decide for
himself whether he will use the indicative or subjunctive,
those, that is, in which the rules of the language per-
mit either mood, are frequent in German as they are in
English. In both languages also, the subjunctive and in-
dicative have often the same form, e.g., I see, 3$ fefye, may
be either indicative, or subjunctive.
1. a) 2)afl, um ba, and bamit, all meaning in order tliat,
and t>a . . , . nidjt, which last we may translate either a) in
order that .... not, or 6) lest, take, in books, the subjunc-
SUBJUNCTIVE. 353
tive perhaps more frequently than they do the indicative,
and, in conversation, the indicative perhaps more fre-
quently than the subjunctive. Ex.:
ege baS $mb auf bag 33ett bamtt bte Sautter eg fteljt
Lay the child on the bed so its mother may see it.
28aff)htgton fdjnneg um ba fein aft nicf)t gefranft nmrbe.
Washington kept silence so that his guest might not be
mortified.
b) Another way of translating in order that, is with lint
ju and the infinitive, e.g., Mm fetnen afi nicfyt ju franfen, In
order not to mortify his guest.
2. a) SBenn, meaning if, takes the subjunctive when-
ever it would be allowable to use the subjunctive in En-
glish after if, e.g. :
If he was (or were) sick, he would not be here.
SBenn er franf ware, nwrb' er nicfyt fyter fetn.
But even if he was (here were could not be used) sick
he did not show it.
2Benn er and) franf tuar, falj man eg tt)nt bocf) nic^t an.
If you had seen him, you would have admired him.
2Benn <Ste iljn gefe^en fatten, fo tuiirben fte i^n betuunbert I)a6en.
In such examples as this last, it might puzzle the stu-
dent to determine whether had seen was indicative or
subjunctive in English. For such cases we may lay down
another rule, as follows :
b) The subjunctive must be used after wenn, meaning
if, provided the speaker assumes the condition intro-
duced by wenn to be contrary to the facts of the case.
,(In the last example given, it is assumed that you [really]
did not see him.)
c) In other cases, the English verb which we are in
doubt whether to call indicative or subjunctive, may,
wi hout any change of sense, have another form substi-
354 SUBJUNCTIVE.
tuted for it which will leave no doubt in the mind of the
student, e.g., for If he came to-morrow and told you he
was sorry, we may substitute, If he should come, etc., or,
If he were to come, which are evidently not indicatives.
NOTE 1. We sometimes use if in English where we might use whenever.
2Benn translating this kind of if, takes the indicative, e.g., If he were sick
(i.e., whenever he was sick), he would abstain from wine, SEenn er front
fcar u. f. to.
NOTE 2. If, meaning whether, i.e., introducing an indirect question,
must be translated not u>enn, but ob, and takes the indicative or sub-
junctive, as the writer chooses, e.g. :
?dj fragte t&n, ofc er jufrteben toare (or tear),
asked him whether he was satisfied.
2Bir moditen ttnffcn, ofe er fjter i|i (or fet).
We should like to know whether he is here.
NOTE 3. 2({3 toenn, tote toenn, and alS o&, all meaning as if, fall under
the rule 2, a.
As if he was (were) sick.
2113 oS er franf todre.
It looks as if it would get colder.
&8 fyat ben Snfdjein, al3 toenn e falter toerben tourbe.
Another way of translating as if, is by al3 simply, with the question
order, i.e., the SUBJECT immediately following the VEBB (see page 82, 3),
e.g. : %{$ tear' er franf, As if he were sick.
3. a) Another way of translating if, is by the question
order and the indicative or subjunctive, according as the
one or the other would have been used if roenn had been
used. The other half of the sentence, i.e., the conclusion,
if it comes after the condition, generally begins with fe,
which we can translate then or why, or leave untrans-
lated, as we choose. Thus, taking the examples already
given under 2, we can change them into :
28 dr* cr franf, fo nriirb' er ntdjt l)ter fein.
Sar er aurf) franf, fo faf) man e$ tf)m bod) nidjt an.
fatten <5?te tljn gefeljen u. f. to.
SUBJUNCTIVE. 355
1} The question order may also be used in the place of
, meaning wlwnever (see 2, Note 1), e.g., SBar er franf,
fo wollt' er feinen 2Bein trtnfen, Whenever he was sick, he was
unwilling to drink any wine.
c) When the question order is used to mean if or wfon-
ever, the YEKB must come at the very beginning of the
clause, e.g., Whenever he was sick, must not be trans-
lated, $ranf war er, for this would mean, He was sick (see
page 82, 3), but, SBar er franf.
er Better nad) >aufe, . . . Better !am er nad) >aitfe.
If he caine home in good He came home in good spirits.
spirits, . . .
>att' er e$ fritter gefagt, . . . ^ritljer fyfttf er eg gefagt.
If he had said so earlier, . . He would have said so earlier.
$omm' id) fritl) an, ... $riU) fomm' id) an.
Whenever I arrive early, . . I arrive early.
READING EXERCISE 122a.
<Sd)tcfe ber armen ^rau ben ^tad)3, bamtt fte t^n gtetd) tyinne.
SBenn er fritter lame, hmrbe er mid) git ^aiife finben. 2Senn man @te
l^ier fa'nbe, fo hjaren <5te bevloren. 2Benn er ftet^tg tocire, fo tottrbe id)
i^n toben. 3d) foikbe e t^un, tuenn id) ettoaS babet geh)anne. SBenn
(Safar nid)t ermorbet tworben toare, fo fytitte er, eben fo rt)ob,I al8 lit*
guftug, bte Corner an feme errfdjaft geiuo^nt. 5)er alte SD^ann geljt,
afe ob er laljm iuare. 3)er ^nabe Itegt ba, afe rtenn er fd)Uefe. (Sr
fprad), nite luenn er toafynftmttg njare. atte id) gettmftt, ba^ $err
Hitler b,ter tft (in English, was), fo ttwrbe id) tb/n befud)t (called
upon) fjaben. @te burften ntd)t fpredjen, and) loenn @te geb^ort fatten
er tion ben ^naben tiertangte.
SlufpBc 122b.
I take medicine that I [may] recover. 1 He speaks aloud (in
order) that every one may hear him. Send him away lest he
[should] be found here. I should be happy if I had as many
books as you [havej. If he were rich, he would buy a car-
riage and horses. The hypocrite 2 speaks as if he were re-
i gen^fen. x i
356 SUBJUNCTIVE.
iigious. 8 I should go to Paris myself if I had time. He
spoke as if he were commanding it. Many a man would live
happier, if he were contented. The pupils would have been
more advanced ( Jortfcfjrttte gemarf)t fyaben), if you had adopted 4
another method. If you were in, you certainly heard the
music.
4. a) Verbs of thinking, feeling, wishing, and the like,
and of saying or communicating intelligence in any other
way than by saying (e.g., writing), may take a subjunctive
with ba. They are, perhaps, even more likely to take
the subjunctive, and not the indicative, when t>ajj is left
out (in which case the normal order is used), e.g. :
(r fd)rteb, ba er 311 fpat angefommen todre.
He wrote that he had arrived too late.
3d) metne er fct unfdjulbig.
I am of opinion he is innocent.
3d) n)iinfd)e, ba e3 gletd) fertig toerbe.
I wish that it may be (it to be) finished at once.
2Btr roerben iljm fdjretben, bafc e3 feuten ^itffdjub fyaben fonne.
We will write i-o him that it cannot have any postpone-
ment
6) These very same verbs may also have the indicative,
when what comes after the ba is looked upon as a fact,
or, at any rate, as pretty certain to be a fact, e.g. :
3d) metne, er ijl unfdjutbtg.
I am of opinion he is innocent.
c) The student will perceive that, according to the rule
last laid down, verbs of knowing, proving, being con-
vinced, seeing, and the like, will be much more apt to
'have an indicative than a subjunctive after them, e.y. :
3d) roetf?, ba er e3 getfyan Ijat.
I know that he did it.
while, 3$ roeif , fcafj cr e gettyan fyabe, would hardly occur.
laab. 3fromm. <annV^men.
SUBJUNCTIVE. 357
If it did occur, it would mean something like : I have
heard (you need not tell me again) that he did it, and
would not imply that the speaker believed himself in the
guilt of the person spoken of.
5. a) Suppose we have in English the imperfect of one
of the verbs mentioned in 4 a), followed by that, ex-
pressed or understood, and a dependent clause. In this
case, the verb of the dependent clause is in English
always in the imperfect or pluperfect, and never in the
present or perfect, e.g., The minister said that man was
mortal ; He wrote he intended to leave town ; We did not
learn that they had finislied it.
b) In German, on the other hand, the verb of the sec-
ond clause is more frequently in the present than in the
imperfect, and, sometimes, in the perfect instead of the
pluperfect, e.g., )er eiftttdje fagte, bap ber 9)?enfd) fterbUcfy
fet; (r fcfyrteb, cr roc lie abreifen; 3Bir erfitfyren nidjt, ba
fte e3 ju Qtnbe gebracfyt fyaben. These are the tenses
required in English, if we change the verb of saying, etc.,
into the present, e.g., The minister says that man is
mortal, etc.
c) There are, however, some English sentences in which
the tense of the dependent clause remains the imperfect
or pluperfect even after changing the verb of saying, etc.,
into the present. Thus, He said he thought his mother
was sick a great deal before her marriage, becomes : He
says he thinks his mother was (not is), etc. ; We called
your attention to the fact that we had in 1860 nearly suc-
ceeded, becomes : We called your attantion, etc., that we
had, etc. In such cases, it is not usual, when translating
into German, to make the change of tense mentioned
in b.
358 SUBJUNCTIVE.
6. Indirect questions take in German sometimes the
indicative and sometimes the subjunctive. They are,
perhaps, more apt to take the indicative after a verb in
the present or future, and the subjunctive after a verb in
the imperfect, perfect, or pluperfect Thus, 2Bir fragen,
ob ber 3"3 angerommen ifi, We ask wJietJier tJie train has ar-
rived; ie woUtcn wifien, ann cr gejiorben fci (compare
6,6).
7. Yerbs ot commanding, ordering and the like, may
take follen in the present or imperfect subjunctive or the
present indicative after them. Thus, 3$ befal;l, bafii bie
SdnUer im 3^nter bleiben follten, I ordered the pupils to re-
main in the room (that the pupils should, etc.) ; 2Bir wollen
tfym fagen, cr foil e3 erl)inbern, We will tett him to prevent it.
8. Verbs of fearing, asking and wishing, may take the
imperfect subjunctive of mbgen after them. Thus, 2Btr
fur d) ten, baj? er un tabeln moc^tc, We fear he may blame us;
3^ bittc, bu moc^tefl ju mir fommen, I beg you witt come to
me ; 3d) fyattc getmmfd)t, er mbt^tc ni^t crfdjeincn, / should
have unshed he would not appear.
READING EXERCISE 123a,
SBttten <Stc 3^rc cfjtoefter, ba^ fie botb ^ter^er fomme. (5 toare
gu luiinfdien, bo^ jencr ^o^c S3oimi ^ter ftanbe. ^ebennann tuiinfcfit,
ba bcr (general btc djtadjt getwuinen modjte (gciuinue). (S h)fire
gu tuiinfrfjen, baft ber enevat bte (Srfjladjt geioannc. Sir fitrdjten,
ba^ ba CnS berften mod)te. 3d) njiinfdje, baft er balb genefe. 3d)
toiinfdjte, ba^ meine Sodjter balb fame. 3d) befe^Ie, ba^ er ba&
toerlaffe.
12Bb.
Do you think he mil come? I am afraid he will come. I
will order him to retire 1 (that he retire). I ordered that he
should retire. I fear the ice* may break. I fear [lest] he
123b. i refl. v., ft$ junitf jietyen.
IMPERATIVE. 359
[should] come. I wish the work 1 were done. I wished that
he might win the prize. 4 I fear [lest] he should die of (an) his
wounds. I feared he would dislocate 5 his arm, if he were to
lift 6 that heavy weight. Turn 7 this wicked fellow away, said
the duke, lest he should pervert these honest people. It would
be [a] pity (rfjabe), if that beautiful fruit were to spoil (ber-
barbe).
9. The third person singular of the imperative may
either be formed with foil, e.g., (Er foil loben, as already
given, or we may use the third person singular of the
present subjunctive, as in the following examples :
(Sin 3eber tljue feme ^ftidjt, Let everybody do his duty.
cwg lebe ber $omg ! Long live the king !
@ott fegne @te ! God bless you !
2>te iebe fet ofyne alfd), Let love be without dissimulation.
10. The following are examples of the use of the sub-
junctive in exclamations.
) ba metn greunb fame !
Oh that my friend would come !
) toare id) bodj retd) ! or, >afj id) bod) reirf) toare!
Oh, if I were rich !
atte id) tljtt bod) nic gefefyen! ()afc id) tfyn bod) me gefeljm
Ijfttte !)
Would I had never seen him !
The Imperative Mood.
1. This mood presents no difficulty, except that when
is the subject, it must always be expressed (i.e., can
never be understood), e.g., Give me, is eben <2>ie mir, and
never eben mir.
2. Note the following different ways of translating the
English imperative, first person plural :
123b. 8 bte 9lr6ett. < b ^JreiS. s certenfen. 6 i.c. lifted, tubj. ~ to turn away, f ortjagen.
360 IMPERATIVE.
$lrbeiten tour,
Sir tootten arbetten,
?a| un3 arbeiten,
1'aftt unS arbeiten,
Saffen 3ie unS arbeiten,
Let us labor!
Sap u. f. lt>. would be used to a single intimate friend;
tapt u. f. . to several, and, Saffen <Stc it. f. tt>. to persons
with whom one was not so well acquainted.
READING EXERCISE 124.
1. Wlem <Sofm fagte mir, er fjabe ^opfroeb,. 9Jtan fdjrieb mir neu*
lid), ba >err (. franf ware, unb baft fein 53ruber nad) $lmerifa
gegangen ware. 9)iau fagt, ber ^ontg b,abe bein eneral eiue gro^e
Ungererfjtigfett jugefiigt (done). 2Ran fagte, ber @raf fet geftorben;
iHetn ict) ^abe feitbem erfab,ren, bajj btefe 9iad)rid^t falf^ tft. 5Dian
?raa,te i^n, warum er feine 2litfgabe itidjt gej^rteben b,atte. Sr ant-
roortete, er ijabe feine 3^it geb,abt. SWcntor ^at mtr oft er^d'fytt, wetdjcn
?Rub,m U(t)ffe unter ben rtedjen erlangt ^abe. )er enerat beb,aup*
tete, bafe ber ^nebe gefrfjtoffen fet.
2. 9ftan b.at mtd^ oft toerftdjert, baft bte tucffetigfeiten 1 biefer 2Be(t
nur bon turner !Dauer feten. S^rft, man wirb 3)tr fagen, J)u feiefl
attmad)tig; man Wtrb 3)tr fagen, !it)u feieft Don 3)einem 5Sotfe ange*
betet. a |>altet tmmer, wa tb,r berfprod^en ^abt; abcr Derftorerfjci ntcqtg
unbeba^tfam. 5 olbatcn! laftt un oorwdrtS marfcfjiren; la'jit un8
flegen ober fterben. 2Btr tooflen ein wenig fbagteren ge^en. (Sr tft ber
^>err, er tb,ue, raa t^m h)ob,t gefattt. ott fbrad): S^ werbe (let
there become light, i.e., let light come into being) id)t, unb e8
h)arb 2trf)t. C> batten bo^ 5tde wie bu unb tc^! 2Barc er bo^
(O that he were, though) oufrtdjttg ! ) bo bte $6nigin noc^
lebtet
125.
1. My brother told me that he had lost his purse. He main-
tained 1 that he was right. What did your friend tell you ?
He told me you would come to see him 2 some day (einmal).
The lawyer declared that he could not do it. I hope he may
not be mistaken. She told me that the tree was in blossom.*
They said we could not rely 4 upon him. People say that the
124. i enjoyments. 2 to adore. 3 inconsiderately.
126. ibfliaupten. 2 to come to see. befu^en. sS&IOi^t. < to rely, fl$ cerlaflen ouf (aoe.)
IMPERATIVE. 361
king will come to this town to-morrow. Did you believe that
I had advised him to do so (baS) ? I know (4, c) that he was
ill. We thought he was a clever physician. We all hoped
that our father might recover, but in vain.
2. Were but (bod)) all men as honest as they ought to be !
I did not insist that your brother was (perf.) at the play 8
yesterday. He said that his brother had great influence with
(bet) the duke. Were you not afraid that he might steal your
money? The duke ordered that they should (4) help the
poor man. May God preserve 6 us from (Dor) war ! Educate'
your mind and (your) heart while you are young. Mary told
her maids that she would have left 8 them this dress rather
(Ueber) than the plain garb 9 which she wore (peif. subj.) the
day before, but that it was necessary for her to appear at the
ensuing solemnity (bet ber beDorfte&enben geterlidtfeit) in a decent
habit. 10
READ IN G LESSON.
$>te gejirufte Srcue. Fidelity Tried.
$)er $altfe SftuteuiefnK fyatte etnen fremben 2lrjt, 9?anten
toeldjen er tuegen fetner gropen elefyrfantfett 1 fefyr efjrte. (Sintge )of*
leute mad)ten iljin btefen 9ftcmn toerbadjtig 2 imb fagten, cr fonne fid) auf
feme rene nidjt roofyl tjerlaffen (rely), ba er etu ^u^Iiinber" fei. >ei
^atife tourbe itnru()tg imb tnottte t^n priifen, 4 in tme fern btefer 3lrg*
h)ot)n 5 begriinbet tucire. @r Ue^ i^n 311 fid) fontmen unb fagte: ,,>o*
natn, id) ^abe unter mctncu (Smtrn etnen gefal)rtid)en ^etnb, gegen
iueldjen id) luegen fetneg ftarlen ^nb/ange^ 6 fetne etwatt 7 gebraudjen
fann. ^ab.cr befe^te id) tr, ba^ !Du ein fetneg (Sift bereitcft, ba$ an
bcm Jobten feine @)3ur toon fid) jitrurftd^t. 3d) ttntt i!^n morgen 311
einem aftma()I (feast, dinner) etntaben itnb mid) fetner auf btefe
2Betfe entlebtgen." 8
^onatn antinortete mnt^tg: ,,3JMne Stffenfdjaft erftrerft 9 fid) nttr
onf 5lrjiteten, bte ba Seben erfyalten; 10 anbere fann id) ntd)t beretten.
126. s im St^eater. tca>at)ren. "bitbcn. s^interlafjen. sfcaS elnfacbe eianb.
i learning. 2 made this man suspicious to him, i.e., made him suspicious of this
man. sforeigner. <try. Ssuspicion. party. 'useforce. s get ri<5 of him. to
extend. 1 preserve.
362
IMPERATIVE.
3d) b,abe mid) aud) me bemufyt, e3 gu lernen, roetl idj glaubte, bafe bei
23el)errfd)cr ber tuafjten (Slaubtgen 1 feine fotdjcn $enntnijfe toon mir
forbern roiirbe. 2Benn id) fyierin llnredjt getljan b,abe, fo erlaube mtr,
)einen >of gu fcerlaffen."
Sftuteroeful erroiberte, bag fet mtr etne leere (gntf djufbtgttng ;* roer
bie b,eilfamen 2J?itteI fenne, ber fenne aud) bie fd)abltd)en. (Sr bat, er
brofyte, er Derfprad) @efd)enfe. Umfonft; >onain btteb bei feiner 3tnt*
ort. (Snbtid) ftettte ftd) s ber $alife ergiintt, rtef bie 2Bad)e unb
befall, biefen tuiberfpenftigen 4 9ftann tn' efa'ngni gu fitb.ren. 3)a3
gefdjab,; aud) luurbe ein nnbfd)after 5 unter bent @d)etne etneS e*
fangenen gu tb,m gefe^t, ber ib,n auforfd)en unb bem $altfen oon
5lflem tua8 iponain fagen toiirbe, ^adjvtdjt geben 6 foUte. 5lber ^onatn
terrietb, 7 mit fetnem SBorte feinem SKitgefangenen, hjarum ber $altfe
auf tb,n gitrne. 8 2lHeg, was er fagte, roar, ba er unfdjutbig roare.
(To be continued.)
Sprcdjiibung.
fitr etnen ?lrgt b,atte ber (5r ^atte etnen fremben
ajiuteroeful an feinem meng
SSer madjte ib,n oerbfidjttg ?
ttJetdjem runbe?
be^^alb ber^alife
uerlangte er Don
Sann fottte bie Skrgiftung ftatt*
fiuben ?
antnjortete
2Bar ber &altfe mit biefer
wort gufrieben ?
^>onatn gule^t nad) (yield) ?
tb,at gute^t SDhtteroeful?
(Stntge netbifdje (envious)^ofleute.
SBett er ein $lu3tanber roar.
(Sr befdjlofc, tb,n gu pritfeu (ib,n auf
bie ^robe gu ftellen).
(Sr fottte ein feineS tft bereiten,
um einen (Smir gu bergiften.
5lm anbern Xage bei einem aft*
mafjle.
~ er biefeS nid)t berfte^e, unb
ba e8 ein fd)Ied)ter ebraud)
feiner SQSiffenfdjaft fetn roitrbe.
er beftanb (insisted) au|
fetnem 33efel)te; er bat, er brofyte
unb Derfprad) tljm efd)enfe.
97ein, er blieb ftanbljaft bet feinet
^tntroort.
Sr Itefc tb,n tn' efangni^ fe^en.
2 excuse, s to feign. < obstinate, -spy. G to inform.
JtoreveL
INFINITIVE. 363
fixmatn cittern ttn efang- 9?em, ein ^unbfdjafter ttmrbe jit
nifj ? ifym gefefct.
fottte biefer tfywt ? @r follte bem talifen toon Client
9tod)rtd)t geben, wag onam
fctgen roitrbe.
fagte ber Slrjt itber bte llnge* 9Jetn, er fagte nur, ba^ er wt*
rerfjttgfeit beg f alifen ? fdjulbig fet (or tt>are).
FORTY-FOURTH LESSON.
THE INFINITIVE.
I. The Infinitive used as a Substantive.
1. The Infinitive is sometimes used substantively, either
with or without the definite article. It is translated in
English by the present participle : or by the infinitive.
3)a8 SRettett tft etne cmgenefyme 33ett)egvmg.
Riding is an agreeable exercise.
>a3 Cefen ermitbet bie Slugen.
Reading fatigues the eyes.
eben ift (ettger ate nefjmen.
It is more blessed to give than to receive.
NOTE. Concerning the participle present with of before it, see p.372,2a
II. The Infinitive without lt.
1. The Infinitive without Jit is used after the auxiliaries
of mood foflen, tootten, mitffen, fdnnen, mdgen, bitrfen. Ex. :
Sir fbnnen $)eut|cf) fpredjen, We can speak German.
2. Further after the following verbs: fefyett, prett, fii^Ien
(to feel), ternen (to learn), tel)ren (to teach), fyetften (to bid),
fyetfen (to help), marfjen, and taffen. Ex. :
bte ^rau Dorbetgetjen, I saw the woman pass,
leljrt beten, Poverty teaches to pray.
364
Sttetn <2oljn ternt (Sng(ifrf) lefen.
My son learns to read English.
3)ian ()iep ben $naben Ijinauggeljen.
They bade the boy go out.
3d) l)ovtc nietnen greunb in etner efeUfdjaft fhtgett.
I heard my friend sing at a party.
(r liefe ben jPiann Ijeretnriifen, He had the man called in.
NOTE. The above verbs, with the exception of fu^ten, Icfrrcn, and some-
times Icrnon, have this peculiarity, that they form the perfect, pluperfect,
and future perfect with the infinitive instead of the past participle, when
these tenses are connected with another infinitive. Ex. :
te bag 23itcf) Itegen feljen (instead of gefeljen) ?
2)?an ftat mi* rufcn taffen.
3$ feabe fie fingen fyoren.
cr aWann ^at mir arbeiten ^elfen.
25 tr fyabcn j^ramoftfi^ f^rec^en lernen (or gelernt).
28 o {jafccn Sie i^n fcnnen fldernt ?
Where have you made his acquaintance ?
3. The infinitive without JU is further used in some
peculiar expressions with the following verbs :
Sleiben: Itegen bfeiben, to remain lyin^, down; fi^,en Hetben, to
remain sitting; ftefyen btetben, to remain standing, etc.
egen: fd)tafen legen (lit., to lay to sleep), to put to bed.
efycn, reitcn and fofjren: fpajteren geljen, to go walking; fpojtercn
retten, to go riding (a-horseback) ; fpajteren fab,ren, to go
driving; 1 fdjlafert ge|en, to go to sleep ; betteln pe^en, to go
begging.
HI. Infinitive with JU.
1. The infinitive depending on a substantive, takes JU.
Ex.:
^aben (te l?ufl (a mind) tn'S Sweater gu geljen?
dr Ijatte ntdjt ben 3)?ut^ itber ben ^Iu 511 fcfynnmmen.
2Bann merbe id) ba 3Sergniigen b,aben (Sie tnieber ^u feljen ?
2. The infinitive depending on an adjective, takes JU.
Ex.:
i fpnjleren means to take exercise for pleasure, and fpojtmn ge&en, to walk far pleasure,
and so on with the rest, fpajimn ( <= in order to take exercise for pleasure) modify
(jig the following verb.
INFINITIVE. 365
3)|efe3 ebid)t ift (ctd)t gu lernen.
SDiefet Srief ift fdjwer gu lefen.
3$ bin. becjievtg (anxious) gu erfaljren, tucr e8 getljan Ijat.
3, The infinitive depending on any verb, except those
mentioned under II, takes jit. In English, the second
verb is sometimes not in the infinitive at all, but in the
present participle. Ex. :
gr fing an gu tadjcn, He began laughing.
3d) fiirdjtete gu fpcit gu fommen (to come too late).
I was afraid of being too late.
SBcmn Uk'rben <5te auffjoren gu fcfyreiben?
When will you cease writing?
jDec Sflaoe bemiiljte fid) bte @unft fetneS errn gu ertangen.
The slave endeavored to obtain the favor of his master.
3)er $apttdn iibercebete bett ^rembeu mtt ifym gu ge^en.
The captain persuaded the stranger to go with him.
4 When the auxiliaries tyakn and fettt are followed by
an infinitive, it takes ju. Ex. :
3d) f)ab9?td)t8 gu tljun.
^abert @tc mir StroaS gu fagen ?
Bag ift ba gu tb,un, gu gtauben, gu anttoorten?
(g ift gu bebauern, bafc biefer 9)iann geftorben ift.
NOTE. The infinitive after the verb to be, is in English commonly the
infinitive passive ; in German it must be the infinitive active, when the
sense is capable or worthy of being. Ex. :
It was not to be avoided, @3 iar ntdjt ju ttermetben.
His death is to be feared, etn Sob ift gu furdjten.
That book is not to be had, ^etteS 93udj ift niojt
A change is much to be wished for.
Sine SSeranberung tft fefyr ju rt)iinf(Sen.
EXERCISE 126a.
1 ift eine fd)(e^te elDpb,n^eit. 3 U b ^ ( to mucn )
fd^tafen ift eben fo ungefunb, ate gu ftiet effcn. 3d) ^abe ba iBuc|
nod) nidjt lefen ISnnen. ^aben <Sie tefen twoflen ? 9^ein r id) (jabe
fc^reiben tootten. ^etfen (Sic mir meine Ueberfe^ung madden. 2Bcr
^at bic^ geb,en ^et^en? @r b,at mi^ tangen geleb,rt. 3^ b,abe ib,m
1360. i taking snuff.
366
arbetten Ijelfen. 3mb 3ie geftent fpajieren gegangen? 9Jetn, id)
bin fpajtcren gevitten. 3)er $omg ijat mir bte (Srlaubnuj gegeben
etnen >egen 311 tragen. $ennen 3ie ein ftdjereS 2)Httel bie ilNauje 311
DertUgen? 2 a3 ftdjcrfte 2)?tttel unfer eben 311 miangern, tft jeben
SlugenbltdE be3 !age3 gut anjuroenben. 3d) t)abe feine ^offnung
meljr ntcinen oerloreuen 3ob,n loieber gu flnben.
^tufgabe 126b.
Eating and diinking make one (Sinen) sleepy. To speak
too much is dangerous. These people's laughing is very un-
pleasant. 1 I bade him do it I saw him come. They
could not make me laugh. Learn to do good (@utec<). Have
you seen the young girl dance ? No, but I have heard her
sing. When our friends help us to work, we ought to be
grateful 2 to them. Let us take a walk. Shall we have the
pleasure of sseing you to morrow ? I have no mind to make
the bargain (ben >anbet etn3iigef)en) for fear of losing by it. The
slaves had no desire to run off (fort), knowing (as they knew)
what the consequence 3 would be. I am eager 4 to learn music.
He was near (nab,e baran) dying. The pupil was tired 8 of read-
ing German, What have you to do? I have a letter to write.
A pardon is not to be hoped [for].
5. The infinitive with JU is further required after the
prepositions anflatt aud ofyne. Ex. :
Shtflatt gu lacfjen, ttmttte er.
(5r ging au3, ofyne mid) $u fragen.
SJiandje eute roerben geb,afjt (hated), ofjne e3 gu berbtenen.
IV. The Infinitive with urn and JU.
1. This is required after substantives and verbs, when
a design or purpose is expressed by the English infinitive.
Ex.:
mben 3ie elb erfjatteit, urn ein ^pferb gu faufen?
3d) braudje papier, urn etnen 33rief $11 fdjretben.
3d) retfe, inn bie SSelt gu fe^en.
136*. 2 to destroy.
126b. i imangenefyn. sbanfbar.
INFINITIVE. 367
2. It is also required after adjectives preceded by JU
(too), or followed by gemig. Ex. :
@ie tft gu fung, um biefe Arbeit jit terrid)ten (to do).
>err 31. tft nidjt reid) genug, um btefeS Sanbgut (estate) ju
faufen.
Y. The English. Accusative and Infinitive.
1. The accusative with the infinitive used in English
after the verbs to know, to desire, to wish, to mean, etc.,
must be changed in German into a subordinate clause
with bap, in which the accusative governed by such a
verb appears as the nominative. For instance the fol-
lowing sentence : We knew him to be a bad general, is
translated into German: We knew that he was a bad
general, SBtr nmpten, bap er ein fcfylecfyter eneral roar (or
tft) 1 (indicative present or imperfect). Ex. :
I knew the captain to be a good rider.
3d) rotate, baft ber auptmqmt ein guter better roar.
I wish her to do the work.
3d) rciinfdje, ba fie bte Slrbett tljite.
We wished our friends to come in.
roimfdjten, bafj uufere g^eunbe Ijereinfommen modjtett.
We have already seen (II, 2) that the accusative with
the infinitive occurs after a few verbs in German.
VI. The EUiptical Infinitive.
1. The infinitive after how, what, and where may be
translated into German by the infinitive and follen, ttliif*
fen or fbnnen. Ex. :
I do not know where (I am) to go.
3d) tt>et nid)t, roofyin id) gcfyen foil.
Tell hirn how (he is, must or can) to do it.
ogen @ie il)m, rote er eg madjen fott (mitfe or farm).
i 3jl is required if he still is a bad general.
368 INFINITIVE.
It may also be translated by the simple infinitive, e.g* t
nid)t n>a$ $u tbitn.
READING EXERCISE 127.
9lnftatt 311 arbetten, ging er fpa^teren. (3 b,at aufgefyort $u regncn.
3d) freue mid), 311 fpren, ba 3b,r @ob,n fold)e (Sfyrenbegetgungen 1
empfangen h,at. 2)er 2?o[e Ijat 9itd)t8 gu Ijoffen. 3d) fyatte' 9tid)t3
mtt biefcm fd)led)ten 2J?enfd)en 311 fdjajfen (do). jDtejer ^ranfe b,at
btete Sdjmzrjen 311 erbulbeu. 3)er ^)aui)tmann war 311 miibe, urn @ie
fo fpat 511 befudjen. SDci- 9^id)ter b,at ben efangcnen in'S efangntg
fiiljren taffen. 3)u btft ntd)t tuitrbtg, btefc Seto^nung 311 em^fangcn.
SJJetn s JJad)bar b,atte btc ^bftdjt, 2 fein ^aug ju fterfaufen, urn feine
<Sd)utben 3 be^a^leu gu fonnen.
Kufgafie 128.
We lost our time without knowing it. The boy is con-
tinually 1 playing 2 instead of learning hif lesson. We cannot
betray 3 the truth without being (rendering ourselves) guilty.
He did so (e$), in order to frighten* you. My children must
learn to draw, in order to be able to draw landscapes. 5 At last
I began to long 6 for my native country, 1 that I might {translate:
in order to) (IV) repose after my travels and fatigues. 8 The
early death of the hero was much to be regretted. 9 If he were
not ashamed 10 of confessing 11 the truth, he would say that he
did not begin to work before ten o'clock. The stream 12 is too
rapid 1 * to be often frozen (gefrteren, active). She knew him to
please (V) everybody. I wish you to read the history of
England by (oon) Macaulay. When you know a poor man to
be honest and industrious, you ought to esteem him more
highly (b,bb,er) than a rich man who violates" the duties of
a Christian.
READING LESSON.
$te gqiriiftc Sreue. ((Sdjutfj.)
ftad) ctntgen 2JJonaten Uep ber $attfe ifyn hneber toor fid) rufen.
Sluf emern Stfdje lag em ^paufen olb, >tamanten unb foftlidje Stoffe;
127. i honors. 2 intention. 3 debts.
138. i fortrcibttnb. 2 see p. 130, Note 1. seertatfjen. * erfdjreden. '< Canbfdjaften. ''>fu$
fetynen tud). " ba8 SSaterlanb. s anftrenaungen. sbebauern. ie to be ashamed, fi$ i^licen,
12 tcr Strom, "reifienb. n
369
baneben aber ftanb ber Confer 1 nut einer eifcel 2 in ber 3 >anb itnb etnent
<d)Uierte unter bent 3 2lrme. ,,2)u fjaft nun geit genug gefyabt," fmg
2Kutett)eful on, W 2)id) $u bebenfen 4 unb bag Unrest (fault) Pettier
iJBiberfpeufttgfeit 5 ehtjufeljen. 9^un ttaljle: entroeber nimm biefe
9fetd)t()iuner unb tfyue metnen 2Bitten, ober berette )id) $u ehtem fdjtmpf*
lid)en 6 Xobe I" 2lber ^onatn antioortete, bie (Scfjanbe liege nid)t in bet
trafe, foubern in bem 55erbred)en. (Sr fonne fterben, o^ne bie (Sfyre
feuieg 3tanbe! 7 unb feiner 2Btffenfd)aft 3U beftecfen. 8 3)er ^olife fei
ber ^err feine^ Seben8; er tfjue, 9 h)a ii)m gefotte.
,,@el)t ^inaug !" fagte ber $attfe 311 ben llmfte^enben; unb al$ er
allein tuar, reid)te er bem getoiffenfyaften 10 onain bie >anb unb f^rad^:
,,onoin, id) bin mit !Dtr jufrteben; 3)u bift ntetn ^reunb unb id) ber
2)etnige. 3)?an I)at mir )eine Sreue t)erbad)tig gemad)t; id) mufcte
jDeine (g^rlid)feit priifen, u um getoift ju ttierben, ob id) mid) tioftfommen
ouf 2)td) tsertaffen fonne. 9?id)t al etne 33elof)nung, fonbern al3 ein
3eid)en 12 meiner ^reunbfdjaft hjerbe id) !Dir biefe efd)ente fenben, bie
S)eine 9?ed)tfd)affen^eit nid)t berfii^ren 13 lonnten.",
@o fprad) ber $alife unb befafjt ben )ienern, ba otb, bie (Sbel
fteine unb bie (Stoffe in ^>onain' ^au^ ju tragen.
2Bie tange blieb ^onain tm e*
fangni^ ?
2113 9J?utetnefut it)n mieber rufen
Ite, )oa geigte er i^m ?
^atte ber >en!er in ber
>aub ?
tertangte nun ber
oon feinem 5lrjte ?
antiuortete ^>onain?
feijte er nod) Ijtn^u (add)?
(Sinige Donate (tang).
2luf ber etnen eite einen ifrf) mit
otb unb >iamanten, auf ber
anbern etnen enfer.
Sr Ijatte eine eifjel in ber ^>anb
unb ein @d)R)ert unter bem 3lrnt.
onaht fottte tudfjlen giuifdjen 9teid)
t^um unb Xob.
3)ie Sdjanbe liege ntd)t in bet
(Strafe, fonbern im 53evbred)en.
)er ^aifer tf)tte, n?a i^m gefafle.
i the executioner. 2 scourge, s see p. 310, 14.
ness. c shameful. " profession. 8 to stain.
to consider. 5 obstinacy, stubborn-
. . . . 9 see p. 359, 9. 10 conscientious
honest, n to prove, put on trial. 12 token, is to corrupt.
B70 PRESENT PARTICIPLE.
(submit) er ftd) enbltcf) in 'ftein, er blieb ftcmbfjaft b f eutei
ben Stllen beS $alifen V SBeigerung (refusal).
26ie belofynte 3Huteu>eful ib,n ba* (r [ogle, baft er mit tb,m gufrieben
fur ? fei, unb geftanb ib,m, bag er tfyn
nur b,abe priifen rooflen.
2Bte nannte er tb,n ? (r nonnte tb,n feinen reunb.
Unb rate begeugte (show) cr if>m @r Iie ba^ o(b, bte belftetn?
feine 2)anfbarfeit? unb fojlbaren toffe
SKob.nung bringeru
FORTY-FIFTH LESSON.
THE PRESENT PARTICIPLE.
1. a] The present participle may be employed in Ger-
man as in English like an adjective, e.g. '
Sin toetnenbeS $inb, A weeping child.
(gute Uebenbe Gutter, A loving mother.
35ie aufqeb,enbe onne, The rising sun.
2)ie ermunternben 2Borte, The encouraging words.
All the examples just given are of the present parti-
ciple immediately preceding and qualifying a noun, i.e.,
used as an attributive adjective, and it is used thus much
oftener than as a predicate adjective, i.e., standing alone
after some part of fein, to be. Instead of, a$ &int> war
ttetnent, we must say, )og fttnb toeinte ; instead of, Xic
Sautter ifi liebcnt, Die Gutter ifl Uebmll, etc.
b) Nevertheless, there are a few present participles
which may be employed with the greatest freedom io
every way in which genuine adjectives are employed,
thus:
belefyrenb, instructive briicfenb, oppressive
betriibenb, afflicting ermtibenb, fatiguing
bringenb, pressing fltejjenb, fluent, flowing
PRESENT PAKTtCIPLE. 371
l)tnretJ3enb, overpowering toerletjcnb, offensive
retgenb, charming imterfyaltenb, amusing, etc.
EXAMPLES.
<Sie fang reijenb, She sang charmingly.
2)a8 ift mefyr ermlibenb al3 erqutcfenb geraefen, That was more
wearisome than refreshing.
3)rtngenbere efd)dfte, More pressing affairs.
(Sr bat un8 bnngenber a(8 ttorljer, He begged us more press-
ingly than before.
@te entfernten fid) fdjttietgenb, They departed silently.
(Sr fagte mtr, ftetS ladjenb . . . , He said to me, laughing all
the while . . .
(Sr raudjte, (tc^ (affig auf bent (Sttenbogen ftiiljenb, He was
smoking, supporting himself carelessly on his elbow.
c) In the last two examples the present participle tells
us what was going on at the same time with the action of
the principal verb, he was laughing at the same time
that he said to me, etc.; he was supporting himself on
his elbow as he smoked. It is more usual in such cases
to translate the English present participle by inbem (in
tJmt, while) and the indicative, e.g., (r rmtcfyte, tnbem er jtcf)
Idfftg auf bem (SUenbogen ftii^te. 3nbem is used also to
translate the English present participle preceded by by,
e.g., By showing, 3nbem er (eg, fte u.f.ro.) jetgt (jeigte u.f.ro.)
d) Sometimes ittfcem (while) would not give the force of
the English participial clause, and another conjunction
must be chosen, e.g. :
Believing you were dead, I went on.
!Da (since) id) glaubte Sie rtmren tobt, fo gtng trf) tBctter.
The sun rising, the stags showed themselves at our left,
(gobatb (as soon as) bte (Sonne aitfging, getgten ftrf) bte >trfd)e
Itnfg oon m\%.
He accepted the position, knowing all the while that she
had been lying.
(r nafjm bte tette an, obtt>ol){ (although) er ttwfjte fte
getogen.
372 PRESENT PARTICIPLE.
Henry coming over to us, we sat down to discuss the
matter.
2113 (when) emrid) 311 un fyeruberfom, ba fefcten n)it unS, inn
bte <ad)e 311 befpredjen.
e) In other cases again, the student will see that the
English present participle used as an adjective is equi-
valent to a relative clause. It may then be so translated
into German, e.g. :
A man, suddenly springing out of the bushes, etc.
(Sin 3Waun, ber plolid) cms bent eftra'ud) fprang :c.
A fellow holding such opinions.
(Sin $ert, ber foldje 2ftetmmgen |)at.
/) Cumbrous constructions like the following occur
much more frequently in books and newspapers than in
conversation :
(Sin mid), id) toetfc ntd)t ttmritm, immer tabetnber ^rtttfer.
(A me, I do not know why, always blaming critic) i.e.,
A critic (who is) always blaming me, I do not know why.
2. a) We have already seen that the English present
participle used as a noun is often translated by the in-
finitive (see page 363, 1).
NOMINATIVE.
Heading (the reading of) good books is necessary for
young people.
$)a$ Sefen guter 33ud)er ift fungen Seuten notfyig.
Card-playing and smoking are expensive habits.
3)o ^avtenfptelen unb 9tourf)en ftnb foftfpiettge (Setuoljnljetten.
Dying is hard, (Sterben ift fdjnjer.
Denying his guilt would be shameful.
(S3 ware fdjanblid) fcine djulb gu fcerleugnen.
GENITIVE.
Of dancing I am tired, 2)& Xan^enS bin id) mttbe.
Instead of crying, 3lnftatt be^ 3Betnen.
PRESENT PARTICIPLE. 373
Bat:
The art of writing, $)te unft 311 frfjretben.
The pleasure of seeing you, )a$ 33ergnugen @te 311 fe!jen.
Compare page 318, 4.
With anftatt, the infinitive with JU is more usual, e.g.>
ilnftatt ju weinen.
DATIVE.
He became a declared enemy of (to) smoking.
!em 9Jaud)en ttntrbe er ein erflarter ^einb.
I am not to blame for the want of an answer so long (for
the long being deficient of an answer).
9ln bem langen S 2(u8bleiben einer Slntwort bin id) nidjt
ACCUSATIVE.
I Kke fishing very much, 3d) fyabe bag 2lnge(n feljr gent.
He went away without paying us, (r ging fort o^ne un^ ^u
bqafyten.
He began speaking, (Sr ftng an gu fpred^en.
6) Another way to translate the present participle used
as a noun, is by a clause beginning with a conjunction,
very frequently bap, e.g. :
junge eute gnte 33itd)er lefen, ift notfytg.
Stnftntt ba^ @iner rtjeinte (Instead of that a fellow cried).
j>arcm baf? bie ^Inttuort fo langc au^btieb, bin id) ntc^t djulb.
Your fishing I Kke very well (I am quite willing you
should fish).
afe (te cmgeln, (jab' id) fefyr gent.
I wrote without my father's knowing it.
3d) fdjvteb, o^ne baf? mein $ater e n)uf?te.
He wished to copy the letter before his uncle's seeing it.
(r oolite ben 33rief abfdjveiben, eb/e fein )nfcl ib,n fa'b.e.
We noticed his looking at her.
2Bir bemerften, ba er fie anfaf).
We heard of his becoming a soldier.
2Bir (jortcn, baft er Sotbat geiuorbcn Juar.
1 Although an adjective, usually printed -with a capital letter. It has the same f'ornj
30 the noun efyulb, ffuilt, and is not used attributively.'
374 PRESENT PARTICIPLE.
I spoke of (my) going to Paris.
3d) fpraf) bauon, baft id) nad) ^artS gefyen tooflte.
I have nothing against your going there.
3d) fyabe S jjid)t3 bagegen, bag <3te baln'n gefyen.
The landlord insisted on our taking horses.
Set Strtlj beftanb barauf, baft hnr -Pferbe neljmen fotttcn.
Besides her being rich, 2Iuperbem baft fte reid) tft.
He saved himself by jumping through the window.
Sr rettete ftd) baburd), baft er aug bent ^enfter fprang.
The prisoner was hanged for .killing a man.
>er @efaugene rtwrbe gefyangt, toett cr emeu SJJann getobtet Ijatte.
You must have perceived it, while speaking with him.
@te ntuffen e bemerft ^oben, wa^rcnb <3te mtt t^m [pradjcn.
After having (I had) gone over the bridge, I had a
splendid view into the valley.
9?adjbem id) bie SBrurfe pafftrt fyatte, Ijatte id) etne ^crrtid)c 2lu3*
ftdjt tn' X^aL
After having received my money, I paid my creditors.
9?ad)bem id) mem e(b erljalten ^atte, begaljltc id) metiic
(ciubtger.
READINQ EXERCISE 129a.
err 5J?iiffer tuar ein forgfamer 2?ater unb etn Itebenber atte. 3)aS
S5Ub ftettt (represents) ein ladjenbeS ^tnb bor. 2)te folgenbe 5luf-
gabe tft ju itberfe^en. Sampe'^ 9iobinfon Srufoe tft ein fcljr nnter*
^attenbeg unb beteb,renbe3 Slid). 3)a 33aben tfl gefunb. U)a8
3etd)nen tft etne tngenefyme 58efd)afttgung. 3)a3 ^adjett mandjer
Scute tfl unangenef)nt. fatten @te bie Sljre jetne 33efanntfd)aft gn
ntadjen '? 5)a^ 3pa3terengef)en tft fitr mid) fefjr ermiibenb. !0efcn unb
<Sd)teiben tft fiir alle Scute notljig. 9J?etne $mi Itebt baS 9Jaud)cn
ntdjt. 3d) fanb etne ^tafd)e, nieldje rotb/en SSetn entb,telt. @te ftng
?ben an etnen 33rief ^u fd)retben. 3d) war nafje baran, nad) S 3lmertfa
luSguroanbern. (Sic mitffen fortfa^ren (Snglifd) 311 lernen.
130a.
I am going to Paris in a few daya I saw the dying old
man. You will find the word on the following page. That
was a very fatiguing journey. My friend lives in a charming
region. 1 Biding and dancing are good physical 3 exercises.
Js learning necessary for young people? The burden 3 is
oppressive. Clouds* are formed from the vapours arising" (1, e)
130&. KSejenb, f. *torperU$. sfcU 8a|t. < bie Soften.
PRESENT PARTICIPLE. 376
from the earth. I have seen a book containing beautiful
poems. Alexander asked his friends standing (1, e) about his
death-bed, 6 if (ob) they thought they could find a king like
him. She was near dying. He told me trembling, that he
had lost all his money. Speaking thus, she stabbed 7 herself.
Eliza Veeping 'bitterly, threw herself into her mother's arms.
The father stood mourning 8 by the tomb 9 of his son. The
surgeon began dressing (oerbmben) the wound. The rising 1 *
sun disperses 11 the fog.
READING- EXERCISE 130b.
3d) IaS bte 3eitung, oljnc baft er eS bemerfte. 2Btr fpradjen babon,
baft tuir nad) 2Sten gefyen toottten. >er <Sd)iiter ttmrbe geftraft, roeii
er tra'ge gewefen tft. (5r war bofe 1 Uber mid), baft id) tfyn getoecft Ijatte.
3d) ittar geftcrn in Sfjrem >aitfe, ^nc e3 ju tmffen. >urd) bag
23eobad)ten 2 btcfer ^egeln faun man mele ^etjter bermetbcn. 3d) wcrbe
fpajteren gefyen, narfjbcm id) meinc efdjcifte beenbtgt f)abe. 3d) fanb
btefeg ^acfdjen btefen SO^orgen, a(8 (on) id) au bem ^aitfe gtng. 2)a
id) finbc, baft e8 mtr unmogtid) fetn totrb, ntetn $erfpred)en ju
fo ne^me 3 id) mem 2Bort
131.
She noticed my looking at her. She cannot endure 1 his
going away. I am sure of his having done it. I am rejoiced
at hearing of him. The overseer repented 2 having been so
cruel to (gegen, towards) the slaves and began treating 3 them
with more humanity. 4 Hearing the noise 5 of the cannon, we
started 6 up. Having seen him, I went to his brother. We
form our mind by reading (2, b) good books. We have obtained
peace by making great sacrifices. 7 You will learn to speak
French by writing it. The setting 8 sun indicated that it would
be useless pursuing 9 the fugitives. 10 Having taken leave, 11 he
departed. Being poor, he had been neglected. Having no
money, I could not depart. Having told his ridiculous
stories, he went off (fort) laughing. Mary and her brother
Henry, perceiving a pretty butterfly," endeavored (fudjten) to
catch it. Conjecturing (1, d) (uermutfyen) that I was rich and
130a. bo8 SEobtfcett. 7erbof(fyen. strauem. afcaSQrab. iouf8Ben. nettrei6en.
130b. i angry with. 2 to observe, s to retract.
131. irttagen. 2 bereute bajj. sbeljanbetn. < 2Henft6,tt<$f eit. 6ber1)onn.
ito make sacrifices, Dpfer bringen. 8 untergetjen. scerfotflen.
376 PRESENT PARTICIPLE.
finding that I was ignorant, he thought it would be easy to
deceive me. The old man having spoken thus, the assembly
dispersed. 1 *
READECTQ LESSON.
fiiefee. Filial Love.
(Sin beriifjmter preufjtfdjer eneral' hmr in feiner Sugenb (gbetfnabe 1
an bem |>ofe grtebrid)3 beS rofcen. (Sr fyatte fetnen 23ater ntefyr unb
feme Gutter naljrte fid)* fummerlid) 3 in iljrem SStttroenftanbe.* 5US
em guter ofnt nmufdjte er, fie unterftitfcen 5 311 fonnen, aber toon feinem
geringen el)alte 6 fonnte er 9?id)tg entbeljren. 7
$>od) fanb er ein 2ftittet, (gtroaS fur fie 311 erwerben. 3ebe 97ac^t
mute ndmttc^ einer &on ben (SbeUnaben in bem 3^ mmer oor ^ cm
djtaffabinet beg $omg8 luad^en, urn btefem aufgurtarten, 8 wenn er
Stwa uertangte. 2)a 2Bacf)en tuar 3JJan^em gu befc^tuerUd), unb
fte iibertrugen 9 ba^er, wenn bte ^et^e 10 an fie fam, tyre SSarfjen 5lnbe*
ten. 2)er arme (Sbelfnabe futg an, btefe 2Badjen fiir 5lnbere gu iiber*
nefjmen; er fturbe bafiir be^a^It, unb ba elb, rtel^e^ er bafiir erl^ielt,
fparte er gufammen, 11 uub fd^tdte e bann fetner Gutter.
inmal fonnte ber ^ontg beS ^adjtS nic^t f^tafen unb moflte ft^
(Sth)a bortefen laffen. 12 @r ftingette," er rtef; aber ^iemanb fam.
Snbltc^ ftanb cr felbft auf unb gmg in baS ^eben^immer, urn gu fe^en,
ob letn ^Jage ba rtare. ^ter fanb er ben guten 3unglmg, ber bte
SSac^e ubernommen Ijatte, am Jtfc^e ft^enb. S3or tfym lag ein ange*
fangener Srtef an feme SQiutter; aUein er war uber bem djreibcn
etngefd)lafen. 3)er ^ontg f^tt^ ^erbet (stole near) unb lag ben
Slnfang be8 S3rtefe8, h)elcf)er fo lautete (ran) : ,,9fteme befte, gettcbte
Gutter! !Dtefe ift fd^on bie brttte 9^ac^t, ba id) fur @elb wadje.
Setna^e fann id) eg ntdjt me^r aug^alten. 1 * Snbeffen freue id) mid),
ba^ id) nun toteber ge^n 2:t;aler fiir @te berbtent ^abe, 1 ' weldje id)
Olmen ^ierbei fd)ide. M
131. 13 aiiScinanber gefien.
i a page. 2 support. 3 with difficulty. * widowhood. succor. 6 salary. 1 spar-\
K to wait upon. * handed over. 10 turn, u to collect, to save. 12 see p. 326. is to ring
tho bell. " to stand, to endure, i; to earn-
PRESENT PARTICIPLE.
377
eritfjrt iiber ba8 gute er^ beg 3imgling3 Iat ber $omg ifjn
fdjlafen, geljt in fein gimmti:, fyolt $wei Gotten mit SDufaten, ftecft tym
eine in jebe afdje imb tegt fid) wieber fdjfafen.
1(3 ber (Sbetfnabe erwadjte unb ba3 elb in fetnen afdjen fanb,
fouittc cr wol)( benfcn, tooljer c3 gcfommen fei. Sc freute ftrf) 3^ac
fefjr baruber, loctt er nun feine Gutter nod) beffer unterftufeen fonntc;
bo^ erfdjra! er andj ^ugteid), aiett ber $imig i^n fdjtafenb gefunben
Ijatte. 2lm SKorgcn, fobalb er ^urn ^onig lam, bat er bemutljtg 1 urn
S3ergebung tuegen feine^ 2)tenftfel)(er3 2 unb ban!te Ujnt fiir baS gnabtge
S)cr gute $onig lobte feine finblirfje ?iebe, ernannte 3 i^n
jum* Offtjier unb fdjenfte i^m nod^ (besides) eine (Summe
elb, urn ftc^ 2ltfe3 anfdjaffen 5 ^u fonnen, n)a3 er $n feiner neuen
0tettc &rancf)te.
3)er trefftidje (So^n ftieg Jjernacf) tmmer ^o^er' unb btentc imtet
me^reren preuifc^en ^onigen atS etn tapferer general bil ra feiu
oe0 filter.
war em preuifd)er enerat
in feiner 3ugenb? ^
atte et bamatS feine (SItern
nod)?
3Ba8 war btefe alfo?
^onnteberSoIjnjieunterflit^en?
(gr war (Sbetfttabe an bent
SDZtttet fanb er, (SttoaS
fiir fie ju erwerben (earn) ?
2ln weffen tette wacfjte er?
SSarunt wadjten fte nirf)t felbft?
mad)te er mit bent etbe,
baS er auf biefe 2Beife erwarb ?
(3 ber $6nig einmat nid)t fd)(a*
fen fonnte, wa3 tl)at er ?
13 9Jiemanb fant, wa8 tat er?
@ein 33ater tebte nid)t me^r; abec
feine Sautter.
(Sie war eine 2Bitttoe.
S3on fetnem exalte !onnte er e8
nirf)t tun.
(Sr Wad)te fur etb in bent SJor*
Dimmer bor bent @rf)Iaffabinet
2ln ber Stette anberer Sbetfnaben.
(S3 war ifynen gu befd)wer(id).
@r fdjicfte e feiner Gutter, um fte
ju unterftii^en.
G?r ftingette unb rtef.
Sr ftanb auf, nm gu feljen, ob fern
tm ^or^immer wftre.
1 humbly. 9 fault in service, s to name, to appoint.
to boy. e high and higher.
4 gee p. 389, 3. s to procura.
373
PAST PARTICIPLE.
fnfj cr Ijter?
tjatte er tior fidj tiegen ?
2tu iuen rear biefer $3rief geridjtet ?
2Bte tautete ber
2BtetneI fyatte er fdjon ertuorbcn?
2ccfte ber $onig ih,n auf ?
28a8 tfjat er UberbieS?
51(3 ber (Sbelfnabe ettuadjte,
empfanb er?
SBarum war er erfc^rodeu?
t(jat er am 2J?orgen?
2Bie behjte^ tf)in ber
2Bof)ItuoUen (favor) ?
hwrbe fpater au8 (of) i
fein
2)er gute Oflngttng fag fc^tafenb
am Stfd^e.
(Sinen angefangenen Srtef.
5ln feine Gutter.
W 3)icfe ift fdjon bte brttie ^ac^t,
ba trf) fur etb ttjac^e."
3e^n Skater,
^ein, er Iie i^n fcfjlafen.
(r ^olte a^et gotten >itfaten unD
ftecfte t^m in jebe Xafttje etne.
@r war 2lnfang3 erfdjroden, freute
ficl^ aber bod) itber ba olb.
SBett er etnen jDienftfebler began*
gen (committed) fjatte.
(Sr bat ben $"b'mg um Sergebung
unb banfte tljm fiir bag efrfjenf.
@r madjte ib.n gum Officer unb
fdjenfte t^m nod] etb bagu.
Sr ftieg nad) unb nad) immei
unb wurbe ^ute|jt enerat.
FORTY-SIXTH LESSON.
THE PAST PAKTICIPLE.
1. The past participle is used very frequently in every
way in which a genuine adjective could be used, e.g. :
>er geftebte $oter, The beloved father.
(Sin gefegneteS Sanb, A fertile (blessed) country.
(Sin gebriirftereS 53otf, A people more oppressed.
)er geeb/rtefte ^rofeffor, The most honored professor.
%n gelefjrteften gefd)rieben, The most learnedly written.
<5ie finb gefiirdjtet, You are feared.
2. We call attention to the following words which are
in form past participles, but used more frequently as ad-
jectives than to form compound tenses. Each has a de-
rivative beginning with UlU
PAST PAETICIPLE. 379
befcnmt, known unbefannt, unknown
bemtttclt, well off unbemittelt, without means
beriifymt, renowned unberiifymt, unrenowned
gelefyrt, learned ungeleljrt, unlearned
gefcfjicft, clever, skilful ungefdjicft, awkward
geroofynt, accustomed ungetoofyut, unaccustomed.
3. The past participle of neuter verbs of motion is
used with fommen and gefyen, instead of the present par-
ticiple, as : )er &nabe fain gelaufen, gefprungen, geritten, ge*
fafjren, The boy came running, riding, etc. ; thus also, gc^
flogen, gefc^mommen, gefrodjen u. f. n>. fommen. Somewhat
similiar is serloren ge^en, to be (get) lost. Ex. :
Sine 23vteftafd)e ift tertoren gegangen (has been lost).
4. The following past participles may be used much
like conjunctions :
gefe^t (lit. set), suppose
angenommen, (assumed), assuming
auggenommcn (excepted), except
abgefefyen (looked off), let alone
abgeredjnet (deducted), not counting
gugegeben (granted), granting.
Thus:
e ft) are fo, Suppose it were so.
^Ibgeeb/en babon, ba^ er aud^ gu arm ifi, Let alone that he is
too poor besides.
5. The past participle is often employed instead of the
imperative. In English, the present participle is some-
times used with a negative in a similar manner. Ex. :
umgefefjrt ! (turned about) about face !
aufgefdjaut ! look up !
auSgetrunfen ! empty your glass!
ntd)t nteljr geiueint! no more cryingl
ntd)t geplaubert ! no talking !
380 FUTURE PASSIVE PAKTICIPLE.
The Future Passive Participle.
There is in German a future passive participle, answer-
ing to the Latin participle in dus (e.g., laudandus, a, um).
It is formed from the present participle (e.g., lobcnb) by
placing ju before it. Ex. :
3)a3 311 lobenbe $inb, The child to be praised.
3)te git fyotfenbc Srnte, The harvest to be hoped for.
3)a3 $u fiirdjtenbe Unglitcf, The misfortune to be feared.
In the predicate, JU lobett is used, e.g., 2)a3 $int> ift JU
foben, The child is (worthy) to be praised.
READING EXERCISE 132.
Sftetne geliebte ante ift geflorben. Unfer Dereljrter ^Jrofeffor tfl
franf. ^eter ber @roe roar ber gebilbetfte 9Jiamt in Sftufclanb. S'Jero
war ber gefiirdjtetfte romifc^e ^atfer. !Der Ijeute gefattenc <Scf)nee ifl
gnjet $itfj ^od^. 2)cmoft^eneS tear ber beritljmtefle grie^tfc^c ^iebner.
2)er @ret ging gebitcft (stooping) an einem Stabe unb betteltc. 2)te
gu crfitttcnbe ipftic^t roar fc^njer. <2t^itfen @te mtr ben ju fdrbenben 1
|>ut. 5lbgefe^en a Don bem (Srfolge/ mufc man btefe Untente^mung
bttttgen. 3)te jit gebenbe Dper ift Don (by) Sfcoffini. @r tfi etn
iDtrftic^ ju empje^tenber SOtann. >te 311 erniartenbe 5tnfunft unferer
getiebten ^ontgin erfiittt atte erjen mtt greube. err ^a^bar, ge
trunfen ! 3)te langgena^rte* ^>offnung ift enblirf) erfiittt morbcn. (Sin
ftarfeg emitter mit ^agel 5 ^at bie fe^nttc^ft ge^offte (Srnte ucrnidjtet.*
2)a8 geprefetc ^erj fit^tte ft^ erletcf)tert am t^eitne^menben 53ufen eineS
getiebten 2rreunbe8. erit^rt Don ben 2Borten beg atten 2J2anne^,
offnete er bie f)ttre unb Uep tf)n etntreten. 2)er arme tubent, afl
feineS etbeS beraubt, fe^te betriibt feinen 2Beg fort, bi er, in einem
2)orfe angefommen, ganj ermiibet ftc^ aitf eine San! fe^te.
7tufgabc 133.
1. Mr. A. is a renowned painter. If you study much, you
will become a learned man. He stood there quite puzzled. 1
This man died unknown and unrenowned. The knight 2 re-
turned discouraged 3 and dejected. 4 The most honored man is
132. ito dye. 2 without regard to. 3 result, t i.e., lange genS^rte, long-cherished,
bt. nourished, s hail, s destroy. ' touched, moved.
U3. ictrUjjen, eerwtnt. afcersRUUr. sentmut^tgen, reg. v. < niebetgeft^lagen.
FUTURE PASSIVE PAETICIPLE. 381
not always the best man. The most learned people often
write the worst. Arrived at (in ivith dat.) the village, he pro-
ceeded (gtng cv in) to the inn where nobody recognised 6 him ;
he was so changed and sunburnt. 6 The life of eveiy man ia
a continuous 1 chain of accidents. 8 The problem 9 to be solved 1 '
has been communicated [to] all the students.
2. Beloved and esteemed by every one, *the 'old man died
' at the age of ninety years. It is a fact 11 not to be denied, 1 *
that no man has any claim 13 to perfection. My neighbor came
running to inform me that the queen had arrived. The prince
came driving in a coach with six horses. The danger to be
avoided 14 is not yet over (novuber). Do you understand the
sentence 15 to be learned? Where is the boy [who is] to be
punished? Protected by an almighty God, 2 we x may go
through this life without fear, if we do not deviate 16 from the
right path. Well begun, half done, is a German proverb.
BEADING LESSON.
SJtotm mit ber eifmten 9Hal(c. The Iron Mask.
(Stntge Sftonate nadj bent Xobe be8 $arbtnat3 2ft a 3 a r t n eretgnete
fid) in ^ranlreid) etne SBegebenljett, 1 ttetdje ntd)t U)re3gleidjen 2 Ijat. (Sin
tmbefannter efangener, ber grower al3 getoofmlid), jnng unb Don ber
fdjonften unb ebetften eftalt 3 war, tourbe mit bent groftten @eljetnmt*
fat ba$ (3d)to ber (St. 2ftargaretf)en*3nfet tm ^rofcenc
gefdjuft. tefer efangene tmg unteriuegS eine 2)?a3fe, beren
ftuc! 6 taljlfcbern 7 tjatte, tuelc^e tt)w bie gretljeit tte^en, mit ber
anf fetnem cfic^te ju effen. (53 tear 23efel)l gegeben tuorben, if;n ju
tobten, luenn er fid) entbetfte. Sr btieb anf ber 3ttfel, bt etn .Officer,
9?omcn <5auit=aKor, tm ^a^re 1690 Dberauffefjer" ber Saflttti
133. serfennen. efonnoerbrannt. "fortfcfeen, to continue. Use the past part. sci
92lufga6e. iI6fen. nj^atfa^e. i^Ieugnen. isSlnfpru^ auf. ncrraeiben. isfca
i event, occurrence. 2 its equal. SKcineSgletdjcn, beineSgteic^en, etc., are indeclinable,
i.e.. the same form answers for any gender, or case, and either number. There is a
similar word from the demonstrative bcr, namely, beScjIetdjen (' the like of that '). Poi
t>e8g!euen, bevgletcfyen may be used. 3 figure, stature. < secrecy, sbay. e chin-piece
7 spring. 8 overseer, governor.
382 FUTURE PASSIVE PARTICIPLE.
hmrbe. 2)iefcr fyoltc iljn toon ber @t. 2ftargorctljen*3nfet ab, unb
fiifyrte ifjn, immer ucrtarbt, 1 in bie SaftiUe. $urj toor feiner 23er*
fefcung 2 befudjte iljn ber SftarquiS toon SoutxnS auf biefer 3nfel imb
fprad) nut iijin ftefyenb unb mit einer S 2ld)tung, 3 bte an (Sljrfurdjt grengte
(came near to veneration).
>iefer Unbefanntc iourbe in bie Saftitte gefii^rt, n>o er eine fo gutc
SBo^nung tine in einem (d)Io|fe er()ielt. SDZan toerfagte 4 i^m ni^tS
toon bem, h)a er Derlangte; er fanb fein gro^te^ 33ergniigen an feljr
fetnem 2Sei3eug 6 unb an <5pien; 6 er fpielte auf ber uitarre. 2J?an
^telt il)m etnen feljr guten Jifc^ unb ber )berauffef)cr fc^te fidf) felten
cor t^m. (Sin atter 5lr^t au ber 33afttfle, ber oft biefen 2JJann in
(einen ^ranf^eiten be^anbett 1 Ijatte, fagte, ba er nie fein eftdjt
gefe^en ^abe, obfc^on er oft feine 3 un 9 e uno oen 9^ e ft feineg ^orperS
unterfuc^t fyatte. (Sr h)ar auerft fd)on geu>ad)fen (made), fagte biefer
^trgt; feine >aut War ein njenig gebraunt; er erregte 8 ^ntereffe burd)
ben blofien 9 Xon feiner timme; nie beflagte er ftd) uber feinen 3"*
ftanb, unb Ue 9fiemanb merfen, 10 n?er er fein fb'nnte.
(To be continued.)
QUESTIONS.
K.B. The pupil is requested to seek the answers to the following questions in the
Beading Exercise above.
begab ftdj batb nad) bem obe beg arbmat SKagarin ?
h)urbe auf baS @d)to^ ber @t. 2Jiargaretljen*3nfel gefdjirft?
2Bo tiegt biefe 3nfel?
SBa trug ber efangene beflanbig ?
2Bie lange blieb er auf ber 3nfel?
SSo^in fufyrte i^n @aiut=2)?ar ?
2Ber ^atte il)n oor feiner SSerfe^ung befudjt?
2Bie ^atte er fid) gegen if)n benommen (behaved) ?
355a erljielt ber Unbefannte in ber Saftifle ?
SQln ma8 fanb er fein gro|teS 53ergnUgen ?
2Ber be^anbette i^n in feinen $ran!ljeiten?
2Ba fagte biefer S 2trgt oft?
SSoburd) erregte er Sntereffe?
i masked, 2 removal. 3 respect. 4 to deny, to refuse. & linen. 6 lace, i to attend.
c to excite, to cause. mere. 10 to perceive.
ADJECTIVES. 383
FORTY-SEVENTH LESSON.
ADJECTIVES.
Adjectives in German almost always follow the nouns
or pronouns qualifying them, e.g., 2)ret ^ u btett, Three
feet broad; 93?tt einer tym eigenen Unpartfyeiltcfyfeit, With an
impartiality peculiar to him; >e3 eben ffltt, Weary of life;
3n feinc -ftacfybarin serliebt, In love with his neighbor.
L Adjectives which take the Accusative after them.
1. Adjectives of weight, measure, age, or value, require
the accusative. Such are :
fdjluer, heavy, weighing Ijodj, high
long, long ttef, deep
breit, broad, wide grofc, great, large, tall
alt, old toerti), worth.
EXAMPLES.
3)er (Stein toar geljn ^funb fd^mer.
The stone weighed ten pounds.
>te Waiter ift jttmn^tg ^u tang.
The wall is twenty feet long.
3)te grau tear fec^^ig 3a^re aft.
The woman was sixty years old.
>ier ift em geljn ^funb fd^ttjerer (Stem.
Here is a stone weighing ten pounds.
(Sie bauten etne ^njei^unbert $atfj fange SWauer.
They built a wall two hundred feet long.
IL Adjectives 1 which take the Dative after thena.
abgenetgt, disinclined anftofctg, oflEensive
fi^n(td), like befannt, known
angeboren, innate begretflicf), conceivable
angemeffen, appropriate bequem, convenient
, agreeable befjagttd), comfoi-table
i This list contains also some past participles which are frequently used as acU
jectives.
384 ADJECTIVES.
befcfyuenid), troublesome Ueb, ) -,
banfbar, grateful tfjeuer, )
btenlid), serviceable tnoglid), possible
ei9eu ' ! neculiar nad)th,eilig, ) prejudicial, detri-
eigentl)iimud), ) * fdjdblid), j mental, hurtful
fremb, strange nafye, near
gefyorfam, obedient niigucf), useful
geiuogen, favorably inclined treu, ( foy.uf.ji
giinftig, favorable getreu, [
geneigt, kindly disposed iiberlegen, superior
getoadjfen, equal to unmbgUd), impossible
gleid), like, equal \ivtf)a$t, odious
gndbig, gi-acious, kind t)ortb,eHb,aft, advantageous
|ei(fam, salutary roillfommen, welcome
laftig, troublesome ^utraglid), conducive, beneficial
EXAMPLES.
>er (So^n tfi (or fiefyt) fetnem 5Sater ab.ntt^.
The son is like (resembles) his father.
3)ie gtebe ^ur Oreifyett ift bem 2Ken[d)en angeboren.
The love of liberty is innate in man.
3)ie Arbeit tear ben (Solbaten laftig.
The labor was disagreeable to 'the soldiers.
5)a8 Saben ift ber efunbb/eit feljr gutrdgUd^.
Bathing is very conducive to health.
(g toar mtr unmoglid) ju fommen.
It was impossible for me to come.
HEADING EXERCISE 134a.
5)tefe ^ugel ifl me^r ot ^e^n ^funb fitter. 2Bte tang tfl bteje
Strafe? @ie ijl ^ttjei^unbert unb gnxntjtg 5u (ang. 3)te ^einbc
gruben emen gtuotf ^u bretten raben. 5luf bem ^(a^e 1 fteft etne
ungefd^r bieqtg ^u ^o^e (Saute.' 2)tefe @efd)id)te tjl affen gran^o*
fen roo{)t befannt. 3u trie! effen ifl ber efunb^eit nad)tb,eiUg. !Det
^ontg n>ar btefem ^ofmanne 3 feb,r geiuogen. @eib euern 2Boijltfc,atern
ftet^ 4 banfbar. (Setb nte gefuljttoS gegen bte ?etben enter Sfthmenfdjen.
J>te tange 9?etfe h)ar bem often 2ftanne feb,r befcf)n)crttd); er fonnte fie
nid)t toeiter fortfefcen. S)ie geinbe maren un an gafy weit iibertegen;
beflo (the) fioljer n>aren tuir anf (see IV) unfern @ieg, nid^renb b
feinblid)e enerat Uber feine 9?ieberlage befd)dmt n>ar.
184*. i square. 3 column, pillar, s courtier. J always.
ADJECTIVES. 386
134b.
My room is twenty feet long and fifteen wide. The boy
climbed over x a 5 wall ^en 3 feet 4 high. In the room we found
J a 6 man "about 'sixty-five 4 years "old. London-bridge is nine
hundred and twenty feet long, fifty-five high, and fifty-six
wide. The monument of London is a round pillar, two
hundred feet high ; it stands on a pedestal 1 twenty feet high.
Travelling is conducive to health. Your horse is much superior
to mine. Smoking is not conducive to health, at least for
those who have feeble lungs. 2
IIL Adjectives 1 which take the Genitive after them.
bebitrftig, ) in want of, to$, rid of
benotljtgt, j in need of mad)ttg, master of
betouftt, conscious mtibe, ) tired of,
eingebenf, mindful fatt, j weary
fafyig, capable fcfjutbtg, guilty
frob,, glad tb/ttyafttg, partaking
getocirtig, in expectation of ttberbriiffig, tired of, weary
geltnJ3, certain toerbcidjtig, suspected
fjabfyaft, getting possession of toerhiftig, having forfeited.
Also,
t, unconscious, uneingebenf, unmindful, etc.
EXAMPLES.
3)te ^Innen ftnb be8 etbe bebitrfttg (benotf)tgt).
The poor are in want of money.
3)ev &ote luar be 2Bege3 ntdjt fitnbtg (or unfunbtg).
The messenger was unacquainted with the waj.
S)er eneral tear beg $erratl)3 tjerbad^tig.
The general was suspected of treason.
3d) bin be 3lrbettenS miibe.
I am tired of working.
IV. Adjectives 1 which take Prepositions after them.
ndjtfam auf (ace.), attentive to bcmge toor, afraid of
beforgt fiir, anxious about befc^cimt ttber (ace.), ashamed of
134b. i gu&gefJeH. 2 etne ^ica^e Sunge (sing.~).
i Thisjist contains also some past participles which are frequently used as adjectives.
886
begtertg uadj, desirous of gterig nad), covetous of
befrett or fret tion, rid of gletdjgUtig gegen, indifferent to
efyi-getjtg narf), ambitious of gefiifyuoS gegen, insensible of
empfiing(id) fiir, susceptible of nadjlajjtg in (dot.), careless of
empftnbUd) iiber (occ.), sensi- retd) an (dot.}, rich in
tive about flotj auf (ace.), proud of
etferftidjttg auf or gegen (ace.), toerliebt in (ace.), in love with
jealous of (a rival) 1 iiberjeugt tion, convinced, sure of
ettel auf (ace.), vain of unnuffenb in (dot.), ignorant of
ermiibet Don, tired by or with toerfdjroenbertfd) nut, prodigal of
: a'f)tg $u, able, capable of jttmfelljaft iiber (ace.), dubious of
; rolj iiber (ace.), glad of gufrteben mtt, satisfied with
rucfjtbar an (dot.), productive of un$ufrieben mit, dissatisfied with.
EXAMPLES.
(Sgtypten tfi fru^tbar an SBaumroofle.
Egypt is productive of cotton.
S)er ^iingltng tear begterig na^ ^enntniffe*.
The youth was desirous of knowledge.
V. Adjectives modified by an Adverb or an Adverbial
Phrase.
In English, the adverb or adverbial phrase (usually)
follows the adjective ; in German, it precedes it.
(Sin met gelefeneS 23ucf), A much read book.
$>er burcq 9?ub,e geftdrfte $i>rper, The body strengthened by
repose.
(gin nacf) enntntffen begteriger Bungling.
3)ie bem 2J2enfc^en angeborene Siebe gur ft
EXERCISE 135a.
3dj bin mtr fetner (Sc^ulb berout. 2)te 5lurt)anberer btteben ib,re
S5atertanbe ftetS eingebenf unb waren niematg gletdjgiitttg (indifferent)
gegen ba8 @d)tcffa( beffelben. 3eber 9Kenf^ mu ftet be8 lobe^
getticirttg fetn, benn ber Job Derfcfjont S^iemanb. 3)te "Dame erfdjraf
fo feb,r, ba fte ber pradje nid^t meb,r mtirfjttg roar. 3)fan b,tett tb,n
enter foldjen fd)tt)ar5en Sb,at ntrf)t fa'fytg. 3dj bin be^ ?eben^ nnb be3
i See the foot-note on the next page.
ADJECTIVES. 387
)errfd)en3 mitbe, fo fprad) ber giirft gu fctncn (Soljnen. 2)er <3d)iUet
war gleidjgiltig gegen alle (Snnatjnimgen feine3 et)rer3. (*3 tft nidjt
ber Sttiifye iwertt) (worth the trouble), biefen 33rief nod) einmai ab^n*
[dpiben. 2)ie -Jrauen fatten nid)t etferfitdjtig fern iiber 1 ifyre 2)amter.
(Sin mit feinem <3d)id"fale gufriebener 2#enfd) ift immer glitdUd).
135b.
We are always mindful of our duty. They were not quite
Bure of their advantage. 1 O tell us, how did you become
master (moid)tig) of the castle? I am tired of reading. The
young man was not capable of such a deed. He who kills a
man, is guilty of a great crime. I am not satisfied 2 with your
behavior. I am quite convinced of his innocence. England
is rich in coal. 3 The foreigner was ignorant of the language
of the country; he was (i.e., became, ttmrbe), therefore, soon
tired of his stay. 4
136.
Young people should be civil to everybody. I am satisfied
with my pupils. The boy is fatigued with running. Human
life is never free from troubles. 1 Many men are dissatisfied
with their condition. 2 Those who commit suicide 3 must be
very tired of their lives (sing.}. Let us never do anything in
secret, 4 of which we should be ashamed if it became known.
At last I feel myself rid of that tedious 5 disease. It is my
duty to tell you that you are totally ignorant of (in) the most
important 6 facts' of history. I do not like persons who are
cruel to (gegen) animals. The tailor showed me a letter (V)
written by his son. A man well instructed (unterrid)tet) in
history judges 8 (the) events with impartiality. 9 He who is un-
mindful of his domestic 10 duties, and not careful of his chil-
dren, is an enemy to (gen.) his family and his country ; he is
guilty of great sins, the consequence 11 of which (pl.) u he can-
not foresee. 18
135a. i Gifcrfft^ttg takes ilfcer before the name of the person in whose affection one
Wants no rival, but gegen or auf before the name of the rival.
135b. i SBort^etl, m. 2 jufrieben. 3 ftofjlen (pZ.). 4 Stufentljalt.
136. 1 2Hae, aSeWrcerbe, f. 2 tie Sage ('nfir).eelbflmorb begetyen. 4{m el)etmen. sfana*
aettig. enjtdjttg. i f>atia<$eu. 8 beurtl;etlen. s Unpartb,eitt<$fett.
\pl.). 12 Bee p. 338, 1.
388 ADJECTIVES.
BEADING LESSON.
$rr Miami mit tier ctjmtcn iUiasfc.
2)iefer Unbefannte ftarb im 3aljre 1103 unb nwrbe bet -iftadjt im
$ird)f)of ber ^oufe^farret 2 begraben. $Sa3 bag (Srftaunen toerbop-
pelt, ift, baft 3U ber dt f al3 man ifyn nad) ber <5t. 2)iargaret^eu-3ajel
fdjicfte, in (Suropa letn angefefyener 3 2ftann t>erfd)tt)anb. Unb bod) mar
: biefer efangene ofyne 3 loe if e ^ em folder: benn ^olgeubeS M te ftdj
in ber erften tit, ate er auf ber 3nfet war, 3ugetragen. 4 3)er >ber
auffe^er fteUte felbft bie @d)ttffeln auf ben Stifc^, unb narfjbem er i^n
eingef^loffen Ijatte, ging er weg. (Sinft fdjrieb ber efangene
auf einen filbernen Setter nnb rtarf ben Setter ^um genfter
gegen etn <Sc^iff, tt)el^e am Ufer lag, faft am
3)er 5if^c r f ^nt btefeS c^iff ge^orte, fanb ben Setter, Ijob i^n auf unb
brad)te i^n bem Oberauffe^er guriid. (Srftaunt fragte biefer ben ^tfc^er:
w aben @ie getefen, h)a0 auf biefem Setter gefc^rteben ftet)t, unb fjat
Oemanb i^n in -3^ren >a'nben gefe^en?" S)iefer 2Hann hwrbe feft<
ge^atten, 6 bi ber 9luffef)er ftc^ mo^I tierfic^ert ^atte, bafe er nirf)t lefen
lonnte, unb baft ber Setter toon ^iemanb gefeljen hiorben itiar. r ,@et)en
@ie," fagte er, w @ie fmb fe^r gtuctlirf), ba <Sie nic^t lefen fonnen."
^err ton d^amtttart nmr ber lefete SKtntfler, n>etcf)er biefeS fonberbare
e^eimnt tuute. 3)er 2ftarfrf)att 80 geuittabe, fein (Sdjujiegerfo^n,'
bat iljn bei fetnem Sobe auf ben $nteen, i^nt angugeigen, toer ber 2Hann
niare, ben man nie anberS !annte, at unter bem 9?amen: W 3)er 5Kann
mit ber eifernen 3)?afe." (J^amtttart antwortete i^m, ba e eiu
<StaatSgel)eimmf$ fei, unb ba er einen (gib geleiftet 7 ^abe, e nie 311
entbeden.
QUESTIONS.
9Bann flarb btefer Uubefannte?
SBo tt)urbe er begraben?
trug ftc^ einft auf ber Snfet ju?
fagte ber Oberauffetjer gn bem gifcfjer?
gef^a^ bann biefem Sftanne ?
i churchyard. 2 Parish of St. PauL s distinguished. 4 happened, s detained.
son-in-law, l taken an oath.
CASES GOVERNED BY VERBS. 389
2Bte lange ttwrbe er feftgeljalten ?
it tt>eld)en SBorten rourbe er entlaffen (dismissed)?
roar ber efcte, ber biefeS el)etmm| roufjte ?
gab S^amittart bem
FORTY-EIGBTB LESSON.
THE CASES WHICH DIFFERENT VERBS
GOVERN.
L Yerbs which in German are followed by the Nominative.
1. The nominative case is required by the following
verbs :
fetn, to be fdjeinen, to appear, to seem
toerben, to become, to get ijetfsen, to be called, to bear a
bleiben, to remain name.
EXAMPLES.
^apoteott foar em grower ^efbljerr (general).
3)er junge SD'Jenfcf) ift @otbat getoorben.
fc^etnt em guter ^tan (gu fetn).
2. By the passive of the following verbs, which, in the
active, govern two accusatives (e.g., !Dic 3&ger ncnnen Me
SDfyren be^ ^afen Soffel, Hunters call the hare's ears spoons],
as:
nennen, } , CQ ^ f^elten, to abuse for, scold as
fyetpen, j ' fc^impfen, to insult as
e.g., @r TOitrbe raf genannt.
3. The verbs : to appoint, erncnnen ; to choose, ertt)5I)(en ;
to make, macfyen, which require in English a nominative
after them in the passive, require in German the prepo-
sition ju with the article (jum). Ex. :
31. ift gum >auptmann ernannt toorben.
r. A. was appointed captain.
CASES GOVERNED BY VERBS.
(r tft gum 3)oftor gemacfyt toorben.
He was made a doctor.
3um stands here, and in some other cases, for jtt cincm,
and not for ju t>em.
NOTE. The verb crfldren/ to declare, requires the preposition fur. Ex.:
He was declared a thief, (Sir Wurbe fiir etnctt 3)ieb erfldrt.
Palmer was found guilty, Calmer aurbe fiir fcfyulbig erfldrt.
So also does (jalten, to hold, consider, e.g., %d) ^alte btejen Sag fiir er
U>ren, I consider this day as lost.
ZL Verbs which in German govern the Dative.
1. The following verbs, most of which govern in En-
glish the accusative of the person, take in German the
dative of the person: 1
etnteurfjten, to be evident
, to dissuade
antttjorten, to answer
onljangen, to adhere
anfteljen, to fit (of clothes);
also, to suit, please
Befefylen, to command, order
tftulfteidjen, 2 to evade
tbegegnen, to meet, to occur,
to happen
beljagen, to please
tbefommen, to agree with a
person
tbet>orftel)en (also Ija&en), to
impend
beiftimmen, ) to agree with
beipfltrfjteiT, j some one
betftefyen, to assist
banfen, to thank
bienen, to serve
broken, to threaten
teinfaffen, to occur, suggest
itself
tentlaufen, to abscond
entfpreiijen, to answer, to cor-
respond with, to accord with
erfaiiben, to allow, permit
f^ Iett ' r 1 to be wanting
ntangeln, )
fluc^en, to curse
tfolgen, to follow
frofjnen, to indulge in
gebiiljren, to be due
gef alien, to please
|ejfen, to help
mifatten, to displease
gefyorrfjen, to obey
ge^oren, to belong
f gelmgen, to succeed
geniigen, to suffice
geretrfjen, to redound, conduce
gegtemen or Clemen, to befit
1 Examples of these verbs followed by two objects : 3$ antroortete tym bie8 ; 3$ rUt|
tbm bit grofcte SBorfii^t, I counseled him the greatest prudence.
2 Thoee marked with t are conjugated with fetn, to ba.
CASES GOVEBNED BY VERBS. 391
gtcidjen, to be like fid) untetfoerfen, to submit
fief) iwfyeni, to approach fttorcmgefyen, to precede
jjulbtgen, to do homage toorbeugen, to obviate
nii^en, to be useful toefyren, to prevent, ward off
ratfyen, to advise floeidjcn, to give way, to yield
fdjabeu, to injure fttnberfteb,en, | , . ,
tocfje tfjun, to hurt (id) nuberfefeen, f *
"djeinen, to seem toiberfpredjen, to contradict
'djmetdjeht, to flatter totttfafyren, to comply with, to
'teuern, to check indulge
troljcn, to bid defiance toofyltDoHen, to favor, to wish
trcuten, to trust well
mttrauen, to mistrust guljoren, to listen
tunterliegen, to succumb fjufommen, to fall to one's share
and many verbs compounded with bet, cntgegen, nacfy, or,
ttriber and ju,
EXAMPLES.
SDtefeg $Ieib fte^t mtr md)t an.
This dress is not becoming to me.
3d} bin ifym biefen SKorgen begegnet (met).
-3d) ftttnme bem ^Rebner Dottfommen bet.
I entirely agree with the speaker.
2)er $rieg bro^t biefem anbe, War threatens this country.
SBoflen @ie mtr b.elfen? Will you help me?
OBSERVATION'S.
As these verbs do not govern the accusative of the
person, they cannot be used in the passive with a per-
sonal subject. The English passive with a personal sub-
ject must be translated by the active, or else the passive
with e3 used, as explained p. 141, 7.
He was readily obeyed, 2ftcm geb,ord)te tfjm bereitrotfltg, ot
(S8 tourbe tfjm beretnmfltg gefjorrfjt.
We were displeased with their society, 3fjre <$efeflfd)aft
un8.
A good many verbs do not easily admit of the imper-
sonal use in the passive with e$.
392 CASES GOVERNED BY VERBS.
2. The following verbs which take two objects, a per-
son and a thing, require the person, in the dative, and the
thing in the accusative.
ab[d)tagen, to refuse neljmen, to take from a person
anbieten, to offer
auSfefcen, to expose
bringen, to bring
entpfeljlen, to recommend
'agen, to teU
tfjenfen, to present with, give
cfytden, to send
djulben, fcfjulbig fein, to owe
leifyen, to lend ftefylen, to steal "from
entretjjen, to snatch away toerbanfen, to owe
ergafylen, to relate, to teU toer^eiljen, to pardon
geroafcren, to grant berfdjaffen, to procure
geben, to give toorlefen, to read to a person
erfparen, to save (trouble) toibnten, to devote, dedicate
leiften, to perform ^eigen, to show
liefern, to furnish, provide gufdjretben, to ascribe, impute.
EXAMPLES.
(Seben <3ie bem $naben ba3 33ud).
3d) entri^ (snatched away from) bent olboten bag etoeljr.
(Sagen <Sie mir bie 2Bal)rf)eit (truth).
6r fd^enfte bent $naben etnen ulben.
If both objects are nouns, the dative generally precedes
the accusative (see the preceding examples) ; if both are
personal pronouns, the accusative generally precedes the
dative ; if one is a pronoun and the other a noun, the
pronoun conies first, e.g., agen <3ic eg mir, ?eif)en @tc fte
i^m, SBerjetljen <5ie mir meinc c^ult), SSerjeifyen ic eg bem
armen $inbe.
EXERCISE 137.
1. 2ttem SBebtenter tjl e in e^rlt^er 9ftann. (Sin ^arr bteibt tntmcr
ein SRarr. 2)a fdjeint etn gUti!ltd)er ebanfc. 1 9Kein 9?cffc tft
Officer gcrtjorben. 2)er ^centbc h)nrbe fiir etnen SBetriiger* erftart.
3d) fyabe meinem fjrcunbc abgeratb^en, biefe 2Berf ^eraugjugeben. 1
S33oS ^at man 3ljnen geantrtortet ? SKan ^at mir gar 9Jid)t3 geant*
toortet. SDiefe SKo^nung fte^t mir ni^t an; fte ift $u ftetn fiir mid).
, J87. i thought. i cheat, stopubliab.
CASES GOVERNED BY VERBS. 393
5U$ ber 9icbner geenbigt Ijatte, fttmmte (pfltdjtete) tijm bte ganje S5er*
fammlung bei. )er gmft afynte ba3 Ungliid: nid)t, loefrfyeS Umt bebor*
ftonb. rtnfen (Ste gent 33ter ? 3d) trinfe e3 gent; aber e3 befommt
mtr ntd)t gut; e3 fdjabet metner efunbb,eit.
2. >te $mber, toetdje tlji-en (Sttent nidjt geljordjen, mtfsfaflen ott
tefer ^ammerbiener btente bem rafen on ^]3. breipig Oa^re lang
mtt ber groten reue unb ^In^anglidjfeit. 4 2)iefc tette tft bem
gele^rten s ^rofeffor entgangen, fonft loiirbe er gewtR eine lange 5tb^anb-
lung 6 bariiber gefc^rteben Ijaben. 2)er !Dteb tft bem efangutgioarter 6
entlaufen. 3d) begegnete ^eute etnem metner otten greuube, loelrfjet
gefonneu tft, in etniger ty'it nad) Otalten gu retfen. 5d) rietl) i^m fe^r,
feine 9tetfe ntdjt lange gu tierfc^teben. (Sr getgtc fetnem ^eunbe bte
Slufgofic 138.
1. Henry is a little boy. John has become [a] soldier.
Aristides was called the just. My neighbor was abused [as] a
cheat (Setriiger). Is it true that your cousin has been ap-
pointed a judge? I will make him my (jit metnem) friend.
What has happened to you? What did you answer your
master? The captain threatened the soldiers. Nobody has
ordered the man to open the gate. 1 It was impossible for me
to resist his entreaties. 2 This circumstance must displease the
merchant. We should always assist our neighbors when they
are in want of 3 assistance. To whom does this hat belong?
It belongs to the hatter ; he brought it to me that I might
buy it. Why do you not answer your master when he ques-
tions 4 you? He always bids defiance to his enemies.
2. To avoid death he seized a plank. 5 Let us follow this
example. I met him at the town-gate. 6 Why did you not
thank your master ? I have not met him these (fettj several
weeks. The beggar approached me in a suspicious manner
(auf cine tevba'd)ttge 2Betfe). Children must obey their parents.
The slave hardly escaped his pursuers. 7 How is your uncle
pleased* with Frankfort ? He is very well pleased. If you
will listen to me, I will read you a chapter (etn $ojritelj of
Macaulay's History of England. Show me your paintings, 9
and I wj'l show you my dra wings. Could you lend me a dol-
137. 4 attachment. r -> treatise, essay, e jailer.
138, i ba3 3^or. 2 bte SBttte. s to be in want, fcraudjen (ace.). * fragen. s e\n 93rett, n.
ba8 Stabttfyor. bet SSerfoIger. s Translate : How does Frankfort please, etc. sbie 3HaI
rei, ba ScmaU c,
394 CASES GOVERNED BY VERBS.
lar or two ? I will lend you them, if you will give me them
back to-morrow. Show the stranger the way. Do not believe
this liar. 10
III. Verbs which in German govern the Genitive.
1. The following verbs take their object in the genitive;
some of them may take a preposition :
bebiirfen, 1 to need Barren, to wait patiently for
ermcmgeht, to be without lad)en, J to laugh at, to deride
gebenfen, remember, mention fdjonen, 1 to spare
fpottett, 2 to mock.
2. The following require the person in the accusative,
and the thing in the genitive :
(uiftagen, ) to accuse of entfefcen, to dismiss from
befdjulbtgen, ) to charge with itbcrfjeben, to relieve of or from
berattben, to rob of, bereave of iiberfiiljren, to convict of
entbinben, to release from, to fcerfidjern, to assure of
absolve from toitrbigen, to favor with.
entfleiben, to deprive of
3. The following reflexive verbs govern a second object
in the genitive :
ftdj cmneljmen, to interest one's fid) entftnnen, ) to recollect
self in fid) eminent, j to remember
ftd) bebienen, to make use of fid) enttooljnen, to disaccustom
ftd) befletfctgen or befletfjett, to one's self to, to break off the
apply one's self to habit of
ftd) bemad)ttgen, to seize, to
take possession of
fid) entfyatten, to abstain from,
to forbear
ftd) entlebtgen, to get rid of
Id) erbormen, to have mercy on
iid) enocfyren, to keep off
id) erfreiten, to enjoy
id) riifjmen, to boast of
Id) fdjftmen/ to be ashamed
fid) entfdjlagen, to part with ftd) tierfefyen, to expect from (a
ftd) toerfid)ern, to make sure of person)
.138.
1 93efcurfen takes sometimes, and fdjcnen generally the accusative.
2 fia$cn, fpotten, and fid; jcbamen prefer the preposition fiber with the accusative. $at
ren may take auf with the accusative.
CASES GOVERNED BY VERBS. 395
4. Observe also the following uses of the genitive :
fterben, To die of hunger.
ptb'fclidjen JobeS ftcrben, To die a sudden death.
<3eine$ SBegeS gefyen, To go one's way.
@ie flnb be$ obe8, You are a dead man.
ute3 SJiutfyeS fern, To be of good cheer.
3)er >offnung leben, To hve in hopes.
3)er 9utje pflegen, To take one's ease to rest.
3)er 2#einung or ber 5lnfid)t fetn, To be of the opinion.
2Btflen3 fern, To purpose, to intend.
,3iele8 toerfefyfen, To miss one's aim.
(Sinen be3 SanbeS berttmfen, To exile some one.
S 2lmte3 marten, To attend to one's office or business.
READING EXERCISE 130.
1. 3d) bebarf 3b,reS 23eiftanbe3 je^t nidjt me^r. 2Btr h)offen beS
empfangeucn SBofen nid)t gebenfen. 2Bir Barren immer nod) ber (2nt*
fcfjeibung. 1 2BaS fiir eineS 53erbred)enS ift biefer SOfamt angeftagt?
2Kan ftagt i^n eineS 2)iorbeg 2 an. 2Bilb,eIm ift einer Unwa^r^eit
iiberfitfjrt njorben. -3d) ging an iljr borbet unb ttmrbigte fie feineS
33ticfeS. 3)ie ^rait b,at fid) be arnuen $inbe3 angenonimen unb iljm
etnige $(eibung3ftitrfe gegeben (gefdjenft). SSarum bebient fid) biefer
9ftann einer ^riide? 3 SBeil er einen lawmen ^u^ Ijat. !Die Dauber
bemadjtigten ftdj meineS Coffers. 3)ieine ro|mutter erfreut fid) in
tfjrem t)ob,en Stlter nod) einer guten (^efunbb.eit. (Sntb.attet end) be$
Sranntroeing, 4 benn er gerftort eitere efunb^eit. 2)ie ^otijet fyat fid)
ber 3)tebe oerftdjert.
2. 3d) gfaube <Ste git fennen, mem ^err; aber td) fann mtdj Ob,rer
ntd)t erinnern. (Sntfd)(agen <3tc fid) biefer triiben ebanfen; <Sie
roerben 3()r Ungtiirf nur bergro^ern. (Srbarmet end) ber Airmen unb
UngtiidUd)en. eb,en (Sic rub,ig ^fjreS 2BegeS. garret beS ^errn
(or auf ben ^errn), er nnrb end) nid)t tierlaffen. 5 (3 tierlob,nt ftd) ber
9Jiii()e, biefc 3?etfe ju unterneb,men. 3d) bin ntd)t biefer 5lnftd)t; idj
gtaube Dielme^r, man fotttc fid) atter weiteren @d)ritte 6 entb.atten.
^adjbem id) mefyrere S^adite geroad)t b,atte, fonnte idj raid) beS d)IafeS
nid)t rae^r erwe^ren. 9D^ein .^au^^err 7 ift fyeute eineS b(o^Ud)en XobeS
. --- __ - ___ - ^
J39. i decision. 2 murder, s crutch. 4 brandy. '< forsake. G steps. 7 landlord.
396 CASES GOVERNED BY YEBES.
geftorben; gcftern ttmr er nod) gcm$ gefimb urM mimter. 2)er $ranfe
mujj beu iftulje pflegen, fonft fann et nidjt genefen.
Shtfoabc 140.
1. I need a sharp knife to cut 1 this meat. She derided my
threats. 2 "Never 'mock the unfortunate. Are you still in
want of my assistance ? The prisoner has been accused of a
murder. They accused me of a falsehood, 3 because they did
not understand what I said. The trees are bereft of their
leaves. The soldiers were absolved from their oath. 4 The
prince assured them of his favor. The captain released him
from his promise. Belisarius was deprived ot all his digni-
ties 6 and cast into prison. Why have you abstained from
smoking? Because it did not agree 6 with me.
2. The old man remembered the days of his youth. Having
no scissors at hand (bet ber >cmb), we made use of a knife. The
Jews abstain from pork 7 according to the law of Moses. We
were not expecting such an answer. Did anybody make sure
of his pocket-book ? This lady has disaccustomed herself to
coffee. Remember always your benefactors. * The king had
mercy on the poor prisoner and set him free. 9 Be ashamed
of your behavior. Are you obliged to make use of spectacles
(einer 33rifle) ? I have made 10 use of them from (since) my
sixteenth year. Do you remember your absent friends ? I
'always Remember 'them.
BEADING LESSON".
$reunbfdjafi be Aiotfcr* ftarft V.
SttS $art V., ber foster beutfdjer $atfer ttmrbe, nadj bem cbe
fcineS rofetoaterS, beg $otug8 fterbtncmb, nad) 9ftabrtb retfte, urn toon
bem $omgretd) panten SBefifc 311 nefjmen, fyatte er etnen fraujoftfdjen
(Srafen, be 23offit, in fetnem cfotge. )te ungett)6b,nltcf)e rb'fce 1 bte*
feS nmgen 9JJanne8, feme forperltdfje enjanbtb/eit, toetdje ib,n gum
trefftt^en better madjte, feme jituorfommenbe 2 jDienftbefU[)enb,eit 3 imb
UO. i See p. 366, IV. zCDto^unj. sbieCOge. 4 ber Gib. sbieSBfttbe. eSeep. 390. I.
* (^tDetnefleif^. s ber 2BoIt$ater. to set free, bie grei^elt f^cnfen. 10 See p. 394, 3.
- tallnese, size. 1 obliging. 3 attention to his duties.
CASES GOVERNED BY VERBS. 397
feme itbrtgen (other) Itebcngnntrbtgen (Sigenfdjaften fatten tljn bem
$aifer fo Ueb gentadjt, baft er intmer bet ifym bletben muftte.
(Shift fyatte $arl cine grofte Stagb 1 beranftaltet 2 unb fete 3 etnem (Sber
(boar) tief in ben SBalb fytnetn ntit fo(d)er >ie nad), baft cr ben 2Beg
toerfeljlte (lost), unb -ftientanb iljrn $u fotgen toagte alg 4 be Soffit.
Slber biefer fyatte ba Ungliicf, fid) an etnem fcergifteten 3)otd)e gu t>er=>
hjunben, U)eld)en er nad) bamatiger 5 eh)ol)n^eit ber fpanifd)en 3ager
bet fid) trug. obalb $art bag Slut bemerfte, lt)etd)e fein SHebttng 6
(lost), fragte er iljn erfdjroden, ob ber (ber tf)n bernjunbei
S)er raf er^ab/Ite, n)a t^m begegnet toa're unb fitgte bet, ba
er ^ieinanb ate 1 fid) felbft $ornmrfe ju mad)en 7 ^abe. j
>er ^ontg fannte feb,r rto^t bte tobtlid)e 2Btrfung 8 be tfte, fo
6alb e tn'g Slut itbergegangen tt)are. Um fetnen Stebling ^u retten,
gebad)te er ntdjt ber etgenen Sebenggefa^r; er f^rang bom ^ferbe, be*
fat)I aud) bem @rafen abjufteigen 9 unb fid) gang fetnem SBtflen ^u
unterwerfen. 3)er raf mad)te jniar @tnh)enbungen; 10 aber ber $ontg
be^arrte 11 auf bem ebetn (Sntfd)Iuffe, fetnem ^reunbe ba3 ^ebcn gu ret>
ten, ober mtt t^m 311 fterben. (r rt bte ^(etbung bon ber 2Bunbe
n)eg, fog bag Slut gu mieberfioltenmalen 12 aug unb fbte eg toeg. 3)iefe
entfdjtoffene unb fjodjljergtge ^anblung belo^nte ben tontgttdjcn ^reunb
mtt ber ^reube, fetnem $reunbe bag Seben gerettet gu ^aben, ol^ne nad)*
f^eittge fotgen fiir bag fetntge.
2Ber fottte nid)t btefe ibab.re, aufobfernbe 13 ^reunbfdjaft etneg ber
miid)tigften errfdjer ber (Srbe benjunbem !
QUESTIONS.
Sllg ber ^ontg ^erbtnanb toon <3toanten ftarb, iuer erbte (in-
herited) bag $8mgretd) ?
SBarum reifte ^art nad) SDteWb?
2Ber uwr in bem cfotge ^'artg beg $iinften?
2BeId)e (Stgenfdjaften geid)neten ben rafen be Soffit aug ?
2Bag gefd)a^ einmat bei einer groften -3agb ?
2Bag fUr ein Unglud Ijatte be Soffu?
ia hunt. 2 to get up. ^nai^fefeen, to pursue. 4 but. oof that time (adj.). c favor.
lie. i to reproach, s effect. to alight. 10 objections, u to insist, ^repeatedly.
e. o reproac
IB self sacrificing.
398
CASES GOVERNED BY VERBS.
2tt3 bcr $onig ba3 33Iut bemerfte, toaS fragtc ct?
3U8 $ar( evfufyr, nwS bem rafen begegnet tear, h>a8 befdjlojj er
311 tfjun?
2Ba3 tljat er alsbamt?
2Ba3 befafyt er bem rafen 311 tljun?
2BoUte be Soffit e$ biilben?
9luf wa^ be^arrtc (or beftanb) ber ^5nig?
2luf weldje 2Bet[e rettete ^arl bem Orafert ba Sebeu?
mit| man in biefent ^atte bewunbetn?
IV. Verbs followed by Certain Prepositions.
1. The preposition an is required by the following ^erbs :
abrefftren (an) (ace.), direct to
benfen (ace.), think of
ftcf) geroofynen (ace.), accustom
oneself to
fid) toenben (ace.), apply to
itbertreffen (dot.), excel in
fterben (dot.), die of
trf} antefmen, j , v lean
, j v ' h
fid) leljnen,
against
gtauben (ace.), believe in
fdjreiben (an) (ace.), write to
tfyettneljmen (dot.), sympathize in
gttwfeln (dot.), doubt of
berjtoetfetn (dot.), despair of
ertnnern (occ.), remind of
fid) ertnnern (oec.), recollect
^tnbern (dot.), hinder from
ftdj radjen (dot.), revenge on.
2. The preposition flitf is required by:
adjtgeben (auf) (ace.), pay atten-
tion to
fld) Dertaffen (ace.), rely on
antroorten (ace.), answer
(ace.), trust in
toarten (ace.), wait for
ftdj betaitfen (ace.), amount to
goljlen (occ.), count "upon
befi^arren (dot.), \ , . .
befie^en (dot), j to msist
3. 8(uS is required by:
trtnfen (au8), drink out of
toerb, become of
ftberfefcen, translate from
befteb,en, consist ol
4 Set is required by:
fcefd)tt)6ren (bet), entreat (a per-
son) by
bet 2>eite legeu, lay aside
tt)ob,nen, live near (a town) or
at (a person's)
bletben bet, stay with.
CASES GOVERNED Bt YERBS.
399
5. iJiit is required by:
fciirgen (fur), | go bail, answer
gut fteljen, ) for warrant
bonfen, thank for
forgen, take care of
beftrafen, punish for
fatten, consider.
6. $tt is required by:
ftdj mtfdjen (in) (ace.), meddle
with
beftefjen (dot.), consist in
euuoUltgen (ace.), consent to.
7. SKit is required by:
anfangen (nut), begin with
ftd) abgeben, attend to
fid) befdjafttgen, be occupied with
bebeden, cover with
betaben, load with
tereintgen, join with
fpredjen, speak with
fcergletdjen, compare with
berfeljen, provide with
bcefjren, honor with
2ftttleib ^aben, have pity on
beloljnen, reward with.
8. $(lllj is required by :
abretfen (nad)), set out for
geljen, go to
fid) begeben, repair to
^ielett, aim at
ffreben, aspire to
fragen, ask after
fid) feljnen, long for
fdjtden, send for.
9. lUbet (ace.} is required by :
urtljetten (iiber), judge of
!Iagen, fid) beftagen, complain of
errot^en, blush at
fadjen, Laugh at
fpotten, mock at
berfugen, dispose of
fid) erfunbtgen, inquire about
jjerfaflen, pounce upon
ftd) JDitnbern, wonder at
ftd) freuen, rejoice at
itarfjbenfen, reflect on
ftd) imterljalten, converse about
^crrfdjen, reign over
fid) fdjamen, be ashamed of
fid) argcrn, be vexed at.
10. Uw is required by:
ftrieten (urn), play for
fid) (be)fiimmern, care for
bitten, ask for
ftd) ftretten, contend with one
another for
fidj beroerben, apply for.
400 PREPOSITIONS.
11. Son is required byi
fpredjen (won), speak of
ijerfommen, come from
kben, live on
befreien, Liberate from
abroeidjen, deviate from
fid) nafyren, feed on.
12. $or (dot.) is required by :
ftd) fiirdjten (ttor), be afraid of ftcfj Ijiiten, beware of
gtttern, tremble at (i.e., fear) toarnen, caution against.
13. 3u is required by:
geljen/ go to (a person) I madjen, make (see page 389)
FORTY-NINTH LESSON.
PREPOSITIONS.
L Kemarks on some German Prepositions.
2Ctt, at
EXAMPLE.
3emanb flopft an bte J^ure, Somebody knocks at the dooi
n translated otherwise than at:
(r ftarb an bcr d^olera, He died of the cholera.
id) anteljnen an (ace.), To lean against.
2Ctr gtauben an ott (ace.), We believe in God.
5ln Oentanb (ace.) ben!en, To think of some one.
3wetfc(n an (dot.), to doubt (of).
id) radjen an (dot.), To take revenge on.
(g tft an mtr ju fptelen, It is my turn to play.
(Sin 23rtef an mid) (or fiir mid)), A letter for me.
5ln ben Ufern beg 9Hein3, On the banks of the Ehine.
3d) ^abe an U)n gefd^rieben, I have written to him.
granffitrt am (an bem) 9)?ain, Frankfort on the Main.
Stfjcil an einer <3adje nefjmen, To take part in something <w
sympathize with a person in it
PREPOSITIONS. 401
9WangeI an elb (dot.), For want of money.
an $erftanb (dot.), Rich in wit (sense).
5ln bent S 2lrnt ergreifen, To seize by the arm.
2in ber >anb tterrounben, To wound in the hand.
8(uf, on or upon.
EXAMPLES.
)ag 33ud) Itegt auf bent tfdj, The book lies on the tabld.
5luf translated otherwise than on or upon:
5luf bag Sanb geljen, To go into the country.
2luf bie ^oft gefjen, To go to the post-office.
5luf ber 3agb fetn, To be out hunting.
5luf meine Soften, At my expense or cost
(3 fommt auf (Ste an, It depends upon you.
2litf ber Strafe, In the street.
2luf9Mfen, Abroad.
@tcf) auf ben 2Beg mac^en, To set out.
?luf (Sttua (ace.) 3tc^t geben, To pay attention to something.
Slu
f morgen, For to-morrow.
Sluf furje 3 e ft> For a short time.
2luf bent anbe, In the country.
Sluf Sefeljt (dot.) beg omgg, By the king's command.
3lu f btefe 2Betfe, In this manner.
5luf rote lange? For how long?
3luf tmmer, auf erotg, For ever.
Sluf ber SBett, In the world.
5luf ber ^tetfe, Travelling.
Sag fjcipt auf 3)eutfc^ (ace.) . . . That is in German . . .
Sg tft bret ^Biertel auf fecfjg U^r x It is a quarter to six.
5Cu8, out of or from.
EXAMPLES.
Slug bent 3twmer, Out of the room.
5lug (Sdjrotidje, From weakness.
2Bag roirb autf ntir werben? What will become of me?
Slug urdjt fterben/ To die from or of fear.
402 PREPOSITIONS.
(Srfaljrung, From experience.
SBerfefyen, By mistake, through inadvertence.
bcr SJfobe, Out of fashion.
bem jDeutfcfyen tn'8 ^in^ofifc^e itberfefcen.
To translate from German into French.
t, at, near, by.
EXAMPLES.
Set btefett SBorten, At these words.
Set metner $nhmft, On my arrival
Set 9tod}t, By night.
Set 3eit, In (good) time, betimes.
Sletben @te bei mtr, Stay with me.
Set ofe fetn, To be at court.
3n ber c^tac^t bet 2Jiarengo, At the battle of (near) Marengo.
S3et guter efunb^eit fern, To be in good health.
33 et ageg'3lnbru<f), At day-break.
Set fyettem Xage, In broad day-light.
SBet Jag unb bet 9Jarf)t, By day and by night
33et ?t(^t arbetten, To work by candle-light.
S3et ber ^anb fii^ren, To lead by the hand.
S3etm piet, At play.
3d) rtef tljn bet fetnem 9?amen, I called him by his name.
2)tefe3 fteb,t bet 3b,nen, That depends upon you.
3<J) b,abe fein etb bet mtr, I have no money about me.
Set Sifrfje fetn, To be at table.
Set rat, With us.
Set ben foment, With or among the Eomans.
Set fotc^en Unterne^mungen, In the case of such enterprises.
j, through.
EXAMPLES*
9dj Bin bttrc!) ben SSotb gegangetu
I went through the forest.
jDttrd) em Srett, Through a plank.
3)urd) hjet^eS 2Kittet? By what means?
3d) hmrbe burcf) etnen ^Sfett nernjtmbet.
I was wounded by an arrow.
$>te ganje dt m'nbur^, All the time.
403
, for.
EXAMPLES.
<tn 2fttttel fUr (or gegen) bag 3 a ntoe ^
A remedy for the tooth-ache.
(Stiirf fiir (Stiicf, Piece by piece.
2Bort fur Sort, Word for word.
33iirgen fitr (StnmS, To answer for, be security for something.
@ie forgt fiir 2lfle$, She sees to everything.
t, against, towards.
EXAMPLES.
egen bte Sftauer, Against the wall
eg en fecf)$ Uljr, By (or toward) six o'clock.
Sftilbtljattg gegen bte Airmen, Charitable to the poor.
Unempftnbttcf) gegen, Insensible to.
egen baare ^Be^a^Iung, For cash.
(3 finb gegen ^toet tunben, It is about (but not more than)
two hours,
aub gegen afle S3itten, Deaf to all entreaties.
3% Uebel tft ^i^t gegen ba fetntge (or femes).
Your illness is nothing compared with his.
$n, in or into.
EXAMPLES.
5n granfretdj, In France.
3n $ari8, In Paris.
3m ^rit^ting, In spring.
3n etnem Son, With (or in) a tone.
3n ber (Sdjnle fetn, To be at school
3m (grnft, Seriously, in earnest. -
-3n SBer^toetfhmg fetn, To be in despair.
(Strf) in ben finger fdjnetben, To cut one's finger.
5m Segrtff fetn or ftefjen, To be on the point.
Qn bie htd)t jag en or fdjtagen, To put to flight
j, after.
EXAMPLES.
^aufe geljen, To go home.
2)er 2Beq nac^ ber <2tabt, The way to the town.
404 PREPOSITIONS.
3d) gelje nad) 2Bten, I am going to Vienna.
ftad) 23elieben, As you like.
ftad) metnen SBefefylen, According to my orders.
ftad) SBerlauf Don $md 2)Jonaten, At the end of two months.
9?ad) (or in) alpfjabettfdjer Drbnung, In alphabetical order.
Oemanb fragt nad) Sfyten, Somebody asks after you,
9fad) ifym laufen, To run after him.
llcbcr, over.
EXAMPLES.
tlcber ton Ijoljen SBergen, Over the high mountains.
Ueber ben ffinfc fefcen, To cross the river.
SJerfiigen (te iiber metnen 23eute(, Dispose of my purse.
(3 ift iiber em ^atbeS 3ab,r, It is above six months.
^eute iiber ad^t Xage, This day week.
2)en ommer iiber, During the summer.
<2>td) iiber (StttwS (t)er)n)unbern, To be astonished at something.
<5id) freuen iiber, To rejoice at
Sarfjen iiber, To laugh at
geb,t iiber metne ^rafte, That is above (beyond) my
strength.
35orf Uegt uber bent ^luffe, The village lies over the river.
tint, round or about
EXAMPLES.
Um'8 jjeuer ^emm, About the fire-place.
04 toM tijn urn Statb, fragen, I will consult him (ask him for
advice).
3d) bitte @te um SJer^ei^ung, I beg your pardon,
llm elb fptelen, To play for money.
Um ttnemet Uljr ? At what o'clock?
Um etn Ub,r, At one o'clock.
(S^ ift um tfyn gef^efjen, It is all over with him.
SBefiimmern <5te ftrf) nid^t um mtcf), Don't care for me.
Gr b,at ftc^ feb,r um mid) berbtent gemo^t.
(He has made himself very deserving by what he has done
for me.) He has put me under great obligations.
35iefer 2Beg ijl um gtoet <2>tunben (9)?etlen) turner.
This road is shorter by two leagues (miles).
PREPOSITIONS. 405
Hitter, under.
EXAMPLES.
Unter ber Sfogieritng $arl$ beS roften.
In the reign of Charlemagne.
Unter gnjolf Saljren, Under twelve years.
2Ba8 fitr em Unterfdjieb unter (gtwfcfjen) . . .
What difference between . . . (See page 73, 2).
Unter btefer 23ebingung, On that condition.
Unter (Seget gefjen, To set sail.
Unter btefen 9JMnnern, Among these men.
<2te befommen eS nicfyt unter gefjn l)alern.
You will not get it for less than ten dollars.
Unter bem tjd) fyerbor, From under the table.
$01t, of, from.
EXAMPLES.
^erfommen Don Sinem, To come from some one.
t$om erften ^ebruar an, Beginning with the 1st of February
(from the 1st of February on).
S3on 3emanb (or don (Setten SemanbeS), From any one.
$on gan^em ^er^en, With all my heart.
3)teje3 33uc^ tft bon ot^e gefd^rieben hjorben.
This book was written by Goethe.
S3om 9#orgen bi gum 2lbenb, From morning till evening.
23on ^arig big Bonbon, From Paris to London.
Sot, before.
EXAMPLES.
S3or geljn U^r, Before ten o'clock.
SB or brei Xagen, Three days ago.
<icf) fiir^ten bor, To be afraid of.
<5d)ritt bor d^ritt, Step by step,
bor etwa6 Bitten, To beware of.
ber <5tabt njob/nen, To live outside the town.
^reube ioeinen, To weep with (or for) joy.
2lnfer Itegen, To lie at anchor.
8, to.
EXAMPLES.
,3u iener ^tlt, At that time.
$)te Siebe gum 9tuljni, The love of glory.
406 PREPOSITIONS.
be8 9luguflu$, At the time of Augustua
3u >aufe fetn, To be at home.
3d) begab nticf) 311 tfym, I went to him.
3u 33ette gefyen, To go to bed.
,Hu SBagcn, In a caniage.
3u ^ferb, On horseback.
,3u gup, On foot
$11 gletdjer ,3ett, At the same time.
,>$u (Sfyren bcr $omgin, In honor of the queen.
3u <wb unb 311 SBaffer, By land and by water.
,3um @IM, Fortunately.
^unt 1 23etfptel, For example.
,3u biefem 3^^ -^ or ^ s purpose.
unt 1 (gefangenen madjen, To take prisoner.
311 einem ^letbe ne^men, To take one's measure.
READING EXERCISE 141.
3rf) benfe oft on <2ie. 3d) fonnte metne 9?et[e ntdjt fortfefccn au
SRanget an etb. 2)ie <2d)tffe finb berettg oiif fyoljer (See. 3)ie
S3dgel, meld)e unS im ^erbfte Derlaffen, feljren tin griifyling guriirf. @
loar tin ommer Don 1840. 3ft ber >err gu ^aufe '? ^etn, er tft
an^gegaugen. @r fpetft Ijcitte in ber (tabt. 3d) bin aitf offener
trafee befdjtmpft 1 roprben. 2)te ftetne djaar ntad)te ftd) ^aijn*
burd) bte geinbe. 2ftetn <d)mager hjtrb fpateftenS in bret Jagen an*
fontmen. 2Ba^renb btefeS gangen 50tonat^ ^at eg ntdjt etn etn^tge^
2)Jat geregnet. $)er ^>unb fprang unter bem tfd) b/eroor. 33om
(Srften bt junt lOe^ten. ett tuann tft 3ulte etne Satfe? <Ste tft e
fett tl)rer ^tnb^ett. 3(nfangS fatten bte 9tbnter feme geftnngen; 3 fte
fefcten tl)r ganged ^Bertrauen auf tljre ^)eere, 4 loetdje fte la'ngS ber gtuffe
legten, n)o fte toon (Sntfernung gu ntfernung Jfjiirnte erridjteten, 5 uw
bte (Solbaten bartn unterjubrtngen. 6
142.
^lleranber ber @rofce ftarb in ber 33Iutb,e beS ?eben. ^[efop blii^te
gur 3 e it <2oton'8. 33or bret Jagen fyaben h)ir einen SBoIf ertegt. 1
3d) toerbe bor ad)t Sagen nid)t att8geb,en; ber 3lrjt b,at e8 ntir ber*
boten. 3d) nierbe @te nad) ben SRarftbretfcn be3ab / Ien. granj bet
Srfte n)itrbe in 3talien gefangen unb nad) (Spanten abgefii^rt. egeo
Slbenb fab, man am >immel eine feurige ^ugel. 8 SDiein ^J3ater ift nro
i See page 389, 3.
141. i to insult. 2 way. 3 fortress. < army. 5 te erect. 6 to shelter.
142. i killed. sbalL
PREPOSITIONS. 407
jhjet Itljr abgereift. Set feiner 5lbretfe toar bte gan^e ^amtlie toerfam
mett. (r imrb in ^arig toon feinem 33ruber mit offenen Airmen em*
pfangen roerben. <3inb @ie gu anb Ijierljer gctommen? 3a, id) bin
nut ber (Sifenbafyn gefommen. 9Jian mujj nidjt au^ igennujj 1 ba8
ute t^un. 9teifen (Sic 311 IJSferb ober git 2Bagen ? $eine^ toon beu
ben; icf) reife 311 @^iffe. 3c^ banb etn Saf^entu^ um feinen $lrtn.
^inb tt)einte bor ^reuben. ^eibelberg Uegt an ben Ufern be^
IL Remarks on some English Prepositions.
Above.
Above, followed by an expression of time or number,
and signifying more than or longer than, is rendered in
German by liber with the accusative, or mefyr dl$. Ex. :
The fight lasted above four hours.
3)er $ampf bauerte ttber (or mef)r at3) mer <2>timben.
It is above twenty miles from here.
0*3 ift tiber (mefyr ate) ^toan^ig 2)?eUen Don fjter.
About.
About 1, meaning around, is um ; 2, in the signification
concerning, it is liber with the accusative ; 3, in speaking
of things which people carry about them, it is bei, Ex.:
1. All thronged about the prince.
Sltte brdngten fid) unt ben ^itrften.
2. I will speak to him about this affair.
3$ rt)erbe tiber biefe 9Ingetegenljeit mit iljm fpre^cn.
We shall consider about this matter.
2Bir toerben tiber biefe (Sad)e nadjbenfen.
3. I have no money about me.
3d) b,abe tein etb bet mtr.
At.
At 1, denoting position, is frequently translated an with
the dative ; 2, meaning occupied with, it is bet ; 3, after
words of emotion, e.g., derision, anger, surprise, joy, sor-
U2. 'selfishness.
408 PREPOSITIONS.
row, etc., it is uber with the accusative ; 4, followed by a
person's name in the possessive case, it is bei Ex. ;
1. At the door, 2ln ber Xtjite.
2. We were at dinner.
2Btr nmren beim 2#ittageffen (bet tfdj).
He is quarrelsome at cards.
(gr ift jtinfifd) beim @m'el.
3. She laughed at him, @tc (ad)te uber tljtt.
I am surprised at what you say.
3d) bin erftaunt uber baS, tt)o @ie fagen.
4. "We were at your aunt's, 2Btr toaren bei 3tyrer ante.
By.
1 . by followed by the agent after the passive voice, is
translated son. Ex.:
Mr. Bell is respected by everybody.
err S3ett tmrb Don Sebermann gead)tet
Troy was destroyed by the Greeks.
nwrbe tion ben rtec^en jerfiort.
2. In oaths and asseverations by is translated Bcf :
He swears by his honor, (gr fdjrtort bet fetner (Sfyre.
3. By, after such verbs as to sell, to buy, to work, and
preceding a noun of weight, measure, or time, is translated
Jtflcfy (either after or before its noun), or by adding roetfe to
the noun, e.g., pfuntweife, tagroeife, roodjenroetfe :c. Ex.:
I sell the tea by the pound.
3d) Derfaufe ben ljee nad) bent ''Pfimb/ or bent ^Pfunbe nadj, or
pfnnbnmfe.
We work by the hour or by the day.
2Btr arbetten nod^ ber tunbe ober nad^ bent Xage.
4. When preceding a numeral immediately followed by
an adjective of dimension, by is translated by Uttt> Ex.:
This room is fifteen feet long by ten wide.
2>tefe gimmer tjl fitnfje^n ^ufj tang unb ge^n brett
PREPOSITIONS. 409
5. By, meaning by means of, e.g. t after to kill, to wound,
etc., is translated burdj. Ex.:
The officer was wounded by a bullet. .
3)er Officer nwrbe burd) etue $ugel bernwnbet.
Achilles was killed at the siege of Troy by an arrow.
2id)ttle3 tmtrbe bet ber 33elagerung Don Stroja burd) einen ^pfeU
getobtet.
From.
1. From to, with the common noun of place repeated,
is on jit. Ex.:
He went from street to street, from town to town, etc.
Sr gtng bon (Strode 311 (Strode, toon (Stabt ju <5tabt, jc.
2. But when the nouns denoting place are proper
names of towns, villages, countries, etc., to is nacfy, e.g.:
From Paris to Rouen. 33on ^artS nadj Sftouen.
3. "When the nouns are nouns of time, from to is
MS, e.g. :
From Easter to Christmas. SSon Ofiern HS SSet^nadjt.
4. So also when extent of space is indicated, e*g.s
It rained violently from Strasburg to Berh'n.
(S^ regnete ^eftig toon @trabitrg bis ^Berlin.
It would be too far from here to Paris.
(8 toare 311 tuett bon fjier bt
5. JVom under is unter ^eror. Ex.:
From under the table, llnter bem jt{d)
In.
1. A pain (in) is translated by a compound word, such
as : $opfwe$, ^atewc^, Bafwwef) ic. Ex.:
I have constantly a pain in my head,
3id) fjabe immcr '
410 PREPOSITIONS.
2. In after words denoting hurting, wounding, etc., and
preceding a possessive adjective with any part of the
body, is to be rendered by an with the definite article :
The child fell down and was injured in the shoulder.
2)a3 $mb fid unb berttwnbete fief) an ber @d)itlter.
3. In the morning, >>lm SUZorgen or (be$) 2ftorgenS.
In the evening, tfoi 5lbenb or (beS) Slbenbg.
In the morning (i.e., to-morrow morning), 2ftorgen frii^.
In the evening (i.e., this evening), >eute
Oil or upon.
1. On or upon is most generally auf. Ex.:
He climbed upon the tree, (gt ttetterte auf ben 33aum.
2. After the verb to live, on or upon is rendered by
Don, and after to play, on is not translated at alL Ex.:
The prisoner lives on bread and water.
3)er efangene lebt tion 33rob unb SBaffer.
You play on the violin, and I play on the flute.
<Sic fpieten SBtoIine unb tcf) fpiele
3. The preposition on before the days of the week and
with dates, is either translated am, or by the accusative
without a preposition. Ex.:
Come on Sunday, $ommen <2>te (am) (Sonntag.
On the twelfth of May, Urn (or ben) $h6lften
Over.
This preposition is commonly translated fiber.
The adverb over meaning past, may be translated
fiber. Ex.:
As soon as the rain is over, (Sobatb ber 9?egen boriiber tfi
Is dinner over? 3|t ba8 2fttttageffen bomber?
PREPOSITIONS. 411
With.
L With is rendered by ttor after verbs of dying, perish-
ing, etc. Ex.:
He died with cold, (gr ftarb bor $a'Ite.
NOTE. To die of is translated fterbm an. Ex. :
He died of his wounds, @t [tarb an feinen SBunben.
2. With must not be translated after the following
verbs : to meet with, begegnen (dat.); to trust with, atwr*
trouen (dat of person, and ace.); to reproach with, sower*
fen (dat. of person, and ace.). These German verbs gov-
ern the accusative without a preposition. Ex.:
He trusted me with (i.e., entrusted to me) his son.
(r ticrtraute mir feinen @ol)n an.
I reproached him with his ingratitude.
3d) toarf ifym feme Unbanfbarfeit Dor.
OBSERVATION.
Prepositions are placed in German before the inter-
rogative and relative pronouns which they govern; in
English they are sometimes placed after :
"Whom do you speak to ? Sftit toem fpredjen <Ste ?
What's that for? u hwS tft baS ?
The man you are interested in.
3)er 2ftcmn, filr ben (Sie fid) tnterefftren.
ufgok 143.
1. Where are you going? I am going into the country.
Goethe died at Weimar in the year (tm 3al)re) 1833. My
friend arrived in the early part (in the 1 beginning) of the
summer. Is this book to (nad)) your taste ? 2 No, I do not
like it (It does not please me). I met that gentleman on my
journey in Italy. The poor man had to choose between
slavery* and death. Why has she been so unjust towards her
parents? Did you arrive before or after four o'clock? Before
the church there are three high poplars. 4 I found this letter
143. iam.
412 PREPOSITIONS.
among my papers. Brandy 5 is the source of great evils (among)
that nation. They (man) told me amongst other things that
the ship had been taken by the enemy.
2. He has sold all his horses except one or two. I went
from Hamburgh to Altona. Now we turn to (towards) the
south. Among the German merchants in London there are
many charitable 6 men. He lives with his brother. The tailor
will come to your house to-morrow. Where do you come
from ? I come from my aunt'a The wooden horse was out-
side the walls of Troy. 7 The patient is at present out of
danger. Nobody besides myself was present. 8 Out of (t>on)
sixty soldiers who made the attack, 9 twenty-five fell into the
hands of the enemy. The dog sprang [out] from under the
table.
144.
1. My father was not above twenty-two years old when he
was married. 1 My uncle's country-house 2 is very handsome,
but it cost him above eighty thousand florins. It is above a
year since my friend set off for 3 America. Home was built by
Romulus. The poor man was driven 4 out of his house by his
creditors. 5 I will get up to-morrow at six o'clock. Were you
at Mrs. D.'s ball last night ? I will pay you at the end of this
month. I rejoice greatly at your [good] luck. 6 She always
smiles 7 at every thing which is said. Where was your sister
this morning ? She was at her aunt's. My chest 8 is one foot
and a half deep by two wide and four long. Harold was
wounded by an arrow. 9
2. William the Second was killed by an arrow in the New-
forest. Charles was wounded in the arm and not in the leg.
I have very often a pain in my teeth. Upon what instrument
does your sister play ? She plays on the piano. That happened
on the 12th [of] March. I am in the habit 10 of taking a cup
of coffee as soon as (the) dinner is over. When you meet a
poor man, never reproach him [with] his poverty. France
extended from the Rhine to the Atlantic Ocean. What does
he complain 11 of?
143. sber SBronntwetn. 6ott$aH9. 7 $n>ia. 8 aegenmfttttg. sSlngrtff, m.
144. ito be married, ft$ w^etrotyen. *Sanbau8. sna<$. <trei&en. 6ts u 6iger.
e GHurf. ' tidjeln. E tie tf ifte. fcer $f eiL 10 to be in the habit, pjlcgen or aenofru f eia.
n ftagcn after.
413
BEADING LESSON.
$ranadf) tear nidjt nut ber grb'ftte SDtater feiner e\t, fonbern
aud) ein 2ftann Don eblem erjen unb grojjem SBerftanb. <Sd)on in
feiner Ougenb tuenbete er feine 3eit fefjr gut an, imb bafyer fam eg, bafj
cr foeit friiljer ein nu^Udjer 2ftenfd) uwrbe alS 2lnbere. 3m nemije^nten
-Saljre feineS filters lernte 1 ifyn 2 ber $urfiirft (Elector) Don <ad)fen,
-Sofyann griebrid), al3 einen gefd^idten Bungling fennen, 1 unb nafym
i^n auf feiner 9?eife in'^ elobte ^?anb 3 ntit fid). 9?ad) ber ^iicffe^r
in'S 33aterlanb bertef er in an feinen >of nad^ 3Bittenberg unb madjte
i^n bafelbft 3um Siirgermeifter. 4 (Sin cingiger 3 U 9 (trait) feiner
fd)imen (Seele ift ^inreidjenb, 5 feinen (l)arafter 311 fdjitbern. 5lt8 fein
err, ber imglitdlic^e ^urfiirft Oo^ann ^ri^rid)' bci SJZii^tberg in
(Sac^fen in bie efangenfdjaft 6 ^aifer ^arte V. geratfyen 7 h)ar, erinnerte
fic ber $aifer, ba ^ranac^ i^n al ^nabe gemalt ^atte, unb liejj biefen
eblen 9)iater in fein ager fommen.
w Sie alt toar td^ bamate, ate bn mid) malteft ?" fragte ber $aifer.
,,(Sure SWaieftat," antmortete $ranad), , f n>ar ad)t ^a^re alt. (3 getang
tnir nid)t etjer, 8 (Sure 2ftajeftcit gum (Stittft^en gu bringen, a(6 bi 8 5^r
^ofmetfter 9 toerfdjiebene Saffen an bie 3Sanb fytingen Iie. SSd^renb
(Sie biefe friegerifdjen ^nftrumente mit unDeriuanbten (fixed, staring)
Slugen betrjid^teten, ^atte ic^ 3eit, 3b^r Sitb ju enttoerfen." 10 ,,$8itte
(ask) bir cine @nabe toon mir aufi, Staler !" fagte ber ^aifer.
jDemiit^ig ftel iljm 2 ^ranadj ju 5 u e un & ^ at / wilt X^rancn tn ben
5litgen, nid^t um cine <2hmtme @elb ober urn einen Sitel, fonbern unt
bie grei^eit feineS ^urfurften. S)er 2JJonard^ geriet^ 7 in bie grofcte
53erlegen^eit; fein ^perj U)ar burd) biefen gered^ten SOBunfdf) erne 1 ? treuen
Untert^anen 11 fe^tt getroffen, unb bod) gtaubte er, ben redjtfd)affenen
^ranad^ fiir' erfie 12 abnmfen" ?n mitffen. B 5Du Bift ein bratier 3Kann,"
fagte cr 311 ifym; ,,ab"cr e Ware mir lieber getoefen, tnenn bu um ettuaS
2lnbere3 gebeten ^citteft." 2113 nac^ einigcr 3eit ber ffitrfiirft feine
i Itnnen lernen, to become acquainted with. 2 See p. 420. 13. s Holy Laud. < mayor.
see p. 389, 3. 5 sufficient. captivity. to get, to fall, s niefct e^er aI8 bi8, (not earlier
than until), not before, a governor, tutor, 10 to sketch, draw, n subject. 12 for the
first, i.e., for a time, u to refuse.
414 ARRANGEMENT OF WORDS.
$reil)ett erlangte, lief} er biefcn feinen treuen 3)tencr me Don fetner
<2eite; er nutate in fetnem djloffe tuofynen unb felbft bei eljrenDotlen 1
elegenfyeiten neben ifym im SBagen ftfcen.
QUESTIONS.
SBer toar uca $ranad) ?
2Bte fam e, bap er fritter al 5lnbere ein nu^Itd^er
tourbe?
SSann lenite i^n ber ^urfurfl toon <2>ad)fen fennen?
SBie Jieg ber tfurfiirft?
SB5o^in na^m er t^n mtt ftcf) ?
2Ba t^at er narf) fetner ^kudEfe^r?
SOSeldjer fcfjb'ne S^arafterjug tutrb toon t^m ergafyft?
SBel^e grage rtdjtete ber $atfer an ben 9)taler?
2Sa antttjortete t^m ^ranad^ ?
SBetdje nabe bat ftd) ber Skater tion bem ^aifer
etna^rte ib,m ber ^atfer feine 33itte ?
SBaS fagt' er 311 i^m ?
Sie eb,rte ber $urfiirft ben Staler, na^bem er feine
toieber erlangt
FIFTIETH LESSON.
THE ARRANGEMENT OF WORDS.
(9Bortfolge.)
The general rules which govern the arrangement of the
words in a German sentence have already been given on
page 80 and the following pages. We shall recapitulate
here what was said there, and give besides some further
rules.
1. Sentences are either a) declaratory, or 6) inter-
rogative, or c) optative. Declaratory sentences state
facts ; interrogative sentences ask questions, and optative
sentences express wishes or commands, the latter employ-
ing for this purpose the imperative or subjunctive. Ex-
i ceremonial.
ARRANGEMENT OP WORDS. 415
amples of optative sentences are : Come here. Would I
had never seen them 1 May you look at this as I do I 1
See 6, c. '.
2. Sentences frequently contain two or more clauses.
One of these, or sometimes more than one, states the
fact, asks the question, or expresses the wish, and this
we shall call the principal clause. In the following ex-
amples the principal clauses are in italics, and others, i.e.,
dependent clauses, in ordinary type : / hope that you will
be punctual. They galloped their horses and arrived so
early that they saw him. If we are cautious, and do not
say what we have seen, we shall not be molested. Let me
know when you arrive. When does he think it "best to let
them know that there is no hope? Of course, a great
many sentences contain only principal clauses, but no
sentence can contain only a dependent clause or depend-
ent clauses.
3. Somewhat the more usual way in German to arrange
the parts of the principal clause of a declaratory sen-
tence, is to put the SUBJECT first, then the "VERB, and then
all the REST.
a) By the SUBJECT we mean the grammatical subject
and its modifiers ; by the VERB, however, we mean only a
single word, that word, namely, which changes to denote a
difference of person or number. For examples see page 81.
b) The order laid down in 3, called the Normal Order,
is the same as that of the same kind of clauses in En-
glish, e.g., <ie liekn einanber, They love eachothcr. If we
i Of course, not declaratory sentences alone but also interrogative and optative
sentences may justly be held to state facts. Thus, Has Henry arrived? states the fact
that the speaker is curious to know whether, etc., and Come here states the fact that
the speaker desires some one to approach. However, the defects in the definitions
given in 1 do not seem likely to mislead the student and cause him to assign any given
sentence to a wrong class.
416 ARRANGEMENT OF WORDS.
represent the subject by S, the verb by V, and all the
rest of the clause by R, its formula is SVR. When R
consists of several words, their arrangement (for which
rules will be given further on) may differ from that re-
quired in English, e.g., Sic | tyaben | einanber gefefyen,
They | have \ SEEN EACHOTHER. The vertical lines in this
and other examples divide the three component parts
of the clause from one another.
4. The only other way to arrange the parts of the prin-
cipal clause of a declaratory sentence, is to begin with
any fraction of the REST of the clause, 1 and then let fol-
low first the VERB, then the SUBJECT, and then the other
fractions of the REST of the clause. This order may be
called the Question Order, inasmuch as in questions too
the subject follows the verb. The formula for it, if we
represent the different fractions of the REST, by r, r', r",
r'", etc., is rVSr'rV", etc. Examples : efhrn | Ijab' | id) |
@te auf ter traf c gefefyen, Yesterday I saw you in the street.
<5ie | faf) | id) | gefhrn auf t>er trafje, You I saw yesterday
in the street. 2luf t>er trapc | fal) | id) | <5ie gejkrn, In the
street I saw you yesterday.
a) It is hardly allowable to put two (or more) fractions
of the REST at the beginning, and say for instance, @ie
gcflern U. f. n>. ; but we may put the whole of the REST at
the beginning, provided it is indivisible into fractions.
We then have EYS, e.g., )en | Ueb' j id), That man I love;
cflcrn | ftarb | er, Yesterday he died.
For exceptions see 10 a, 13, and 15 6.
5. The formula for a question, i.e., for the principal
clause of an interrogative sentence, both in English and
i The REST of the clause is all that is left after taking away the SUBJBCT. the
and, if there should be a conjunction or relative, these latter also.
ARRANGEMENT Of WOfcDS. 417
German, is YSE, e.g., <inb | <ie | franf ? Are \ you \ sick?
$aben | roir j ba$ 33ucl) gefauft? Did [ we \ buy the bok?
6. This is also the formula for the principal clause of an
optative sentence, e.g., SBdre | er J mtr fyier! Were \ he \ only
here I But :
a) The subject of the verb in the imperative is gener-
ally omitted if of the second person, e.g., &omm fyer !
Come (sing.) hither 1 @agt mir, Tett (pi.) me! 1
b) The subject of the third person singular of the
present subjunctive, when this latter is used like an im-
perative, is oftener put before the verb than after it, e.g.,
(r fomme is more frequent than 5tomm' er.
c) Exclamatory sentences beginning with That or
tJiat (2)a{j or ) bap) must be classed as dependent clauses,
something like / wish (3d) mocfyte) being understood at
the beginning, and not as optative sentences. They do
not take the Question but the Dependent Order (8), e.g.,
> bap ic() ifw nte gefefyen fyatte, that I had never seen him!
Without ba the order is, ) l;att' tc^ u. f. W. Sfiie takes
either order, e.g. 2Bic er mt^ liebt ! or 2Bie Hcbt er mi(^ !
7. Dependent clauses have been denned page 82, 4,
and page 415, 2. Should this definition still leave it dif-
ficult for the student to recognize one when met with, it
may be well to remember that such clauses are always
used as nouns, or as adjectives, or as adverbs.
a) A substantive dependent clause, like a substantive,
may be a) the subject of a verb, or b) its object, or c) in
apposition, etc., e.g:
a) That, I confessed, is true.
6) You claim that I confessed.
c) The fact that he confessed is admitted.
i This rule applies to tu and i$r, not to ie; e.g., jtcmmen it $.
418 AK&AtfGEttENT OF WOKD8.
b) An adjective dependent clause, like an adjective^
qualifies a noun or pronoun, e.g. :
The men ivho are persecuting its . . . .
You whom I have seen before ....
The place where they disappeared ....
c) An adverbial dependent clause, like an adverb, quali-
fies a) an adjective, b) verb, c) adverb or d) preposition.
a) Calmest when he was in the greatest danger ....
6) I hear as well as I ever did.
I will refuse if you like.
c) He acted unwisely in that he disclosed his plan of defence
too early.
d) He is as much above us as the rest are below.
d) So that any clause which is the subject or object of
a verb, qualifies a noun, or an adjective, etc., etc., must
be a dependent clause.
8. Dependent clauses take the VERB at the very end,
their formula being SKV. 1 For examples see page 82, 4.
a) Exception 1. They take the Normal Order, however,
when there is no connecting word (i.e., conjunction or
relative) expressed, i.e., when the dependent clause comes
close to the principal clause without the intervention of
a singfe word. Thus, @r fcfyrieb, bap cr morgen anfommen
ttntrbe must be changed, if we leave out bap, into (r fcfyrieb,
cr nnirbe morgen anfommen.
For other exceptions see 11 and 12.
9. When bap is expressed, and then unt> brings in an-
other clause depending on bap understood, either the De-
pendent Order or the Normal Order may be used. Thus,
I am convinced that you have acted wisely up to the
present time, and [that you understood} will act just as
i Sometimes a clause contains only the SUBJECT and the VKBB, and no BEST, e.g., the
second clause of the following sentence, 3$ $offe, tap er lebt.
ARRANGEMENT Off tfORDH. 419
wisely in future too, may be translated either, 3d) bin
tiberjeugt, baf @ie bis jefct f(ug gefyanbelt fyaben unb [bap it
understood] aud) in ber 3ufunft ebcnfo Flug tyanbeln werben or
. . . unb roerben and) u. f. n>.
10. For convenience of comparison, we consider here
ft similar case in which not the Dependent but the Ques-
tion Order is involved. What order shall be used when
unb comes after the Question Order, and when the frac-
tion of the REST of the sentence which caused the
Question Order to be used in the first clause (compare 4),
is understood again after unb ? Suppose, for instance, we
have the following sentence to translate into German:
He was convinced by these considerations, and I was only
Irritated (in which, of course, by these considerations is
understood in the second clause), and we choose to begin
in German with >urd) btefe 33etrad)tungen.
a) In this case, it is much better to use the Normal
Order in the second clause, e. g., 2)urcfy btefe 33etraci)tungen
' er iiberjeugt unb id) nwrbe nur gereijt.
11. The order used in questions (5) may be used to ex-
press a condition, the conditional conjunction (e.g., tt>emt,
if; gefefct, provided; falls, supposing, etc.) being left out.
Thus we may say either, 2Benn er morgen fommt (8) or
$ommt er morgen (VSE), gfalla id) bie grait fetye or <Sety' id)
bie grau.
a) 2ftorgen fommt er ntd)t cannot be used to mean If he
does not come to-morrow, the sense would be He does not
come to-morrow. That is to say, to express a condition,
the VERB must come first, and not any fraction of the REST
of the sentence, the order must be VSR, and not
rVSr'rV".
420 ARRANGEMENT OP WORDS.
12. This same order must be used after al, meaning
as if, e.g., 2113 roar' er aitper ftcfy, As if he were beside himself,
for which we could say, using alg ob, 211$ ob er aujjer ft$
ware.
13. We shall hear, when the arrangement of the words
of the REST of the clause among themselves comes to be
treated of, that the oblique cases of personal pronouns
generally come first. Their tendency to take an early
place is so great, that in the Question and Dependent
Orders they frequently precede even the subject, e.g.,
efhrn tyat tfyn mein 23ruber auf ber <3rra e gefefyen, instead
of eftern tyat mein Sruber tfyn u. f. ro. 2Bir gtauben, bap ifm
mein 33ruber geftern ouf ber <8trape gefefjen fyat, instead of
2Bir glauben, bap mein SBruber t^n u. f. n>.
a) The same thing frequently takes place in questions
and optative clauses, e.g., 2Bie I)at 2$nen bie SSorlefung ge*
fallen? instead of 2Cie fyat bie SSorlefung u. f. w. How did
the lecture please you? @et mtr etnja^ 3^t gegbnnt! instead
of @et etwa^ $tit u. f. W., Let some time be granted me !
b) But in none of the cases mentioned in the last two
paragraphs, can the oblique case of a personal pronoun
precede the subject, when that subject itself is a personal
pronoun. The following sentences, for instance, are bad
German : efrern f)ab' i^n id) auf ber trape gefetyen ; 2Bir
glaitben, bap tyn er . . . , fyat ; 2Bte fyat 3f>nen @ie gefallen ;
gegonnt!
14. A fraction of the REST of the clause sometimes be-
gins a question, e.g., 2ftorgen will er abretfen ? To-morrow
is he going away ? i.e., Is it to-morrow he is going away ?
In this case, a considerable emphasis is laid in speaking
on the word or words beginning the question.
ARRANGEMENT OF WORDS. 421
15. It has been remarked (see 4), that when a fraction
of the REST begins a principal clause, the VERB must be
brought in immediately after this fraction. A dependent
clause beginning the sentence has just the same effect,
i.e., requires the order rVSr'r'V", in which r represents
the dependent clause. Thus we may say either, 3d) reife
morgen ab, wenn er eg oerlangt, I have town to-morrow, if he
demands it, or, with the dependent clause first, SBenn er eg
serlangt, reif id) morgen ab. In the same way either, 3d)
fmb' eg ganj red)t, baj? er bie @tetle md)t annimmt, I consider
it quite right that Jie does not accept the position, or, 2)ap er
bie tetfe nid)t annimmt, ftnb 1 id) ganj red)t.
a) When a sentence begins with a condition, as in the
first example just given, the principal clause (the con-
clusion) generally begins with fo (then), e.g., a more usual
form for the first example would be .... fo reif id) mor*
gen ab.
b) When this fo is not inserted, the conclusion very
frequently contrary to the rule in 15 takes the normal
order, e.g., 2Benn er eg tterlcmgt, id) reife morgen ab, or
see 11 SBerlangt er e$, id) reife morgen ab.
16. Three adverbs, bod), inbeffen and jebod), all meaning
hoivever, do not require the Question Order, when they
begin a principal clause, they sometimes take the
Question, and sometimes the Normal Order. The sense
is the same with the one order as with the other. Thus,
)od) (inbeffen, jebod)) id) rootlf eg md)t glauben, However, 1
was unwilling to believe it, or, )od) (inbeffen, jebod)) wollt 1 idj
eg md)t glauben.
a) The words just enumerated can be placed even be-
tween the subject and the verb, e.g., 2Btr bod) WOllen eg md)t
glauben, We though are not going to believe it.
422 ARRANGEMENT OF WORDS.
17. 2lber, alfo, inbeffen, jebod), namlicfy sometimes occuf
between the SUBJECT and the VERB, and this not in the
Dependent Order alone (the only order in which the SUB-
JECP is regularly and usually separated from the VERB),
but also in the Normal and in the Question Order. Thus,
(r aber roollt' e3 md)t erlauben, He, however, would not allow
it. They are thrown in, as it were, parenthetically, with
a pause before and after them.
18. The only words except, of course, the SUBJECT
which can begin the principal clause of a declaratory
sentence, and not require the Question Order, are a) those
mentioned in 16 ; b) unt>, aber, allein, fonbern, benn, entweber,
and ober ; c) any adverbs which, if placed elsewhere than
close to the subject, might be misunderstood. Examples
under c are : Only I (and no one else) wanted to dance,
ftitr id) roollte tanjen. 3$ roollte nur tanjcn would mean, /
wanted only to dance (and do nothing else). So also : 2ludj
flrir roaren babet, We, too, were present; 33efonber3 bte 2)eute
fc|en rourbett emport, The Germans especially got (were) en-
raged. 1
19. The order VSR sometimes occurs, not in a ques-
tion, but in a declaratory clause to make an emphatic as-
sertion. Usually, but not always, in such casss bod) or ja
is inserted somewhere after the VERB. Thus, 3ft w bodj
nicfyt ber cinjige, He, certainly, is not the only one (He isnt
the only one though}. 3ft i<* femer, ber mir nid)t 9led)t gabe,
Why, there is no one who would not say I am right.
20. It need hardly be noted that an interrogative or
relative pronoun or adverb must come at the beginning
i 92ut id), audj mir, bfonb8 bte Deutfaen, etc., In reality foil under the definition of the
SUBJECT, as given page 415, 3 a. Such phrases might, however, have caused the student
trouble, and, for this reason, they have received especial and separate mention.
ARRANGEMENT OF WORDS. 423
of its clause, any formula laid down to the contrary not-
withstanding. Thus, 2ln wen fdjreiben <5ie ? )er Sftann, an
ben id) fdjrieb; not, <d)reiben <5ie an wen? etc.
21. When in the Dependent Order the perfect or plu-
perfect indicative or subjunctive is used, the VERB (i.e., in
this case the auxiliary fyaben or fein in the present or im-
perfect indicative or subjunctive) is often omitted. Thus,
@r betyauptete, bap er nur wegen ber SDfaetye gefommen (ware
understood), He maintained that he had only come on ac-
count of the rent; 3d) ajaube nid)t, bap felbft 2)tcfen$ etwag
23effereg fyer0rcjebrad)t (fyat understood), I do not believe that
even Dickens has pi'oduced anything better.
22. The modal auxiliaries and a few other verbs often
form their perfect and pluperfect with their infinitives
instead of their past participles (compare page 98, 3).
When these peculiarly formed tenses occur in a depend-
ent clause, the VERB is placed not last of all, but just be-
fore the infinitives. Thus we do not have, (r fd)rieb, bap
er eg nid)t $un fbnnen tyabe; nor, 2Btr glauben nicf)t, bap erbtc
@telle annefymen wollen fyat, We do not believe that lie wanted
to accept the position, but . , . nicfyt fyabe tl)im fbnnen, and
.... bte telte ^at anne^men wollen.
a) Even in dependent clauses without these peculiarly
formed tenses, and without a modal auxiliary, the VERB
may be placed immediately before, instead of immediately
after, a participle and an infinitive, two or more infinitives,
or two participles. Thus, 3d) fyoffe, bap bit mid) wirfi tanjen
fefyen fbnnen. But it is more usual to place the VERB at
the end.
23. In the Dependent Order a compromise is some-
times made, and the VERB placed, not after all, but after
424 ARRANGEMENT OF WORDS*
only a part of the REST. This is, of course, most fre-
quently the case when the REST is very long. Thus, in
translating, " He said that his wife never went to church,
even in fine weather, without an umbrella, a water-proof,
and overshoes," we need not put the German for went at
the very end. We can insert it after to church in fine
weather, and say : (r fagte, baj? feine $rau aitcfy bet fctycncm
SBettcr nic in tie ftircfye ging ofyne ^cgenfc^irm, Stegenmantel
unt> ummifdfyufye.
a) Germans always avail themselves of this privilege
of bringing in the verb before the very end of the de-
pendent clause, when they have to do with a dependent
clause itself containing two or three shorter dependent
clauses. Let us take the English sentence, We hope (at)
that you will not, (0) if you can conscientiously do other-
wise, object to a candidate (y) who served so gloriously
in the campaign ( f> ) which we had just finished (e)
when you arrived among us. Here " that you will not
object to a candidate " is the main dependent clause. It
would be extremely awkward, however, to put werben, wiff,
just before the full stop and after the four minor depend-
ent clauses. The order in German might be as follows,
using English words so that the student may concentrate
his attention on the arrangement exclusively : We hope
that you, if you conscientiously otherwise do can, to a
candidate not object will, who so gloriously in the cam-
paign served, which we just finished had, when you
among us arrived.
24. That certain tenses of separable verbs have a dif-
ferent form when used in dependent clauses, has already
been stated page 228, 4
AKRANGEMENT OF WORDS. 425
25. As for the arrangement of the different parts of the
REST among themselves, an important general rule has
already been given in the foot-note on page 262. Com-
pare also page 81, 2. The student will notice that this
rule, or an extension of it, requires the different fractions
of the REST to be arranged in a series proceeding from
the least to the most important, from that one, often the
oblique case of a personal pronoun, which receives the
least emphasis in speaking the sentence, to that one
which receives the most emphasis. 1
26. When the present or imperfect indicative or sub-
junctive, or the imperative of a separable verb is used in
the Normal or the Question Order, the prefix generally
comes last, e.g., 3d) fcfyreib' 3f>nen, roenn @ie e$ serlctngen,
SlUeg in einer Socfye recfyt fcfyon ob, I will copy everything for
you nicely in a week, if you require it.
a) But when the REST is long, and in conversation
even when it is not, the separable prefix may be brought
in after only a single word, or only a word or two, of the
REST. Compare 23. Thus, 3$ fcfyreib' 3Jwen 2We$ rec|t
fcfyon ab in einer SBocfye, roenn @ie eg serlangen.
27. Just before the separable prefix, if there is one,
otherwise at the very end, come the infinitives and par-
ticiples, and in the reverse of the English order, e.g., @r
ttrirb geliebt roorben fein, He witt have been loved; (r f>at mid)
nicfyt fpredjen fyoren fbmten, He was not able to hear me speak;
<r fet erleitmbet worben, Let him have been slandered.
a) But when ju precedes the infinitives, these follow
one another in the English order after the participle on
i Considerations of euphony and of perspicuity, i.e., considerations quite outside of
the rules of grammar, often determine the arrangement of the BEST.
426 ARRANGEMENT OF WORDS.
which they depend, e.g., (r fyot mir neulid) gerattyen, roenig*
fteng jit serfucfyen, ifyn ju lieben, He advised me lately at least
to attempt to love him. Compare, as to the position of gc*
ratten here, 23.
6) Negative adverbs, e.g. t nicfyt, me, ntrgenbg, are apt to
be placed just before the infinitives and participles. 97id)t
always follows nod), and generally follows other adverbs
and adverbial phrases of time, such as ^eutc, geftent, tn
ielen
28. When a verb takes two objects, one a person, and
the other a thing, the thing generally comes later in the
clause than the person, e.g., <r befd)ulbtgte bte grew beg
)iebftof)lg, He accused the woman of theft ; 2Bir tyoben geftern
ben ^inbern ein 33uc^ gefc^enft, We presented a book to the
children yesterday.
a) But the oblique case of a personal pronoun, whether
referring to a person or a thing, comes at the very begin-
ning of the REST, e.g., 2Btr fyaben eg neitHcfy feinem 5Sater in
$tt>ei 53rtefen oUj^anbtg mitgetfyetlt, We lately, in two letters,
communicated it in full to his father. See c.
5) "We have seen already (compare 13) that a personal
pronoun in the genitive, dative or accusative comes in
some cases between the VERB and the SUBJECT away from
the other fractions of the REST.
c) When there is one personal pronoun in the dative
and another in the accusative, the accusative generally
precedes the dative, e.g., 2)etn 33ater gob bid) mir ; 2)er Dn*
fel gob eud) tljnen, fte eu<$, un 3fynen.
d) But mtr'S (i.e., mir eg) and bir'S (Le. t bir c$) are just as
usual as eg mir and eg bir.
427
OBSERVATIONS OP SPECIAL IMPORTANCE IN TRANS-
LATING FROM GERMAN INTO ENGLISH.
29. There are a number of words in German which
are sometimes relatives and sometimes demonstratives.
Demonstratives.
ber, bie, bag, that (man, woman,
thing)
ba, there, then
banttt, with that, with it
inbem, at this moment
inbeffen, meanwhile, notwith-
standing
fo fd)6n, fo gut, fo oft u. f. h)., so
beautiful, so good, so often,
etc.
Relatives,
ber, bie, ba8, who, which
bo, where, when, since
bam it, in order that
inbem, in that, as, while
inbeffen, while
fo fdjb'n it. f. to., beautiful as,
good as.
One of the most frequent of all the mistakes made by
beginners, is to translate this class of words wrongly, i.e.,
as demonstratives when they are relatives, and vice versa.
There need, however, be no hesitation from which column
to choose, if the order of the German clause is noted. If
these words begin the clause, and the verb comes at fche
end, they are relatives, otherwise they are demonstratives.
Demonstratives. Relatives.
)er gefottt mir, (Sin Sftann, bcr mir gefafft,
That man pleases me. A man who pleases me.
3)ie mod)t' id) (or id) mod)te bie) (Sine grou, bie id) fefyen modjte,
fefyen, tteldje u. f. tt).
I should like to see the
woman who etc.
(Sr fommt bo,
He comes there.
2)a fommt er,
There he cornea
3) omit fann er (or er fann bamit)
atteS erfafjren.
"With that he can learn every-
thing.
A woman (whom) I should like
to see.
3)a er fommt u. f. to.
Since he comes, etc.
2)amtt er afleS erfafjren fann,
In order that he may be able to
learn everything.
428 ARRANGEMENT OP WORDS.
Demonstratives. Relatives,
(8 ift jo fdjon greitnbe |u fyaben, <2o fdjon c3 tft ^reiinbc ju Ijaben,
mbd)te id) bod) lieber feme b e i
9lrt Ijaben.
It is so nice to have friends. Fine as it is to have friends, I
should rather not have any
of thai kind.
30. If in any clause of a German sentence the verb im-
mediately precedes the subject, it must be either because,
a) The writer has chosen to begin with some other
word than the subject (compare 4) ;
b) The clause is conditional (compare 11), in which case
we shall have a conclusion expressed or understood;
c) The clause is interrogative (compare 5), when it will
be followed by a mark of interrogation (?) ;
d) The clause is optative (compare 6), when it will be
followed by a mark of exclamation (!) ;
Or finally e) because an emphatic assertion is intended
(compare 19).
EXAMPLES.
L
1. 3dj beljaupte, ba btefer ^elbljerr, loetdjen $tfe bettntnbern, fetn
SBaterlanb Ijatte (22) rettctt fonnen, toenn ntrfjt 1 bte 9JJenge bcr ^etnbc
jeben 2Btberftanb unmoglid) gemadjt Ijatte.
2. Behind) bcr Some nwrbe in bte 3ld)t erflart (declared an out-
law), toett er fetnen $atfer bertaffert Ijatte, at3 btefer nttt ben om*
barbifdjen tSbten fampfte, ttjeldje ftd) ber !atferttd)en Oberfyerrfdjaft
]u ent^te^en (withdraw) ftrebten.
3. (Sine 9J?at(anbtfd)e efanbtfdjaft Don fedjjeljn abeltgen 502annern,
on beren <Sptfce (head) bte (ionfutn ber tabt ftanben, begab ftd) nad)
&>bt, um mtt bem ^atfer itber bte Untertucrfung gu untertjanbetn.
i W<$t might have come after getnbe. No rale has been given for its position before
the subject, bat menn ni<$t may be regarded as a compound conjunction, like unlett in
English, or nui in Latin.
ARRANGEMENT OF WORDS. 429
4. 2Ba mtr gu unffen frommt (profits) ; tooran id] oljne efaljt
meiner (Seete ntdjt ^tueifetn barf; ba3 tft mit leferlidjer (legible) @d)rift
in mein enriffen eingegraben.
5. !Dte $(uft (cleft) gtm'fdjen ott unb bem 9ftenfd)en ifl fo grofc,
bafe ber 2#enfd) jroeifefa miifcte, je 311 bem ^nfdjauen beS ^flrfjften 311
elangen, tuenn (13) iljm ott nidjt felbft entgcgen fame.
n.
1. jDteienigen, roelc^e ftc^ um etn 5lmt beluarben (solicited),
fannte (30, a) tyil\W ber 3 me ^ e ' auc *) e ^ e f te f^ C^> & ) Dorftetten
lie^en, fo gut nrie oon ^erfon.
2. @g gtebt egenben ber (Srbe, fo lute ,3dten in ber efc^t^te be8
eingelnen 9J?enfdjen unb ganger Golfer, in benen bie 5 u ^e ber eben*
frafte glcid)fam (as it were) iiber i^re 2)amme getreten tft, unb wo mit
jeber Sljat ba iBermogen ^um Sljun, mit bem enu^ ba efynen
(desire) fi^ fteigert.
3. ^{ato erjd^It, ba <So!rate8 auf einem ^elbjuge, ben er mit 2Uct*
6iabe gemeinfrfjaftlid) mad^te, tton bem atljentenftfdjen ^eere gefe^en
toorben fei, roie er etnft einen ganjen Xag unb etne 9Jac^t long bi an
ben anbredjenben Sftorgen unberoeglic^ auf etner ^telle ftanb (23), mit
einem Slide (23), fteldjer anjeigte, ba er feb,r angeftrengt iiber einen
egenftaub uad)barf)te.
4. SBenn aurf) 1 (though) einige Xb.iere an eftatt bem 2Jienfd)en
fi^nlirf) finb; wenn s ^tnbere iljn an ^orperfraft, an djarfe eingetner
(Sinne iibertreff en (excel) ; luenn nod) s jlnbere meilraiirbige Seineif e con
$Utgb,eit geben (15 and 15, a) : [fo] bteibt bod) (16, a) jmifdjen ib/nen
unb bem SRenfdjeu eine uniiberfteiglidje ^(uft, itber loetdje bie Sb,iere
ftd) auf feine SBeife anjuna^ern tiermogen, toeil ib,nen bie ^Sernnnft unb
beren (its) 2fo$brurf, bie pradje, feb.lt.
ufgoBe 145.
London is a very large town. I have bought a beautiful
garden for my children. We have had clear days but dark
nights. We cannot see all the numberless (^afyftoS) stars.
Henry was to-day more industrious than yesterday ; he will
be most industrious to-morrow. They went away from here
at four o'clock. He often visited us formerly. They entered
(into) the wood and soon perceived the habitations* of men.
I do not know the man whom you are speaking of. The first
i fte* foot-not* page 428. 2
480 AKfcANGEMENT Of WORDS.
battle (which) they fought was with the Saracens. 1 I did not
know who it was. To be sure (gettnfc), I have told him (da!.) it.
I am infinitely obliged 2 [to] you. I was wandering through
the street with a heavy heart. Finally (enblirf)) we discovered
the truth. I hav not been anywhere. Prosperity 3 gains
friends, and adversity tries (pritft) them. Without a friend the
world is but (uur) a wilderness. 4 What does this man teach
your children? He teaches them to read and write. The
tempest increasing, 5 "the 3 ships ^ost sight of each other
(toertoren au3 bem eftcfyt).
BEADING LESSON.
$et cble Officer.
3n bem le^ten rtege, ben ^rcmfretrf) gegen (Seamen fiiljrte, fatten
bte beutfdjen ^ntfstruppen ein Stabtdjen an ben Ufern be fpantfdjen
^luffeS Sajo befefct, aber nur etne fdjroadje Sefafcung (garrison) boa
22 2ftaun bartn gelaffen. $)tefe nwrben auf ,3ureben 6 fpantfc^er (2ol
baten bon ben Stnioo^nern ermorbet. 9?itr einer entfam,' unb brac^te
bte 97arfirid)t toon ber btutigen fyat fat ba frangbftfc^e Sagev. >tet
forberte man, beS 33etfpiel3 hjegen, bluttge 9?ad^e. 8 ogletd^ er^iett ber
babtfdje ^auptmann . ben SSefeljI, mtt einer 5lbtb,ettung 9 feiner Snip*
pen bte @tabt ^u umrtngen, nteberjubrennen unb in etnen tetnljaufen
gn Dertuanbeln; 10 bte 33enio^ner foflten etngefc^toffen (shut in) bletben
unb tnuntljattgerSkrjtoetflung 11 t^re abe u toon ben gfammen bergeljren
(passive in English, compare p. 327, a) feljen. 25on btefer
reget ertoartete ber fran^oftf^e enerat ben beften grfotg.
iDeutf ^e ^aren attSgef rfjttf t, ben f d)tnal)ttd)ften Zob Ujver Sriiber gn radjen,
unb ti)i 5lnfit^rer luar tm ganjen ^>eer at einer ber tapfevften, entfc^Iof*
fenflen 13 unb mutfjtgflen Offtgtere befannt.
er ttmr noc^ me^r at ba. @em ebte, meufrf)enfreunblt^e
ttjurbe mtt raufen 14 erfuHt, at? er ben Sluftrag 15 t>erna^m.
fonnte unb tooflte er t^n ntd)t ablelmen. 18 3)a na^e fdjrerf lic^e
fo bteter ungtiidtt^er SJJenf^en, bte an bem 2ftorbe grotent^et( un<
zeerfeunben. 3ba8Wcf. <2Bufle, f. f- june^men (see page 371, d). pr>
to escape. vengeance. company. 10 to turn. 11 despair,
ubozxor. is order. i to decline, to reftuw.
ARRANGEMENT OF WORDS. 431
fdjutbtg nwren, ergretft feme eble eele. (Scfyon fteljt er tm etfte bie
tabt auflobern, 1 fyb'rt bag $lagegefd)rei ber 3=rauen, bag Sammer^
gcfdjrei 2 ber $inber unb ($reife, bag ^b'djeln 3 ber Sierbcnben; unb
entroorfen 4 ift fdjon fein ^lan, feft fetn Sntfdjluft. 5)iod) 5 in fpater
9?arf)t giebt er feinen euten (men, soldiers) ben ^efefjl ^um s #ufbrud). 8
>er 2Beg fii^rte 7 an einem ^tofter uorubcr, bag untDett ber bebrob,ten
tabt lag. )ag fluge itnb menfdjenfreimbltc^e Seneb.men beg 23or*
ftetjerg 8 unb ader Setooljner beffetben gegen ^ reun ^ uu ^> ^cinb Ijatte
ib,nen ben c^ntj unb bte Stebe beiber Xb,et(e erroorben, unb btefeg n>ab,re
^ottegfiaug jur 5 re if^tte 9 fiir j;eben ^lit^tigen gemadjt. 2)er ^aupt*
mann . berlangt (Sinla unb etne Unterrebung 10 mit bem ^Jrior.
33eibeg icurbe tfym geioci^rt (granted). er ^ertrautefte 11 fetner Seutc
kgleitete ib,n.
9Ja^ etner b,atben (Stunbe le^rte er gu ben etntgen jurucf, aber
cittern; fetn iBegletter ift unbemerft unb Dermuntmt 12 burc^ cine anbere
b,ur b.tnauggefc^Iupft unb l^at balb auf einem ntifyern SBege bie gum
33erberben beftimmte 13 (Stabt erreicfyt, hjelc^er (dot.) er mit etnent
(Sc^retbcit beg ^Jriorg atg ein ^tmmelgbote erfd)eint. 3)te SSeiber unb
$inber, franfen banner unb retfe fmb etngclaben, ftc^ unb iljre
auf bem nadjften 2Beg nac^ bem ^lofter gu flitdjten. 3)er
bcginnt, burc^ ben "DJtonbfrfjein begiinftigt. 9Kutter, ii>re augtinge 1 *
an ber 33ruft ober auf bem ^itcfen, eroffnen ben 3"9> banfborc ii^ne
tvagen bie 9)Jutter. So getangen (reach) fte an bag Softer, too ber
^rior fte mit feinen 9)ioncf)en gaftfreunbticf) aufnimmt. SBa^renb beffen
Ijat ber uwrfere ^)au))tmann fetne Seute auf einem anbern 23ege gegen
bie <3tabt gefitb,rt. (Sr la'Rt 16 fte umrtngen, boc^ fo, ba jener 2Beg
^lofter off en blieb; er befteljlt ben juriicfgebtiebenen 2fttinnern,
unb otj auf^utljurmen. 17 (g gef^ie^t, 18 unb balb lobern 1 toon alien
(Seiten tjelle, b,ol)e ^lammen in ber 9J?orgenrotl)e auf; aber l)inter bem
^euer m^en fidjer bie werfc^onten (spared) ^aufer unb >iitten, unb
an iplitnberung roirb nidjt gebadjt.
ito blaze up. 2 lamentation, sthe groans of the dying. * thrown off, made.
seven, i.e., even beforo day-break, r. to set out. " oorubevf ft^ren, to pass. prior.
9 asylum. 10 interview, i: trusty, confident. 12 disguised, is see page 386, V. npxo
oesaiou, march, i-baby. ic see page 337, a n to heap up. i* they do so.
432 AKRANGEMENT OF WOBDS.
QUESTIONS.
2Ber Ijatte tm lefcten fyamfdjen $riege etn tabtdjen befefct?
2Ba$ ereignete fid) bamalS ?
2luf roeffen 3 ure ^ en 9 e f^ a &k butttge Xljat?
2Bitrben 5lUe getobtet?
Ste erfufyr man bie Sftadjridjt tm frangoftfdjen ager?
2Ba3 berlangte man Ijter ?
2BeI(^en Scfe^t ertjiett ber babtfdje au|itmann ^>.?
SBarum beyfpradj fid) bcr fran3ofifdjc enerat ben beften (Srfolg ?
fiir cm SDiann hjar fener ait^tmann ?
faQ er frfjoit tm etfte ?
ijorte er im etfte?
tn fiifyrte t()n fetn 2Beg?
fatten ftc^ ber ^Borfte^er unb bte 33etooljner jeneS
tmmer benommen?
bege^rte bafelbft ber babtfdje ^aitptmann?
er aEein ?
2Ba njurbe an fetnem Segtetter?
SGBeldje Stnlabung ent^tett ba <2>rf)retben be
2Bte niar ber 39 ber ^liid)tlinge befdjaffen ?
2Bte lie^ ber an})tmann bte bebro^te tabt ttmringen?
2$on ftia Iat er ein ^eiter anmad)en?
SBrannten bte $aufer?
^n loa totrb nid)t gebadjt?
Shifgafic 146.
This being resolved, 1 my wife undertook to manage* the
business herself. The horse was unfit 3 for the road, as he
wants an eye. Leaving my cloak behind me, I set out to view*
the town a little. As I was going across one of the principal
squares, 6 1 was followed by 6 a little boy, who insisted on clean-
ing' my boots. He was provided 8 with a footstool 9 and with
brushes ; and I do not doubt [but] that he would have
polished 10 my boots admirably. However, I had neither time
nor inclination, and as this was the case, declined 11 the honor.
The boy followed me through several streets, and I never
stopped but (ofyne ba) he put down his stool and wanted
(toottte) to begin. When he had exhausted 12 his powers of
146. i fcefdjloffen. 2 auSftitjren (carry out), suntauglid). -i&etracbten. s$(a$. etransl..
little boy folio wed me (dot.), and.... 'pufeea. orfe$en. @$eme(,m.
AKRANGEMENT OF WOBDS. 433
persuasion 13 and found me deaf to entreaty, 14 he departed in
search of 15 a less obstinate subject. 16
147.
They who have employed the study of history, for (ju) their
instruction, 1 for the regulation 2 of their private matters, 8 and
for the management 4 of public affairs, must agree with me,
that it is the most pleasant school of wisdom. It is a familiar-
ity 5 with past ages, 6 and an acquaintance with all the heroes of
them. 1 It is, if you will pardon the similitude, 8 a perspective-
glass 9 carrying 10 your soul to (in) a vast distance and taking in
the farthest objects of antiquity. It informs 11 the understand-
ing by the memory ; 13 it helps us to judge of what will happen, 13
by showing 14 us the like 15 revolutions of former times. For
mankind being 16 the same in all ages, agitated 17 by the same
passions and moved 18 to action by the same interests, 19 Nothing
'can come to pass, 20 but (oljne baft) some precedent 21 of the like
nature ($lrt) has already been produced ; and having the
causes before our eyes, we cannot easily be deceived in the
effects, 22 if we have judgment 23 enough to draw the parallel* 4
(Dryden.)
READING LESSON.
eblc Officer.
jtnetftunbtgem 23ranbe imrb cm (Silbote 1 an ben general
gefdnrft, um 9?ad)taft 2 ju erbttten. liefer feljrt nut bem Sefefjle juriicf,
baft bie tabt bis Mtag brennen ntiiffe. 3 ogtetd) ttrirb ber iibrtge
SBorratf) toon olj unb <5trof) jut tluterljaltung be geuerS fyerbeU
gefdjafft unb ba$ eball 4 etntger offentltd)en ^aufer, bie man, um bod)
SnuaS ju gerftoren, niebergertffen I)atte, roirb ju gteid)em gtotdt ber*
braudjt. gnbltd) fd)lagt bie gw5lftc tunbe unb gibt bag 3 e ul) en
146. is Ue6metungfunfl. u SSitte. 15 um ju fu^en. ie 2Renf$.
147. i SBele^rung. 2 afZtc^tf^nur. a ipricat^ngelejen^etten. < SBenoaltung. s SSettraut^elt.
bo8 3eitaUer, use the sing. T see page 147, 7. bag Ieic^ntf . tn Sprfpe!H'. "see
page 372, le. 11 bete^ren. isbae cba<$tntjj. is what will happen, bag ^ufunftige. "see
page 371, Ic. isa^ultc^. ie see page 371, 1 d. neneflt. is angetrieben ju ^anfceln. "bog 3ns
tereffe. 20 to come to pass, gejc^e^en, ftc^ ereignen. 21 ein frfl^eter gaU. 22 bie SBirfunj.
as Urt^etlgftaft. 24 ben SBetglei^ ju jiefcen.
i courier. 2 pardon. * see page 356, 4 a, and page 367, 5, a, 6. timbers.
434 ASBAtfaEMEtfT OF WORDS.
e, ber ehtem umfyrcn rtuntpl)3uge gteid)t: benn unter ben
feitben tft ntd)t (Suter, ber nid)t greubentfyriinen nieint. 23egteitet toon
bet: ntannUd)cn 33ettol)nern bet tabt, toeldje ben (Sotbaten bie eroefyre
uub Sormfter 1 tragen, fie mil iljren 2)anffagungen unb <2>egenltmtnfd)en
^berfdjittten, 2 getangt ber bunte 3 aufe jum Softer. 3Me toon bent
fernen fteuer erfdjrecften reife, SSetber nnb $inber ftitrjen ben ^om*
menben mit angftUdjen 5 ca 9 cn entgegen. 2lber batb nnrb ber fitrc^ter*
Ucb,e 3 loe 'f e t 3^ [ro^Itc^en enjt^eit, at^ fie bernefymen, 4 ba ber eble
$>auptmann nidjt nur i^r Seben, [onbern aud) ib,re ^aufer unb liter
gerettet fyabe. @ie ftiir^en tior iljm nteber, jte liiffen itjin bte anbe; er
!ann fi^ ber lebfyafteften 5leuerungen 5 be 3)anfe3 fautn ertoe^ren. 8
!j)ann trttt 7 ber ^rtor, ein e^rraiirbtger rei in Uberljaaren, mtt
X^ranen in ben $ugen ib,m entgegen/ nnb ^tte tueidjen eb.rfurc^tstiofl
guriicf. r ,Sbter Bungling," fpridjt er, inbem er ib,n mit ^ttternbem ?lrm
on fetn erj briiiit, ,,fur jDeine S^at tft jeber So^n ju flein; nur in
Reiner Sruft ftnbeft 2>ii ben h)itrbigen. 3luc^ finb ttrir arm unb
beft^en WufytS, roaS wir !Dtr anbteten fonnten. 3d) felbft b,abe nia
nod) btefeS ^reuj mit (Sbelfteinen, ba^ tdj afe 3 e ^ en wetner SKurbe! 1
trage; nimm el; Ia mic^ e8 5)tr um^angen, nid^t all ein (Sefdjent,
fonbern all ein Slnbenfen an bie tjergangene S'la^t. 3 tt)ar 3^ren fdjon
anbere (Sijrenjeidjen 9 2)etne 33ruft; bod^ fet bal britte, bal bit
3>tr iueitjt, 10 S)ir ntd^t minbir n>ert^ ! SSe^e bem Xa^fern,
ber nidjt menf^Ii^ ift; aber <3egen itber j;eben ^rieger, ber fo fortftifyrt,
fein ! 3)arum fegnen 2)id) bie eretteten, barunt fegne td|
barum fegnc" 3)t^@ott! "
3)er auptmann ri ftc^ tief erfd^itttert 12 tol unb fefjrte mit fetner
Ibraoen <2c^aar in bal ?ager ^urittf. 5lber n)te nwrb ib,m ju 9)?ut()e/ 3
all er am anbern 9)iorgen toon etnem feiner ^reunbe erfu^r, ba^ ber
fransoftfdje enerat Don bem SSorfatt unterridjtet fet ! Sltte Offt^icre
ttiaren Don biefem gur afct cmgelaben, ber ^auptmann burfte md)t
fe^ten. 9Ktt mannttdjer 5 a ff un 9 u un & geftdrft toon bem 33eroutfetn
feiner Ijodjljerstgen S^at, gtng er einer, toietteic^t ente^renben 16 (Strafe
i knapsack. 2 load, s the mingled troop. 4 learn. 5 manifestations 6 to keep off.
: came to meet. 8 dignity. 9 decoration, badge of an order. ioto dedicate, to devote.
11 see page 420, 13 a. 12 moved, u how did he feel 1 1 1 compos are. i- diahouoring,
infamous.
ARRANGEMENT OF WORDS. 435
entgegen, roeil er ben 23efef)( feineS SSorgefeJjten nidjt befotgt Ijatte.
!Der eneral empfing iljn mit fyofyem Srnfte unb nnnfte ifym in em
^ebengimmer. Sftit ftopfenbem Bergen fotgt ber >auptmann. (Sic
fmb aUein. -3e^t ergreift ber eneral feine >anb, blicft ifyn mit feudjtem
5luge etne SSeite an, reiftt i^n an ftc^, umarmt ifyn mit eftigfeit unb
(fpric^t: ff @tc berfte^en mic^ !" 2)ann fe^rt er mit i^m pr @efeflfrf)aft
gurucf.
2Ber mo^te 1 nic^t fo gefeljtt, toer moc^te ntc^t fo geftraft ^aben!
3)er auptmann fc^icfte ba ^reuj feinen ^Semanbten unb fcfjrieb
babei: , f !Dag ift bie einjige Seute, 3 bie ic^ in panien gemacb,t ^abe
unb madjen ttierbe. llngern trenne ic^ mid) bation. S3erfauft e3 unb
be^afjtt bation meine djutben, bie id) Ijinterlaffen ^abe." S)te 23er*
njanbten fatten aber fdjon la'ngft bie djulben bega^It, unb
nun ats einen 5<*tttiltenfd)at$. 3
QUESTIONS.
gefdjieb/t nad) ^rteiftiinbigem Sranbe?
SBetdje Slntwort brad)te ber Sitbote ?
SD3a gefd)ieb,t nun ferner ?
2Sem gleidjt ber 5lbjug ber Jruppen?
W.8 bie (Sotbaten ab^ogen, n)a8 tb,aten bie banner?
2Sa tljaten bie rei[e unb ^rauen, alg man beim ^(ofier at
langte ?
2Ba8 ^atte ib,nen ber cble ^auptmann gerettet?
2Bie rebete ber -)3rior ben oanptmami an (address) ?
SBetdjeS 5tnbenlen (token) gab er ib,m?
2Ba gefdja^ am anbcrn SCRorgen tin ?ager?
2Bie ging ber ^aitptmann gu feinem enerat?
b,atte er gu furdjten?
em))fing i()n ber encrat?
niaren feine 2Borte?
fdjrieb ber .^auptmann an feine SBertoanbten, at3 er ba
nad) O au f e fdjirfte ?
fatten bie 35erroanbten fdjon borfjer getb,an ?
ift au3 betn ^reuje geworben ?
1 would not like. 2 booty. 3 hair-loom.
436 EXERCISES.
PBOMISCUOUS EXEKCISES IN TRANSLATION AND
CONVERSATION.
(Continued from page 301.)
18.
Are you acquainted with M., the French captain ? Yes, Sir,
I made his acquaintance last year at Baden. Has the servant
cleaned my spurs? 1 He is still cleaning them. Has the
butcher bought fat oxen ? He has bought fat oxen and cows,
but no calves nor 2 sheep. Is this the coach-office ?* Yes,
Madam, here it is. When does the stagecoach 4 start ? There
is one in the morning at seven o'clock, and one in the evening
at six. How many places have you remaining in the evening
coach ? There are only two left. I want three, can I have
them for to-morrow ? Yes, you can have them. How much
do you charge for a place ? Three florins and a half. Do
children pay full 6 price ? No, children pay only (the) half-price.
"When must I send the luggage? 8 An hour before the coach
starts. 7 At what o'clock shall we arrive at B. ? Between three
and four in the afternoon. Do we pass 8 through S. ? No, you
leave the town on your left
19.
"What is his manner of life? 1 He leads a very retired life
(lives very retired). 2 What services does he render 8 his fellow-
citizens? 4 None, that (fotriel) I know [of]. Is he resolved to
sell his estate ? 6 He will sell it, if he finds a purchaser. 6 How
much does he ask for it? He asks five thousand pounds.
How long have you been in Germany ? I have been here these
three months. How much do you pay a month 7 for your
lodgings? 8 I pay a hundred florins a month. How many
rooms have you ? I have five rooms, a parlor (33efudJ3immer), a
dining-room, and three bed-rooms. What curtains' have
you ? I have white and red curtains. Have you your own
furniture (2)?obet, pi-) ? No, I have hired it. How much do
you pay for it ? A hundred and twenty florins for six months.
How many English miles 10 make one German mile ? Five
18. i pornen. "- unb feine. s bit ga^rppjl. btt littoacjen. ben flatten $13. G ba3
f plcf. i abgcfien. * lommcn, paftlren.
19. i Die 2cfcenSrei)(. > juriicf gejojen. * If men. -' ter SftUfrurger. t bs ui or Content
ftfefc. TmoMtiut. SBofcnuttj, ting. SBor&ang, m. lo
EXERCISES. 487
English miles and a half are equal 11 to one German mile.
How far is it from Heidelberg to Frankfort ? It is ten German
miles or fifty-five English miles. Were your parents in
Switzerland last year ? They were not there last year, but they
intend going there this year.
20.
To whom have you presented 1 your flowers? To the lady
who came to see my sister. What wine is that ? Good old
rhine-wine. Where can I buy good ink? The stationer 2 in
William-street sells very good ink. Which do you prefer,
veal or mutton ? I like both, but I prefer ham. What have
you bought in this shop ? I bought steel-pens and pencils.
Where have you seen the finest horses? In England. Is
there an English physician in this town ? Yes, there are two
English physicians and a French one. Is [there] good wine
to be had 3 here ? Yes, but bad beer. How much richer are
you than your neighbor? I need not tell you. Which flow-
ers are finer than mine ? The flowers of my (female) neighbor
are much prettier. Which edifice 4 is the highest in the town?
The church is the highest. Why do you not let him alone
(geljett) ? I want to speak to him.
21.
Did the coachman put the horses to 1 [the coach] ? Nobody
has ordered it. Have you sent for the music-master ? Yes, I
have, but he is not at home. Is it allowed to speak to the
prisoners ? That cannot be allowed. May the tailor come ?
He may come if he likes. Does, this young man smoke
cigars? Yes, he smokes every day five or six. Have you
spoken to the lawyer ? 2 I spoke to him, but he would not hear
me. Who can judge 3 a person* without knowing him ?
Nobody should do so. Are you not allowed to play in this
room ? No, we must play in the yard. Did the lady let the
children play in her room. Yes, she did, but only for an
hour. What shall I say of such behavior? 5 You must blame
it. What am I to do? You are to work instead of playing.
19. n gtet$ (dat.).
20. i ttfcerreidjen or fcfyenfen. 2 ber @$ret6materiaflen=&nbter. 3 ju fw&en. < Oebiube, n.
21. i anfeannen. 2 ber 9lbo!at'. fceurt&eilen. < einen 2Henf(en. ba8 SJettagen ei
438 EXERCISES.
Ought I to have gone to Baden ? Either to Baden or to Ems.
Are these men really so selfish ? 6 They are the most selfish
men I ever knew. Is anybody knocking? Yes, some one
knocked at the door. Who is there? It is I, your friend B.
How do you do? I thank you, I am quite well.
22.
Why did you not thank your master? I have not seen
since last week. What is the matter with you (fefylt 3f)tten) ?
I am not quite welL The father would not believe his son
any more (no more believe), because he had told a falsehood.
Do not wish him anything bad. This cloak does not belong
to you, it belongs to the doctor. What did the baron present
(|"d)enfen) to his niece? He presented her [with] a new bonnet.
I wish you a good morning. To what physician did you
send your card ? I sent it to Mr. Murray. Have you anything
to tell me ? Yes, I have a word to say to you. What is it ? I
must speak to you alone. Do you understand what I say ? I
understand you well. Why don't you answer me ? I don't
know what I am to answer you. What do you mean by that
(bamit) ? Nothing that (roaS) concerns 1 you. What is your age
(How old are you) ? I am fifteen years old. How old is your
brother? He is almost 2 eighteen. I thought he was 3 older.
23. ON MEETING A PERSON.
Good morning, sir. I (have the honor to) wish you (a)
good day. How do you do 1 to-day ? I hope you are in good
health. I am very well How does your father do ? He is
not quite well How does all the family do ? (How do they
all do at home ?) I thank you, they are all in good health.
How is Mrs. B., your aunt? She is a good deal better. She is
tolerably well She is rather 2 unwell. She is very ill
What ails (fefjlt if)r) her? (What ia the matter with her?) She
has a cold (fjat fief) ertci(tet). I am very sorry to hear it. How
long has she been ill (unwell) ? I did not 'know that she was
ill What is her illness ? She has a fever. 3 Does she take
anything for it? The doctor comes every day. He says that
21.
32. i fctrtfftn. fceinafic. s Bee p. 367. 8 a, fc.
. ifafctfinbeu. sjUmfafc. = tag guiec.
EXERCISES. 439
It will not be of any consequence (turn SBebeittung). So much
the (befto) better. I am very glad of it. I am very happy to
hear it,
24. NEWS.
Is there any news 1 to-day? Do you know anything new?
"What news can you tell us? I know nothing new. There is
no news. I have not heard of anything. Have you read the
news-papers ? What do the papers say ? I have read no paper
bo-day. Did you see that in any paper ? It is only mentioned 3
in a private (^rtoat-) letter. This news wants confirmation. 1
I have that news on (from a) good authority. 4 I have it (from
the) first hand. Has that news been confirmed ? That report
has proved (fid) ge^eigt al3) false. Is war still spoken of (do
people still talk of war) ? No, people speak of it no longer.
Have you heard anything of (non) your brother ? I have not
heard from him these 5 two months. He has not written for
(fett) three months. I expect a letter from him every day.
25. BREAKFAST AND DINNER.
Have you breakfasted ? Not yet. You come just in time
(gerabe rerfjt) ; you must breakfast with us. Breakfast is ready.
Do you drink tea or coffee ? I prefer coffee. What shall I
offer you? Here are rolls 1 and toast. 2 Which do you like
best ? I shall take (of) both. How do you like (fmben (ie)
the coffee ? Is it strong enough ? It is excellent. Is it sweet
enough ? Make yourself (Do as if you were) at home. At
what time do we dine to-day ? Do we dine at five o'clock ? No,
we shall not dine before six o'clock. Shall we have anybody
at dinner to-day ? We expect Mr. Black and Miss White.
What have we [got] for our dinner? Shall we have any fish?
There was not a fish in the market. What shall I help 3 you
to ? 3 Will you have some soup ? I thank you, I will trouble you
for (bitten lint, pre*. indie.) a little beef. It looks so very nice.
Which way (lute) shall I cut it? Any way (2Btc <te tooflen).
Will you have it weE done (ttiel) or undergone ? 4 Eather well
done, if you please. I do not like it underdone. I hope this
piece is to your liking. 5 It is excellent Now I am going to
24. i etroaS 9?eue8. 2 erro&nn. s fccbarf b 93efl&Hgung. * dttH. s frit.
25. i 93r5b$en. gcrcftcte iBrotjdjnttun.
440 EXERCISES.
send you a piece of this pie.' I had rather take a little piece
of that pudding. 1 Try 8 both. Shall I send you a slice 9 of
this leg of mutton (^pammettffeule) ? Give me but very little of
it. You eat nothing. I beg your pardon, I am eating very
heartily (mit giitem
26. TRAVELLING BY RAIL-ROAD (mit bet tfatBaljn).
I intend to set off to-morrow for Paris. At what o'clock
does the first train 1 start?* Here is the time-table 3 for the
summer with the fares (^rcifcn). The first is a mixed train
and goes very slowly. Does it stop often ? It stops at every
way-station (3tt>tfd)enftatton), and is liable* to all sorts of delays. 6
The next train goes much faster. Where is the railway-
station? 6 Near the gate on the right hand. "Where do you
take the tickets (23tttete) ? The first opening 7 on the left hand
is for the second and third classes, and the next for the first.
How are tho second class carriages made ? They are covered
(gebecft) and have windows or slides 8 on the sides. Are the
seats stuffed ? 9 No, you find stuffed seats only in the first class
carriages. What have I to pay ? Fifty francs for yourself
and some francs for your luggage. 10 Where is my luggage ?
The porter is just taking it from the scales 11 and bringing it
out. Will he place it on the top of (oben auf) the carriage in
which I have taken my seat ? No, Sir, all the luggage is put
into the luggage-van." Now, good bye.
ANECDOTES FOR TRANSLATION INTO GERMAN.
1.
A sick man being asked, 1 why he did not send for (nad)) a
physician, answered : "It is because I have no mind (uft) to
die yet" (fdjon).
95. 5pajlet, f. ' bet Cubbing, StloS. s trfu*en. 9 eine Sdjnttte.
M. i br 3 U 3- * a&gefcn. s bet Jatyrtcnjjlan. 4 unterwotfen. & SSerjogerunj. 33af>n
bof, m. 1 6$altet, m. s @$iebfenflcr. 9 gepoljtat, 10 epicf, n. n bit SBage. sing, n btf
9<p&(tmagen.
1. i vil* ein gtftajt reutbe
EXERCISES. 441
2.
Milton being asked by (toon) a friend whether (ob) he would
instruct 1 his daughters in the different languages, replied : No,
Sir, one tongue 2 is sufficient for a woman."
3.
An Irishman meeting 1 another (dot.) asked him, what had
(ttmre) become of (au8) their old acquaintance 2 John. " Alas
(ad)) ! my dear," replied the other, " poor John 3 was condemn-
ed 4 to be hanged, but he saved his life by dying 6 in prison."
4.
Socrates being asked by one of his friends, what was 1 the
way to gain 2 a good reputation, replied : " You will gain it, if
you endeavor 3 to be what you desire to appear."
5.
An Alderman 1 of London once requested an author to write
a speech for him to speak 2 at Guildhall. "I must first dine
with you," replied he, " and see how you open your mouth,
that I may know what sort of words [will] fit it." 8
6.
An old philosopher observing a young man who had too
great a (a too great) volubility 1 of tongue, 2 spoke thus to him :
" Take notice, 3 my friend, that nature 2 has given us two ears,
and but (nitr) one mouth, that we 4 [may] listen much and
speak little."
7.
A certain professor, lecturing 1 a young man on (toegen) his
irregular conduct, added with great pathos : 2 " The report 8 of
2. i unterri^ten.
3. i 3113 fcegegneie. 2 ber SSefannte. 3 put the definite article. 4 urt!jeitt. 6 batmr<$
ba|) et 3c. (see p. 373, 2 &.).
4. i see p. 358, 6. 2 ju erroerfcen. s fu fcemfltyen.
6. 1 5K,itI)3ljerr. 2 roelcfye et in . fatten rooHte. s fflr lljn paffetu
6. i (Seldufigfeit. 2 put the article. 3 fcefcenfen <te. -i bamlf
7. i au8f$eUen. 2 sjJatfcoS, m., al&ung. s bte 9Ja$ric$t eon.
442 EXERCISES.
your vices will bring your father's grey hairs -with sorrow to
(in) the grave." "I beg your pardon, Sir," replied the pupil,
" my father wears a wig." 4
8.
A nobleman of N. standing at a window, and seeing an ass-
driver beat his ass unmercifully, 1 cried to him : 2 "Have done, 8
have done, rascal, else I shall have you whipped." 4 The ass-
driver answered : " Pardon, good Sir, I did not know, my ass
had friends at court (bet >ofe)."
9.
"When Cortez returned to Spain, he was coolly 1 received by
the emperor Charles V. One day he suddenly presented him-
self to the monarch. 2 "Who are you?" said the emperor
haughtily. 3 " The man," said Cortez, just as 4 haughtily, " who
has given you more provinces than your ancestors left 6 you
cities."
10.
A traveller coming into the kitchen of an inn 1 on (in) a very
cold night, stood so close to 2 the fire, that he burnt 3 his boots.
A man who sat in the chimney-corner, 4 cried to him : " Sir,
you'll burn your spurs presently." 6 "My boots "you 'mean, I
suppose (ttermittfjlid)) ? " said the gentleman. "No, Sir," replied
the other, " they are burnt already."
11.
A village-blacksmith 1 murdered a man, and was condemned
to be hanged. The chief peasants 2 of the place joined together 3
and begged the judge that the blacksmith might not suffer/
because he was 5 necessary to the place, which could not do
without 6 a blacksmith, to shoe 7 horses, mend 8 wheels, etc. But
the judge said : "How 'then ^an 2 I execute the judgment?"
A laborer said : " Sir, there are two weavers in the village, and
for so small a place "one 9 *is enough, hang the other."
7.
8. i unbarmljerjig. 2 rief et u)m ju. ' 6ren @te auf. < pettfc6,en laffett.
9. i fait. 2 bcr 9Bonardj', flonig. s ffolj. < ebenfo. tyinterlaffen 6,aben.
10. i ein 2Dtrtfi86. au. 2 na$e Bet (dot.), s anbrennen. * bit ftaminM&fe. 6 Saft.
11. i djtnteb. * tie Bornetyntften S3auern. s ttaten jufatnmen. < ben Sob leiben. * Sub-
junctive. The subjunctive is used when Oiey taid, hetaid, I said, etc., m*y be sup-
plied. 6 to do without, entbefyren (ace.). ? mn jit bef^Iagen. 8 auSbeffern. 9 see
p. 119, 1.
EXERCISES. 443
12.
A Persian philosopher being asked -by 1 what method he had
acquired so much knowledge, 2 answered, "By not being 8
ashamed to ask 4 questions when I was ignorant."
13.
A gentleman who had lent a guinea for two or three days to
a man whose 1 promises he had not much faith in, 1 was very
much surprised to find that he very punctually kept his word
[with] him. The same man being some time after desirous 3
of borrowing 3 a larger sum, " 4 No," 'said "the 3 other, " you have
deceived 4 me once, and I am resolved 5 you shall not do it a
second time (mat)."
14.
A young fellow having been very extravagant, 1 wrote to his
father for (urn) more money, using every argument ; but.
nothing would prevail (fyctfen). At length he very ingeniously 2
wrote to his father that he was dead, and desired (bat) him to
send money to pay [for] his burial. 3
15.
A poor man finding one night 1 thieves in his house, said to
them, without being frightened : 2 " I do not know what you
are looking [for] in my house by night ; as for me, 8 I cannot
find anything in it in broad day-light."*
16.
A rich farmer' in Devonshire made a will 2 in which the fol-
lowing article 3 was found (ftanb) : " I bequeathe 4 to John Wilkes,
late* member of Parliament for Aylesbury, five thousand pounds
sterling, as (ate) a grateful return 6 for the courage with which
he defended the liberty of his country, and opposed 7 the (dot.)
dangerous progress of arbitrary power." 8
12. i auf weldje SBeife. 2 ScnntnifK, pi. 2 see p. 373, 26. < to ask questions, fragen or
gtogen jletlen.
13. i fcefjen 33erfpre$ungen cr m$t traute. 2 1 am desirous of, i<$ tcftnfae. s ju letyen,
entlef)nen. * getSufdit. s enti'Atoffen.
14. i Bfdjroenfcerif$. 2 [tnnretdj. " 33egrlSntfc, n.
15. i einmal 9Zadjt8. 2 ofine baruber 511 erf*cfen. 3 maS tnidj Bctrifft. Bel Ijeflem Xage.
16. i >J51^tet. 2 JCeftament', n. s arttfet, m. < erma$en. s cotmoligem SKiiglteb. s SB
Settling, i ft$ roiterjefete. SBiUfilit^errf^aft, f.
444: EXERCISES.
17.
The Emperors Theodosius, Arcadius and Honoring wrote
'to 'Bufinus *the "Praetor : " If any body speaks ill (33ofe3) ol
ourselves or our administration, 1 "we 'will not have* him pun-
ished. If he spoke through levity, 3 he is to be despised : if it
was 4 through madness, he is to be pitied : 6 if it was an insult,*
he is to be forgiven."'
18.
A countryman who was passing 1 over the Pont-au-Change*
in Paris, perceived no wares 3 in several of the shops. Prompt-
ed 4 by curiosity, 2 he 'went into a broker's shop : 5 " Sir," asked
he, with a simple look, " tell me what goods 3 you sell." The
merchant, wishing to amuse himself at the man's expense,"
answered : "I sell asses' heads" :' "Faith (njafjrUdjy replied
the countryman, " you must have a great demand 8 for them ;
for I see but one left (itbrig) in your shop."
19.
Some courtiers reproached (madjten 33ortourfe) the emperor
Sigismund, because,' instead of having 2 his vanquished enemies
put to death (tobten), he 1 loaded 3 them with favors, 4 and put
them in a position to injure 6 him : "Do I not destroy my
enemies," said he, " by 6 making them my friends ? '"
20.
Malec, vizir (SBejter) of the Caliph 1 Mostadi, had just obtained*
a victory over the Greeks, and had taken 3 their emperor in a
battle. Having* had this prince brought 4 into his tent, he
asked him, what treatment 5 he expected from the conqueror.
" If you make war 6 like a king," answered the emperor, " send
me back again : if you wage 6 it like a merchant, sell me : if
you make 6 it like a butcher, slaughter me." The Turkish
general sent him back without a ransom. 7
17. i SRegierung. 2 see p. 326, 2. 3 a<<3 8ei<tfmn. roenn eg au8 2Ba$nfmn gf$a. s be=
bauern. B S3eleibigung. ' see p. 141, 7 and p. 380.
18. i gtng. 2 tie ban3=23rurfc. 3 ZBaaren. 4 angetrie&tn. s 2tobllab<n. auf ftoflen
b SKanneS. 7 QfelSKpft. e 5Ko*frage batna*.
19. i ei( er. * (ajfen (see p. 327, a). 3 ubcrfyiufen. * unfi6q(igungen. f(^aben (dot.).
Bee p. 373, 26. "> see p. 389, 3.
20. i bet ftaltfe, 2nd decl. 2 erringen, genlnnen. 3 gefangen gcnomraen. < see p. 423, 22.
93e&anblun j. 6 ftrieg fO^ien. Ccjegclb, n.
EXEBCISES. 445
21.
Some Frenchmen, who had landed on the coast of Guinea,
found a negro-prince seated 1 under a tree, on a block 2 of wood
for 3 his throne ; three or four negroes, armed with wooden
pikes, 4 served for his guards. His sable majesty "anxiously 5
'enquired : " Do they talk much of me in France ? "
23,
The Duke of Ossona, Viceroy 1 of Naples, had gone on board*
the galleys of the King of Spain, on a great holiday, to indulge*
himself in a right he had to set a slave at (in) liberty. He
questioned several of them, who all endeavored to excuse
themselves, and convince him of their innocence. One alone
s ingenuously 4 'confessed his crimes, saying that he was deserv-
ing^ [of] a still greater punishment. "Turn 6 this wicked
fellow away," said the Duke, " lest he (batnit er nid)t) pervert'
these honest people."
23.
An apothecary having refused 1 to resign 9 his seat at the
theatre to an officer's lady, the officer felt himself insulted and
sent him a challenge. 3 The apothecary was punctual at the
meeting (3ufammenfunft), but he observed, that not being ac-
customed to fire, 4 he had to propose a way 5 of settling 6 the
dispute. He 2 then.'drew from (au) his pocket a pill-box,' and
taking from it two pills, thus addressed 8 his antagonist : " As
(ol$) a man of honor, Sir, you certainly would not wish to fight
me 9 except on (auf) equal terms ; here are two pills, one com-
posed of the most deadly poison, the other perfectly harm-
less : 10 we are therefore on equal ground, 11 if we each swallow
one. You shall take your choice (bie 28aI)I fyafccn), and I pro-
mise faithfully, to take that which you leave. 12 It is needless
to add that the affair was settled by a hearty laugh.
21. i ftfcenb. 2 ^cIjfcTorf. s ftatt eineg (instead of a). * Satije, f. & neugierig.
22. i SSicefetrig ucn SReapet. 2 auf bie ateeren. ' urn etn JKetfyt augjuu&en, wetdjeS. * freU
mutbui. s serbienen. 6 3agen @te fort. " eerberBe.
23. i to refuse, fidjttdgern. sabjutreten. s erauforberung. ju f^tejjen. & ein SRtttel, n.
ben treit & eijulegen. " eine 5piUenfcfya*teI. s anreben. 9 nidjt anberS initmii-jufe$ten al$
10 unf$ibtt$. 11 auf ^let^era SSoben. 12 ubrig lafjen.
446 EXEBCISE8.
24.
A mendicant soliciting alms (um em Sltmofen) of Dr. Smollet,
the latter gave him, through inadvertence, 1 a guinea instead of
a shilling. The poor fellow, who was lame, hobbled 2 after him,
and explained 8 the mistake.* " My God," remarked Smollet to
a friend, "what a wretched lodging has honesty taken [up
with] ! " Saying this 6 and adding 6 another to it, he returned 7
the guinea to the overjoyed (tibergfticf Itdjen) and grateful beggar.
25.
Dr. Kadcliffe 'once 'refused 1 to take a fee 8 for attending a
friend during a dangerous illness. Upon (nad)) his recovery,
however, the patient presented him the proper 3 amount in a
purse, saying : " Sir, in this purse I have put every day's fee 4
and your goodness must not get 5 the better of my gratitude."
The doctor eyed 6 the purse, counted the number of days, and
holding out his hand, replied : " Well, I can hold out no
longer ; singly 7 1 could have refused them for 8 a twelvemonth ;*
but altogether they are irresistible."
The late 1 General Schott, so celebrated for his success* in
gaming, was one evening playing very high with the Count
d'Artois and the Duke de Chartres, at Paris, when a petition*
was brought up from the widow of a French officer, stating 4
her various misfortunes, 5 and praying relief. 6 A plate was
handed round, 7 and each put in (fytnein) one, two, or three
louisd'or ; but when it was held 8 to the general, who was going 9
to throw for a stake (<3at3, m.) of five hundred louisd'or, he
said : " Stop a moment, if you please, Sir, here goes 10 for the
widow!" The throw 11 was successful; and he instantly swept
(fdjob) the whole into the plate, and sent it down to her.
94. i in8 SSerfe^en. * finite t$m na<$. s erfllrte. * ben 3rrtum. s tnbem jc. unb no$
e*ne bajtt fftgte. i jurfofgefcen.
26. i to refuse, jtcfy imjern. 2einonor. s entfpredjenb (corresponding). 4ba8$onorat
fur jeben Stag. & to get the better of. uberftetflen, gvcjjer fern aU. o betta^tete. ' etnjfln.
eta ganjeS 3ar lang.
23. i oerftorben. 2 megen feineS Ift tm v<L s etne 93ittf*ttft. < to state (In which
she, etc.) boriegen. s UnglttdSfMU. um UntertKlfeuna. ' teturaaeteUjt. eorgt^allen.
> see p. 826, & w 6UJt* jlU (datj.
EXERCISES. 447
27.
A little girl, five years old, was equally fond of her mother
nnd grandmother. On the birthday of the latter, her mother
said to her : " My dear, you must pray 2 God to bless 3 your
grandmamma and let her live' to be very old." The child
looked with some surprise at her mother, who perceiving it,
said : " Well, will you not pray God to bless your grand-
mamma and let her live to be very old ? " " Ah, mamma ! "
said the child, " she is very old already, I had (mod)te) rather
pray for her to (that she may) become young."
28.
Sir Isaac Newton's temper 1 is said (foft) to have been so
equable 2 and mild that no accident could disturb 3 it. A re-
markable instance 4 of this (bation) is related as (tme ) follows :
Sir Isaac had a favorite 5 little dog which he called Diamond.
Being one evening called out of his study 6 into the next room,
Diamond was left behind (blieb guriirf). When Sir Isaac re-
turned, having 7 been absent but a few minutes, ^he 'had the
mortification 8 to find that Diamond had overturned 9 a lighted 19
candle among some papers, which were the nearly finished 11
labor of many years. The papers soon were (ftanben) in flames,
and (were) almost consumed 12 to ashes. This loss, 13 2 from 14
Newton's advanced age, Vas irreparable ; 15 but, without punish-
ing the dog, 2 he Exclaimed : " O, Diamond ! Diamond ! you
don't know the mischief 16 you have done ! "
29.
The prince of Conti being 1 highly pleased with 1 the intrepid
behavior of a grenadier at the siege of Philipsburg, in 1734,
threw him a purse, excusing 2 the smallness of the sum it con-
tained, 3 as [being] 4 ^oo 3 poor l a reward for such courage,
Next morning, the grenadier came to the prince, with two dia-
rnond rings and other jewels 5 of considerable 6 value. " Sir, n
27. i iiebte glet(f> fefir. 2 to pray God, either ott bitten or ju ott beten. bafi et fegne.
* {efyr alt luerlen.
28. i bag emfltfi, . 2 gleldjmatfc, tg. a pren. * Seifpkt. '> em 5iebling8b,ilnbdjen. Stubltn
jtramer, n. ' nadjbera nur. s ben SBerbrufj. itmgeroorfen. i brennenb. n tctfenbet
12 ju Hfcfje wbrannt. is ber SSerlujl. n me^en Ijofyen atteiS i-->itnerfe&Hdj. i6fca8Unl)ett.
29. i n>elc^m ba uncrjArccfcnc 93cne^men fe6t geftet. 2 tnbem erfw^ roegen bet gctingcs
6umme entf^ulbigte. s bie er enttyiett. * see p. 371. Id. s 3uwelen. e betra^tli*, bebeutenb
448 EXEKCISE8.
said lie, " the gold I found in your purse, I suppose 7 you intend-
ed 7 for me ; but these 2 I ^ring back to you, having 8 no claim
to them (^Iniprud) bavauf)." "You have doubly deserved
them, by your braveiy and by your honesty," said the prince,
" therefore you may keep them."
30.
Casimir 31, King of Poland, 1 received a blow from a Polish
gentleman, named 2 Konarski, who had lost all 3 he possessed,
while playing 4 with the prince. Scarcely was the blow given,
when sensible 5 of the enormity of his crime, he betook himself
to flight ; but he was soon apprehended by the king's guards,
and condemned to lose his head. Casimir, who was waiting
for (ouf, ace.) him in silence amid his courtiers, as soon as he
saw him appear, said : " I am not surprised at (itbcr) the con-
duct 7 of this gentleman. Not being able 8 to revenge himself
on (on bent) fortune, it is not to be wondered 9 [at] that he has
ill-treated 10 his friend. I am the only one to blame in thin
affair, 11 for I ought not, by my example, to encourage 12 a per-
nicious practice, 13 which may be the ruin of my nobility.*'
Then turning to the criminal, he said : " I perceive, you are*
sorry for your fault 14 that is sufficient; take your money
again, and let us renounce gaming for ever."
31.
It is told 1 of Moliere that, on (on) the morning of the day on
which he died, his wife and his friends, seeing how weak he
was, tried to prevent his* playing that night but in vain.
" A man," he said, " suffers long ere (efye) he dies : I feel that,
with me, 3 the end is at hand ;* but there are fifty poor work-
men who have only their day's wages 4 to live on, and who
is to give them bread to night, if I do not play ? " So he went,
and played the Halade Imaginaire? then went home to bed,
and died.
29. t befUmmten te cermutylicb. . s see p. 371, 1 d,
30. i $olen. sSRomenS. saDeSwoS. 4seep.371,<f. 5hnSBrufctfetnber<Src|..
kit glu* t bf gab. i ba8 93etragen. baer ji$-.nt*t..fonnte. see p. 868, 4. Note.
$anbrtn. n Sadie. ermutyigen. eta* erfcerblid)e <3enw$n$ett. "
|etb. is auf ba8 Spiel etjtd>tta,
31. i 2ttan etjiblt ten W. ? see p. 373. 36. ta| ef mtt mil |0 Cube y$L * Tfljrf-'frn. m
/ EXERCISES. 449
32.
It happened at Athens, during the public representation 1 of
a play exhibited 2 in honor of the commonwealth, 2 that an old
gentleman came too late to get 3 a place suitable 4 to his age
and quality." Several of the young gentlemen who observed
the difficulty and confusion 6 he was in, made signs to him that
they would make room for him, 7 if he would come (bafytn fame)
where they sat. The good man bustled 8 "through the crowd
Accordingly (batyer); but when he came to the seats 9 to which he
was invited, they sat close 10 and exposed him, as he stood out
of countenance, 11 to the whole audience. 12 The joke 13 went
round (burd)) all the Athenian benches. But on (bet) those
occasions [there] were also particular places assigned 14 for
foreigners : when the good man skulked 15 towards the seats
appointed 14 for the Lacedaemonians, these honest people rose
up all to a man, 16 and with the greatest respect received him
among them. The Athenians being suddenly touched 17 with
a sense of the Spartan virtue and their own degeneracy 18
applauded loudly (gave a thundering applause) ; and the old
man cried out : " The Athenians understand what is good, but
the Lacedaemonians practice it."
DIOWYSITTS, PYTHIAS, AND DAMONS
(A DIALOGUE.)
Dionysius. Amazing ! 2 what do I see ? Pythias is arrived
it is indeed Pythias. I did not think 3 it possible. He is come
to 4 die, and to redeem (ertofen) his friend !
Pythias. Yes, it is Pythias. I had left the place of my con-
finement 5 with no other view 6 than to pay to Heaven the vowa
I had made ; to settle my family concerns 7 according (narf)) to
32. i Slup^rung. 2 toet^eS ju G^ten ber 9ZepuBIi! or be gtetjlaatcS gegefcen tourbe. 3 See
page 367, 2. * paffenb. s tanb. SSerlegenljeit. 7 i$m pafe tna^en. sbtingtef'^- 9 juben
VBaufen. 10 gebr&ngt. n aujjer ftaifimg. i- bent ellrfjter be$ gaiijcn ^ublifumS. is
$}. w fcefltmmt. u f$Ii$. is 2ltte 6t jum lefcten. n etgriffen. i (Sntartung.
i This and the following piece may be translated more freely.
zeltforal s t$ Ijtelt e ni(^t f Or racglidf. < See page 366, IV, 1. B fflefangenf^aft.
450 EXEBC1SES.
the rules of justice ; and to bid adieu 1 to my children, that 1
might die tranquil and satisfied.
Dionysius. But why dost thou return ? Hast thou no fear of
(Dor bem) death ? is it 2 not 3 mad, 'then, to seek it ?
Pythias. I return to suffer, 2 though I do not deserve death.
Honor forbids me to let my friend die for me.
Dionysius. Dost thou, then, love him better than thyself?
Pythias. No, I love him as myself ; but I know I ought to
suffer death rattier than my friend, since (ba) it was I whom
thou hadst decreed to die (gum Job oerurtljetlt). It were not
just that Damon should suffer, to 3 free me from that death
which was not for him, but for me only.
Dionysius. But thou sayest that it is as unjust to inflict*
death [upon] thee as [upon] thy friend.
Pythias. Very true, we are both innocent, and it is equally 5
unjust to make (laffen) either of us suffer.
Dionysius. Why dost thou, then, say that it were wrong to
put 6 him to death instead of thee ?
Pythias. It is equally unjust to inflict death either on Damon
or on myself ; but I should be highly culpable to let Damon
suffer that death which the tyrant had prepared for me.
Dionysius. Dost thou return hither to-day with no other
view than to save the life of thy friend, by losing thy own ?
Pythias. I return in regard to 1 thee, to suffer a death which
it is common 8 for tyrants to inflict; and with respect to 1
Damon, to perform my duty by freeing him from the danger
which he incurred 9 by his kindness to (gegen) me.
Dionysius. And now, Damon, let me speak to thee. Didst
thou not really fear that Pythias would never return, and that
thou wouldst be put to death for him ?
Damon. I was but (nur) too well assured that Pythias would
return ; and that he would be more anxious 10 to keep his
promise than to save his life. Would to heaven (SBoflte ott)
that his relations and friends had detained 11 him by force !
He would then have lived for the comfort 12 and benefit'' 2 of
good men ; and I should then have had the satisfaction of
dying for him.
i Ce6erceJ)t ju fagen. 2 to suffer, ben SEob erletben. s See page 366, IV, 1. * bit ben Zob
ctufjuerlegen or b $tnjuri$ten. s ebenfo. to put somebody to death, etnen (ace.) fyin=
rid'tcn. ~ in SScjuj auf bi*. s which tyrants commonly inflict (auferlegen). 9 in rcelcte cr
10 baji im me$r baran gelegen wire, n jurutfijalten. w junt Xrojl unb jura
EXERCISES.
Dionysius. What ! art thou not fond of (Itebft bit ntdit)
life?
Damon. No, I am not, when I see and feel the power of a
tyrant.
Dionysius. It is well! Thou shalt see him no more : I will
order thee to be put 1 to death (fytnricfjtefi).
Pythias. Pardon the feelings of Damon, of a man who feels
for his dying friend ; but remember that it was I who was de-
voted (getoeifyt) by thee to death (dot.). I come to submit to
it (mid) ifjm 311 unterwerfen), that I may (um gu) redeem my
friend. Do not refuse me this comfort in my last hour.
Dionysius. I cannot endure ((etben) men who despise death
and defy 2 my power.
Damon. Thou canst not endure virtue.
Dionysius. No, I cannot endure that proud, disdainful (Ijorf}*
miitfjtge) virtue, which contemns life, which dreads not pain>
and which feels not the charms of riches 3 and pleasure.
Damon. Thou seest, however, that it is a virtue which feels
the dictates (@ebote) of honor, justice, and friendship.
Dionysius. Guards, take (fiifyret) Pythias to execution. 4 We
shall see whether Damon will still despise my authority.
Damon. Pythias, by returning to submit himself to thy
pleasure 5 has merited his life, and [deserved] thy favor, but I
have excited thy indignation 6 by placing myself in thy power,
in order to save him. Be 2 satisfied, ^en, with this sacrifice,
and put me to death.
Pythias. Hold, Dionysius ; remember, it was I alone that
offended thee ; Damon could not.
Dionysius. Alas, what do I see and hear? Where am I?
How miserable, and how worthy to be so ! I have hitherto
known nothing of true virtue. I have spent my life in dark-
ness and error. 7 Not all my power and honors are sufficient
to produce love. I cannot boast 8 of having 9 gained a single
friend in the course of a reign of thirty years, and yet these
two persons, in private life, 10 love one another tenderly, "fully
Confide 11 in each other, are mutually happy, and ready to die
for each other.
Pythias. How couldst thou, who hast never loved any per-
son, expect to have friends ? If thou hadst loved and respected
i See page 367. V, 1. 2 trofcen (dot.), a 8Jeid)tl)ura. * jum 2obe. sgBUIfatyr, f., SBtllen, m.
e Unretflen, m. 7 3rrtyum, ra. to boast, ftcfc rfi^mtn, rqfl. v. See page 372, 2 a. 10 in
n certrauen (dot.}.
452 EXEBCISES.
men, thou wouldst have secured 1 their love and respect. Thou
hast feared and oppressed mankind (bte 9ftenfd)en), and they
[both] fear and detest 2 thee.
Dionysius. Damon ! Pythias ! Condescend 3 to admit me as
a third friend in a 'connexion 4 'so perfect. I give (fdjenfe) you
your lives (sing.), and I will load 5 you with riches.
Damon. We have no desire to be enriched by thee ; and as
to 8 thy friendship, we cannot accept or enjoy it, till thou be-
comest good and just. Without these qualities ^hou 'canst be
connected with none but (nut 9?temanb al$ nut) trembling slaves
and base flatterers. To be loved and esteemed by men 7 of
free and generous minds,' thou must be virtuous, kind, just ;
and know 8 [how] to live on a sort of equality (auf gteidjem ^JJ 6 )
with those who share and deserve thy friendship.
THE DINNER-PARTY.
I. THE INVITATION.
Mr. Alway (reads). " Mr. and Mrs. Smith present their com-
pliments (empfefylen fief)) to Mr, and Mrs. Alway, and request
the honor of their company to dinner on Thursday next at six
o'clock. An answer will oblige." (Um 51. tmrb gebcten.)
Mrs. Alway. An invitation from the Smiths. Had we better
(fotten ttur) go, do you think ?
Mr. A. I'm not very anxious, 9 but we cannot decline with
decency ( S 2lnftanb).
Mrs. A. Thursday, too, is such an awkward day ! the things
come home from the wash on Wednesday ; and we have enough
to do the day after to arrange them. Yet I fear it can't be
helped (roir fbnnen md)t auStteidjen).
Mr. A. How long have we known 10 these people ?
Mrs. A. Three or four months now ; but how they came to
force" themselves upon us 11 2 I "scarcely Recollect.
Mr. A. In the City, people shake their heads when they
speak of Smith and his railway speculations. 12
i ft$erli< erwotben. 2 eerabfdjeuen. s feib fo gut or geroityrt mtr bie S3ttte. * ber SBunb.
* ftberb. iufen. as to, wo betrifft. ' eon freiftnmaen unb ebelmutb. igen SKlnnern. s et
* %$ Sabe kin gto&eS aietlangen. 10 See page 346, 3. 11 fldj un aufjubr&ngen. 12 @petula<
RMMt
EXERCISES. 453
Mrs. A. We must go, however, but if possible we will not
ask 1 them back, and thus gradually drop 2 the acquaintance.
Will you dictate me an answer ?
Mr. A. (dictates). " Mr. and Mrs. Alway return their best
thanks to Mr. and Mrs. Smith, and have much pleasure in ac-
cepting their polite invitation."
IL THE ABBXVAL.
Mr. A. There seem to be many people ; for there are hats
and cloaks enough in the hall. 3
Mrs. Smith. We are delighted to see you ; allow me to in-
troduce 4 you to the company.
Mrs. A. (aside). Tell me, Mr. Alway, did you ever see such
an extraordinary set ? 5 Where could Ihey have picked* them up?
Mr. A. (aside). Heaven knows ! but I sincerely wish we had
not come.
Mr. Smith. Permit me, Mrs. Alway, to conduct you to (in)
the dining-room.
Mrs. S. Mr. Alway, will you take my right hand, 1 and assist
me now and then with your advice in the carving department
(tm 2litffrf)netben) ?
Mr. A. If you like, I will take the trouble off (cw$) your
hands.
Mrs. S. I will not trespass (fiinbtgen) on your goodness.
Mr. Smith will carve the principal things, and I have only the
tongue and such trifles to look after. 8
Mr. S. My dear, I have no napkin (@ert)tette, f.), and two
spoons are wanting (fe^tcn).
Mrs. S. How neglectful of John, not to see 9 to these things.
Take the covers off the soup-tureens ((Suppenfdjuffeln).
m. DUfNEK.
Mr. S. John, soup for Mr. Alway.
Mrs. S. Good Heavens, he has spilt 1 ' all the hot soup over
Mr. Brown's feet. How could you be so awkward !
Mr. B. There is no harm done ; it has only splashed 11 me
a little. The carpet has suffered most.
i to ask back, rrieter etnlaben. 2 aufgefcen, fatten laffcn. 3 bet Corribor. * vorfteOen (dot.]
5 (BtfeHfaaft, typfaaft. ouflefen. i fl$ ju melner Metytn fefctn. 8 ju fceforgen.
fto. 10 erf<$(lttet. n befpri|t.
454 EXERCISES.
Mrs. S. That's of no importance (baS fjat IftidjtS ju fagen).
May I give you some of this turbot ((gteinbutte, f.) ?
Mrs. A. Not for me, thank you. I seldom eat fish ; I'm
always afraid of the bones (rciten).
Mr. S. May I have the pleasure of taking a glass of wine
with you ?
Mrs. A. I shall be most (feljr) happy.
Mr. S. "Which will you take, Sherry or Madeira?
Mrs. A. Sherry, if you please, but very little.
Mrs. S. Shall I carve the poultry 1 Mr. Smith, or will you?
Mr. S. I think you are more clever at such things, my dear.
Mr. A. Here comes the Christmas-pudding, how fine it is !
Mr. S. Shall I give you some dessert ?
Mrs. A. You are very kind ; I will take a few grapes.
Mrs. S. Ladies, if agreeable, we will now leave the gentle-
men to their meditations.* & (
IV. THE GENTLEMEN.
Mr. A. Will you allow me to propose a toast ?
Mr. S. I shall be delighted. Gentlemen, fill your glasses.
Mr. A. I give 3 you the ladies. Bumpers, 4 gentlemen.
Mr. B. I hear the Queen intends going Ao France again.
Is it true ?
Mr. S. I can't vouch (btirgen) for it ; but I think my friend
Palmerston would have made me acquainted with the fact,"
Mr. B. You are making some very good speculations in
Spanish stock, I believe. It appears to me very precarious."
Mr. S. Things are looking up 1 in that quarter (anb). Be-
tween ourselves 8 1 have made no bad thing 9 of it lately. The
bottle stands with (bet) you, Mr. Alway.
Mr. A. I am a poor (fdjtuadjer) drinker, and should prefer
joining (gu gefyen) the ladies.
Mr. S. No, we can't stand 10 that. Take one more glass of
this claret 11 and then, I hope, coffee will be ready.
Mr. A. Only one more then (olfo).
Mr. S. What a loud knock 12 at the street-door! Whoever it
may be, one would imagine he was going to knock the house
down. 18
i bo tflftgd. 2 93etra$tungen. s ouf bit efunb$ett. < olfe I4fer.
fad>e. unft$r, gercagt. i fceffern ft$. unter unS gt fagt. s teine ftbtycn ej^afte.
gefcen. n S3orbeau$*2Bin. w boS fllopfen. i etnfalagen.
EXERCISES. 455
Servant. Two gentlemen wish to see you immediately, Sir.
Mr. S. Say, I am engaged (tierljinbert).
Serv. They will take no denial (fie laffen ftcf) ntd)t abroetfen),
Sir, and insist on seeing you at once (fogleid)).
Mr. S. How very extraordinary. Gentlemen, may I claim 1
your indulgence for a few moments ?
V. THE LADIES.
Mrs. S. What a bad fire the servant has kept up.' I must
ring the bell and have it looked to. 3 The sofas and ottomans
can also be drawn (geriicft) nearer to the fire-place.
Mrs. A. It is not very cold, I think.
Mrs. S. Perhaps not ; but a bright (Ijette) flame makes the
room cheerful*
Mrs. A. What a pretty canary-bird you have ! How tame
it is!
Mrs. S. Yes, I often let it fly about the room and it knows
me quite well At tea it always comes to be fed, and hops
about the table, 6 to pick up the crumbs.
Mrs. d. Does it also sing well ?
Mrs. S. Beautifully. See, how it flies about. Good heav-
ens, it has flown into the fire and win be burnt [to death].
Mrs. A. The poor thing can't get out 6 again. Hark, how
it crackles 7 in the fire ! How [very] shocking (fdjrecfltcf)) !
Serv. If you please ((Srlauben <Ste), Ma'am, master's gone*
away in a coach with two strange-looking gentlemen.
Mrs. S. Gone away in a coach !
Serv. Yes, Ma'am ; and he says you are not to be alarmed*
if he stays out all night. (Mrs. 8. faints.)"
VI. THE DISCOVERY.
Mrs. A. Tell me what has happened. Why did Mrs. Smith
faint? why did her husband go away in a coach? and why
were we sent home so early ?
Mr. A. The matter is evident enough. The man, as I sus-
pected, is a mere adventurer. 11
i bitten urn. s untet^alten. s nacfyfeljen laffen. freunbltdj. s auf bcm if$e $ernm,
$erau8fommen. ' fricfyeln. to go away in a coach, wegfa^ren. 9 to be alarmed, tit
fgiccfen. 10 tn )$nma$t fallen, o^nm&^tig roerben. u etn Hbenteurer, (SUtcfdrittet.
456 CONVEBSATION.
Mrs. A. But what has he done ? Is he a thief, or has he
committed forgery? 1
Mr. A. Not that exactly.
Mrs. A. Then is he a coiner 2 perhaps ? I had a bad half-
crown offered me (2#an bot mir . . . ) yesterday ; but I was not
going to take it ! You (man) must get up very early indeed, if
you think to take me in. 3
Mr. A. It seems he had been speculating too extensively,
and was unable to take up 4 bills which he had accepted for a
large amount.
Mrs. A. But what have they done with him ?
Mr. A. The two gentlemen were sheriff-officers, 5 who came
to convey him to a sponging-house (d)ulbf)ait$), from which
he will in all probability be sent to the Queen's Bench. 6
Mrs. A. A nice set of people we had got hold of. 1 I never
liked the fellow's eye : and no doubt his vulgar wife was as bad
as he.
Mr. A. Not unlikely. However it will serve as a good
lesson, 8 and teach us to be more cautious in future in accept-
ing dinner-invitations from people we know so little about
MATERIALS FOR GERMAN CONVERSATION,
i.
2Bo8 Ijabett @tc ba?' What have you there?
2Ba8 ttoflen <Ste foufen? "What do you want to buy?
>aben <5te ettoaS gefaitft? Did you buy anything?
SBtebtet (wa8) loftet ba "ipfunb? How much a pound ?
'(Jfunb foflet jroet (Sitlben. Two florins a pound.
ftnbe baS feljr tljeuer. I consider that very dear.
tft feb,r toofylfett (or bttttg). This is very cheap.
taben @ic Sljr ^fcrb bertauft ? Have you sold your horse ?
cf) fyabe e$ nocf) ntdjt berfauft. I have not sold it yet.
2Boflen @ic e8 ntrfjt uerfaufen? Will you not sell it?
3a, tcf) hntt e berfaufen. Yes, I will sell it.
SSarum tooflen <Sie eg berfaufen? Why do you want sell it?
3cf) braud^e etb. I need money.
' tint ftilfcfiung. 2 (in galf^manjer. 3 anfflbren, ^intergefjen. * (inlofen. & g5cllji'coraraff
(to, S^ultfltrt^tS^of, m. i in We m\x get oi$en en. 8t, Stftica, f.
CONVERSATION.
457
S3rmgen <Sfe mtr 33rob ttnb Sutler.
3d) Ijabe genttg gegeffen (bin fatt).
>aben (Ste em tag SBetn ge*
trunfen ?
ter tft frifdjeg SSaffer.
Xragen (Ste btefen SBrtef auf bte
2Bag fagen (Sic?
3d) fage Sfttdjtg (gar
9JJit loem fpredjen (Sic ?
33erfteljen (Ste toag id) fagc?
3d) terfte^e ntdjt ~
Bring me some bread and
butter.
I have eaten enough.
Did you drink a glass of wine ?
Here is some fresh water.
Take this letter to the post-
office.
What do you say ?
I say nothing (at all).
With whom are you talking?
Do you understand what I say?
I do not understand all
toerlangen <Stc?
SB 08 tt)im[d)en <3ie ?
3d) tterlange 9?td)t3.
^aben (Sic bte iltc.
<Sie roiirben mid) fe^r tocrbfatben.
(Sic finb [e^r giitig.
5Ba fudjen @ie ba?
3d) fudje mctnc Ub,r.
Bag rotten @ie t|mt?
5Ba ntadjen or t^un (Ste ba?
3d) Icntc metnc 2Iufgabe.
3d) iuerbe c mtt $ergniigen t^un.
Stffen @te, ob er fommen totrb?
3dj ttjetfi e ntdjt
3d) inct| md)t8 batton.
^ennen Ste btefen SJJann?
3d) tenne Ujn feb,r gut.
3d) fenne tfjn t)on eftdjt
3d) fenne ib,n ntdjt.
2.
What do you want?
What do you wish ?
1 require nothing.
Have the goodness. Be so kind.
You would oblige me very much.
You are very kind.
What are you looking for?
I am looking for my watch.
What are you going to do ?
What are you doing there ?
I am learning my lesson.
I will do it with pleasure.
Do you know, whether he wiB
come?
T do not know.
I know nothing about it.
Do you know this man ?
I know him very welL
I know him by sight.
I do not know him.
lauben (Ste bag ?
taitben (Ste bag (bod)) ntdjt.
3d) ojtaube eg ntdjU
3.
Do you believe that ?
Do not believe that.
I do not believe it.
458
CONVERSATION.
if* toafjr. S)a ift aBafjrljett.
(ie fpafcen, @te fdjerjejt.
<5inb @te nut ifynt gufrieben ?
<3inb <Sie befriebigt?
2Btr finb bamit befriebigt.
3rf> bin 3b,r )iener.
ift attertiebft
$ergnugen!
That is true. That is truth.
I am of your opinion.
You are joking.
Are you satisfied with him ?
Are you satisfied ?
We are satisfied (with it).
I am your servant.
That is charming.
What pleasure 1
What joy 1
2Ber tfl ba?
(6 ift mein Sruber flarL
2Bpl)tn' gefjen ie?
2Bir ge^en tn'8 Sweater.
@ie ge^t auf ben 2Warft.
2Bot)er' fommen @ie ? or
S3o fommen (Sic ^er?
5^ fomme ait ber d)u(e.
SBir fommen au bent Concert'.
@ie fommt pon bent 33ofl.
e^en @ie je^t nadj ^aitfe?
e^en ie ni^t fo frfjned.
9tu^en @ie ein hjenig au.
fommen @ie batb nrieber.
e^en @ie ^inaitf Ijimmter.
eb]e fort ! e^en <5te fort !
uten SCRorgen (Xog), mein
uten ^[benb, mein >err.
ie ft^.
ut, tcf) banfe
Unb 6ie (felbft) ?
2Bie ge^t e8 3lmen?
r gut
gut
Who is there?
It is my brother Charles.
Where are you going ?
We are going to the theatre.
Where is the cook going ?
She is going to market
Whence do you come ?
Where do you come from?
I come from school
We come from the concert.
She comes from the ball
Are you going home now ?
Do not go so fast.
Best a little.
Come back soon.
Go up (stairs), go down (stairs)
Go away! Be off! (leave).
5.
Good morning, Sir.
Good evening, Sir.
Sit down, be seated.
Take a seat
How do you do ?
Very well, I thank you.
And you (yourself) ?
How are you ?
Not very well
Tolerably well (pretty well).
CONVERSATION.
459
3eigen <Stc mtr gefclfligft.
3d) bttte <5te or bttte, fogen @te
mtr.
eben @ie mtr. Seifjen <2>ie ifynt.
9ftad)en @ie mtr bag $ergnugen.
3d) bitte @ie borttm.
banfe 3b,nen.
toerbunoen.
err 9?. ju aufe?
3a, er ift $u aitfe.
<5inb <2>te ein 3)eutfd)er?
3rfj bin ein (Snglanber.
2)tefe 25ame tft eine (Snglfinbertn.
(S tft fpat, e ift neun U^r.
2Bann fterben <Sie au^ge^en?
3d) raerbe ttm 10 llfir avtSgefjen.
Urn fjalb od)t U^r.
Um^rei $iertel auf fteben or
ein 33tertel ftor fiebcn.
tint ein 33iertel auf fed)8 or
Urn ein SBiertel nad) funf.
^unft 7 Uf)r.
Urn 3J?tttag. Urn jtDoIf U^r.
tint 9itternad)t.
eftern SJtorgen.
eftent 3lbenb.
SSorgeftern.
eute. Sftorgen.
9Worgen frub,.
Uebermorgen.
S3 or ad)t, bier^e^n Jag en.
3n fed) SSodjen.
3n einigen Sagen.
einent Stag gum anbem.
2Ba fur Setter tflljeute?
@ ift fd)6ne8 (fd)Ied)te) Better.
Show me, if you please.
Please tell me.
Give me. Lend him.
Do me the pleasure.
I beg you.
I thank you.
Very much obliged to you.
Is Mr. N. at home ?
Yes, Sir, he is at home.
Are you a German?
I am an Englishman.
This lady is an Englishwoman.
6.
What o'clock is it?
It is late, it is nine o'clock.
At what o'clock do you go out ?
I shall go out at ten o'clock.
At half past seven.
J- At a quarter to seven.
I- At a quarter past five.
At seven precisely.
At noon. At twelve.
At midnight.
Yesterday morning.
Yesterday evening, last night
The day before yesterday.
To-day. To-morrow.
To-morrow morning.
The day after to-morrow.
A week ago, a fortnight ago.
In six weeks.
In a few days.
From one day to another.
7.
How is the weather to-day ?
It is fine (bad) weather.
4GO
CONVERSATION.
2BaS fte $errft*e SBetter!
(3 ift fef)r fjeife (tuarm) (fait).
(58 regnet.
(58 ift nur em goiter.
(58 ift feljr toinbig.
3ft 31jnen nmrm?
ftrieren @ie? 3ft 3ljnen fait?
SBir werben etn (SJetm'tter befom*
men.
(58 bonnert. (58 blifct.
>aben @ie ben Conner geljort?
Setrf)' ein fdjimer ^Regenbogen.
( gefjt ein falter 2Binb.
3)er 2B inter fommt ^eran.
(5 gefriert.
(58 ijat biefe 9?ac^t gefroren.
(58 f(^neit (e8 fattt (Sconce).
IDte @onne fd^emt
-3m (5onnenfcf)ein.
35ie <Sonne gel^t untcr.
3m 2ftonbfrf)ein.
3)ie onne ge^t pra^tig aitf.
g8 ift bunfet
( ifl ^eller, ttc^ter Sag.
What beautiful weather !
It is very hot (warm) (cold).
It rains, it is raining.
It is but a shower.
It is very windy.
Are you warm ?
Are you cold ?
We shall have a thunder-storm.
It thunders. It lightens.
Did you hear the thunder?
What a beautiful rainbow!
It is a cold wind.
Winter draws near.
It freezes.
It froze last night.
It snows.
The sun shines.
In sunshine.
The sun sets.
In the moonlight.
The sun is rising beautifully
clear.
It is dark (night).
It is bright day-light.
IDIOMATIC EXPRESSIONS.
SBerljat e 3^nen gefagt?
Sag fott ba ^eifeen?
#Bie neimt man (nne fyetfjt) btefeS ?
if* 311 tljun?
fatten @ie bation?
freut mid) feljr.
(58 tljut mir feljr letb.
3cf) fjabe ?angenjeile.
$% bin e8. Bit finb e.
1.
Who (has) told you?
What does that mean?
What do you call this ?
What is to be done ?
What do you think about it ?
I am very glad (of it).
I am very sorry.
I am bored.
It is I. It is we (us).
CONVEBSATION.
461
Odj gefje memem
gegen.
eb,en <Si
geljt
eb,(t
b,abe
cnt*
an.
3d) fyabe eiuen bofen finger.
8 feljlt ntir 9ftfd)t8.
$aben@ie@elbbeif!d)?
@ie feljen gut au8.
SBotten (Sic mtr efeflfd)aft
letften?
(8 ift 3cit gum gffcru
geberft?
(Sffen ift aufgetragcu.
Jragen (becten) (3tc ob.
3m 5lnfang.
Sajfcn <Sie mtc^ gc^ett.
Soffcn (5ie meine Siic^er Itegen.
3)icfc SRufter ftnb ntc^t iibet.
SWtr ift 2We3 einertei.
(Sinb <Sie ferttg ?
3d) bin mit meiner Slufgabe
ferti^.
a tettb 3f)nen tuo^I befommen.
SDaS Sier bcfommt mir nic^t gut.
3c^ b,abe mtr ba8 33ein gebrocfjen.
3rf) bin (totire) betna^e gefatten.
Sr toerbient fctn 33rob.
2Bie gefattt c8 Of^nen ^icr?
2Bie gefattt Oljnen biefc tobt?
(58 gefdflt mtr fefjr niob/t b,ier.
2So flnb njtr fle^en gcblieben?
Sr fpielt gernc.
I am going to meet my friend.
Go your way.
That does not concern you.
( What ails you?
\ What is the matter with you ?
I have a head-ache.
I have a sore finger..
Nothing is the matter with me.
Have you any money about you ?
You look well
Will you keep me company ?
It is time for dinner (breakfast
or supper).
Is the cloth laid?
Dinner is served up.
Take away the things.
2.
At the beginning.
Let me alone.
Let my books alone.
These patterns are not bad.
It's all the same to me.
Have you done (are you ready) ?
j I have done my exercise.
{ I am through with my task.
That will agree with you.
Beer does not agree with me.
I have broken my leg.
I had nearly fallen, came near
falling.
He gets his living.
> How do you like it here ?
il am very much pleased with
this town.
I like it very much.
Where did we stop?
He likes play, to gamble.
COKVEKSATION.
iftadjrtdjten toon ifjm?
3d) fjabe lange 9?td)tg fcon ilnn
gefyort.
3d) luetp nid)t, roag idj babon
fatten (or benfen) foIL
(gg fragt 3emanb nadj 31jnen.
2Ber fyat nad) mir gefragt?
2Ber ttjartet auf mid)?
SBarten ie ein nienig auf mid).
2Ber ^at auS btefem @(a^ ge-
trunf en ?
^aben (Ste 31jre 5lnfld)t gednbert?
Have you any news of him ?
I have not heard of him for a
long time.
I do not know what to think of
it
3.
Somebody is asking for you.
Who asked for me ?
Who is waiting for me ?
Wait a moment for me.
Who has drunk out of this
te nod) (SttoaS gu fagcn?
J^un @te, rtiag @ie tuotlen.
Sluf jeben gatt.
SBaS ben Srtef 3f)re <So^ne
betrifft
2)em fei, hne i^m inottc.
(Sr ntad)t ftd) ebanfen barttber.
3)a8 tft feme Shmft
S'Je^men te (id) in 5ld)t.
3d) njttt eg barauf anfommen taffen.
@r ift ber beutfd)en pradjc
madj tig.
-3d) fann ifym bie (Stint bieten.
3d) rtjerbe (Sic nad) aufe fiifyren.
Have you changed your
opinion ?
Have you any more to say ?
Do anything (or as) you please
At any rate, at all events.
As to the letter of your son
Be that as it may.
He troubles his head about it.
Any one can do it.
Look about you. Take care.
I will take my chance of that.
He is master of the German
language.
I can face him.
I will see you home.
3d) fann mid) nidjt toon ifjm (08*
marfjen.
2Metben <Sie nid)t ^u lange au8.
3f)nen attein fann eg gettngen.
2luf metner llljr ift eg bier Ufyr.
(Sr nafjm eg mit enmtt.
5r ift Don eburt ein ^Ton^ofe.
<Sie ift met fyttbfdjer alg ifyre
(Sic mfigen attein gefjen.
I cannot get away from
Do not stay beyond your time.
None but you can succeed.
It is four o'clock by my watch.
He took it by force.
He is a Frenchman by birth.
She is prettier by far than her
sister.
You may go by yourself.
CONVERSATION.
463
gefyt ncirfjfteg 3al)r auf 9?eifen.
c roar im Segriff, toeggugeljen.
: often 3)ingen oergeffen (Sic
bag nidjt.
(ie ift iiber gwan^ig.
egen Sinbrudj ber 9<iad)t.
2Bir raoHen einen ang burdj bie
(Stabt madjen.
@ott id) ifyn bacon benad)rid)tigen?
3d) fonnte mid) beg gadjeng nidjt
entb.alten.
3d) tuitrbe 9?id)tg babei geniinnen.
toirb redjt or gut fein.
He goes abroad next year.
I was about to go away.
Above all, don't forget that.
She is above twenty.
Towards nightfall
Let us take a turn about the
town.
Shall I send him word about it ?
I could not keep from laughing.
I should gain nothing by it.
That will do.
3d) bin nidjt reid) genitg, urn etne
foldje 2luSgabe gu madjen.
2BaS fjaben @te am 3luge?
(S fefjlt ifjr trnnter (Stn>a.
gaffen @ie fidj tion mir ratten.
@ie ttwrben nidjt iibel baran t^un,
baljtn 311 geljcn.
25tefe ift fd)rt)er ju ertangen.
2tt leidjter 2Mb,e.
9^ad) meter SKu^e.
(Sr iDctjj fid) in SltteS ju finben.
@o Diet id) luei^.
<So Diet id) mid) erinnere.
-3d) rterbe fo frei fein, <ie gu be*
fudjen.
^eute iiber ein 3al)r.
23ann njerben @ie niieber juritd*
fommen?
(S8 ift mir um fo lieber.
-3d) fann ib,n nidjt augfte^en.
2Benn id) ib,m je begegnen foflte.
2Bag Uegt mir baran?
(Slauben Sic, fo Ieid)t bauoti ju
fommen ?
5.
I cannot afford to spend so
much.
"What ails your eye ?
She always has something the
matter with her.
Be advised by me.
It would not be amiss for you
to go there (you had bettei
go)-
That is hard to come at
With no great ado.
After much ado (or trouble).
Nothing comes amiss to him,
As far as I know.
To the best of my remembrance
I shall take the liberty to cal)
on you.
By this time twelve months.
How long will it be before you
come back ?
I like it all the better.
I can't abide (bear) him.
If I ever chance to meet him,
What care I?
Do you think to come off so?
464
CONYEKSATION.
<5te tttitffen eS tfjun, <3ie mSgen
tooflen ober nidjt.
3d) bin ba^u genetgt.
3d) frage ntd)ts barnad).
$ef)ren @ic fid) nid)t baran.
<Sofl id) ifjn b,olen loffen ?
Oft ba8 3f)r (graft?
SBenn e8 31jnen gefaflt, fo neljmen
be-
tfl.
9?un, was fott btefeS
beuten?
S^ mocfjte loiffen, tua b
5Da flecft (SttoaS ba^tnter.
0^ Ijalte (ne^me) <Ste betm 3Sort.
3$ tout 97t(^t3 bafttr.
fonn nt^t ba^inter fommen.
neljme e nid^t fo genau nut
rtjofftc tc^ bodj fagen?
3d) ^abe 9it^t baran au^ufefcen.
2Bir miiffen un3 beljelfen.
3)tc ai^c ^at ntd^t met auf fidj.
mtt re^ten j)in
fagen.
gefdjteljt t^m re^t.
fann mtr ^temanb Derbenfen.
(Stcf) ben $opf gerbre^en.
@te roerben au3gelad)t werben.
(Sr Ijat fic^ auS bent taube ge
mad)t.
e.
Willing or unwilling, you must
do it
I am inclined that way.
I do not care.
Never mind that
Shall I send for him ?
Are you serious ?
If you like it, take it
Well and what of all this?
I wonder what this is.
There is some mystery about it
I take you at your word.
That is not my fault
I cannot help it.
You cannot get at it.
I am not so strict with him.
What was I going to say ?
I find no fault with it.
We must make shift.
It is of no great consequence.
It is not at all right about it
That does not signify.
No matter for that.
It serves him right
No one can blame me for that
To cudgel one's brains.
You will be laughed at.
He has taken himself of
SOME GERMAN PROVERBS.
1.
$>er 9ftenfdj benf t'8, ott lenft'S. Man proposes, and God dis-
posea
2>uirdj 3djoben toirb man fliig. Experience makes a man wise.
CONVERSATION.
465
(Sljrltd) ttjSfjrt am liingften.
SllleS |t feine 3ett.
(Site mit Belle.
?lufgefd)oben tfl ntcfjt aufgeljoben.
Sftufctggang tft afler Softer s <Jln*
fang.
53tele >anb' macfyen balb em (Snb.
3)a3 Serf fobt ben 2#etfter.
^rifrf) getoagt tft fjatb getljan.
^rifdf) begomten, fyatb gettonnen.
9lrmutl) tft feme <Sd)anbe.
2Bte getoonnen, fo gerronnen.
SSte bte Slrbeit, fo ber ?o^n.
2Bte ber >err, fo ber 2)tener.
Wofy fennt fein ebot.
Sine c^walbc madjt fetnen
ommer.
(5tn Ungtiitf fommt Hte altetn.
tft itngefunb.
gebrannteS ^tnb fd^eiit baS
Honesty is the best policy.
All in good time.
The more haste, the worse
speed.
Delaying is not breaking off
Idleness is the beginning of all
the vices.
Many hands make quick work.
The work recommends the
master.
Well begun is half done.
Poverty is no disgrace.
Lightly come, lightly gone.
As the labor, so the reward.
Like master, like man.
Necessity knows no law.
One swallow does not make a
summer.
Misfortunes never come singly.
Too much of a good thing.
A burnt child dreads the fire.
Seber toetfj am beften, too ber
<3cf)ul) tb,n briidt.
tetd) unb gtetcf) gefettt ft<f) gent.
SBo&on ba8 erj bott ift, gefyt ber
9)htnb itber.
(>er) )wtger tfl ber befte
brtngt 9^ofen.
Ser tttgt, ber ftte^tt.
SBer juerft fommt, maljtt
!Den ele^rten tft gut prebigen.
3eber tft ftrf) felbft ber ^arf)fte.
S3effer gtroaS, at ^trf)tg.
etne Xopfe (aufen batb uber.
9?egen folgt onnenf^etn.
None knows so well where the
shoe pinches, as he that
wears it.
Birds of a feather flock together.
Out of the fullness of the heart
the mouth speaketh.
Hunger is the best sauce.
Time and straw make medlars
ripe.
Show me a liar, and 111 show
thee a thief.
First come, first served.
A word to the wise.
Charity begins at home.
Better aught than naught.
A little pot is soon hot.
After the storm comes a calm
466
CONVERSATION.
2ftorgenftunb l)at olb t
6 ift ntdjt 2lfle oft, hm8 glttnjt.
Uebung modjt ben Sfteifter.
Unred)t ut gebeifyt md)t.
Untrattt berbtrbt md)t.
fteue SBefen feljren gut.
Cnbe gut, 2ltteS gut.
Early to bed and early to rise
makes a man healthy, wealthy
and wise.
All is not gold that glitters.
Practice makes perfect.
HI gotten wealth never prospers.
Ill weeds grow apace.
A new broom sweeps clean.
All's well that ends well
EASY CONVERSATION.
2Ber Hotft an Me fjure?
SKertftba?
2ftad)en <5te auf.
3)cr djttffd fterft.
<5tnb (Sic nod^ tm Sett?
<Ste()en <te auf.
(gg ifl ,3eit aufgufte^en.
(S ift Better Sag.^
SB arum fteljen @ie fo f|)at auf?
3tf) bin borige S'ia^t iange auf*
geblteben.
Od) bin fefyr fpat tn' Sett gegan*
gen unb ^abe fd^Iec^t gef^Iafen.
323 aim ftefyen @ie gehjo^nlidf} auf ?
llm fteben U^r.
Unb urn hneoiet U^r finb <Ste
Ijeitte aufgeftanben ?
3d) ftanb mit onnenaufgang auf.
3d) fd^Iafe ntd^t gern tange.
?ernen (Ste !Deutfdj ?
3a, me in ^err, ti^ lerne eg.
fagt, <Sie tyredjen fe^r gut
lefen ?
3d) toerftefye e beffer,
fpre^en fann.
83erfte^en @ie,
1.
Who knocks at the door?
Who is there?
Open the door.
The key is in the door.
Are you in bed still ?
Get up (rise).
It is time to get up.
It is broad day-light
Why do you get up so late ?
I sat up late last night.
I went to bed very late, and
slept badly.
What time do you generally
get up ?
At seven o'clock.
And what o'clock did you get
up this morning ?
I got up at sun-rise.
I don't like to sleep long.
2.
Are you learning German?
Yes, Sir, I am learning it (I do).
They say you speak German
very well.
I understand it better than I
speak it.
Do you understand what you
read?
CONVERSATION.
467
Qdf raeitt >err, idj toerflelje atte
beutfdjen Sitter,
agen te mir einmal, toie nen*
nen ie btefeS auf Sngltfdj ?
3d) gtaube, man nennt e8 . . .
pred)e id) gut au$ ?
iemltd) gut
te bebiirfen nur nodj cut toentg
Uebung.
SRtdjtS iwrb oljne 2ftitlje ertangt
Yes, Sir, I understand all Ger-
man booka
Tell me, what do you call this
in English?
I believe they call it ...
Do I pronounce well ?
Pretty well
You only want a little more
practice.
There is nothing to be got
without pains.
SRetn $err, finb ie cut SnglSu-
ber?
3a, metn err, 3f)nen ju bienen.
prec^en @ie 2)eutf d^ ?
3dj fpred^e e8 era njenig.
2Ste lange fmb te f^on ui
donate.
te fpred^en gtemtt^ gut )eiitfdj
fiir btefe furge ^tt
3c^ abe feine 5 e ^9f"t te
prerfjen.
SDtefe wti'b ratt ber e\t fomnten.
agt 3^nen 31jr Secret ntc^t, ba
te imtuer 2)eutf(^ fpred^ea
miiffen?
S/ tttetn $err, er fagt e tntr
fe^r oft f aber t^ niage e ntc^t
eten te fuljii unb fpredjen te,
o^ne $u beforgen, ob Ote etntgc
^eljler madden ober ntd^t.
SBenn id) fo fpred^e, fo iuirb mtdj
Sebermann auStac^en.
^ b,at Sfrcfjt^ ju fagen; akr
c gtaube e ntc^t.
tffea te ntd)t, ba, um gut
fpred^eu 311 lernen, mau an*
u jpvcJjeu?
Sir, are you an Englishman?
Yes, Sir, at your service.
Do you speak German?
I speak a little.
How long have you been in
Germany/
Ten months.
You speak German pretty weH
for such a short time.
I have no fluency in speaking.
This will come with time.
Does not your master tell you
that you must always speak
German ?
Yes, Sir, he tells me so very
often ; but I do not dare to.
Be confident, and speak with-
out minding whether you
make a few mistakes or not.
If I speak so, everybody will
laugh at me.
No matter for that, but I do
not think so.
Do you not know that, to learn
to speak well, you begin by
speaking badly?
APPENDIX.
f flbeln imb <r$ljhmcietu
fwljndjen unb bet 2>iamattt
(Sin toerljungert mljnd)en fanb
(Sinen feinen 35iamant
Unb t>erfd)arrt' iljn in ben <Sanb.
boc^, mtc^ gu erfreu'n,"
, biefer fdjone tein
ein 2Bet3enfornd^en fern.
!Du 33a^tetn, fltber^elt nnb War,
3)u etlfl ftoriiber tmmerbar,
5lm Ufer fte^' id^ f finn' unb ftnn' :
2Bo fommjl bu l)er? So ge^ft bu Ijin?
fomm' au bunfter ^etfen
gauf ge^t ttber ^tum' unb
metnem (Spiegel fd^niebt fo milb
blauen immet freunbltd^ 33tlb.
jD'rutn ^ab' i^ frozen ^inberfmn;
(53 treibt mid^ fort, toei^ nid)t rto^in,
35er mi(^ gerufen au8 bent (Stein,
3)er, benf id), hrirb mein ^tt^rer fein."
471
472 APPKNDEL
$er Crfjfc unb ber (vjcl.
unb (gfel gonften ftd)
33etm pajiergang um bie 2Bette,
Set am ntetften 2Beil)ett Ijatte;
Reiner ftegte, fetner twd).
(Snbltd) fam man uberein:
2)afc ber on)e, lucnn er roottte,
2)iefen treit entf^eiben fottte,
Unb toa8 fonnte ftiiger fein?
Scibc tretcn, ticfgebiidtt,
SSor be jt^tcrbe^errfc^erg ST^rone,
2)cr mit cinem ebten ^o^ne
Sluf bie8 'JJaar ^ernteberbltrft
forirfjt bic
3 bent fel unb bcm
B 3|r feib afle betbc barren!"
3eber gofft i^n an nnb
-Unobc unb bie tattcht.
(Stn ^nabc a^, njte titelc
jDtc 3)atteln fiir fein eben gern,
Unb um be8 uten biet ju ^aben,
@o pftangt er einen jDattetfern
3n fetne^ 33ater SBIumengarten.
3)er S3ater fa^ t|m ta^etnb ju
Unb fragte: ^IDatteln pflan^eft bu?
O ^inb, ba mufet bu lange ttiarten ;
3)enn luiffe, biefer eble S3 aunt
Stragt oft nac^ jnian^tg 3at>ren faum
te erften fetner ftifeen grttdjte."
^arl, ber fid) beffen ntrfjt toerfa^,
(Stanb aufangS gan^ betroffen ba ;
balb nut frofytidjem eftrfjte
9?uft er : ,,$)a8 fofl mid) ntd)t Derbriejjen ;
Selo^nt bie j^eit nur meinen ^tet^,
o fann id) |a beretnft at retS,
je^t bsr ^nabe pflanjt, gente^en."
APPENDIX.
Xcr JViftfjcr.
ein fttfdjer an bent Sad), rooflte ^ifd)lein fangen ;
eg blieb ben gangen Jag leer bie 2lnget Ijangen.
@nblid) gu(ft eg, unb er fab, $ifd)lein gappetnb fdjroeben.
(SMbenrotb/lid) tying eg ba, fletyt ityn unt fein Seben.
473
ieber ftifdjer, Ia mt^ to$," fpradf)' nut gtatten 2Borten,
2a mic^ in ber 25etten (<i)oofc, big ic^ gro gertorben."
in, bag lann ni^t gefc^e^'n, fyier ^itft fetn Seflagen.
id) je^t bid^ n)ieber gelj'n, mbd)t' 311 Diet id^ rtagen."
,,3)enfe boc^, tt)ie !Iein ic^ bin ; fjaft ja faum brei 33ifftm.
?a mic^ in bie glutl) ba^in ; toirft mid) nid)t bermiffen.*
w 2BeiI bu gar fp nieblid) bift unb fo jung am ?eben,
@ei bir eine fleine ^nft noc^ Don mir gegeben.
2Birft bu aber grower fetn, benf an beine 2Borte,
tefle bid^ gum ffange ein, b,ier an biefem )rte."
^r6b,tic^ f prang bag gifdjlein ^in in bie 2Beflen!ii^Ic,
Xrieb mit Iieiter'm, frozen 8inn feine luft'gen pietc.
?llg ein 3ab,r tooriiber roar, bac^t' eg feiner SBorte,
tellte fid) bent ^ifdjer bar an bemfetben Orte.
j>od) ber fprac^ : ,,2BeiI bu fo treu an bent SSort
?a ic^ bid^ auf immer frei, roitt bic^ niemalg fangen."
(gg gingen brei Oager roo^I auf bie
@ie rooflten erjagen ben roei^en ire.
@ie tegten ftd^ unter ben annenbaum,
3)a fatten bie brei einen fettfamen 2;raum.
S)cr (Srftc.
2ftir ^at getraumt, idq flopft' auf ben 33ufdj,
2)a raufd)te ber >irfd) b,eraug, ^ufc^, ^ufc^ !
3)er 3 n)e i te -
Unb alg er fprang mit ber unbe eflaff,
2)a brannt' tc^ i^n auf bag gett, piff, paff !
474
APPENDIX.
2)er 2)rttte.
Unb alS id) ben )irfd) an ber (grbe fab,,
2) a ftiefc id) luftig in'S orn, trara !
<3o lagen fte ba unb fpradjen, bte brei,
2)a rannte ber meifje $trfd^ borbeL
Unb eb/ bie brei Oa'ger ib,n red)t gefeb,'n,
@o h)ar er batoon iiber Siefen unb 6b,'n.
8. ttylanb.
3lefop gtng etnjl nod) etnem tabtc^en ^in.
Sin SBanb'rer fam unb griite ib,n,
Unb fragf : f ,2Bie lange, ftreunb, ^ab' t^ ^u ae^'n,
gu bent ^leden bort, ben nnr toon toeitem feb,'n ?
!" fprid)t $lefop. Unb er : B $a8 wet^ i
roenn tc^ luetter fommen fott,
Qfy geljen mu; attetn bu fottfi mtr fagcn :
3n Ruemel tuuben?" ^un, fo aey!" W 3^ feb^e h)ob,t,"
S3nnnmt b,ier ber ^rembe, n ber ^erl tft tott;
Od) ttjerbe ntdjtg t>on tb/m erfragen;"
Unb breb,t ftd) meg unb ge^t. ,,Qt" ruft Stefop, ff eb SBort !
3tt)ei <Stunben bringen bi^ an ben beflimmten Ort."
35er Sanb'rer btetbt betroffen fletien.
&." ruft er, *unb n)te tt)ett bu'8 nun ?"
,,Unb ttJte/ Derfe^t 5le|op, ,,!onnt' t^ ben 2lu8fp
S3et)or id^ betnen ang gefe^en?"
Xcr 3tf)atjflrabcr.
2Bmjer, ber am Sobe lag,
f etne ^tnber an unb fprad) :
n $n unfer'm 2Bemberg liegt ein
@rabt nur barnad) !" W s 2ln roetdjem
(Sc^rte 5ltte taut ben 33ater an.
ff @rabt nur!" O toeb,', ba ftarb ber SD^ann.
^aum nmr ber ^llte beigefd^afft,
<So grub man nad) au ?eibefraft.
APPENDIX. 475
>acfe, $arft uub (Spaten hmrb
j)er ^Bctnberg um imb um gefdjarrt;
3)a luar fetn Iofj, bet rufytg blteb,
"Uftan uiarf bte (Srbc gar burdj'8 <Steb
Unb ^og bte )arfen freug unb qurc
9?ad) jebem (Steindjen l)tn unb fjer.
?lttein ba hiarb fetn djafc berfpitrt,
Unb 3eber ^tett fief) angefitfyrt.
jDocf), faum erfdjten ba3 nad)fte ^afjr,
(So nafjm man mit (Srftaunen tt)af)r,
3)a^ jebe ^Rcbe bretfad) trug.
S)a hmrben erft bte ofjne f(ng,
Unb gruben nun, 3;af)r ein,
tmmer mefjr
Slinbc unb bet 8a!jme.
S3on ungefafjr mitf? etnen 33ttnben
(gin Saunter auf ber trafje finben,
Unb 3ener f)offt fd)on freubenoott,
ifnt ber Slnb're leiten [ott.
ber ^afjme, , r betguftef)en ?
-3d) armer 9)lann fann felbft ntd)t gefjen.
3)od) fd)etnt'$, ba bu ju einer Soft
fefjr gefunbe djuttern fjaft.
(gntfd)Iiee bid), mid) fortjutragen,
@o hjitt id) bir bie tege fagen;
(So rtirb betn ftarfer ^u^ mein
2)Zein IjetteS 5luge beine fein."
S)er af)me fjangt mit fetnen
(Sid) auf be8 S3Iinben breiten SRiicfen.
SSereint mtrft alfo biefeS ^aar,
ein^efn ^einem mb'glidj toar.
3)u fjaft nid)t ba, tt)a8 3lnb're fjaben,
Unb anbern mangeln beine aben.
SluS biefer Unbottfommenfjeit
(Sntfpringet bie ^efettigleit.
476. APPENDIX.
X rr iHri jntDr.
(Sin Sanb'rer bat ben ott ber otter,
25en ,3eu, kei ungeftitmem 2Better,
Urn ftttte Suft itnb (Sonnenfrfjein.
Umfonft ! 3 eug Ififct m rod)* betoegen.
3)er >immel ftitrmt mit SBinb unb SRegen;
2)enn ftiirmifc^ fottt' c8 ^eutc fetn.
3)er 2Sonb'rer fc^t, mit bitfrer tlage,
S)a^ 3 cug m ^ ^fetfe bic 3Wenfc^en plage,
jfiic fau're 9teife mU^fam fort.
@o oft ein neiter tunnttjinb toiit^et
Unb fdjnett i^m ftitt^ufteb.'n gebietet,
(So oft ertont ein ^dfternjort
(gin nafjer 293atb fott i^n befrfjirmen.
(Sr eilt, bem 9f egen unb ben turnten
3n biefem >ol^e gu entge^'n;
3)o^, eb,' bet 2BaIb tb,n aufgenommen,
ieb/t fern er einen SRauber fommen
Unb bleibt bor ^urd^t hn SKegen fteb,'n.
er dauber greift narf) feinem S3ogen,
SDen fc^on bie 9idffe fc^Iaff gejogen;
(Sr giett unb fa^t ben ^Uger rooljt;
2)o^ SBinb unb S^egen ftnb gurtnber;
er ^3feil fciflt matt Dor bem bamieber,
3)em er bag ^>erg burd^bo^ren fott.
> ^or," Iat 3eu^ f^ ^orntg ^oren,
2Birb bid) ber matte ^feil nun le^ren,
Ob id) bent @turm' ^u wet erlaubt?
^>att' id) bir onnenfdjein gegeben,
(So b,Stte bir ber ^feil bag ?eben,
2)aS bir ber (Sturm erfjielt, geraubt."
(NM;
SBtntermor^cn.
!l5ie (Srbe fdjldft ! mit wetter ^iitte
tat fie ber SBinter ^ugeberft;
ie tft nid)t tobt, fie fdjtdft nur ftttte,
23t8 bag ber Senj fte toieber toedtt
APPENDIX. .47?
llnb tote ba$ $mbtein ofyne orgen
(Sid) an ben 2ftutterbufen fdjtniegt,
<So rufy'n, an ifyrer 23ruft geborgen,
!ie SBlumenfinber etngetoiegt.
HDa traumen fte toon mitben Siiften,
$om <Sonnenfd)ein, born flaren Jb,au;
Unb fe^'n, beraiifcfyt toon fiien jDtiften,
2)en griinen 2Batb, bie bunte 5lu'.
<3te (aufc^en, toa bte SBoget fingen,
llnb toa bte 2BeUe fagt im 33ad^;
(Ste fofen nut ben Odjmetterltngen,
2)te Stenen fitmmen: guten
2)te 33 lumen ftrecfen ftd) nacfj oben,
2)ie ^Jra^t jn fd^auen fern unb na^;
3)a ift ber fcfyb'ne Sraitm gerftoben,
Unb fte^ ber en$ ift h)irf(idf) ba.
Grfetaann.
f teber, Cflegien etc.
efunben.
0^ gtng tm 2BaIbe fo fitr mtc^ ^tn,
Uub ntcqtS gu fttc^en, ba8 toar ntetn tun.
-9m djatten fa 1 ^ tcf) etn 33titmd)en fie^n,
2Bie (Sterne leudjtenb, toie 2leuglein f^on.
3d) tootlt' eS bre^en, ba fagt' eS fetn:
gum Selfen gebro^en fein?"
3c^ grub's mit alien ben 2BiirgIetn au3,
3um arten trug id)'8 am Ijitbfdjen
Unb bftangt' eS toteber am ftttlen 5rt;
jtoeigt e intmer unb bliiljt fo fort.
479 APPENDIX.
crbftlict>.
Sotb fattt bon falben
3>a lefcte 23latt Ijerab;
2)ie 23iifrf)' unb 3Batber fd)tt)eigen,
3>te 2Bett ift we ein rab.
2Bo fmb fte nun geblieben
2)ie $6g'lein all', bte Ueben?
51^ ! fie fangen erft fo- fd^Sn !
2)er 9?eif ^at fte toerfrieben
2Beg nber J^at unb 6lj'n.
Unb bange njtrb'S unb banger
Unb fib' in ftelS unb >ag;
2)te ^acfjte tuerben longer
Unb hirjer wirb ber Xag.
3)ie anger finb toerfcfjttmnben
Sn biefen triiben (Stunben,
@ud)en ^rii^Iing anber^nio;
Unb wo fie ben gefunben,
3)a finb fte ttneber fro^.
Unb toenn Don fatben ^ttietgen
3)a6 Iet?te 33Iatt nod) fattt,
SKenn 33iifrf)' unb SSatber fdjiuetgen,
3H trauerte bte 2Belt, -
3)ein gni^ing fann ntrf)t
S3au' t^n in ^erjen^grunben !
(Sei bu fetber bir bein liict !
<So fannft bu ^ni^ing finben
On jebem Hugenblidf.
^cffraonn v.
etn, ntciu
en, ntetn erg, n
3)en muben 5lugentiben
!Der SMumen i)at gebrarf)t
(Srquicfung^t^au bie
@d)Iaf ein, ntetn erg, in ftrieben I
2)a ?eben frfjltift |ienieben,
2)er 2J?onb in (titter ^rarfjt,
Sin ?luge otte^ roarfjt.
APPENDIX.
<Sd)Iaf cin, ntctn >erj, in ^ricben !
$on $urd)t unb ram gefdjieben;
>er SBelten fyat bebadjt,
9?immt and) em >er<5 in
(Sdjlaf em, metn ^erj, in ^rteben!
23on bofem raum gemieben,
eftfirft toon (SlaubenSmadjt,
^offnung ongelac^t.
(Scfjtaf ein, metn ^er^, in ^rieben !
Unb n)enn bir ift befcfyieben
3)er Xob Ijier in ber
@o bift bu bort errt)acf)t.
gt.
29Bof)tcrnif.
n)a i^ eu^ rtnft fagen !
l)at 3ef)n gefc^Iagen.
betet unb bann ge^t 311 Sett;
>od) lofc^t ba Sic^t au, eh/ i^r ge^t;
d^Iaft fanft unb toof)! ! 3m ^>immel
Sin flared ^Cug' bie ganje
JP>gref, h)a id) eurf) rt)itt fagen !
SDie locf ^at (Stf gefrfjla^en.
Unb toer noc^ bei ber 5lrbeit fdjrtnfct,
Unb ter beim ^artenf^iel nod) fit,
fag' i^'g tout unb beutlirf) nun:
) eit(^ itjitt fagen!
lot!' ^at 3 wi >If gcfd)tagen.
2Bo nod) in ftitter 2Witternad)t
(Sin franfeS er^ ttott Summer h>ad)t,
@ott geb' ifim roft, toerlei^ i^m
Unb fiib,r'8 bent fanften <2d)tummer
^ euc^ n)itt fagen !
' (jat (SinS gefd)tagen.
Unb too burc^ <2atanS Sift unb
Sin 3)ieb ^infdjteic^t auf bunf lent
480 APPENDIX.
3d) nritt' nidjt fyoffen, boc^ gefd)tef)t'S;
@o gel)' er fyeun, fetn 9<Jtd)ter fiefjt'S.
>ijret, tuaS id) eud) nnfl fagen !
3)ie locf Ijat gmi gefd)lagen.
llnb toem bte <Sorg', fdjon e^' c tagt,
<5d)tt>er an bem madjen ^>er^en nagt:
2)er onne Sropf, fetn <Sd)laf tft fort;
ott forgt, tierlafj bt^ auf fetn 2Bort !
^ eud^ hnfl fagen !
t 3)rei gefc^Iagen.
2)te SD^orgenftunb am >tmmel
2Ber friebeboH ben Xag erlebt,
35er banfe ott ttnb faffe 2Kttt^
e^' an' efc^aft ttnb olf ftc^ gut.
Drifter.
SBer me fern 33rob mtt X^ranen a,
2Ber nte bte fummertioflen 9?dd)te
3luf fetnem Sette rtetnenb fa,
3)er fennt eud) nt^t, t^r ^tmmltf^en
Sljr fu^rt tn ?eben itnS ^tnetn,
O^r la^t ben Airmen fdjutbtg toerben,
3)ann Uberlat iljr t^n ber $etn;
2)enn atte djulb ra'^t fic^ anf Srben.
(Soef^r.
hn gritnen
bte alien 9itftent
SBanbelt letf am fdjonften
SBunberfameS
i Hebcl wrote this poem in one of the many peasant-dialects spoken in Germany.
which, though not differing widely from the literary language, would nevertheless
have been incomprehensible to the learner.
APPENDIX.
gaublein f prid)t: ott
u bem Saub baueben,
HOeS atfymet tief unb fiijj
griebenSleben.
Unb trie Slut' unb SBIatt am traudj
(Stifl fid) nriegt im (SHcmge,
SBiegt ft^ ntetne <SeeI' im >audj,
3)er bur^ftromt ba ange.
C. flbtf.
60 ifl bas Wliirf ein fliidjtig Xing.
6 ifl bo turf ein
Unb njart gu alien agen;
Unb jagteft bu um ber @rbe
!J)u mbrfjteft e ni^t erjagen
?eg' bid) Ueber in ra bott >uft,
Unb ftnge beine Sieber;
Dtetlei^t aug blauer Suft
auf bt^ ^ernieber.
Slber bann parf' eg unb Ijalt' e fefl
Unb plaubrc nidjt tiiel bagnjifc^en;
SBenn bu fo lang' e8 ttjarten td^t*,
bir roieber enttt)ifc^en.
3. Oeitrf.
Toe tjcrlaffcnc
, rtjann bie a^
bie (Sternlein toerf^toinbcn,
id) am >erbe ft
^ euer junben.
on ift ber
fpringen bie
fc^aue fo brein,
!2eib Derjunfen.
482 APPENDIX.
bo lommt e8 mir,
Sreutofer $nabe,
35afc icf) bie 9?acf)t Don btr
etra'umet fyabe.
Sfyrane auf Sfyra'ne bann
turret fyernieber;
@o fommt ber Sag Ijeran
> ging' er wieber !
3d)ii
ift bcr Sag be errn!
bin attein auf toetter fflw
Sine 2ttorgengto<!e nnr,
(Stitte nat) unb fern.
^[nbetenb fnte' icf) fyier.
) fii^e^ rau'n ! geljetmeS
Site fnieten 53iete ungefe^n
Unb beteten mtt mir.
3)cr ^immet na^ unb fern,
<5r ijl fo flar unb feieritrf),
@o gan^ afe wottt' er 5ffnen
S)a0 ift ber Sag be3 errn!
' oft im ^reife ber Sieben
3n bufttgem rafe geru^t,
Unb mir ein teblein gefungen,
Unb aUeS n>ar ^ubjc^ unb gut.
ab' einfam and) mic^ ge^armet
-3n bangem, biifterem 2)?ut^
Unb Ijabe roieber gefungen,
Unb atteS toar mteber gut.
Unb mand)e, toa8 id) erfa^ren,
Serfo^r* icf) in flitter 2ButIj,
Unb lam icf) hneber ju ftngen,
SCBar afleS auc^ ftieber gut
APPENDIX. 483
oflft nidjt un8 lange ftagen,
2Ba8 atteS btr toefje tljut,
IKur frtfrf), nur frifd] gefungen !
Unb afleS roirb ttneber gut.
Xcr Irfjihtftc Hitgcnblirf .
<3df)<m ift'3, wenn jtoci terne
ftrf) fte^n am firmament/
n, njenn gtoeter Sftofen
e ineinanber brennt.
in 2Baf)rl)ett immer
am fcfjdnften angufe^n,
23Bte 3h)et, fo fid) lieben,
@elig beieinanber fte^n.
X. ffcme*.
3;t^ trat in einen ^eitig biiflern
(Stcfjiualb, ba ^ort' i^ tcif unb Unb
(Sin 33ad)letn unter SBtiimen fliiftern,
2Bie ba8 ebet &on einem
Unb mid^ ergriff ein fiie8 raucn:
(S^ raitfrfjt ber 2Batb ge^etmni^ott,
31(8 mocfjt er mtr raa anbertrauen,
noc^ metn ecj nic^t toiffen foff;
moc^t' er Ijeim(td) mtr entbetfen,
ottrt Sie&e fmnt unb njid;
fdjten er ptoljtic^ ju erfc^recfen
33or @otte8 W unb ttwrbe flUL
HScffc OTofc.
-9n etnem 33ud)e btatternb, fanb
5c^ erne 9Jofe, ttcH, ^erbritrft,
Unb rt>et^ auc^ nid^t mefyr, toeffen
@ie einft fiir mid^ gepflucft
APPENDIX.
$ld) mefjr unb meljr im 2lbenM)aud(j
33ertt>eft Srinn'rung ; balb gerfttebt
Sftetn (SrbenlooS, bann toeijj id) aud)
ifttd)t ntefyr, roer mid) getiebt !
SR. Sawu.
SBenn bie age longer rterben,
Sa^ft ba 0:3 aii(^ in ber
etcf)ter totrb e bann auf (Srben,
at^met
atljmet Sujl unb e^nen;
nur im jungcn Oa^t
2)cnft ein firmer nod^ mtt
S)ajj ein SSinter war !
$. Sinng.
Sonctte.
nt^t afe ^immel an bic 2Botfenfd)i^te,
(Srprobe felbjl bein jugenWic^ efleber,
SSirf muttg in bie f^tuanfen @d)alen nieber
beine eigenen etmrfjte !
' ben eifl am felbflgef^affnen
Unb forfdje b,euf unb forf^e morgen nneber,
@enf nie gufrieben beine 5lugenliber,
beinen tauben tagtic^ gu erid^te !
bu hunter toageft, o befdjontg'S
ftie or ben SD'Jenfc^en burd^ ein gaglja
S3elenn' e mit bent ftuimutf) eine
)b fte bit flantntenb audf) ben
5Diit ^tantmen tauft ber gmige ben
3)er ftotj fott iiber tre SSaffer ftetgen.
iltcbnt.
SQSie iSnnt' idj bein bergeffen !
3d^ toeifj, ta bu mir bifi,
APPENDIX. 485
SBetm aud) bie 2Belt iljr StebfteS
Unb SefteS balb fcergifct.
3d) fing' eS IjeU unb ruf eg taut:
SOtein 23aterlanb ift meine SBraut!
3d) toeijj, toaS bit mir &tjt
SKtc fonnt' td^ betn bergeffen !
3)etn benf i^ afle^ctt;
3ify bin mit btr oer&unbett,
9J?it btr in ^reub' unb Seib.
-3(^ toitt fiir bid) im ^am^fc jle^tt,
Unb fott e fein, mit bir toergeljtu
3Bie !6nnt' ic^ bein tiergeffen !
S)ein benf i^ afle^eit.
SBte Knnt' i^ bein bergeffen !
3tf] toei^, tpag bit tnir bift,
o lang' etn auc^ on Siebe
Unb 8eben in mtr ift.
3(^ fudje nid)t al bici^ aflettt,
2lfe beiner Siebe ttjertb, ^u fetn.
SBie lonnt' i^ bein bergeffen !
3$ n)ei, roa8 bu mir bift.
Hoffmann .
9luf bet SBanberung.
^ranfretd) unb bem
3)a toacljfen unfre 9?eben.
' mein ieb am gritnen S'J^et
' mir meinen fitljlen SBein!
S'Jur in jDeutfc^tanb,
5Da toitt tc^ enng leben.
tm fremben Sanbe tear t^ a
SBalb bin id) fjeimpegangen.
guft unb 2)urft babet,
ual unb (Sorgen manc^ertet
d^ 2>eutfd)lanb
mein erj bertangen.
i Itlt IB poetical for tfiat, and tfiai cerlangen itself poetical for utrtangtc.
APPENDIX.
3ft em ganb, e f)eit
33liilm )rangen unb Sttronciu
(Singe, fprad) bie 9omerin,
Unb id) fang $um 9iorben fn'n:
9?ur in j>eutfd)fanb,
3)a mufc mein djafclein wolmett.
2113 id) fa^ bie ^llpen h)ieber gliiljtt
^eH in ber SKorgenfonne:
riife' mein giebc^cn, gotbner
riif ' mir meinen griinen
ftur in 3)eutf(^tanb,
S)a tooljnet f^reub' unb SBonne !
goffmann .
inb fdjlaf t.
5Die 5Dhttter InDt ben
SJJit fii^en giebern ein;
@r ttjitt'g ni(^t anberS
<Sie mu^ am Sette fein.
SBie fann'S ber (S^etnt nnr hnffett,
Ob fie am 33ette ft^t,
S)er faum au feinem
^albem ?luge blifct?
Unb h)te er o^ne Summer
^rif t^ at^menb, roftg liegt !
$Da8 ifl ein fuer <Sd)tummer,
SKorein bie ?ieb' un toiegt !
Gbuarb oon Banmtfelk.
>ie (vinf c^r.
S3et eutem SBtrt^e, toimberraitb,
SDa war id^ jitngfl git afte;
(gin ^olb'ner Slpfel war fein @d)Ub
Sin etnem langen Slfte,
AJTENDEX,
ber gute 2lpfetbaunt,
33et bcm id) etngefefyret;
Sfttt filler $oft iinb frifdjem (Sdjawn
er mid) luofyl genafyret;
GS famen in fein grime
SBiel tetdjt befdjnringte afte;
te fprangen fret unb fytelten
Unb fangen auf ba 53eftc.
-3^ fanb em 33ett jit fuer
Sluf meic^en, gritnen 3Jiatten;
SDer SBirtI), er becfte fetbft mti^ 311
fetnem fii^Ien fatten.
fragf i^ nad) ber (Sd)ulbtg!ctt;
SDa fcfjuttelt er ben SBtyfet;
@e[egnet fet er atte tit
Son ber SSunet bi aunt tj>feU
BffHfc
^ejler <ntnb fet betnent 3(^:
S^te betn SBort ^u bredjen;
SDrum Dor attent ^Ute btrf) f
roe $u berfpredjen.
Slber, oitf bid) fetbft gefteflt,
Sanble gro im Seben,
teid) al ptteft bu ber 2Bett
SDrauf bein 2Bort gegeben.
3. $antra
G toar, al b^ott' ber ^>tmmel
SDie (Srbe ftttt gefu|t,
SDa^ fte im SBIittenfdjimmer
5Son i^m nun traumen mit^t'.
!l)te ?uft gtng burd) bie ^elber,
2)ie ^lef)ren njogten fadjt,
68 raufd)ten leif bie 2Botber,
@o fternftar n>ar bie 9iad)t,
APPENDIX.
Unb nteine eete fponnte
Seit tyre fttuget 0118,
ftlog bnrd) bie ftiflen ganbe,
^[18 floge fte nad) au8.
3. *. Qi^tnborfp.
fteDer,
?ctfc $te6t burc^ mem
?tebtic^c (Selautc;
Ketne grU^t
2Bette !
t8 an a
2Bo bte SBtumen fpriefeen,
2Bcnn bit etnc 9tofc frfjaufl,
id) taff' fte grii^enl
3)u toft n?ie erne SBIumc
@o Ijolb unb fdjon itnb rein;
3d) fdjou' bid) an unb 2Bel)mirt$
@d()Ieid)t mir in ^erj Ijinein.
ifl, ate ob idj bte
aupt bit tegen fottf ,
SBetenb, bag ott bid) erratic
rein unb frfjon unb
Snt hjunberfdjonen
9118 afle $nopen fprangen,
3)a ijl in nteinem ^er^en
SDie Siebe aufgegangen.
3m h)nnberfd)6nen
Sll afle 3?i5g,et fangen,
3)a ^afc' id) tin* geftanben
SKein e^nen unb $erlangen
489
(Sin ^icfytenbaum fteljt einfam
3m <Worben aitf falser |>olj'.
3lnt fdjla'fert; mit roeifter 2)ecfe
Umljuflen ifyn (ig itnb <3d)nee.
(gr traumt toon etner
2)ie, fern im 9J?orpenlanb,
infant nnb fdjiuetgenb troucrt
^u brennenber ^
Sorclct.
nidjt, h)a fot( c3 Bebeutett,
fo traurtg bin;
(gin 9#ar<i)en au^ atten dttn,
fommt mir ntdt au bent
S5te guft ift fitf)l unb eg bunfett,
Unb rul)ig flie^t ber 9^^ein;
2)er ipfel be^ Series funfelt
Om 2ibenbfomtenfd)ein.
5Dte fc^onfte Oungfrau jtfcet
!SDort oben njunberbar,
-3^r gotbneS ef^meibe
<Sie fcimmt iljr
<Sie fcimmt eg mit golb'nem
Unb ftngt ein Sieb babei;
Ijat eine njunberfame,
2JieIobei.
3)en Differ im fieinen
(Srgreift e mit wilbem
(Sr fd^aut ni^t bie ^etfenriffe,
(r frfjaut nur ^inauf in bie
3d) gtoube, bie Setten
3lm gnbe djtffer unb
Unb bag Ijat mit iljrem
2)ie Soretet get^an.
490 APPENDIX.
Tic At nltcn.
>erje me in Siebe gliiljte,
$uge nie im ,3orn geflammt,
3)em ift erftorben tm cmiit^e
ute, ba toon oben ftommt
)er tft tm ttefften >ergen8grunbe,
35er ift in tieffter (Beele f rf) I e d) t,
2)et ift bis in bic lefcte tunbe,
in ben 2ob, ber <Setbflfucf)t
6
$etn ?iiftd)en regt ftd^ in ben ,3toetgett,
3)ie 33figtein ftnb in @<i)tof oerfunfen,
2)te tb,aubef^rt)erten SBtumen neigen
ST)ie buft'gen auptec fdjlummertrunfen.
S3iet taufenb gotbne terntein geljett
Sim tmmet ft^wctgenb auf unb nieber,
Unb leife gie^t auS ftiflen ^fi^en
S)er 2Konb fein golbneS ^ic|t ^ernieber.
Unb ift mtr 9tub,e norfi befc^ieben,
<2o mu fie b,ier ber eete fommen,
933o mid^ in iljren ^ett'gen ^neben
9Zatur ^at liebenb aufgenommen.
3. ham.
latt tin
3d) ^ab' eine atte
SDie ein atteS Silc^Iein b,at;
6 tiegt in bem atten
6in alteS, burreS SBIatt
burr ftnb loob,! aud) bie
einft im en^ ib,r'8 gepflitrft.
mag bocf) bte 9Ute b,aben ?
toeint, fo oft fie'S erblicft.
. rita.
APPENDIX. 491
Stammer rfjmrr$, (antes dHutf.
JD tm (Sdjmerge mufj id) fdpeigen,
<2>d)Uefe' tip tief ing >erg fyinein.
(Sr aflein tft gang mein eigen,
33in mit ifjnt unb ott attein;
Unb ob mir bag ^>er^ aud) brid^t f
) tm c^merge fing' tc^ nic^t !
metn liirf, bag moc^t' tc^ fagen,
Sftufen e in |cbe )f)r,
6 Don cr^ gu Bergen ttagcn,
JO bag meine brangt'g
Oebe ?nft rt)irb ein
) mein liuf ticrf(
Want Sorfltt. .
^m 3ammcr.
enge ajyeti
Sangfam gte^' tc^ wot etn^er,
2Benn bte 5te^ren att' erblaffen
SBon tterborg'nem <Segen fcf)h)er;
Unb fo Jranbt' td^ ^in unb finne
Unb mei ntd^t, tuag id) beginne.
Unb ber btaue |nntmel njebet
@id^ ^erunter Itdjt unb rt)arm,
Unb bte gange (Srbe fc^iuebet
S3raittltd) ftitt in feinent 5lrnt;
, inbriinftig fufecg 9Mgen,
n, glii^enb
nenni tni^ ftol )
5^r nennt mtd^ flolg ! 2Ber Ijat mtc^ fo gemac^t?
3^r fetbft, bte mic^ betrogen unb Derratljen !
SDte 9?egung, bte tljr fdjma^t, ift erft ermac^t,
Hlg ic^ mein Xb/un bergttc^ mit euern 2;b,aten I
492 APPENDIX.
ncnnt mid) jbfy ! O h)tttet tljr, toie gcrii
Unb freubenDofl ber ftarre tot^ t)erfd)anbe
33or einem 2ftenfd)en, ber, em lifter <5tem,
$od) iibcr mir unb mctueni SBefen ftiiubc !
egenDen, ilomaweu imfi
!Dcr ttltt SBarbarofj'a, ber $atfer
3m unterirb'f^en d^Ioffe Ijtilt er Derjaubert
@r tfl ntematg geflorben, er lebt barm nod) fe
@r ^at im <S^to erborgen gum (S^taf ftd)
(Sr ^at ^tnabgenommen be8 9^et^e ^errttdjfeit
Unb wirb etnfl mteberfommen mtt i^r, 311 fetner
SDer tit^t tfl etfenbetnertt, barauf ber ^at[er ft^t;
2)er Xif^ ift marmelftetnern, worauf fein ^aupt er
<Setn SBart ifl nt^t Don ^ad^fe, er tft tton ^cue
3ft burd) ben Zi\d) geioad^fen, worauf fein $inn
(gr ntrft afe rt)te tm ^raume, fein $lng' l^atb offen gtoinft;
Unb jc narf) tangent ^laume er etnem ^itaben lutnft
<5r fpri^t im (Sdjlaf jnm ^naben: eV Ijm tor's @(^to, o 3 wer 9!
Unb ftelj', ob nod^ bie SRaben ^erfliegen nm ben
Unb h>enn bie atten 9^aben nod) ffiegen tmmerbar,
id) and) nod) fd)lafen toerjaubert tmnbert 3a^r.
|jft.
APPENDIX. 493
Siingcr.
,,2Ba8 IjbV id) brauen bor bent Xljor,
2Ba8 auf ber Sriide flatten?
$afc ben efang bor imferm >l)r
-3m <2>aale nneberfjaflen !"
>er $onig fpradj'S, ber ^age lief;
3)er $nabe fam, ber $omg rief:
mir fyeretn ben Sllten I"
w egriiet feib mir, eble erm,
egriit tfyr, fi^one 2)amen !
S33eld)' reidjer $immel! tern bei (Stern 1
2Ber lennet tb,re Seamen ?
-Sfm @oal tioH ^rad^t unb
t 3lugen eu^; b,ier tft
ftaunenb gn
S)er anger brttdt bie 5(ugen ein,
Unb fd)lug in tiotten pnen;
3)ie fitter fc^aitten mut^ig brent,
llnb in ben <Srfjoo bie djoneit,
3)er ^bnig, bent baS lOieb gefiel,
$ie, i^n ^n eb,ren fiir fein @^iel,
Sine golb'ne ^ette b/olen.
W 2)ie gotb'ne ^ette gib mir nid^t;
>ie ^ette gib ben bittern,
SBor beren fii^nem Slngefic^t
2)er ^einbe ^an^en f^Iittern.
ib fte bent ^anjler, ben bu ^aff,
Unb lajj ib,n noc^ bie gotb'ne Sajt
3u anbern Saften tragen.
Sc^ ftnge, njie ber 3$ogel ftngt,
2)er in ben ^nmgen mo^net;
3)a ^ieb, baS auS ber ^eb,Ie bringtr
3ft ob,n, ber reidjticf) lo^net.
SDod) barf id) bitten, bitt' id) einS:
8a mir ben beften 23ed)er
o(be reidjen,
494 APPENDIX.
(5r fefct' iljn on, er trcmf iljn au8:
,,)2ranf ofl fttjjer 8abe !
JO tool)! bem fyodjbegliicften >au$,
2Bo baS ift Heine @abe !
(Srgeljt'3 eud) wob,!, fo benlt an midj,
Unb banfet ott fo ttjartn, att id}
ftilr biefen nwf eud) banfe."
SEer rettet fo fpat burc^ 9^a^t unb SBrnb?
(S ift ber SBater mit feinem ^inb';
6r fyat ben ^naben ^ob/t in bem 5lrm;
(Sr fa^t ib,n ftdjer, er fjfitt ib,n
birgfl bu fo bang bem
'ft, $ater, bu ben ^rlfonig ni^t?
SDen rtenfbntg mit ^ron' unb (Sdjtueif ?
@ob,n, e ift ein
Itebe $inb, fomm, ge^' mit mir!
fc^one ptele fpiel' ic^ mit bir:
,' bunte 33Iumen fmb an bem (Stranb;
SKeine ^flutter ^at man^ giitben eh)anb. -
S3ater, mein 55ater, unb Ijb'refl bu ni
erlenKnig mir leife tjerfpnc^t ?"
w <et rub,ig, bleibe rub/ig, mein $inb !
Sn burren Slattern faufelt ber 2Binb. rt
r 2Bittfl, feiner $nabe, bu mh mir ge^'n?
Sfteine jtb'^ter foflen bit^ marten fdjb'n;
SReine Stouter fub/ren ben nadjtttrfjen ^Rei^
Unb h)iegen unb tangen unb ftngen bic^ ein.
S3ater, mein S5ater, unb fieljft bu nid^t bort
erttonig'8 Xorfjter am buftern Ort?"
*2Rem (Sob/n, mein ob^n, id) feb/ e^ genau;
^ fc^einen bie aiten SBeiben fo grau."
APPENDIX. 495
W 3dj fiebe btdj, mid) rei$t beine fdjone eftalt;
Unb bift bit nidjt nriflig, fo brand)' id) etoatt."
,,2ftein $ater, mem $ater, j[etjt fafct er mid) an;
(Srlfonig tjat mir ein eib'3 getfyan."
SDem 3Satec graufet'g, er rettet gefdjttnnb;
(Sr ^att in ben Slrmcn ba ac^jenbe ^inb,
Srreidjt ben >of mit 9J^U^e unb 9?otlj;
3n feinen Airmen bag $inb war tobt.
retdjfie
^^errlid^/' fprad^ ber $urft Don adjfen,
,,0ft mein Sanb nnb feme
itber fyegen feine Serge
in mandjem ttefen
mein Sanb in iipp'ger
pra^ ber $urfitrft t)on bem
,,olb'ne (Saaten in ben J^aiern
2luf ben Sergen eblen SBein l u
table, reic^e
Subtnig, err 311 33aiern,
,,@d)affen, ba mein Sanb ben en'ren
nid)t fteb,t an
(Sbedjarb, ber mit bem Sarte,
2Burtemberg'3 getiebter >err,
<2>prad) : ,,3ftein anb b,at fteine (Stabte,
Sragt nid^t Serge filberf^roer;
ein ^(einob b/att'^ berborgen:
in SBatbern, noc^ (o gro,
mein ^aupt !ann ftib,nUd) legen
3febem Untert^an in J @c^oo."
llnb e rief ber >err bon @ad)fen,
5)er con 33aiern, ber bom ^^ein:
,,raf im Sart! 3b,r feib ber reicbjte,
(Suer 8anb tragt (SbelfteinV
3. Semn.
i For tn'n, and this again for in ben.
496 APPENDIX.
Sir >uffmutg.
($ reben unb traumen bic 2ftenfd)en Diet
33on beffer'n fitnftigen Stagen;
SRacf) einem glucflirfjen golbenen 3i e t
@tel)t man fte rennen unb jagen.
3)ie SBelt tt)trb alt intb iroirb loteber jung,
ber 3Jienfdf) ^offt immer 33erbefferung.
2)te ^offniing fii^rt i^n in' eben ein,
@te umflattert ben frol)Ucf)en ^naben,
3)en Oiingttng begetftert ifyr 3uberfd)etn /
(Sic rt)trb mtt bent reiS ntdjt begraben;
2)enn befrfjltejjt er tm rabe ben miiben
am rabe pflangt er bie offnung auf
<5 ijl !ein teerer, f^meic^etnbet:
(Srgeugt im e^trne beg Slfyoren;
3m Bergen tunbet e taut ftdj an:
3u wa Sefferm ftnb tpir geboren.
Unb tt)a8 bie innere <3ttmme fpricl^t,
ta'ufc^t bie ^offenbe @eete nid)t.
tfl be 3)eutf^en 55aterlanb ?
^3reu^enlanb? 3ft' @d)tt)aben(anb?
h)o am ^^ein bie 9tebe blii^t?
n)p am 33ett bie 2)?6e ^ic^t?
) nein ! o nein ! o nein !
@ein SBatertanb mufc grower fein.
ifl be 2)eutfrf)en 53aterlanb?
Saierlanb? 3ft' teterlanb?
too ber SWarfen s ^inb ftd) ftrerft?
tt>p ber barter eifen retft?
nein ! o nein ! :c. :c.
APPENDIX.
ijl beg eutfdjen Saterlanb?
3ft'g 'ipommerlanb ? SBeftpfyalenlanb?
too ber <3anb ber linen toeljt?
ft'g, top bie 3)onau braufenb gel^t?
) nein ! o nein ! ?c. :c.
2Bag ift beg 3)eutfrf)en Saterlanb?
@o nenne mir bag groe anb !
Sanb ber (Scfjweiaer, ift'8 Sljrol?
Sanb wtb 53olf gefiet mir too^L
2)od) nein ! boc^ nein ! K. K.
tft be 3)entfcf)en 33aterlanb?
nenne mir bag grofje ?anb !
eg ift bag >efterreid^,
Sin (Sren nnb an (Siegen reidj.
JO nein ! o nein ! K. :c.
ift beg 3)entfrf)en 55aterlanb?
(So nenne enblid) mir bag Sanb !
@o toeit bte beittf^e 3 un 9 e Ktngt
Unb ott im immel Sieber ftngt:
fott eg fein! bag fofl eg fein!
, niacf'rer eutf^er, nenne beinl
3)ag tft bag beutf^e SBaterlanb,
933o (Sibe fc^tobrt ber 2)rit(f ber
2Bo Sreue l)ett com ?tuge bti^t,
Unb Siebe njarm tm er^en ft|t:
>ag foil eg fein! bag foil eg fein!
2)ag, njacf'rer >eutfrf)er, nenne beat I
S)ag gange 35eittfd)lanb fott eg fein!
O ott com ^immel, fte^' barein,
Unb gib ung re^ten beutf^en 2ftittlj;
mir eg Ueben treu unb gut !
2)ag fott eg fein ! bag fott eg fein !
2)ag gauge >eutfd)lanb foil eg fein !
IS. W. Jtrobt.
498 APPENDIX.
SdjillcrttJcilje.
(Setft, SBerffarter, fteig' ju itn8 Ijernteber,
@telj ! 2Btr brtngen bir em er3 mit )anf crfiittt
3u bent umrb'gen fttftt tuetfye unfere ieber,
>ulbigenb erfdjetnen ftn'r bor beinem 33ilb,
Um ben ebelften Don 2>entfd)lanbS grofjen (SiJljnen,
Sfttt bem eiotg griinen Sorbeer^njetg 311 fronen.
SDu bift tmmer nod), tociS bu beretnfl
UnfereS beutfrfjen eifte erftgebor'ner
eitt' erf^etnft bu un^ ate em DerftdrteS SBefen,
(Sd^webenb auf ^arnoffuS' b,ob,ent jDt^te
Dimmer totrb be$ @^6nen 3;beat beralten,
SSo bte traitten flange betner ^ra toalten.
bein eniuS bor longer dt gef^affen,
2)auern h)trb e8 en)ig in ber ^etten ^ludjt,
Unb bte f^atften (Snfel njevben nt^t erj^taffen
@tc^ gu laben on ber fiten, golb'nen gtudjt
jDetne SSerfe n)erben unbergdnglt^ fteljen,
SDenn bte (Setter fonnen ntd)t njte (Staub toerge^ett.
3)'rum, tooS roe bu unb JtefeS Ijofl gefungen,
2So bu @^one, SSafyreS, @bte8 un gete^rt,
SQSeit tft'S iiber'3 SSoterlonb ^tnouSgebrungen,
-3n ben fernften 9J?arfen btft bu b,od)geeb,rt.
Qa f bag wette SSettmeer felbft fe^t feine (Sc^ranfc,
Unb bein SRuljm njirb ert)ig fetn nrie ber ebanfe.
Unb n)irb ehtft tm t^euern beutfdjen 53atertanbe
@icf) bte n)ab,re ^reiftett einen Jempel bau'n,
SBirb bie 97ac^h)elt fyod) im Udjtttmfloff'nen 9?anbe
2ln ber (SingangSpfort' ben ^Ramen critter frfjau'n;
tra^ten wirb fetn S3itb gefcfymitcft tm Sorbeerfrange,
6iner onne gteid), im remften listen lanje.
gttebrief) (Skitter's t^eurer 9[?ame btnbet hneber,
Sa in 9^orb unb <iib bte elbftfud^t ftreng getgetlt
$ente fit^ten 3tfle ftd) at beutfdje Sruber,
a fein entu^ in unfrer JRttte teitt
teute ftnb h)ir burd) ber Stntrac^t ftarfe S3anbe
in geeinigt 33olf im etn'gen beutfc^en ?anbe.
Cinil Otto.
APPENDIX. 499
efiei uniljrcnb bet
SBater, idj rufe bid) !
SBriiflenb unwolft mid) ber $)ampf ber efd)ufce,
(Spriiljenb um^ucfen mid) raffembe 2
Jlenfer ber <Sd)fod)ten, id) rufe bid) !
SSater bit, ftifjre mid) !
SBater bit, fitfjre mtdj !
fttiljr' mid) jum (Siege, fii^r' mid) ^um Xobc;
ferr, id) erfenne beine ebote;
err, Jtie bit roiflft, fo fii^re mid).
ott, id) erfenne bid) !
(5ott, id) erfenne bid) !
SBie im ^erbfttidjen SJaufdjen ber flatter,
Site tm <Sd)Iad)tenbonnern)etter,
Urqnett ber nabe, erfenne id) bid).
SJater bu, fegne mid) !
SBater bu, fegne midj !
Sn beine ^anbe befell' id) mein eben,
SDu fannft e nefymen, bu ^aft ea gegeben;
3um !0eben, gum terben fegne mid).
$ater, id) preife bid) !
SBater, id) preife bid) !
ift fein ^ampf fitr bie liter ber grbe:
SDaS ^eiligfte fdjit^en U)ir mit bem djfterte;
3)'rum fattenb unb fiegenb ^reif id) bid),
ott, bir ergeb' id) mid) !
ott, bir ergeb' id) mid) !
SBenn mid) bie Conner beg pbe8
SBenn meine 5tbern geoffnet flie^en;
2)ir, mein ott, bir ergeb' id) mid) !
$ater f idj rufe bid) !
a. floratt.
600 APPENDIX.
ROB.
2Bie rafft' tdj micfj auf in ber -ftaefjt, m bcr
Unb fuljlte rnicf) fiirber gejogen;
2)ie affen berliefe id), bom SBfidjter betoadjt,
2)urd)h}anbelte fadjt
On ber 9?ad)t, in ber ftad)t,
ljor mit bem gotln'fdjen 33ogen.
S)er 2Ku^Iba^ raufc^te burd^ fetftgen (Sdjadjt,
3^ le^nte mid^ uber bie 23rMe;
Sief itnter mtr naljm ic^ ber Sogen in 2ld)t,
SDie tt)attten fo fod^t
ber 9?arf)t, in ber 9?arf)t,
mattte nid^t eine
6 bre^te ftc^ oben, ungafylig entfac^t,
5KeIobi(c^er Sanbel ber (Sterne,
SDiit i^nen ber 9Konb in beruln'gter
(Sie funfelten facfjt
On ber 9?ac^t, in ber ftarfjt,
taufc^enb entlegene
Oc^ blirfte ^inoitf in ber -iftacfyt, in ber
3d) blitfte ^inunter auf neue.
) toe^e, h)ie ^aft bu bie Stage berbracfjt 1
Kun ftitte bu fat^t
On ber ftarfit, in ber 9?orf|t,
Out podjcnben Bergen bie "Jienc !
teure, tnut^iger (Segler! @ mag ber Stft bid^
Unb ber Differ am teu'r fenfen bie laffige
Ommer, immer nad) SBeft ! $)ort mu^ bie ^iifle fic^ geigen,
Siegt fte bot^ beutlic^ unb liegt fdjimmernb tior beinem 23erftanb.
Xraue bem leitenben ott unb fotge bem fc^nieigenben Settmeer I
2BaY fte noc^ nic^t, fie ftieg' je^t au8 ben ^httfjen empor.
bem eniu ftefyt bie 9^atur im eroigen Sunbe;
ber eine iierfprtdjt, leiftet bie anbre
APPENDIX. 501
foielenbe Ainnfif.
ptefe, $mb, tn bcr Gutter djopfj ! 5luf ber IjeiUgen 3nfel
ginbet bet tritbe rant, finbet bte <2orge bid) nidjt.
Siebenb fyalten bte 2lrme ber 2#utter bid) iiber bem 5lbgrunb,
Unb in bag flutljenbe tab larfjelft bu fd^ulblog t)tnab.
ptete, Uebltrfje Unf^utb ! 9^0^ ift 3lrfabten urn btd^,
Unb bte frete S'Jatur folgt nur bem froljUdjen Srieb;
oc^ erfdjafft ft^ bte ityptge ^raft erbt^tete djranfen,
Unb bem tmfligen 3)iutt) fe^It nod) bte $fHd)t unb ber
ptete ! 33alb ttitrb bte Arbeit fommen, bte ^agre, bte ernfte,
Unb ber gebietenben ^Pfttrf)t mangeln bte Suft unb ber
$00 tinb in ber Siege.
litdltdjer (Saugttng ! btr tft em unenbttdjer SRaum norf) bte SBtcgc,
SBerbe 2ftann, unb btr n)trb eng bie unenbltrf)e 2BeIt.
bu ba ^firfjfle, ba$ ro^te? S)te ^flan^e fann e$ btrf) le^rctt
jte hrittentoS tft, fet bu e tooKenb ba ift'8 !
iir ^eben.
Smmer frrebe jum nn^en, unb fannft bu fetber !etn
SKerben, al$ bteneubeg Iteb frf)Ite^' an etn an^eg bt an.
ftreunb unb ^fcinb.
er tfl mtr ber ^reitnb, bod) aurf) ben ^etnb fann trf)
3etgt mir ber 9ceunb, h>ag id) fann, leljrt mid) bei ^etnb, \oa9 id) fofl.
502 APPENDIX.
jit fttmett, toa man Ijatte tfjim f 8 tin e it, tft ba tibetfte,
toaS man tfyun fann.
>er tots, cine eblc eibenfdfjaft, tft ntdjt blinb gegen eigne fttfytv,
aber ber >oci)mutf) ift eg.
(g gtbt hnrfttd) fe^r btete SD^enfc^en, bte bto tefen, bamtt fie nid^l
benfen biirfen.
SD^an mu fetnem Sftenfdfjen trauen, ber Bet feinen SSerftdjerimgen
bte anb auf'8 ^erj legt.
Sm guteS ^itnflrtjerf tann imb h)trb ^toar morafif^e ffrlgen
ober moralifc^e ^^ecfe bom $iinfMer forbcrn, ^ei^t i^m fetn
terberben.
ef^etbte tft fd^on gebod^t rtorben; man mu{j nur berfud^en,
nod) etnmal jit benfen.
3)er Umgang mil ^raiien ifl ba3 Stement gitter (Sittea.
SKer ber jDtc^thtnfl (Sttmme nic^t bernimmt,
3P ein SBarbar, er fet aud^, toer er feu
5 entfc^Iimtmett em (Sefc^te^t ber SWenfc^en nac^ bent anbem, aBer
fanmer formt bie gefdjtiftige ^aitS^atterifd^e Sautter, 5?atur genannt, au
bent abgelegten ^teiberftaat ber cittern ^tnber, etpcinber fitr bie
iimgern. On einem Knberreid^en >aufe tft eS einmqi ntd^t anberS.
S. Stern.
APPENDIX. 503
!>te tooljre feme &6engart, toetdje meljr tljut, alg nut
cine gefaUene tttcfnabei aufljeben, entfpringt entweber aug bet Xtefe
beg etfleg, ober aug ber gittte beg ^erjeng, unb toeber ber Sangmeiftet
lefyrt fte, nod) (Eljefterfielb.
fi.SB5rne.
(Sg ift teidjt, ben ^>a, fc^njer, bie Stebe, am fd^ttjerflen/ btc
gulttgfeit ju berbergen.
iBorne.
S3 tfl em fo gottttdj (Streben be8 9Kenf^ert, ^u fc^ftffctt, h)a8 toon
feinem gemetnen 3 ID e( ^. un |> 9hi(jen berfc^tungen tt)trb, was imab*
^angtg Don ber 2Se(t, in etgnem tange eroig prangt, toaS toon
leinem ^Rabe be$ groen 9?abertt)erf^ getrieben lotrb unb fetneS treibt.
^etne g^niwic fa? menfd)(icf)en 33ufen ftetgt b,6b,er unb geraber jum
^immet ouf, atS bie ^unft ! ^ein SSefen toerbid^tet fo bie eifie* unb
JperjenSfraft be SWettf^en in fid) fetber unb madjt i^n fo jum fetbfl*
ftdnbtgen, menfd)Ucf)en @ott!
SClect.
d^tc ^elbenftnn reidjt fefl, fii^tt, tul^ta ber (Sefafyr bie
unb, toetc^t fte bent eifernen jDrurfe nid)t, fo umfat et fte
ringenb, big einet toon ben 3n)eien erliegt. ?lber er roirb nur angeboren;
bie (Staube baumt fid) nie jur @td)e.
2Bie rei^enbe fjiere Ieid)ter iibermannt ttoerben ate 3nfeftettfd)tt)arme,
fo ift ber <Sieg nid)t liber bie fettenen unb grofjen, fonbern uber bie
Keinen unb tagtidjen ^Berfudjungen beffer unb fdjioerer.
2Beg mit ber (grbarmtidjfeit, bie fid) njtmmernb unter bag
fdjmiegt, unb, mit bent <2>d)nupftud) in ber anb, bent (Srfjirffal Sob-
lieber ftngt, ba eg nur nid)t Ijarter roerbe. S'Zur au8 bent 2lt6Ieten, ber
ringenb ben 9ttefen beg 3ammerg umarmt, lowi ber 8ttefe tnerben, ber
cine <Stirn toon $alte unb er^abeoe 53erad)tung bem ^oto^ beg
entgegen toenbet
004 APPENDIX.
ftob bie redjtett gefer, bte nut imb ftfcer bem 93n<!je r!rf)ten.
SDemt !ein SDidjter gibt etnen ferttgen tmmet; er ftettt nur bie
$immel$teiter auf toon ber fdjonen (Srbe. 2Ber, git trage unb unlufttg,
nicf)t ben 3#utl) fcerfpitrt, bie goftmen, lofen proffen 311 beftetgen, bem
bleibt bcr ge^ctmnt^ttotte 23ud]ftabe ett)ig tobt, itnb er tljtite beffer, gu
groben ob ju ^flugen, al^ mtt fo unnu^em Sefett mit^ig ju ge^cn.
CSi^tnborff.
U)tc (SHmmc ber 3cjt ruft bcm
Join fetn SJortuartSfdjretten, feme SSejfcrttng, fetnen grci^eni SSertfj, fetn
grfi^ereS tildf, fetn beffereS Seben, fern ^ortf^retten git bem 3iel, ba8
tnner^atb ber rengen femes 2Btffen itnb ^onneng tiegt unb bort
oitfgepettt toitrbe, atS bie tit itnb ber 2ftenfdj t^ren 5lnfang na^men.
^apr^unberte ber ^inflerntfj, ber (^te^ttglett nnb ber etpaltti)at ftnb
gefommen unb gegangen: itnga^Uge aWitttonen ^aben getttten, getebt
tmb ftnb geflorben, um tfyn, ben 3Kenf^en, t)ortt)art gn toetfen. 2Ber
t^n gurilcfflogen ober in fetnem Saitfe ouf^u^alten toerfit^t, ber Ijemmt
erne mSc^ttge ^afc^ine, bie ben (Storefrteb tobt f^tagen ttnrb unb bie
nur um fo ungejlitmer unb toitber fortrottt, toenn fte eine 3 e i^ an 9 au f s
geljalten toorbm ifl
9Bte bte ^atur bem gettbten SBefc^ouer ut bcr ffemftctt ^flange t^re
rofie unb 5tt c 3 c t9t, fo faun aud^ ber SKenfd) e0 nidjt bermeiben,
felbfl in ber unbebeutenbflen ^anblung ben efjatt unb bie
feineS Onnern bem aufmerffamen ^crater gu ent^utten,
3. a,
mtt attem Urforungtidjen ba gcmetn, bag e oljne
SKerfmal erfannt tttrb. S ifi unb geigt ftd^; e fann gewiefen,
abtr ntcht b e nnefcn locrben.
($ ftegt in ber twa^ren 2Burbe erne gefunbe Unbergagtljett, toetcfje ftd)
nie fdjeut mtt 3lnbern in iSeritljntng unb emeinf^aft gu fomnten, fo
APPENDIX. 505
geringen (StanbeS fte aud) fein mb'gen. 5ftur bcr fatfrfje tolj b,al
etiuaS $ranffjafte8 unb (SmpftnbltdjeS unb fdjrerft t>or ieber 33eritf)rung
juritrf.
3B.
23eriid)ttid) ifl eine $rau, bic angert)ei(e Ijaben fann, toenn ftc
ftinber Ijat.
ftnb ternc, bic blo bet ^client ^tmmcnetten; aber bte
35crnunft tft eine 9)?agnetnabet, bie ba$ (Srfjiff noc^ feiner ftiljrt, h)enn
jene audj uerborgen finb, unb ntd^t me^r teu^ten.
(Sine ^rau be^aitpte gegen if)ren 9Kann, toa fte rt)ttt, ber 3ftamt ifl
btitdjau^ nid)t im tanbe, fte git njibertefjen unb ju beftegen. SDenn
wenn er fte an <3d)htfetten unb 3Jebefaben feft ju fatten gtaubt, fo ift'S
fo t)ie(, at^ wenn er einen 3 ll) i r tt8l:M ue k ber ouf ber (trbe liegt, an
bcffen ^aben in bie ob,e gu jieljen fud^te; er toirb immer meljr
in bie anb befommen unb ber ganje ^nauel nnrb ftd) baretn
beln, aber auf bent Soben bleibt bod) ber
S5erjage nid)t, toenn bu einmat feb/ttefl, unb beine gan^e 9Jeue fei etnc
fdpnere
3)er ^u^tfame erfdjrtdt Dor ber efa!jr, ber fttiQt in iljr, ber
ige nad) tljr.
3ean
5)en ^u^m foff ber 2Seife beradjten, aber nirf)t bie (Sb,re.
fetten ift (ljre, mo 9tub,m ift, unb faft nod) feltener ^ub/m, too (gfjre ifl.
SfJei^t ben 2ftenfd)en au feinen S?erb,attniffen; unb h>a er baiit
tfl, nur ba ifl er.
Mi
S8 ifl ntrf)t eben etwa^ @ettene, ba (giner feine (5b,re fftr ein
(Sbrenjeidjen berfauft.
506 APPENDIX.
3um (Stftetbcn eineS @lud3 gefyott ftleife unb ebulb unb gut
(Stljaltung beffelben geljb'tt 2ftafcigung unb $otftd)t. i'angfam unb
Sdjritt t>ot <3d)titt ftetgt man etne Sreppe fyinauf. Slber in einent
^ugcnbtirf fallt man Ijinab unb bringt SBunben unb <d)iuet$en genng
wit auf bie (Stbe.
3.
ele^rfamfett tft em grower (S^Iuffelbunb, bet aber nod) tange nirfjt
aide rfjtoffet auffdjUefet. ^ut ba ente tft bet 2)tettid), bet fiit
atle pat.
SBoIfj.
t 55tet Serfjet bott ?ebenfteuben ftnb bem 2)?enfd)en befttmmt, bie iljm
bte 9Jatut langfam nad^ einanbet tetd)t: einet fiit bie ^inbljeit, einer
fiit bie ^naben^eit, einet fiit ba piingling^attet unb einet fiit ba
?ebcn beg Cannes. -3n iebem ift bie 2Jiifd)ung auf ben inn unb bie
$ta'fte bet 2Jienfrf)en betedjnet. 9?ut hjenn bet eine tangfam au^gcttun*
len ift, fann bet folgenbe oljne 9iad)t^eit unb mit efdjmad genoffen
toetben.
3o^. Cubic. Qicalb.
(S3 gtbt ^rtjetettet 5(tten tion 8*eunbfrf)aft. !J)ie einc iji Don <Staub
auf <2d)mettetlingfliigetn; bie 2Kenfd)engeftd)tet ftnb gleid)fam nut
bamit ge^ubett. 2)ie anbete ttagt bie ftifdje ftatbe einet ^ctbftlidjen
^tudjt, beujeift imuenbicje 9teife unb <Suigfeit unb etquicft ben
utftigen. 2Renfd)en, bte imntet ladjetn, aud) hjenn man fie aufwa'tts
flteidjelt, fpldje 9)ienfd)en tyaben bie ^teunbfd)aft nut gepad)tet; fte ift
nid)t tb,t @igentl)um. 2lu8 cinem ^|3ad)tgute gteb/t man fo biel S'Ju^en
mb'gtid), unb nut bet (Sigentfyiimet metnt eS eb,tlid) mit feinera
olnte eben tmmet auf S5ott^eit babct gu fe^en.
APPENDIX. 507
on , toon
/)
y.
/ /
*y ^wf(X,-y*t
j/
^#**&&&-#**it
//
*7*'j
/
a
P P> /? /
*', ^t/vt.?*/ ^*f
/ y
- **# -m
# y
.y -y
C)! *****& ^f****f- '2-4'/4'#*#-
/y
'/" $
'*' *4/iW
/
5Da 9?ei(^ bet fatten" ((pater ,,3)it 3beale unb bad Stbtn" u6eife^rt'6en).
508 APPENDIX.'
<J JL***-
y y >// /? &/? s
<i*-> ?V- s*7<t- srfrO ^/**4f~*f ^4&&f*
/ / </ /
&*./,**/ ffl***- /* //*<** ## ^***z/?
/ / **/" /
<
/
..
*^ ^#*f*
stS-Ct-jCf s#*'*f C / **&-*4f1*-#s s<fr-O &*4f *****& ^'tf'
s~ &.
s &**# ^&*
/
.y /y y
& ^****4& <tL4
#
/ y? -
*f. s^/t&fi/ *<**
/
yy /
'fr?-&**tA
/
<x<x-4*w &c
s*xw W/ZiiHn^HW
APPENDIX.
509
& ^**^
/
& . # /
iw&ff s*t? stX''fr
y
/ a?- .
-t f~**t*-
$,.
^&**t
/'/y /?? y
-C-O y&Z-tm'&
^O/**
y
&#
p^-b s*'/ *z*xy-*'fiJ . stStt-fis ^&*#^ ~&l**t+
@ 7 / 7 ' / /
510 APPENDIX.
(}!-&*& s*'*f s-nf*'**# f-v
s*fe ^**o-ff ^*f**f-& *^i**#***&. /dw-
/ <s </ y
ltX^Hf**^ s^Hflftf^* ^*f ^0*1
</
1
/
*f ^&/**f
&&44ir&?'-&'s **%f-# -tl***f4< ^&4wfei^'irf#*t
*f #*& ^t&*
<7 /
s&t>ves&&#' ^/-cx^v^- ^*f*' f*f**##**f ^* l 4
APPENDIX.
2S. *>on
an $rau toon SSoljogen.
a.
fx-^f^-
/
yy
^W^##^
*A
//
#4<#
/
/
t/ll
/
y&
/*-( fa-Cm' ,*>&**'
s^W'C-'ClffV**********-
s& s*m-&-
512 APPENDIX.
**x-mf-
s*$4X>**<f
/?J&-*f c^-tX^-W-V
/
y *
^fiXs-e**
y y -.// yy-y /
&&#-&/( sf-74-j **<&' s**f
/ / 7 /</ </
/. sy/ a tf: /.
' 4*#^ t^/f#t*f , *rfS<v &s/t^ 441*^
/
APPENDIX. 513
.//>. y . / yf x .
f'6f*f f ^tuy.-tlf s>/*Ji/ s**t>-*4- s*
/ 7
y. /
s f *.f
/?
**fmfit#*&'
y
^** ^7SM^<Mf*
fff <ft-*ffrrfel!f^s eprtfy-IW-tffr**' ^f<Xs&*fs sdc*' '**f
-x
*<<i' st&*nr ***&&
/
/
> s**f&4(-***' s******' ,Z'-<X'
? //
-c&t^&
'*f ?**?#
</ /</
5U
/Y/ (7?. 0. ^ Q? A
^tynt*?-**' c.^/fx'-tf >2^< L )C*'-*^**'' x'2'^x* jfy-'it-tt*'
p & p ffv & y
^M^*^^. xta-*##*#y^y^ij.
oetlje an 6^iIIer.
yy <?y o? - y -y
^ &^c-ep#*f t-^-fn 1 *^ ^&^#*-#p4(^ s**t*v-
// <7 /
a? yy -X & ^
A)stX^^1f^ ^rf f^HKfO
y y/ yf y^ y y
4*1*^ fr&Vyi' **&<> fr-&* 1
tx C ^ y^ . . yf^ . >^
' "I/
^4/tXs#^ facsfe f-tXstflf**'
V
t*f1f ^tX4f&****tS*f , f-0- 'l-CX'-O s**f ft*
~ y
^e*-*t**<x^t' : **w-
c,
^CXsV-M<# s*X-***f ^&<X^ &*>***/ ^*f ******
y/ * / y- ^ y
l & ^*****/ ^<X.#&tWt/1*&V. ^
//
**O s^xdfcj- *****'* fllMf**
APPENDIX. 515
*
^2-*f /
/
</
# (/slnfy*t-#. <J&/*-&#*#' &*
</
/
tSi*
/
- y
ttvfr
oetlje an
't &V****f*-& ^-CK^O ^#4<0s *,&'*
51C APPENDIX.
'^f******' 4*fe~**<' ^&*
^ / s*V4t**t^ s*****f*KX'*f*&& f<X. <
*> y
*t***44j!. . 4-acstt
/ / /
ff*f-& s***tt/ sHf-#&a--cxsfr4--.
0* y
**^ ct**f s**&*f s****^
sU-t#*fflt-*****' W/t&****f &**>& fffflf
?>
stffjf^
s&O 4td' stX&i>0 *****& ^**f*4S
/ /
v/
-> ,**&****' s**>*# s****4f- S&* 1 ?*- ^*
y ^
?-****/.
/
f*f'& /tX'-&**'s ^i/tt-/
yX- " fl /p y y / fly /* .%*
*******', <* ^**#f ^**f ***- ***p ^*
/y
^y^
APPENDIX.
517
*-tV<#*f
</
/
&*?
Q>
t/
y/
--Cl/ ^
o, yy a /?
4^. ,*****/ '6-*-i>***/4i(#<)
/
CD .y
-4**'&
(7
513 APPENDIX.
";/?</ $*" ' S J5? " P
^/stM*- ;r/^22*
7/0 '"*# </
</
Don C^tHcr mt btc ^rtnjcfftn Caroline
fiouifc Don @ad)fcn9Bctmor.
0%&f*f* sJ#**' %ja.
/y " & ^y -/^ j/>
Cd-**~e&*&'*xfe*' s_Jf*** i fe**&'
./ j. ^^/-^y
/
/ " 6h/2" ft v ft
s*f&#-& **-^#*f4t*f^ i/A>fif*1l/ l --tW *<t**44/
^#*Z***>' J^^- ^ ***J/***' s****Z$ ^/
^L# **v^*>v, t**y *+y
y ^ .s
y /* /
t/ <*f ^****1/
vitt**-&'Z*t**' ^vw r& s*>*#- Cd-vwd ^*+*tr
APPENDIX.
519
/ - y
.4'***&?-
-l?
-^^^ ^<X^*tV
^r^?5^-
9
t /
X^?-
/
P /? P//' /&/ P
s&'W'-O ^f**4'^*V-rt^ .Zfa'tt***'
S / //
c =&-* l *f*fs
/
'i't^.
&&&**'&
U
^ yf y- y
. s&<X'?<S 4tf
/ / </
-t-ffrvif otc'****',
&&
<? /
521
GEBMAN-ENGLISH YOCABULARY.
ABBREVIATIONS.
a. adjective.
ado. adverb.
art. article.
comp. comparative.
conj. conjunction.
f. feminine noun.
Jam. familiarly.
Jig. figurative.
(&) auxiliary, ^ateti
i<l. itliomatical.
imp. impersonaL
int. interjection.
intr. intransitive.
irr. irregular.
m. masculine noon.
n. neuter noun.
p. participle.
pp. past participle.
pi. pluraL
poss. possessive.
prep, preposition.
pron. pronoun.
refl. reflexive.
reg. regular.
s. substantive,
(f) auxiliary, fetn.
tr. transitive,
v. verb.
N.B. ( ) Figures in parentheses refer to pages.
( ) !j in parentheses indicates that the verb takes fjafeen as its auxiliary. In
the same way f indicates that it takes fetn.
[ ] Figures in brackets preceding certain definitions refer to pages where
the words appear with those special meanings.
* An asterisk after a compound verb indicates that the prefix is separable.
For the conjugation of compound irregular verbs, see the simple verbs in
the list, p. 308.
The termination of the genitive singular is given before that of the nomi-
native plural. When the plural is not given, it is like the singular, or else
does not occur.
( ) Letters placed in parentheses show that there arc two forms in use.
In case no endings are given under a compound noun, see the noun which
conies last in the compound.
Only those meanings are given which occur in this book.
In the alphabetical arrangement, a, 2le, etc., are placed immediately after
Or etc. , and ft is treated as if it were ff.
522
GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY.
2lal, m. -e8, -e. eel.
$la, n. -ee, flfet. carrion ;
carcass.
ab, adv. off, down.
abbrcd)en,* v. irr. break
oft'.
abbrtnncn,* v. irr. burn
down.
Slbcnt 1 , in. -s, -e. evening.
-Jll'cnt'cfH 1 !!, n. -8. supper.
9lbcnt>rotb, n. evening
red,
aber, conj. (269, Notes.)
but.
2(berg(anbc, m. -en8, -n.
superstition.
abfiil)ren,* v. carry off.
abgeted)net, pp. except ;
with the exception of.
fibgcfel)en,/>p. -con, apart
from.
31bgrunt>, m. -e8, -unbe.
abyss.
abbaltcn,* v. irr. keep
off.
2lbf)anMung, f. t pi. -en.
essay.
abbangen,* v. irr. de-
pend.
abt)autn,*v. irr. cut off.
ablegcn,* v. lay off.
ablebnen,* v. decline.
ableiten,* v. lead off.
abmeffen,* v. irr. meas-
ure ; survey.
ubiicliiiiti!,- v. irr. take
off ; grow less.
abratben,* v. irr. dis-
suade.
abred>nen,* v. deduct.
abreifen,* v. (f) depart ;
set out.
2Jbfd)icb, m. -(e)8, -e. de-
parture ; nebmon, take
leave.
abfdjneiben,* v. irr. cut
off.
Slbfdwitt, m. -(e)8, e. pe-
riod ; section.
abfdjreiben,* v. copy.
abfegeln,* v. (f) (set) sail.
2lbfid)t, /., pi. -en. pur-
pose.
abftnninicn,* v. (f) de-
scend ; be derived,
abfJeigen,* v. irr. (f)
alight.
Slbtei,/ 1 . pi. -en. abbey.
2lbtbeilung,/.,/>Z. -en. di-
visiou.
obtragen,* v. irr. carry
(off) ; wear out.
abtrcten,* v. irr. resign;
yield.
abitu'idKii,* v. irr. (f) de-
viate ; differ.
abmeifcn,* v. irr. refuse.
ilbuH-H'ii licit,/, absence.
abjicljcn,* v. irr. (\)
march off.
3tb^ug, rn. -e8, -juge. re-
treat.
2ld)fe, see r.
2ld)fl,/., jo^.-n. shoulder.
iu1)t, num. eight.
2ld)t,/ attention; care;
in tie - cr flare n, outlaw ;
ge&en @ie -, take care.
tu1n, adj. real ; true.
2ld)tel, n. -8. (134/5)
eighth.
<id)ten, v. (130, 1) esteem.
2Id)tting, /. esteem ; re-
spect.
iidit^chn, num. eighteen.
ad)t^ig, num. eighty.
cid))ett, v. groan.
abelig, a. noble.
>elige,m. (108, c).noble-
man,
^ber,/.,p?. -n. vein.
SIMcr, m. -8. eagle.
. -8. Adolphus.
, m. -en, -en. law-
yer.
9lffe, m. -n, -n. ape.
nhnct!, /'. have a presenti-
ment of.
iilnilid), a. like.
3(bming, /., /)Z. -en. pre-
sentiment.
^ftre,/., pi. -en. ear.
oil, (-er, e, e8). a. (see in-
dex) all ; every ; every-
thing ; -e8 was, what-
ever.
alletn, a. alone ; adv.
only ; cow;. (269, Note
2) but.
91 IInuid)t, /I omnipotence.
tillinad)tig, a. almighty.
2Umofcn, n. -8. alms.
Sllpe,/., pi.-n. alp ; Alps.
oW, con;, (see index) as ;
such as ; when ; than ;
but; -reenn, -ob. (354,
Note3)asif ; as though.
n (f i), adv. thus ; so ; con-
sequently ; therefore.
nit, x. old ; of age.
Wtr, m. (108, <). old man.
2llter, n. -8. age ; old
age.
am = an bem.
2lmalie,/. Amelia.
^Imcritaner, m. -8. Am-
erican.
Finnic, /., pi. -n. wet-
nurse.
fflmt, n. -8. aemwr. office.
ilnttiuaim, m. -8, -leute.
bailiff; sheriff.
an, prep. (285, 4) on ; at;
in ; near ; to.
aitbeten,* v . adore ; wor-
ship.
anbieten,* v. irr. offer.
anbint'eii,* v. irr. bind ;
tie.
anbredjen,* v. irr. (f)
break ; begin.
Slnbrud), m. -(e)8, -U(^e.
break.
SlntYiifcn, n. remem-
brance.
anber, a. other.
dnbcrn, (also reft.) v.
change.
anberg, adv. otherwise.
anbcrdroo, adv. else-
where.
aiiN-i-thalb, a. (124, 5)
one and a half.
Sliierbictcn, n. -8. offer.
anerjogcn, pp. imparted
by *edu cation.
Sliifiing, )//. -8, -dnge. be-
ginning.
aiifangcn,* v. irr. begin.
<mfang, adv. at first.
anfiitjren,* v. conduct 1 ,
deceive.
3Infufircr, m. -8. leader.
nngaffcn,* v. gape at.
angeben,* v. irr. men-
tion.
angebcren, a. innate.
angtl)tn,*v. irr. concern.
Vngel, /. pi. -n. fish-
hook ; rod, line and
hook.
cmqcncbm, agreeable.
augrfdiivullcii, a. swollen.
iiiiiu'fdioii, a. honorable ;
of rank.
angeflrengt, adv. in-
tensely.
angrcifen,* v. irr. attack.
Slngft,/, pi. Wengfle. anx-
iety ; fright
GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY.
523
, a. anxious.
anbalten,* v, irr. con-
tinue.
ilnbang, in. -((), -dnge.
appendage ; party.
2lnbangltd)feit,/. -en. at-
tachment.
"JlMHagc,/. , pi. -n. accu-
sation.
anflageti,* v. accuse.
ant leitcn,* v. dress.
ant oinmcn,* v . irr. (f) ar-
rive.
anf*itifc(ig)en,* v. an-
nounce.
Sfnhmft,/. arrival.
anlud)cn,* v. smile upon.
anlangen,* v. (f) arrive.
^litliilf, m. -fjeS, -d{fe. oc-
casion.
anfcgtn,* v. aim.
anmibcn,* annafytrn,* v.
(also reflex.) approach.
anncbmen,* v. irr. take ;
accept; fidj -, (with
gen. ) to take care of.
mionnm, a. anonymous.
anratbcn,* v. irr. recom-
mend.
Snrcbe, /., pi. -n. ad-
dress.
onrcbcn,* v. address.
anrenncn,* v. irr. (f) run
against.
onndjten,* v. cause ; do.
Slnruf, m. -(e)3, -e. call.
and = an baS.
anfamntdn,* v. collect.
anfd)affen,* v. procure ;
buy.
anfd)aucn,* v. look at.
%tnfd)<namg, /., pi. -en.
contemplation.
?lnfd>ein, 7/i.-(c)8. appear-
ance ; likelihood.
aiifd)licfjcn,* v. irr. ft$ -,
join.
tlufid)t,/.,p?. -en. opinion.
anfpanncn,* v. put to;
harness up.
anfpred)cn,*f . irr. please.
3Infprud), m. -(e)8, -ud)e.
claim ; in - ncbmcn,
claim.
aiiflatt, prep. (284, 3) in-
stead of ; conj. - bay,
instead of.
anfleben,* v. irr. suit.
anftofjen,* v. strike ;
push ; hurt.
anflretd)cn,* v. irr. paint ;
mark.
anftrengcn,* v. strain ;
exert.
2lnftrcngung, pi. -en, ef-
fort.
5ltitfml, m. -, -e. share.
ontljun,* t 1 . irr. put on ;
do.
antreffcn,* v. irr. meet
(with).
antreten,* v. begin ; enter
upon.
2lntroprt, f., pi. -en. an-
swer.
ianertrmm,* v. confide.
ann)CH^ln,"" v. reg. & irr.
employ.
antigen,* v. inform ; in-
dicate.
an\icl)tn,v. irr. attract;
dress.
2lpfd, in. -%, Stepfel, apple.
3ipfclbaum,m. apple-tree.
ilpril, in. -8. April.
Slrabcr, m. -cS. Arab.
$lrbeit, /., pi. -en. work.
arbciten, v. (131) work.
2lrbcitcr,;?i.-e6. workman.
JJrrttpfhii, tn. -6. euspi-
cion.
arm, a. poor.
?lrnie, m. (108, e). poor
man.
5lrmfcligfcit, /., pi. -en.
poorness.
$lrnuitb,/. poverty.
Jlrva.u'iiii-ii, n. Arragon.
3lrt, _/!, pi. -en. species;
kind.
arttfl, a. polite ; good.
Slrjnri,/., pi. -en. medi-
cine.
3lrit, m. -e8, Slerste. phy-
sician.
2lfd)c,/ ashes.
2lficn, 'n. -8. Asia.
21 ft, in. -e, Slefic. branch.
. -eS. breath.
, atbenifd), a.
Athenian.
titbmen, v. breathe.
llthlft, in. -en, -en. ath-
lete.
aud), conj. also ; too ;
even ; - no<$, still.
JIiic,/., pi. -n. meadow.
ouf, adv. (58) in ; up ;
jn-rp. (L'S5. 4) on ; - tin-
inal, at once.
; aufbringen,* v. irr. irri-
tate.
setting out; decamp-
ment.
cufr i-ucfcn,*v. press upon.
,/.,^)Z.-n. theme.
,*^. irr. give up.
,* v. irr. (f) come
up ; rise.
aufgeflcirt,* a. enlighten-
ed.
auffjaltctt,* v. irr. delay ;
hinder.
aufbcbcn,* v. irr. raise ;
lift (up) ; take up.
anfbiJrcn,* v. cease ; leave
off.
auflubcrn,* v. (f) blaze up.
aufmcrffiim, a. attentive.
3lufmerffamfdt, /., pi.
-en. attention.
oufiiebmcii,* v. take up ;
receive.
aufopfcm,* v. sacrifice.
aufrnfircn,* v. fid> -/ get
up quickly.
aufrcd)t, a. upright ;
erect.
aufrcibcn,* v. irr. de-
stroy.
aufrid)tig, a. sincere.
outs. = auf baS.
anffd)liegen,* v. irr. un-
lock.
2luffebcr, m. -8. overseer.
atifftcbcn, v. irr. rise.
aufftclfcn,* v. set up.
nuftbiirnien,* v. pile up.
2luftuig, m. -(e)8, -oge.
commission ; order.
auftarten,*y. wait(upon).
auf 'm artd ,adv. upward(s).
nufjebren,* v. consume.
*21ugc, n. -8, -n. eye.
lliuicnblicf, tn. moment.
iiii.(cubiirflid), adv. in-
stantly.
3(ugcnli(e)b, n. -(e)8, -e
and -er. eyelid.
aud, adv. out ; prep. (283,
2) out of ; through.
auebittcn," v . irr. (fie^ et^
rcaS) request..
aubleiben,* v. irr. (f)
stay out ; delay.
audbvcd)en,* v. irr. break
out.
Sluebnirf, m. -(e)S, -fiift.
expression.
524
GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY.
v. pump
(flg.)-
Slusfubr, _/,, pi. -en. ex-
port.
nudfiibrett,* v. execute;
carry out.
'Mtidga'ng, m. -(e)8, -ange.
issue.
au$iicbeii,*v. irr. expend;
spend money.
mu jebcn,*v. irr. go out;
give out.
audjjiefjcn,* v. irr. pour
(oat).
auSbaJtcn,* v. irr. hold
(out).
attSFIeibcn,* v. undress.
"JliiMiiuJ'er, m. -8. for-
eigner.
audlaufcn,* v. irr. put to
sea.
aueili>fd)eti,* v. put out.
auSncbmeit,* v. except.
Sliisruf, m. -(e)8, -e. cry.
atidrufcn,* v. irr. ex-
claim.
SliiiM-iir'nrni, f., pi. -en.
exclamation. .
SluSrufuii.jeroort, n. ex-
clamation.
audrubctt,* v. repose.
audfd)icfen,* v. send
(o it).
miiMiltlii-pcii,* v. irr. shut
oat.
audfebcn,* v. irr. look ;
appear.
aiifi.-i-balti, adv. on the
outside ; prep. (284, 3)
without ; out of.
aieugere, (a.) n. (108, c).
exterior.
Slcugerung, /. -en. mani-
festation.
rtiiftcrft, a. utmost; adv.
extremely.
andfe^en,* v. expose.
au8fpred)en,* v. irr. pro-
nounce.
Sludfpmd), m. -e8, -ftdjc.
judgment; verdict.
Sluftralicit, n. -8. Aus-
tralia.
4u8ftreidKn,* v. irr.
strike out.
fludubung, f. practice ;
execution.
<rusnJil)len,* v. choose.
MiMU'itttcvn,* v. (f) emi-
grate.
4, adv. outward.
<m*n>eid)ett,* v. irr. (f)
avoid, evade.
iiusiDcnbig, adv. by heart;
outside.
aii*icid)iieji,* v. distin-
guish.
: 2lu$}eid)ttuna.,/., pi. -en.
distinction.
auejicben,* v. irr. un-
dress.
21 re, (Jtdjfe) /. -n. axle.
-Jlrt, f.,pl. 2Ujte ; axe.
baar, a. in cash.
Sad), m. -e8, 93d$e. brook.
Sacblcin, n. -8. little
brook.
bacfen, v. irr. bake.
Sacter, m. -8. baker.
93ab, n. -e8, 23dber. bath ;
watering-place.
baben, v. (130, 1) bathe.
Snbcii, n. -8. bathing.
bubifd), a. belonging to
Baden.
33abn, /, pi. -en. way;
road.
Jiii h lib of, TO. station.
33nicr, TO. -8 & -n, -n. Ba-
varian.
33 me rn, n. -8. Bavaria.
bate, adv. soon ; shortly.
33albe,/. In (bet) -, soon.
33alfcn, m. -n8. beam.
Sail, w. -e8, 33atte. ball.
SSaHabc,,/"., />Z. -n. ballad.
SaHcn, m. -8, bale.
Sanb, 71. (51, 12) -e8, -e.
bond ; tie ; n. -e8, S3ans
ber. ribbon ; m. -e8,
83anbe. volume.
bangc, a. anxious.
I 35anf, /'., pi 23anfe. bench.
33ar, m. -en, -en. bear.
barmberfi;;, a. merciful.
f&avmfycriitfleit, f. mercy.
Sart, TO. -e8, drte. beard.
Safe, ./'., pi. -n. cousin.
bauen, v. build ; depend
upon.
93auer, TO. -n, & -8, -n. pea-
sant; TO. & w. -8. cage.
bii uf a I! hi, a. out of repair.
Saum,m. (31) -e8, SBdume.
' tree.
3Baunutoollt,f. cotton.
ba'unten, fid), v. rrjl. rear.
Sntjcrn, n. -8. Bavaria.
bcbaucn, v. cultivate.
, m. -8. cup ; goblet.
iH'rfci?, H. -8. basin.
bebedVii, v. (''?2) cover.
bftYiifcu, v. irr. consider;
care for ; f^ -> hesitate.
bctcuteu, v. signify ;
mean.
bebicnen, /<. [id) -, make
Use of.
33et>iente, m. -n, -n. ser-
vant.
JVbiniiuiti}, /., pi. -en.
condition.
bclrohcii, v. threaten.
bcbiirtcii, v. ($) need ;
want ; require,
Scbiirfiuft, n. -ffeS, -ffe.
need ; want.
beeilcn, v. fid), hasten.
33cfd)(, m. -(e)8, -e. com-
mand ; order.
lu'fdilcn, v. irr. com-
mand ; order.
beftnben, v. irr. find ; fidj
-, to be ; rcie - ie ftd) t
how do you do?
bcflerfcn, v. stain.
bcfU-ifien, v. irr. 6eftei^i
gen, v. reg. p^ -/ reft.
apply (one's) self ;
study.
bcfUfFett, pp. intent.
33efliffenl)eft,/ assiduity.
befolgen, v. follow ; obey.
befragen, v. consult.
befreien, v. free; deliver.
bcfricbigcn, v. satisfy.
bi-fiiblcH, v. feel of ;
touch.
bcijcbcn, ftrf), v. reft. irr.
go ; betake one's self.
iviielu'itbeit, /., pi. -en.
event.
bct)C()iien, v. (\ & 1)) meet.
bciji' hut, v. irr. commit.
bi-iicbi-cn, v. desire; re-
quest.
bc^eiftcrn, v. inspire.
Begfer^e,/., 2.-n. desire.
bet)ic@ctt, v. irr. water.
^H-iiiiui, m. -e8. beginning.
bcginnen, ''. begin.
bc^lcitctt, v. accompany ;
attend.
SSegleiter, m. -8. compan-
ion.
bcgliirfcn, v. make happy.
begrabcit, w. irr. bury.
.iji, n. -fje8, -fj,
funeral,
GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY.
525
begrdu'tt, v. irr. compre-
ht.-n,!.
33i % griff, m. -e3, e. idea ;
im - jit, about to.
biv,rimCcii, i: found.
bcgunftigcn, v. favor.
bebaltcn, z;. */. retain;
keep.
bdmiit'cln, /;. treat.
bdKitigcn, v. hang (with).
bebarren, v. persevere.
bdnuTlid), a. persevering.
ivluuTluiitdt, f. per-
severance.
bebtuiptcit, v. maintain ;
hold ; assert.
bciici n"d>cn, v. govern.
Seberrfdjuttg,./! rule.
!Bef)crrfd)cr, //*. -. ruler.
bei, prep. (383, 2; 376)
by ; near ; at.
bttbe, a. (75, 3, 4; 312,
IS) pi. -n. both ; the
two.
beifvigen,* v. add.
bdgcfd)afft, pp. buried.
Scil, n. -e3, -e. hatchet.
bdlcgcit,* a. inclose.
bciin = bet bent.
Skin, 11. -e8, -e. leg.
bcimibc, adv. nearly ; al-
most.
Seinflciber, pi. panta-
loons; trousers.
beipflid)ten,* v. assent.
beifamnicn, adv. together.
33dfv>td, n. -(e)8, -e. ex-
ample.
beifjni, v. irr. bite.
Sdftanl 1 , m. -e. assist-
ance.
bdfU'bcn,* v. stand by ;
assist ; help.
bdftinHncii,*y. agree with
(one).
SPcitnig, M. -eS, -dije. con-
tribution.
bejnlirt, . ageil.
bcfaiiiit, a. known ; ac-
qnointed.
93cFiitituiiaft, f., pi. -en.
acquaintance.
3?efcnntm8, n. -fieS, {)c.
confession.
bf (agcn, v. lament ; ft<^ -,
complain.
bcflcmnien, v. press ; op-
plT'SS.
befoiumen, v . irr. get ; (f)
agree.
bdoben, v. irr. load.
bcKi|~n : ;cn, v. trouble.
bclamcii, v. in: walk
over ; amount.
bdebrcn, v. instruct.
bi-Iciiri-iif, a. instructive.
bdeitugctt, v. oflfend.
iV-lcitiginig, /.. pi. -en.
offence ; insult.
Selgicn, n. -8. Belgium.
bdobtten, v. reward.
^dPbnung, /., pi. -en.
recompense.
bciiuulmgci!, ft(^, v. refl.
seize ; take possession
of.
bemcrfen, v. perceive; ob-
serve.
bcmitlcifcii, v. pity.
bcntiiben, v. trouble ; |ic^
-, take pains ; fi<^ - urn,
labor (at).
bcnad)i-id)tigcn, v. inform.
bencbmcn, v. in: fidj -,
rcjl. behave ; act.
beiieiE'cit, v. envy.
beobad)tcn, v. observe ;
keep.
bequcnt, a. comfortable.
bernubcii, v. rob.
beraiifciKii, v . intoxicate.
i bercd)ttcn, v. calculate.
bercbcn, v. persuade.
berett, a. eloquent.
bcrcif,". ready; prepared.
berettcn, v. prepare.
bcreitd, adv. already.
Scrcituug, /. prepara-
tion.
bercticn, v . repent.
23erg, m. -eS, -e. moun-
tain ; hill.
bcrgcn, v. irr. hide.
bergig, a. mountainous.
berftcn, v. irr. (f) burst.
35ernf, m. -ei, -e. profes-
sion.
beritfcn, r. irr. call ; ap-
point.
bcriibmt, a. celebrated.
bcriibrcn, v. touch.
Scriibrung, f., pi. -en.
contact.
33cfa$ung,/., pi. -en. gar-
rison.
bcfd)affcn, a. constituted.
bcfd)citnen, v. make
ashamed.
bcfdjatttn, v. shade.
befdjaucn, v. look at.
5?efd)auung, /. contem-
plation.
93efd)eit>, m. -e8, -e. infor-
mation.
bcKbdbcn, v. irr. decree ;
allot.
befd>cibcn, a. modest.
bcfd)cnfcn, v. present
w.tii ; reward.
bcfd)it*gen, v. fire upon.
befd)impfcn, v. insult.
bcfd)irmen, v. shelter.
bcfd)[icficii, v. conclude ;
resolve.
befd)inu$en, v. soil.
bcfd)6nigcn, v. palliate.
bcfd)rctbcn, v. irr. de-
scribe.
befd)n>crcn, v. load.
bcfd)rocrlid), a. trouble-
some.
bcfdwtngt, pp. winged.
befd>n>6rcn, v. irr. swear
to.
93cfcn, m. -8. broom.
bcfcecu, v. garrison,
bcfkgcn, v. conquer.
bcfinncu, fid), v. rejl. irr.
recollect ; consider.
93cfi$, m. -eS. possession.
bcffcen, v. in: possess.
bcfonbcrd, adv. separate-
ly ; particularly.
beforgen, v. attend to;
take care of.
33eforgnig,/>/. -fte. appre-
hension.
bcffcr, a. & adv. better.
bcffern, v. mend ; repair ;
ftdj -, become better.
bcftiin Nij, a. constant ;
incessant; continual.
bcftcirfcii, v. strengthen.
bcftdtigcn, v. conhrm.
bcffc, a. best.
bcftchcit, v. irr. endure ;
insist.
bcftcigcn, v. irr. ascend ;
mount.
beftcUcn, v. order.
befttmmcn, v. determine;
settle ; destine.
bcftimmt, a. positive.
iV ft mi lining, /. determi-
nation.
3vftiiuniuHgii>ivort, n. ar-
ticle.
bcftreitcn, v. irr. contest :
dispute.
iicfudj, >n. -e, -e. visit.
526
GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY.
befud)cn, v. visit ; call
upon.
beten, v. pray.
bi'tik'iicni, v. assert.
bmaduen, c luok at ; ex-
auiiuu.
95etrad)tung, /., pi. -en.
contamplation.
bctr.ad)tlid), a. consider-
able.
betragcn, v. irr. amount
to ; fid) / behave.
SBctragrn, n. -8. behavior.
bctreffen, v. irr. concern.
83etricger, SBetruger, m. -8,
deceiver ; impostor.
bcmnfcn, ftdj, v. reft. irr.
get drunk.
bttroflren, pp. struck ;
perplexed.
betntbcn, v. grieve.
bctriibt, a. sad.
betriigen, v. cheat.
93ett, n. -c8, -en. bed.
bf ttclii, v. b3g.
ettlcr, in. -8. beggar.
bcurtfocilen, fl. judge ;
criticise.
33eutc,/., ^Z. -n. spoil.
23eutcl, m. -8. purse.
&cuo(fcritng, /., pi. -tn.
population.
beoor, conj. before.
beoorfUhcn, v. irr. im-
pend.
bftoiibmi, v. keep.
benuil)reit, w. prove.
bcroegcn, v. irr. move;
induce.
croegung, f.,pl. -en. im-
pulse.
erode, m. -e8, -t. proof.
beroctfen, v. irr. prove.
bcuu-rbcii, ft$, v. reft. irr.
(urn) seek.
betooliiicii, v. inhabit.
95<Mul)iicr, m. -8. inhabi-
tant.
benmtrtern, v. (131, 3) ad-
mire.
bcnmnbcrndnnirbfg, a. ad-
mirable.
berouflt, a. conscious.
Sttmifttfein, n. -8. con-
sciousness.
br*iif)lcn, v. pay.
$<*ab(ung, /., pi. -n.
payment.
bcjciiqcn, v. testify.
bjnwtjjcn, y. irr. conquer.
I biegen, v. irr. bend.
biegfom, a. pliant.
Siene,/., pi. -n. bee.
i^ier, w. -e3, -e. beer.
bictcn, t;. irr. offer.
33tlb, n. -e8, -et. image ;
picture.
bitten, v. form.
BiQtt t n.-9,-t. note; ticket
bidigen, v. approve.
,/:, pi. -n. bandage.
n. conjunc-
tion.
binten, v. irr. bind ; tie.
33imbaum, m. pear-tree.
95irne,/ pi. -n. pear.
Sirfd),/, pi. -en. hunt.
bid, ad?>. t-ojy. auf, with-
in ; fci^^cr, till now ; fctg
taf;in, till then ; fci$ tcifi,
till ; until ; 6i jefct, till
now.
93ifd)of, m. -eg, -ofe. bish-
op.
Sigdjcn, n. -S. a little.
99ifteit, in. -8. morseL
bierocilcn, odv some-
times.
5^ittc,/,p?. -n. request.
bitten, v. irr. ask ; beg ;
pray.
93ittentt, p., (108, c). beg-
gar.
blciKit, v. irr. blow.
b(af|, a. pale.
Slatt, n. -e, SBIattet. leaf.
bKittern, v. turn over the
leaves.
blau, a. blue.
SBIci, n. -e8. lead.
blcibcn, ?. irr. (f) remain;
stay ; - b i (ettoaS), per-
sist in.
b(eid), a. pale.
Sleiflift, m. -(), -e.
(lead) pencil.
Slid*, TO. -e8, -e. look.
blirfen, v. look.
blint, a. blind.
blind man.
33Ii(j, m. -c8, -e. flash;
lightning.
b(:i;cn, n. lighten.
&Ii$edfd)ne(le, /. quick-
ness of lightning.
blofl, a. bare.
bh'il)cn,?;.bloom; flourish.
^linndxn, n. -8. little
liowtr.
9?(ume,/., pi. -n. flower.
Slumcnf rntii, in. garland.
93lut, n. -eg. blood.
bliiti-ii, v. bleed.
SBlutbe, /., pi. -n. blos-
som ; flower.
93Iutbenfd)immer, m. -8.
splendor of blossom.
blutig, a. bloody.
33obcn, TO. -8, U?Bten.
ground ; soil ; garret ;
floor.
23ogcn, TO. -8. bow; sheet
(of paper).
^obnierroolt, TO. Bohemi-
an forest.
93oot, n. -e8, -e and SB6t.
boat.
936 rfe,/., pi. -n. purse.
bofr, a. bad ; evil ; bag
SBefe, evil
boebaft, a. wicked.
93ote, TO. -n, n. messen-
ger.
35ranb, TO. -e8, SBrdnbe.
fire.
93rannin>etn, TO. -e8, -.
brandy.
braten, v. irr. roast.
33ratcn, m. -8. roast meat.
braud)ctt, v. use; want;
need.
braun, a. brown.
brduncn, v . brown.
braufcn, v. roar.
93raut, /., pi. S3raute,
bride, fiancee.
Srdutigam, m. -8, -e.
bridegroom, fiance'.
brao, a. brave ; honest ;
good.
brcdKti, v . irr. break.
rei, TO. -e8, e. pap.
brcit, a. broad ; large ;
wide.
brcmten, v. irr. burn.
33rief, m. -e8, -e. letter.
33ricfd)en, n. -8. note.
SBrieftafdK, /. pocket-
book (for letters, etc.).
33riefn>cd)fel, TO. corre-
spondence.
33rif(e, /., pi -n. specta-
cles.
bringen, v. irr. bring;
take.
rob, n. -e8, -e. bread.
riirfe,/., pi. -n. bridge
rubr, tn. -I. ruteii
brother.
GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY.
52?
br:'iric!i, v. roar.
bnumncn, v. grumble.
33rui!iicn, tn. -3. foun-
tain ; well.
Sriiffel, n. -3. Brussels.
ruft, /'., pi. 2ku[te.
breast ; chest ; bosom.
Cube, m. -n, -n. boy.
ud), n. -e, 33u$cr. book;
quire.
93iid)l>inbcr, m. -8. book-
binder.
SJudjbrurfcrfunft, f. art
of printing.
93ud)Iidnblcr, m. -8. book-
seller.
SPuc!) ftabc, m. -n,-n . letter.
93ucf)t, /'.. pi. -en. bay.
bitofcM, fid), v. reft, bow ;
stoop.
Sitnb, m. -(c)3, -e and
unbe. league ; alliance.
93iiiit?nig, n. -ffe8, fie. al-
liance.
bunt, a. variegated ; gay.
9ttT$,f. t pi -en. castle.
Surfer, m. -9. citizen.
93tmjcrmeitler, in. mayor.
S8tifci), m. -e8, Sujdje.
bush ; thick'jt.
SSufcn, m. -8. bosom.
93utter,/. butter.
<anbibat, m. -en and -8, |
en. candidate.
ffiafnr, m. Caesar.
entner, m. -3. hundred-
weight.
ercmonie, /., pi. -en.
ceremony.
(Shanifter, m. -8, -ere.
character.
(51) or, i. -e3, (Jfyore. cho-
rus ; n. choir.
(Shrift, TO. -8. Christ; -en,
-en. Christian.
ignrre,/., ^Z. -n. cigar.
itrtntc,/., >Z. -n. lemon.
<6ln, rt. -8. Cologne.
Gonccrt, . -(e)3, e. con-
cert.
(Sonfiil, m. -8, -n. consul.
OHfTnc,/,7J/.-n. cousin.
(Suhiir, /., /> -en. cul-
ture.
tjpern, n. -8. Cyprus.
bo, (see Index) a<7t> . there ;
here ; conj. since ; as ;
then.
babei, adv. (147, 6) there ;
at it.
it. -(9, adjer. roof.
, m. -e8, S;d^{e.
badger.
baburd), adv. (147, 6)
thereby.
bafu'r, arfy. for that ; in-
stead (of it).
adv. in ex-
change ; conj. on the
other hand.
bafjer, adv. thence ; conj.
therefore.
adv. thither ;
there.
irj, a. of that time.
, adv. at that time.
,/., pi. -n. lady.
bamit, adv. with it or
them; co/y. (352, 1,
a.) that, in order to ;
-ntd)t, lest
&nmm, m. -e8, dmrae.
dam.
, m. -e8, ampfe,
Oiie ; steam.
$cinemarf, n. -8. Den-
mark.
bancbcn, adv. near it ;
aside.
bonicber, adv. down.
!$anf, m. -e8. thanks.
biinfbar, a. gratefuL
il>anfbar?eit,/. thankful-
ness ; gratitude.
!S)anFfagung, /. thanks-
giving.
t>anten,v. (390, II. ) thank;
be indebted to.
bann, adv. then.
baran, at it ; on it.
barauf, adv. thereon ;
upon that, it or them ;
after that.
baratiS, adv. thence.
biirin, adv. in it ; within.
barnad), adv. after it.
bnriiber, adv. over that.
barunt, adv. therefore.
bad, sec fccr.
bafe, (see Index) conj.
that ; but ; -ni*t, lest.
7>/. -n. date.
$atum, n. -8, "Data & 1)a=
ten. date.
Waiter,/, duration.
baticrn, v. last.
baoon, adv. thereof ; of
that
baoonlaufen, v. run away.
baor, adv. before it ;
that.
baju, a du. for it ; to it.
ba)n>ii'dKii, ado. between.
baiw>ifd)enlegen,* v. place
between.
December, m. -8. Decem-
ber.
JTede,/., pi. -n cover.
becfcn, v. cover.
^egcn, in. -8. sword.
bcin, -e, betn, pron. (see
Index) thy, your; of
thee, of you.
beiner, pron. gen. of bu,
of you; of tliee.
bcinige, (tct, btc, ba8) -n,
-n. pron. (153, 33(5)
thine; yours.
bcmnad), conj. according-
,/. humility.
bentiitiiig, n. humble.
benfen, v. irr. tliink.
way of thinking.
benn, conj. for ; than ;
adv. then.
ber, bie, bad, rel. pron.
(see Index) that ; who ;
art. (see Index) the.
bcrartig, a. of that
kind.
bereinfl, adv. in (the) fu-
ture ; once.
bren, gen. pi. and gen,
sing. fern, of ber, rel.
and demotistr. pron.
(152) of that person. o|
those persons ; whose.
berer, gen. pi. of ber, ~de-
monstr. pron. (l. r -2, 1)
of those persons.
ber-, bie-, bajcnigc,;)ron.
(152) -n, -n. he; she;
that.
ber-, bie-, badfcfbe, pron.
(see Index) the same;
he ; she ; it.
berglctdjen, (381, foot-
note 2) that sort of per-
son or thing.
be*, of the.
bedgleidxn, see bergleidjcn ;
nih'. likewise.
beffen, pron. gen. *ing.
of *cr, (152; 156; 146,
5) of that; of which,-
whose.
528
GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY.
p, adv. (116, 10) the ;
so much- -fcefier, so
much the better.
bcdwegcn, adv. therefore.
beutlid), a. distinct.
ten t t\1i, a. German.
Scutfcfac, m. & f. (1C8, c)
German.
&eutfd)fanb, n. Germany.
Xiantant, m -en and -(e)3,
-en. d.amond.
biomantcn, a. of diamond.
tidi, acms. of fcu, pron.
(144^ thee ; you.
Xid)ter, m. -8. poet.
sfiducrin, /., pi. -nen.
poetess.
$icbtfunfl, /. poetry.
birf, a. thick.
35ieffopf, m. blockhead.
tie, see ter.
Ticb, m. -e3, -e. thief.
fcieienigcn,/?J.^>ro. they;
those.
btcm-n, v. serve ; 6ei je-
manb -, to be in some
one's service.
$iener, m. -8. servant.
!t)icnf>, m. -e8, -e. service ;
duty.
XHcnftag, m. -(e)8. Tues-
day.
Sicnftfeblcr, neglect
of duty.
btefer, Heft, biefed or bied,
pron. (1<5,71, 151) tins.
*ing, n. (51, 12) -c8, -e.
thing ; matter.
fcingen, v. hire.
tointtff, pi. -en. ink.
Xintcnfuf), n. -e8, -foffer.
ink-stand.
bir, dat. of bu, pron. (to)
thee.
tod), odf. (see Index)
yet ; yes ; however.
Doctor, m. -8, -en. doc-
tor.
$o(d), m. -t8, -t. dagger.
tonne rn, v. thunder.
rn. -(e)8.
Thursday.
toppclt, a. double.
ifcorf, n. -e, 6rfer. vil-
lage.
$0rn, m. -e, -en <fe CD6t
ner. thorn.
tort, adv. there.
^rad>rae,/., pi. -n. drach-
m(a).
i 1 . press ; urge.
, ad~~. without.
brcbcii, u. (also rejl.) turn;
twist.
fcrei, a. three.
Streieef, n. -8, -e. tri-
angle.
breterlei, adv. (121, 8) of
three kinds.
fcrcifad), a. threefold.
brcinuil, adv. three times.
brcMcbn, thirteen.
breigig. a. thirty.
brcfdicn, v. irr. thrash.
bringcn, v. irr. (f) pene-
trate ; enter ; break.
britte, a. third.
bntt(c)halb, a. two and a
halt
iDrittel, n. -8. third.
brtttend, adv. thirdly.
broben, v. threaten.
^rurf, m. -e8, -e. oppres-
sion.
i^rueffebler, m. misprint.
iTrucffpftcn, pi. expenses
of printing.
briicfcn, v. press.
bu, pro>. (144) thou ;
you.
$ucaten, m. -8. ducat.
!t>uft, m. -e8, 3)ufte. per-
fume.
buften, v. exhale fra-
grance.
buftig, a. fragrant
bnlben, v. (130, 1) suffer;
endure; tolerate.
iuite,/. down.
buntcl, a. dark ; gloomy.
burd), adv. through ;
prep. (383, 1; 403)
through; by.
bnrd)bobren,* v. stab.
burcbbringen,* v. irr. (f)
getthrough; penetrate.
burehrtifen,* v. (f) travel
or pass through.
burdjrdten,* v. irr. (()
ride through.
bnrd)fdneiben,* v. irr.
cut through.
burd)feben,* v. irr. see
through.
burdtfeeen, v. bring
about.
^urd)fTd)t, f.,pl. -en. re-
vision.
burdifiditiq, a. transpar-
ent; clear.
burcbflromen,* v. stream
through ; traverse.
burd)fud)cn,* v. search ;
Vlh.t.
burd)anbern,* v. (f)
wauder through.
burfen, v. irr. (97, 331)
need ; be at liberty.
burr, a. dry.
$urft, m. -eS. thirst.
burflig, a. thirsty.
biijier, a. dark; gloomy.
b, n. -6, -e. dozen,
eben, a. even; adv. just
cbcnbcrfelbc, pron. the
very same.
ebenfp . . . roie or al<, adv.
as ... as ; - oft, adv.
as many times ; - oiel,
adv. as much.
@ber, m. -8. boar.
0?cfe,/., 2>l- -n. corner.
ebel, a. noble.
(bclf nabe, m. -n, -n. page.
GFbclman, pi. -Icute. no-
bleman ; pi. nobles.
ebedmitbig, a. noble.
@belflein, m. preciout
stone.
(Sbuflrb, m. Edward.
ebe, conj. before.
ebebent, adv. formerly.
eber, adr. before.
eheft, ""''. soonest ; am
-en, soonest; -en8. adv.
shortly.
ebrbar, a. honest.
@bre, /., pi. -n. honor;
reverence.
chrcn, v. honor.
(Sbrenbeieigung,/ (mark
of) honor.
(Sbrenoofl, a. honorable.
(brfurd)t, /. reverence ;
veneration.
chrfurebtdooH, a respect-
ful.
i), m. ambition.
, a. ambitious.
ebrid), a. honest.
<$brlid)(rit, /. honesty;
integrity.
ehrlod, a. honorless ; in-
famous.
ehrnmrbig, a. venerable.
(*i, n. -e8, -er. egg.
(Sidx, /., pi. -o. oak
(tree).
eidxn, a. oaken,
GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY.
529
@id)talb, m. oak-forest.
(Sit, m. -e8, -e. oath.
<$ifer, m. -8. zeal ; ardor.
(ifitrfud)t,./; jealousy.
eiferfud)tig, a. jealous.
eigcti, a. own.
<$igcnnu$, in. -e8. (self-)
interest; selfishness.
OFigcnfcflaft, /., pi. -en.
quality.
@i,)cnfd)ft$n>prr, n. ad-
jective.
@i>)cnti)um, n. -8, -tpmer.
property.
(igcnrl)iiincr, m. -8. own-
er.
cigcnthumlid), a. peculiar.
etgcnt(id), a. propur.
Gfilbptc, m. -n, -n. courier.
eilen, i r . ( and f) hasten.
ein, num. (119, 1) one;
pron. (119, 1) einet, cine,
ein(e)8, one ; a man ;
some ; art. (18) a ; an.
einanber, adv. (163, 2)
one another ; each
other.
einbilben,* fid), v. reft, im-
agine.
(Sinbrurf, m. -(e)8, -urfc.
impression.
(Sitter, see ein.
eincrlei, adv. (121, 8) of
the same time.
einfiid), a. simple.
einfallcn,* v. irr. fall
down; fid) - laffen, think.
einfangen,* v. irr. catch ;
shut up.
(.^iiifUifs, m. -e8, -uffe. in-
fluence.
einft'ihrcn,* v. introduce.
@infiihrung, f., pi. -en.
introduction.
(Sitting, m. -(e)8, -dnge.
entrance.
eingcbcnf, a. mindful.
eittgdjen,* v. irr. (j) en-
ter.
eingcnommcn, a. prepos-
sessed.
eingrabctt,* v. irr. en-
grave.
einbflltcn,* v. irr. stop.
einbcr, adv. along.
citu ;, adv. in concord.
einificn, v. a. (also rcjl. )
unite.
einifjcr, -e, -e. pron. (75,
6J some; any.
', /. inn.
(Sint iinfte, pi. revenues.
etnfaben,* v. irr. invite.
(Sinlaft, m. -fje8, -affe. ad-
mission.
cinmal, adv. once ; one
time ; auf -, all at once ;
nidjt -, not even.
einricbten,* v. arrange.
einfatn, a. alone ; lonely.
einfd)lafen,* v. irr. (f) fall
asleep.
dnfd)letd)en,*t;. irr. (f) or
fid; -, (1)) sneak, creep in.
einfd)liefcn,* v. irr. shut
in ; lock up.
einfeben,* v. see ; con-
ceive.
(infid)t, f., pi. -en. in-
sight.
einft, adv. once.
einfteHen,* leave off; fid)
-, come to an appoint-
ment.
@intrad)t,/. concord.
etntrcffen,* v. irr. (f) ar-
rive.
eintrcten,* v. irr. (f) en-
ter.
inoerfta'nbnif}, n. -ffe8,
-ffe. understanding.
einoerftcljcn,* fid;, v. reft.
irr. or eincerftanben fcin
mit, agree with.
Crinroanb, m. -c8, -anbe.
objection.
einweid)en,* v. soak.
einrocnbcn,* v. irr. and
reg. object.
@inrocnbnng, /., pi. -en.
objection.
einroiegcn,* v. lull to
sleep.
etntmlligen,* v. consent.
Orinittohner, m. -8. inhab-
itant.
(in*af)l, /. singular
(number).
ein;dn, adv. singly ; a. '
(121, 10, 11) single, par-
ticular.
*v.irr. movein. ;
tg, a. (121, 11) only ;
one.
(*id, n. -e8. ice.
(Sifen, n. -8. iron.
(Sifcnbiihn,/. railroad.
ctfcrn, a. iron.
eitcl, a. vain.
ic,f.,pl. -n. elegy.
, n. -eS. misery.
;!, a. miserable.
t, m. -en or -,
-en. elephant.
elf, Mum. eleven.
O'-ifcnbdii, n. -(e)8. ivory,
life,/. Eliza.
He,/., jZ. -en. yard.
<ltern, pZ. parents.
@mpfang, m. -e8. recep-
tion.
empfattgen, v. irr. re-.
ceive.
mpf anger, m. - 8. receiv-
er.
i-iiipfcblcit, v . recommend;
fid) -, present one's re-*
spects (to one), i.e.,
take one's leave.
(inpfel)Iung, /., pi. -en.
recommendation.
, v . irr. feel.
, a. sensitive.
ness.
entpor, adv. on high ; up.
emporfommen,* v. rise.
empprragen,* v. tower.
ctnppren, v. raise.
(Smporer, m. -8. rebel.
(mp6rung, f., pi. -en.
insurrection ; revolt.
(Snbe, n. -8, -n. end ; om
-, in the end.
enben, v . end ; finish.
cnbltd), a. finite ; adv. at
,last.
eng(e), a. narrow.
(Sngel, m. -8. angel.
@ngld'nber, m. -8. Eng-
lishman.
cnglifd), a. English.
cntbcbrcn, v. do without ;
spare.
(^ntbcbrung, f., pi. -tn.
privation.
entbecten, v. discover ; re-
veal.
(Snte,/., pi. -n. duck
entcbren, v. disagree.
entcbrenb, a. degrading.
entfad)t, a. [32] fanned ;
kindled.
entferncn, v. fid) -, depart.
(S?ntfcrnung, /., pi. -en.
distance.
ctttflicbcn, v. irr. (f) flee ;
run (away) ; escape.
entgegcn, adv. counter ;
to meet.
530
GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY.
entgegengehen,* v. (f) go
to meet.
entiiegenfommen,* v. (\)
come to meet (one).
cntgegnen, v. reply,
eiitrtcbcn, v. irr. (f) es-
cape,
cntlialu-.i, v. irr. contain ;
iui' -, abstain,
emf ontnten, v. irr. (\) es-
cape.
entlong, adv. and prep.
along.
entlaroen, v. unmask,
entlatfen, u. irr. dismiss.
(Fiitlafftntg, /., pi. -en.
discharge,
entdiufcn, v. irr. (f) run
away.
<ntlebigcn, ft<$, v. reft, get
rid of.
entlegen, a. distant.
entnerven, v. enervate.
entrdgcn, v. irr. tear ;
extort,
entriiftcn, v . irritate ; ftdj
-, get angry,
emfiigen, v. renounce,
en ti'dicfccn, v. irr. decide ;
settle.
<nrfd)crt'ung,/, pi. -en.
decision,
entfdidifcn, v. irr. (f) fall
asleep.
cmfd)dvnit, ft$, v. reft.
irr. get rid of; throw
off.
cnrfd)licften, v. irr. open ;
ftd> -, resolve.
emfd)loffcn, a. determin-
ed : resolute.
<iufd>(i>ffenhcit, /. reso-
lution,
entfdiliuniitcrn, v. fall
asleep.
mfd)lupfen, v. (f) slip
from ; escape.
<ntfd)lufl, in. -ffeS, -uffe.
resolution.
rntfdtulNgen, v. excuse.
<ntfd)ult>igung, /., pi.
-tn. excuse,
cmfeelidi, a. horrible,
entfpredjen, v. irr. suit,
answer to.
enrfprtngen, v. irr. (f)
arise,
en tjtchen, v. irr. (f) arise ;
result,
entroeter, conj. either.
enttoerfen, a. irr. sketch. |
cntrondKii, v. escape.
ciiuu-iicit, v. irr. deprive
of ; fidj -, escape.
cnt}uefen, v. enchant.
etttiiicf r, a. charmed.
t*pheu, /. -e3. ivy.
<3?pod)e,/., pi. -n. epoch,
er, pron. he.
crbiirmcn, v. move to
pity ; ftd> -, take pity.
erbdrntltd), a. miserable.
(*rbannltd)fcit, /. pitia-
bleness.
crbaucn, v. build ; erect.
(Srbt, m. -n, -n. heir ; n.
(59, e) -3. inheritance.
crbcn, v. inherit.
crbttten, v. irr. beg.
crblaffcn, v. (f) erbleidjen,
v. irr. (i) grow pale;
expire.
erblicfen, v. perceive.
{rbbttre,f.,pl. -n. straw-
berry.
(Srl-e, f. . pi. -n. earth ;
ground.
($rt>en(o, n. -e8, -e. des-
tiny ; fate.
erbulbeu, v. suffer.
(reigncn, fic^, v. reft.
happen.
erfahrcn, v. irr. learn ;
experience.
@rfa^rung,/., pi. -en. ex-
perience.
erffnben, v. irr. invent.
CSrfinfcung,/., pi. -en. in-
vention.
@rfo(<i, in. (e)8, -e. re-
sult ; success.
erfragen, v. find out by
asking.
crfreuen, v. delight ; p(^
-, rejoice.
erfrieren, v. irr. (f) freeze.
erfiillcn, v. fill ; fulfil.
ergeben, past part, de-
voted; humble.
ffirgebung,/. submission.
ergcben, v. irr. (f) come
out ; happen.
crgc^en, see ergofeen.
ergtcften, v. irr. pour
(out) ; ji$ -, empty.
crgp$cn, v. delight.
ergreifen, v. irr. seize ;
take.
erfialtcn,t>. irr. preserve;
obtain; receive.
erheben, v. irr. raise ; ele
vitte.
critclien, v. illuminate .
a., pear.
, v. heighten.
/., pi. -en.
elevation.
crbolcn, fi$/ refl. re-
cover.
erhoren, v. hear.
erinnern, v recall ; p$ -,
remember.
0?rinncrung, /., pi. -en.
recollection ; memory.
ertagen, v. get by hunt-
ing ; kill.
crfalten, fid), v. reft, catch
cold.
<rfaltung, /., pi. -en,
cold.
erfennen, v. irr. perceive ;
recognize.
<rfetmtni, /, pi. -ffe.
perception.
crtlaren, v. explain ; de-
clare.
erflarung,/., pi. -en. ex-
planation.
crflingen, v. irr. (f)
sound ; resound.
crfunt'igeit, fid), v. reft.
inquire.
crdingcit, v. attain; ob-
tain.
crdiiibcn, v. allow ; per-
mit.
(Srlaubnift,/. permission.
erlrben, v. (live to) see;
experiene.
erlegcn, v. irr. kill.
erleid)tcnt, v. relieve.
<rUid)terung,/., pi. -en.
relief.
erleitditen, v. illuminate.
crUn'dKn, v. irr. (f) go
out ; be extinguished.
crrmibnen, v. exhort ; ad-
monish.
(?rntabnung, /., pi. -en.
exhortation.
ermangcfn, v. fail.
rauMgcfwtg/y. default.
crmorben, *>. murder.
cnniiten, v. tire ; fatigue.
t*nni^ung,/. fatigue.
crmuntern, v. encourage.
erncntien, v. irr. appoint.
C*rnft, in. -e8. earnf;st-
noas ; gravity.
crnftbaft, a. stern.
GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY.
531
<$rnte, /., pi. -tn. har-
vest ; crop.
erobcrn, v. conquer; take.
eroffnen, v. open.
erproben, v. try.
crquicfeu, v. revive ; re-
fresh.
erquirfci^, a. refresh-
ing.
(frqiitrfimg, /, pi. -en.
refreshment.
eriMtljcii, v. irr. guesa
crrcgcn, v . raise ; excite.
@rregung, /., pi. -en.
agitation.
erreid)cn, v. reach.
erretten, v . save ; rescue.
crriditett, v. erect.
crringcn, v. i/T. gain ; ob-
tain.
crfd>a(len, v. resound.
<rfd)cinen, v. irr. (f) ap-
pear.
(Srfdmming, /., pi. en.
apparition.
erfd)ieflcn, v. irr. shoot;
kill.
erfd)laffen, v. (\) relax.
crfd)(agen, v. irr. slay.
rfd)recfcn, v. irr. (f) be
frightened.
erfdjrorfcu, a. frighten-
ed.
erfd)tittern, v. move.
<rfd)iitterung, /. , pi. -en.
emotion.
erfr, a. (123) first ; adv.
at first.
erflniincn, v. (f) be aston-
ished ; surprised.
rftauncn, n. -. aston-
ishment.
erfteigen, v . irr. ascend.
erften, adv. (134, 4)
firstly ; first.
erpcrben, v. irr. (f) die.
erftrerfen, v. and ftd> -, ex-
tend.
ertonen, ?>. (f) sound.
ertratiFcii, v. drown.
crtriitfcn, v. irr. (f) be
drowned.
ern>nd)cn, v. (f) awake.
erroarmen, v. warm.
erroarten, v. expect.
Qmoartiing, /., pi. -en.
expectation.
errocrfen, v. awaken.
erroebren, fid?, v. reft.
keep off.
erroeifen, v. irr. render,
tip (e.y., a person a
kindness. )
<rn>erb, in. -(e)8, -e. pro-
fit.
ern>erben, v. irr. earn ;
gain ; obtain.
erro^ern, v. reply.
ern>ifd)cn, v. catch.
rj, n. -e, -e. ore.
cr^iililcii, v. tell ; relate.
@ri<Jil)hing, /., pi. -en.
tale ; story
credit-it, v. irr. educate.
tnK\)un$, f. education.
erjiirnen, v. make angry.
critviitgcn, v. irr. force;
extort.
eS, prou. (see Index) it;
there ; so.
<fef, m. -g. ass; -donkey.
effcn, v. irr. eat.
@ffen, n. -8. meal ; din-
ner ; food ; eating.
(gffig, m. -8. vinegar.
ctlirt), pron. some.
etroad, prun. (166, 6)
something ; anything ;
adv. something, some-
what.
tud), pron. to you ; you.
tuer, pers. pron. (144, 2)
of you ; poss. pron.
(72, III) your ; yours.
(uropaer, m. -8. Euro-
pean.
emig, a. eternal.
<, mpel, n. -3. example.
f,/, pi. -n. fable.
, m. -8. thread.
fdfjig, a. capable.
-Saline, /., pi. -n. flag;
standard.
faforen, . irr. (f) run ;
ride ; drive.
Sa&rt,/., pi. -en. passage ;
expedition.
fnlb, n. fallow.
ffnlfc, m. -n, -n. falcon.
SaH, w. -eg, Jade, fall ;
case.
fallen, v. irr. (f) fall.
fallen, v. fell ; cut down.
fnlfd), a. false.
ftatnilie,./'., pi. -n. family.
($antilicnfreid, m. domes-
tic circle.
$antilicit6d)a$, m. family
treasure.
Wang, m. -e,
catch ; capture.
fangen, v. irr. catch.
Warbe,/., pi. -n. color.
fa'rben, v. dye.
Warre, m. -n, -n, bullock.
Waft, //. -ffeg, gaffer, tub ;
barrel.
faffen, v. seize ; catch ;
take ; conceive.
Waffling,/, composure.
faft, adv. almost ; nearly.
faul, a. lazy.
Wauf*,/., .p/. gaufle. fist.
Webruar, m. -8, -e. Feb-
ruary.
fcd)teti, v. irr. fight
Wefcer,/., pi. -n. pen.
Weterbufd), m. plume.
Wetermeffcr, n. penknife.
felHen, v. err; mistake;
be absent or wanting ;
n>a8 feljlt 3nen? id.
what ails you ? what
do you want ?
Webler, m. -8. fault ; mis-
take.
Weter, /., pL -n. celebra-
tion.
ivcicrtng, 771. holiday.
fetcrlid), a. solemn ; fes-
tive.
fein, a. thin ; subtile.
Weinb, m. -e3, -e. enemy.
feiiiNidt, a. hostile.
Wcinl>fd)aft, /., pi. -tn.
enmity.
Welt 1 , n. -e8, -er. field ;
plain.
WelMjerr, m. general ;
captain.
Welt^eugntetfter, m. mas-
ter of the ordnance.
Wefc;ug, m. campaign.
Well, n. -eg, -e. skin ;
hide.
Weld, -en, -en, or gelfen.
m. -8. rock.
Wenfler, n. -8. window.
i?cnftcrfd)cibe, f. pane.
Wcrien, pi. holidays.
fern, a. far ; distant.
fertig, a. ready.
Wmigfeft,/, pi. -en. dex-
terity.
fcffr, a. firm ; strong.
feflfoalten,* v. hold fast;
arrest.
632
GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY.
fcud)t, a. moist ; damp.
9cuer, n. -6. tire.
ftcuervfcti, /. furnace.
feurig, a. fiery.
9id>tt, f., pi. -n. pine.
fjtgur,./:, />/. -en. figure.
fiirten, v. in: find ; think.
Singer, rn. -8. finger.
ftnfltr, a. dark.
9infterni%,f. darkness.
ivifdi, >/t. -e8, -. fish.
Stfd)fang, m. fishery.
ftfdjrcid), a. abounding
with fish.
9ifd)er, w. -8. fisherman.
ftladx,,/'., />?. -n. plain.
d, w. -e. flax.
.
8?lamme,/., ^Z. -n. flame.
flammcn, v . blaze.
*lafd)c, /., pi. -n. bottle.
pattern, v. flutter.
fled)ten, v. irr. braid.
SU'rfcn, MI. -8. spot ;
stain ; market-town.
flcbcn, t . implore.
tfldieti, n. -8. supplica-
tion.
), n. -8. meat.
m. -8. industry ;
mit -, on purpose.
fkigig, a. diligent, in-
dustrious.
flicgen, v. irr. (f) fly.
flicbcn, v . irr. (f) flee ;
run away.
flicfcen, v. irr. (f) flow;
run.
%lintt,f.,pl. -n. gun.
fludnen, v. (f) flee; ($)
rave.
flud)tig, a. fugitive ;
hasty.
Sliidrtigfeif,/. flightiness.
<ltid)tling, /n. -(e)8, -e.
fugitive.
itlugcl, w*. -8. wing.
Slur, /., pi. -n. field;
floor.
ft, w. -ff8, gliiffe, river.
/(, -8. little
river.
jl, a. liquid.
ni, v. whisper.
lj, /. , pi. -en. flood ;
pi. waves.
9o(ge, /., pi. -n. conse-
quence.
folgen, w. (f) follow.
folijcnt, a. following.
fotglid), adv. consequent-
ly ; then.
fortern, v. demand; (cor
(i<ertd>t) summon.
fprnten, v. form ; make.
ft>ifd)cn, v. search.
furt, adv. on ; off; gone.
fortbauern,* v. continue.
fortfaljren,* v. irr. con-
tin ue
forrfliegen,* v. irr. fly
away.
fortgeJjeu,* v. irr. go
away.
fimreifcen,* v. irr. carry
away.
fortfd)iden,* v. send
away.
fartfd)rciten,* v. irr. pro-
gress.
forttragtn,* v. ifr. carry
away.
forttreibcn,* v. irr. drive
along.
8rage,/., pi. -n. question.
fragen, v . ask ; question.
franf, a. frank.
Wranfreid), n. France.
9ratt)ofe, MI. -n. -n.
Frenchman.
franjoftfd), a. French.
Srau, j'., pi. -en. Mrs. ;
wife ; woman.
$raucn;inttner, //. woman.
("vrnnlciii, n. -8. young
lady ; (as title) Miss.
frcd), a. impudent.
5red)ljcit,yi, pi. -en. im-
pudence; audacity.
frei, a. free ; liberal ; in-
dependent.
frcigebig, a. liberal.
ftreigebigfcit, f. gener-
osity.
frcilaffcn,* v. irr. (set)
free.
irrrimutli, m. candor.
freifpredKn, v. irr. ac-
quit.
JrciftiUtc, /., pi. -n. re-
fuge.
freiroidig, a. voluntary.
Sreiljeit,,/!. pi. -en. free-
dom; liberty.
fretiid), adv. to be sure.
Sreitog, MI. -8, -<. Friday.
freml>, a. foreign ;
strange.
gfrcmtc, >". (108, c) stran-
ger.
?reml>f, / foreign coun-
try.
freffen, v. irr. eat; de-
vour.
/., pi. - n . joy ;
delight.
9reuttntt)rane, f., pi. -n.
tear of joy.
t'vcutciuuiif , a. full of joy.
freubig, a. joyful ; cheer-
ful.
freuen, v. make glad ; e8
freut mi*, I am glad of
it ; fi$ - ; rejoice ; be
glad.
?reuiib, m. -e, -e. friend.
9rauMn,f. t pl. -r.en.
ffcunMid), a. friendly ;
kind.
Jrcuiitfrfwft, /., pi. -en.
friendship.
tvrcocl, m. -8. offence.
Sric^, -n8, -n. or
en, 111. -8. peace.
fricMidi, a. peaceful.
ivi-ii-trid), . Frederick.
frii^o(I, adv. peaceful-
ly-
fricren,t>. irr. (t>) be cold;
(Q freeze ; e3 frievt mi<$,
intcb friert, I am cold.
frifd), a. fresh ; new.
Srift, /., pi. -en. delay ;
time.
frol), n. glad ; pleased.
frofjlid), a. glad ; joyons ;
happy.
fro mm, n. pious.
frommcn, v. profit.
Srpfd), m. -e8. grcfc^e,
frog.
$rud)t, /., pi. %rui)tt.
fruit.
frudnbor, a. fertile.
friilj, . early ; soon.
ifriilifttirf, n. breakfast.
irrubc,/. early.
friibcr, adv. formerly.
.rriihluirt, tn. -8, -e.
spring.
.viutd, m. -c8, gudjfe. fox.
fitiU'ti, v. direct ; fi$ -,
yield.
fiiiilcn, v. feel.
fiihrtii, v. lead ; conduct
Wi'ibrer, m. -8. leader.
ijullr,/ abundance,
fiiiilcn, v. till.
fiinf, num. five.
fiinftc, ". fifth.
GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY.
533
funftebalb? a. four and a
half.
ftiimtrl, n. -8. fifth.
fiimV'bn, imm. fifteen.
funfitig, num. fifty.
5""Fe (gunfen) m. -n,
(-8), -n. spark.
funfehi, v. sparkle.
fur, prep. (403) for.
$urd)t, /. fear ; dread ;
awe.
furdjtbar, a. fearful ;
dreadful.
fi'ircf)tcn, v . fear ; dread ;
ficfy -, be afraid.
fiird)tcrlid), a. dreadful.
furdjtfiim, a. fearful ;
timid.
fiirfrcr, 'idv. further.
fitr'd = fur ba8.
9iirfl, m. -en, -en. sov-
ereign.
Syiu-ftcmhum, -(e)8, -urnct.
n. principality.
gfurftiu,/., pi. -nen. prin-
cess.
n. pronoun.
>n. -e, gufje, foot;
ju -e, on foot.
Sriippfab, m. foot-path.
gutter, n. -8. food.
abe,/., pi. -n. gift ; tal-
ent.
(Babel,/., pi. -n. fork.
flahrcn, v. ferment.
fflalecre,/., pi. -n. galley.
Wii tiii, -e3, ancje.
walk ; pace.
and,/., //. anfe. goose.
gan;, a. whole ; entire ;
all ; adv. wholly; quite.
an;e, n. (108, c) whole.
gar, n. done*; adv. even ;
- nidjt, not at all ; - oft,
very often.
a'rtdK", n. -9. little
garden.
ffiarten, m. -8, Garten,
garden.
artncr, m. -8. gardener.
Wciffe,/., pi. -n. lane.
fflaft, m. -e8, dfte. guest.
Wiiftmahl,. n. feast.
(*ntte, m. -n, -n. hus-
band.
(Qcbiilf, n. -8, -e. timber-
work.
(jebarcn, v. bring forth.
n. -J. building.
w. irr. give ; im-
. (345, 1) be; e8
qibt, there is ; there
are; geben ie 8ld)t, take
care.
eberbe, /., pi. -n. ges-
ture.
ebct, n. -(e)8, -e. prayer.
gcbietcn, v. irr. bid ;
govern.
Qtbilbet, a. cultivated ;
educated.
ebirgc, n. -8. mountains.
geborcn, pp. born.
geborgcn, p/J. safe ; snug.
feebot, ii. -e8, -e. com-
mand.
cbraud), m. -(e), -au$e.
use ; custom.
gcbraud)en, v. use ; make
use of. ..
gebrd'ud)lid), a. custom-
ary.
eburt,/, ^Z. -en. birth.
<9cfca'd)tntfj, n. -fjeS, -ffe.
memory.
cbanfe (cbanfen), m.
-n8, -(,) -n. thought.;
idea.
get>cil)en, v. irr. (f) thrive.
iictciif cu, v. irr. think of ;
remember ; intend.
cbid)t, n. -(e)8, -e. poem;
pi. poetry.
cfculfc,/. patience.
cfaljr, '/, pi. -en. dan-
ger.
<icfaiirltd), a. dangerous.
cfal>rlid)(eit, /. danger-
ousness.
cfiiljrtc, m. -n, -n. com-
panion.
iicfallcn, v. irr. please.
tjcfa'lligft, adv. if you
please ; please.
gcfangcit, a. captive ; -
ncfymcn, make prisoner.
Wcfangcnc, m. -n, -n.
prisoner.
fficfantjcnfcftaft,/. captiv-
ity.
cfangnif, . -ffeS, -ffe.
prison.
cfangnigroarter, m. jail-
er.
Wcfcdjt, ii. -(e)3, -e. fight.
cfiel'er, n. -8. plumage.
fficfolgc, n. -3. suite.
gcfriercn, v. irr. (f)
freeze.
cfubl, n. -(e)8, -e. feel-
ing; sentiment.
iii-fiihllt^, a. unfeeling.
(icfurd)tct, pp. feared.
geo.cn, prep. (408) to-
wards ; to ; against ;
about.
<Begenl>,/., pi. -en. region.
cgenftanb, m. -(c)8,
-ante, object ; subject;
article.
egcntticil, m. contrary.
gegcniiber, adv. and prep.
opposite.
egcitroart,/. presence.
gcgcnroartig, a. present;
adv. at present.
ffietjalt, m. -(e)8, -e. con-
tents ; salary.
gcbctnt, a. secret.
WcluMiiinift, n. -ffe8, -ffe.
secret ; mystery.
gebcimni^ooh, a. myste-
rious.
geben, v. irr. (f) go; walk;
mte gcb,t e8 Stynen? how
are you? how do you
do?
gebord)cn, v. obey.
geborctt, v. belong.
gcborfam, a. obedient.
eifcl, eifjel, m. and f.
-8. hostage ; /., pi. -n.
scourge.
eift, m. -e, -et. spirit }
mind ; genius.
gctftlid), a. spiritual.
cifHid>e, m. (108, c)
clergyman.
geifireid), a. ingenious
intelligent; witty.
Wci$, '.n. -e8. avarice.
gci)ig, a. covetous ; avari
cious.
eflaff, n. -e8. baying.
gclangcn, v. (f) reach.
gclaunt, a. disposed;
tempered.
elaute, n. ringing of
bells.
clb, n. -e8, -er. money.
clbbcutcl, m. -8. purse.
ge(egen, a. convenient.
clegenbeit, /. -en. oc-
casion.
clebrfamfeit, /. learn-
ing.
dclchrt, a. learned.
elcbrte, m. (108, c)
learned man ; scholar.
534
GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY.
geltngcn, v. irr. (f) suc-
ceed.
jU'U'l>l-M, ?'. VOW.
clobtc Slant, Holy Land.
gcltcn, v. in: be worth ;
- fur, pass.
cnnul), n. -(e)8, -adjer.
apartment.
cntabi, m. -(e)8, -e. con-
sort.
rmdlbc, n. -g. painting.
gcmein, a. common ; vul-
gar.
genicinfarn, a. common ;
adv. in common.
<*>cmcinfdum, /., pi. -en.
intercourse.
gemeinfd)aftlid), a. see *c
metnfam.
eim'ife, n. -g. vegetables.
ciniilh, n. -eg, -et. mind ;
soul ; heart.
gcnnu, a. accurate ; ex-
act.
geneigt, a. inclined ; dis-
posed.
gcncfen, v. irr. (f) recover.
gcnicgcn, v. irr. (131, 2)
enjoy.
gcitug, adv. enough.
geniigen, v. be enough.
t*n-tui.uImiitKi, f. satis-
faction.
fmifl, m. -Reg, -uffe. en-
joyment.
eographic,/. geography.
rorg, m. -8. George.
cpacf, n. -eg, -e. bag-
gage.
geprtftt, a. full ; bowed
down.
gtrafc(e), a. straight ;
adv. just.
geratben, v. irr. (f) pros-
per; get (e.g., into
trouble).
qcrcd)t, a. just ; right.
eredjtigfeit,/. justice.
crcbe, n. -8." talk.
f|crcid>cn, v. conduce.
rid)t, n. -(e)8, -e. court
of justice.
ge ring, a. little ; small ;
slight.
gtrn(), adv. willingly ;
with pleasure.
crftf,/. barley.
We nidi, m. -e8, -u$e. smell.
cicint'te, m. (108, c) am-
baseador.
efant>rfd)aft, /, pi. -en.
embassy.
efang, m. -e, -ange.
singing; song.
cfd)aft, n. -eS, -e. busi-
ness.
gefd>aftig, a. busy.
gcu1)rhftt, v. irr. be done ;
happen.
gefd)e^, a. clever.
efdxnf, . -(e),-e. pres-
ent ; gift.
efd)id)te,/., pZ. -n. his-
tory ; story.
efd)icflid)Fcit, /. clever-
ness.
gefd)id?t, a. clever.
efd)(ed)t, n. -tS, -er.
gender; generation.
efd)lcd)tdn>t?rt, n. arti-
cle.
Wefdintarf, ///. -eS. taste.
WcHl)incite, m. -g. jew-
els.
efdjrci, n. -eg. cry.
tfd)ti^, 11. -eg, -e. guns.
gcfd)roint(c), a. swift;
adv. fast.
WcfdHoiftf r, pi. brothers
and sisters.
gcfd)top(len, pp. swollen.
grfcdtg, a. sociable.
efcJIigfeit,/. sociability.
cfeHfd>aft, /., pi. -en.
society ; company ;
party.
efce, n. -eg, -e. law.
cid)t, n. -eg, -e. (51, 12)
vision ; pi. -er. face ;
countenance.
gefonnen, a. inclined.
efprdd), n. -eg, -e. con-
versation.
eflalt,/., />. -en. figure ;
shape.
iicftcbcn, v . irr. confess.
geftern, adv. yesterday ;
- 9lbenb, last night.
gefiirnt, n. starry.
grfunt 1 , a. healthy.
efui^heit, /., pi. -en.
health.
getrouen, v. refl. venture.
ctreife, . -8. grain.
getrunFen, (past part,
sometimes used <is im-
jterative, of trinten)
drink !
coatter, m. -g, (-n), pi.
@ecatter(n), godfather.
gcroadrfen, pp. made
(for) ; equal (to).
gerodhren, v. grant.
croalt,/., pi. -tn. might;
force ; power.
geroaltig, . powerful.
emalttljat,/. violence.
cn>ant, n. -ei, -e, and
-anter. garment.
gcroiii^i, . adroit ;
clever.
<c!panfthcit, /. adroit-
ness.
genxirtig, a. - fein, expect
crochr, n. -eg, -e. mus-
ket; gun.
@en>id)t, n. -eg, -e.
weight; importance.
gcrotnnen, v. irr. win.
gctvift, a. certain.
croificn, n. -B, con-
science.
gctvitKttluift, o- conscien-
tious.
geroifTcrma^en, adv. in
some measure.
emitter, n. -g. thunder-
storm.
gcrooqcn, a. attached ;
well-disposed.
gtropbnett, v. accustom.
croofmrjett, f., pi. -en.
custom ; habit.
gctvohnlid), usual ; orcli-
n'ry.
ffieroolf, n. -eg, -t. clouda
cnirj(e), n. -eg, (-8,) -e.
spice.
gicbt, see geben.
gierig, a. eager ; greedy.
ierigfeit,.^ eagerness.
nicpcii, '. irr. pour.
ift, n. -eg, -e. poison.
iftbcdxr, m. poisoned
cup.
giftig, a. poisonous.
ipftl, m. -8. top ; sum-
mit.
lan$, m. -eg. brightness;
splendor.
gldnjent 1 , n. bright ; bril-
liant; shining.
las, n.- e8, -afer. glass.
Idedxn, n. -8. little
glasB.
glott, a. smooth ; bland.
<5ltiube(n), m. -n8, -n.
faitli ; belief.
glauben, v. believe ;
think ; suppose.
GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY.
535
gtattbig, a. believing.
rjlc id), a. like ; equal ;
parallel ; adv. equally ;
immediately ; directly.
g(eid>en, v. irr. be like.
gleidifliiltirt., a. indiffer-
ent.
leidjgultigfett, /. indif-
ference.
ffilcidUu-i t , j. equality.
Icid)ni, n. -fieS, -ffe.
comparison.
gleid)fam, <nlv. as it were.
gleiten, v. irr. (\) glide ;
slide.
licl 1 , n. -e6, er. member.
glimmcn, v. irr. glimmer ;
glow.
Icrfc, /., pi. -n. bell;
clock.
liirf, n. -eg. luck ; good
fortune ; happiness ;
- rounfdjen, congratu-
late.
gltirf lidi, a. lucky ; suc-
cessful ; happy.
g(iicF(id)crn>ctfc, adv. for-
tunately.
litrffeligfeit,/. felicity.
gd'ilictt, v . glow ; be red-
hot.
futb, /., pi. -en. glow ;
heat ; blaze.
nflbe,/., pi. -n. pardon.
gna'big, a. gracious.
pit, n. -eg. gold.
gotten, a. gold; golden;
- retljlidj, between red
and the color of gold.
gotbifd), a. Gothic.
ott, m. -eg, otter. God ;
- Jet 3)anf, thank God !
gimlidi, a divine,
rob, n. -eg, =dber. grave.
graben, v. irr. dig.
raben, m. -8, -aben.
ditch; trench.
ml 1 , m. -eg, -e. degree.
rat", >n. -en, -en. count.
rafin,/. , pi. -ncn. count-
ess.
ram, m. -eg. grief.
gramen, v. also refl.,
grieve ; fret.
ramma'tif, /., pi. -en.
grammar.
ras, n. -eel, -afcr. grass.
grau, a. gray.
raticn, 11. -6. horror.
griiufam. a. cruel
graufcn, v. impers. shud-
der.
raufen, n. -6. horror.
gretfcn, v. irr. grasp ;
seize.
rei$, m. -eg, -e. old man.
ren^e,/., pi. -n. liicit.
grcttfcn, v. border.
grcn^enlod, a. boundless.
rted)e, nt. -n, -n. Greek.
riedjcnlcurt, /. -g.
Greece.
gried)ifd>, a. Greek.
grimnttg, a. fierce.
grofj, a. (114, 6) great;
large ; tall.
grogartig, a. grand.
ri)$c,/.,pZ. -n. size.
rtrofictiilu-il*, adv. in a
great measure.
roftmutlj,/. generosity.
grafjnriitlng, ". magnani-
mous ; generous.
rogmutrcr, /. grand-
mother.
rofjoater, m. grand-
father.
ruft,/., pi. -ufte. vault.
griin, a. green.
runb, m. -eg, pi. -unbe,
soil ; reason.
runMage, f., pi. -n.
foundation.
runMcljre, /., pi. -n.
fundamental doctrine.
runbfafc, in. -e, -a^e.
principle.
grii^cn, v. greet.
uitanc,/.,/)?.-n. guitar.
ult'en, rn. -g. florin.
giilt'en, (old form, for
gclben) a. golden.
unft, /. favor ; kind-
ness.
tinftbcfeigting, /., pi.
-en. favor ; kindness.
giinftig, a. favorable.
gut, a. (114, 6) good; adv.
well ; - madjen, make up
for ; tcieber - macfyen, re-
pair.
ute,/. goodness ; kind-
ness.
giitig, a. good ; kind.
see ag.
, n. -e, -e. hair.
, #abt,f. property.
I haben, v. aux. (77 ; 065,
4) have.
,f., pi. -n. hoe.
, m. -g, ^afen. har-
bor; port.
^nfer, m. -g. oats.
m. -eg, -e. hedge.
m. -g. hail
, v. hail.
, n. -. thun-
der-storm with hail.
; fjaager, a. lean.
bager, see 6,aager.
^paljn, m., pi. ane.
cock ; trigger.
^>aInid)fH, n. -g. little
cock.
$ain, m. -eg, -e. grove.
Ijalb, a. half.
., (125, Note) pi.
-n. half.
, m. -eg, atfe. neck.
fatten, v. irr. hold;
keep.
jammer, m. -g, jammer,
hammer.
^anb,/. , pi. anbe. hand.
Ijanbeln, v. (131, 3) act ;
deal.
4>anMung,/., pi. -en. ac-
tion.
anbfdnili, rn. glove.
ImiuH'tt, v. irr. hang ; be
suspended.
Iiatirt.ni, /. hang.
^annd>en,/. Jenny.
faring, m. -(c)g, -e. her-
ring.
$arb,/., pi. -n. rake.
barmen, fi(^, v . reft, grieve.
^armonie,/., pi. -en. har-
mony.
barren, v. wait.
hurt, a. hard ; severe.
bartbcrjig, a. hard-heart-
ed.
, m. -n, -n. hare.
, /. -nuffe. hazel-
nut.
boffen, v. (131) hate.
*>audi, m. -eg, -e. breath.
baucn, v. hew ; cut.
^aufc(n), m. -ng, (-g,) -n.
heap ; pile ; troop
-nroeife, adv. in crowds.
bcitiftg, a. frequent.
Vaiipt, n. -eg, ^tanpter.
head.
^aitvtmann, m. -%, Icute.
captain.
^auptftabt, f. -flabtf / cap-
ital.
536
GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY.
l, m. -8, -e. chief
part.
Oaupttoort, n. -8, -aftrter.
noun, substantive.
nu, n. -e8, pi. auf,
house ; ju -e, at home.
(Kiu*d)cn, n. -8. little
house.
), a. thrifty,
r, m.-n,-en. land-
lord.
mi*fcbluffel, m. -8.
street-door key.
J^aut,/., J9?. ijdute. skin.
bcben, v. irr. lift ; raise.
<eer, n. -e8, -e. army.
pcerfiibrer, m. -8. gene-
ral
^eerb, ^eerbe, see b,
Jjjerbe.
$eft, w. -e8, -t. copy-
book.
bcftifl, a. violent.
4?eftigfeit,/ vehemence.
heiiett, v. bear ; cherish.
4>eibe, m. (59, e) -n, -n.
heathen ; /., pi. -n.
heath.
beilen, v. heal.
heiliii, a. holy.
beiliqeit, v. hallow.
hcilfam, a. salutary ;
heaL'ng.
heim, adv. home.
*eiinrttb,/. home.
bcimlid), a. secret.
3mtvu1t, m. -8. Henry.
$c1ratb,/., pi. -en. mar-
riage.
beiriithcn, v. marry.
IK-IB, a. hot.
beifjen, v. tr. bid ; desire ;
v. intr. be called ;
mean ; toie - @ie ? what
is your name ?
better, a. cheerful.
*elb, m. -en, -en. hero.
$elbcnmutb, m. -ti. he-
roic spirit ; courage.
hrlr-emniitbig, a. heroic.
iH-lfenfinn, m. heroic
feeling ; heroism.
lu-lu-ii, v. irr. help.
befl, a. clear ; bright ;
light.
Seller, m. -8. farthing.
>etnt>, n. -e8, -en. shirt.
hcimncn, v. check.
enFer, m. -8. execution-
er.
., pi. -n. hen.
Oenriette, f. Harriet,
ber, adv. hither ; here ;
ago.
bomb, adv. down,
berabfallen,* v. irr. fall
down.
btrabfinfen,* v. irr. (\)
sink down,
bernn, adv. on ; near,
berannaben,*?'. approach,
berauf, adv. up.
berauffteigen,* v. mount.
berau8, adv. out.
beraugeben,* v . irr. pub-
lish,
bcraiieitebmcn,* v. take
out.
beraudfpringen,* v. irr.
(?) jump out.
beraud}iebcn,* v. irr.
draw out.
bcrbei, adv. near ; up (i.e.
towards a person).
JxrbeiciUn,* v. (f) hurry
up.
berbei'bolcn,* v. fetch.
berbeifd)affen,* v. bring.
4>erbfl> m. -e3, -e. autumn.
3erbft!ieb, n. -e8, -er. au-
tumnal pong.
$erb, m. -e8, -e. hearth,
^erbe,/, pi. -n. flock
herein, adv. in ; come in !
bereinf ommen,* v. irr. (f)
come in.
hereintreten,* v. irr. (f)
step in.
bcrn.n1), adv. afterwards.
berniel'er, adv. down,
^err, m. -(e)n, -en. mas-
ter ; lord ; gentleman ;
(Mr.), mein-!Sir!
bcrrlidi, a. magnificent ;
spl ndid.
^errfdjaft, /., pi. -en.
rule.
berrfeben, v. reign ; rule,
berftellen,* v. produce ;
rcieber -, restore.
beriiber,adz>. over; across,
berum, adv. round,
bmiiiter, adv. down,
bcroor, adv. out ; forth.
^eroorbringen,* v. irr.
produce.
^cr^, n. -enS, -en. heart.
4>rr;eitei)riinb, m. -e8,
-grunbe. bottom of the
heart*
4c>eriog, m. -8, -e. duke.
benii, adv. hither.
beu, n. -e8. hay.
beucbeln, v. feign.
beiite, adv. to-day.
biemcbeii, "/''. here (be-
low).
bier, adv. here.
bierauf, adv. hereupon ;
after this.
bierniis, adv. from, by
this.
bierbei, adv. with, in
this.
bicrber, adv. hither.
bier in, adv. in here ; in
this.
biermit, adv. herewith.
bieriiber, tdv. over this
place ; at this.
bierooii, adv. of, from
this.
^ilfe, (ulfe,)/. help.
V>ilfoniittel, M.-8. remedy;
resource.
,p2. subsidi-
ary troops.
?>imniel, m. -8. heaven.
t>iiniiH-I.bute, m. -n, -n.
heavenly messenger.
biintnlifd), a. heavenly.
^in, adv. away.
bincib, adv. down.
binabftcijjen,* v. irr. de-
scend ; go down.
bt'nauf, adv. up.
binauffabren,* v. irr.
drive up.
biiiauffteigen,* v. irr.
mount.
btnaud, adv. out.
binausjoerfen,* v. irr.
throw out.
binaudfcbliipfen,* v. slip
out.
binaudfd)tncif|en,* v. irr.
throw out ; fling out.
bincin, '"/'. in.
bineingeheii,* v. irr. go
in.
binreidtenb, a. sufficient.
binreiften,* v. irr. carry
along.
binfcucn,* v. set; lay
down.
binter, a. hind ; back ;
prep, behind.
himerliiffett, v. irr. leave
( behind).
binterfi, a. hindmost.
GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY.
537
binubcr, adv. over ;
across.
tyinw, adv. to; towards;
near.
hiniufiigcn,* v . add to.
bimukecit,* v. in: add.
$irfd), i>i. -t&i -e. stag.
$trte, *. -en, -en. shep-
herd.
#i$e,f. heat; ardor.
fcod), . (109, y ; 114, 6)
high; tall.
bod)beriig, a. magnani-
mous.
^od)mutb,m.-8. haughti-
ness.
bod)fl, a. highest, arf.
extremely.
jof, . -e3, 6fe. court-
yard.
ftoffcn, v. hope.
$offmmg, /., pi. -en.
hope.
'c, pi. courtiers.
), . polite.
, in. -(e)3, -e. cour-
tier.
4>ofm<mn, m. -8, -leute.
courtier.
ftoftneitfcr, m. -3. tutor.
4>oftbor, n. (court)-yard
gate.
$bt)t,f.,pl. -n. height.
hob I, a. hollow.
$6l)lc, /., pi- -n. den;
cave.
$oi)n, m.. -(S. scorn.
I) oil 1 , a. kind ; sweet.
bofen, v. fetch ; draw.
r, m. Dutchman.
e,/. hell.
\, n. -eg, 6tjer. wood.
. wooden,
r, rn. -8. wood-
cutter,
tig, a. woody.
, m. -e, fl6jie. pile
of wood.
$onig, m. -8, honey.
4>pr<U, m. Horace.
hir.-d)cn, v. listen.
ho'rcti, v. hear.
4?orn, n. -(e)8, $6rne.
horn ; bugle ; in'8 -
ftofecn, sound the bugle.
$ornunq, m. February.
^ort, i. -(e)8, e. safe
place, refuge.
ht'ibfdi, a. handsome ;
pretty.
uf, in. -(e)8, -e. hoof.
>iiKMVn, a. horseshoe,
^iirtcl, '" -8. hill.
3uini, . -e3, u^ntr. hen.
.*3iil)iid)cit, n. -8. chicken.
>ult,/. favor.
l)ulbii)cn, v. do homage
to.
feiilfc, K. see tlfe.
Q68t,f.,pl -n. cover.
$unb, m. -(e)8, -e. dog.
fmnbcrt, num. hundred.
Giiiibin, f., pi. -nen.
bitch.
Hunger, *. -3. hunger.
tiung(c)rig, a. hungry.
fjungern, v. be hungry.
Ijiipfett, v. leap,
bufd), int. pop ! quick !
Jput, m. (59 e.) -e8, ^ute.
hat.
ut, /. (59, e) guard;
care,
biitcn, v. watch ; fic^ -,
take care.
J^iittc,/., pi. -n. hut
id),pron. (144) I.
ibm, pron. (144) him.
ibn, pron. him.
ibncn, pron. (144) (to)
them; 3^nen (to) you.
fhr, perspron. (140) ye ;
to her ; jooss. adj. (73)
her ; their ; 3r, your ;
ber, Me, ba8 i^re, or i^rer,
t$re, i^te8, pass. pron.
(153) hers ; theirs ; ber,
bie, ba8 3$re, or 36rer,
3fyre, 3^3, poss. pron.
yours.
ihrige, (153) ber, bie,
ba8. poss. pron. hers;
theirs ; 3^rtge, yours.
3abe,/ Iliad.
im = in bent.
imnur, adv. always.
immcrbar, adv. ever ; al-
ways.
in, prep. (288) in; at; to.
tnbriinfHg, a. fervent.
inbcnt, ('(/'.'. during that
time ; ronj. while ; as.
inbcp, iitbcffcn, adv. in
the mean time ; how-
evor ; yet.
3nbien, n. -8. India.
3"tVmreric, infantry.
inner, a. inner ; interior.
3ncre, ?t. -n. interior.
innerbulb, adv. andprep.
within.
itt = in ba8.
3nfd)rift, /., pi. -en. in-
scription.
3nfcf t, n. -(e)8, -en. in-
sect.
i Sitfel,/., pi. -n. island.
jnftrumcnt, n. -(e)8, -e.
instrument.
Sntercffe, n. -8, -n. inter-
est.
tnroenbig, adv. inside.
irben, a. earthen.
: irgcitb, some, or other,
e.g., irgenb etner, some
one, or other; irgenbs
wo, somewhere or
other.
3rldnber, m. -8. Irish-
man.
irren, v. fti^ -, be mis-
taken.
3rrtbtiiu, TO. -(e)8, -iimet.
error.
3^tanb, n. -8. Iceland.
3talien, n. -8. Italy.
3talicncr, in. -8. Italian.
ja, adv. yes ; yea.
3agb, /., pi. -en. chase;
hunting ; hunt.
jagen, v. hunt ; chase.
3ager, TO. -8. hunter.
3abr, n. -e8, -e. year.
3abrbunbcrt, n. century.
jabrlid), a. yearly ; an-
nual.
3>immer, m. -8. misery.
3ammergefd)rei, n. -8. la-
mentation; cry of an-
guish.
3<muar, TO. -8. January.
I je, adv. ever ; conj. je na$
bem, according as.
tcbcr, j(be, tebed, dem.
pron. (71) every ;
each ; (ein) -er. every
one ; anybody ; - mel
djer. or ber, whoever.
3ebermann, pron. every
one ; anybody.
iebod), conj. however.
jemoU, adv. ever.
jciiiatib, pron. (164, 5)
somebody : anybody.
jcner, jcnt, \tnti, pron.
(71) that.
it^tf adv. now ; at pros-
ent.
538
GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULAKY.
3o<b, n. -e8, -e. yoke.
3obann, m. -8. John.
3cbanna, f. Joanna ;
Jane.
3ute, MI. -n, -n jew.
Sugent,./! youth.
iugcntlid), a. youthful.
3uli, in. -g. July.
jung, a. young.
3ungfer, f., pi. -n. maid.
Sungfrau,/., pi. -en. vir-
gin ; maid.
3unggef<fl, m. -en, -en.
bachelor.
3ungling, M. -8, -e. youth.
3unglingdalter, n. youth.
iiingft, a. youngest ; adv.
lately.
3uni, MI. June.
SarTee, MI. -8. coffee.
ft line eli an*, n. (coffee-
house) restaurant.
ftafiq, m. -(e)g, -e. cage.
Fahl, a. bald; bare.
Sabn, MI. -eg, #d$ne, boat.
Saifer, MI. -g. emperor.
Saifcrtbum, n. empire.
Salb, n. -(e)g, flatter,
calf.
SttilbSbratcn, MI. -g. roast
veal.
Salifc, m. -n, -n. Caliph.
fait, a. cold.
faltbliitig, a. cold-blood-
ed ; ado. coolly.
ScUte, /'. cold ; coldness.
Sained, n. -e8, -e. camel.
ft ii me rat, MI. -en, -en.
comrade.
Sam if o I, n. -8, -e, -fole.
jacket.
f (tinmen, v. comb.
Summer,/, pi. -n. room.
ttaniiitcrticncr, -8. valet-
de-chambre.
Scintpf, Mi. -e8, fldmpfe.
combat
r.inipfcii, v. fight.
.Hiinancnpoqcl, 7/1; canary
bird.
Sanone, /., pi. -n. can-
non.
Sander, m. -8. chancel-
lor.
Sapefle,/., pi. -n. chapel.
Capital, n. -()8, -ien.
capital.
apitdn, m. -g, -e. cap-
tain.
apian, m. -8, -e. chap-
lain.
,pl. -n. cara-
van.
Martina!, MI. -g, -ale. car-
dinal.
Farg, a. sparing ; stingy.
Sari, Mt. Charles.
Sarolint,/. Caroline.
Sarmt, Mi. -g. cart.
ft a rft, m. -eg, -. mat-
tock, two pronged (po-
tato) hook.
! Sarte, /., pi. -n. card ;
ticket.
Sartcnfpid, n. game of
cards.
Sartbago, n. -. Car-
thage.
Sartoffe!,/., pi. -n. pota-
to.
Safe, m. -8. cheese.
ft iitbolif , m. -en, -en.
fatholifd), a. Catholic.
Sa$c,/., pi. -n. cat.
Sauf,Mi. -(e)8, flaufe. bar-
gain.
faufcn, v. buy.
Sauftnann, MI. -(e)8, -Ieu=
te. merchant.
Faiiin, adv. scarce(ly).
Seb!e,/,/jJ. -n. throat.
fehren, v. turn.
Fein, -er, fein, adj. no, not
any ; flelner, -e, -8,
pron. no one, nothing.
fcincn>cg;e)9, adv. by no
means.
Fcinmal, adv. not once.
Seller, m. -8. cellar.
Fettnen, v. know ; be ac-
quainted with.
Scnner, m. -8. judge.
fJcnntmg, /. -ffe. Tcnow-
ledge.
Serl, MI. -g, -e. fellow.
Sent, m. -(e)g, -e. kernel;
stone ; grain.
Seffel, MI. -g. kettle.
Ktttt,f.,pl. -n. chain.
fiicfer, MI. -8. jaw ; /., pi.
-n. pine.
fticfcl, m. -8. flint ; peb-
ble.
Sint, n. -eg, -er. child.
ft intciKti, Stntlein, //. -e.
l.ttle clild.
Sintennatcbcn, n. nurse.
Sinterftnn, MI. child-like
mind.
Sinbcrfpiel, n. -8, -e.
chila's play.
ftintbcit, f. childhood.
, rintifei), a. childish.
Futtlicb, a. filial; child-
like.
ftinnfmcf, M. -, -e. chin-
piece.
-Wirdie, /., pi. -n. church.
Sirrbbof, MI. -t&,pl. -$6fe,
churchyard.
Sirfcbt,/., pi. -n. cherry.
SifTcn, n. -8. pillow.
Stage, /., pi. -n. com-
plaint.
Ffagen, v. complain.
Sfaggefcbrei, n. -eS. loud
lamentations.
F(ar, a. clear.
Slaffe,y., pi. -n. class.
Slee, MI. -8, -e. clover.
ftlcit, . -e, -er. dress.
Flciten, >. dress.
ft letter, pi. clothes.
Slcitcrburfte, /., pi. -n.
clothes-brush.
Skit ting, /., pi. -n.
clothing.
Mlcitiingaftiicf, n. -8, -e.
clothes.
Sleie,/ bran.
Flein, a. little ; small.
SkinigFcit, /., pi. -en.
trifle.
Sleinot, n. -(e)8, -e, and
-ien. treasure.
fkttcrn, r. (f) climb.
Flingeln, >'. ring the bell.
Flingeii, v. irr. sound ;
tingle.
Flopfcn, v . beat ; knock.
Sloft, m. -e8, fllo|e. clod ;
dumpling.
Sfoftcr, n. -8, fllofler. con-
vent.
Sluft, /., pi. fllufte. gap;
cleft ; chasm.
Flug, a. wise ; prudent
fthiflhcit, /. discretion ;
wisdom ; good sense.
Snabr, in. -n, -n. boy.
Snnbcnalter, n. -8. boy-
hcod.
Snalf, ). -eg, -e. report;
ezploalon.
, a. scarce ; close.
,.-(, at. -8. ball.
Knt<ht, m. -eg, -e. slave.
Fneifen, v. irr. pinch.
Fncipcn, v. pinch.
GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY.
539
Knit, n. -(e), -e. knee.
&nod)cn, >n. -3. bone.
nofpe, /.,/>. -n. bud.
cook.
Fod)cit, v. cook ; boil.
Coffer, m. -8. trunk.
Stabler, m. -8. charcoal-
burner.
iiulpfj, //*. -ff3, -fle. colos-
sus.
Sffinct, m. -en, -en. comet.
tommanbtrcn, v. a. com-
mand.
Fonuimi, v. irr. come ;
come to pass.
Compliment, n. -(e)8, -e.
compliment.
61113, m. -(e)8, e. king.
Ai on iii in, /, />Z. -nen.
queen.
foniglid),. kingly; royal.
6nigreid), n. -(e)8, -e.
kingdom.
f ounen, v. (93, 324) can ;
be able.
fionnen, n. -8. capacity.
Ifopf, m. -e8, Ropfe. head.
, M. -8. headache.
b, . -e8, Rorbc. bas-
ket.
&prn, w. -e8, Corner. corn;
rye.
Korper, HI. -8. body.
fprperlid), a. bodily.
fiorperFraft, /. physical
strength.
Ati'Mcf, m. Cossack.
Fofeii, v. chat.
Soft,/. food.
Foftbar, a. costly ; pre-
cious.
Soften, pi. costs ; expen-
se(s).
tofttn, v. cost.
Foftlid), a. costly.
Foftfpielig, a. expensive.
raft, /, pi. flrafte.
strength.
ftraftcn, t. -8. collar.
Fraben, ?'. crow.
ftrollcv/, . -n. claw.
&ranid), u'i. -e8, -c. crane.
FnniF, ii. sick.
fraitFcit, y. offend.
frdnfciit 1 , adj. offending.
Franfh'ift, '7 diseased.
&rantt)eit,f., pi. -en. dis-
ease ; sickness.
a, m. -tt, -. circle.
Fvcifclicii, n. screech.
Ai in:;, M. -e8, -e. cross.
f ricdu'it, v. irr. (f & fy)
creep.
icg, m. -(e)8, -e. war.
, m. -8. warrior.
friegerifd), a. warlike.
ftric<j$)<it)laiut, n. -8, am=
ter. army pay-office.
^riepdminiftcr, m. -8.
Minister of War.
M'rttiF, /., pi. -en. criti-
cism.
v. crown.
,/, pi. -en. coro-
nation.
Sfriirfc,/., pi. -n. Brutch.
SJiid)e,/., pi. -n. kitchen.
.U;id)i-n, m. -8. cake.
(, /., ^>t -n. ball;
bullet.
ift,/., pZ. ffiilje, cow.
OIc,^; coohiess ; cool. ',
Fiibn, a. bold.
Ftihitiici), adv. boldly.
Stuiinncr, m. -8. grief.
ttiinmcrlid), a. miserable.
Stnntt,m. -n, -n. (59, E)
customer ; f. know-
ledge.
Fittiffdjaftcit, v. make in-
quiry.
unl>fd)flfter, m. -8. spy.
funftig, a. future.
fitinf*,/., pi. Sunfle. art.
Sfiinftier, m. -8. artist.
JiunfttocvF, n. work of
art.
.frupfcr, n. -8. copper.
Surfiirft, m. elector.
fun, a. short.
fiurjc, /, pi. -n. short-
ness.
it it ft c, /., pZ. -n. coast ;
shore.
Siiitfdjcr, TO. -8. coach-
man.
(aben, ?'. refresh.
CabetmttF, in. -(e)S, -ante,
refreshing drink.
i*abfa(, n. -(e)8, -c. re-
freshment.
did)c(n, y. smile.
ladicii, ?;. laugh ; smile.
t'ndjd, m. -e8, -e. salmon.
i'nbcn, m. -6, Saben, shop ;
store.
lat>tn,v. irr. lade; load;
invite.
, /., pi. -en. car-
go-
Sage, /., pi. -n position.
ager, n. -8. camp.
InSim, a. lame.
i'alinic, m. (108, c) lame
man.
i'linnu, n. -c8, Cdmmer.
lamb.
fiampc,/., /??. n. lamp.
Xant, n. -e8, -c, and Sons
bet. land ; country.
lanten, v. (130, 1) (f) land.
anbgut, n. estate.
m. peasant.
./; highway.
lang, a. long ; tall.
Jaiti)jal)rti3, a. of many
years.
liiitftc, adv. long.
Sange,/;, pZ. -n. length.
angerocile, /. tedious-
ness.
Id'ngS, prep. (384, 3)
along.
(cmgfant, a. slow.
fianje,/,^?. -n. lance.
arm, m. -(e)8. noise.
laffen,v. (326, III.) leave;
let.
Saft, /., pi. -en. load;
burden; weight.
Safier, n. -S. vice.
Ca'fterer, m. -8. blasphe-
mer.
laftcrlnift, a. vicious.
laftcrn, v. blaspheme.
Sdftcrroort, n. blasphemy.
lau, a. lukewarm.
aub, n. -e8. leaves ; foli-
age.
aubc,.f., pi. -n. arbor.
i'dublciu, n. -8. little
leaf.
ouf, m. -e8, Sdufe, course.
laufcn, v. irr. (f) run.
aune,/., pi. -n. humor;
caprice.
<m3, ./, pi. Caufe. louse,
Inufdjcn, v. listen.
laut, a. loud.
la n ten, v. sound ; run.
lebcn, v. (130, 1) live.
eben, n. -8. life ; fur fein
- flcrn effcn, be exces-
siv^lv fond of.
i'chcndnit, /. behavior;
manners.
ebcndgcfal)r, /. danger
of life.
540
GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY.
cbendfraft,/. vital pow-
er.
l, pi. provi-
sions.
li-bluiu, a. lively.
Vfblumintvit,/. vivacity.
li-cf en, v. lick.
Section,/., pi. -en. lesson.
let'em, a. (of) leather ;
leatuern.
leer, a. empty.
Iceren, v. (130, 1) empty.
Icqeii, v. (130, 1) lay; put.
egenbe, /., pi. -n. legend.
el>rc, /'. , pi. -n. doctrine.
lebren,Y (130, 1) teach.
<l)rcr, m. -8. teacher ;
master.
etb, m., pi. -er. body.
eibedfraft, /. strength
of body.
cid>e, /., j>Z. -n. dead
body.
Ieid)t, a. light ; easy.
eib, ri. -(e)8. sorrow ;
grief; einem ein -8 an:
thun, injure one.
Itit, iii'. e3 ijl, or, ttyut mir
-, I am sorry.
(eiben, v. irr. suflFer.
fieibenfebaft, /., pi. -tn.
passion.
Inter, int. alas.
Icihcn, v. irr. lend.
leife, a. low ; soft.
lei ft CH , v. do ; render ; per-
form ; take (an oath).
leiten, v. lead ; guide.
etter, m. (59, E) -.
guide; conductor.
Setter, /., (59, E)pl. -n.
ladder.
c7tton, y., />Z. -en. les-
son.
lenfen, v. guide.
enrer, m. -8. guide.
enj, m. -e8, -e. spring.
erdje, f.,pl. -n. lark.
lernen, t;. (130, 1) learn ;
study.
lefen, v irr. read.
efen, n. -8. reading.
efer, m. -8, /. Seferin, pi.
-nen. reader.
leferlid), a. legible.
U'St, a. last ; iinal.
(extend, '.-'//'. last.
leeterer, a. the latter.
Icethin, adv. lately.
leud)ten, v. shine.
eud)ter, m. -8. candle-
stick.
leugnen, v. (130, 1) deny.
X'eute, /;/. people.
id)t, n. -(e)8, -e, and -er.
light ; candle.
iduftocr, m. -S, -ftode.
candlestick.
lieb, a. dear.
iebe,/. love.
lieben, v. (130, 1) love.
Iieben0nmrtig,a. amiable.
Vu-lu-iuMmirt'iiiFftt, j'.. pi.
-en. amiability.
Iteber, adv. rather ; soon-
er.
liebtofen, v. caress.
lieblid), a. lovely.
icbling, >/t. -8, -e. favor-
ite.
i ieb, n. -(e)8, -er. song.
liefern, v. furnish ; give
(battle).
liciu'ii, /'. lie : - an, depend
upon ; e8 Uegt mit fcaran,
it is of importance to
me.
ilie,/., pi. -n. lily.
linb, adj. soothing.
ineal, n. -(e)8, -e. ruler.
\mt, a. left.
(tnfd, adv. to the left.
ippe,/.,jt>Z. -n. lip.
ift,/., pi. -en. cunning ;
trick.
ob, n. -e8. praise.
loben, v. praise.
lobensroerth, a. praise-
worthy.
t'obcaerhebmifl,/. praise.
oe^, n. -8, Zbfyt. nole.
lobcrn, r. blaze.
6ffcl, m. -8. spoon.
of)n, m. -(e)8, Soljne. re-
ward ; wages.
(pl)tun, v. reward; edlo^nt
ftc^ ber 3DJu^e, it is worth
while.
i'li h 11 itmi, /., pi. -en.
pay.
006, n. -e8, -e. lot ; fate ;
chance.
orbeer,m. -8, -en. lau-
rel.
prbecrin>eig, m. branch
of laureL
lod, n. loose.
lodbredKn,* v. irr. (f)
hreak loose.
I6fd)cn, v. extinguish.
' Vi'tViKit 1 , .". ransom.
lo$laffcn,* t;. irr. let
loose ; let off.
lodrt'ifjen,* v. irr. {td>, tear
one's self away.
Sotterit,f., pi. -n. lottery.
pn>e, m. -n, -n. lion.
6n>in, /., pi. -nen. li-
oness.
ucie,/. Lucy.
ubn>ig, m. Lewis.
uft, f.,pl. Sufte, air.
Itigen, v. lie ; tell a false-
hood.
uife, /. Louisa.
lullcii, v. lull.
uft,/., pi. Sufle. desire ;
mind ; pleasure.
. gay ; merry.
mad)fii, v. (130, 1 ) make ;
do.
SRacbt, /., pi. OKad}te.
might ; power.
mad)tig, a. mighty ; pow-
erful ; master of.
ajtabd)en, n. -8. girl.
SRagb, /., pi. 2Ragbt.
maid-servant.
in, n. -8. maiden.
:, m. -(e)8, and -en,
pi. -e. magnet.
fPtiifltictnabel,^/. magnetic
needle.
3Xnbl, n. -(e)8, -e, atid
aabter, meal.
SWai, m. -(e)8, May.
tnaildnbifd), adj. Milan-
ese.
aXnjcflat, /, pi. -en. ma-
jesty.
SWal, n. -(e)8, -e. time.
malen, v. paint.
Staler, m. -8. painter.
man, pron. (163) one; a
man ; we ; you ; they ;
men ; people.
ntand), cr, -e, eS. pron.
(105, 1; 312, 19; 103,
Note 2) many a; many;
some.
mandxrlet, a. indecl. of
several sorts ; many
things.
mandtmal, adv. some-
times.
watit.
mangeln, v. want; be
wanting.
GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY.
541
, ?. -(e)g, pi. Wan?
ncv. ( :J, 1C) man.
Wcmiilcin, n. -g. mani-
kin.
tnannlid), . masculine.
2Jiniuifci)aft, /., pi. -en.
crew.
SRantel, m. -g.pl. aWantef.
cloak.
ajtargaretlje,/ Margaret.
SWartc,/ Mary.
SDtarine, /., p/. -n. navy.
SXa'rfer, m. -8. Branden-
burger.
aXartt, m. -g, 2J2arfte.
market.
SWarftprda, m. market-
price.
ntarmclficincrn, a. mar-
ble.
tnarfd)i(e)ren, v. (127,
Exc. 2) (f & !>) march.
8Xarfen, p. an ancient
tribe on the lower
Rhine.
j, m. -eg. March.
., pi. -n. mask.
$, n. e8, -e. measure.
eff., pi. -n. mass.
magig, a. moderate.
ntiijjicjcn, v. moderate.
SRd'gigt'ctt, f. temper-
ance.
SRaftigung, f. modera-
tion.
SWafjrcflcf, f. measure ;
provision.
SJlatrofc, m. -n, -n. sailor.
matt, a. faint ; feeble ;
dull.
3attc,/, pi. -n. mat
SRattigifcit, f. weakness.
SKauer, f.,pl. -n. wall.
aaul, . (-)g, hauler,
mouth.
SWaurer, m. -8. mason ;
bricklayer.
9Jtcwi, /., pi. SKaufe.
mouse.
SWecr, w. -c8, -e. sea.
SWeerbufrn, m. -g. gulf.
ystetfi, n. (-e)g, -e. flour.
inchr, adv more.
mclirer, a. (74, IV) sev-
eral.
ystfyv\tfy\, f. plural num-
ber.
nifitcn, v. irr. avoid ;
shun.
2ReiIe,/, pi. -n. mile.
mein,pron. (18 ; 73, III ;
144, 1 ; 33(5, U) my, of
me ; fcer, tie, bag, - e.
mine ; tie ajJeinen, my
family.
mcttifii, v. think ; mean.
mcini^e, ber, bte, bag, a.
(153) mine.
TOeimitifl, f., pi. -en.
opinion.
metft, a. (74, IV) most ;
am -en, adv. most.
ittciftend, adv. mostly.
iiu-ltcii v. milk.
SKelobie,/., pi. -n. melo-
dy.
'Wcn^c, /., pi. -n. multi-
tude ; crowd.
SDlcnfd), m. -en, -en. man;
mankind ; pi. people.
menfd)cnfrcunb(id), a. hu-
mane.
SW<nfd)l)cit,/. humanity.
incnfd)(ii1), a. human ; hu-
mane.
incrfcit, v. perceive ; -Iaf=
fen. let know.
9Rcrfina(, n. -g, -e. mark.
incrtttwrbig, a. remark-
able.
mcfKit, v. irr. measure.
SBleffer, n. -g. knife.
3ttctal(,n. -(e)g, -e. metal.
SJlc^ger, m. -g. butcher.
mid), pron. (144, 1; 147,
8) me ; - felbjl. myself.
mitnt, f., pi. -n. look;
countenance.
im'rtfu'u, v. hire ; take.
SfRild),/. milk.
milb(e), a. mild ; gentle.
SWillion, f. t pi. -en. mil-
lion.
minbcr, a. less ; smaller.
SBtincrat, n. -(e)g, -e, and
-ten. mineral.
Wliiuitc, /., pi. -n. min-
ute.
mir, pron. dat. (144, 1 ;
147, 8) me ; to me.
mifd)cn, v. mix.
atfd)iing, /., pi. -en.
mixture.
mitiuilU'ii, v. irr. dis-
please.
iiiiriiiii.icii, v. irr. (f) fail.
inifuraitcii, /'. distrust.
JJiifttraucn, >/. distrust.
nut, adv. together with ;
prep. (288^2)_with; by.
1 SWitarbdter, m. fellow-
contributor.
2Kitburgr,m. fellow-cit-
izen.
SRitgefangene, m. and f.
(108, c) fellow -prison-
er.
mitgcl)en,* v. go ; accom-
pany.
SWitlcib(en), n. -&. com-
passion ; pity.
mitUiMg, a. compassion-
ate.
SRitmcnfd), m. fellow-
creature.
imtttcJjmcn,* v. irr. take
along with.
SWitfd)uler, m. school^
fellow.
aJiittag, m.-(e)g, -e. noon.
-V.il m iH'ftVn, n. -g. din-
ner.
, ni.li'. at noon.
, n. -8. means ; re-
medy.
tnittel, a. middle.
niiiu'li'i, a. middlemost.
mitten, adv. - in, in the
midst.
2><tttniad)t,/. midnight.
mittcrnad)t,* v. at mid-
night.
mittljeilen,* v. give; com-
municate.
SDtittropd), m. -8, -e. Wed-
nesday.
mogcn, v. irr. (96, S25)
be able ; like.
SRoljr, m. -en, -en. negro.
JOJuIfeii, pi. whey.
tDiommii, m. -en, -en.
monarch.
9Konat, m. -(e)8, -e.
month.
mcnatltd), adv. monthly.
3R6nd), m. -(e)8, -e.
monk.
, m. -(e)8, -e. moon.
, HI. -g. moon-
light.
SWontag, m. -(e)8, -e.
Monday.
SWooS, n. -e8, -e. moss.
501 oral,/, morals.
tuoraltfd), a. moral
SJforafi, m.-e8,-dfle. mire;
swamp.
SDlorb, m. -(e;8, -e. mur-
der.
SOterbcr, m. -9. murdexer.
542
GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY.
TOurgcn, m. -S. moruing.
tnorgcn, adv. to-morrow.
aRorgenglocfe,/. morning
bell
SJura.cnlaiit', n. East.
TOorgenrotbe,/ dawn.
tnorfd), a. rotten.
mutt, a. weary ; tired.
aXiibc, /, pi. -n. pains ;
trouble.
9Rubme, /., pi. -n. aunt.
mubfatn, a. painful.
9Xwrt, m. -(e)3, -e, 3Hun=
be, and 3Kunfcer. mouth.
iBiimffod), >n. head-cook
(of a prince).
munter, a. active.
SWmitcrfcit, f. liveliness.
tnurren, v. grumble.
SRttrrcn, 7*. -8. grumb-
ling.
BtufEE,/. music.
SWufificbrcr, rn.-S. music-
teacher.
TOudfel, m., and/. -, -n.
muscle.
nuiffen, v. (95, 329) be
obliged ; must.
TOuth, rn. mood ; cour-
age ; nne rcarb iljm ju - e ?
how did he feel ?
ntutbig, a. courageous.
imtrlilo*, a. discouraged.
SRutbloftgfdt,/. want of
courage.
Stutter, /, pi. aflutter,
mother.
SWu$e,/., pi. -n. cap.
nad), adv. - unb natty, by
degrees ; - toie cor, now
as before ; prep. (28o,
2) to ; after.
9fad)bar, m. -n, & -, pi.
-n. neighbor.
9tad)barin, /., pi. -nen.
(female) neighbor.
:iad)frem, adv. afterwards;
con/', after.
nad)benr<n,* v. irr. medi-
tate.
ttad)gebcn,* v. irr. yield.
nacbber, adv. afterwards.
Wad)(afi, m. -e8, -afie. ces-
sation.
nad)(affen,* w. irr. abate.
nad)ldffii)> negligent ;
careless.
mid)lnufcn,* v. irr. (f) run
alter.
9tad)tntttag, m. after-
noon.
nadjitnittag*, adv. in the
afternoon.
9tad>rid)t, /., pi. -en,
news.
nadjifebtn,* v. irr. look
after.
nad)fe$en,* put after ;
pursue.
luuliff , a. next ; nearest.
Sdd)fle, in. andf. (108, c)
neighbor.
XiidwtMiiicbc, /. charity.
iuid)ftcn*, adv. soon.
nad)fud)cii, v . search.
Vtatbtff. , pi. SRa^te, night.
9tad)tbeil, in. injury.
iiiidHlu'ilh], a. disadvan-
tageous; detrimentaL
3iad)ttnnll, /., pi. -n.
nightingale.
?fiid>naci)e, /., pi. -n.
night-watch.
9Iad)tn>ad}ter > m. -8.
watchman.
9lacfen, m. -9. (back of
the) neck.
nacft, a. naked.
/., />?. -n. needle.
M. - 3, Stajel. nail
v. gnaw.
nail, italic, (114,6) a. near.
mibbei, (/y. wi2A prep.
close.
nahcit, P. (f) approach.
nabcrn, v. approach.
nabrcii, v. feed; fu -,
maintain one's self.
9taf>ruitg,/., pi. -en. food.
9{amc, m. -n, -n ; or 9ta=
men, m. -3. name ; -8.
by name ; called.
it a m lid>, a. (71, I) same ;
adv. namely.
Warr, m. -n, -en. fool.
Stofe,/., pi. -n. nose.
naf , a. wet.
Waffe,/ wet.
9tation, /., pi. -n. na-
tion.
ytatur,f.,pl. -en. nature.
9fcape(, n. -S. Naples.
SWebel, in. -9. mist
neben, prep, with dat. or
ace. by ; close to.
Kebi-itiHcnfd), rn. fellow-
man.
yttbtnuimmer, n. adjoin-
ing room.
nebH,prep. with dat. to-
gether with.
9?cff, in. -n, -n. nephew.
iicbntcii, /;. irr. take.
iii-iNi'd), i'. envious.
ncigcn, v. incline.
HI-MI, adv. no.
iicmicn, v. irr. name;
call
9te$, n. -e, -e. net.
nen, a. new ; eon -em.
anew.
nculid), a. recent ; late ;
lately.
iicuit, num. (119) nine.
!iciin;cli!t, (119) nineteen.
neuii)ig, num. ninety.
nid)t, adv. not.
Wid)te,/., pi. -n. niece.
mdito, pron. (162) noth-
ing.
turfcii, v. nod.
nie, adv. never.
ttict'cr, a. low.
nietcrbrennen,* v. irr.
bnru down.
low spirits.
9?ie&er(age, /. -n. defeat.
niet>erreifjen,* v. pull
down.
Micfrcrroerfen,* v. throw
down ; ft$ -, prostrate
one's self.
nicMid), a. neat ; pretty.
menial*, adv. never.
9tomai(fc, pron. (162)
-(e)8. nobody ; no one.
niiiiiitcr, adv. never.
iiiniiitcrnicbr, adv. never
(more).
IIP*, adv. (343, 13) still ;
yet ; einer, another ;
einmal, once more ;
fo, ever so ; ni$t,
not yet ; conj. nor.
m. -e8, Jiortcti, m.
-8. north.
Jforrocjjctt, n. -9. Norway.
Wotb, ./:, pi. 9Z6t^e and
92ot6en. necessity ; dis-
tress.
Wotbburft, /. urgent
want.
ndtbtg, a. necessary ; -
n, need.
, v. compeL
,/, pi. -en. zero.
nun, adv. now ; well/
nur, adv. but ; only.
GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY.
543
9hif|, /., pi. SRuffe. nut.
SHuftbaunt, m. -, -bourne.
ni,t-tiee.
SCiiijcii, >n. -8. use ; bene-
iit.
HUI.C", mieeii, c. be of
use or service.
), a. useful
ob, eonj. whether.
oben, adv. above ; on
high ; up stairs.
ober, a. upper ; ber, tie,
-e. superior.
Obcrauffcher, m. -8. su-
perintendent.
Oberberrfd)aft, /. sover-
eignty.
oberft, a. uppermost.
obgleid), conj. though ;
although.
cbfd)on = ofcgleidj.
Obft, n. -e8. fruit.
Cdd, i. -en, -en; or Od>fc,
-n, -u. ox ; steer.
obe, a. empty ; desert ;
waste.
ober, conj. or ; or else.
Ofen, in. -8, Cefen. stove.
Qfenrobr, n. stove-pipe.
offen, a. open.
ofrcm(id), a. public.
Officter, m. -8, -e. officer.
offncn, v. awd ft$, open.
Qeffuung, /, pi. -en.
aperture.
oft, ofterd, oftmald, adv.
often ; frequently.
ofter, a. frequent ; adv.
oftener.
Obcint, in. -(e)3, -e. un-
cle
oh lie, conj. and prep.
without.
Obnmad)t, f., pi. -en.
swoon.
Ohr, n. -c8, -en. ear.
Obrring, m. ear-ring.
per,/., pi. -n. opera.
Orange, /., pi. -n. or-
ange.
Ort, m. -(e)8, -e, a/i<Z
Ocrter. place.
Oft, m. -e. east.
Ocftreid), M. -8. Aus-
tria.
Oeftreider, m. -8. Aus-
trian.
oftreid)ifd|, a. Austrian.
inb, m. east-wind.
, . -(e)8, -e. pair ;
couple ; em -, (52, 2 ) a
lew.
m. andf. -(e)8, -e,
aU gia^ten.
lease.
Vndjtgut, n. lease-hold ;
farm.
pad)tcn, v. rent.
4)arf, /. awd n. -(e)8, -e,
ad ^drfe. pack ; n. (no
pi.) rabble.
Vactdtcti, n. -8. small
packet ; parcel,
parfcn, v. seize.
'ViiiK, in. -n. -n. page,
^alaft, m. -(e)8, ^oldpe.
palace.
Van toff el, m. -8, -n. slip-
per.
n. -(e)8, -e. paper.
i. -vS, gSdpjie. pope.
n. -e8, -e. para-
dise.
Varifer, .. -8. Parisian.
'Vaj?, wt. -fje8, $af}e. pass-
port.
'Vathe, . and f. -n, -n.
godparent.
Vein,/., /?/. -en. torment.
Verle, /. , pi. -n. pearl ;
bead.
Vcrfon, /., pi. -tn. per-
son ; on - fennen, know
by sight.
Vetfdjaft, n. -S, -e. seal.
1 , m. -(e)8, -e. path.
, m. -(e)8,
pole ; post.
,/. Palatinate.
, w. -(e)8,
pledge.
Vfanne, /. , pi. -n. pan.
Vforrci, /., pi. -en. par-
ish.
Vfau, wt. -e8, -en, p?. -e,
-en. peacock,
pfeifen, v. irr. whistle.
Weil, in. -(e)8, e. arrow.
Pferd>, m. -(e)8, -e. fold.
Werb, M. -(e)8, -e. horse.
Wertcften, w. -8. little
horse.
Vftrftd), m. -(e)8, -e.
peach.
, f.,pl. -n. plant.
, v. plant.
,/., /?Z. -tu plum.
. care,
pflegcn, v. enjoy._
id)t,f., pi. -en. duty.
pfltirfen, v. gather ; pick.
i, y - plough.
n. -(e)8, -e. pound.
tn. -en, -en.
philosopher.
Vbilofopbie, /. -n. philo-
sophy.
philou'phiiM), a. philo-
sophic (al).
pboni^ifd), a. Phoenician.
pieten, v. pick.
Vilatud, in. Pilate.
"Vilrtcr, m. -8. pilgrim.
plagcu, v. plague; tor-
ment.
"Vlnti, m. -(e)8, -e. plan ;
design.
%Miinct, ??i.-en, -en. planet.
plan, a. flat.
pfae ! int. crack !
square; place.
plaubern, v. talk.
ploeltd), adv. suddenly.
plump, a. clumsy.
piiinbcrn, v. plunder.
"VluMbertnijj, /., pi. -tn.
plundering.
podKii, v. beat ; knock.
Voli)ei,/. -en. police.
IMm-iMener, m. -8. po-
liceman.
polnifd), fi. Polish.
portion, /., pi. -en. por-
tion.
Voft, /., pi. -en. post-
office.
9>rad)t,/. splendor ; mag-
nificence.
prii'ditifl, a. magnificent.
prod)too(I, a. magnifi-
cent.
prangcn, v. shine; dis-
play.
Vrafifrcnt, m. -en, -en.
president.
Vrebigt,/. -en. sermon.
Vreid, tn. -e8, -e. prize.
preifen, v . irr. praise.
preffcn, v. press.
'Vn-ii^c, m. -n, -n. Prus-
sian.
Vreufgen, n. -S. Prussia.
, a. Prussian.
, m. -en, -en. prince.
effin, /., pi. -nen.
princess.
Vrior, m. -. prior.
f f.,pl. -n. trial
544
GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY.
Vrobucf t, n. -(e)8, -e. pro-
duct
profatt, a. profane.
tyromnn,f.,pl. -en. prov-
ince.
prufcti, v. put to the trial.
Vublifuiit, >t. -g. public.
pubern, v. powder.
"ViiUn-r, 7t. -g. powder ;
gunpowder.
<VimFt, m. -(e)8, -e. point
ptinftlicb, a. punctual.
puecn, v. clean.
Vtjrendcn, />/. Pyrenees.
final, r' , pi. -en. distress ;
torment ; pang.
fiuarj, m. -eg, -e. quartz.
Cuelle, /., pi. -n. well;
fountain.
qticr, adv. across.
Cuirl, 7. -(e)g, -e. twirl-
ing-stick.
Rabe, m. -n, -n. raven.
Rabenneft, n. raven's
nest.
9ta<be,f. vengeance.
racfocn, v. revenge ;
avenge.
Rad)eti, 7>t. -8. mouth.
Rab, n. -(e)g, SKater.
wheeL
Rdbertoerf, n. clockwork.
raffen, (aufraffen,) v.
snatch up.
Rant*, m. -(e)8, SRanfcer.
edge ; margin.
9taft(e)rmefFcr, n. razor.
raffeln, v. rattle.
Math, m. -(e)8. advice.
ratben, v. advise.
9tatbfd)lag, m. -(e)8, -age.
advice.
Watte,/., pi. -n. rat.
rauben, v. rob ; prey.
Waubcr, m. -8. robber ;
highwayman.
9taubtrti,f., pi. -en. rob-
bery.
Raud), m. -eg. smoke.
ruiidicn, t>. smoke.
9taudxn, re. -8. smoking.
rducbcrn, v. smoke.
raub, a. rough.
Rauin, m. -(e)8, 9iaume.
room ; space.
9t<iupt,f.,pl. -n. caterpil-
lar.
auf djen, v. rush ; rustle.
, /., jt>?. -n. vine;
vine-branch.
vine-grow-
?. -en. bill ;
account.
redjt, a. right.
3ted)t, n. -(e)8, -t. right ;
justice; - tyaben, be
right
rcd)tfertigen, v. justify.
rcd>n rt)affcM, a, just ;
honest.
9*ed)tfd)affenbeit, /. hon-
esty.
rcdus, adv. to the right.
rcrf en, v. stretch.
ytebt, /., pi. -n. speech ;
discourse.
Jiel'cfafrf it, m. thread of
discourse.
rtten, v. (130, 1) speak;
talk.
9^e^enart, /, pi. -en.
phrase.
n-Mid), a. honest.
9te^ner, . -S. orator.
iWcfornt, y., ^>t -en. re-
form.
Reformation, /, pL -en.
reformation.
yit$t\,f.,pl. -n. rule.
m. -g. rain.
i. rainbow.
9tegenfd)irnt, m. -(e), -e.
umbrella.
rcgimn, v. (127, Ex. 2)
govern.
Rcgierung, /., pi. -en.
government; reign.
r cii it i' ii, v. rain.
9tt<}un8,f.,pl. -en. move-
ment.
9teb, n. -(e)8, -e. deer.
rcibcn, v. irr. rub.
rtid), a. rich ; wealthy.
Reid), n. -(e)8, -e. empire ;
kingdom.
fteidK, m. (108, c) rich
man.
rricblid), a. liberal.
Reid)tbuin,/.-(e)8 ; -umer.
riches ; wealth.
reif, a. ripe.
Reif, m. -(e)8, -e. hoar-
frost
Reife,/. maturity.
Reib<, /, pi. -n. rank;
turn.
Rciben, in. -4. dance.
9tcim,m. -(e), -t. rhyme.
rein, a. clear.
tviiiiiu'ii, v. clean.
SNci*, tn. -e. rice
9ttiit,f.,pl. -n. journey;
travel ; voyage.
reifen, v. (130; 131, 2)
travel
5Weifent>e, m. (108, c) trav-
eller.
reiften, v. frr. rush ; pull ;
tear ; an fi$ -, seize
upon.
fteitpfert, n. saddle-
horse.
reitcn, v. irr. ride ; go on
horseback.
Wciter, n. -8. rider ;
horseman.
reiicn, i 1 . charm.
rctinen, v. irr. run,
Wefenx, /., pi. -m. re-
serve.
Weferocforp*, n. reserve
corps.
retten, v. (130, 1) save;
rescue.
yttue,f. repentance.
rcuen, v. repent ; regret ;
e8 reut mid), I regret.
Revolution, /, pi. -en.
revolution.
9tbcin, m. -%. Rhine.
ridjten, v. direct ; ad-
dress ; judge.
Wid)tcr, m. -g. judge.
Miditiioiid, n. court-
house.
rid)tig, a. right ; duly ;
correct
ricdu-ii, v . irr. smell.
9ticgel, in. -8. bar ; bolt
Riefc, in. -n, -n. giant
iff, . -(e)8, -e. reef.
'Stint f it. -(e)8, -et. beef;
ox.
9ting, m. -(e), -e. ring.
ringen, v. irr. struggle;
wrestle.
ringdum, adv. all around.
rinnen, v. irr. (f) flow :
leak.
SWitter, m. -. knight
rod)eln, v. rattle (in the
throat).
Wocf, m. -(e)8, SRotfe. coat
rob, a. rough ; rude.
Wobr, 7t. -(e)8, -e, and
9ictyre. reed ; tube.
9tr>ttt,f.,pl. -n. roll.
GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY.
545
rotttn, v. (f) roil ; [i$ -,
roll (up) ; curl.
Wo in, 7i. -8. Rome.
ttontaii, . -(e)8, -r. no-
vel.
ftomonje, /, pi. -n. bal-
lad.
Vtomer, m. -8. Roman.
Wofe,/, >Z. -n. rose.
rofig, a. rosy.
Wt>8, 71. -ffe8, -ffe. horse.
rotl), a. red.
iWptbe,/. redness; blush.
ri.it hi idi, a. reddish.
9tiibe, f. turnip ; get6e -,
carrot ; rotfye -, beet.
9tubin, m. -(e)8, -e. ruby.
ftutfen, m. -8. back.
9tudttl)r,f. return.
rurflingd, adv. back-
ward(s).
rubcrii, v. (131, 3) row ;
pull.
Wubolf, m. -8. Rudolph.
9tuf, m. -(e)8, -e. call ;
reputation.
rufen, n. irr. call ; -laffen,
send for.
9lut)e,f. rest.
rtibig, a. quiet ; calm.
iiKiibnt, m. -(e)8. glory;
fame ; honor.
riilmii, v. stir ; touch.
riil) rent 1 , a. affecting.
runt, a. round.
Sftuffe, m. -n, -n. Rus-
sian.
9?ufl(<inb, 72. -8. Russia.
SHufter,/. elm.
<2>aal, m. -(e)8, die. hall.
2aat,/., pi. -en. seed.
Sadie, /., pi. -n. case ;
matter.
2 a cine, w. -n, -n. Saxon.
Siidiu n, M. -8. Saxony.
fad)ft'fd), a. Saxon.
fudjtc, a. slow.
2ocf, i. -e8, d<fe. bag.
aft, >/i. -e8, aftc. sap.
fagen, n. say ; tell.
'2alpeter,//<. -8. saltpetre.
2So[?, . -e8, -e. salt.
^unu'(n), n. -n, -n8, -(3),
joZ. -n. seed.
fainmtttd), a. all.
Zamftai), m. Saturday.
Saiiiuni, m. -(e)S, -e. si-
moon.
t, a. Saint.
, m. -(e)8, -e. sand.
2iinb|ladK, ./'. -n. sand-
])lain.
fanft, a. soft.
Zaufrlteit, Zntiftiiuuh, /.
softness ; gentleness ;
meekness.
vSanqcr, MI. -8. singer.
<2ara,/. Sarah.
a^, in. -e8, a^e. sen-
tence.
fauer, a. sour.
fcmgen, i. ir> - . suck.
faugen, v. suckle.
2iniijliiii}, m. -(e)8, -e.
baby. .
&iiiile,f., pi. -n. column.
f.iufcln, v. rustle ; mur-
mur.
<2>d>aar,f.,pl. -en. troop;
band ; tiock.
fd>aaren, />. assemble.
, m. -(e)8, -e, awd
. shaft.
, m. -n8, (-8),
cfyaben. damage ; loss.
fd>abcn, v. injure.
fd>aMid), a. injurious ;
hurtful.
<Zd>af, n. -(e)8, -e. sheep.
<2d)afer, m. -8. shepherd.
2 di afc rin, /., pi. -nen.
shepherdess.
fd)affcit, v. irr. create ;
reg. do ; work.
Sdj.ile, /., pi. -n. scale
(of a balance).
fd>a(fcn, v. sound.
<2d)am,/. shame.
fd)aincit, fi(^, v. reft, be or
feel ashamed.
3d)4itbe, /. shame ; dis-
grace.
fd) in I 1 fid), n. infamous.
fdjarf, a. sharp.
3d)cirfc, /. sharpness ;
acuteness.
fd)arren, v. rake.
3rtv.ittcti, m. -8. shade.
3d)ii(j, m. -e8, c^oge.
treasure.
fd)Jieeit, v. (131, 2) value;
esteem.
d)ii^graber,m. treasure-
seeker.
2d)a^nieiftcr, m. treasu-
rer.
fd)auen, '. look.
2.ci>auni, m. -(e)
me. froth.
. (e)8, -e.
spectacle.
d)iiufpicler, m. -8. actor.
Zdnwfpidmii, /, pi.
-nen. actress.
Sdjeere,./'., pi. -n. (a pair
of) scissors.
fd)eer<n, v. irr. shear.
Zdtcibc, f.,pl. -n. pane.
fd)eibcii, ^. irr. depart ;
separate ; divide.
2dKin, m. -(e)8, -e. pre-
tence.
(M)ciiu-ii, v. irr. shine ; ap-
peur.
fdjcitcrn, v. be wrecked.
d)elm / m.-(e)8, -e. rogue.
fd)c(tcn, v. irr. scold ;
chide.
*d)id)t, f.,pl. -en. layer.
fdm'Fen, v. send.
3d)id*fa(, n. -(e)8, -e. des-
tiny.
fd)ieben, v. irr. push.
3d)iegputoer, n. -8. (gun-)
powder.
, v. irr. shoot.
, 7i. -(e)8, -e. ship.
<2d)iffeiv m. -8. mariner.
d)iffniaii!t, m. (rare)
sailor.
2d)tff 6ntaniifd)aft, /. , pi.
-en. crew.
m. -(e)8, -e. 7id
-er. shield ; n. (59, #)
sign.
<3d)ilt>n>ad)e, /., pi. -n.
sentinel.
fd)il>mi, v. picture.
d)iHing, m. -(e)8, -e.
shilling.
Zdiiiniiu-v, m. -6. lustre.
fd)inipfcn, r. abuse; in-
sult.
fd)impf)id), . disgraceful.
fd)tnt>rn, v. flay.
3d)infcn, m. -8. ham.
3d)(d)t, /"., pi. -en. battle.
fd)l<id)tett, w. (130, 1) kill.
<3d)lad)tfc(t>, n. battle-
field.
2d)Lii1)ti(i'tiiiiniicf, n. -t.
(lin of battle.
2d)laf, m. -(e)8. sleep.
fdilafcn, v. irr. sleep.
fd)laf(e)rig, a. sleepy.
fd)lafern, v. irnpers. e4
fc^lafcrt inic^, I am or
feel sleepy.
fdjlaff, a. alack ; relaxed.
GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY.
-a$er. bed-room.
fcdilaffnbinct, n. -8, -e.
bed-chamber.
<2dtIiif;hmiuT, n. bed-
room.
g, m. -(e)8. -age.
blow.
fcfclagen, v. irr. strike;
beat ; defeat.
fdihuif, a. slender.
fitikdn, a. bad ; wicked.
2dilcd)ttgfeit,/. badness ;
iniquity.
fdilcidKii, v. irr. creep ;
sneak.
fdilctfcii, v. drag.
fdileifeii, v. irr. grind ;
sharpen.
(dilic^cn, v. irr. lock (up).
fdilingeti, v. irr. twine ;
twist.
<2d>loft, n. -fte8, -offer.
castle ; palace ; lock.
fd)(ud)ien, v. sob.
2d)lumincr, //(. -8. slum-
ber.
fdilijpfcit, v. slide.
2d)IiR, m. -ffe8, -uffe. con-
clusion.
<2d)luffc(, m. -8. key.
<2d)liiFfolqc,/. reasoning;
conclusion.
<2d)lufjfctte, /, pi. -n.
chain of reasoning ; ar-
gument.
<2d)iiiad),/. insult.
fdiniahcn, v. abuse.
fd)imiblid), a. ignomini-
ous.
<2d)iiiiiu$, m. -eS, -aufe.
banquet.
diiiirid)flci, /, pi. -en.
flattery.
fdiiiKidH'lit, v. flatter.
v2d)iiicidilcr, >n. -8. flat-
terer.
fd)mcifjcit, v. irr. smite ;
dash.
fd)ind}cii, v. irr. melt ;
dissolve.
<2d>mcn, m. -e8, and -en8,
-en. pain.
f dwierien, v. ache ; grieve.
d)mcfterling, m. -(t)9.
butterfly.
fd)tnr tttrn, v. crack; dash;
clang.
ed)iniet>, m. -(e)8, -e.
wnith.
i'd)iiiic>)cit, v. crouch ; jul)
an -, cling to.
fdinitirfcii, v. adorn; de-
corate.
rdintuiMi;, a. dirty.
2d)iioe, w. -8. snow.
fd>nciben, v. irr. cut.
2dmertcr, m. -8. tailor.
fdincicn, v. snow.
uliiicll, a. quick ; swift.
fdmupfcn, v. take snuff.
fd) on, id// 1 , already.
fd)6n, a. fine ; beautiful.
Zdii'iilicit, /., pi. -en.
beauty.
3dioofi, m. -e8, -e. lap.
2d)6pfcr. m. -8. creator.
d)ottlanber, m. -8.
Scotchman.
Sdminf, m. -(e)8, -anfe.
cupboard.
^dininfc, /, pi. -n. bar-
rier.
fdm-rfcii, v. frighten.
2d)ri'cfcii, m. -8. terror.
fdm-cf lid), a. terrible.
2d)fci, nt. -e8, -e. cry ;
scraam.
d)reib(md), n. copy-
book.
fdin-ibi-ii, v. irr. write.
3duvibcii, n. -8. letter.
idnvifii, v. irr. cry.
2d)fcincr, m. -8. joiner.
fdjrdtcn, w. irr. (f) stride ;
step.
2d)rift, /., pi. -en. writ-
ing ; works.
Sdinftftcllcr, m. writer;
autlior.
2diritt, m. -(e)8, -e. step ;
pace.
3d)iih, m. -(e)8, -e. shoe.
2d)uhtiiad)cr, ///. -8. shoe-
maker.
d)ult>, /., pi. -en. debt ;
fault ; blame ; guilt.
fdmlbfod, a. innocent.
fdmlfrin, a. indebted ;
owing ; - fetn, owe.
Sdmlbi^fcit,/. debt; ob-
ligation.
2d)tilc,/., pi. -n. school.
Zdniler, m. -8. scholar ;
pupil.
2d>uIter,/,^>Z. -n. shoul-
der.
, m. -peg, <$ufie.
shot.
,. -n, dish.
fdiiittt (n, v. shake.
. e3. protection.
, m. -n, -n. rifle-
man ; shot.
fdjroadj, a. weak ; f eeble.
v2d)Wii3er, m. -8, -dger.
brother-in-law.
direcigerin, /., />Z. -nen.
sister-in-law.
fd)iviiufcn, v. (t> and f;
wave ; vacillate.
, j.-e8,-anje.tail
m. -c8, -drme
fdjtoar;, a. black.
fdnocbcii, v. hover ; float
-2d)mebcn, n. -8. Sweden.
2d)icif, in. -(e)8, -e. tail
fdiiDci^cti, v. in: be silent.
2ii)iocii]cii, >i. -8. silence.
2d)roctn, n. -(e)8, -e. hog;
Pig-
d)ttij,/. Switzerland.
3d)tt>fiicr, m. -8. Swiss.
fdttpellcn, v. irr. (\) swell.
fdjrocr, a. heavy ; seri-
ous ; hard.
fdimcrlid), a. scarcely.
2d)rocrt, n. -(e)8, -er.
sword.
2d)icflcr, /., pi. -n. sis-
ter.
2d)iDicflcrfof)n, m. son-
iti -law.
fdiroierifl, a. difficult.
<2d)tt>icrii)tctt, f. -en. dif-
ficulty ; objection.
fditoiniuicn, v. irr. swim.
fdutMiiJvIn, /'. grow giddy.
fd)n>iiibcn, v. irr. (f) van-
ish ; die away.
I'dmnmicii, v. irr. swing.
fd)n>i6cn, v. sweat.
fdttviircit, v. irr. swear.
Scl.mc, m. -n, -n. slave.
clat>erei, /. slavery.
fed)*, a. six.
fcdifte, a. sixth.
U'di;cliit, a. sixteen.
, a. sixty.
, w. -8, -en. lake.
2cc,/, p^. -en. sea.
2ccle, /., pi. -n. soul;
spirit.
2c((cutc, pi. seamen.
2cc!iiiinn, m. seaman.
'. id, n. -8. sail.
K tcin, v. ($ and f) sail.
2cjeti, m. -8. blessing;
prosperity.
VOCABULARY.
547
$<gendnmnfd), m. bene-
diction.
Segler, ///. -8. sailor.
fegncn, v. bless/
feben, ?;. irr. see.
Sebne,/., /' -n. sinew.
fcbneii, v. reft. fid) -, long.
Sebneit, n. -8. longing ;
desire.
fd)n(id), a. longing; ar-
dent.
febr, adv. very ; much ;
very much.
feiben, a. silken.
Seil, n. -(e)8, -e. rope.
2eiler, m. -8. ropemaker. i
fein, -e, -tS.pron. (18; 73, i
III; 144, 3 ; 336, 3) his ;
its ; of him ; of it.
fein v. irr. (see Index) (f) !
be ; v . aux. be ; have. [
feinetroillcn, adv. for his
sake.
feinige, ber, bie, ba8, pron.
(153) his ; one's ; ba8 -,
one's (own) property ;
bie -n, one's own.
feit, prep. (283, 2) since ;
-roann ? how long ?
feitbem, adv. since that
time ; ever since ;
(conj.) since.
eite, /., pi. -n. side ;
page ; quarter.
feitroarts, adv. sideways.
felbft, a. (148, > ; 148, 9, i
11 ; 163, 3) self; irf>,
Wit -, I myself ; we ;
ourselves ; adv. even.
felbftftanbig, a. independ-
ent.
@elbftfud)t, /. selfislmess.
felig, a. happy ; blessed.
Scligfeit, /. happiness.
feltcn, a. scarce ; adv.
rarely; seldom.
feltfam, a. strange ; odd.
emmel,/, pi. -n. roll.
fenben, v. irr. & reg. send.
enf, w.-(e)8, -e. mustard.
fen fen, v. lower.
9tnft,f.,pl. -n. scythe.
fcBcn, v. set ; put ; place.
fid), pron. (144, 4: 147,
8) himself ; herself ; it-
self ; themselves ; each |
other ; to himself, to
herself, etc. ; yourself ; i
to yourself.
r, a. safe.
Sid)erbeit,/. security.
ft'dierlid), itdi<. surely.
Zicilien, /<. -9. Sicily.
fit, pron. (144,3) she;
her ; it ; @te, (145, 2)
you ; they ; them.
Sieb, n. -(e)8, -e. sieve.
fiebcn, a. seven.
ft'ebicftn, a. seventeen.
fteb;ig, a. seventv.
fi'ctcn, v. in: boil.
<2ieg, m. -(e)8, -e. victory.
, 11. -8. seal.
m. -. conqueror.
n. -(e)8, -e. signal.
3iibcr, n. -k. silver.
nlbcrbdl, a. bright as
silver.
ftngen, v. irr. sing.
finf en, v. irr. (f) sink.
Zitm, m. -(e), -e. sense;
feeling ; meaning.
fi'nnrcid), a. ingenious.
finitcn, v. think ; medi-
tate ; reflect.
Sitte, /., pi. -n. custom ;
pi. morals.
ficcn, v. irr. sit.
2t(ae, see Sclatc.
fo, adv. ami so, then, why;
conj. as ; provided ;
(rcl. pron.) who,
which ; -etrcaS, such a
thing. See Index.
fobafr, adv. -aid. as soon
as.
fogar, adv. even.
fogleid), adv. directly.
, m. -(e)8
son.
26hiilcin, n. -%. little son.
fold), -er, -e, -eS. pro/i.
(72, 2) such.
2ulfriit, m. -en, -en. sol-
dier.
follcn, v. (95 ; 329) shall ;
ought ; is said ; is to.
Summer, m. -8. summer.
funberbar, a. singular.
fonbern, conj. (209, Xote
2) but.
onnobcnb, m. -8, -e.
Saturday.
omie,/., pi. -n. sun.
Sonneufd)ein, in. sun-
shine.
&onntag, m. -8, -e. Sun-
day.
fonft, adv. else ; other-
wise; formerly.
orge,/., pi. -n. care,
furgcn, .'. take care,
fcrgeiib, et. cartful.
forgfciltig, a. careful.
HMiH'hl, - a!8 (au^), con).
as well as.
ipniiicti, n. -8. Spain.
Spanicv, i. -8. Spaniaid.
fpotincn, v. strain ,
stretch ; bend,
fparcn, v. lay or put by.
Sparre(n), m. -n8, -n.
rafter.
fparfam, a. economical
iSparfamfeit,/. economy,
fpat, a. late.
Spiiten, . -8. spade,
fp liter, adv. afterwards;
lat; r.
fpdtcftend, adv. at the
latest.
, fpaji(e)ren, v. or -ge^en,
take a walk,
fpajiercnrdtcn,* take a
ride.
Spa^icrgang, m. walk.
2pecf, m. -(e)8. bacon,
fpeien, v. spit.
Speife,/., pi. -n. food,
fpcifcn, i'. eat ; dine.
Spiegel, m. -8. mirror.
Spiel, n. -(e)8, -e. play ;
game.
fpielcn, v. play.
Spieler, m. -8. player.
, Sptd*eug, n. plaything.
Sptiuit, M. -(e)8. spinage.
Spiitne, /., pi. -n. spi=
der.
fpinncn, v. irr. spin.
Spital, n. -(e)8, -filer.
hospital.
Spi>e, /., pi. -n. top;
lit- a 1 ; lace,
fplittern, v. splinter.
Spurn, m. -(e)8, peren.
spur.
fpprnen, v . spur.
fpornftreid)8, adv. full
peed
Spradje,/.,p?.-n. speech;
language.
! (Zpriidjlejjrer, m. teacher
of languages.
fprcdien, r. irr. speak.
Sprcdnibung, /. -en. ex-
eic'sc in speaking.
Spreu,j: chaff.
Sprid)roort, n. proverb.
j fpriegen, v. irr. (f) sprout.
548
GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY.
fpringen, v. irr. (\ and 6.)
burst ; spring ; bound ;
jump.
eproffe,/.,/jZ. -n. round
of a ladder.
prud), m. -(e)8, -ucb.e.
saying.
fpriiben, v. emit sparks;
dart.
Spule,/., pi. -n. spool
Spur, /., pi. -en. trace;
track.
2taat,m. -(e)8, -en. state;
finery ; dress.
Staatagebeimnifi, n. state
secret.
tab, m. -(e)8, -dbe. staff.
Stadu-l, m. -8. sting.
&tatt,f.,pl. -dbte. town;
city.
tab"l, m. -(e)8, -ab.le.
steel.
tablfe$r,/steel-spring.
Stall, m. -(e)8, -atte. sta-
ble.
Stallftied)t, m. -6, -e.
hostler.
Ctainm, m. -(e)8, -amme.
trunk.
fhunnten, c. see afmammen.
9tanb, ,u. -ei, -antic, sta-
tion.
tanbartc, /., ^>J. -n.
standard.
ftanfrbaft, a. firm.
ftarr, a. strong ; heavy ;
hard.
9tdttt,f. strength.
ftarfen, v. strengthen ;
brace.
ftarr, a. stiff.
flatt, prep. (284, 3) in-
stead of.
ftattfinben,* take place.
Staub, m. -<>8. dust.
Staube, /., 2>l- -n. shrub.
ft<d)en, v. irr. prick ;
sting.
Sterfnabcl, /., />?. -n.
pin.
ftcefcn, v. stick ; put
Sttg, m. -(e)8, -e. (nar-
row) foot-path.
fie hen, v. irr. stand.
fteblm, v. irr. steal.
flcigen, v. irr. (f) mount ;
nse.
ftet^ern, v. raise.
$tein, m. -(e)3, -e. stone.
fltincrn, a, stone.
! Steinhanfi-(n), in. heap of
stones.
m-iiiiiiit, a. stony.
Sicllc, /., pi. -n. place;
situation ; spot.
ftcllctt, v. put ; place ; fufc.
-, pretend.
Stempcl, m. -8. stamp.
fterben, t;. irr. (f) die.
fierblid), a. mortal.
Stern, m. -(e)8, -e. star.
; Stcrnd)eii, n. -8. little
star.
i ftembell, a. starry.
ftete, adv. always.
Stctier, n. -8. hehn.
fti-ueni, v. steer.
Sticfcrei, /., pi. -en. em-
broidery.
fiicbeti, v. irr. (\) fly
about
Stiefel, m. -8, pi. tiefel
or -n. boot
ftill(c), a. still ; quiet.
StiHe,/. stillness; calm.
ftitlen, V calm; appease.
Stillfdm'ciftdi, n. -8. si-
lence
ftillfiBen,* v. sit stilL
Stimmc,/, pi. -n. voice.
ftinfen, v. irr. stink.
Stint, /, pi. -en, (-n.)
forehead.
Stort, w. -(e)8, -ocfe.
stick; cane; story.
Stod*dKn, n. -8. little
stick.
toff,m. -(e)8, -e. matter;
stuff.
ftplj, a. proud ; pride.
stork.
ftoren, v. disturb.
Storcnfrieb,m. -8, -e. dis-
turber.
S tc$, in. -c8, -6pc. thrust ;
shock.
ftcfjm, v. irr. (f) push;
thrust ; butt.
Strafe,/., pi. -n. punish-
ment.
firafen, v . punish.
ftraff, a. tense.
Strahl, m. -(e)8, -en
beam.
Stranb, m. -(e)8, -e.
beach.
Strafje,/., pi. -n. street.
Strattd),m.-(e)8, -r
bush.
Strauft, n>: -(e)8, -t.
trich.
Straufi, m. pi.
bunch ; nosegay,
ftrebeu, v. strive; seek;
. -8. tendency.
ftreefeit, v. stretch.
Strcid), m. -(e)8, -t.
stroke ; lash.
t'tmdtdn, v. stroke.
ft ri-idu-n, v. irr. rub ;
stroke ; spread.
Streif, m. -(e)8, -e ; or
Streifcn, m. -8. streak.
Sti-cit, m. -(e)8, -e. quar-
rel ; contention,
ftn-itcn, v. irr. contend ;
quarrel.
firm i;, a. strict ; severe.
Strenge,/. severity.
Strict, m. -(e)8, -. cord ;
ropo.
ftricfen, v. knit
Strictna^l, /, pi. -n.
kuilting-needle.
Strob, n. -e. straw.
Strohhut, m. straw-hat
Strom, in. -e8, -erne.
stream.
flromcn, v. flow.
Stitcf , n. -(e}8, -e. piece ;
part.
Sttibent, m. -en, -en. stu-
dent.
Stt^ten, pi. studies.
fh^i(e)rcn, v. (127, Ex.
2) study.
Stubl, m. -(e)8, -fible.
chair.
ftuntm, a. mute.
fluntpf, a. blunt.
Stunbc, /., pi. -n. hour ;
lesson.
fiunMid), a. every hour.
Sturm, m. -(e)8, -urme.
storm.
flurmcn, v. storm ; rage,
ftiirmifd), a. stormy.
Sturmtoinb, m. heavy
gale.
fiiir^cn, v (\) tumble;
rush.
fud)cn, v. seek.
Siit, in. -eS. sowth.
fiiMid), " southern.
Siibofttoinb, ni. south-
cast wind.
SiiPitmib, m. south wind
3unime,/.,j9Z.-n. amount
niiiiiucn, c. hum ; buzz.
GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY.
549
,/., pi. -n. sin.
uiiiNid), a. .sinful.
Cuppe,/., pZ. -n. soup.
fi'ifj, ". sweet.
3iitfii)fcit, /., />. -en.
bwoutness ; pi. , sweet
things, e.g., candy.
t)lbe,/., pi. -n. syllable.
SabaF, m. -8, -c. tobacco.
t'.itvlu, v. blame.
SaMcr, m. -8. fault-finder.
Safe!,/, pi. -n. table.
lag, r'n. -e3, -e. day ; am
antern -e, the next day ;
6ei -e, by daylight ; e8
nrirb -, the day breaks.
tagen, v. dawn.
td'glid), adv. daily.
t.anne,f.,pl. -n. fir-tree.
Samicbaum, m. fir-tree.
Xante,/., pi. -n. aunt.
San), m. -e8, Idnje. dance.
tnn^cn, v. dance.
San;ntcifter, m. dancing-
master.
tapfcr, a. brave.
Sapferfcit, /. bravery ;
valor.
Safd)c,/, pi. -n. pocket.
Safd)cntud), n. (pocket)
handkerchief.
Xnffe, /. , pi. -n. cup.
Sa$e, /., p?. -n. paw.
San, n. -e8, -e. rope.
taub, a. deaf.
Saubc, /., jZ. -n. pigeon.
tatifcn, v. baptize.
taugen, v. be of use ; do.
taufrt)cn, v. deceive ; dis -
appoint.
taufetrt, num. (120, 5)
-(e)8, -e. thousand.
Seller, m. -8. plate.
Sepptd), m. -(e)8, -e. car-
pet.
Sf)a(, n. -e8, -otcr. valley.
Sbaler, m. -8. thaler.
Sljat, /. , pi. -en. deed ;
action ; act.
tbcitig, ". active.
Sfoiitigfcit,/. activity.
Ibiiit, w. -e8, -e. dew.
ihiiucn, v. eS ttunt, it
thaws ; dew is falling.
Xhciiter, n. -8. theatre.
31)cc, ' -()8, -e. tea.
Ibcetaffc, j. tea-cup.
S^eiJ, m. and n. -(e)8, -e.
part ; party.
tlu-ilt'ii, i>. divide ; share.
tlK-iliiciinicnt', .;. sympa-
thizing.
Jhciliii'linuiiig, /. sympa-
thy.
tlu-ncr, a. dear.
Shier, n. -(e)8, -e. animal.
Ilior, w. -en, -en. fool.
-Jhur, ?i. -(e)8, -e. gate.
2hprl)cit,/.,/>^. -n. folly.
thovidjt, a. foolish.
70}tant,f., pi. -n. tear.
X^ron, m. -(e)8, -e.
throne.
Sl>roitbcf)ciguitg, /. ac-
cession to the throne.
tlntn, v. irr. do.
Sl)ur(e), /.,//. -n. door.
lininn, m. -(e)8, -urme.
tower.
tief, a. deep.
Siefe, /., pi. -n. depth;
abyss.
ticfgcbiicft, a. bowing low.
Siger, m. -8. tiger.
Xinte, f., pi. -n. ink.
linti-iifaR, //. inkstand.
Xifd), /i. -e8, -e. table.
SitcJ, wi. -8, title.
od)ter, /., j?. Stouter,
daughter.
Xpdjtcrlcin, n. -8. little
daughter.
< 5:o^, m. -e8, -f. death.
Xp^c^fa^, in. death.
totcsnmtljig, a. death-
defying.
tobt, a. dead.
ti.il 1 ten, v. kill.
Sottciigrabcr, m. -8.
grave-digger.
tobtlid), a. deadly.
tof(, a. mad ; insane.
Son, m. -(e)8, Stone,
sound.
Sornifler, m. -8. knap-
sack.
Srad)t, /, pZ. -en. cos-
tume.
tra'gc, a. lazy ; idle.
tragcn, v. irr. bear ; car-
ry ; take ; wear.
Ird'ghcit,/. laziness.
Sranf, m. -fe)8,
drink.
tnniffii, v. give drink;
water.
Sraube, /, pi. -n. bunch
of grapes.
trmicn, v . trust.
Srauer,/. mourning. *
trauern, v. mourn.
Xrauni, in. -(e)8, Sidume.
dream.
mumicii, v . dream.
traurig, a. sad.
Sraurigtctt,/. sadness.
traut, a. beloved.
treffcn, v. in: strike ; hit ;
touch.
Sreffen, n. -8. battle.
trefflid), a. excellent ;
capital
trcibcn, v. irr. drive;
carry.
mmicn, w., also reft, sep-
arate.
Srennung, ,/'. separation.
Srcppc, /., pi. -n. stair-
case.
trcten, v. irr. tread.
treu, a. faithful ; true.
Sixuc,/. fidelity.
treulod, a. faithless.
trculid), adv. truly.
Srieb, m. -CO 3 / - im-
pulse.
triefen, v. drip.
trinfen, v. irr. drink.
Srinfen, . -8. drinking.
Shumpt), m. -e3, -e. tri-
umph.
Sriump!))itg, m. trium-
phal march.
Srompcte, /, pi. -n.
trumpet.
Sropf, m. -e8, Slropft.
simpleton.
Sropfen, m. -8. drop.
Srofl, m. -e8. consola-
tion.
Sro^, m. -e8. defiance.
tro?, prep. (284, 3) in
spite of.
troijen, v. defy.
Sro^fopf, m. sulky or
obstinate person.
triibe, a. dull ; gloomy.
Sriibfrtl, n. and/., pi. -e,
and -en. sorrow ; mis-
ery.
Srtimmer, pi. ruins.
trunfcn, a. drunk.
Xruppen, pi. troops.
Sud), n. -(e)8, Zu^et.
cloth.
Xugci^,/. -en. virtue.
tiigcnMuift, a. virtuous.
Tiirtc, m. -n, -n. Turk,
Surfei,/. Turkey.
550
GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY.
tin, m. -en, -en. ty-
rant.
Sprier, m. -6. Tyrian.
Ucbel, n. -8. evil.
iibcl, a. evil ; ill ; sick ;
sickly ; adv. badly.
Ikbcltluucr, m. -g. evil-
doer.
iiber, prep. (2-S6, 404)
over ; above ; on ; at ;
about. Prefix, V34.
u'bcraH, <id. everywhere.
iibcrbictcn, v. irr. out-
bid.
iiberbringcn, v. irr. bear ;
deliver.
iibcrfricfc, adv. besides.
iibcrtriiffig, a. tired; dis-
gusted.
ubereilt, a. rash.
iibercinfommen,* v. irr.
agree.
iibereinftimmcn,* v. agree.
Ucberciuftimmung,/. har-
mony.
iiberfaUcn, v. irr. fall
upon ; surprise.
Ucberfluf?, m. -ffe8. abun-
dance.
iibcrfubrcn, v. convict.
Ucbergung, m. -(e)S, -gan=
ge. transition.
fibergcben,* v. irr. go
over.
iibcrlrtffcn, v. irr. leave.
uberlegen, a. superior.
iibcrmanncn, v. overpow-
er.
ubermorgen, adv. day af-
ter to-morrow.
iibcrtieliiiicn, v. irr. un-
dertake.
Uebcrrocf, m. -(e)8, -rode,
greatcoat.
iibcr'0 = u6er baS.
iiberfcbreiben, v. irr. in- '
scribe.
iibcnMnittcn, ''. load.
ul'er|M)it>einmen, v. over-
flow.
uberfe^en,* v. cross.
iibcrfcecii, v. translate.
Ueberfeenng, /., pi. -en.
translation.
ubcrtragen, v. transfer.
^bcrtrcffcn, >:. irr. sur-
pass ; excel.
dbertrriben, v. irr. exag-
gerate.
ubertmnben, v. irr. over-
come.
iiber;euijen, v. convince.
iibrt'g, u. spare ; remain-
ing ; other.
Ucbuitg, /, pi. -en. exer-
cise.
Ufer, n. -. shore ; coast ;
bank
llbr, /., pi. -en. clock ;
watch ; rctcmel tfl bic
U^t ? what time is it V
jmet -, two o'clock.
um, prefix (334) ; prep.
(283, 1; 399, 404)
around, about, by; um
ju, (353, b; 366, IV.)
in order to ; to.
um unt> urn, adv. over
and over.
umamten, v. embrace.
umbrtngen,* v. irr. kill.
iininillcn, v. irr. fall
down.
umfhmcrtf, v. flutter
around.
Untgattg, m. -(e)8. inter-
course.
umgcinglid^, a. sociable.
umgeben, v. irr. sur-
round.
umgurten,* v. a. gird
round.
umbangcn,* v. put on.
umlKuieit,* v. irr. cut
down.
umber, adv. around.
umbulien, v. envelop.
umfcbren,* v. turn back.
umfommen,* v. irr. (f)
perish ; be lost.
umringcn, v. Burround.
ttinfiiiltiigcti, v. irr. em-
brace.
umfonft, adv. in vain.
Untftant'aivim, //. adverb.
llmftebenbcn, pi. by-
standers.
umftcden, v. surround.
llnttt>cn^en,* v. turn
round.
umroerfen,* v. irr. over-
turn.
umroolfen) v. cloud.
umfucten, v. flash around.
unabbcingig, a. indepen-
doiit.
uitacbtfam, a. careless.
Uitiidnfainf cit,/. heedless-
ness.
unartig, a. naughty.
tin iiut'b 6 rli^, n. incessant.
unaufmcrffam, a. inat-
tentive.
Uiuuifiiu-ftfiimfeit, /. in-
attention.
a. ncon-
siderate.
unbcbingt, a. uncondi-
tional.
iinbcfncNiit, a. unsatis-
fied.
usibegreiflicb, a. incom-
prehensible.
unbcf aunt, a. unknown.
unbemerft, a. unnoticed.
iiubffc Jinm t, a. indefinite ;
undecided.
unbciocglid), a. immov-
able.
unb, ronj. and.
unerfdttiid), a. insatiable.
Unfall, m. -(e), -fotte. ac-
cident.
un$taA)tct,prep. in spite
of.
ungead)tet, conj. al-
though.
Ungetulb,/". impatience.
unget>ult>i'g, a. impatient.
ungefabr, about; nearly;
Bon -, adv. by chance.
mi -cbcticr, a. prodigious.
ungercd)t, a. unjust.
Ungercd)tigfdt > /. injus-
tice.
ungefdn'dft, a. unskilful ;
awkward.
ungcfeben, a. unseen.
ungefhim, a. stormy ;
tierce.
ungefunb, a. unhealthy.
ungcroobnlid), ". unusual.
llngliid?, n. -(e)S. misfor^
tune.
unoji'icf (uh, a. unhappy ;
unfortunate.
Ungltid'efan, m. accident;
misfortune.
Uniiu'rfitii't, /, pi. -en.
university.
llnf often, pi. costs ; ex-
penses.
unhiftig, a. disinclined.
ii iiiHiuii(irf), a. unmanly.
uiitnoiftig, n. excessive.
Unntci^igfett, /. excess;
immoderateness.
itniitcinMtlid), a. inhuman.
unmbglid), a. impossible.
GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY.
551
miimi tbii|, a. ill-humored.
uitnatiirlid), a. unnatural.
unnotbig, a. unneces-
sary.
mimic-, a. useless.
u it urgent lid), a. disorder-
ly.
llnort'miitii, /., pi- -en-
disorder.
unrcd)t, a. wrong.
Uitrcd)t, n. -(e)8. wrong ;
injustice ; - tyabcn, be
wrong.
iiurc.Klinujjui, a. irregu-
lar.
imrcif, . unripe.
llnrubc,/. uneasiness.
Hiiruin,), a. uneasy.
und, pron. (144, 1) us;
to us ; ourselves ; to
ourselves.
llnfd)u(t>, /. innocsnce.
uufdmlN'g, a. innocent.
itnfer, pron. (18; 144,3;
336, 3) our, ours, of
us ; ber, tie, bag unfere,
unf(e)rtge, ours.
unftd)cr, a. unsafe ; un-
certain.
unftcrblid), a. immortal.
unten, adv. below ; down-
stairs.
unter, prefix (234) ; prep.
(285, 4; 405) under;
among ; a. under ; low-
er.
mucrbrcd)cn, v. irr. inter-
rupt.
untcrbringcn,* v. irr.
lodge.
tmtcrgcbcn,* v . irr. (f) go
down ; sink.
iintcrbaltcn, v. irr. enter-
tain ; ftdj - mit, amuse
oneself, converse with.
Unterbaltung, /., pi. -c.t.
keeping up.
wntert)attteln, v. negoti-
ate.
untcrtrtifd), a. subter-
ranean.
untcrjodKti, v. subjugate.
unterlicgcu, v. irr. (i) suc-
cumb.
untcrncbntcn, v. irr. un-
dcrtah .
Untcrncbmcn, n. -6. cr
Untirnu- initial ii, /., pi.
-en. undertaking; en-
terprise.
Unterrebitng, /., pi. -en.
conference.
Unrcrrid)t, in. -(e)8. in-
struction.
untcrrid)ten, /. inform ;
tcfich ; instruct.
untcrfd)crten, v. irr. dis-
tinguish.
unterfdjrdben, v. irr. sub-
scribe ; sign.
untcrfinfen,* v. (f) sink
untcrft, . lowest.
uirtcrfldjen,* v. irr. stand
under.
imtcntelu-ii, ficfy, v. reft.
irr. dare ; venture.
unterfircid)cn, v . irr. un-
derline.
iiiitcrftiiucit, v. support.
Hiitcrftiieimg,/. support.
uittcrfudictt, v. examine.
imtertban, a. subject.
Uittcrtlmit, m. -S, and-tn,
-en. subject.
tintcrthanifl, a. humble.
untertrcten,* v. irr. (f)
take shelter.
untcriocgd, adv. on the
way.
unterroerfen, v. irr. sub-
mit ; ftdj -, yield.
Umerroerfung, /. subjec-
tion.
untbdtig, a. idle.
itiu'ibcrftciiifid), a. insur-
mountable.
ttntibertrcfflict), a. unsur-
passable.
unocrbicnt,. undeserved.
ttitocrroanbt; a. mit -en
?lugcn, steadfastly.
unt>cr)agt, <<. undaunted.
Unvcnagt()cit, f. intre-
pidity.
uttviollFf ittiiicit, a. imper-
fect.
-en. imperfection.
unoorfid)tig, a. incau-
tious; careless.
Uiunn-ftd)ttgfcit, /., pi.
-en. imprudence.
miwafir, a. untrue.
Umimhrlicit, /., pi. -en.
falsehood.
unrocit, ado. not far.
UnroiHc(n), in. -n3, (-%.)
indignation.
unroobl, a. unwell ; indis-
posed.
im;ahlbiir, u
innumerable.
un^tifriet'en, a. discon-
tented.
iippi;!, a. luxuriant.
urfpriinglid), a. original ;
primitive.
Urtiml, . -(e), -e. judg-
ment ; sentence.
urtl)cilcn, v. judge.
SJatcr, m. -, SBater.
father.
ivitcrlaitt 1 , n. native
country.
'iV'ild)cii, n. -. violet.
oerabreben, v. (also refl.)
agree upon.
t>crabfd)cuen, i>. abhor.
crad)ten, v. despise.
t>era'd)t(id), a. contemp-
tible.
oernltcn, v. (f) grow old.
uerdnbcrn, v. (also refl.)
change ; alter.
Seranterung, /., pi. -en.
change.
orraiilaffcn, v. cause.
neraiiftnftcn, v. prepare.
vcrbanncn, v. banish.
ocrbannt, a. exiled.
35crbanntc, m. and f.
(108, c) exile.
ocrbergcn, v. irr conceal;
hide.
oerbeffcrtt, v. improve ;
correct.
SStrbcffcrung, /., pi. -en.
improvement.
oerbicten, v. irr. forbid.
ocrbmfccn, v. irr. bird or
tie (up); unite ; oblige.
t>crb(cid)CH, v. irr. (f) turn
pale.
ocrbraud)ctt, v. consume ;
use.
35crbrcd)cn, n. -8. crime.
93erbunt>ctc, in. and f.
(108, <) uily.
t>crtad)ttfl, a. suspicious.
ucrterbcii, v. irr. (}) epoil.
$crfarbcn, n. -S. destruc-
tion.
crbtd)tcn, v. condense.
uct^iciictt, v. earn ; de-
serve.
95erl>icnfl, in. -(c)8. earn-
ings ; gain ; n. -(f)S t
-e. merit.
ucrboppdn, v . double.
552
GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY.
txrbriefjen, v. irr. vex ;
grieve.
oerctjrnt, v. admire ;
honor ; revere.
SJmljrer, m. -8. worship-
per.
Ofrfinctt, vcrdnigen, v.
(also reft. ) unite ; com-
bine.
93f reinigtfii 2iantcn, (Me)
pi. LI nited States.
95f rfaffer, m. -8. author.
oerlfl)lcn, <. lose ; miss.
of rlolgcn, v. pursue ; per-
secute.
of rfiitmn, v. mislead ;
tempt.
vergangen, a. past ; last.
3krftangciil)ctt, / past.
oerflf bcit, v. irr. forgive ;
pardon.
ornif bf us, adv. in vain.
Bergebung,/. pardon.
vcrgcbcit, v. irr. (f) go
away ; pass away ; die;
fid) -, commit a fault.
Dfrgdtfn, v. irr. reward.
on flcucit, v. irr. forget.
ttcrgtcftcn, v. irr. shed.
oergiftfn, v. poison.
Ofrgldd)en, v. irr. com-
pare.
ttrgnugen, v. please.
Skrgniigen, n. -8. plea-
sure.
ocrgnugt, a. pleased.
otrgroftern, v. increase.
oerbnlten, v. irr. fid) -, to
be; conduct one's self.
93trbfllniifj, n. -fic8, -ffe.
circumstance.
ocrbnfit, a. hateful.
or rbdmthf n, v. marry ;
fid> -i get married.
of rbdfjf n, v. irr. promise.
t*rt)6bnen, v. deride ;
scorn.
of rbmtiicrn, v. (f) starve.
txrirren, v. loseone's way.
Skrirrung, /.,/>. -en. er-
ror.
Dtrjiingen, v. restore to
youth.
SSerfaiif, m. -(e)8, -faufe.
sale.
Of rfoufen, v. sell.
SSerfebr, m. -(e)8. inter-
course.
perfcnnen, v. irr. mis-
take.
, ,-. acuse.
ocrfloren, v. brighten.
ocrflart, a. glonfied.
wrflingen, v. irr. die
away.
ocrf lulu'ii, v. boil away.
ixrfiinb(ig)en, v. foretell.
txrlangett, v. desire ; ask.
&crlangcn, n. -8. longing;
desire.
txrloingcrn, v. prolong.
vcrlarocii, v. mask.
oerlaffen, v. irr. leave ;
forsake ; ftc - ouf, rely
upon.
iVdciicnlKtt, /., pi -en.
embarrassment.
9ScrUger,w.-8. publisher.
iHTlcihcn, v. irr. lend;
confer upon.
pcrlcucij, v. hui't
oerleumten, v. calumni-
ate.
oerfimn, v. irr. lose.
tu'i-lolincii = lofmcn.
aSerluft, m. -(e)8, -e. loss.
ocrmchrctt, v. (also reft.)
increase.
ticrmcibcn, v. irr. avoid.
tHTiiiicthcii, v. let.
lu-nmfdKit, v. mix ; min-
gle.
frmiffen,w. miss; regret.
oermogen, v. irr. be able.
&ermdgen, n. -8. faculty ;
fortune.
oermutnmen, v. disguise.
iH-rmmhlidi, a. probable.
ocrtt ndylii f figcn , v. neglect.
piTiiclinicn, v. irr. hear.
ocrniducti, v. annihilate ;
spoil.
aSernunft, /. reason ;
sense.
of rpflidyfctt, v. fi<^, engage;
bind one's self.
tf rrnthen, v. betray.
ajtrrdtfter, m. -8. traitor.
wrrrfifeti, v. (\) go on a
journey.
oerfagcn, v. refuse.
or rf a mine In, v. [id?, assem-
ble.
SJerfatmnhing,/., pi. -en.
assembly.
of rfdinffen, v. procure.
oerfdmrren, v. bury.
oerfdMebtn, t;. irr. putofF.
f tfdiif bf it, a. different ;
various.
oc n'd)lif$cn, v. irr. shut;
close.
of rfdtlingfn, v. irr swal-
low (up) ; devour.
oerfdjontn, v. spare.
ofrfd)iocigcn, v. irr. keep
secret ; conceal.
of rfdjwif iibi-ii, v. lavish ;
squander.
t>crfd)n>inben, v. irr- (f)
disappear ; pass away.
95erfd)n>immg, /,/?. -en.
conspiracy.
txrfeljen, [t(^, v. reft. irr.
make a mistake ; ex-
pect.
2Jfrffl)fn, n.-S. oversight.
ocrffiigcn, v. parch.
of rfffecn, v. put ; place ;
answer.
93erfe$ung,/,.pZ. -en. re-
moval.
oerfjdiertt, v. assure ; ftd?,
seize ; ascertain.
9Serftd)rung, /., pi. -en.
assurance.
ocrfifgeln, v. seal (up).
ocrfinfcit, v. irr. (\) sink
(down).
oerforgen, v. provide for.
or rfpatcn, v. delay ; fid) -,
be too late.
otrfpiflfti, v. lose (at
play)-
t>erfpred)en, v. irr. pro-
mise.
Skrfprecfeett, n. -8. pro-
mise.
crfpiiren, v. feel; per-
ceive.
SBerftanb, m. -(e)8. un-
derstanding; intellect;
judgment ; sense.
oerftatibifl, a. intelligent ;
discreet.
ofrftanMid), a. intelligi-
ble.
oerftefjen, v. irr. under-
stand.
wrftogen, v. irr. reject;
cast ofF.
erflr<id>en, v. (f) expire.
Skrfud), m. -(e)8, -e. ex-
periment.
of rfiidjfn, v. try.
Vfmid)nng, /., pi -en.
temptation.
ocrthf ibigcn, v . defend.
oertiltifit, v. exterminate,
ocrtrcuien, v. trust
GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY.
553
Bertrauen, n. -8. confi-
dence.
ocrtrauf, a. confidential.
ocrtrdben, v. irr. expel.
ocmrfadxti, v. cause ; oc- j
casion.
ocrurtbcilcn, v. condemn;
sentence.
ocrn>ad)fen, v. (f) grow to
or together.
t>croad)en, a. deformed, j
of rmabreu, v. keep (safe-
ly).
ocrroanbdn, v. (also reft. )
change; turn.
oerroanbt, a. related.
Bcrroanbte, m. f. (108, c)
relation ; relative.
oeroerfen, v. irr. throw
away ; reject.
ocrtvcfcn, v. (f) die out ;
decay.
ocrnwnbcn, v. wound.
oerounbern, v. a. aston-
ish ; be astonished.
95ernwnfd)ung,/., pi. -en.
curse.
ocr^agen, v. (f) despond.
oerjaubern, v. enchant.
vertebral, v. consume.
vcr^eiben, v. irr. pardon ;
forgive ; excuse.
Cer^eibung,/. pardon.
cr$n>dfeln, v. despair.
SBenroetflung,/. despair.
SSetter, m. -8. cousin.
Die!, a. (103, Note 2; 341,
7; 114, 6) much; pi.
many; adv. much.
mdmcbr, adv. on the con-
trary.
oidlddjt, adv. perhaps.
ier, num. four.
oicrcrlci, adv. (121) of
four different sorts.
oicrtc, fourth.
oiert(e)balb, (125, Note)
three and a half.
SSicrtd, n. (124, 5) -8.
quarter ; ein - auf ?ed)S,
quarter past five.
oicrtcns, adv. fourthly.
vicr)cbn, num. fourteen.
oicr^ig, num. forty.
%pcal, m.. -(e)8, -e. vowel.
9Sogd, m. -8, 936gel. bird.
SBoif, n. -(c)8, Solfcr.
people ; nation ; crowd ;
- ba8 gemeine, the popu-
lace
oofl, a. full.
vpllbringcn, v. irr. ac-
complish ; perform.
ootltg, a. entire ; com-
plete.
vpHfptnmen, a. perfect.
oom = con bem.
von, prep. (400, 11 ; 405)
from ; of ; in ; by.
oor, prep. (285, 4) be-
fore ; of ; ago.
oo ran, adv. before.
prangdjcn,* go before.
t>pran$fagen,* v. predict ;
foretell.
DprauSfchcn,*i>.zrr. fore-
see.
oprbct, adv. past ; over.
oprbeigcbcn,*fl. irr. pass
by-
oorbctreitcn,* v. ride past.
oorbcrcitcn,* v. prepare.
orber, a. fore; front.
vorbcrfic, a. foremost.
oorcntljalten,* v. irr.
withhold.
aSorfoII, m. -(e)8, -fattc.
occurrence.
2Jorgefc$te, m. (108, c)
superior.
orbabn,*0. irr. intend.
Corbabcn, n. -8. design ;
intention.
ajorliaiig, m. -(e)
curtain.
opr^er, adv. beforehand.
oprljcrfeben,* foresee.
oorbin, adv. before; just
now.
95prh.pf, m. -(e)8, -^ofc.
porch.
oprtg, a. preceding ; for-
mer.
oprfpinmcn,* v. irr. ap-
pear ; seem.
oprlefen,* v. irr. read
(aloud).
aSormittag, m. -(e)8, -e.
morning.
uprmtttagg, adv. in the
morning.
aSormunb, m. -(e)8, -mun=
bet. guardian.
ajprratb, m. -(e)8, -ratfye.
stock ; store.
oor'e = we ba8.
ajprfa^, m. -e8, -fafee. de-
sign.
SJprfdjetn, m. jum - loms
men, appear,
&prfd)(ag, m. -9, -ige.
proposal.
95p rfehung,/. providenoa
95prfid)t,/. precaution.
oprft'dmq, a. cautious.
prfid)tmagregel, /., pL
-n. precautionary mea-
sure.
SBprflcftcr, m. -8. director.
oprftcHcn,* v. represent ;
fidj -, imagine.
&prfte((ung, /. , pi. -en.
representation ; re-
monstrance.
2kmbdl, m. -(e)8, -e. ad-
vantage.
oprtrcfflid), a. excellent
opriiber, adv. past ; over.
oprtvartd, adv. forward;
on.
oprroerfcn,* v. irr. re-
proach.
Rprroprt, n. preposi-
tion.
ajprnwrf, m. -(e)8, -nwrfe.
reproach.
,* exhibit.
SBaare, f. , pi. -n. mer-
chandise.
toad), a. awake.
2Bad)c,/. , pi. -n. guard.
ttnidn-n, v . watch.
28iidia, n. -e8. wax.
road)fatn, a. watchful.
tpnd)fcn, v. irr. (J) grow.
2Bad)tcr, m. -8. watch-
man.
Wiirfcr, a. brave ; gallant.
SBaffe,/., pi. -n. weapon.
roagen, v. venture ; risk ;
dare.
SBagcn, m. carriage.
2Baf)I,./"., pi. -0. choice.
rcablcn, v. choose.
, m. -(e)8. error.
a. insane.
-, a. true.
, prep. (284, 3)
during; conj. while.
roafjrftaft, adv. in truth.
SBabrhdt, /., pi. -en.
truth.
laahrnditncn, v. irr. per-
ceive.
tabrfd)citilid), a. prob-
able ; likely.
SBSaife, /., pi. -n. orphan.
SBalb, m. -e8,
wood; forest,
554
GEiiMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY.
28 nil, m. -e8, 38fifle. ram-
part.
SBaHfiifd), m. -eg, -c.
whale.
2Ba(Inuft, /., pi. -nufie.
walnut.
!*,/., pi. 3Banbe. wall,
t, v. go ; walk.
SBanbercr, m. -8. wan-
derer ; traveller.
nwitfcrn, v. wander.
2SntiI>mmn, /., pi. -in.
wandering.
SBmigc, /", pi. -n. cheek.
nmnn, adv. (274) when.
28 op pen, n. -5. arms ;
coat of arms.
roartn, a. warm ; hot.
58drntc,/ warmth.
roarncn, v. warn.
tinmen, v. wait.
nnmitii, adv. (150; 165,
3 ; 155, ! ) why.
roaS, pron. (155, 165)
which ; that ; what ;
- au*, - immer, - nur,
whatever ; something ;
-furetn, (73,2; 151, 2,
3) what ; what kind of.
ttmfdKn, n. irr. wash.
SEBaffer, w. -8. water.
rocbcn, v. irr. soar ;
weave.
roccfcn, v. wake.
roetdn, v . wag.
roel'er, conj. neither ; - . . .
nodj, neither . . . nor.
28eg, m. -(e)8, -e. way ;
road ; means.
roeg, adv. away ; hence.
tvegtn, prep. (284, 3) on
account of.
rocgflicgcn,* v. irr. to fly
away.
rocgnefjmen,* v. irr. take
away.
roegroerfcn,* v. irr. throw
away.
roeb, ndv. - t$un, to ache.
58cf), n. -cS. pain ; mis-
ery.
nb(e), tn<. wo! woe!
roe b en, v. blow.
SBcbnmtb, /. grief ; sad-
ness.
SBeib, n. -(e)8, -er. wo-
man ; wife.
roctblid), a. feminine.
tocicbcn, v. irr. (f) yield ;
give way.
SBeicbbeit,./'. softness.
aStafrc, /., pi. -n. wil-
low.
tvcigern, v. ft*, refuse ;
decline.
SBcigerung, /. refusal ;
denial.
2Bcibc, /, pi. -n. conse-
cration.
tvcibcn, ?'. consecrate.
38cibnad)t(n, m. /. n.
Christmas.
tocil, conj. because ;
since.
aScile,/. while.
5Bcin, m. -(e)8, -e. wine.
25citibcrfl, m. vineyard,
I'.H-incii, v. weep,
nrcife, a. wise.
SBeife, m. (108, <) wise
man.
2Bcife,yi, ^)?. -n. manner;
way ; tune.
rocifen, v. irr. show.
2Bctet)ctt,/. wisdom,
ircip, . white.
SBeigicug, n. -(e)8, -e.
linen.
tweit, a. wide ; large ; far ;
far off; - iinb brett, adv.
far and wide ; on - em,
from far.
SScUen, m. -8. wheat.
3Bci)cnforn, n. grain of
corn,
ipi-lrf), intcrrog. pron.
(151, 2 ; 153, 2) -er, -e,
-c8, pl.-e. what; which;
relat. (156) who ; that ;
which ; who(so)ever ;
which (so)ever ; what-
(so)ever.
inelf ni, v. ( f ) wither ;
fade.
2BeHf,/., pZ. -n. wave.
28clt,/., pi. -en. world.
iSdtrocifc, m. (108, <?)
philosopher,
iticin, dat. of tter.
roen, ace. of met.
tvcuN:n, v. reg. and irr.
turn,
wcnig, a. (103, Note 2 ;
341, 7) little ; pi few ;
am -ficn, least; -fien,
at least.
wcnn, conj. (274 ; .353, 2,
a, 6, c; 354, Note 3;
355, b) when ; if ; - oud>,
though ; - nid;t, unless.
r, pron. (150; 316, *)
who ; - audj, - nut, - Inu
mer, who(so)ever.
ntcrben, v. irr. - um, sue
for ; court.
wcrbcn, v. irr. (89, 135),
be ; become ; get :
grow.
rocrfen, v. irr. throw;
fling.
SBerf, n. -(e)8, -. work.
roertb, a. worth ; dear.
2Bertb, m. -(e)8, -e. value.
ircrtbooll, . valuable.
wcffcn, locft, gen. of wet,
2Bcft, m. -(e)8, or, SEBeflen,
m. -8. West ; Occident.
2Bctte, _, 7>/. -n. wager;
um bie -, in emulation
of (each other).
SBctfcr, n. -8. weather.
roicbttg, a. weighty; im-
portant ; SS>id)tige, im-
portant matters.
tvftcrlegcn, v. refute.
roiberfpcnfiig, a. stub-
born.
SBil-crfpenfHgfeit, /. ob-
stinacy.
v. irr. con-
tradict.
SBiberftanb, m. resist-
ance.
wibrtg, a. contrary.
roie, adv. how.
roicber, adv. back ; again.
twcberbaHcn,* v. re-echo.
uneEvrlu'Ini, v. repeat.
roiebcrfommcn,* v. irr. (f)
come back ; return.
wieiicit, v. rock.
rotegtn, v. irr. weigh.
roiebcrn, v. neigh.
asicii, n. Vienna.
2Bicfe,/.,^>. -n. meadow.
milt, a. wild.
2Bitt>, n. -(e)8. game.
, n. -8. game.
, m. and/. (108, c)
savage.
"IPillu-lin, m. -8. William.
aille(n), m. -n8. will.
niillciili.ii>, adv. spontane-
ously.
2l>illfpiiiwcti, n. -8. wel-
come.
loillfoniiiicn, ". welcome.
9Binb, m. -(e)8, -e. wind.
, v. irr. wind,
GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY.
c, /., pi. -n.
windmill.
nwih-it, v. beckon.
roiufdn, v. whine.
SSJimcr, m. -S. winter.
2.8mtcrmardKit, n. win-
ter's tale.
2Binterjdt,/. winter sea-
son.
2Bin$cr, m. -S. vine-dres-
ser.
SBipfcl, m. -8. summit.
nrir, pron. (144, 1) we.
roirf lid), a. real ; true.
28irfmt.i, f.,pl. -en. ef-
fect.
2Birtb, m. -(e)n, -e. land-
lord.
n>ifd)cn, v. irr. wipe ; rub.
iDiffen, v. irr. know.
2Biffen, n. -8. knowledge.
28iffenfd)aft, /., pi. -en.
knowledge ; science.
SSittroe,/, pi. -n. widow.
SBitrocnftanb, m. -8.
widowhood.
2Birocr, m. -8. widower.
SBi, m. -e8, -e. wit;
jest.
mo, adv. (157, 5, G) where.
roobd, adv. at, by, near
which; at, etc., what?
2Bod)C,./!, pi. -n. week.
rouburd), adv. whereby.
toofiir, adv. wherefore ;
for what ; for which ;
for whom ; why.
roolier, adv. whence.
100 IHII, ado. whither.
roolil, adv. well ; prob-
ably, I suppose.
tvoblfcil, a. cheap.
9Scb(tbat, /. , pi. -en.
benefit.
aBol)ltl)rtter, m. -8. bene-
factor.
SBobltbiUerin,./^,/^. -nen.
benefactress.
SBublroofJcii, n. -S. good
will.
t, v. live ; dwell.
3, /., pi. -en.
dwelling.
SBoIf, m. -(e)8, SBolfe. !
wolf.
SSolftn, f., pi. -ncn. she- 1
wolf.
28olfc, f., pi. -n. cloud.
SBeIfenfd)id)te,/., pi. -n.
bank of clouds.
, v. irr. (94, 325)
be willing ; wish.
roomit, adv. with or by
what or which.
2Bpnne,/, pi. -n. bliss.
ttjprcm, ado. at which ;
where.
roorcmf, adv. on or at or
to which or \vhab.
tooraud, adv. out of,
from or by which or
what.
roorben = gercorfaen (140,
5, 6).
tworin, ado. in which; in
what.
2Bort, n. (51, 12) -(e)8, -e,
and SBftrter. word.
98ortncd)fcl, m. -8. dis-
pute.
n>im'ibcr, adv. upon, at or
over which or what.
rooruntcr, adv. under,
among or in which or
what.
tvooon, adv. of or from
which or what.
roooor, adv. before or of
which or what.
totSti, adv. to, for or of
which or what ; why.
2Bud), m. -c8. growth.
SBunbc,/. , pi. -n. wound.
SBunber, n. -8. miracle.
nmnN'rlidi, a. odd.
luiuitcnt, [id;, v. reft, won-
der ; be astonished.
nnmt'cvfain, a. wonder-
ful.
tt>unbcrfd)6n, a. wonder-
fully fine.
aSunfd), m. -e3. SBun^e,
wish ; desire.
nmnfd)cn, v. wish.
n)uiifd)cndt)crt(), a. desir-
able.
SBiirbc, /, pi. -en. dig-
nity.
tcurbcoofl, a. grave.
ipiirMij, a. worthy ; de-
serving.
rotirbigcit, v. to honor.
SBurtn, m. -(e), SJBiirmer.
worm.
SBurff, /., pi. SBurfte.
sausage.
SBurjcI,/., )>l. -n. root.
lour^cln, v. take root.
2Biir}lcin, n, -8. little
root.
2Bufic,/.,7>. -n. desert;
wilderness.
2Butl), f. rage ; mad-
ness.
tinitlji-ii, v. rage.
, a. fainthearted.
, f.,pl. -en. number;
figure.
;ahleii, v. count ; reckon ;
depend.
v-'Inii, a. tame.
Aaljntcn, r. tame.
Saljn, m. -(e)8
tooth.
jaiifen, v. fid), dispute.
^appehi, v. struggle ; kick
about.
3aubcr, m. -8, charm.
3mibcrfd)dn, m. magic
lustre.
.';{ .nut, m, -(e)8, 3^ une -
hedge.
st)tt, num. ten.
}d)ncr(ei, a. (121, 8) of ten
kinds ; ten sorts of.
jeftnfad), a. tenfold.
}ci)iiiiuil, adv. ten times.
i jebnte, tenth ; -n8. adv.
tenthly.
SeJjntel, n. -8. (124, 5)
tenth.
3cid>cn, n. -S. sign ;
token ; signal.
3ctd)tten, v. draw.
3eid)mmc),./: drawing.
;df)cn, v. show.
3ei(c,/., pi. -n. line.
3dt,/., pi. -en. time.
jettlcmg, cine 3 e i'I fl nfl
some time.
Scitung,/., pi. -en. newe-
paper.
Sdtjoort, n. verb.
jcrbrcd)Cit, v. break.
terbrud'cn, r. crush.
jcrfallcn, v. irr. (f) fall to
pieces.
',crfomicit, w. in-, cut up.
?;. analyze.
a,/. -en. dissec-
tion ; dissertation.
jerreibcn, v. irr. rub;
pulverize.
jcrrdften, ?;. i?T. tear;
rend.
dcrfd)lciflen, v. irr. break.
jerfprmijcti, o. irr. burst.
fcrfticbcn, v. irr. (f) scat-
terj vanish,
556
GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY.
jcrftorbar, a. destructi-
ble.
jerftorcn, v. destroy.
Serftorung, /., pi. -n.
destruction.
jerflretien, v. disperse.
Seugc, TO. -n, -n. witness.
jcugtn, v. witness; tes-
tify.
3ugni(|, n. -ffe8, -fie. evi-
dence.
Scud, TO. Jupiter.
3ige,/., pi. -n. goat.
jictien, v . irr. draw ; pull ;
move.
Sicbcn, n. -8. march ; re-
moval.
3(cl, n. -(e)8, -. aim;
end ; object.
gtden, c. aim ; take aim.
jieren, v. adorn.
Simmer, n. apartment;
room.
jittcrn, v. tremble.
gogtrn, v. hesitate.
3oB, TO. -(e)8, -t. (52, 14)
inch.
Soil, TO. -(e)8, 36He. duty.
jornig, a. angry.
ju, adv. and prefix.
towards ; on ; shut ;
prep, to; at; in; by
(with irtfin., 288, 2;
405).
jiirfcn, v. draw; stir;
flash.
Surfer, TO. -5. sugar.
juteefcn,* v. cover.
jut'tui, adv. besides.
(ucrfl, adv. at first.
Sufad, m. accident.
Suftiid)!,/. refuge.
iiif ricten, a. content ;
satisfied.
Sufrtctenbeit,/. satisfac-
tion.
jufriebenfteHen,* v . satis-
fy-
jufitflcn,* v, add ; do ; in-
flict.
3ug, TO. -(e)8, 3ftge.
march ; impulse ; train ;
trait.
$ugegcn, adv. present.
juglcid), adv. at the same
time.
3ugooge(, m. bird of pas-
sage.
Sufunft,/. future.
i^ufiinftig, a. future,
julaffen,* v. irr. admit.
jiilc^t, adv. at last ; final-
ly-
sum =- ju tern.
)umad)en, v. shut up.
ftiinbcn, v. kindle.
Sunge,/, pi. -n. tongue.
jnr = ju ber.
iJurcN-, f.,pl. -n. persua-
sion.
jiirncn, v. be angry.
juriicf, aili'. back.
jiiriirfblcibcii,* v. irr. (f)
remain (behind).
juriictbringen,* v. irr.
bring back.
juriicfgcbtn,* v. irr. give
back.
jurucfgefKtt,* v. irr. (f)
po back.
jururffcbren,* v. (f) re-
turn.
jurucfneljtiuti,* v. irr.
take back.
juriiefrufen,* v. irr. call
back.
jiiriirf rocidjcn,* v. irr. (f)
re'reat.
juriirf^ichcn,* v. irr. (also
refl.) withdraw; re-
tire.
jufagcn,* v. promise ;
please.
jufantmen, adv. together.
jufamntcnCommen, v. irr.
(f) come together.
jufammentreffen,* v. irr.
(f) meet; encounter.
3ufd)aucr, m. -9. specta-
tor.
;ufd)lifj|cn,* v. irr. loci
(up).
jufd)rdben,* v. irr. attri-
bute.
jufeben,* v. irr. look on.
Suftaitt, m. -(e)6. -flanbt.
condition.
^itniqcn, ft($ -, v. reji.
irr. take place.
juoor, adv. before.
iiuHn-funnncn,* v. irr. (f)
prevent.
guporfotnntenb, a. oblig-
ing.
jumper, adv. contrary.
jroantig, num. twenty.
iimar, adv. indeed.
Swedf, m. -(e)8, -e. ob-
ject; purpose.
)K>Ci, ;iinii. tWO.
jrocicrlci, a. (121, 8) of
two kinds or sorts.
jrocifad), a. twofold.
Srocifel, m. -8. doubt.
jrodfclbaft, a. doubtful.
Aitieifeln, v. doubt.
3n>rig, TO. -(e)8, -t.
branch ; bough.
gmcintal, ndv. twice.
jmciflunbig, a. of two
honrs.
jnieite, a. second.
;ivritcne, adv. secondly.
3ro<rg, TO. -(e)8, -.
dwarf.
Smitbtlff., pi. -n. onion.
itvingcn, v. irr. force.
jtoinfen, v. twinkle.
3n>irn, TO. -(e)8, -t.
thread.
Srotntfatcn, m. thread.
3n>irtrjfrcrn, TO. thread-
bobbin.
^ n>tfd)cn, prep, between ;
among.
3n>ift, TO. -(e)8, -t. quar-
rel.
j to 6 If, num. twelve.
36lftel, n. -8. (124, 5)
twelfth.
ENGLISH-GERMAK VOCABULARY.
A, an, art. tin, tint, tin.
able, a. -ly, adv. fb,ig ;
to be able, f5nnen.
about, adv. Return, urn;
fyer ; fafl ; prep, urn,
fiber, n>egen, ungefab,r,
am um6,er.
above, adv. baritbor ;
prep, obertyalb, fiber ;
mcSr at3.
absence, .s. 91 bioefentyeit, /.
absent, a. abrcefenb.
absolve, v. fretfpredjen.
abstain, v. fid) entfyalten.
abase, v. fdjmafyen.
accept, v. aiuu'fymen.
accident, .s. ^jufall, m. ;
by-, jufaUtg.
according, prep, mid) ;
- to it, - as, jo nadjbem ;
-ly, adv. bemgemafc, fclg=
ltd), banad).
account, 8. SRerfjuunj, ./".
on -, - of, roegen.
accuse, v. antlagen, be:
fdjulbigen.
accustomed, a. gerooljnt.
acquaint, v. botanut
madjen.
acquaintance, S. S3e=
lanntfd)af t, /. ; SBefannte,
m. &f.
acquainted, a. befannt.
across, prep, fiber.
act, v. tyanbeln.
action, s. anblung, Xluit,
/
actor, s. djaufpieler, m.
actress, s. djaufptelerin.
add, v. ^injufugen.
address, v. abretftren ; fi(^
roenben an.
address, s. Hbreffe, Slnrc=
administration, s.
taatgoermaltung, f.
admirable, a. -bly,
adv. ben>unbern8n>ert&, ;
rounberfcfyon.
admiral, .s. 9tbmtra(, m.
admire, v. bercunbern.
admit, v. julai'it'ii, dn
raumen.
adopt, v. anneb,men.
advance, v. Borrurfen ;
gortfcb,rttte macb,en.
advantage, MUn'tlu'tl, m.
adversity, .. Unglucf, n.
advice, s. SRatfj, m.
advise, v. ratfyen.
advocate, s. 2lbofat.
affair, s. 2ltigelegenb,ett,/'.
a.fter,adv.
nac^ ; -noon, 9?ai^mittag,
m ; -ward(s), natter.
again, adv. tmeber ; ncef)
etnmal.
against, prep, gegen.
age, .s. SSIter, 3eiWer, n.;
8e,/.
agitate, v. Bewegen, auf:
regen.
agitation, s. Slufrccjung.
ago, adv. cor.
agree, v. uberetnftimmen ;
belommen.
agreeable, a. -bly, adv.
angene^m.
aim, v. jielen.
aim, s. .-;irl, n.
alike, a. gleid}.
all, a. att, -er, -e, -e8 ;
ganj ; not at -, gar
nicb,t.
allow, v. ertauben ; to be
allowed, burfen.
almighty, a.
alms, s. x'lhuoKii, n.
alone, a. ntfein.
along, adv. lan%8;prep
langei, entlang.
aloud, in/I-, laut.
Alps, N. Sllpen.
already, adv. fe^on.
also, adv. an*.
although, '"/'./'. ob)rf)on,
a I \\ a ys, adv. titiinov.
ambitions, a. eb,rgetjtg.
amend, /. lu'iu'ru.
American, s. x'lincrif ancr.
amiable, a. liebenSwur:
big.
among, prep, unter,
amount, v. firfi bclaufen.
amount, 5. 93etrag, m.
an, see a.
ancestor, s. SSorfafc, r, 9l^n,
m.
ancient, a. alt.
and, conj. unb.
angel, s. (Sngel, m.
angry, a. joruig, bofe.
animal, s. X^ier, n.
another, a. ein anberer,
nocb, ein ; one -, etnans
ber.
answer, v. antmorten.
answer, s. 2Jntiuort, f.
antagonist, N. egner,
m.
antiquity, s. i'tltcvtbum,
n. ; 3Sorjeit, /.
any, a. (trgenb) ein or tie
raaS; (eber; -body, (irt
genb) 3emanb ; not-, fetn;
not - one, SRtemanb ; -
thing, (trgenb) etrcaS ;
not - thing, nidjtS ; -
where, trgenbrco.
ape, s. i'lffo, m.
apiece, adv. bad Stuct.
S58
ENGLISH-GERMAN VOCABULARY.
apoplexy, x. djlag, in.
apothecary, s. .'U'cilH';
let, in.
apparent, a. ftcMKir.
appear, v. f*eiimi, er=
f$etnen.
appearance, .s. Gr:
jd)einung,/.
appetite, s. Jlppctit, '///.;
epluft,/.
applaud, f. bettatfcbcn ;
pretfen.
applause, s. 23etfatt, m.
apple, s. '.'li'fi'l, m.
apply, i>. anfragen, fi$ be=
fletjitgen.
appoint, v. fceftimmen,
crnennen.
appointment, s. SJerafc;
retung, /.
apprehend, >,'. i<erb\if:
ten ; bef urdjten.
approach, v. fid) nabcrn.
approbation, s. Seifatl,
m.
appropriate, v. fi<6, an:
eignen.
approve, v. fciUtgcn.
arise, v. auffleigen.
arm, s. Jlrm, m.
arm, v. rufien.
armed, a. betraffnet.
arms, s. pi. aSaffen, />.
army, s. .Sjecr, M.
around, adv. runb um ;
um . . . liovuin.
arouse, v. aufivcrfen.
arrange, v. in SDrbnung
brinjcn, einvidjtcn.
arrangement, s. (Sin:
ricb, tung, /.
arrest, v. erb,often.
arrival, s. -.'luf unit, /.
arrive, v. anfomraen ; ge=
langen.
arrow, s. Sffeil, m.
art, s. flunft, f.
as, a<]r. & conj. alS, wit,
fo ; fo . . . Wit.
as cml, v. iiitr. ftinaiif;
flelgtn ; <r. erfleigen.
ash, s. SHfae, /.
ashamed, a. bei*amt ;
to be -, pdj fdjamen.
ask, v.fotbern, bitten (um);
terlanjen ; fragen (nac^).
asleep, adv. to fall -,
einf$lafen.
M, . Cfel, m. ; -driver,
Cje[8trei6cr, m.
assembly, s. SSerfatnnu
lung,/.
assist, v. bcifiefccn, b,e(=
fen.
assistance, s. Seiftanb,
m. ilfe,/.
assure, v . tcrftdjctn.
at, prep, an, ju, bei, auf ;
um.
attack, v. angretfen ; s.
Slngttff, TTi.
attend, v. aiificarten, be:
fctgen ; fid) abgeben mit.
attentive, a. aufmerffam.
attribute, v. jujdjrelben.
August, s. -Jl uplift, m.
aunt, s. Xante,/.
Austria, s. Ceftrei*.
author, s. ^crfai'for,
S^riftfletter, m.
authority, s. sikfefel, m.
SBoHma^t, /.
avoid, vermeiben.
a\vait, v. evtuarten, enU
gegenfe^en.
a-vvare, a. gcrea^t.
away, adv, fort.
a \vk-\vartl, a. tingefcb, icft.
ax(e), s. 5t,/. ; SBeil, n.
baby, s. fleineS ffinb, n.
bachelor, s. 3unggcfeK,
m.
back, s. SRucfen, m.
back, adv. juturf.
bad, a. -ly, adv. fcb,Ie$t,
bofe.
bake, v. bacten.
baker, .s. i^drfer, m.
ball, s. Stall, //*.; -room,
SBattfaal.
banish, v. tcrbanncn.
bank, s. lifer, n.
bargain, s. anbel ;
make the -, ben anbel
eingefyen.
baron, s. iBaron, m.
base, a. niebrig.
bathe, v. baben.
battle, s. cfc, la*t, /.
be, v. fein ; toerben ; he is
to -, et ntufe, foU.
beam, s. Strait, m.
beast, s. Xtncr, n.
beat, v. f$lagen.
beautiful, a. -ly, adv.
fd;6n ; prd^tig.
because, conj. ipeil.
become, v. locrben.
toed, s. SBett, n.
bed-room, s.
met, n.
bee, s. SBtene, /.
beef, s. 9Jinb, n. ; Minbs
beer, s. 33ter, n.
before, adv. uber, sorter;
conj. becor, eb.e ; prep.
beg, v. betteln ; bitten.
beggar, s. Settler, m.
begin, . beginnen, an:
fangen.
beginning, s. 2lnfang,m.
behavior, s.Setragen, n.
behind, prep. b. inter.
believe, v. glauben.
belong, v. geb,eren.
beloved, a. beltebt.
belo-w, prep, unter, uns
terb.alb.
bench, S. S3anf , /.
bend, /'. biegen.
beneath, prep, unter.
benefactor, s. 'iSob/Jtfycu
ter, m.
beneficent, a.tt>ob,ltb,dtig.
benefit, s. SBobltbat, /.
bereave, v. berauben.
beside(s), prep, neben ;
aupcr ; uber.
best, a. befte ; adv. am
beften.
betime(s),adfo.bei.3eiten.
betray, v. terratb,en.
better, a. bcffor.
bid, v. {jeipen ; bitten.
bill, s. Sdjein, m.; SBed):
fel, m. ; SRei^nung,/.
bind, t. binben ; einbin:
ben.
bird, s. 33ogel, m.
birth, s. eburt,/.; -day,
eburtgtag, m. ; -place,
eburtort, m.
bishop, s. 23if$ of, m.
bite, v. bcifien.
bitter, a. bitter ; bitterltd}.
black, a. f$tr>ar).
blame, v. tabeln.
blame, 8. 'label, m.
blind, a. blinb.
blossom, s. Slute, /.
blossom, v. blub,en.
blow, s. 6d)lag, m.
bloiv, v. irebcn ; blafen.
blue, a. btau.
boat, s. SBcot, n.
bodily, a. forperlid).
body, s. ftorper., tn.
ENGLISH-GERMAN VOCABULARY.
550
boil, v focfrcn.
bonnet, s. ut, m.
book, s. a3u$, 7*.
bookbinder, inuftinber.
bookseller, S8itd)b,anbler.
boot, s. tiefel.
born,/>/>. gcboren.
borrow, '. borgen, ent:
lebnen.
both, a. bate, tcitoo ;
both . . . and, fo roob.1,
. . . ate.
bottle, s. glafae,/.
bottom, s. SBoben, m.\
Grbe, /.
boundless, a. grcn;enlo.
box,.v. c&.ad)tel,/.;ffaften,
m.
boy, s. JJnabe, m.
branch., s. Sift, 3rceig,
m.
brandy, s. SBranntirein,
m.
brave, a. -ly, brae, tapfer.
bread, s. S3rot, //..
break, v, broken, jor=
bredjen.
breakfast, f . frubftucten.
bride, s. 23raut, /. ;
-groom, SBrautigam, m.
bridge, s. S3rud!e, /.
bright, a. -ly, adv. ett ;
liar.
brightness, s. (Slanj, m.
bring, v. bringen.
broad, a. breit ; b,cU.
bronze, a. SBronje,/. ; (Srj,
n.
brook, s. 23adj, m.
brother, s. SJruber, m.
-in-law, djroager.
brown, a. braun.
brush, s. fflurfte, /.
Brussels, SBviifjcl.
build, v. baiicn.
building, .s. cbciube, n.
bunch, s. Stvaufi, //.
burden, s. Soft, /.
burn, v. brennen, we*
brennen ; - down, abs
brennen.
burst, v. berften.
bury, v. begraben.
business, s. @e(d)aft, n.
but, conj. aber, al, au^er ;
adv. mrfit, chne taft.
butcher, .s. glctj^er, m.
butt, ?;. ftofeen.
butter, s. SButter, /. ;
-fly, @(mettrttng, m.
buy, v. faufen.
toy, prep, bet, burc^, cn ;
adv. corbel.
cake, s. Jhicfjen, m.
calf, ,s. fialb. n.
call, f . rufen, I;eifeen ; -on,
befucb,en; -ed, 9?amen.
can, i. fonnen.
canary-bird, s. Jjana;
rienoogel, m.
candle, s. Ste^t, n. ;
-stick, Ceuc^ter, m.
cannon, s. ftanone, /.
cap, s. 2J?iifee,/. ; ut, m.
capable, a. faMjj.
capital, s. auptftabt, /.
captain, s. dapttatn ;
card, s. Rarte,/.
care, s. Sl^t,/. ; to take-,
fid) in Slcfyt ne^men ; v . ftdj
iummern.
careful, a, forgfam ; be=
forgt.
careless, a. unad)tfam;
lafi'igf eit, /.
Caroline, n. Sardine.
carpet, 8. SCeppid), m.
carriage, 8. SBagen, m.
carrot, s. 2Kob,re, getb
SRflbe.
carry, v. tragen.
cart, s. Sffiagen, m.
Carthage, ftattbago.
carve, v. fdjneiben, BOT*
carving, s.
n. ; c^nifeerei, f.
case, s. gaD, m.
cast, v . tcerfen ; tetfto^tn.
castle, s. gcijlcp, n.
cat, s. ffofee,/.
catch, f. fangen.
caterpillar, s. 92aup(,/I
Catherine, s. .ft Jttiattne.
cause, i. Urfadje, /. ; w.
eerurfadjen, lafjcn.
cautions, a.
celebrate, v. feiern.
celebrated, a. teriilmtt.
century, s. Sab/rb.unbett,
n.
certain, a. -ly, adv. ge=
rotfe.
chain, s. Jfette,/.
chair, s. gtuhl, m.
chance, s. ,'jufall, m. ;
by -, jufatty.
change, v.
- one's dress, ftdj nmi
fleifcen.
change, s. a>erantcrung,
/
changeable, a, ceran;
ievlid).
chapel, s. Kapctte,/.
chapter, s. Jlapitet, n.
charge, a. belaben ; for*
bern.
charity, s. (tfjrtftlidje)
Siebe, f. ; Sltmcfen, n.
Charles, s. Marl.
charm, s. 9Jeij, m. ; v. be*
jaubern.
charming, a. teijenb.
cheap, a. bitltg, mo^Ifeit.
cheat, v. betrugen ; s. 58e=
truger, m.
cheese, s. ffafe, m.
cherry, s. Sirf<$e, ^
chicken, s. u^nd)en, n.
child, s. iiint, n,
choice, s. SBa^t, /.
choose, v. icab,(en.
Christian, .s. Clirtft, m.
Christmas, s. 23cib,nadj
ten, p?.
church, s. ffirc^e, f.
cigar, s. Gigarre, /.
city, s. tabt, /.
Ctvil, a. tycflidj.
claim, 8. Slnfprud), m.
class, s. Glaffe, /.
clean, a, rein.
clean, v. teinigen.
Clear, a. f lav.
clergy, s. -man, etfU
Itcfye, m,
clever, a. gefdjitft.
climb, v. tlottmt.
uiip, v. befdjneiten.
cloak, s. Diantcl.
Clock, s. Icrfe, U6,r; what
o' -, mieciel U6,r.
close, adv. ; -by, baneben.
cloth, s. 5tudj, n.
Clothes, s., pi. ffletbet.
cloud, s. SZBolfe, /.
coach, s. Sutfdje, ./". ;
-man, ffutfdjet.
coach-office, s. fjab^r*
port,/.
coal, s. fiob,Ie,/.
coast, s. fiufte, /.
coat, s. SRcrf, m.
cock, s. iiat)n.
coffee, fiaffee, m.; -house,
n.
560
ENGLISH-GERMAN VOCABULARY.
cold, a. fait.
consult, v. ft* beratb,en.
come, v. fommen.
contain, /. cnthaltcn.
comet, a. Hornet, m.
contemn, v. cera*ten.
comfort, v. troflen ; s.
content, a. jufrieben.
2rcfl, m.
content, a. jjiifrtebenbett.
comfortable, a. bequem.
contented, a. jufrieben.
command, v. befeblen ;
continual, a. -ly, adv.
*. efeb.I, m.; ebot, n.
fortu>db,renb.
commit, v. begeben.
continue, v. fortfefeen ;
common, a. gemein ; ge=
fcrtfabren.
ircl'iilicb.
contradict, v. tribers
communicate, t>. iniU
fpre*en.
tfyetten.
convenient, a. paffenb.
communication, s.
convent, a. ^lofler, n.
SKittb/ilung, /.
convey, v. fu^ren.
company, s. efeflf*aft,
convince, v. ubetjengen.
f.
cook, s. So*, m. ; Secbjn,
compare, r. tergleicben.
f.
complain, v. flagen ; ft*
copper, a. flupfer, n.
beflagen.
copy, v. abf*retben.
complete, a. -ly, adv.
cord, a. Strict, m.
tellftanbig.
corner, s. Gcfe, f.
compose, v. jufatnmen>
coronation, a. jtronung,
fefcen.
f.
composed, a. rubtg.
correct, a. -ly, adv.
comrade, 8. ftatnerab, m.
ri*tig ; fe^lerfrel.
conceal, v. eerbergen.
correct, v . cerbeffern.
conceive, v. bcgreifen.
Cossack, a. ffofacf, >//.
concern, v . ongeb,en.
cost, v. {often.
concern, s. Slngelegens
count, v. jab.Ien ; bere*=
$,/.
nen.
concert, s. Concert, n.
count, *. 3 a ^' f- rfl f
condemn, v . rerurtb, eilen.
m.
condition, s. Qu\iank,
countess, a. raftn, f.
m.\ Sage,/.; Cebtngung,
country, a. egenb, /. ;
f.
fianb ; SBaterlanb, n.
conducive, a. fcrbernb.
country-house, a. Canb:
conduct, s. Kuffub.rung,/.
ban?, n.
conduct, v. geletten.
countryman, a. ?anb=
confess, t>. jugefleben ;
mann, m.
beitbten.
courage, a. 2Kutb,, m.
confirm, v. bcfldtigcn.
course, a. Sauf, m.
conjecture, a. 2)Jutb,=
court, s. of, m.
mafmng, f. ; v. termutb,en.
courtier, a. ofmann, m.
connect, v. terbinben.
cousin, a. Setter, m.
conqueror, a. Sieger, m.
SBafe ; ouftne, f.
conscience, a. erciffen,
cover, v. bebecten.
n.
cover, s. Tertel, m.
conscious, a. bercufjt,
cow, s. Sub^, f.
be -, ft* beroufit fein.
crane, a. Jfrani*, m.
consent, s. 3uflimmung,
craving, a. Seb,nfu*t,/;
/.; v. eintriUigen.
SBeburfnifj, n.
consequence, s. golge,
create, v. f*affen, er=
SBebeutung,/.
fcbaffcn.
consequently, adv.
creator, s. *opfer, m.
fotglt*.
credit, a. Prcbit, m.
consider, v. f*afeen ; 6,aU
credit, v. glauben ; crebi=
ten fur.
tirn.
considerable, c, fat
creditor, a. Wubtger, m.
teutenb.
creep, v. frie*en.
crew, s. @*tff8coll, n.
crime, s. 1'crbrcdjen, n.
criminal, a. terbrcebers
criminal, a. SBerirecber,
m.
crop, Cmte, f.
cross, v. uberfefcen.
crow, v. frab.cn.
crowd, a. lUenge, f,
crown, a. Jtronc, f.
crumb, Srunie, f.
cry, v. fcbtelen, rufen,
treinen.
cry, a. *rei, 5Ruf, m.
culpable, a. fcbulbig.
cultivate, v. bauen, be:
bauen.
cup, a.58e*er,im.; Staffe,/.
curiosity,. s. SU'ugierbe,/.
curtain, s. Sorb, ang, m.
cut, v. f*neiben.
dagger, s. Tol*, m.
dance, v. tanjen.
dancing, a. Stanjen, n.
danger, s. efab.r,/.
dangerous, a. gefab. rU*.
Danube, a. onau,/.
dare, v. tragcn.
dark, a. bunfel, ftnfler.
dark, a. 'Xunfel, n.
darkness,a. < Dunfe(beit > ./'.
daughter, a. Sotbter, /.
datvn, v. bammcrn ; day
dawns, e-S n>irb Stag.
day, a. Stag, m.; (-light),
5tageIi*t, n.; the other
-, neuli*.
dazzle, v. terblenben.
dead, a. tctt.
deadly, a. tobtli*.
deaf, a. taub.
deal, a. 26 ell, m. ; a
great -, ciet, febt.
dear, a, tbcuer ; lieb.
dear, a. SEbeure, i. & f.
death, s. 2ob, m. ; -bed,
terbebett, n.
debate, a. >ebatte, /.
debt, a. e*ulb, /.
deceive, v. tauf*en, be*
trugen.
December, s. Xecember,
m.
decent, a. anfianbig.
declare, v. erHaren, be
baupten.
decline, v. atlebnen.
deed, s. 2b.at,/
ENGLISH-GERMAN VOCABULABY.
561
deep, a. ticf.
deer, *. $trfdj, TO.
defend, /'. iH'rtlH'ibtgen.
defiance, s. Xro%, m. ;
to bid -, SErofe bieten.
dejected, a. traurlg,
mutljloS.
delay, v. cerjBgern.
delight, S. Sup, /. ;
Sffionne, /.
delight, v. crfvcucu.
delightful, a. erfreuttdj.
deny, v. laugnen.
depart, v. abretfen.
department, s. gad), n.
depend, . (ab)bangen ;
- upon it, jafylett ie ba*
rauf.
deprive, v. beraufcen.
deride, v. oerfpotten.
deserve, v. erbienen.
desire, . SBertangen, n.
desire, v. >unfd)en.
despair, s. aSerjroeiflung,./'.
despise, v. cvad)tcn.
dessert, s. 92a$tifdj, m.
destroy, v. jcrftoren ; cr
nt$ten.
detain, v. cmfbalten.
deviate, v. abiveidjen.
dialogue, s.
diamond, x. 1)iatnon t, m.
dictate, v. btctiten.
dictate, s. SBefcb.1, m.
dictionary, 3. 936rters
budj, n.
die, v. perben ; fid)
Keren.
different, a. oerfdpieben.
difficult, a. falser, fd)roies
rig.
difficulty, s. djroferigs
feit, /.
dig, v. graben.
dignity, s. SButbe,/
diligent, a. flcijiig.
dine, u. ju aKittag effen.
dining, s. petjcn, n,
-room, pctfejtmmer, n.
dinner, s. 2Rittag3effen ;
SWUtag3mab,t, n.
direct, a. gerabe, unmtt=
telbar ; gtetdj.
direction, s. Stbrejye, /.
dirty, a. fd)mufeig.
disaccustoniL, a. entftob,:
nen.
disappear, v.
ben.
discontented, ". unjiu
frieben.
discourage, v. cntmutfyU
flen.
discover, v. entbecfen.
discoverer, s. (Snttccfer,
m.
discovery, s. Gntbedung,
/.
disease, 8. tfronffc, eU, /.
disembark, v. au$fci)lf:
fen, lanben.
dislocate, v. vemnfcn.
disperse, w. jerftreuen ;
auSetnanber gcl)cn.
displease, v. iiiiiifaHcn.
dispute, s. Stroit, m.
dispute, v. fttt'itcn.
dissatisfied, unjufrteben.
dissatisfy, v. mi^fallen.
distance,^. Gntfcnuiug,/ 1 .
distress, 3Jct^, /.
disturn, v. ftovcit.
ditch, s. raben, m.
do, v. tfjun, mailicn; ft$
beflnben.
doctor, .s-. ^Doctor; Wtjt, m.
dog, s. fiiuub, m.
domestic, a. f)A
dominant, a.
door, s. Sib, iir/ /. ; out of
-s, btau^en.
double, a. -bly, adv.
boppett.
double, v. verboppetn.
doubt, v. jHH'ijeln, bit
jwetfcln.
doubt, s. ^roeifel, m.
down, adv. l)cvuntov.
draught, s. jjug, m.
draw, v. jletyen ; jei^ncn.
drawing,. v. ^eidjnung,/'.
dread, s. gurcb,t, /. ; v.
fur^ten.
dress, v. cerbinben ; an;
fleibcn.
dress, s. fftcib, n.
drink, v. trinten.
drive, v. tretben, fa^ren.
drown, v. ettrinfen.
dry, v. trocfnen.
dubious, a. jircifclfiaft.
duke, s. Jjerjog.
j during, prep. reob,renb.
duty, s. qSfli^t,/
dying, p. perbenb ; s.
Sterben, n.
each, a. jeber, jebe, jebed ;
other, cinanber/ fid).
eager, a. (eglerlg.
ear, .s. Ob,r, n.
early, a. fru^, balb.
earth, s. Krbe,/.
easy, a. leidjt.
eat, v. eften, freffen.
ICdward, s. Gfcuavb.
effect, s. ZBirfung,/.;
folg, m.
egg, s. 61, n.
eight, a. a$t.
eighteen, a.
eighth, a. ad)te.
eighty, a. a$tjtg.
either, (pron. ) etnet, (eon
beiben) ; co/y. entracber.
See also 841, 10.
elegant, a. pva^tig.
elephant, s. (ilep^ant, m.
eleven, a. elf.
eleventh, a. elfte.
Eliza, Gttje.
else, conj. nnbcrg, foup;
-where, fonfttoo.
emperor, s. ffaifcr, m.
employ, v. antoenben.
employment, s. ^8e>
Wdfttgung,/.
endeavor, & Vnpieng*
ung,/.
endeavor, v. fid} fees
niufyen.
endure, v. ettragen.
enemy, s. geinb, m.
engaged, a. befdjdftlgt,
verfagt.
England, s. (gngtanb.
English, a. englifd?.
Englishman, Qngtdn
ber.
enjoy, v. geniefcen ; fi(^
freuen.
enmity, s. fteinbfdjaft, /.
enormity, s. I'lbfcfyeulicb,;
fett,/.
enough, acfv. genug.
enquire, see inquire.
enrich, v. bereid)ern.
ensue, v. folgen.
ensuing, a. beuorfteficnb.
enter, v. tteten, l)intin=
ge^en.
entertain, v. untcrfialten.
entire, a. -ly, adv. ganj.
entreaty, s. SSttte, /.
equal, a. glctd;, glcidjs
gultig.
equality, s. leic^b.ett,/.
erect, a. aufricfyten, ertid;
ten.
562
ENGLISH-GERMAN VOCABULARY.
escape, v. entfommen.
especial, -ly, adv. be=
fonberS.
estate, s. fflut, n.
esteem, r. fcbafcen ; adjten.
Europe, s. Guropa.
Kuropcan, s. Curepaer.
ven, adv. fclfcft, fogar.
vening, s. -.Ubont, m.
vent, s. Sretgnij), n.
ver, adv. je, jemalg; fdjon.
very, a. jeber, jebe, jebeS ;
afle ; -body, -one, 3eber*
matin ; -day, atltaglldj ;
-thing, aUeS ; -where,
uberatt.
evident, a. einleu$tenb.
evil, a. bofe.
evil, s. SBofe, llnglutf, n.
exact, a. genau.
examine, v, untcrfucfjen.
example, 8. S3etfpiel, n.
excel, v . ubertreffen.
excellent, a. Bortrefflidj.
except, prep. auSgenonu
men, aujjer.
excite, v. erregen.
excuse, v. entf$ulbigen.
excuse, s.Qntf<ib.ulbigung,/.
execute, v. t>oUjieb,en,
au8ri(6.ten.
exercise, s. Uebung, ?luf=
flate, /.
exhaust, a. erfdjopfen.
expect, v. ertoarten.
expose, v. bfo&ftetten.
extend, r. auSftrerfen.
extensive, a. umfafjenb ;
grofiartig.
extent, s. Hubeb.nung,/.
extinct, a. erlcfcben ; be-
come -, erlo?c6,en.
extinguish, v. au3I6=
faen.
extraordinary, a. au=
fjererfcentlidj ; merftrurbig.
eye, *. SJuge.
face, .1. efi$t, n.
fact,*.2b.at; b. atfacb,e, /. ;
in -, in bet 26. at, nnrftidj.
fade, v. Berfdsretnben.
fail, v. feb.lfcb,lagen, tntfi=
ratbnt.
faint, a. toroacfe ; v. chn=
macb,tig reerben.
fainting, s.
faithful, a. -ly,
tttu, reblt^.
tell, v,
false, <i. falfi^.
falsehood, s. Cuge, /.
familiarity, s. 9Jortrau=
li^feit, SBerttautb. eit, /.
family, s. Jamitte, /.
famous, a. -ly, adv. bti
rubmt.
far, a. tteit; -"as, fo ett
al ; by -, bei SZBeitem ;
not -, unfetn.
fare, v. ficb, tefinben.
fare-well, s. fiebetcob,!,' n.
fast, a. fcbnctt.
fat, a. fett.
father, s. SJater, m.
fatigue, s. ajJufie ; 9tn=
jlrengung, /.
fatiguing, a. crmubenb.
fault, s. getter, m.;
i^ulb, /.
favor, s. un{i, f.
favor, v. begunfiigen.
fear, s. gui$t, /.
fear, v. furc^ten.
February, s. gebruar, m.
feeble, a. f$rca$.
feed, v. futtcrn.
feel, v. fu^Ien.
feeling, s. efubl, n.
feign, v . beuc^eln.
fellow, s. a3utf(^, m.
fellotv-ereature, s.
9Jebenmen{^, m.
ft-llow-fecling, aRitge:
fu^t, .
fellow-traveler, SReffes
gefab.rte.
fetch, v. b,olen.
few, a. rccnicj.
fidelity, *. Sreue, /.
field, s. gclb, n.
fifteen, a. funfjeb/n.
fifth, a. funfte.
fiftieth, a. funfjigfie.
fifty, a. funfjig.
fight, v. fecbten, lampfen.
fight, s. efet^t, n.
final, a. -ly, adv. enblid}.
find, v. fintcK.
fine, a. bubi^, fc^on.
fire, s. geuet, n. ; to catch
fire, geuer fangen.
fire, v. Icc-ftfttefen.
fireplace, s. crb, m.
firing, s. Aoucrn, n.
first, a. erfle ; at -, juerfl,
anfang.
fish, s. Aiut. m.
fishing-rod, Slnjjetrutfcc,
five, . funf.
flame, x. gJamme,/.
flatter, v. {$meUb.eln.
flatterer, 8. (
m.
flax, s. gla$8, m.
flee, v. flieben.
flight, .v. gtuc^t,/.
flock, s. J^eerbe, /.
florin, '. ulbcn, m.
flovrer, s. 3?tume, f.
floiver-pot, 93(umentopf,
m.
fly, v. fftegen.
fog, a. 92ebel, m.
fold, s. $fer$, m.
follow, v. folgen.
following, a. fctgenb.
food, s. gutter, n. ; peiff,
/.; SKa^rung, /.
foot, s. gup, m.
foot-path, gufipfab, m.
footstool, 2*cmet, m.
for, prep, fur, urn ; aI8 ;
tcegen ; - it, bafur ; conj.
benn.
forbid, v. oerbieten.
force, s. Kraft, etcalt, /.
force, v. jretngen.
forehead, s. tirn, f.
foreigner, s. grembe, m.
foresee, v, orb,erfeb,en.
forest, s. SEalb, m.
forget, v . sergeffen.
fork, s. abel, /'.
form, s. eftalt,/.
form, v. bitben.
former, a. friiber.
formerly, adv. frub.er.
fortnight, s. cierje^n
Stage, pi.
fortress, s. geftung, f.
fortune, s. ffllucf, n.
forty, a. Bterjig.
fountain, s. Cuctto, /.
four, a. tier.
fourteen, a. tierjefm.
fourteenth, a. Btcrjeb, nte.
fourth, a. merle.
fowl, s. SSogel, m.; u$n;
eflugel, n.
fox, s. gud)8, m.
France, s. granfreic^, n.
Frederick, s. griebrii^.
free, a. frei ; nuHtg.
free, v. befteien.
freedom, s. gretb,eit, f.
freeze, v. fricren, gefrieren.
French, a. franjofif^.
frequently, adv. .aufig.
ENGLISH-GERMAN VOCABULARY.
563
fresh, a. ftifdj.
Friday, s. gteitag, m.
friend, s. greunb, m. ;
gteunbin, /.
friendship, s. gtcunfc;
Waft,/.
frighten, r. erfdjrecfen.
frog, s. gtof$, m.
from, _prep. Bon, au8.
fruit, s. gtu$t, /.
fugitive, a. fludjtig.
fugitive, s. glutting, m.
fulfill, v. Bottbtingen.
full, a. Bottig.
furnace, s. SCfcn, geucts
ofen, m.
future, a. funfttg ; ju=
lunftig ; s. 3ufunft, /
gain, s. croinn, m.
gain, v. geroinnen ; crlan-
gen.
galley, s. ateete,/.
gaming, 8. (gpiel(en), n.
garb, s. Ctradjt, f.
garden, s. atten, m.
gardener, s. Gartner, m.
gate, 8. Stfyot, n.
general, 8. enetat, m.
gentleman, 8. ijerr, m.
George, 8. eorg.
German, a. beutfdj ; 8.
3)eutfcb,e.
Germany, s. CDeutfd;=
Janb, n.
get, w. wetben, befomtnen,
etfi,alten.
giant, s. SfJlefe, m.
girl, s. TOabdjen, n.
give, n. geben.
glass, 8. Ia3, n.
glimmer, r. fefjhnmctn.
glove, s. anbfdjuf), m.
go, w. geb,en ; - abroad,
auggefyen ; Bettetfen ; -for
(i.e. fetch), b,olen; -on,
Botgetyen ; - over, ubet=
geb.en.
goat, 8. Siege,/.
God, s. ott, m.
gold, 8. o(b, n.
good, a. gut.
good, 8. ute, m.
goodness, s. ute,/.
goose, 8. an8. /.
govern, v. regieren.
governor, 8. Stattfialtcr,
m.
grace, s. nabe, /.
graceful, a,
gradual, a. attmottg.
grammar, 8. ptadj*
Ieb.te, /. ; tammatif, /.
grand, a. gtojj ; -father,
tojjoatet ; -mother,
grape, s. Straube, /.
grass, 8. rag, n.
grateful, a. banfbar.
gratitude, s.
felt,/.
grave, s. rab, n.
great, a. gro ; the
greater is, befto
greatly, adv. feb,r, uiel.
Greek, 8. riecb,e, m.
green, a. grun.
grenadier, 8. Tenabier,
m.
grey, a. grau.
ground, 8. oben, m.
grow, v. grojj rccrben,
n>a$fen.
guard, v. beroac^en.
guard, s. SBadje, /.
guards, pi. 2etbn>a<$e,/.
guess, v. evratlien.
guest, s. aft, m.
guilty, a. fcr/utbia.
guinea, 8. uinee, /.
gun, s. gtinte, /.
habit, s. Jtleib, n.; Sins
jug, m. ; @erco6,nl)ett, /. ;
to be in the -, pflegen.
habitation, 8. SBob,;
nung, /.
hail, s. oget, m. ; v. a=
geln.
half, s. jjalfte,/. ; adv.
Ion.
liam, s. djtnfen, TO.
hammer, 8. jammer,
m.
hand, s. anb,/.
handkerchief, S. SEa-
ft^cntutb, n.
handsome, a. ?d'6n.
hang, *'. fiangen ; liaiigcn.
happen, i 1 . gj^cbcn.
happiness, 8. lud, n.
happy, a. gtucfticfi.
harbor, s. afen, m.
hard, a. Iiart; ftarf.
hardly, adv. ^art; faum.
hark, int. J^ori^!
harm, s. S^abe, m.
harm, v. jdjaben.
harmlSB, u.
haste, 8. Cite, /. ; to
make -, cUen.
hasten, v. fid) beeilen.
hat, 8. jgut, m.
hatchet, s. Skit, n. ;
SlSt,/.
hate, . a, nt.
hate, v. f)affen.
hatred, 8. ijap, m.
hatter, 8. fiiutmadier, m.
have, v. fjaben.
hay, s. $eu, n.
he, et ; bet, berjen'ge.
health, 8. efunb^eit,/.
hear, v. fc, oren, oetne^men.
heart, s. erj, n. ; by -,
auSroenbtg.
hearty jrt.^erjti^; gefunb.
heat, s. ifoe,/.
heathen, 8. eibe, m.
heaven, 8. j^immet, m.
heavenly, a. fyimmlijd).
heavy, a. farcer, ftatt.
hedge, s. 3 aun m -
Henry, s. einricf).
help, s. tlfe, /.
help, v. b,elfen.
her, pron. fie, tb,r.
herd, s. erbe, /.
herdsman, s. XMrt, m.
here, adv. b,tet.
hero, s. elb, m.
herring, s. Bering, m.
hers, ber ifyrige, bet ib,te,
ir)ret.
hesitate, v. anfteb,en ; jo
getn.
hidden, pp. tetborgen.
hide, u. etbetgen.
high, a. hod).
hill, s. ugel, m.
him,p7-o?i. tb,m, ib,n; bem,
ben ; benjcnigen.
himself, pron. et, ib,m,
ib,n, f4 (felbft).
hire, s. 2Ktetb,e, / ; v.
mtetb,en.
his, pron. fein ; bet feini=
ge, bet feine, feinet.
history, s. @efd)ic6,te, /.
hit, v. tteffen.
hither, adv. b,ieb,ct ; -to,
bid jefct.
hole, s. 6b,Ie, /; 2oc^, n.
holiday, 8. getettag, m.
holy, a. ^eilig.
home, 8. ijau, n. ; at -,
honest, a. ehrttrf).
honesty, s.
564
ENGLISH-GERMAN VOCABULARY.
honey, s. ftontg, m.
honor, . <5bre, /. ; v.
eb,ren.
bop, v. bnpfen.
hope, 8. a>cff ining, /.
bope, v. beffen.
born, 5. orn, n.
horse, 8. Oiej;, Spferb, n.
bot, a. fyetfc.
boar, 8. tunbe, /.
bouse, s. au8, w.; little
house, s. >au3lcin, ijduS;
eficn, n.
how, adv. n>ie.
however, adv. wte au$
immcr, tcti, rcenn gleidj,
aleicba-ch!.
human, a. menf$tid).
huimiuit }-,.\.
bnndred, a. $unbert ; s.
fcunbert, n.
hungry, a. bungrtg.
banter, s. 3ager, m.
bart, v. fdpaben ; erlefcen.
hypocrite, s. euc6,ler,m.
I, prow. t<$.
ice, s. Gi3, n.
Iceland, 8. 3Ianb, n.
idle, a. faul.
if, con/. 06; wenn.
ignorant, a. unroiffenb.
ill, a. front.
illness, 8. Sranf belt, /.
illustrious, a. berubmt.
image, S. 33tlb, n.
imagination, 8. Ginbil=
bung, /.
imagine, v. ftd? einbtlben.
immediately, adv. fos
ftleUft.
impart, v. mittbcllcn.
impartiality, s. Unpar=
impatience, 8. llngc;
bulb, /.
impatient, a. ungcbul=
importance, 8.
feit,/.
important, a. tricfctij.
impossible, a.unmogli$.
improve, v. rbefietn,
fi$ eerbeffern, gortft^ritte
mac^en.
in, prep, in, auf, an, fed.
in, adv. btnetn ; bcinnen.
a. uuau|I;ur-
incidental, a. jufattig.
incident, s. 3 u f fl ", m.
inclination, s. 9ioigung,
/
increase, v. juneb,tnen.
indeed, adv. in ber Sbat ;
ivirflicb.
indicate, v. anjcigen.
indifferent, a. glet<6,=
gulttg ; Icibtt^.
induce, v. bereegen.
indulgence, 8.
industrious, a. fleifttg.
industry, S. gtcifi, m.
infantry, 8. ^nfanterte,
infinite, a.
influence, 8. (iinflup, m.
inform, v. benacfcrii^tigon.
ingenious, a. finnreic^.
ingratitude, 8. UnbanI:
barfeit, /.
inhabitant, S. S8eroob=
ncr, m. ; Ginwobnet, tn.
injure, v. f$aben, beleibi:
gen, be?c^abtgen.
ink, 8. Sinte,/.
inkstand, 8.
.
inn, 8. SHirtba^auS, n.
innocence, 8. Unfcfculb, J 1 ".
innocent, a. unfc^ulbtg.
inquire, v. ftc^ erfunbigen ;
fragen.
insect, s. 3*tf't n.
insist, v. befleben.
instant, 8. Wugenbtirf, m.
instantly, adv. fcglcicfe.
instead, adv. anftatt ;
prep. - of, anjlatt.
instruct, v. itntcrrtcfiton.
instruction, s. Untcr=
ric^t, m.
insult, 8. 93eleibigung, /.
insult, v. 6e(c^impfen, be:
letbigen.
intend, v. bcabfttbtigcn,
I'crbabon, gebenfen.
intention, 8. 3lbfi*t, f.
intercourse, s. SSerfcbr,
m.\ Umgang, m.
interest, v. cinne^men ;
intereffiren.
interest, 8. Rinflu^, m.
into, prep. Mncin, in, ju.
intrepid, a. unerfd^roifen.
invent, /. erfinben.
invitation, s. liinlab;
Irishman, s. 3tlnbet,
m.
iron, 8. Gtfcn, n.
irregular, . untegel?
tnapig.
irresistible, a. unatiber:
fleblicfc.
it, pron. eS, fie, et, i$n ;
of it, bacon; to -, bar:
auf ; about -, baruber.
Italy, s. 3talien.
its, pron. fetn, beffen, be*
ten ; ber feinige, ber fdne,
Reiner.
James, s. Jacob.
January, 8. 3anuar, m.
Jesus, 8. 3fu3.
Je-w, s. 3"be, m.
Jobn, 8. 3c^ann.
Journey, s. SReife, f.
Joy, s. greube, f.
judge, s. fflidjter, m.
judge, v. utt^etten.
Judgment, 8. Urt^etl, n.
July, . 3ui* m -
jump, v. ipringen.
June, 8. 3uni, m.
just, a. gcrecfct.
just, adv. eben, genau.
Justice, 8. ere^ttgfett,/
keep, v. batten ; bebatten.
key, 8. e^luflel, m.
kill, v. tobten, idfla^ten.
kind, 8. orte, art,/.
kind, a. gut, gutig.
kindness, 8. ute,
greunbli^feit.
king, 8. ftintg, m.
kingdom,
kitchen, 8. ffu$e, /.
knife, 8. 9Wcffer, n.
knight, 8. SJitter, m.
knock, v. flopfen.
know, v. (ennen, tttffcn.
labor, s. Strbeit, /.
laborer, s. ftrbeiter, m.
lady, s. Dame,/
lake, 8. Sec, m.
lame, a. lab.m.
lamp, 8. fiampe, /.
land, s. Canb, n.
land, v. lanben.
landscape, s. anbfc6.ajt,
language,
8. gpra^e,
ENGLISH-GERMAN VOCABULARY.
565
large, a. grog.
last, c. If pt ; ttortg.
late, a. (pat.
lately, adv. lutjlld? ; in
bee Ic&ten Seit.
latter, a. lefct.
laugh, v. laciu'n.
laugh, 8. (Master, n,
law, s. efefo, n.
lay, v. legen.
lazy, a. faul.
lead, .s. S3 let, n.
leader, s. guljrer, m -
leaf, s. 93Iatt, n.
learn, ?>. terncn.
learned, a gelefivt.
learning, .s. eleb,rfam=
fctt, /.
least, n. minbeft ; at -,
rcenigflenS.
leave, s. Grlaubnijj, f. ;
SSbJdjicb, m.
leave, v . laffen, terlaffen ;
b,interlajjen ; - out, au3=
lafien.
left, a. linf.
left, adv. linf 8 ; to' the -,
jur Cinfen.
log, s. 33etn, n.
I.ripsir, s. Ceipjig.
lend, v. leifien.
length, s. Cange,/. ; at -,
enbltd?.
less, a. roentger ; geringer.
lesson, s. tunbe,/; 91uf=
96//-
lest, conj. bamit tiidjt ;
ba&.
let, t. laJTen.
letter, s. SBtief, m.
Lewis, s. Cubroig.
liar, s. Ciigner, m.
liberate, v. befreten.
liberty, s. greib,eit,/.
library,.?. S8ibliot&,ef,/.
lie, s. Cuge, /.
He, v. lugcn ; Itegen.
life, s. Seben, n.
lift, v. auffieben, b,eben.
light, s. Vtcfit, n.
light, v. Icurfnen.
lighten, v. bitten.
like, a. o,U'i*, oilmluf.
like, o. gern f)abcn, mogcn,
Iteben.
likely, a. rea^tfe^einUc^ ;
adv. very likely, it>ob,l.
lion, 8. Some, m.
lioness, s I'iMtnn, /.
lip, s.
I listen, ?. Screen ; - to
you, auf @ie 6,6ren.
little, a. floin, rcenig.
live, v. leben ; n>ob,nen.
! load, s. Cabling; Cafl,/
load, v. laben, belaben.
lock, s. djlojj, n.
lock, >. icMU'fcen.
lodging, s. SEBofjnung, _/'.
lonely, a. einfam.
long, a. lang ; v. uerlan=
gen ; fid) fefynen.
look, s. iMirf, m.
look, v. fcfyauen, fefycn ;
auSfefyen; -at, anfe^en; -
aftftr, nad)fe^en.
looking-glass, s. pie:
gel, m.
Lord, err, ebieter, m.
lose, v. wlieren.
\o*t,pp. pcrloren.
loud, a. laut.
Louisa, 5. Vuiio.
love, v. lieben> gern ^a=
ben.
love, s. Ciebe, /.
lovely, a. KebenSwurbig,
reijenb.
luck, s. turf, n.
luggage, s. cpacf, n.
lung, s. Cunge, f.
luxury, s. 811511$, m.
mad, a. toQ.
made, pp., i.e. carved,
gefdjnitten.
maid, s. Jungfrau, f. ;
make, v. mad)en ; (pens)
fdjneibcn.
ma 11,. \. -JJionufv i'iann, m.
manage, v. fiibren.
management, s. 2>cr=
wtaltung, /.
mankind, s. 3J?enfc^cn=
manncr,$. 3frt; SOZanier ;
master, s. SDtetfJer, en ;
Ce^rer, m.; be -, macb,tia.
fein.
matter, s. 9lngeIegen6,eH
/.; egenflanb, m.; a^e,
may, v. mcgen, tonnen,
burfen.
me, pron. mir, mic^.
means,/;/. SDJittel, n.; by
- of, cermittelft ; by no -,
many, a. tietc, Diet; - a,
mandj.
map, ,s. (tanb=) Karte, f.
March, s. 2Harj, m.
march, s. diritt ; 3 U 9>
m.; w. marf(J)iren.
mark, s. Qeifyen, Qie\, n.
marriage, s. woirath,
e^e, /.
marry, v. ^eirat^en; (fic^)
Mary, s. 3R a rie.
meaning, x. ^cteutung,
/.
measure, s. A>i\tp, n.
measure, v. niofjon.
meat, s. gletfi^, n.
medicine, s. ijctlmittel,
.
meet, v. treffen, begegnen.
meeting, s. .jufamnien-
treffen, n.
memory, s.ebo^tni^, n.
mend, v. fllctcii, bcffcrn,
eerbeffern.
mendicant, s. 33ettler,m.
mention, s. Gmrab, nung,/.
mention, />. enrafinen.
merchant, s. juufiiiann.
mercy, s. nabe, Grbars
mung, f. ; have -, fidj er=
barmen.
merit, s. 95erbienjr, n.
merit, v. rerbienen.
merry, a. luflig, munter.
messenger, s. S3cte, m.
metal, s. SKetatt, n.
method, s. extern, n. ;
SBeife, art, /.
mighty, a. indd)tig.
nt i id, a. milb.
mile, s. SKeite, /
milk, s. SDJtl^, /.
milk, v. titelfen.
mind, s. (Sinn, m. ; Cufl,/.
mindful, a. ad?tfam.
mine, a. ntein ; ber meints
ge, ber meine, meiner.
mineral, s. Mineral, n.
minister, R. UJiinifter, //(,
minute, s. 3Rinute, /.
miserable, a. elenb.
misery, s. Glenb, n.
m ixfortunc,x. Unglflcf, M.
Miss, .s. graulein, n.
miss, v. atiolaifcn.
mistake, v. mifiecrfteben;
fi^ irren.
mistake, s.
566
ENGLISH-GERMAN VOCABULARY.
tnlx, v. mifcfecn.
need, s. S?ot^/.; STOangeT,
nock, v. I'crfritten.
m.;t'. bebutjen, 6rcu^en,
moderation, . SDJafrs
needle, s. 5>?obei,/.
gung,/.
needless, a. unnet^tg.
moment, s. SSugenblicf,
neglect, s. i>ernac6;iafftgen.
m.; SBtcb, tlgfett, /.
neglectful, a. nacb,laffig.
momentous, a. widjtig.
negro, s. 5Keger, tn.
monarchy, s. fionigrei<$,
neighbor, s. 92adjbar,m.;
n.
(female) -, SKacb^barin.
money, s. etb, n.
neither,/>ron. feiner(OK
monkey, s. ?Iffc, m.
beiben);core/. (-nor), we*
month, .1. -Dioitat, m.
ber - no$. See also 342,
monument, s. Tcnfinat,
11.
n.
nephew, a. Weffe, m.
morality, s. >ttt(i$teit,
nest, s. SReft, n.
/.
net, s. 9Jefe, n.
more, a. mebr ; tiocfc,.
never, adv. nimmer, nies
morning, s. HRorgen, m.
maid, nie.
most, a. meifi ; $5$ft, am
nevertheless, adv.
metften; at the -, $6($s
nie^t6beftoeniger.
ftenS.
ne>v, a. neu.
mother, s. SJiutter, /.
news, s. 9!euigfeit, 92a$;
mount, s. erg, m.
ri*t,/.
mount, v. fteigen.
newspaper, 3 e " un 8y
mountain, s. 39erg, m.
next, a. nocfift.
mourn, v. trauern.
nice, a. biib)"cb,, gut, jart.
mouse, s. SL'JauS, f.
niece, s. DZid^te,/ 1 .
mouth, s. 'Hhmb, m. ;
night, s. 9?ac^t, /.; last -,
SWaul, .; SKunbung,/.
geftern SRac^t ; by -, be
move, v. bcreegen.
Kac^tg.
Mr., err ; Mrs., 5 rau -
nine, a. neun.
much, a. and adv. Diet,
nineteen, a. neun^ebn,
fe&r.
-th, neunje^nte.
murder, s. 2J?orb, m.
ninety, a. neunjig.
murder, v. ermorben,
no, a. (ein ; - one, Reiner,
morben.
3?iemanb ; adv. nein.
murderer, s. 9K6rber, m.
nobility, s. Stbel, m.
music, s. STOuftf,/.
noble, a. ebel.
musket, s. Jlinte, /.
nobleman, s. Cebelmann,
must, v. muffen.
m.
mutton, ammelflelf$,
nobody, S. 9iicmanb.
n. ; roast -, $amrael>
noise, s. fiarm, m.
braten, m.
none, a. fein ; ntcfct.
mutual, a. gegenfeitig.
north, s. 9!orb ; in the -,
my, pron. tnein.
tm 5orben.
not, adv. ni^t.
name, s. 9?amc, !Huf, m.
note, s. Dicte, /; IRotij,
Naples, s. 92eapel.
/; 3ettel, m.
narrow, a. eng, frfnnal.
nothing, adv. and s.
nation, . 92ation, /.;
nidjtS ; 5Pt(^t8, n.
58olf, n.
notice, s. SBeac^tung, /.;
native, a. angcborcn.
take - of, bemerfen.
naughty, a. unartig.
notice, v. bemerfen.
near, a. and adv. nafye ;
notwithstanding,
belnabe ; prep, natye ba=
conj. &prep. ungead?tet.
ran, na^ebei.
novel, s. Woman, m.
nearly, <i<h< beina^e, faft.
now, adv. jefet ; - and
necessary, a. no^atn-
then, bier unb ha.
blg.
now lie re, adv. r>'rgen';8.
neck, s. $ol, m,
number, s. Rafyi, f.
numberless, a.
oak, s. (vicf e, f.
oath, s. (vie, m.
obedient, a. ge^orfam.
obey, v. ge$ord)en.
object, s. fflegenjlanb, m.
oblige, v. eerpflidjten ; ei
nen Qefatten tbur.
obliged, to be -, mufyen,
genotbtgt fein.
observe, v. beobai^ten, be^
merfen.
obstinate, a. eigenfinmg
obtain, v. ertangen, be.-.
fommen.
occasion, s. elegenbeit,
f. ; there is no - for it,
(8 ifl ni*t nctbig.
occasion, v. ceranlajyen.
occur, v. ctnfallen.
ocean, s. Ocean, m.;
2Heer, n.
o^clock, see clock.
of, prep, con, auS, unter,
'cr, nai), an, uber; mil,
auf, bei.
off, adv . weg, fort, bacon ;
wcit.
offend, v. tcrlcfecn, belei<
bigen.
offer, s. Stnerbtcten, n.
offer, v. anbieten.
officer, s. SBeamte ; Dffis
cter, m.
often, adv. oft
old, a. alt.
omnibus, s. SDmnibuf,
m.
on, prefix, an, auf ; prep.
an, auf, eon ; - my part,
metnerfeitS.
once, adv. einft, eemol8 ;
ein SKat, einmal.
one, a. ein ; - another,
einanber ; pron. Gtner,
m.; man ; -'s self, fi<^
fetbft.
only, a. einjig ; nur.
open, a. offen.
open, v. offnen.
opposite, a. gegenuber.
oppress, v. unterbrucfen.
oppressive, a. brutfenb.
or, conj. ober, fonft.
order, s. SDrbnung, f. ;
SBefebJl, m.
order, v. bcfeMei.
01 n HI nt. 1. 5,e^ ituct
W.
ENGLISH-GERMAN VOCABULARY.
567
ostrich, s. traujj, m.
other, a. anbere ; the -
morning, neulicb,, ^Sloti
gen.
otherwise, adv. anberS.
ottoman, s. Scfyemcl, m.
ought, pres. and jorei.
foil, fottte, mujjte, miifjte.
our, pron. unfer.
ours, ber unfrige, ber un=
fere, unfrer.
oursclf, pro w.ourselves,
pi. rcir jetbft, unS(felbft).
out, adv. ou8, b,inau-3.
out of, prep. au.
outside, a. auper.
over, adw. uber, coruber.
overseer, s. 2luffeljer, w.
own, <z. eigen ; my -self,
i$ felbft ; my -, ba8 meU
nige.
own, v. befifcen ; anerfcn*
nen.
ox, s. SOc&Je, m. ; 5Rtnb, M.
page, s. cite,/.
pain, ,s. djmetj, m. ; f.
franfen.
pains, pi. 2Ku6,e, /. ; to
take -, ftcfc, 2Hu&.e geben.
paint, v. malen.
painter, s. SWaler, m.
painting, s. 2Kaleret,/.;
emalbe, n.
palace, s. $ataft, m. ;
ecfyloj), n.
pane, s. genflerfdjeibe, f.
paper, s. Copier, n.
parallel, a. at. nlidj ; s.
S8evglei<$, m.
parcel, s. spadet, n.
pardon, s. S3erjeib.ung ;
SBegnabigung,/. ; v. per=
jet&en.
parents,/"?. Gttern, pi.
particular, a. befonbcr.
pass, v. geb,en, tciten; POT:
ubcrge^en ; fidj ereignen ;
tet^en.
passion, s. fieibenf$aft,/.
past, a. pergangen ; prep.
na$.
path, s. $fab, m.
patience, s. ebulb, /.
patient, a. gebulbig ; s.
5|8atient, m.
patrician, s. ^atrtjiot,
m.
pay, v . bejab,Ien ; to - at-
tention, Sl^t ge&en.
peace, s. ^rtcbc, m.
peach, s. *JJfirrt^e, /.
pear, s. S3trne, /.
pear-tree, 3Mrnbaum, m.
peasant, s. 23auer, m.
pedestal, s. gupgcftclt, n.
pen, s. geber, f.
pencil, & SMe'tftift, m.
penknife, s. gi'termeficr,
w.
people, s. SSoIf, n. ; Seiite,
joi. ; man.
perceive, v. bemerfen.
perfect, a. -ly, adv. ott=
fontmen ; Pottfianbtg.
perfection, 5. 2.!cllfcni-
menljett, f.
perform, v. crfullen ;
t6,un, leiflen.
perhaps, adv. ptetfetdjt.
perish, v. umtommen,
flerben ; untetge^en.
permission, .. Grlaub =
rffc/.
permit, v. erlauben.
Persian, a. perftfdj.
person, s. Sferfon, f.
perspective, s. S|3erjpcc=
tipe, gernft^t,/
persuasion, s. Ucberre =
bung, f.
pervert, v. petfu^ren.
philosopher, s. 5$hi[o=
fop^; (Sele^rte ; SBetfe, m.
physician, x. 9(rjt, m.
piano(-forte), 5. $iano=
forte, gorteptano; Glapier,
n.
pick, v . picfen.
picture, s. emalbe, S3ilb,
n.
piece, s. gtucf, n.
pigeon, s. Saute,/.
pill, s. spitte, /.
pillar, s. aute, /.
pin,.tednabet; SRabel,/.
pious, a. fromm.
pity, s. SKitleib, n. it is
a -, eg ift Sdiafce.
pity, v. bebauern.
place, s. $ta(} ; bo take -,
flattfinben.
place, v. ftellen, legen,
fefeen ; perfefeen.
plain, a. cinfac^.
plan, s. flan, m.
plank, s. 33rett, n.
plant, s. $ftanje, /.
plant, v . pflanjen, bepflatis
plate, s. letter, m.
play, v. fpielen.
play, s. eftaufpiel, n. \ at
the -, im Sweater.
pleasant, a. -ly, adv.
angeneftm.
please, v. gefattcn, belie:
ben ; if you -, gefattigfl ;
to be -d, bte efalltgfett
b,aben.
pleased, a. erfrcut, jufrtcs
ben.
pleasure,/!. S3ergnugen,.
plebeian, s. SJSlebejer, m.
pluck, v. pftuifen.
pocket, s. Xaj$e, /.
pocketbook, s. S3rlef=
tafc^e,/.
poem, s. ebidjt, n.
poetess, s. 55t^tertn, f.
point, s. Sptfoe,/. ; tidj,
m. ; $unft, m.
poison, ,s-. ift, n.
poisonous, a. giftig.
police, s. 5polijei, /. ;
-man, SJSoIijetbiener, m.
polish, s. SJSotitur, /.
polish,*', polirenjnric^fen.
polite, a. ^6fli(^.
poor, a. arm.
pope, s. $apft, m.
poplar, s. gJappel, /.
populace, s. SJJobef, m. ;
SBoIf, n.
pork, s. d^metnefteifC^, n.
portfolio, s. 5Kappe, f.
position, s. QteDung, ./!
possess, v. befifeen.
possible, a. moglt^.
post-office, s. $oft, /.
potato, ,s. ftartoff el, f.
pound, .1. spfunb, n.
poverty, x. Mrmutb,, f.
power, s. Kraft ; ewalt,
awa^t,/.
powerful, a. fraftig.
practice, s. 2(u8ubung ;
v. uben.
praise, s. Sob, n.
praise, v. preifen, loben.
pray, v. beten, bitten ; - \
bttte \
precedent, s. ^raceben),
n. ; al)nli<$er gaff, ni.
precious, a. toftbar.
precise, a. genau, punft:
Hi).
prefer, v. porjie^en.
prepare, v. porbereiten ;
peranftaUen.,
568
ENGLISH-GERMAN VOCABULARY.
present, a. antrefenb, ju
gegen ; at -, jefet, fit ben
augenbltcf.
present, s. efdjenf, n.
present, v. fdjcnfen ; tor=
fte8e.
presently, adv. bait.
preserve, v. bctrabren.
president, 3. SJhafibent,
m.
pretend, r. beljaupten ;
Tut flclfen.
pretty, a. b,ub(t6, ; adv.
jiemlicb\
prevail, v. b,err?djen.
prevent, v. erb,inbern.
price, s. SpretS, m.
prince, s. gurfl, m.
princess, 8. iJJrinseiTm, /.
principal, a. aupt, n.
printing, s. CTrurfen, n.;
55ruif, m.
prison, s. efangnifc, n.
prisoner, s. efangene/
m. andf. (108, c).
private, a. priBat,geb,eitn.
prize, 8. tyrtiS, m.
probability, 8. 2Baf>r=
fd>einlit&. eit, /.
probable, a. rcabrf*etn=
Itd>.
problem, s. problem, n.
Slufgabe, /.
proceed, v. fertftfcreiten ;
ge6,en.
produce, v. b,ereorbrtn;
gen ; erfd)affen.
production, s. $xobuct,
n.
profession, s. S?eruf, m.
professor, s. $rofeffor, m.
progress, s. ftortf Aritt, m.
promise, s. 93erfpred?en,n.
promise, v. mfprecben.
pronounce, v. au?pre=
djen.
proper, a. fdjirfltdj.
proposal, s. SBoryeb, lag, m.
propose, v. tortragen ;
totiilagen.
prosperity, s. turf, n.
protect, v. befcb,ufeen.
prove, t'.prfifen ; beweifen.
proverb, .
.
provide, v. oerfe$cn.
provided (that), tctauS;
province, 8.
Prussia, .
Prussian, a.
public, a.
publish, v. berauSgeben.
pudding, 8. putting, m.
punctual, a. pitnftlicfi,
genau.
punish, v. ftrafen, bcflra=
fen.
punishment, 8. ttafe,
pupil, 8. 2d)utcr, m.
purse, s. 93eutel, clt;
*eutet, m. ; 6rfe,/
pursue, v. verfolgcn.
pursuer, 8. Serfotger, m.
push, v. ftcpcn.
put, v.fefeen, fletten,flcrfcn ;
-on, anjteb.en; -out, au=
ma^en.
puzzle, s. 93erlegen$eit, f.
puzzle, v. cerlegen fein.
quality, s.
quarter, 8. S3ierte(, n.
queen, 8. Jlcntgin, f.
question, 8. grage, f.
question, v. fragen.
quick, a. lebenbig, tafi^.
quiet, a. rubig.
quite, adv. gan), votttg.
railroad, s. Gtfcnbab,n,^
railroad-station, 8.
S3abnb,ef, m.
rain, 8. iRegen, m.; v. reg=
nen.
ramble, v. b,erumfireifen.
rampart, s. 23aff, m.
rank, s. 5Rang, m.
rapid, a. teifienb.
rascal, a. pifebube, m.
rather, adv. ebet, lieber,
jtemlie^ ; I would -, i(^
reottte IteBer.
raven, .s. Sfabe, m.
razor, s. niaftrmeficr, n.
read, v. lefcn.
ready, a. bcrclt, fertig.
reason, SBernunft, /. ;
SBerflanb, m.
receive, v. empfangen.
recognize, v. aieber n*
fennen.
recollect, f . fi$ erinnern.
recollection, 8. (Jrinne:
rung, f.
recommend, v. cmpfeb,;
len.
recover, v. ftc^ erb,oltn.
recovery, . S35tebet^t
flellung ; fflenefung, /.
red, a. rctb.
redeem, y. befreitn ; ets
I6fen.
reed, 8. DJcbr, n.
refuse, v. auef^tagen ;
cermeigcrn.
regiment, s. Regiment, n.
regret, 8. Skbauern, n.
regret, v. bebauern.
regulation, s. 9ieguta=
Hon.
reign, s.JRegierung ; ett=
faft,/.
reign, v. regieten.
reject, v. eerroerfen.
rejoice, v. erfreuen, fi<$
fteuen.
relate, v. cr^abtcn ; be -d
to, eettoanbt fein mil.
relation, 8. 58e}iebung ;
SSerreaHbte, m. and f.
(108, c).
release, v. befretert.
religious, a. fromm.
rely, v . ftcb, cettaffen.
remain, v. bletben, ubrig
bleiben.
remark, .<;.23cmcrfung,/. ;
v. bemerfen.
remarkable, a. tncrf;
tvurbtg.
remedy, 8. ^eilmtttel, n.
remember, a. (ftcb, ) erin:
ncrn; I cannot -, i$ fann
mid? nidjt erinnern or tntt
fmnen.
remonstrance, 8. S8cr=
flettung, /.
render, v. leiflen ; nta$en.
renounce, v. entfagen.
renotvn, s. SHubm, m.
renoivned, a. berub,mt.
repeat, v. ttieber^clen.
repent, v. bereuen.
report, S. erud;t, n.
report, v. beri^ten.
repose, 8. SRube, /.
repose, v. rub,on.
reproach, s. 1'crwurf, m.
reproach, v. rcnrerfen.
reputation, s. SRuf ; by
-, bem 9?amen nod;.
request, s. SBttte,/.
request, v. bitten.
reside, v. rcob,nen, ftd; auf=
fatten.
resist, v. tnibcrftcben.
resolve, 8. ^ntfd;luf, m.
ENGLISH-GERMAN VOCABULARY.
569
resolve, v. I5fen ; fid) enk
ffittcfeo.
resolved, a. entfdjtoffen.
respect, v. fdmfcen ; ejjren.
respect, s. SKucffid)t,/.
restore, v.tmeberljerfteu'en.
retire, v. jurucfjtefycn ; fid;
Russian, 8. SKuffc, m.
rye, s. iRoggen, rw.
return, .s. iHudlefyr, /.
return, v. jururffet;rcn ;
revenge, s. SRadje, /.
revenge, v. fid; radjen
revolution, S.
tion,/.
reward, s. SSelob, nung, f.
reward, v. betofynen.
Rliine, s. 8lb,ein, m.
ribbon, s. 33anb, n,
rich, a. reid;.
rid, >>. to get - of, Io8
tcerben.
riddle, s. fflatljfel, .
ride, v. retten.
ridiculous, a. Iadcrlid).
riding, s. SReiten, n.
rifle, s. gtinte, /.
rifleman, s. djufce, 35=
ger, m.
right, a. recJjt.
right, s. SRedjt, .; to the
ring, s. SRing, m. ; e=
laute, w.
ring, v. ftlrtgetn, lauten.
ripe, a. teif.
rise,v. aufftetgen, aufgeljen.
river, s. glujj, (Strom, m.
road, s. trafje,/. ; ZBeg,
m.
roast, v. bratcn.
robber, s. SRauber, m.
roll, ii. rcltcn.
Roman, 8. iRCMticr, m.
Rome, s. 31 cm, n.
roof, s. ad), .
room, s. 3i mmer f '* 5
tube, /.
rose, s. SRofe, /.
round, a. runb ; prep.
Return, um.
royal, . f6ni<?lid).
ruby, s. 9?ubin, m.
rudiment, s. Girunblage,
/.
ruin, s. Untergang, m.
rule, s. SRegel,/.
rule, w. ^errfd^en.
run, v. laufcn.
Hus-ia, . Diujilanb, n.
able, a.
acrifice, s. SDpfer, n. ;
to make-, Dpfetbrtngen.
sail, s. egel ; d^iff, n.
sail, v. fegeln, abfegeln.
sailor, s. SBatrofe, i.
sake, s. for the - of, um
... tctHcn ; for his -,
feinetrcegen ; for her- or
their -, tfyretroegen.
salt, s. atj, n.
salve, s. albe, f.
same, pron. and a. the
-, betfetbe, btefelbe, baS=
felbe, ber, bte, bag nams
Iid)e.
satisfaction, s. enug=
tfjuung ; greubc, f.
satisfy, v. befriebtgen ;
satisfied, jufrieben.
Saturday, s. onnabenb,
m.
savage, S. ZSilbe, m.
save, v. retten.
Saxon, s. ad;fe, m.
say, v. jagen.
scarce, a. felten.
scarcely, adv. laum,
fdjmerlid;.
scatter, v. jerjlreuen.
scene, s. Siiftne, f.
scent, s. Gierudj, m.
sceptre, s. cepter, n.
school, s. djule,/.
school-fellow, aKitfd?u=
ler, m.
scissors, s. djeere/ f.,
sing.
Scotch, a. fd)otttfdj.
sea, s. ee,/. ; 2Keer, n.
search, v. fudjen ; unter*
iudjen.
season, s. 3a^rejett,/.
seat, s. i(}, m.
second, a. jrceite.
secret, a. gel^eim, erbor=
gen.
secret, s. eb,eimni6, n. ;
.in -, inSgetyetm.
security, s. td;erfi,eit, f.
see, v. fefyen.
seek, v. fud^en.
seem, v. fdjetnen, erfd)ei=
nen.
segar, s. Eigarre,/.
seize, v. ergreifen.
seldom, adv. fclten.
sell, v. berfaufeK.
send, v. fd^irfen.
sense, s. inn, m. ; e*
fub,l, n. ; SBerflanb, m.
sentence, s. a^, m.
September, s. eptem
bcr, m.
servant, s. Wiener, m.
serve, r. bcfcicnen ; bienen;
auftragcn.
service, s. tenfl, m. ; at
your -, ju 3^ren ien=
Pen.
set, v. jleHen ; untergctyen ;
- off, out, abreifcn.
set, s. efettfdjaft, /.
settle, v. ru&jg trerbcn ;
orbnen.
seven, a. ^eben.
seventeen, a. ftcbje6,n.
seventh, a. ftebente.
seventy, a. ftebjig.
several, a. nteb,me.
severe, a. flreng ; fdjtoer.
shade, s. fatten, in.
shake, a. fdutttcln.
shall, v. foUen, reerben.
share, s. 2. ho it ; v. tbciten,
?lntt)eil ^aben.
sharp, a. fdjarf.
sharpen, v. fd;arfen ;
she, pron. fie ; biejenige,
Me.
shear, v. fdjercn.
sheep, s. d)af, n.
shepherd, s. d)afer, m.
shepherdess, s. d)(U
ferin, /.
shilling, s. dotting, m.
shine, v. fd)etnen.
ship, s. d)iff, n.
shoe, s. d)ul), m.
shoemaker, s. Gd)ulj=
mad)er, m.
shoot, v. fdjiefjen.
shop, s. Saben, m.
shore, s. lifer, n.
short, a. fur).
shortness, 6'. Surje,_/l
shoulder, s. djutter, /.
sho-w, w. feb,en laffcn ; jet=
gen.
shudder, v. fd)aubern.
shut, J.'.fdiltejjen, jumadjen.
sick, a. franf .
side, s. eite, /. ; on the
other -, jenfeitS ; on thii
-, bie8feit.
siege, s. SBetagerung, f.
5TO
ENGLISH-GERMAN VOCABULARY.
sight, *. etid)t, n.
sign, s. ,5{ d the n, n. ; v.
unterjeidjnen.
signal, s. ^etdjen, n.
silencers. tiflfd)roelgen,.
silent, a. fdjroetgfam ; to
be -,jdjn>eigen.
silk, s. eibe,/
silly, a. einfalttg, albern.
silver, s. tlber, n.
similitude, S.
sin, s. unbe, y!
sin, v. funbigen.
since, 2 lre P- t e "j COi/.
feitbem; ba {a.
sing, ).'. fingen.
single, a. einjeln.
s.nk, /. fin foil.
sir, s. err, mein err, m.
slst cr, s. djioefter, f.
sit, v. fifeen ; - dowu, fidj
Je|en.
situate, situated, a.
gelegeu.
situation, s. tetle,/.
six, a. fccbS.
sixteen, a. fecb,8je6,n.
sixteenth, a. ferfjSjcbnte.
sixth, a. jccbfto.
sixty, a. fcdjjig.
slave, s. claoe, m.
slavery, s. clacerel, f.
slay, 11. erfdjlagen.
sleep, v. frfilafen.
sleepy, . fdjlafrig.
slipper, .s 1 . ^anteffcl, m.
low, a. Ungfani.
small, <. [loin.
smallness, ,s. fttciu^eit,/.
smell, s. erud;, m.
smell, v. rted)en.
smile, s. Vadjeln ; v. lad;=
eta.
smoke, s. SKaudj, m. ; v.
tauten.
smoking, .s. 92au$en, n.
snow, S. cl;nct', in.
snow, v. fdjneien.
snow-ball, s.
m.
snuif, s. 2dMiupf tabaf,
v. fe^nupfen.
BO, '"/'. jo, alfo.
sofa, s. (Eopfja, m., ?i.
soil, s. SBoben, m.
soil, v. fcef$mufeen.
soldier, s. gcltat, m.
solemnity, 8. geterltdjs
w*,/
solicit, v. Bitten.
some, pron. cintgc, ettraS;
-body, -one, 3eraanb ;
-thing, ettoaS ; -times,
jutceilcn ; -where, trgenb
wo.
son, s. Sofm, m.
sois-iii-law, (^iciegers
fo^n, m.
song, s. cfang, m.; Sicb,
n.
songster, s. Ganger.
songstress, .s. angertn.
soon, adv. balb.
sooner, (Z^Z;, 1 . fru^cr.
sorrow, s. orge, f. ;
Rummer, m.
sorro\v, v. ftc^ gramen.
soul, s. eele,/.
oup, s. uppe, f.
sources, s. Quefle, f. ;
Urfprung, m.
south, s. 2ubcn, m.
Spain, s. panien, n.
Spanish, a. jpanijc^.
speak, v. fpre^en.
spectacle, s. Slnbtirf, m.
spectacles, pi. $$t\tte,f.
spectator, s. 3 u W auet /
m.
speculate, r. fpeculiren.
speculation, s. pecu;
la t! on, f.
speech, s. pradje, 5Kebe,
/
spend, v. jubringen ; auS=
geben.
spin, v. fpinnen.
spite, s. Merger, m.; -of,
trofc.
spoil,. v. Bcrberben.
sponging - house, s.
rfiulCl)auS, n.
spoon, s. Soffel, m.
spring, v. jptingcn.
spring, s. ftruljling, m.
spur, s. porn, m.
square, a. xnerccftg.
square, s. $(afe, m. ;
SQuabrat, n.
stab, s. etiefi, m.
stab, v. crflecfjen.
stag, s. Jjirfdi, m.
stage, s. 9UfM,f.
stage-coach, 8.
gen, m.
stand, v. fiction.
star, s. tern, m.
start, 11. fpringen ; (- up),
auffpringen, auffatyren.
statue, .t. Bilbfaule, /.
stay, v. bleiben.
stay, s. 91ufent^alt, m.
steal, v. fii'Moi.
steel, s. gtafcl, m.
steel-pen, ta^lfeber, f.
stick, s. torf, m.
stick, v. fti'djen.
still, adv. (of time), tma
mer, nod) ; (neverthe-
less), ted), bennod).
sting, v . ftcdjcn.
sting, s. tadjel; tidi, m.
itocks, . Slctien,/.,pt
stocking, ,s\ trumpf, m.
stone, s. tcin, in.
stool, s. tu$l, m.
stop, v. anhalten, fte^en
bleiben.
stop, s. Jgalt, m.
stork, s. torc^, m.
storm, s. turm, m.
story, s. (Sefdji^te, /.
torf, TO.
stove, . SDfen, m.
stranger, s. Jrcmbe, m.
stream, s. trom, m.
street, s. trafee, /.
strength, s. Jiraft, tar'
fe, 5DJa4)t,/.
strict, a. preng.
stride, v. fireiten.
strong, a. flart , frafttg.
student, s. Sriiiilcr, m.
study, s. tubium, n. ;
v . lernen ; fiubiren.
stuff, s. toff, m. ; 3U9> **
stuffed, pp. gepolflert.
subject, egenftanb, m.;
SDJenfdj, m.
submit, '-'. untcrti'erjen ;
"fid? fugen.
succeed, v. getingen.
successful, a. erfolgreid),
gluctlid).
succor, s. $ilfe, /.
such, a. fold?, fold?er, fol
d;e, fold?e.
suck, /. faugen.
sudden, a. plo^Iidj.
suffer, erlauben ; r. leiben.
sufficient, a. genugenb,
b,inlanglid).
suffocate, v. erfticfen.
sugar, s. 3 uc ' er ' '"'
suicide, s. elbfimorb, m.
summer, s. ommer, m.
sun, s. onne, f.
sunburnt, a. con bet
onne gctraunt.
ENGLISH-GERMAN VOCABULARY.
571
up, v. ju Sl&enb effen.
superior, a. beher ; rer-
jugli(l)er ; s. SBorgefefcte,
m. and/. (108, c.).
suppose, v. cermutbcn.
sure, a. fidjer, gennji; make
-, fiityern.
surgeon, s. 2Sunbartf, m.
surprise, x. Uebcrvafcfyung,
,/.; Grflaunen, >t.
surprise, c. uberraftben.
surrender, c. tut ergeben.
surround, v. umgeben.
suspicions, a. cerbadjtig.
s\vallo\v, s. cfyroalbe, f.
swallow, v. fdjtucfen.
Sweden, s. djrceben, m.
sweet, a. fufj.
swell, v. (an)f<$tt>eHen.
swim, v. fcfrunmiiu'n.
swine, *. djroetn, n.
Switzerland, s. bie
table, s. Xafel,/. ; SEifa, m.
tailor, s. djneiber, m.
take, v. neb,men ; erobern ;
mietb/en ; tragen.
talk, v. fpredjen; fdjtoafoen.
tall, a. grog.
tame, a. jabin.
tame, v. jab/men.
taste, v. f$mecfen.
taste, s. Qefdjmacf, m.
tea, . b,ee, m.
teacher, s. Cefirer, m.
tear, s. Xb^rane, f.
tear, s. 3Jijj, m.
tear, w. jerreificn.
tedious, a. laflig.
tell, v. fagen.
temperance, s. :'Ji'ai";uv
!ett, /.
tempest, S. Sturm, m.
temple, s. $tr<$e, f.
temptation, s, 25 erf u-
ten, a. jefm.
tend, z/. bienen ; flre&en ;
bienen ; ^uteit.
tender, a. jart, jartlit^.
tent, s. 3elt, n.
term, s. 3lt,/.
terms, s. pZ. a3ebtngung=
en.
than, conj. al8, bcnu.
thank, v , banfcit.
that, pron. jener, jene,
jeneS; ber, bie, ba8 ; conj.
bap ; bamtt,
the, r<. ber, bie, baS; adv.
(e.g. the more the bet-
ter), je, beflo.
theatre, s. Joe a tor, n.
thee, pron. bid).
their, pron. ib,r.
theirs, ber tbrigo, ber ibrc,
3^>rer.
them, pron. fte, biefelben;
to -, ifynen ; of -, bacon.
themselves, pron. ft$
(felbfl).
then, adw. bann.
there, adv. ba, bort ; - is,
- are, e ifl, e8 fnb ; e
giebt.
therefore, beSroegen.
these, pi. of this.
they, pron. fie; man; bie=
jentgen, biefelben.
thief, s. Dieb, m.
thing, s. a^e,/.; ing, i
n.
think, v. benfen.
third, a. britte; rtttel, n.
thirsty, a. burfltg.
thirteen, a. breijefyn.
thirteenth, a. breijebnte.
thirty, a. breifjtg.
this, pron. biefer, bicfe,
biefeS (bieS).
thither, adv. bortbin, ba:
b.in.
thorn, s. cm, m.
those, pi. of that.
thou, pron. bit.
though, conj. obgtel<$,
irenn auct; as -, al-3 tvenn. !
thought, s. ebanfe, m.
thousand, a. taufenb.
threat, s. S)rofjung, f.
threaten, v. broken.
three, a. brei.
thrive, v. gebeifyen.
thriving, a. blubcnb.
throat, .v. >a(3, m.
throne, s. X^ron, m.
through, prep. bur^.
thoroughly, adv. bur* =
auS.
throughout, prep.\imA
(ben, bie, bag) ganje.
throw, v. toerfen, umreers
fen.
thumb, s. Xaumeii, m.
thunder, s. onner, m.;
v. bonnern.
Thursday, s. Scnner3=
tag, //t.
thus, t((/c. fo, alfo.
thy,^ro-. poss. bein.
thyself, pron. bu felbfl,
bic^ (felbft).
tie, a. binben.
tiger, s. Xiger, m.
tigress, s. Xigerin, f.
tiU, adv. biS.
time, s. 3eit, /.; 2HaI, n.
tired, a. mube.
to, prep, ju ; nai^, an, in,
cuif, mil, gegen.
toast, s. efunb^eit, /.
toast, v. eine efunb$eit
auSbringen (auf).
tobacco, s. Xabaf, m.
today, adv. fieutc.
together, adv. jufammen.
tomb, .9. ra6, n.
tomorrovr, adv. morgen;
day after -, ubermorgen.
tongue, s. 3u n 3 e f-
to-night, adv. b,cute
abenb.
too, adv. ju.
tooth, s. ;Jaf)n, m.
top, s. tpfet, w.
total, a. gang.
I o wards, prep, geger
nod?.
tower, s. Xfyurm, .
town, s. tabr. /.
tovrn-gate, .s-. gtabttbor,
n.
train, s. 3ug w.
tranquil, a. rub,ig.
tranquillity, 8. 3?u$e,/.
translate, v. uberfe^en.
translation, s. Ueber-
fefeung, /.
travel, v. retfen.
travel, s. SHeife,/.
traveller, s. 3?etfenbe, m.
treasure, s. Sdjafc, m.
treat, . beb,anbeln.
tree, s. SBaum, m.
tremble, v. jtttcrn.
trifle, s. flleinigfelt,/.
trifle, v. fpielen.
troop, s. @d)aar, f.
troops, pi. SCruppen, pi.
trouble, v. ftcren ; Be>
mub,en.
trouble, s. Summer, m.
Troy, s. SErcja. *
true, a. icabr.
trunk, s. Staffer, m.
trust, v. trauen, certrauen.
truth, s. 2Ba6,rb, eit, /.
try, v. uerfudjen, prufen.
Turk, s. Xurfc, m.
572
ENGLISH-GERMAN VOCABULARY.
Turkey, s. 2urfei,/.
useful, a. nfttlirfv
turn, v. brefyen, ern>an=
useless, a. ntt^loS.
betn ; - away, fortjie6,en ;
- out, fcrtjagen.
vain, a. eitet; in -, nn
turn, s. 2Bed)fel, m. ; by
nft^ ; urafonft
-s, aBtcedjfelnb.
valley, s. 3$al, n.
twelfth, a. jrcclfte.
valor, s. SCapf erlett, f.
twelve, a. jrcBIf.
value, s. SBertB,, m.
t \v< nt irt li, a. jrcanjigfle.
vanquish, v. Beftegen.
twenty, a. jroanjig.
vapor, s. SDunft, m.
twice, adv. jroeimal ; boy*
various, a. erfd)ieben.
pelt.
vast, a. ungeB,euer.
two, a. jroet.
veal, s. Jtalbfleifdj, n. ;
tyrant, s. Xtyrann, m.
roast -, RalBSbraten, m.
verb, s. 3toort, n -
umbrella, s. 9?egenfrf'irtn,
very, a. toa6,rB,aftig; adv.
m.
fe^r.
unable, a. unfaBJg.
vessel, s. djiff, n.
niiaivaws, adv. IUUHT
vice, s. Cafter, n.
fcBen.
victory, s. ieg, m.
uncle, s. O6,eim, Dnfel,
Vienna, N. SBicn.
m.
vie-w, v. feB,en ; Befe^en.
under, prep, tinier.
vie-w, s. SluSftdjt, f.\ in -,
understand,^. BerfieB.cn.
rtd)t6or.
understanding,^ - i>f r -
village, s. 3Dorf, n.
flanb, m.
violate, v. verle^en.
undertake, v. unterncB*
violent, a. Befttg.
men.
violet, s. aSetldjen, n.
unfit, a. untauglid;, un-
virtue, ,f. SEugenb, f.
faBJg.
virtuous, a. higcnbBaft.
unfortunate, a. unglucf:
visit, v. Befudjen.
ltd;.
voice, . timme, f.
unfortunate, s. Uiuilftef.-
volume, s. 93anb, m.
lidje, m. andf. (108, c.).
vo-w, s. eluBbe, n.' v.
unhappy, a. ungludlid;.
geloBcn.
unite, >'. vereinigen.
vulgar, a. gemcin.
United States, bie 33cr=
etnigtcn taaten.
wait, v. irarten.
unjust, a. itngerecBt.
waiter, s. JJellner ; Se=
n n k no\v n, a. unBefannt.
biente, m.
unless, conj. roenn nid^t,
walk, v . geB.cn ; fpajtcren
aufjer.
gcb,en.
unlikely, a. unirciBr-
wall, s. SBanb, SDJauer, /.
frt'etnltd).
walnut, s. SBaQnuf) ;
unmindful, a. iinH'-
(-tree), 2BaUnuf>baum, m.
bad^tfam.
wander, v. roanbern.
unpleasant, a. unange=
want, s. SKangel, m.\ S8e=
neB,m.
burfntfi, n.\ SKotB,, f.
unreno'wned, a. iinBe:
want, it. beburfen, brau*
rfiBmt.
djen ; fe6.len ; rofinfdjcn ;
unripe, a. unretf.
mangeln.
unskilful, a. ungefdjidt
war, s. ftrieg, m.
until, prep. bi.
vrare, s. SBaare,,/'.
up, adv. auf, in bie .'oetu 1 ,
warm, a. warm.
hinauf; prep. B,inauf, auf.
warn, v. trarnen ; ictffen
upset, n. unttoerfen.
laffen.
us, pron. un8.
wash, v. (ft*) roafd^en.
use, s. eBrautf), m.;
wash, s. SBafd)e, f.
-'iiibv'n, m.
waste, v. Bcrmuflen, er=
ne, v. jeStau^en.
fd;enben.
watch, s. UB,r,
water, s. Sffiaffer, n.
water, v. begic^en ; mafa
fern.
way, s. 2Beg, m.
we, pron. roir.
vrealth, s. DieicfctBum, -m.
wear, v. tragen ; - out,
abtragen.
weather, s. SBetter, n.
weave, v. weBen.
\veaver, s. SBeber, m.
Wednesday, s. Witt*
ntodj, m.
weed, s. Unfraut, n.
week, s. Wo^e,f.
weep, v. tceinen.
weeping, s. roeincn, n.
weeping, jt>. tcetnenb.
weigh, v. roiegen.
weight, s. etvic^t, n.
wrli'omi-, a. unllfcnimen.
well, adv. WcBI/ gut.
"West, s. 2Befl(en), m.
wet, a. na.
what, pron. waS ; web
djer, recipe, irfl*c? ; excl.
waS fur ein ! ircldj ein t
wheat, s. fffietjen, m.
w r heel, s. Slab, n.
wln-n, adv. and conj,.
rcann, reenn, aI8.
whence, adv. n>oB,er.
whenever, adv. warm,
icenn.
where, adv. wo ; reoBJn.
which, pron. welder,
melc^e, rcelcfyeS ; wa9.
vrhile, s. SBeile, f. ; conj,
loiihrenb.
whistle, v. pfetfen.
white, a. tt>eif?.
who, pron. rcete^er, toel
dje ; bcr, bie ; er.
whom, men, ivel^cn, rocU
d;e, ben, bie ; to -, went.
whose, roeffcn.
vrhy, adv. nxirum.
wide, a. rcelt, Brett.
widow, s. SBtttrec, /.
wife, *. grau, /.
wild, a. ivtlb.
wilderness, s. 'K ft fie, f.
will, *. SBitte, m.
will, v. moflen ; wunfc^en ;
to be willing, reotten.
William, s. 2BilI>eIm.
willing, a. irtlltg, frei
ENGLISH-GERMAN VOCABULARY.
573
win, v. gereinnen.
wind, s. 28inb, m.
window, n. genfler, n.
wine, s. 3Kein, in.
wing, s. glugel, m.
winter, s. SBinter, m.
wisdom, s. 2Bei3b,eit, /.
wise, a. n>eife ; f(ug.
wish, v. rcunfdjen.
wish, s. SBunfdj, m.
with, prep, mit ; bet ;
fiber, gegen, or.
wither, v. Berirelfen.
within, prep, in, inner*
fyalb; adv. innen, brtnnen.
without, adv. aufjerfyalb,
braufsen ; (from -), on
aufjen; prep, o^ne; au^er=
^atb.
wolf, s. 2Mf, m.; she-,
woman, . 'Ji'db, n.;
grau,/.
wonder, s. SSunber, n.
wonder, v. fid) numbem.
wood, s. ZBalb, m.; olj,
n.
wooden, a. fyoljern.
\vord, s. SBcrt, n.
work, v. arbeiten.
work, s. Slrbcit, f.
worker, workman, s.
SSrbetter, rn.
vorm, s. SBurm, ni.
worst, . fd)Ie<fytefte.
worthy, a. irurbig, rcert^.
wound, s. SBunbe, f.
wound, v. scrounben.
vretched, a. elenb.
wring, v. ringen.
write, v. f<$retben.
wrong, a. unrcdjt.
wrong, s. Unrest, n.
yard, s. Sfle, /. ; of,
m.
year, s. 3 a &/ r / w -
yes, adv. jo.
yesterday, s. gejirige
Sag, ?n. ; adtw. geftern.
yet, adv. jefct ; ncc^; fdjon;
not -, noi^ nidit.
yield, v. toetd)en.
you, pron. tfyr, 3^r, ie,
bu, u, 36,nen ; man. .
young, a. Jung.
your, pron. euer, Guer,
3r, bein.
yours, pron. ber eurige,
ber cure, (Surer, ber 3b,rtge,
etc.
youth, s. Sugenbf /. ;
m.
INDEX.
a, see Indef. Art.; etn: 3 sh. a pound, 309, 13.
d&er, has no effect on order, 422, 18: position in clause, 422, 17; 269, Note It
and ionbern, 269, Note 2.
abort, e.g. about to speak, 325, 5: prep., how transl., 407.
above, prep., how transl., 407. *
Accent, 10, 8.
Accusative, after adjs. 383, I: and dat., order of, 392; 426, 28: denned,
14; 16, 2 : and gen. after vbs., 394, III, 2: with infin., in Eng., 367, V; in
Germ., 363, II, 2: of the person after a prep., with parts of the body,
336, 2: plural of nouns, 22, 5: sing, of masc. nouns, 22, 3: sing. fein.
andneut. 22, 2: of time, 260, ; 318, Note 1.
Adjectives 102: with ace., 383, 1: as adverbs, 257: of age, 383,1: comparison
112 ; of one adj. with another (more successful than brave], 115, 7, Note :
of those in el, en, er, 113, 2; irreg., 114, 6; does not modify vowel, 114,
Note 3; see superl. of, below: determinative, 71: with dat., 383, II:
declension of, in el, en, 109; after ber etc., 102; 103, Note 2; after ctn, etc.,
104, II; after ctele, eintfle etc., 103, Note 2; in other cases, 107; 102, 2; 336,
3; decl. when used as nouns, 28, Note ; 108, c; foot-note to =er in
this Index; with gen., 385, HI: geographical, how formed, 68, Note 2;
indef. numeral, 74, 4: of measure, interrog. 72, II: take ace., 383, 1:
position with qualifying noun, e.g. capable of action, 3:3; with adver-
bial phrase, 386, V: possessive, 18; 336; 73, 3: folld. by preps., 385, IV:
superl. of, when stem ends in hissing sound, three consonti., or t, 113,
3 and Note 1. : syntax of, 383 - 386: of value or weight, 383, 1.
Adverbs, shortest form of adj. used as, also comparison of, 113, 4 and 257:
comparison of advs. not also adjs., 265: in cn3, 124, 4: interrog. advs.,
list of, 264, 6; as conjunctions, 279, o; their position in clause 422, 20:
negative, place of in clause, 426, 27, b; 81, 2, b: numeral 121, 12: when
do they begin a clause and not require question order, 422, 18, c: mis-
cellaneous, list of, 265, 9: of order, list of, 264, 7: of place, list of, 258:
rel. must come at beginning of clause, 422, 20: of time, list of, 269:
ending in lueife, 264, 8.
Age, adjs. of take ace., 383, 1: how expressed, 120, 6.
at, foreign nouns in, how decl., 33, 3: neuters in, from Latin, how ded.,
51, 11.
575
576 INDEX.
all, e.g. aU day, takes art., 340, 2: all the, 74, 1: with and without the,
312, 17: all of us, of you etc., 338, 3: meaning the whole, 340, 2: all of
whom, of which, 338, 2.
afl bet, jener, mein etc., decl. of afl, 74, 2 and 339, IV: alt bet, meaning of,
312, 17: ctlle, pi., decl. of adj. after, 103, Note 2: for the more usual afl,
339, IV, 1: atter, prefixed to superl., 113, 3, Note 2: otleg, meaning of,
340, 4: afleS ttaS, 340, 5 and 165, 3.
afletn, no effect on order of sentence, 422, 18.
Alphabet, 3.
alS, when, 272; 274; 182,': as if, order after, 420, 12: ate bajj, 278, 3: ol ob,
ate tt>enn, mood after, 354, Note 3.
otfo, position in clause, 422, 17.
am, with superl. of adj., 113 and 114, Note 1.
tan, foreign nouns in, how decl., 33, 3.
an, howtransl., 400, I: after what vbs., 398. [andinfin., 366, 5
anftatt ba, 373, b: anftatt folld. by be and infin., 372, 2, a: folld. by ju
Antecedents, ber}ento,e, etc., 158.
any, bef. noun in sing., 75, 5: how transl., 166, 5.
Apposition, decl. of nouns in, 318, 4; 318, 5 at end and Note; see aft; both;
of: $err aflutter, etc., 62, 3.
tar, foreign nouns in, how decl., 33, 3.
Arrangement of words, see Order.
Article, gender bef. grautein, 65,!Def., decl. 15: when inserted and when,
omitted 305; 34, 1: bef. abstract noun 306, 5: omitted in adverbial
phrases, 313, 24: ace. omitted after in in poetry, 495,': omitted in transl.
the Smiths, etc., 64, d: to make case of substantive clear, 305, 3: bet
common noun, e.g. man or men, meaning aU men, 34, J ; 307, 6aand6:
how to distinguish bet. the and that in Germ, sentence, 152, 1 : bef. plur.
of concrete nouns used generally and indefinitely, 308, 9: decl. of adj.
after, 102: bef. gen. pi. of nouns, 306: where used in Germ, and not in.
Engl., 309, 11, 12: bef. months and days of week 69, 10: inserted bet
afl, 340, 2: bef. parts of the body, 336, 1: bef. points of the compass,
313, 21 : before names of countries, 57, 3 : always precedes the German
for both etc., 310, 16 ; 74, 3 ; 312, 18 : repeated, 310, 15 : bef. rivers,
lakes, mountains, 68, 9 : bef. seasons etc., 309, 10 : used by South
Germans, 306, 4 : bef. substances and materials, 308, 8 : bef. titles,
e. g. err, 307, 7 : the fewer the better, etc., 116, 10 : omitted in phrases
containing verb and object noun, 313, 24 : omitted in Germ. bef.
noun limited by of which, of whom, 313, 23.
Article, indef. (etn), decl., 18 : decl. of adj. after, 104, II : omitted after
to be, 27, ' : more freq. omitted bef. tyiinbcrt and taufenb, 119, .
INDEX. 577
as, 273, 4: as again, 116, 9: as as, 115, 8: as if, 354, Note 3.
a[t, foreign nouns in, decl. 33, 3.
at, 287; 407.
?at, nouns in, how decl., 33, 3.
ttudj, after toer, sense of, 159, 5: after toenn, position of, 429, 1 : tote cmdj,
278, 7.
ouf, how transl., 401: used after what vbs., 398, 2.
auf'3, with superl. of adj., 114, Note 2.
OU3, how transl., 401: aft. what vbs., 398, 3.
Auxiliaries forming perf., pluperf. and fut. perf. See also IjaBen; fetn;
Auxiliaries, modal. Omitted in dependent order, 423, 21: position in
dep. clause contng. modal auxiliary ifonncn, etc.\ 423, 22; contng. a
part, and infin., etc. 423, 22, a.
Auxiliaries, modal, conjug. 93: infin. omitted after, 333, 6: signification
and use, 98; 323: position of nidjt/ me, etc., with, 98, 1.
sfcar, signifn., 109, 4.
fce=, signifn. 223, 8.
become, what has become of. . . ., 91, Note.
Bet, how transl., 402: after what vbs., 398, 4.
Beibe, with def. art. 74, 3; 310, 16; with or witht., 312, 18: with possessive
adj., 75, 4.
be to, e.g. he is to arrive, 87, Note 2 and 330, 7.
Bi3, 287, Note.
born, 122, 2 .
loihand, 341, 9, Note: both of, 341, 9: both the, 312, 18 and 74, 3.
Brackets, how used in this book, 26, l .
but, after nothing etc., 273, 5: equiv. to who, which not, 157, 5.
by, how tr., 288; 408.
can, 324; 332, &; meaning am in a condition to, 324, 4.
Capitals, initial, 9, 6; of adj. in =er, 109, 4: adj. in tfdj from names of
nations do not take, 110, 5: of adj. after ettoag, nicfytg, Diet, toenig, mefyr,
IDS,': @d)utb, 373, 1 : fu$, <Ste, 144, 3 .
, Cases, see Nominative, etc.; Adjectives; Verbs; Prepositions: oblique,
denned, 27,-: required after adjectives, 383; after verbs, 389.
Causatives, 241.
=djcn, nouns in, how decl., 23: are neut., 58, 5.
gfjrijhiS, 64.
Clauses, adjective, preceding the noun, 372, /: declaratory, denned, 80, a:
dependent, denned, 82, 4; 415; contng. other depdt. clauses, 424, o;
578 INDEX.
optative, order in, 417, 6: depdt., order in, 418, 8 and 8, a: order in
princip. clause coining after dep. clause, 421, 15 and 15, b: bow to recog-
nize dep. clause, 417, 7; VEBB in dep. clause, not at very end, 423, 23 and
a.- principal, defined, 415; finished bef. dependent is begun, 279, Note.
Comparative, see adj., comparison of, and adv. comparison of: e.g. higher
and higher, 377, 21 .
Compound words, accent of, 10, 3: nouns, gender of, 58.
Conclusions, fo in, 421, 15, a; order when fo is omitted, 421, 15, 6.
Conditions, order in, 419, 11 and 11, a: subjunctive in, 353, 2,a; 354.
Conjunctions, 269: past part, as, 379, 3: subordinating, 271; 272; 277, b:
which require VEEB at end, 83, 2 .
Consonants, doubled, dropped or changed, in irreg. verbs, '213, 1, 3, 4.
could have, transl., 99, 4.
bd, as, since, 273: compounded with preps., 147, 6: redundant, 339, Note:
how to disting. adv. (there, from conjunc. (since), 427.
bamit, mood after, 352, 1, a: how to disting. adv. (therewith) from con-
junc. (in order Hurt), 427.
banfe, 101, l .
dare, 333, l .
bag, inst. of bet, ble, 152, 1.
bafj, mood after, 356, 4; 358, 7, 8: order when omitted, 295, 5 : tense after,
357, 5, a, b, c.
Dates, how expressed, 124, 2.
Dative, ace. and dat., order of, 392; adjs. folld. by, 383, II: defined, 14: of
the person, with parts of the body, 336, 2: termin. of dat. pi., 22, 6;
63, 5, a; see ;er, foot-note; of nums., 120, 4: aft. verbs, 390, II.
Declension. See also the difft. parts of speech. Of nouns, 1st, 23; 2d, 27;
3d, 30; 4th, 35; 5th, 40; irregular, 48.
beiti, poss. pron., decl., 18; 336: gen. of bu, 144, 1.
Demonstratives and relatives, how to distinguish in a German sentence,
427.
benn,/or, what order after, 422, 18.
bet, see Article, definite: rel. pron., decl., 156: how to distinguish bet. the
art. (the) and the demonstrative adj. <that>, 152,'; bet. the dem. pron.
(that) and the rel. pron. (who, which), 160, and 427; diff. bet. bcrand
toeldjer, 156, 3 and 4.
berjemge, decl. 152.
beret, 152, 1.
berfelfcc, 71, I: inst. of gen. of eg, 146, 5: inst. of er, fie, eg in all the cases,
147, 7.
INDEX. 679
beffen, inst. of gen. of e8/ 146, 5.
befto, 278, 5.
bieS, see biefeS.
btcfer, decl., 16: as adj., 71: as pron., 151: decl. of adj. after, 102.
biefe3, inst. of biefe, biefer, 152, 1.
do, auxil. vb., 99.
bod), used to contradict, 263, M order after, 421, 16: position of, 421, 16, a:
used with question order in emphatic assertns., 422, 19.
fcret, 120, 3.
bit and @ie, 77, l : repeated after rel. pron., 156, 4.
burcfy, prefix, 234: prep., how transl., 402.
biirfen, conjug., 97: does not mean dare, 333, 1 : uses, 331.
e/ elision of, in adjs. in el, en, er, 109; 113, 2; in vbs., 131, 3: in vbs.'in
fcfyen, fen, fjen, 131, 2.
=e, nouns in, 27; pi. of, 22, 7: neuters in, do not add e, 40, l ; ferns, in, aft.
numeral, 199, foot-note,
sdjalt, 125, Note.
ze\, nouns in are fern., 37, Note,
etferfucfytig auf or iiBer, 387, l .
etn, indef. art., decl., 18; decl. of adj. after, 104, It; omitted, 27,'; repeated,
310, 15; numeral, decl., 119, 1: numeral how disting. from art., 122, 1 ;
pron., decl., 119, 1: see einer.
einanber, 163, 2.
etner, pron., 163, Note 1.
einige/ decl. of adj. after, 103, Note 2: transl. Eng. wd. some, 165, 4.
either, 341, 10: nor that either, etc., 265, 2 .
zel, adj. in, elision of c, 109, 1; elision of c in compar. of, 113, 2: nouns in,
masc. and neut., 23: verbs in, elision of e in, 131, 3.
f^n, adj. in, elision of e in compar. of 113, 2; signif. of, 109, 4: nouns
originally ending in, 25, 1: nouns masc. and neut. in, 23.
;en8, adverbs in, 124, 4; 258, 3.
ent=, signifn., 224, 9.
entoeber, order after, 422, 18.
er. meaning you, 9, 6.
er=, signifn., 224, 10.
ft?, adj. in, signifn., 109, 4*; elision of e in compar. of, 113, 2; elision of e
* These words are indeclinable when used as adjectives, e.g. tn 5}}artfer trafcen,
to Paris streets. Used as masculine nouns, the nom. sing, ends in er, and the masculine
is declined like 9Ibler, p. 24. The feminine noun ends in evin, e.g. spartfetin, woman oj
Parit, pi. spariferlnnen. The neuter is not used substantively.
680 INDEX.
in, 109, 2: masc. and neut. noons in, 23: verbs with stems in, elision
of e in, 131, 3.
erfldTen fur, 390, Note.
=erlet, numerals in, 121, 8.
=em, adj. in, signif., 109, 4.
erjlere, 124, 3.
eg, may stand for masc., fern, or neut. noun, 336, 3: id) Bin eg, etc., 145, 3:
eg gt&t, 245, 1: eg i\t f 245, 1; in questns., 246, Note: subject of passive
of an intrans. vb., 239, Note; 391, Observation; of pass, of a trans, vb.,
247, 6: substitutes for gen. and dat. of, 146, 5; 147, 6: substitutes for,
when the obj. of a prep., 147, 6 and Note 2: baffelBe is substit. for, 147, 7:
translated there (eg fyridjt 3emanb), 247, 5: mir'g and btr'g, 426, d.
ztft, in superl. of adj., 113, 3.
ettoog, 166, 6: capital letter of adj. after, 108, 1: decL of adj. after, 107, a.
eu, antiquated forms of certain vbs., in, 207, 2.
every, transl., 340, 6.
eg fei benn bajj, 277, s .
Exclamations, order in, 417, 6, c.
tfa%, 121, 9.
Foreign words, their accent, 10, 4: defined, 10, 4: see Nouns.
Fractions, 124, 5.
grauletn, gend. of article, etc., bef., 65, l .
frofc/locfett, 225, Note.
from, how tr., 409.
fur, how tr., 403: after what vbs., 399, 5.
Future perfect, denoting probability, 83, l .
ganj, decl., 340, 3.
gegen, how tr., 403.
gender, of compd. nouns, 58: of nouns, decided by signifn., 55, 1, 2, 3;
56, 1; 57, 1, 2, 3; 58, 4; by terminate., 37, Note; 55, 4; 56, 2, 3, 5, 6;
57, 4; 58, 5.
Genitive (syntax) 317: after adjs., 385, III: as adv.,317, 3: defined, 14: of
apposition (e.g. the city of Rome, the art of writing) 318, 4; 373: Eng. gen.
rendered by compd. noun, 317, 2: follows the limited noun, 29,';
(317, 1): in g or eg, of nouns, 22, 2 ; 31, Note: pi. of nouns, termin, 22, 5;
def. art. used with, 305, 3, at end: sing, of masc. nouns, termin., 22, 1:
of time, 260,': after verbs, 394, HL
genufl/ with infin., 367, 2,
INDEX. 681
gent, 38, 2; 265, *.
sgletcfjen, (metnesfltetdjeti, etc.), 381, *.
conjug. 77; used &s auxil. with what vbg., 171, 7, 8; 172, 9, 10:
folld. by an infin., 365, 4.
^aft, signifn., 109, 4.
$alfc, 124, 6.
4alb, 125, Note.
4alben, 335, 2,Note.
half, 124, 6; 125, Note.
fatten fur, 390, Note.
Handwriting, German, 9, 7.
have, meaning cause to, (taffen) 326: be obliged to, (muff en) 95, 4.
etjjen, forms perf. with infin. inst. of past part., 364, Note: folld. by infin.
without $u, 363, II, 2.
;Ijett, nouns in are fern. 37, Noto.
Ijelfen, forms perf. with infin. inst. of past part., 364, Note: folld. by infin.
without ju, 363, H, 2.
Ijer, 230, 2: Ijercifc, I)ercw3, etc., after a noun with a prep, before it, 258, 1 ;
with preceding ace., 282.
$ier, compounded with preps., 147, 6.
Ijtn, 230, 2: l)inafc, ^inau^ etc., after a noun with a prep, before it, 258, ';
with prec. ace., 282.
Ijinter, prefix, 234.
0<f), decl., 109, 3.
^oren, forms perf. with infin. inst. of past part, 364, Note: folld. by infin.
without gu, 363, n, 2.
Hour of the day, 120, 7-
ljunbcrt, decl., 120, 5: more freq. takes no art., 119.
Hyphen, see Syllables.
tdj, repeated after rel. pron., 156, 4,
=tcfj, nouns in, how decl. , 33, 3.
-it, nouns in are fern., 37, Note.
-tcr, foreign nouns in, how decl., 33, 3.
=teren, verbs in, 127.
if, mood after in Germ., 353, 2, a, b, c; 354, 3, a: meaning whenever, 354,
Note 1: meaning whether, 354, Note 2.
sig, terrain, of adj , signifn., 109, 4: nouns in, decl., 33, 3.
%, pers. pron., how used, 77, 1 : repeated after rel. pron., 156, 4: poss.
pron., decl , 18.
582 INDEX.
;tf, nouns in are fern. , 37, Note.
=ion, nouns in are fern., 37, Note.
immer, after roer, 159, 5.
Imperative (syntax) 339: 1st pers. pi., several forms for, 359, 2: of irreg.
vbs., 170, 4: passive, how formed, 137, 1 : pres. subj. as, in 3d pers.,
359, 9: past part, as, 379, 5: Sic, expressed with, 145, 2: 3d pers. sing.,
formed with foil, 359, 9; subject of, omitted, 417, 6, a: subj. of 3d pers.,
where placed, 417, 6, 6.
Imperfect, (syntax), 347: of irreg. vbs., 170, 2, 3; see Verbs, irreg : trans-
lates Eng. plup., 276, l ; 347, 4.
in, howtr., 288; 409: in January, etc., 69, 10.
in, how tr., 403: after what vbs., 399, 6.
-in, nouns in are fern., 37, Note.
intern, transl. Eng. pres. part., 273; 371, c: when rel. (while) and when
dem. (meanwhile), 427.
tnbeffen.. order after, 421, 16; position of in clause, 421, 16, a.
Infinitive, act. in Germ, trans, by Eng. pass., 365, 4 and Note: after an
adj , 364, in, 2: after to be, 365, 4, Note; 330, 7; 380: as noun in nom.
with and without def. art., 363, I; as noun in nom., gen., dat. and ace.,
372, 2, a: after a noun (longing to speak \ 364, HI, 1: inst. of past part.,
364, Note: position in clause, 81, 2, a; 425, 27: I know where to go, etc ,
367, VI: after tfjun, 485, ': with urn $u, 366, 4: with ju, 364, IH: with
ju, like Latin fut. pass, part., 380; 365, 4, Note: without ju, after foflen,
etc., 363, II, 1; after feljen, etc., 363, II, 2; after other verbs (in Iteflen
fcleiBen, etc.) 364, 3: aft. interrog. wds. (how to succee-1, what to do, etc.),
367, 6 and 368.
-ing, Eng. forms like lam learning, how tr.,130, Note 1; 346, L
in order that, 352, 1, a; 353, b.
Interjections, 293.
Interrogative . . . , see Question.
into, 288.
=ircn, verbs in, 127, Exc. 2.
=tjdj, signifn., 109, 4; 110, 5.
it is I, etc., 145, 3.
Italics in this book, 180,2.
;ium, decl. of neuters in, 51, 11.
ja, with question order, 422, 19.
je bejlo, 278, 5.
Jeber, decl., 15; 165, 1: termin.of adj. after, 102, 3.
Jebermann, 164, 4.
INDEX. 583
Jcbocfy, order after, 421, 16; position of, in clause 421, 16, a.
jebweber, 164,i.
jeQltcfyer, 164, l .
femanb, 164, 5.
Jcner, decl., 15: termin. of adj. after, 102, 3.
3e[uS, 164.
fein, decl., 18: termin. of adj. after, 104, 4.
fcincr, decl., 165, 1.
;feU, nouns in are fern., 37, Note.
fonuen, conjug., 93: uses, 324.
know, I do not know but, 278, 2.
flora, 160,i.
Lakes, names of, decl., 68, 9: take art., 68, 9.
lajjen, uses, 326: auxil. vb. to form imperative, 359, 2: forms perf. with
infin. inst. of past part., 364, Note: folld. by infin. witht. 311, 363, II, 2.
4etu, nouns in, decl., 23: are neut., 58, 5.
lerncn, forms, perf. with infin. inst. of past part., 364, Note: folld. by
infin. witht. ju, 363, n, 2.
lest, meaning/or fear of, aft. neg., 277, l .
let, 326.
lefcterc, 124, 3.
=Iicfy, signifn., 110.
like, Hike to sing, etc., 265, l .
sling, nouns in, how decl., 33, 3.
=Io3, signifn., 110.
=mal, forms numerals, 121, 12.
ntadjcn, forms perf. with infin. inst. of past part., 364, Note: folld. by
infin. witht. 311, 363, II, 2.
man, 163, 1.
tnandj, decl., 165, 1: decl. of adj. after, 102, 3 and 103, Note 2 ruses,
312, 19.
2Hann and 3Kcnfd), 76,'.
smann, pi. of nouns in, 52, 16.
may, 325; 325, 4; 332, b.
mean, what does this mean ? etc., 330, 8.
Measure, adjs. of, 383, 1: nouns of, prec. by numeral, 52, 14; of, not
transl. after, 318, 5.
tneljr, adj. takes capital after, 108.
jiiefyrcre, decl. of adj. after, 103, Note 2,
584 INDEX.
2Kenf<$ and 3Ratttt, 76, i. [in predic. 336, 3: of tef), 144,,.
metn, poss. pron., decl., 18; tennin. of adj. after 104, 4: gen. form of.
might have, transl., 99, 4.
mifj, prefix, 234, i.
nrit, after what vbs., 399, 7.
mogen, conjug., 96: uses, 325: mocfrte aft. vbs. of fearing, 358, 8.
Monosyllables, masc. nouns, decl., 31, 1: neuters, irreg, decl., 50, 9:
neuters, pi. of, 41, Note 2: pi. of. with a, o, it, au, in stem, 23, 9.
Moods, see Subjunctive, etc.
more, one more, etc., 343, 13.
Mountains, names of, take art., 68, 9.
tnitffen, conjug. 95: uses, 329.
must, 329.
ttadj, how transl., 403: aft. what verbs, 399, 8.
ttdmltdj, positn. in clause, 422, 17.
need, vb., 332, 2.
Negative, conjug. ofvb., 130, Note 2: neg. adv., where placed in clause
81, 2, 6; 98, 1; 426, 27, 6; 428, .
neither, 342, 11.
Neuters, see Monosyllables and Nouns.
ntcfyt, see Negative: nidjt mefyr, redundant, 211, : position after toenn, 428, *.
SRidjtg, adj. takes capital letter after, 108.
ntemanb, 164, 5.
inijj, ferns, in, pi. of, 49, 6: nouns in, decl. of, 40, 2 .
no, how transl., 18, 1 : no longer, no more, 343, 14: no, thank you, 101, 1 .
nocf), tr. more or other, 343, 13.
Nominative, def., 14: pi. of nouns, tennin., 22, 5: after what vbs., 389, I.
Normal order, 80, 1; 415, 3, 6. [342, 11.
not any (body, thing, etc.) 164, 6; 342, 12: (longer, more), 343, 14: not either,
Nouns. See also =e;=ei;scr; Gender; Genitive, etc.; ;i<$; =4c; =ifl; =if; =ion;
=tum; sfett; =Iein; =mann; Measure (under Weight); Monosyllables; ;nijj;
Nominative pi. ; Number (under Weight); ;on; ;or; =fal; =fdjaft; =tat;
sung; Quantity (under Weight);Kivers; Weight: Adjs. as, decl. of, 108, c,
(see also ;cr": fern., decl. in sing., 23, 8: with two gends. and difft.
meanings, 59, E: decl., 21: decl. of, in appositn., 318, 4; 318, 5 at end
and Note; $ert 2Ruller,etc., 62, 3: decl. of compd., 23, 10: decl. of compd.,
latter part a monosyll., 32, 2: irreg. decl. in pi., 48: nouns with no pi.,
51, 13: with only a pi., 52, 15: with two pis. havg. difft. senses, 51, 12:
other irreg. decl., (auBe etc., 93auer, etc., 25; $elb, etc., 28; 3Kuttcr,
Softer, 37; =nijj, 40,=; =tf)itm, 41, Note 1; $aar, etc., 41, Note 2; $erj,42:
INDEX. 585
dec!, of masc. from another lang., 28, 2: decl. of neut., 40; proper nouns,
names of countries, cities, etc., decl. of, 66; of nations, termin. of, 68, 8',
of persons (^etnridj, $err SKullcr, etc.) 62: ferns, from masc., 59, F:
indecl. in three pounds, etc., 198,'; 199, foot-note: latter noun indecl.
in a glass of milk, etc., Ill, 1 ; 318, 4.
Number, nouns of, (dozen, etc. ), see Weight.
Numerals, 119: decl. of 120, 4: decl. of nouns prec. by,318, 5: in =erlet, 121, 8:
fractional, 124, 5: indef. num. adjs., 74, 4: ordinal, 123; threefeet, five
busliels, etc., 203, footnote.
ofc, mood after, 354, Note 2.
oBflletdj, ofcfcfyon, oBn>o$l, 274.
Object of vb., where placed, 81, 2, c.
o'clock, 120, 7.
ober, has no effect on order, 422, 18.
of, nouns connected by of, put in apposn. in German, 318, 4t see aft: both:
bef. name of material, 320, c: bef. cardin. numerals, (man of 30 yrs. )
320, b: bef. pres. part., 320, 7: aft. nouns of measure, weight, number,
quantity, 318, 5; 319, Note: aft. verbal nouns, e.g. thought of God,
320, 8: glass of mUk, etc., Ill, 1 : friend of ours, etc., 337, 4: Duke of, etc.,
320, a: 2d of May, etc., 318, 4: some of my friends, etc., 320, d.
oljne bajj, 278, 4: oljne, folld. by infin., 366, 5.
on, prep., how tr., 288; 410.
;0tt, foreign nouns in, decl., 33, 3.
one, indef. pron., 163, 1 and Notes: aft. adj., (good one, ones) 120, 2; 165, 2:
the river is a deep one, etc., 313, 22.
only, how transl., 121, 11.
Optative clause, order in, 417, 6.
=or, foreign nouns in, decl., 48, 2.
Order, 80; 414. See other titles, e.g. aBer; Ace. and dai; Adjectives,
positn. of; Adverbs, interrog. ; Clauses;aflein; al3, as if; alfo; Auxiliaries,
omitted; Auxil., positn.; Conclusions; Conjunctions; bajj, omitted; De-
monstratives and Relatives; benn; bod); enttoeber; Exclamations; inbeffen;
Imperat., 3d pers. ; Infin., positn. in clause; Ja; Jebocfj; namtidj; Nega-
tive; mdjt, in a conditn. ; Object; ober; Optative; Particip. past; Person
and thing; Prefixes, separable; Pronouns, interrog.; Pronouns, pers.;
Question order; Questions; BEST of the clause; Sentences; fonbern;
STJBJECT; Tenses; VEEB.
other, 343, 13.
ought, 329; 332, 6: ought to have, 99, 4.
over, prep., 410.
586 INDEX.
fcaar, $aar, diff. of signifn., 52,.
Parentheses, how used in this book, 26, l .
Participles, e.g. deserving of being loved, 137, *', 365, 4, Note; 380: Past,
uses of, 378: as adj., 140, 4; 208, 7; 378, 1, 2; 383, II: past, asconjunc.
379, 3: as imperative, 379, 5: instead of pres. part, after gcfycn, etc.,
379, 3: place of, in clause, 81, 2, a; 425, 27 and a: Present, how used,
370: as adj., 370, 1, a, b; 371, c, d: trans, into German by rel. clause,
372, e: eine gu lobenbe Stljcit, etc., 380: transl. into Germ, by clause
beginning with inbem, 371, c; beginning with other conjunctions, 371, d:
lam learning, etc., 130, Note; 370, 1, a at end: Pres. part, as noun, trans.
into Germ, by infin., 363, 1; 365, 3; 372, 2, a: trans, by clause beg. with
ba, iat)rcnb,etc., 373, b: art of dancing, etc., 320, 7.
Parts of speech, 13.
Passive, how formed, 135; when act. isfolld. by dat., 141, 7: impersonally,
with e6 as subject, 141, 7; 239, Note; 247, 6; 391: reflex, vb. inst. of,
253, Note: toorben omitted in perf. and plup., 140, 5.
Perfect, 347, 3; 348, DI: auxil. wh. forms, omitted, 348, 3: toorben omitted
in perf. pass., 140, 5: formed with infin. inst. of past part, 98, 3; 364,
Note: Eng. perf., how trans-, 348, in, 2.
Person and thing, order of in clause, 426, 28.
Phrases, adverbial of time, list of, 260.
please, to be pleased with, 393, 8.
Pluperfect, how used, 348, IV; auxiliary wh. forms, omitted, 348, 3; toor-
ben omitted in pass., 140, 5.
Predicate, adjs. in, form of, 102, 2: in the rules of order, is called in this
book, BEST.
Prefixes, accent of, 10, 2; compound, 222,'; 229, 8, 9: inseparable, 222, 4;
223, 5, 6: separable, 229, 7, 8; 230, 10: sep. folld. by insep., e.g.
ofcBejleHen, 229, 9; sep., place of in clause, 228, 1 ; 425, 26 and a: which
are sometimes sep. and sometimes insep., 234.
Prepositions, 282: with ace., 44, 2; 282, 1: with dat., 44, 1; 283, 2: with
ace. or dat., 44, 3; 285, 4: with gen., 284, 3: aft. adjs., 385, 4: contr.
with def. art., 45, 5: Eng. preps., how trans., 287, 407: Germ, preps.,
how trans., 400, I: whom you speak to must be in Germ, to whom, etc.,
411, Obs.
Present, 346, 1: inst. of Eng. perf., 276, 1 ; 346, 3: of irreg. verbs having a
or c in the infin., takes 5, i or ie, 170, 1: for fut., 346, 2.
Probability, denoted by bitrfte, 332, 3; by fut. perf., 83, 1 .
Pronouns, use of, 335: adj. prons., 71: correl., 158: dem., 71; 151: indef.,
162: interrog. 72, II; 150; interrog. must begin its clause, 422, 20:
personal, 143; of 1st and 2d pers. repeated after rel. pron., 335, 1; of
INDEX. 587
3d pers., berfcffcc inst. of, 147, 7; in obi. case, place of, in clause, 420, 13;
426, 28, a, b, c, d: possess., 153; form of when standg. alone in the pred.,
336, 3: reciprocal, 335, 3: reflexive, 147, 8; meaning eachMer, 335, 3:
relative, 153; use of, 338; of 1st and 2d pers., 335, 1; omitted in Eng.,
but not in Germ., 156, 1; must come first in clause, 338, 1; 422, 20.
Pronunciation, 4.
Quantity, nouns of, see Weight.
Question order, 38,"; 82, Sand 1 ; 416, 4: after adv., 262, 2 : in emphat.
assertns., 422, 19: meaning if or whenever, 355, c: conjs. and adrs. which
coming first do not require it, 422, 18.
Questions, is there? how trans, with fein, 246, Note: direct and indir.,
279, 2 ; 151, Note: indir., mood of, 358, 6; order in, 416, 5; 420, 14.
110.
Relatives and Demonstratives, how to distinguish from eachother in
Germ., 427.
REST of the clause, def., 81, 2: order of wds. in, 262, 1 ; 425; 426.
Rivers, names of, take art., 68, 9: how decl., 68, 9.
'g, for eg, 144, 1 : in gen. of proper names of persons, 62, etc.
said, am said to, 330, 6.
;fal, decl. of nouns in, 49, 6.
=fam, signifn., 110.
=fcfjaft, nouns in are fern., 37, Note.
=fd)en, vbs. in, e of termin., 131, 2.
djulb, adj., has capital initial, 373,'.
feljen, transitive infin. after, transl. by passive in Engl., 430, Reading
Lesson: forms perf. with infin. inst. of past part., 364, Note: folld. by
infin. without gu, 363, II, 2.
fein, gen. of er, 144, l .
fein, possess, pron., decl., 18.
fein, conjug., 85: auxil., conjug. of vb. with, 238; forms perf. of what vbs.,
390, IE: folld. by an infin., 365, 4: diff. between bag .$aug ift gebautand
ttnrb gefcaut, 139 and 140 ; fein and fyafcen forming perf. 171, 7. seq.
felt>]l, indecl., 163, 3: meaning even, 148, l : meaning myself, etc., 148, 9, 10.
-self, (myself, eta), 147, 8; 148, 9, 10.
=fcn, vbs. in, e of termin., 131, 2.
Sentences, declaratory, optative, interrogative, defd., 414.
shall, 329 and '.
should, if I should, etc., 330, 5: meaning ought, 332, b: should haw, 99, 4
588 INDEX.
fief), small initial meaning yourself, 144, 3 .
oic, reptd.after rel. pron., 156, 4: @te/ meaning you, how used 77, 1 ; takes
capital, 144, 3 .
since, ba or jcttbem, 273, 1, 2.
s'uujle, 121, 10.
fo aucfy, 278, 7: correl. to ba, 273, 1; to oBgleidj, etc., 274, 2; to ioenn,
275, 2; 354, 3, a: rel. pron., 339, Note: e ift fo fcfyon and fo fdjon eg ijl,
428.
folder, 72, 2; decl. of adj. aft. pi. of, 103, Note 2.
follen, conjug., 95: uses of, 329; after vbs. of commanding, 368, 7.
some, 75, 5, 6; 165, 4.
ftmbcrn and after, 269, Note 2: no effect on order, 422, 18.
fo fefyr aud), 278, 6.
fpajtcren flcljen, etc. , 364, l .
ff, 8: hyphen comes before, 8, 1 .
f/8.
Stem, accented, 10, 1. [VERB, 428, 30.
SUBJECT, def., 81, 6; 415, 3,o.' how to transL clause, when SUBJ. follows
Subjunctive, see Verbs of commanding, etc., mood after: how used, 352:
examps. of use, 275, 2; 278, 3: when ba{$ is om., 295, 5 ; in exclamatns.,
359, 10: when said I, says he, etc. may be supplied, 442, II, 5 : after toenn,
353, 2, a, b, c; 354, Note 3: impf., old forms of, 214, 5.
Substantive, see Noun.
such as, 338, 4: such as to, 339, 5.
Superlative, see Adjective, compar. of, and superl. of; Adverb, compar.
of; =t: with atler prefixed, 113, 3, Note 2.
suppose, I suppose meaning probably, (burftc) 332, 3: (fat. perf.) 83, l .
Syllables, how divided, 6, 4; 9, 5; ff and jj, 8, 1.
Syntax, see Adj., Adv., etc., how used,
fj, 8: hyphen comes before, 8, 1 .
=en,vbs. in, eoftermin., 131, 2.
;t, superl. of adj. whose stem ends in, 113, 3, Note 1.
=tat, nouns in are fern., 37, Note.
taufenb, decl. of, 120, 5: more freq. takes no art., 119, 1 .
Tenses, see Present, etc. : I do love, I am loving not found in Germ., 99;
346, 1: use of, 346: compd. tenses, place of infin. and part, in, 19, ':
sequence of, 357, 5, a, 6, c.
Terminations, see fdjaft/ etc.
than, 272, 3.
the, see Article, def.: thefeicer the better, etc., 116, 10.
INDEX. 589
then, in conclusions, 354, 3, a.
there is, are, 245, 1 : there came a man, etc., 247, 5.
they, indefinitely, (they say, etc.), 247, 6.
tlu/u and you, 77, ' ; 145, 2.
=tl)um, gend. and decl. of nouns in, 41, Note 1.
tfyun, er tfjut lieben, etc., 485,'.
Time, of day, 246, 2: definite, at which, ace. of, 260, 2 ; 318, Note 1: indef.,
gen. of, 260, '; 317, 3: length of time, ace. of, 318, Note 1: nouns of,
after numeral, decl., 203, foot-note.
to, prep., 289.
too far, 278, 3.
fifcer, prefix, 234: prep., when ace. and when dat., 286: how trans., 404:
aft. what verbs, 399.
urn, prefix, 234: prep., how trans. 404: urn ba, mood after, 352, 1, a: itm,
aft. what vbs., 399, 10: urn 311, with infin , 353, b; 366, IV.
unb, has genly. no effect on order, 422, 18: order after when bafj is under-
stood, 418, 9: question order optional after, when, 419, 10.
sung, nouns in are fern., 37, Note.
nnfer, decl., 18.
unter, prefix, 234: prep., how tr., 405.
upon, how tr., 410.
U. f. to., 274,'.
Value, adjs. of, 383, 1.
toer=, meaning of, 224, 11.
Verb, see also Passive; VERB, 428, 30: always in Ring, after fret, 316, a .
CASES AFTEB, see also Reflexive above, 389: vbs. wh. take ace. and dat.,
392, 2: take ace. and gen., 394, HI, 2: take dat., 390, II: take gen., 394,
III: takenom., 389, I: take certain preps., 398, 'IV. CADSATTVES, 241:
compound, not formed with prefix, 224, 12. impers., conjug., 244: in
indir. questns., 151, Note: inseparable, 221: interrog. form, 130, Note 2:
intrans., in passive, 239, Note; with fyafcen as auxil., 240, 4; with fcin,
239, 3: Irreg., see also below, HAVING a in pres., etc.; alphabet, list of
215; wh. change consonants of stem, 213, 1, 3, 4; conjug., 1G8; defined,
127, 1; imperat. of, 170, 4; impf. indie, of, 170,2; irnpf. subj. of, 170, 3;
archaic impf. subj. of, 214, 5; pres. indie, of, 170, 1; additl. remks.
concerning conjug., 213: neg. form, 130, Note 2: Keflexive, conjug.,
251; folld. by ace., 252, 3; by dat., 254, 4; by gen., 394, 3; used inst. of
passive, 253, Note: Regular, conjug., 128; defined, 127, 1; how to
distinguish by the stem, 127, 2; stems in el, elision of e, 131, 3; in ivcr.
590 INDEX.
or teren) 127, Exc. 2; in f v n, jjen, fcfyen or gen, elision of e, 131, 2; imperf.
m tc or ete, 130, 1; reg. in terrain., but change vowel of stem into a
(nennen, etc.), 132,4: Separable, 227; accent of, 10, 2; conjug., 228; form
of, in dependt. clauses, 228, 4, 230, 1. HAVING (see also Regular above)
o IN PEES., 195,1; 209; a in impf., 172; 176; a in past part., 195; 209:
e in past part., 172: eu in pres., 213, 2: i in impf. and past part., 189:
le in impf., 193, 195; te in past part., 193: o in impf., 204; in past part.
176; 204: it in impf,, 209; u in past part., 183. OF COMMANDING,
fotten after, 358, 7: implying certainty, 356, c: of communicating intel-
ligence (say, wrtte, etc.), mood after, 356, 4, a, b: of fearing, modjte after,
358, 8: of feeling, thinking, wishing, mood after, 356, 4, c, b: of know-
ing, proving, mood after, 356, c: of seeing, mood after, 356, c.
VEBB, def., 81, c; 415, 3, a: precedes SUBJECT, when, 428, 30: comes at very
end, when, 82; 418, 8.
Diet, decl. witht. art., 341, 7: decl. of adj, after ftiele, pi., 103, Note 2; adj.
takes capital after ine(, 108.
Vocative, 14,Note; 22, 4
Voice, see Active; Passive.
BOOS prefix, 234, 1 .
=&ofl, signifn., 110.
toon, how tr., 405: after what vbs., 400, 11.
bor, how tr., 405: after what vbs. t 400, 12.
toann, 274.
toaS, familiarly for ettt>a: interrog., 150: afleg ia (bag Bejle ia, etc.)
165, 3: after prep, not requiring ace., 155, l : toag fur em, 73, 2: 151, 2, 3,
Weather, it is c<M, etc., 246, 2.
-toeqen, 335, 2, Note.
Weight, adjs. of, take ace., 383, 1: nouns of, prec. by numeral, 52, 14:
203, foot-note: prec. by num. and folld. by commodity, e.g. gtoet
SjSfunb 93 utter, decl. of phrase, 318, 5 at end and Note,
toelcljer, decl., 15; 156: interrog., 151, 2: tocIdjeS inst. of toeldjer, ttelcbe,
153, 2.
ftentfl, decl., without art., 341, 7: adj. takes capital after, 108: decl. of adj.
after ttentge, pi., 103, Note 2: etn UJema, decl., 341, 8.
enn, 274: takes subjunct., 353, 2, a, 6, c; 354, Note 3: meang. whenever,
355, 6.
ler, 150: its vb. always in sing., 316, 2 .
toerfcen, conjug. 89: various uses, 135: see ftorben.
=tt>ertlj, signifn., 110.
what, bef. noun, 151, 3: interrog. with vb. to be, 73, Note 2.
INDEX. 501
whatever, 159, 4, 5.
when, 180,': referrg. to single occasn. in past, 272, 1: other cases, 272, 2.
whenever, 274, 2.
which, interrog. with Vb. to be, 73 Note, 2.
while, 273.
why, in conclusions (if , why ), 354, 3, a.
imber, prefix, 234; 234, 1 .
tote aud), 278, 7: tote toenn, mood after, 354, Note 3.
toieber, prefix, 234.
totH, 325.
=tottten, 335, 2, Note.
toillfaljren, 225, Note.
tolr, repeated after rel. pron., 156, 4.
with, 289; 411.
whoever, 159, 4, 5.
too (toorcm, tooson, etc.),157, 6 and Note.
tooflen, conjug. 94: uses, 325.
toorben, for getoorfen, 140, 6: omitted, 140, 5.
would have, 99, 4.
stourbtg, signifn., 110.
ye, 7V.
gu, prep., how tr., 405: aft. what vbs., 400, 13: meang. too, too good to
live, etc., 367, 2: used with infin. after nouns, adjs., vbs., 364,111; after
ottftatt/ oljne and urn, 366, 5 and IV; aft. adjs. prec. by 311 (too) or folld.
by genug (enough), 367, 2; how to succeed, where to go, what to do, etc., 368;
it is right to speak, etc., 372, 3 1. from bottom: not used with infin. after
modal auxiliaries, 363, II, 1; nor after jeljen, tyoren, etc., 363, II, 2.
311 m, for gu etncm, 389, 3.
3id, decl., 120, 3.
f roeaus that a verb takes fein to form its perfect, 173, 8 .
w
'
GERMAN TEXT-BOOKS
PUBLISHED BY
HENRY HOLT & CO., NEW YORK
These books (excepting texts) are bound in cloth unless otherwise indicated.
. Postage 8% additional. Descriptive Educational Catalogue, Foreign Language
tg Catalogue, or Illustrated Catalogue of Works in Central Literature frtt.
Grammars, Readers, Etc.
Blackwell's German Prefixes and Suffixes. 137 pp. i6mo. 6oc.
5 Brandt and Day's German Scientific Reading. See Texts.
Bronson's Easy German Prose and Poetry. (Stories by Hauff, including Die
Karawane, and by Andeisen and Grimm, also Poems.) Vocab. 597 pp.
"5 Stories by Grimm, Andersen, and Hauff (from above). Vocab. 424 pp. 9oc.
!~! Corwin's German and English exercises. For supplementary use with either
of Whitney's German Grammars. With notes and vocabularies. 77 pp.
1 2 mo. Paper. *SC.
Harris' German Reader. Can be commenced on second day in language.
^! Simple selections of real value as literature, employing a small vocabulary
^ and admirably graded. Vocab. 360 pp. izmo. $: oo
* Jagemann's Elements of German Syntax. 170 pp. isrno. Sue
2 Joynes-Otto. First Book in German. i;6pp. Hoards, izmc 3oc.
CJ Introductory German Lessons. Vocab. 252 pp. izmo. 750.
O Introductory German R< ader. Vocab. 282 pp. 121110. 95C.
'2 Klemm's Lese- und Sprachbiicher. i2mo.
Kreis I. Bds. 79 pp. 2sc. Kreis IV. Bds. 151 pp. 4 oc.
= ,5 " II. Hds. 81 pp. see. V. B.ls. 164 pp. 450.
(*S " " (Vocab.) 104 pp. 35C. \\. Bds. 188 pp. 500.
""< " III. Bds. iiopp. 35C. " VII. Bds. 260 pp. 6oC.
" ' (i 'ani/- V 146 pp. 4oc. See also HISTORIES OF GERMAN LIT.
O Otis' Elementary German. Ed. by Prof H. S. WHITE. New Edition, re-
vised by Prof. W. H. CARRUTH. Easy, thorough, stimulating, and
4 " breezy," full of conversational exercises. Vocab. 477 pp. ifmo. (The
Roman-type edition sent only when specially ordered. 8oc.) 8oc.
C Introduction to Middle High German. With selections from the Nibe-
Q\ lungen Lied. Vocab. 156 pp. 8vo. fi.oo
ri^ Otto's German Conversation-Grammar. Adapted by WM. COOK. A most
^* popular grammar here and in Germany, where it has reached its 23d
edition. Vocab. 591 pp. i?mo. Half roan. $1.30
Cf) Elementary German Grammar. Vocab. 315 pp. 12010 8oc.
*V Progressive German Reader. Ed. by Prof. E. P. EVANS. Pocab. 239 pp.
^^ I2H1O. $1.IO
QJ Schrakamp's German Grammatical Drill. 168 pp. 12010. 6$c.
^* Exercises in Conversational German. 107 pp. i2mo. 55C.
-V4 Thomas' Practical German Grammar. A book remarkable for its terseness
*JJJ and simplicity and for its human and interesting exercises. Used in Uni-
jCJ versity of Chicago, Johns Hopkins, Columbia, the Universities of Virginia,
^X Ohio, Indiana, Kansas. Pennsylvania, Michigan, Missouri, Iowa, etc., etc.
2^- New Kdition with additional exrrcises. 431 pp. lamo. $1.12
Whitney's Compendious German Grammar. Noted for authority, clear-
ness, and helpful comparisons of English and German. A Text-book at
Harvard, Yale, Columbia, etc., etc. Vocat. 472 pp. nmo. $>.**
Brief German Grammar. Vocabs. 143 pp. i6mo. 6oc.
vn, 1900. I
Henry Holt Or Co.'s German Text-Boohs.
Whitney's German Reader. Vocab. 523 pp. izmo. $'-50
Introductory German Reader. Easy Selections in prose and verse from
the best modern authors, largely on German subjects. 399 pp. i6mo. $1.00
. Whitney-Klemm German by Practice. Vocab. 305 pp. 12010. 900.
J|3 - Elementary German Reader. Vocab. 237 pp. 12010. 8oc.
'e
Dictionary.
R. Whitney's Compendious German Dictionary. (German-English and Eng-
. lish-German.) 60,000 words so treated that the meanings of many more
IS are easily determined. Special attention paid to etymology and correspond-
ences between English and German words. 900 pp. izmo. Retail, $1.50.
c Grammars, Readers, Etc., entirely in German.
X3
^ Fischer's Elementary Progressive German Reader. 126 pp. 12010. 700.
eg: Heness' Der neue Leitfaden. 402 pp. 12010. $1.20
Der Sprechlehrer unter seinen Schulern. 187 pp. i2mo. fi.io
Kaiser's Erstes Lehrbuch. 128 pp. 12010. 650.
. Schrakamp and Van Daell's Das deutsche Buch. Ill'd. 150 pp. 12010. 650.
^ Schrakamp's Supplementary Exercises (to the above) 110 pp. 5oc.
Spanhoofd's Das Wesentliche der deutschen Grammatik, 187 pp. i6mo. 6oc.
Si Stern's German Lessons for Beginners. 292pp. 12010. $1.00
JJJ Stern's Studien und Plaudereien. /. Series. New Edition from New Plaits.
Q Re. ht De.utsih in flavor and very interesting. 262pp. 12010. $1.10
, Stern's Stud'ien und Plaudereien. II. Series. 380 pp. 12010. fi.2o
"* Wenckebach's Deutsches Lesebuch. 361 pp. 12010. 8oc.
>J Wenckebach and Schrakamp's Deutsche Grammatik fur Amerikaner. Can
be used with beginners. 298 pp. 12010. $1.00
Wenckebach's Deutsche Sprachlehre. Intended for still younger pupils
than the above. Vocab. 404 pp. 12010. $1.12
Q
2 Composition and Conversation.
P Bronson's Colloquial German, with or without a Teacher. With summary of
1* grammar. 147 pp. i6mo. 6sc.
Jjj Fischer's Practical Lessons in German. For beginners. 156 pp. i2mo. 75C.
Vj -- Wildermuth's Einsiedler im Walde. As a basis for conversation. 115 pp.
12010. 6sc.
t/j -- Hillern's Hoher als die Kirche. Mil Worterkalrung. Ill'd. 96 pp. 6oc.
: Huss' Conversation in German. 224pp. >2mo. $1.10
^ Jagemann's German Composition. Selections from good literature, each
Qj from 4 to 25 pages. Vocab. 245 pp. 12010. goc.
Cl Jagemann and Poll's German Composition (an alternative collection to the
^W above). Vocab. 133 + 168 pp. 12010. goc.
*JJ< Joy nes- Otto : Translating English into German. Vocab. 167 pp. 12010. 8oc.
jC! Keetels' Oral Method with German. 371 pp. 12010. $1.30
^. Pylodet's German Conversation. 279 pp. i8mo. 5oc.
^ Sprechen Sie Deutsch ? 147 pp. iSmo. Boards. 4oc.
Teusler's Game for German Conversation. Cards in box. 8oc.
Vos's German Conversation. 176 pp. 12010. 750.
Wenckebach's German Composition, based on humorous stories. 282 pp.
121110. $1.00
'Wenckebach's Deutscher Anschauungs-Unterricht. Conversation and some
Composition. 451 pp. 12010. $t.io
William's German Conversation and Composition. 147 pp. 12010. 8oc.
Till, 1900
a
Henry Holt & Co.'s German Text-Boohs,
Histories of German Literature.
Francke's Social Forces in German Literature. A remarkable critical, phHo-
^ sophical, and historical work " destined to be a standard work for both
professional and general uses " (Dial). It has been translated in Germany.
It begins with the sagas of the fifth century and ends with Hauptmanu's
5- " Hannele" (1894). 577 pp. 8vo. Gilt top. f^' 00
g Klemm's Abrissder Geschichte der deutschen Litteratur. 385 pp. nm. Si.ao
_ Goatwick and Harrison's German Literature. 600 pp. 12010. $2.00
r<r
Texts.
E
<2> (Bound in boards unless otherwise indicated?)
*s Andersen's Bilderbuch ohne Bilder. Vocab. (SIMONSON.) 104 pp. 300.
r= Die Eisjungfrau u. andere Geschichtcn. (KRAUSS.) 150 pp. yac.
Ein Besuch bei Charles Dickens. (BERNHARDT.) 2 Ill's. 63 pp. 250.
- Stories, with others by Grimms and Hauff. (BRONSON.) Vocab. Cl. 900.
Auerbach's Auf Wache ; with Roquette's Der gefrorene Kuss. (MACDOM-
p NELL.) 126 pp. 33C.
** Baumbach : Sommermarchen. 8 easy stories. (MEYER.) Vocab. 142 pp. 350.
5Q Frau Holde. Legend in verse. (FOSSLER.) 105 pp. 250.
JJJ Benedix's Doctor Wespe. Comedy. 116 pp. 250.
Q Der Dritte. Comedy. (WHITNEY.) 29 pp. 2oc.
5j Der Weiberfeind. Comedy. Bound with Elz's Er 1st nicht eifersiichtig
~* and Muller's Im Wartesalon erster Klasse. With notes. 82 pp. 3oc.
.vJ Eigensinn. Farce. Bound with Wilhelmi's Einer muss heiraihen. With
Q notes. 63 pp. 2$c.
Beresford-Webb's German Historical Reader, Events previous to XIX.
century. Selections from German historians. 310 pp. Cloth. 900.
M, Brandt and Day's German Scientific Reading. Selections, each of consider-
J able length, from Sell, E. R. Miiller, Ruhlmann, Humboldt, yom Rath.
Claus, Leunis, Sachs, Goethe, etc , treating of various sciences and
S especially of electricity. For those who have had a fair start in grammar
and can read ordinary easy prose. Vocab. 269 pp. 850.
S Carovd's Das Maerchen ohne Er.de. With notes. 45 pp. Paper. aoc.
,j^ Chamissp's Peter Schlemihl. (VocEL.) Ill'd. 126 pp. 350.
^) Claar's Simson und Delila. Comedy. Ed. in easy German. (STBRN.) 55 pp.
Paper. 250.
, . Cohn's Ueber Bakterien. (SEIDENSTICKER.) 55 pp. Paper. 300.
J ;** Ebers' Eine Frage. (STORR.) With picture. 117 pp. 350.
^ Eckstein's Preisgekront. (WILSON.) A very humorous tale of a would-be liter-
^ ary woman. 125 pp. 300.
ij Eichendorffs Aus dem Leben eines Taugenichts. 132 pp. 3oc.
'N Elz's Rr ist nicht eifersiichtig. Comedy. With notes. See Benedix. 300.
^J Fouqu^'s Undine. With Glossary. 137 pp. 35C.
^< - Ike same. (VON JAGEMANN.) Vocab. 220 pp. Cloth. 8oc.
Sintram und seine Gefahrten. 114 pp. 250.
*^ Freytag's Die Journalisten. Comedy. (THOMAS.) 178 pp. 3oc.
Karl der Grosse, Aus dem Klosterleben, Aus den Kreuzziigen. With
portrait. (NICHOLS.) 219 pp. Cloth. 750.
Friedrich's Ganschen von Buchenau. Comedy. Ed. in easy German.
(STERN.) 59 pp. Paper. 350.
Gerstacker's Irrfahrten. Easy and conversational. (M. P. WHITNEY,) 30*.
Gbrner's Englisch. Comedy. (EDGREN.) 61 pp. Paper. 354
Prices net. Postage SJer cent additional. Descriptive list free.
vn, 1900. 3 ,
373
- E
Henry Holt & Co.'s German Text -Books.
Goethe's Dichtung und Wahrheit. Selections from Books I.-XI. (VON JAGB-
M ANN.) Only A merican Edition representing all the backs. Cloth, xvi +
373 PP- $1.12
Egmont. Tragedy. (STKFFEN.) 113 pp. 4 oc.
^ The same. (DEERING.) Cloth. (In preparation)
* -- Faust, Part I. Tragedy. (COOK.) 229 pp. Cloth. 4 8c.
_ - Gcitz von Berlichingen. Romantic Historical Drama. (GOODRICH.) The
g only American Edition, xli + 170 pp. With map. Cloth. yoc.
o - Hermann und Dorothea. Poem. (THOMAS.) Vocab. 150 pp. 400.
ft. -- Iphigeme auf Tauris. Tragedy. (CARTER.) 113 pp. Cloth. 4 8c.
^ -- Neue Melusine. (In Nichols' Three German Tales.) Cloth. 6oc.
g Grimm's (H.) Die Venus von Milo; Rafael und Michel-Angelo. 139 pp. 4 oc.
5 Grimm's (J. & VV.) Kinder- und HausmaYchen. With notes. 228 pp. 4 oc.
j - The same. A different selection. (OTIS.) Vocab. 351 pp. Cloth. $1.00
- Stories, with Andersen and Haufl. (BRONSON.) Vocab. Cloth. yoc.
S Gutzkow's Zopf und Schwert. Comedy. (LANGE.) 163 pp. Paper. 4 oc.
" HaufTs Das kalte Herz. Vocab. 35C.
2. - Karawane. (BRONSON.) Vocab. 3 4 5 pp. 75C.
Stories. See Branson's Easy German under Grammars and Readtrs.
Hauptmann's Die yersunkene Glocke. (BAKER.) xviii -f- 205 pp. Cloth. 8oc.
. Heine's Die Harzreise. (BURNETT.) 97 pp. 300.
^i. Helmholtz's Goethe 'snaturwissenschaftliche Arbeiten. Scientific monograph.
V, (SEIDENSTICKER.) Paper. 3oc.
5Q Hey's Fabeln flir Kinder. Illustrations and Vocab. 52 pp. 300.
t*j Heyse's Anfang und Ende. 5 4 pp. 250.
O^ - Die Einsamen. 44 pp. 200.
.^ - L'Arrabiata. (FROST.) Illustrations and Vocab. 70 pp. 250.
Kt --- Madchen von Treppi; Marion. (BKUSIE.) xiii+Sgpp. 250.
O Hillern's Hoher a Is die Kirche. With two views of the cathedral and por-
*5 traits of Maximilian and of Albrecht Durer. Vocab. (WHITLESEY.)
U 90 PP- 250.
Historical Readers. See Beresford-Webb, Freytag, Schoenfdd, Schrakamp.
^ (The Publishers issue in English Gorlach's Bismarck. $1.00 retail ;
2 Sitite't History of Germany, 8oc. net.)
2 Jungmann's Er sucht einen Vetter. Comedy. Ed. in easy German. (STERN.)
K 4 9 pp. Paper. 250.
S Jungstilling's Lebensgeschichte. (STERN.) Vocab. xxvi+28s pp. Cloth. $1.20
?[ Kinder-Komodien. Ed. in German. (HENESS.) i 4 i pp. Cloth. 4 8c.
..^J Kleist's Verlobung in St. Domingo. Cloth. See Nichols. 6oc.
^) Klenze's Deutsche Gedichte. An attractive and reasonably full collection
of the best German poems carefully edited. With portraits. 331 pp.
(/) Cloth. 9oc.
Knortz's Representative German Poems. German and best English metrical
^ version on opposite pages. i2mo. 373 pp. Retail. $2.50
QJ Konigswinter's Sie hat ihr Herz entdeckt. Comedy. Ed. in easy German.
Cj (STERN.) 79 pp. Paper. 35 c.
> Leander's TrSumereien. (WATSON.) Ten of the best of these idyllic fairy
*JJj tales. Vocab. 151 pp. 4 oc.
J*5 Lessing's Emilia Galotti. Tragedy. (SUPER.) New Edition. With portrait.
|^. 90 pp. 3oc.
^- - Minna von Barnhelm. Comedy. (WHITNEY.) Vocab. 191 pp. Cloth. 6oc.
- The same. (NICHOLS.) With a portrait and reproductions of twelve etch-
ings by CHODOWIECKI, but no vocab. xxxvi 4- 163 pp. Cloth. 6oc.
- Nathan der Weise. Drama. New Edition. (BRANDT.) xx -(- 225 pp.
Cloth. 6oc.
Meissner's Aus meiner Welt. With Illustrations and Vocab. (WENCKEBACH.)
127 pp. Cloth. 750.
Moser's Der Bibliothekar. Farce. (LANGE.) 161 pp. 4 oc.
- Der Schimmel. Farce. Ed. in easy German. (STERN-.) 55 pp. Paper. 2sc.
viii, 1900
4
Henry Holt 6^ Co.'s German Text-Boohs.
Mligge's Riukan Voss. A Norwegian tale. 55 pp. Paper. 150.
Signa, die Seterin. A Norwegian tale. 71 pp. Paper. 200,
Muller's (E. R.) Elektrischen Maschinen. (SEIDENSTICKER.) Ill'd. 46 pp.
Paper. 300.
Muller's (Hugo) Im Wartesalon erster Klasse. Comedy. See Benedix. 300.
Muller's (Max) Deutsche Liebe. With notes. 121 pp. 350.
Nathusius' Tagebuch eines arinen Frauleins. 163 pp. 250.
Nibelungen Lied. Set Stern or Vilmar, below, also Otis, under Readers.
Nichols' Three German Tales : I. Goethe's Die neue Melusine. II.
Zschokke's Der tote Gast. III. H. v. Kleist's Die Verlobung in St.
Domingo. With Grammatical Appendix. 226 pp. i6mo. Cloth. 6oc.
Paul's Er muss tanzen. Comedy. Ed. in easy German. (STERN.) 51 pp.
Paper. 250.
Princessin Use. (MERRICK). A Legend of the Hartz Mountains. 45 pp. 2OC.
Poems, Collections of. See Klenze, Knortz, Regents, Simonson, and K^encke-
bach.
Putlitz's Badekuren. Comedy. With notes. 69 pp. Paper. 250.
Das Herz vergessen. Comedy. With notes. 79 pp. Paper. 250.
Was sich der Wald erzahlt. 62 pp. Paper. 250.
Vergissmeinnicht. With notes. 44 pp. Paper. 2oc.
Regents' Requirements (Univ. of State of N. Y.) 30 Famous German Poems
(with music to 8) and 30 Famous French Poems. 92 pp. 2oc.
Richter's Walther und Hildegund. See Vilinar. 35C.
Riehl's Uurg Neideck. An historical romance. (PALMER.) Portrait. 76 pp.
Fluch der Schonheit. A grotesque romance of the Thirty Years' War.
(KENDALL.) Vncab. 112 pp. sC.
Roquette's Der gefrprene Kuss. (MACDONNELL.) See Auerbach. 350.
Rosegger's Die Schriften des Waldschulmeisters. (FOSSLER.) An authorized
abridgment. With two Poems by Baumbach and frontispiece, xii-f-
158 pp. Boards. 400.
Rosen's Ein Knopf. Comedy. Ed. in German. (STERN.) 41 pp. Paper.
250.
Scheffel's Ekkehard. (CARRUTH.} The greatest German historical romance.
Illustrated. 500 pp. Cloth. $1-25
Trompeter von Sakkingen. (FROST.) The best long German lyrical
poem of the century. Illustrated. 310 pp. Cloth. 8oc.
Schiller's Jungfrau von Orleans. Tragedy. (NICHOLS.) New Editipn. 203
pp. (Cloth, 6oc.) Bds. 400.
Lied von der Glocke. Poem. (OTIS.) 70 pp. 350.
Maria Stuart. Tragedy. New Edition. (J OYN ES.) With Portraits. 233
pp. Cloth. 6oc.
Neffe als Onkel. Comedy. (CLEMENT.) Vocab. 99 pp. Bds. 4oc,
Wallenstein Trilogy, complete. Tragedy in three piays : Wallenstein's
Lager, Die Piccolomini, and Wallenstein's Tod. (CARRUTH.) Illustra-
tions and map. i vol. 515 pp. Cloth. $1.00
Wilhelm Tell. Drama. (SACHTLEBEN.) 199 pp. Cloth. 48c.
The same. (PALMER.) Ills, and Vocab. Ixxvi -f- 404 pp. Cloth. 8oc.
The same. (PALMEK ) Without the vocabulary. Ixxvi + 3 2 PP- Cloth.
The Thirty Years' War. (PALMER.) Selections portraying the careers and
characters of GustavusAdolphus and Wallenstein. xl-j-202pp. Cloth. 8oc.
Schoenfeld's German Historical Prose. Nine selections from Lindner, Giese-
breclu (2), Janssen, Ranke, Droysen (2), Trcitschke, and Sybel, relating to
crucial periods of German history, especially to the rise of the Hohenzollern
and of the modern German Empire. With foot-notes on historical topics.
213 pp. Cloth. 8oc.
vn, 1900. 5
Henry Holt 6 Co.'s German Text-Books.
Schrakamp's Erziihlungen aus~ der deutschen Geschichte. Through the
war of '70. With notes. 294 pp. Cloth. goc.
Beruhmte Deutsche. Glossary. 207 pp. Cloth. 850.
Sagen und Mythen. Glossary. 161 pp. Cloth. 750.
Science. See Brandt. Cohn. Htlmholtz, and E. R. Milller.
Simonson's German Ballad Book. 304 pp. Cloth. Si.io
^5 Stern's Aus deutschen Meisterwerken. (Niebelungen, Parcival (and Lohen-
grin). Gudrun, Tristan und Isolde.) Vocab. xxvu-j-225 pp. Cloth, f i 20
o Storm's Immensee. Vocab. (BUKNETT.) 109 pp. 2*c.
^ Sudermann's Frau Sorge. (GKUENER.) xx -f- J ^o8 pp. ifimn. Ciotli. soc.
o Tieck's Die Klfen : Das Rothkappchen. (SIMONSON.) 41 pp. oc.
" Vilmar's Die Nibelungen. With Richter's " Walther und Hildeg-und." 350.
,^r Watson's German Sight Reading. Easy passages of good unhackneyed
'S literature. 41 pp. 2sc.
HW. Wenckebach's Schonsten deutschen Lieder. 300 of the best German poems,
j 'many proverbs, and 45 songs (with music). (Hf. mor.,$2.oo.) Cloth. $1.20
_ Wichert's An der Majorsecke. (HARRIS.) Comedy. 45 pp. aoc.
(Q Die verlorene Tochter. (BABBIT.) (/ preparation.)
Wilhelmi's Einer muss heirathen. Comedy. See Benedix. 950.
S Zschokke's Neujahrsnacht and Der zerbrochene Krug. (FAUST.) 250.
Toter Gast. (Set Nichols' Three German Tales.) Cloth. 6oc.
. Prices net. Postage 8 ptr cent additional. Descriptive list free.
i
A BOOKS TRANSLATED FROM THE GERMAN.
.J? Prices retail. Carriage prepaid. See Catalogue of General Literaturt.
Auerbach's On the Heights. 2 vols. Cloth. $2.00
Q A different translation of the above, i vol. Paper. 300.
M The Villa on the Rhine. With Bayard Taylor's sketch of the author, and
S a portrait. 2 vols. Cloth. $2.00
Brink's English Literature (before Elizabeth). 3 vols. Each $2.00
Five Lectures on Shakespeare. $1.25
nj Falke's Greece and Rome, their Life and Art. 400 Ills. $10.00
Nta Goethe's Poems and Ballads. $1-50
W Heine's Book of Songs. 75C.
Karpeles' Heine's Life in His Own Words. With portrait. $1-75
t/3 Heyse's Children of the World. $1.25
*V Lessing's Nathan the Wise. Translated into English verse. With Kuno
JTi Fischer's essay. $1.50
Jj* Moscheles : On Recent Music and Musicians. $2.00
Cl Spielhagen's Problematic Characters. Paper. joe.
^J Through Night to Light. (Sequel to "Problematic Characters.")
2 Paper. soc.
5^ The Hohenstems. Paper. soc.
>^- Hammer and Anvil. 1'aper. 5oc.
^ Wagner's Art, Life, and Theories (from his writings). 2 Illustrations. $2.00
Ring of the Nibelung. Described and partly translated. $1-50
Witt's Classic Mythology. net Ji.oo
A complete catalogue of Henry Holt & Co.V educational publications^ m.
list f their foreign-language publications, or an illustrated catalogue of thtir
wtrks in general literature will be sent on application.
vn, 1900. 6
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY
Los Angeles
This book is DUE on the last date stamped below.
FEB25
<fcirD CD-
I.'.AR 25 1987
3 1
IINIIIIIIIIIIIL .,., .
58 01168 9246
A 000122253 8